Eis en

PNOC- Energy Development Corporation
Environmental Management Department

Merritt Road, Fort Bonifacio, Taguig, Metro Manila
January 2003
PREFACE
This Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Tanawon Geothermal Project consists of
two (2) volumes: Volume I covers the Executive Summary, Process Documentation, and Main
Report, while Volume II is the Appendices. The main report is further subdivided into 5 sections:
Project Description (Sec. 1.0), Baseline Environmental Profile (Sec. 2.0), Impact Assessment
(Sec. 3.0), Environmental Risk Assessment or ERA (Sec. 4.0), and Environmental Management
and Monitoring Plans (Sec. 5.0).
The appendices include the LGU endorsements, PNOC-EDCs position on the Environmental
Guarantee Fund (EGF) and Environmental Monitoring Fund (EMF), estimated EIA Review Fund,
SEC registration with company Financial Statement, and the Accountability Statement of EIA
Preparers and Project Proponent. The Water Rights Permit application has already been filed
with the National Water Rights Bureau (NWRB) and is currently pending.
A multi-disciplinary effort for this EIS resulted from the contribution of in-house PNOC-EDC
environmental specialists, consultants, technical and administrative assistants, as well as
technical personnel from the Geoscientific, Engineering Design, Field Operations, Reservoir,
Drilling, Power, Transmission & Dispatch, and Planning departments of the Company. Their
contributions are hereby acknowledged.
Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)
I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
p. I- 1
Page
I.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
I-1
I.1
A Background on Geothermal Resources
I-1
I.2
Project Rationale
I-1
I.3
Project Description
I-1
I.4
Process Documentation Summary
I-2
I.5
I.5.1
1.5.1.1
1.5.1.2
1.5.1.3
1.5.1.4
1.5.1.5
1.5.1.6
1.5.1.7
Baseline Profile
Physical Environment
Geology
Pedology
Hydrology
Water Quality
Meteorology/Climatology
Oceanography
Air Quality/Noise
I-3
I-3
I-3
I-4
I-4
I-4
I-5
I-5
I-5
1.5.2
1.5.2.1
1.5.2.2
1.5.2.3
1.5.2.4
1.5.2.5
I.5.3
Biological Environment
Terrestrial Flora
Terrestrial Fauna
Agriculture
Freshwater Flora and Fauna
Marine Flora and Fauna
Socio-economic Environment
I-6
I-6
I-6
I-6
I-6
I-7
I-7
I.6
1.7
I.8
Major Impacts, Mitigation Measures and Management Plan

Environmental Risk Assessment
Environmental Monitoring Plan
I-8
I-8
I-9
I I.
EIA PROCESS DOCUMENTATION
II-1
I I.1
I I.2
I I.2.1
I I.2.2
I I.2.3
I I.3
I I.3.1
I I.4
I I.5
Philippine EIA Process

EIA Process for Tanawon Geothermal Project
Social Preparation (Pre-Scoping)
Scoping Process
EIA Scoping Report
EIA Field Survey
The EIA Study Team
Consultations with LGUs and Securing of Project Endorsements
Summary of Issues/Concerns raised during all Consultations
II-1
II-1
II-2
II-3
II-4
II-5
II-5
II-6
II-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 1
1.0
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1-1
1.1
Basic Project Information
1-1
1.2
Introduction on the Existing BacMan Geothermal

Production Field (BGPF)
1-1
1.3
Background on the Geothermal Resources
1-2
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5
Definition of Geothermal Energy

Basic Features of a Geothermal System
Countries Using Geothermal Energy
Location of Philippine Geothermal Fields
Geothermal Power Development
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
1.4
Project Rationale
1-4
1.4.1
1.4.2
Project Purpose and Background

Need for the Project
1-4
1-4
1.5
Alternatives
1-5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.2.1
1.5.2.2
1.5.3
Alternative Energy Resources

Alternatives in Project Location
Siting of the Geothermal Project
Alternatives in Siting of Specific Facilities
Alternatives in Technology Selection/Engineering Design
1-5
1-7
1-7
1-8
1-8
1.6
Project Components
1-9
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.3
Area/Spatial Description
Process Flowchart
Cost Estimate
1-9
1-9
1-9
1.7
Project Location
1-10
1.7.1
1.7.2
1.7.3
Location
Access to the Project
Primary and Secondary Impact Areas
1-10
1-10
1-10
1.8
Description of Project Phases
1-11
1.8.1
Pre-Operations Phase (Exploration and Development)
1-11
1.8.1.1
Construction Phase
A. Construction Plan and Schedule
B. Surface development block/construction area
C. Area to be opened for construction
D. Nature of major openings and construction activities
E. Siting Criteria for facilities
F. Basic Engineering Equipment
G. Route and frequency of transportation from source of
materials to the construction site
H. Source of construction materials
I. Support services and facilities requirements
J. Estimate of total cut soil volume
K. Manpower requirement (and skills)
L. Safety Measures During Civil Works/ Construction
1-12
1-12
1-12
1-12
1-13
1-17
1-17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1-17
1-18
1-18
1-18
1-18
1-19
p. TOC- 2
1.8.1.2
1.8.1.3
Well Drilling Phase

A. Drilling Plan and Schedule
B. Siting Criteria
C. Drilling Activities/Procedures
D. Vertical and Directional Drilling
E. Basic Engineering Equipment
F. Route and Frequency of transportation from source of
materials to the drill site
G. Source of drilling materials and supplies
H. Support services and facilities requirements
I. Nature and Magnitude of Drilling Waste Production
J. Manpower requirements (and skills)
K. Safety Measures During Well Drilling
1-20
1-20
1-20
1-21
1-21
1-21
1-21
1-22
1-22
1-22
1-22
1-22
Well Testing
A. Well Testing Plan and Schedule
B. Testing Activities/ Procedure
C. Well Chemistry
D. Basic Engineering Equipment
E. Support Services and Facilities Requirements
F. Nature and Magnitude of Waste Production from Well Testing
Activities
G. Manpower requirements (and skills)
H. Safety Measures During Well Testing
1-24
1-24
1-24
1-26
1-26
1-26
1-26
1.8.2
Operations Phase
1-28
1.8.2.1
1.8.2.2
1.8.2.9
Project Operations Schedule

Project Components
A. Fluid Collection and Requirement System (FCRS)
B. Power Plant and Control Center
C. Switchyard and Transmission line (230 kv)
D. Waste Management Facilities and Other Support Facilities
Testing /Commissioning Activities
Process Flow/Technology
A. Project Capacity
B. Project Technology and Alternatives
C. Technology Selection Criteria
D. Flow Diagram and Materials Balance
E. Project Layout
New Material Requirement
Provision of Safety Devices/Features
A. Fluid Collection and Requirement System (FCRS)
C. Switchyard and Transmission Lines
Drilling of Maintenance and Replacement Wells (M&R)
Nature and Magnitude of Waste Production
A. Gaseous Emissions
B. Noise Generation
C. Liquid Discharges
D. Solid Waste
Manpower Requirement
1-28
1-28
1-28
1-28
1-29
1-29
1-30
1-30
1-30
1-30
1-31
1-31
1-32
1-32
1-32
1-32
1-33
1-33
1-34
1-34
1-34
1-34
1-34
1-35
1-35
1.8.3
Abandonment Phase
1-36
1.8.3.1
1.8.3.2
1.8.3.3
Facilities to be abandoned, decommissioned, demobilized

Site Rehabilitation/Restoration Plan
Abandonment Schedule
1-36
1-36
1-36
1.8.2.3
1.8.2.4
1.8.2.5
1.8.2.6
1.8.2.7
1.8.2.8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1-27
1-27
p. TOC- 3
2.0
BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1.1-1
2.1
2.1.1-1
2.1.1
Geology
2.1.1-1
2.1.1.1
2.1.1.2
2.1.1.3
Summary of Results and Conclusions

Methodology
Results and Discussion
A. Terrain
B. Regional/General Geology
C. Geology of Pocdol Mountains
D. Geomorphology
E. Geophysics
F. Geochemistry
G. Seismicity
H. Peak Horizontal Acceleration Factors
I. Natural Hazards
J. Engineering Geology
K. Petrological Analysis of Surface Rocks
L. Geochemical Analysis of Surface Rocks
M. Trace Elements
N. Integrated Hydrogeochemical Model with Resistivity Contours
2.1.1-1
2.1.1-1
2.1.1-2
2.1.1-2
2.1.1-3
2.1.1-3
2.1.1-7
2.1.1-8
2.1.1-8
2.1.1-9
2.1.1-10
2.1.1-11
2.1.1-14
2.1.1-15
2.1.1-16
2.1.1-17
2.1.1-18
2.1.2
Pedology
2.1.2-1
2.1.2.1
2.1.2.2

Methodology
A. List of EIA Study Team
B. Location, Area and Scope of Study
C. Study Parameters
D. Methods/Procedures
E. List of Study Sources
Results and Discussions
A. Slopes and Elevation
B. Engineering Geology and Morphology
C. Soils and for Engineering Purpose
D. Soils
E. Soil Fertility
F. Laboratory Results of Soil Sample Analysis
2.1.2-1
2.1.2-1
2.1.2-1
2.1.2-1
2.1.2-1
2.1.2-2
2.1.2-2
2.1.2-2
2.1.2-2
2.1.2-3
2.1.2-3
2.1.2-3
2.1.2-4
2.1.2-4
2.1.3
Hydrology
2.1.3-1
2.1.3.1
2.1.3.2
Summary of Conclusions and Findings

Methodology
A. EIA Study Team
C. Study Parameters/ Components
E. Study Sources
Results and Discussions
A. Surface Water
B. Hydrogeology
2.1.3-1
2.1.3-2
2.1.3-2
2.1.3-2
2.1.3-2
2.1.3-3
2.1.3-5
2.1.3-5
2.1.3-5
2.1.3-10
2.1.4
Water Quality
2.1.4-1
2.1.4.1
Summary of Findings and Conclusions
2.1.4-1
2.1.2-3
2.1.3.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 4
2.1.4.2
Methodology
A. Study Team
B. Study General Coverage and Approach
C. Identification of Water Bodies
D. Selection of Sampling Stations
E. Water Quality Parameters
F. Sampling Procedure and Analytical Methods
A. Selected Waterbodies and Sampling Stations
B. Stream Water Quality
C. Groundwater Quality
D. Coastal Water Quality
E. River Sediment Quality
F. Coastal Sediment Quality
2.1.4-1
2.1.4-1
2.1.4-2
2.1.4-2
2.1.4-2
2.1.4-3
2.1.4-3
2.1.4-3
2.1.4-3
2.1.4-4
2.1.4-5
2.1.4-5
2.1.4-6
2.1.4-6
2.1.5
Meteorology/Climatology
2.1.5-1
2.1.5.1
2.1.5.2
Summary of findings and Conclusions

Methodology
A. Study Team
B. Parameters
C. Selected Meteorological Stations
A. Rainfall
B. Temperature
C. Surface Winds
D. Other Meteorological
2.1.5-1
2.1.5-1
2.1.5-1
2.1.5-1
2.1.5-1
2.1.5-2
2.1.5-2
2.1.5-2
2.1.5-2
2.1.5-3
2.1.6
Physical Oceanography
2.1.6-1
2.1.6-1
2.1.6-1

Methodology
A. EIA Study Team
B. Description of the Circulation Model
C. Sediment Transport
A. Coastal Geometry and Bathymetry
B. Wave Characteristics in Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays
C. Tides
D. Currents
E. Water Transparency
F. Temperature Profile
2.1.6-1
2.1.6-1
2.1.6-1
2.1.6-1
2.1.6-4
2.16-4
2.16-4
2.16-5
2.16-6
2.1.6-6
2.1.6-7
2.1.6-8
2.1.7
Air Quality
2.1.7-1
2.1.7.1
2.1.7.2
Summary of findings and Conclusions

Methodology
A. EIA Study Team
B. Location and Scope of Study
C. Study Parameters and Methods
A. Ambient Air Quality
B. Ambient Noise Quality
2.1.7-1
2.1.7-1
2.1.7-1
2.1.7-1
2.1.7-1
2.1.7-2
2.1.7-3
2.1.7-3
2.1.4-3
2.1.5.3
2.16.3
2.1.7.3
2.2
2.2.1-1
2.2.1
Terrestrial Flora
2.2.1-1
2.2.1.1
2.2.1.2

Methodology
2.2.1-1
2.2.1-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 5
2.2.1.2
A. EIA Study Team

B. Location and Scope of Study
C. Study Parameters
D. Methods and Procedures
E. Study Sources
2.2.1-1
2.2.1-1
2.2.1-2
2.2.1-2
2.2.1-2
2.2.1-2
2.2.2
Terrestrial Fauna
2.2.2-1
2.2.2-1
2.2.2.2

Methodology
A. EIA Study Team
B. Location, Area and Scope of the Study
C. Study Parameters/Components
E. Data Analysis
A. Species Inventory
B. Threatened and Protected Species
C. Biodiversity Parameters
2.2.2-1
2.2.2-1
2.2.2-1
2.2.2-1
2.2.2-2
2.2.2-2
2.2.2-2
2.2.2-3
2.2.2-3
2.2.2-3
2.2.2-4
2.2.3
Agriculture
2.2.3.1
2.2.3.1
2.2.3.2
Summary of Finding and Conclusions

Methodology
A. EIA Study Team
A. Agricultural Profile of Sorsogon City
B. Profile of Irrigated Ricefields
C. Physical and Chemical Analysis of Soil, Plant Tissue and
Water samples
2.2.3.1
2.2.3.1
2.2.3.1
2.2.3.1
2.2.3.1
2.2.3-2
2.2.3-2
2.2.3-2
2.2.3-2
2.2.3-3
2.2.3-4
2.2.4
Freshwater Flora and Fauna
2.2.4-1
2.2.4-1
2.2.4-2

Methodology
A. EIA Study Team
E. Data Analysis
A. Plankton
B. Benthic Fauna
C. Fishery
2.2.4-1
2.2.4-1
2.2.4-1
2.2.4-1
2.2.4-2
2.2.4-2
2.2.4-3
2.2.4-4
2.2.4-4
2.2.4-6
2.2.4-6
2.2.5
Marine Flora and Fauna
2.2.5-1
2.2.5.1
2.2.5.2
Summary of Findings and Conclusion

Methodology
A. EIA Survey Team
B. Study Sources
C. Location, Area and Scope of Study
D. Sampling Procedures
2.2.5-1
2.2.5-1
2.2.5-1
2.2.5-2
2.2.5-2
2.2.5-2
2.2.5-4
2.2.2-3
2.2.3.3
2.2.4-3
2.2.5.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 6
Poligui Bay
A. Plankton
B. Soft Bottom Benthos
C. Coral Reef and Other Invertebrates
D. Reef Fishes
E. Seagrasses
F. Mangroves
Sorsogon Bay
A. Plankton
D. Reef Fishes
E. Seagrasses
F. Mangroves
Albay Gulf
A. Coral Reefs
B. Fishery/Reef Fishes
2.2.5-4
2.2.5-5
2.2.5-6
2.2.5-7
2.2.5-7
2.2.5-7
2.2.5-8
2.2.5-8
2.2.5-9
2.2.5-10
2.2.5-10
2.2.5-10
2.2.5-11
2.2.5-12
2.2.5-12
2.2.5-12
2.3
Socio-economics
2.3-1
2.3.1
Summary of Findings
2.3-1
2.3.1.1
2.3.1.2
2.3.1.3
2.3.2
Socio-economic Conditions in the Host Province

Socio-economic Conditions in the Host City
Socio-economic Conditions in the Host Barangays
Methodology
A. The Study Team
B. Identification of Study Area and Scope of the Study
C. Methods and Procedures
D. Data Sources
2.3-1
2.3-1
2.3-1
2.3-2
2.3-2
2.3-2
2.3-4
2.3-4
2.3.3
Baseline Socio-economic Conditions
2.3-5
2.3.3.1
Baseline Socio-Economic Conditions of the Host Province

A. Status of Infrastructure Facilities in Sorsogon Province
B. Level of Socio-economic Development in Sorsogon Province
C. Socio-political Dynamics in Sorsgon Province
Baseline Socio-economic Conditions of the Host Municipality
A. Status of Physical Facilities and Infrastracure in the Host City
B. Demographic Trends in the Host Municipality
C. Level of Socio-economic Development in the Host City
D. Trade and Commerce in Host City
E. Socio-political Dynamics in Host City
Baseline Socio-economic Conditions in the Host Barangays
A. Demographic Trends in the Affected Barangays
B. Economic Status of Households in the Host Barangays
C. Housing and Standard of Living in the Affected Barangays
D. Socio-cultural Indicators in the Affected Barangays
E. Health and Nutrition Status in the Affected Barangays
F. Socio-Political Dynamics in the Host Barangays
G. Perceptions and Attitudes toward the Proposed Geothermal
Project
2.5-5
2.5-5
2.3-8
2.3-10
2.3-11
2.3-11
2.3-15
2.3-16
2.3-17
2.3-17
2.3-17
2.3-19
2.3-20
2.3-22
2.3-23
2.3-25
2.3-28
2.3-28
2.3.3.2
2.3.3.3
3.0
IMPACT IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND

EVALUATION
3-1
3.1
Future Environmental Conditions Without the

Project
3-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 7
3.1.1
3.1.2
3-1
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-3
Land Use
Soil
Hydrology
Water Quality
Oceanography
Sediment Transport
Marine- Physical Environment
3-3
A.
B.
C.
D.
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-4
Vegetation
Agriculture
Fresh Water Environment
Marine Biological Environment
3.1.3
Socio- Economic Environment Without the Project
3-4
3.1.3.1
3.1.3.3
Economic Outlook
A. Infrastructure Outlook
B. Economic Development Outlook
Demographics and Livelihood Outlook
3-4
3-4
3-4
3-5
3.2
Future Environmental Conditions With The Project
3-6
3.2.1
Pre-Construction Phase
3-6
A.
B.
C.
D.
3-6
3-7
3-7
3-7
Royalty and Benefit Sharing Issues

Rights of Way Concerns
Effects of Geothermal on the Water Supply
Environmental and Health Issues
3.2.2
Construction Phase
3-8
3.2.2.1
A. Change in Land Use
B. Alteration of Topography/ Physiography
C. Effects on Aesthetics
D. Potential Generations of Landslides
E. Soil Erosion
F. Disturbance of River Channels by Civil Works/ Constructions
Activities
G. Effect on River,Estuary and Coastal Water Quality
H. Effect on the Oceanographic Conditions
I. Potential of Lowering of Groundwater Level due to Reductions
of Recharge Areas
J. Generation of Air Suspended Particulates
K. Generation of Noise
A. Effect on Vegetation
B. Effect on Wildlife
C. Effect of River Siltation on Irrigated System
D. Effect of River Sediment on Aquatic Biota
E. Effect on Coral Reefs
F. Disturbance/ Alteration of Marine Habitats
A. Impact on the Local Government on the Economy
B. Impact on Demography and Settlement Patterns
3-8
3-8
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-9
3.2.2.2
3.2.2.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3-9
3-9
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-12
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-14
3-14
3-15
p. TOC- 8
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Impact on Livelihood Sources

Impact on Public Health and Safety
Impact on Poverty Incidence and Income Levels
Impact on the Local Culture
Impact on Perceptions
Resource Use Competition
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-17
3-17
3-18
3.2.3
Well Drilling (Exploratory And Development)
3-19
3.2.3.1
A. Effect on Surface Water and Ground Water
B. Possible Decrease in Surface and Groundwater
Storage / Effect on Groundwater Sources
C. Possible Contamination of Coastal Water
D. Effect on Municipal Water Sources (Cold Springs)
E. Possible Occasional Release of Small Amounts H2S Gas
F. Increase in Dust Emissions
G. Increase in Noise
A. Effect on Irrigated Ricefields
B. Effect of Drilling Noise, Dust and Light on Wildlife
3-19
3-19
3-19
3-19
3-19
3-20
3-20
3-20
3-20
3-20
3-21
3-21
3.2.4
Well Testing
3-22
3.2.4.1
A. Release of H2S
B. Generation of Noise
C. Generation of Brine
D. Deterioration of Underlying Soil and Groundwater
3-22
3-22
3-23
3-23
3-23
3.2.4.2
A. Damage to Surrounding Vegetation
B. Effects on Wildlife
C. Change in Soil and Plant Quality of Irrigated Ricefields
D. Bioaccumulation of Trace Metals
3-24
3-24
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-26
3.2.5
Operations Phase
3-27
3.2.5.1
A. Geologic Hazards
B. Occurrence of a Well Blow-out
C. Soil and Water Contamination
D. Possible Decrease in Discharges of Local Water Sources due
to Extraction by Geothermal Wells
E. Effect on River Water Quality
F. Contamination of Groundwater Due to accidental Discharge of
Effluents and Improper Disposal of Sludge and Domestic
Wastes
G. Oceanography
H. Generation of Noise
I. Noise and Dust Due to traffic
J. Release of H2S Gas
K. Possible Acid Rain Effects
L. Release of CO2 Gas (Global Warming Issue)
M. Generation of Heat
3-27
3-27
3-33
3-34
3-34
3.2.3.2
3.2.3.3
3.2.4.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3-34
3-34
3-34
3-35
3-35
3-35
3-41
3-41
3-41
p. TOC- 9
N. Rise in Relative Humidity

A. Effects on Land Use and the Watershed
B. Effect of Power Plant Emissions on Forest
C. Change in Quality of Irrigated Crops and Soil
D. Effect on H2S on Wildlife
E. Effect on Aquatic Biota Due to Effluent Discharges
F. Effect on Marine Organisms
A. Impact on the National Economy
B. Impact on the Local Government and Economy
C. Impact on Demography and Settlement Patterns
D. Impact on Peoples Livelihood
3-41
3-42
3-42
3-42
3-42
3-43
3-43
3-43
3-43
3-43
3-43
3-45
3-45
4.0
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND

MANAGEMENT
4-1
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
Introduction
ERA Overview
Study Rationale
Study Objectives
Framework of the Study
Project Description
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4.1.5.1
Project Components
A. Fluid Collection and Reinjection System (FCRS)
C. Switchyard and Transmission Line
Project Activities
A. Pre-Operational Phase (Exploration and Development)
B. Operations Phase
C. Project Abandonment
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-8
4.1.6
Description of Physical Environment
4-8
4.1.6.1
4.1.6.2
4.1.6.3
Geology
Regional Tectonic Setting
Seismicity
4-8
4-8
4-9
4.2
Methodology
4-11
4.2.1
Hazard Assessment
4-13
4.2.1.1
Identification of Sources of Hazards

A. Hazards from PNOC-EDC Facilities
B. Hazards from PNOC-EDC Activities
C. Hazards from PNOC-EDC Products
D. Hazards from the Natural Environment
Hazards Inventory
A. Physical Hazards
B. Chemical Hazards
C. Health Hazards
D. Natural Hazards
Assessment of the Destructive Potential
A. Physical Hazards
B. Chemical Hazards
4-13
4-13
4-13
4-13
4-13
4-14
4-14
4-14
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-17
3.2.5.2
3.2.5.3
4.1.5.2
4.2.1.2
4.2.1.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 10
C. Biological Health Hazards

D. Natural Hazards
Delineation of Temporal and Spatial Features of Hazards
4-19
4-19
4-20
4.2.2
Risk Assessment
4-21
4.2.2.1
4.2.2.2
4.2.2.3
Identification of Items at Risk

Exposure Assessment
Risk Valuation
A. Risk Index Matrix
B. Economic Valuation of Risks
4-21
4-21
4-21
4-22
4-23
4.2.3
Risk Management Planning
4-24
4.2.3.1
4.2.3.2
4.2.3.3
4.2.3.4
Hazard Monitoring and Intervention

Exposure Monitoring and Intervention
Recovery and Rehabilitation
Risk Management Capability Assessment
4-26
4-26
4-27
4-27
4.2.4
Boundaries of this ERA Study
4-28
4.3
Hazards Assessment
4-30
4.3.1
Identification of Sources of Hazards
4-30
4.3.1.1
4.3.1.2
Hazards from PNOC-EDC Facilities

Hazards from PNOC-EDC Activities
A. Pre-Operations Activities
B. Operation and Maintenance Activities
Hazards from PNOC-EDC Products
Hazards from the Natural Environment
4-30
4-30
4-30
4-31
4-31
4-31
4.3.2
Identification and Assessment of Types of Hazards
4-31
4.3.2.1
Physical Hazards
A. Heat and Thermal Hazards
B. Pressure Explosion Hazards
C. Shock Explosion Hazards
D. Noise
E. Vibration and Shaking
F. Radiation and Radioactivity Hazards
G. Electricity and Electromagnetic Forces
Chemical Hazards
A. Gases and Emissions
B. Liquids and Effluents
Natural Hazards
A. Landslide and Downslope Movement
B. Earthquakes
C. Volcanism
D. Subsidence and Other Forms of Surface Displacement
E. Rainfall and Typhoons
F. Floods
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-33
4-33
4-33
4-34
4-35
4-35
4-35
4-38
4-37
4-39
4-41
4-43
4-44
4-45
4-45
4.4
Risk Assessment
4-46
4.4.1
Hazards Receptors
4-46
4.4.2
Vulnerability Assessment for Various Receptors
4-46
4.4.2.1
Vulnerability of Human Population to Various Hazards
4-46
4.2.1.4
4.3.1.3
4.3.1.4
4.3.2.2
4.3.2.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 11
4.4.2.2
Vulnerability of Natural Resources to Various Hazards

A. H2S Gas Release
B. Steam Release
C. Heavy Metals and Solids
D. Noise
E. Landslides/Soil Movement
4-46
4-46
4-47
4-47
4-48
4.4.3
Risk Assessment for Hazards in Tanawon Geothermal

Project
4-48
4.4.3.1
Physical Hazards
A. Heat and Thermal Hazards
B. Burns
C. Shock Explosion Hazards
D. Noise
E. Vibration and Shaking
F. Radiation Hazards
G. Radioactivity
H. Electricity and Electromagnetic Forces
Chemical Hazards
A. Hydrogen Sulfide
B. O2 Deficiency
C. Noxious Liquids/Heavy Metals
D. Lubricants and Fuels
Natural Hazards
A. Risk Assessment on Landslides
B. Risk Assessment on Earthquakes
C. Risk Assessment on Vulcanism
4-48
4-48
4-50
4-52
4-52
4-55
4-56
4-57
4-57
4-58
4-58
4-63
4-63
4-65
4-67
4-67
4-68
4-69
4.4.4
Summary Risk Matrix
4-69
4.5
Risk Management
4-70
4.5.1
4.5.2
Bow-Tie Analysis of High Risk Situations

Management Measures for the High Risk Events
4-70
4-71
4.5.2.1
Management of Risks from Hydrogen Sulfide Gas

A. Occupational Health Preventive and Mitigating Measures
to Minimize Adverse Health Consequences
B. Recommendations for Development Drilling
C. Recommendations for Vertical Well Testing
D. Recommendations for Horizontal Well Testing
E. Recommendations for Well Bleeding
F. Recommendations for Separator Station
G. Recommendations for Power Plant
Management of Risks from Noise
A. Recommendations
B. Threshold Limit Values for Noise
Management of Risks from Heavy Metals
Management of Risks from Explosions
Management of Risks from Extremes of Temperatures
A. Recommendations for Piping System
B. Recommendations for Power Plant
C. Recommendations for Burns
4-71
4-72
4-72
4-73
4-73
4-73
4-73
4-74
4-74
4-75
4-75
4-76
4-76
4-77
4-77
4-77
4-77
4.5.3
Risk Management Measures for Other Hazards
4-78
4.5.3.1
Management of Risks from Oxygen-Deficient Work Areas
4-78
4.4.3.2
4.4.3.3
4.5.2.2
4.5.2.3
4.5.2.4
4.5.2.5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 12
4.5.3.2
4.5.3.3
4.5.3.4
4.5.3.5
Management of Risks from Vibrations

Management of Risks from Ultraviolet Radiations
Management of Risks from Fuels Oils
Management of Risks from Electricity and Electromagnetic
Energy
Indirect Health Determinants
Management of Risks to Natural Resources
Hazards that are nonexistent or insignificant to Tanawon
A. Hazards from earthquakes induced by geothermal exploration
B. Hazards from volcanic eruptions
C. Hazards of diminishing water flow in rivers
D. Hazards of affecting ground water quantity and quality
4-80
4-80
4-81
4-81
4-82
4-82
4-82
4.5.4
Mitigation of Measures for Natural Hazards
4-82
4.5.4.1
Mitigation for Landslide
4-82
5.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND

MONITORING PLAN
5-1
5.1
Impacts Mitigation/ Enhancement Plan
5-1
5.1.1
Pre-Construction Phase
5-1
A. Conduct of Information Drives

B. Early Involvement of NGOs and POs
C. Securing Endorsements from Local Government (LGUs)
5-1
5-1
5-2
5.1.2
Construction Phase
5-2
5.1.2.1
Measures for the Physical Environment

A. Geotechnical Hazard Studies to Identify Critical Slopes/Areas
B. Slope-Risk Assessment and Mitigation
C. Civil Works Rehabilitation/ Slope Stabilization
D. Prevention and Control of Erosion and Surface Water Siltation
E. Spoil Disposal Area
F. Multi-wellpad Strategy
G. Prevention of Temporary and Localized Changes in Soil
Quality of Irrigated Farmlands
H. Dust Suppression
I. Traffic Plan
J. Measures to Address Noise
K. Alternative to the Use of Explosives
L. Transport of Heavy Equipment
Measures for the Biological Environment
A. Prevention Of Vegetation Damage
B. Reforestation Activities To Mitigate Reduction Of Recharge
Areas
C. Protection of Faunal Habitats
D. Compensation Of Crop Damages
E. Measures for Protection of Freshwater and Marine Biota
Measures for the Socio-Economic Environment
A. Priority Hiring of Local Residents
B. Watershed Management Program
C. Land/Crop Damage Compensation
D. Livelihood Assistance
E. Community Medical Outreach Program
5-2
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-5
5-5
5-6
5-6
4.5.3.6
4.5.3.7
4.5.3.8
5.1.2.2
5.1.2.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4-78
4-79
4-79
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-9
5-9
510
p. TOC- 13
F. Health and Safety of Workers

G. Coordination with LGUs and DPWH for the Maintenance of
Roads
H. Vehicular Accidents Prevention
I. Participation of Project Personnel in Socio-cultural Affairs of
the Community
J. Project Tours, Open House and Eco-Tourism
5-10
5.1.3
Well Drilling
5-11
5.1.3.1

A. Directional Drilling and Multi-wellpad Strategy
B. Selection of Drilling Mud Components
C. Containment of Mud And Drilling Cuttings
D. Prevention of Run-off Water into the Sump
E. Protection Of Groundwater Aquifers
A. Maintenance of Vegetation Buffer Around The Wellpad
Measures for the Socio-economic Environment
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5.1.4
Well Testing
5-13
5.1.4.1

A. Prevention of Groundwater Contamination Due to Potential
Seepage From Holding Ponds
B. Containment / Temporary Reinjection of Geothermal Brine
C. Noise Reduction
D. Protection Of Workers From Noise And Gas Emissions
A. Prevention Of Vegetation Damages
B. Minimizing Effects of Noise and H2S on Wildlife
C. Measures to Prevent or Address Crop Damage
D. Prevention Of Deterioration of River Water Quality and
Aquatic Biota
E. Measures During Well Bleeding
5-12
5-15
5.1.5
Operations Phase
5-15
5.1.5.1
Measures for Geologic Hazards

A. Measures For Geologic Hazards
B. Contingency for Landslips Knocking Over Pipelines
C. By-Products and Waste Management
D. Utilization of a Thermal Pond
E. Prevention of Seepage from Holding Ponds and Leakage
from Pipelines
F. Management of Air Quality
G. System Maintenance
H. Pollution Control Research/Studies
A. Use Of Tolerant And Resistant Plants To Air Pollution
B. Protection Of Existing Vegetation And Wildlife
C. Watershed Protection And Management
D. Crop Damage Measures
Measures for the Socio-economic Environment
A. Provisions of Medical Services and Facilities
B. Skills Development
C. Livelihood Development Assistance
D. Measures For Layed-Off Workers
5-15
5-15
5-17
5-17
5-17
5 18
5.1.3.2
5.1.3.3
5.1.4.2
5.1.5.2
5.1.5.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
510
5-10
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-14
5-14
5-14
5-15
5-15
5-18
5-19
5-21
5-21
5-21
5-21
5-22
5-22
5-22
5-22
5-22
5-23
5-23
p. TOC- 14
E. Measures For Public Health And Safety
5-23
5.1.6
Construction Contractors Program
5-24
5.1.7
Loss Control and Security Plan
5-24
5.1.8
Community Relations and (ComRel) Program
5-25
5.1.9
Contingency Response Plan
5-26
5.1.10
Abandonment/ Rehabilitation Plan
5-29
A. Abandonment during Pre-operational Phase (Exploration and

Development)
B. Abandonment after Operational Life of the Power Plant
5-29
5-29
5.1.11
Environmental Management Costs
5-30
5.2
Environment Monitoring Action Plan
5-31
5.2.1
5.2.1.1
Project Monitoring
Pre-Operational Phase
A. Civil Works/ Construction Phase
B. Well Drilling
5-31
5-31
5-31
5-31
C. Well Testing
5-31
Operational Phase
Environmental Monitoring
A. Seismicity
B. Potential Subsidence
C. Hydrology
D. Water Quality
E. Meteorology
F. Air Quality Monitoring
A. Land Use and Forest Cover Monitoring
B. Terrestrial Flora
C. Terrestrial Fauna
D. Agriculture Monitoring
E. Freshwater Biology
F. Marine Ecology
Socio-Economic Environment
A. Monitoring of the Implementation of the Social Programs
B. Monitoring of Socio-economic and Health Conditions
5-32
5-32
5-32
5-32
5-33
5-33
5-33
5-34
5-34
5-34
5-34
5-34
5-34
5-35
5-35
5-35
5-35
5-35
5-36
Institutional Plan
5-37
5.2.1.2
5.2.2
5.2.2.1
5.2.2.2
5.2.2.3
5.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 15
LIST OF TABLES
I.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
I -1
I -2
Summary of Major Impact and Management Measures

Summary of the Monitoring Plan
I I.
PROCESS DOCUMENTATION
I I-1
I I-2
I I-3
EIA Stages and Public Involvement

Summary of the Tanawon EIA Process
Tabulation of Concerns and PNOC-EDC Response
1.0
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.4-1
1.4-2
Power Plant Retirement as Programmed by the DOE

Carbon Dioxide Credit of 80 MW Geothermal Power Plant vs. 80 MW Oil-Fired
Power Plant
Comparative Costs and Resources Required for a 120 MW Capacity Electricity
Generating Plant
Comparative Data of six power alternatives
Replacement Planting
Project Cost Estimate for 50-80 MW Tanawon Geo. Project
Typical Dimensions for Lattice Type or Pole Type Transmission Tower
Engineering Equipment During Construction, Drilling and Well Testing
Manpower and Skills Requirement
Drilling Chemicals: Classification, Product Types, Purpose and Volume
Types and Volume of Sump Fluids During Drilling
Projected Gas and Water Chemistry for Tanawon
Characterization of Typical Geothermal Waste from Bacman I and II
(1995-2002)
1.5-1
1.5-2
1.5-3
1.6-1
1.7-1
1.8-1
1.8-2
1.8-3
1.8-4
1.8-5
1.8-6
1.8-7
2.0
I-9
I-10
I -7
I -8
I -9
1-37
1-38
1-39
1-39
1-40
1-41
1-42
1-43
1-43
1-44
1-47
1-48
1-49
1-50
BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL PROFILE
PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
2.1.1
2.1.1-1
2.1.1-2
2.1.1-3
2.1.1-4
2.1.1-5
2.1.1-6
2.1.1-7
2.1.1-8
GEOLOGY
Stratigraphy of the Pocdol Mountains
Calculated gas geothermometry of Damoy gas seepages
Calculated Peak Ground Acceleration values
Observed Rock Characteristics of Two Outcrops at Tanawon Area
Modal compositions of WPM series lavas taken from a minimum of 500 points
(Tebar, 1988)
Modal compositions of EPM series lavas taken from a minimum of 500 points
(Tebar, 1988)
Representative major element composition of WPM and EPM series lavas
Major and trace element concentrations and CIPW norm of selected EPM
series lavas
2.1.1-20
2.1.1-21
2.1.1-21
2.1.1-22
2.1.1-22
2.1.1-23
2.1.1-23b
2.1.2
2.1.2-1
2.1.2-2
PEDOLOGY
Physical Analysis of Forest soils at Tanawon
Chemical Analysis of Forest Soils at Tanawon
2.1.2-5
2.1.2-6
2.1.3
2.1.3-1
HYDROLOGY
River Water Sampling Stations
2.1.3-19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 16
2.1.3-2
2.1.3-3
2.1.3-4
2.1.3-5
2.1.3-6
2.1.3-7
2.1.3-8
2.1.4
2.1.4-1
2.1.4-2
2.1.4-3
2.1.4-4a
2.1.4-4b
2.1.4-5
2.1.4-6
2.1.4-7
2.1.4-8
2.1.4-9
2.1.4-10
2.1.4-11
2.1.4-12
2.1.4-13
2.1.4-14
2.1.4-15
2.1.4-16
2.1.4-17
2.1.5
2.1.5-1
2.1.5-2
2.1.5-3
2.1.5-4
2.1.5-5
2.1.6
2.1.6-1
2.1.6-2
2.1.6-3
2.1.6-4
2.1.7
2.1.7-1
2.1.7-2
2.1.7-3
2.1.7-4
2.1.7-5
2.1.7-6
Groundwater Monitoring Stations

Summary of Physical Attributes of Drainage Systems
River Flow Baseline Data
Historical River Flow Data
Mean Monthly Discharge of Cawayan River (in m3/s)
General Resistivity Structure of the BaconManito Geothermal Production
Field
Summary of Sorsogon Water District Well Data
WATER QUALITY
Checklist of Some Relevant Parameters
Significance of Parameters measured
Methods of Analysis
Inventory of River Water, River Sediment and Ground Water Sampling
Stations
Inventory of Marine Sampling Stations
Location of River Water and River Sediments Sampling Stations
Location of Groundwater Sampling Stations
Location of Marine Sampling Stations
Physico-chemical Characteristics of River Water Samples
Concentration (ppm) of Dissolved Constituents in River Water Samples
DENR Water Classification Table, DENR Administrative Order (DAO) 90-34
Physico-chemical Characteristics of Groundwater Samples
Concentration (ppm) of Dissolved Constituents in Groundwater Samples
Results of Analysis of Major Ions Composition of Groundwater Stations
Physico-chemical characteristics of Coastal Water Samples
Concentration (ppm) of Dissolved Elements in Coastal Water Samples
River Sediment Chemistry
Coastal Sediment Chemistry
METEOROLOGY/ CLIMATOLOGY
Climatological Normals from 1961-1995 in Legaspi City, Albay (1308 N, 123
44 E)
Climatological Extremes as of 1999 in Legazpi City, Albay (13 08 N, 123 44
E)
Rainfall Data from Several Rain Gauging Stations in BacMan Geothermal
Reservation
Monthly Average Wind Direction and Speed (mps) by year, Legaspi City,
Albay
Wind Frequency Data
OCEANOGRAPHY
Estimated significant wave heights (m)
Major Tidal Constituents in the coastal areas of Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays
Observed physical oceanographic characteristics in Sorsogon Bay in
December 7, 2000
Observed physical oceanographic characteristic in Poliqui Bay in December 8,
2000
AIR QUALITY
Philippine Ambient Air Quality STandards
Emission Data of the Three Existing Power Plants
Summary of PNOC-EDC H2S monitoring results from 1996 to 2002
Observed H2S on June 6-7, 2002
Observed ambient TSP levels on July 11-12, 2002
Observed noise levels on June 6-9, 2002
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.1.3-21
2.1.3-25
2.1.3-26
2.1.3-27
2.1.3-28
2.1.3-29
2.1.3-30
2.1.4-7
2.1.4-8
2.1.4-10
2.1.4-11
2.1.4-11
2.1.4-12
2.1.4-13
2.1.4-15
2.1.4-18
2.1.4-20
2.1.4-22
2.1.4-23
2.1.4-25
2.1.4-27
2.1.4-28
2.1.4-32
2.1.4-34
2.1.4-35
2.1.5-4
2.1.5-5
2.1.5-6
2.1.5-7
2.1.5-8
2.1.6-9
2.1.6-2
2.1.6-10
2.1.6-10
2.1.7-5
2.1.7-5
2.1.7-6
2.1.7-6
2.1.7-7
2.1.7-7
p. TOC- 17
BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
2.2.1
2.2.1-1A
2.2.1-2A
2.2.1-3A
2.2.1-4A
2.2.1-5A
2.2.1-6A
2.2.1-7A
2.2.1-8A
2.2.1-9A
2.2-1-10
2.2-1-11
2.2.1-12
2.2.1-13
2.2.1-14
2.2.1-15
2.2.1-16
2.2.1-17
2.2.1-18
2.2.1-19
2.2.1-20
2.2.1-21
2.2.1-22
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
Summary of the Different Uses of Species in sample Plot no. 1
List of Timber Producing Species Sampled
List of Sampled Species for Landscaping
List of Sampled Species with Ornamental Values
List of Sampled Species with Medicinal Values
List of Species for Different Other Purposes
Timber Volume Determination from Sample Plot No. 2
Inventory of Plants Within Sample Plot No. 7
Timber Volume Determination from Sample Pad A Botong
Timber Volume Determination from Sample Pad B Cawayan
2.2.2
2.2.2-1
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
Summary of the Wildlife Species Inventory and Percentage Frequency of
Various Categories
Summary of Bio-Diversity Parameters of Various Transects in Tanawon
Geothermal Project, Sorsogon, Sorsogon 2002-2002
2.2.2-2
2.2.3
2.2.3-1
2.2.3-2
2.2.3-3
2.2.3-4
2.2.3-5
AGRICULTURE
Agricultural Area Planted and No. of Farmers
Agricultural Stations for Tanawon
Soil Texture and Fertility
Chemical Analysis of Agricultural Soils
Chemical Analysis of Rice Grains
2.2.4
2.2.4-1
FRESHWATER FLORA AND FAUNA

List of Pythoplankton and algal species recorded from river systems around
the Tanawon Geothermal Project
Richness, diversity and evenness indices of phytoplankton in river systems
around the Tanawon Geothermal Project
List of zooplankton species recorded from river systems around the Tanawon
Geothermal Project.
List of Benthic Fauna species recorded from river systems around the
Tanawon Geothermal Project
Richness, diversity and evenness indices of Benthic Fauna in river systems
around the Tanawon Geothermal Project
Riverine fish and crustacean species recorded from three (3) major river
systems drained by the Tanawon Geothermal Project
2.2.4-2
2.2.4-3
2.24-4
2.2.4-5
2.2.4-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.2.1-8
2.2.1-9
2.2.1-11
2.2.1-13
2.2.1-15
2.2.1-17
2.2.1-19
2.2.1-22
2.2.1-26
2.2.1-29
2.2.1-30
2.2.1-33
2.2.1-35
2.2.1-36
2.2.1-38
2.2.1-39
2.2.1-40
2.2.1-42
2.2.1-44
2.2.1-46
2.2.1-49
2.2.1-52
2.2.2-5
2.2.2-6
2.2.3-6
2.2.3-6
2.2.3-7
2.2.3-8
2.2.3-8
2.2.4-8
2.2.4-10
2.2.4-11
2.2.4-12
2.2.4-14
2.2.4-15
p. TOC- 18
2.2.5
2.2.5-1
2.2.5-2
2.2.5-3
2.2.5-4
2.2.5-5
2.2.5-6
2.2.5-7
2.2.5-8
2.2.5-9
2.2.5-10
2.2.5-11
2.2.5-12
2.2.5-13
2.2.5-14
2.2.5-15
2.2.5-16
2.2.5-17
2.2.5-18
MARINE FLORA AND FAUNA

Sampling stations for phytoplankton and zooplankton in Sorsogon and Poliqui
Bays
Reef sites surveyed in Poliqui Bay
Mangrove stations in Sorsogon and Poliqui Bay established on Nov. 30 - Dec
4, 2000
Density and abundance of phytoplankton at nearshore stations along Manito,
Poliqui Bay
Density and abundance of zooplankton in Poliqui Bay
Population Density of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui Bay
Grain Size Analysis and Substrate Type of Sediments in Poliqui Bay
(November 29 December 2, 2002)
Relative percent coral cover by hard, soft and dead corals in reef of Poliqui
Bay and status of the living coral reef
Corals and other benthic organisms in Sorsogon Bay
Summary of reef fish information in Poliqui Bay
List of Reef Fish in Poliqui Bay
Most abundant species (first five) per site in Poliqui Bay
Summary of density and relative frequency of seagrasses
Summary list of the mangrove species and associates found in the mangrove
and nipa swamps of Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays
Basal area and density of mangrove species in Poliqui Bay
Diversity, density and basal area of mangrove vegetation in three sampling
sites in Manito, Poliqui Albay
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at nearshore along
Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of zooplankton in Sorsogon Bay
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.2.5-13
2.2.5-14
2.2.5-14
2.2.5-15
2.2.5-15
2.2.5-16
2.2.5-17
2.2.5-17
2.2.5-18
2.2.5-19
2.2.5-20
2.2.5-21
2.2.5-21
2.2.5-22
2.2.5-23
2.2.5-23
2.2.5-24
2.2.5-24
p. TOC- 19
2.2.5-19
2.2.5-20
2.2.5-21
2.2.5-22
2.2.5-23
2.2.5-24
2.2.5-25
2.2.5-26
Population Density of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay

Grain Size Analysis and Substrate Type of Sediments in Sorsogon Bay
(December 3, 2000)
Diversty, density and basal area of mangrove vegetation in three sampling
sites in Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay
Basal area and density of mangrove species in Sorsogon Bay
Corals in Osiao, Albay Gulf
Relative percent coral cover by hard, soft and dead corals in reef of Osiao,
Albay Gulf and status of the living coral cover
Summary of reef fish information in Albay Gulf
List of Reef Fish in Osiao, Albay Gulf
2.2.5-25
2.2.5-27
2.2.5-27
2.2.5-27
2.2.5-28
2.2.5-28
2.2.5-28
2.2.5-29
SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
2.3-1
2.3-23
Definition of impact areas and the relevant socio-economic parameters to be

studied
Distribution of respondents of the household survey
Physical and Social Infrastructure of Sorsogon Province
Development Indicators of the Province of Sorsogon and Region V
An Appraisal of Physical Facilities and Socio-economic Infrastructures in Host
Municipality
Demographic Characteristics of Host City
Socio-economic development indicators in the host city
Barangays hosting the proposed Geothermal Project
Potentially indirectly affected barangays
Demographic Characteristics of host Barangays and Vicinity
Migration Profile of host barangays (20% household survey)
Income sources of households in host barangays as percent of total number of
households25 (20% household survey)
Sources of household income as percent of the total income as percent of total
amount of income (20% household survey)
Occupation of residents in host barangays (20% household Survey)
Economic status of households in the host barangays (data from 20%
household survey)
Ownership Status and Structure of Dwellings in the Host Barangays (20%
household survey)
Housing amenities and durables (20% Household Survey)
Household appliances and durables in host barangays (20% Household
Survey)
Average educational attainment and religion (20% Houseshold Survey)
Socio-cultural profile of the host barangays (20% Household Survey)
Health statistics in host barangays30 (from Rural Health Stations)
Morbidity cases in the host barangays during the last six months (20%
Household Survey)
Results of the opinion/perception survey (20% Household Survey)
3.0
IMPACT ASSESSMENT
3.2-2
3.2-3
3.2-4
3.2-5
3.2-6
3.2-7
3.2-8
Construction equipment noise levels at 15-m distance at maximum power

Predicted noise levels
Highest predicted H2S at Prevailing Wind Directions
Average noise levels of five geothermal wells (dB)
Source emission parameters used in dispersion modeling
Description of Modeling Scenarios
Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S from 2 and 3 existing power plants (in ppm)
2.3-2
2.3.3
2.3-4
2.3-5
2.3-6
2.3-7
2.3-8
2.3-9
2.3-10
2.3-11
2.3-12
2.3-13
2.3-14
2.3-15
2.3-16
2.3-17
2.3-18
2.3-19
2.3-20
2.3-21
2.3-22
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.3-3
2.3-4
2.3-7
2.3-9
2.3-13
2.3-15
2.3-16
2.3-18
2.3-18
2.3-19
2.3-19
2.3-20
2.3-20
2.3-21
2.3-22
2.3-22
2.3-23
2.3-23
2.3-24
2.3-24
2.3-26
2.3-27
2.3-30
3-55
3-55
3-56
3-56
3-56
3-56
3-57
p. TOC- 20
3.2-9
3.2-10
3.2-11
3.2-12
3.2-13
Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S (in ppm) from the proposed 1 x 80 MW

Tanawon GPP emitting H2S at 84 g/sec
Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S (in ppm) from the proposed 1 x 80 MW
Tanawon GPP emitting H2S at 64 g/sec
Predicted GLC of H2S from 1 x 50 MW and 1 x 30 MW GPPs
Comparison of Observed and Predicted Ambient H2S
Estimated Annual Economic Benefits from the 50-80 MW Tanawon
Geothermal Project (in PHP)
4.0
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT
4.2.1.3-1
4.2.1.3-2
4.2.2.2
4.2.2.3-1
Likelihood of Occurrence Rating

Severity of Impact/Consequence Rating
Exposure Rating
Risk Index Matrix: Consequence/Severity Rating vs. Exposure Rating/Incident
Potential Rating
Risk Rating and Descriptions
Sources of high sound levels
Receptors of Landslide Hazards
Human Health Effects of Some Heavy Metals
Risk Assessment of Heat Exposure to Workers
Risk Assessment of Burn Exposure to Workers
Health Risk Assessment of Noise Exposure to Workers
Risk Rating of Noise as Hazard
Health Risk Assessment of Noise Exposure to Communities
Health Risk Assessment of Vibration Exposure to Workers
Health Risk Assessment of H2S affecting Tanawon Workers
Risk Assessment of H2S exposure to Power Plant Workers
Health Risk Assessment of H2S Exposure to Community
Health Risk Assessment for Noxious Liquids/Heavy Metals Exposure on
Tanawon workers
Risk Assessment on Noxious Liquids/Heavy Metals Exposure on Community
Residents
Health Risk Assessment for Lubricants and Fuels affecting Tanawon workers
Risk Assessment of Lubricants and Fuels Exposure on Community Residents
Risk Assessment for Fuel and Lubricants Release on Flora and Fauna
Probabilities earthquake intensity at 30-year return period and corresponding
of damage and cost (in Pesos) of damage
4.2.2.3-2
4.3.2.1
4.3.2.3
4.4.2.2
4.4.3.1-1
4.4.3.1-2
4.4.3.1-3
4.4.3.1-4
4.4.3.1-5
4.4.3.1-6
4.4.3.2-1
4.4.3.2-2
4.4.3.2-3
4.4.3.2-4
4.4.3.2-5
4.4.3.2-6
4.4.3.2-7
4.4.3.2-8
4.4.3.3-2
5.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN
5.2-1
Pre-operational and Operational Monitoring Program for Tanawon Geothermal

Project (Water, Sediment, Soil, and Biological)
project (Water, Sediment, Soil, and Biological)
Project
Environmental Management and Monitoring Costs
5.2-2
5.2-3
5.2-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3-57
3-57
3-58
3-58
3-59
4-17
4-19
4-22
4-22
4-23
4-34
4-41
4-47
4-49
4-51
4-53
4-54
4-54
4-55
4-59
4-62
4-62
4-64
4-64
4-65
4-66
4-66
4-68
5-39
5-41
5-42
5-43
p. TOC- 21
LIST OF FIGURES
Page
1.0
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Fig. 1.3-1
Fig. 1.3-2
Fig. 1.3-3
Fig. 1.3-4
Fig. 1.3-5
Fig. 1.3-6
Fig. 1.4.1
Fig. 1.5-2
Fig. 1.6-1
Fig. 1.7-1
Fig. 1.7-2
Fig. 1.7-3
Fig. 1.7-4
Fig. 1.8-1
Fig. 1.8-2
Fig. 1.8-3
Fig. 1.8-4
Fig. 1.8-5
Fig. 1.8-6
Fig. 1.8-7
Fig. 1.8-8
Fig. 1.8-9
Fig. 1.8-10
Fig. 1.8-11
Fig. 1.8-12
Fig. 1.8-13

Locations of Geothermal Power Plants Around the World
Current Worldwide Installed Geothermal Capacity
Existing Philippine Geothermal Power Plants
List of Operating Projects
The Philippine Power Generation Mix for 1999 and 2000 shows a selfsufficiency level of 48%. This is expected to increase further with the
programmed increase in contribution from indigenous energy sources such as
geothermal
Gas emission contribution per MW produced for various power generation
facilities
A model of recharge to geothermal reservoir
A typical layout of a geothermal power project
Bicol Regional Map
Political Boundary Map
Tanawon Geothermal Development BGPF
Primary and Secondary Impact Area
Transmission Tower
Location of potential Spoil Disposal Areas (SDAs) for excess earth material
Set-up of a drilling rig with sumps for full containment of drilling materials
Typical well casing program for a geothermal well
Directional drilling technology
Single Flash System with Condensing Power Plant
Single Flash System with Combined Cycle Power Plant
Single Flash System with Condensing and Brine Binary Power Plant
Single Flash with Topping Plant
Double Flash with Dual Pressure Power Plant
Double Flash with Condensing, Topping and Bottoming Plant
Material Balance for a 40 MW Tanawon power plant
Material Balance for an 80 MW Tanawon power plant
2.0
Fig. 1.5-1
1-51
1-52
1-52
1-53
1-53
1-54
1-55
1-56
1-57
1-58
1-58A
1-58B
1-58C
1-58D
1-59
1-60
1-61
1-62
1-62
1-63
1-63
1-64
1-64
1-65
1-65
1-66
1-66
2.1.1
Fig. 2.1.1-1
Fig. 2.1.1-2
Fig. 2.1.1-3
Fig. 2.1.1-4
Fig. 2.1.1-5
Fig. 2.1.1-6
Fig. 2.1.1-7
Fig. 2.1.1-8
Fig. 2.1.1-9
Fig. 2.1.1-10
GEOLOGY
Major tectonic features and Pliocene-Quaternary volcanism in the Central
Philippines
Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field and Tanawon Development Block
Classified Slope Map of BGPF
Classified slope direction (aspect) map of BGPF
Classified slope shape of BGPF
Generalized Geology of Pocdol Mountains and Vicinity
Geologic Map of Pocdol Mountains
Cross Section from west to east across Mt. Pulog and Maharang
Structural Map of Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field (BGPF)
Two-dimensional Geomorphic Map of BGPF
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.1.1-24
2.1.1-25
2.1.1-26
2.1.1-27
2.1.1-28
2.1.1-29
2.1.1-30
2.1.1-31
2.1.1-32
2.1.1-33
p. TOC- 22
Fig. 2.1.1-11
Fig. 2.1.1-22
Three-dimensional geomorphic view of BGPF

Isoresistivity map at 700 m rsl
Bougueranomaly map of BGPF
Iso-chloride (mg?kg) field contours at BGPF
Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field Temperature
Historical significant earthquakes in the Philippines (1608-1997)
Map Showing Peak Horizontal Acceleration Magnitudes in Rocks for the
Philippine Region
Map Showing Peak Horizontal Acceleration Magnitudes in Medium Soil for the
Philippine Region
Existing minor slides at Tanawon road leading to pad C
Location Map of Selected Sampling Stations for Petrology and Geochemistry
Analysis
Chemical nomenclature of volcanic rocks according to Peccerillo and Taylor
(1976) as modified by Ewatt (1982)
BGPF Hydrological model with Iso-resistivity contours and isotherms at
1600m elevation
BGPF sectoral distribution
2.1.2
Fig. 2.1.2-1
Fig. 2.1.2-2
Fig. 2.1.2-3
Fig. 2.1.2-4
Fig. 2.1.2-5
Fig. 2.1.2-6
Fig. 2.1.2-7
PEDOLOGY
Soil Type Map
Slope Map
Location of Exploratory Boreholes within Tanawon Geothermal Block
Subsurface Borehole Logs
Particle Size Distribution Curve
Soil Classification Test
Erosion Map
2.1.2-8
2.1.2-9
2.1.2-10
2.1.2-11
2.1.2-14
2.1.2-17
2.1.2-21
2.1.3
Fig.2.1.3-1
Fig. 2.1.3-2
Fig. 2.1.3-3
Fig. 2.1.3-4
Fig. 2.1.3-5
HYDROLOGY
Environmental Sampling Stations
River Usage & Sampling Stations
Hydrogeological Map
Inferred Recharge Areas Based on Isotope Geology
Stream flow Hydrograph of Cawayan River
2.1.3-31
2.1.3-32
2.1.3-33
2.1.3-34
2.1.3-35
2.1.4
Fig. 2.1.4-1
WATER QUALITY
Piper Diagram of Selected Water Sources at BGPF and Vicinity
2.1.3-36
2.1.5
Fig. 2.1.5-1
Fig. 2.1.5-2
METEOROLOGY/ CLIMATOLOGY
Philippine Coronas Climate Map
Meteorological Data at BGPF Weather Station July 01, 1999 to October 24,
2000
Wind Rose Diagrams, 1961-1995, Legaspi City, Albay
Cyclone Map of the Philippines
Fig.. 2.1.1-12
Fig. 2.1.1-13
Fig. 2.1.1-14
Fig. 2.1.1-15
Fig. 2.1.1-16
Fig. 2.1.1-17
Fig. 2.1.1-18
Fig. 2.1.1-18a
Fig. 2.1.1-19
Fig. 2.1.1-20
Fig. 2.1.1-21
Fig. 2.1.5-3
Fig. 2.1.5-4
2.1.6
Fig. 2.1.6-1
Fig. 2.1.6-2
Fig. 2.1.6-3
Fig. 2.1.6-4
Fig. 2.1.6-5
Fig. 2.1.6-6
Fig. 2.1.6-7
OCEANOGRAPHY
Coastal geometry and bathymetry of Sorsogon Bay. Depths are given in
meters below Mean Lower Low Water (MLLW)
Coastal geometry and bathymetry of Poligui. Depths are given in meters below
Mean Lower Low Water (MLLW)
Tidal heights (m) in the project site during the period of observation in
December 2000 (NAMRIA, 2000)
Predicted currents in Sorsogon Bay during tidal ebbing
Predicted currents in Sorsogon Bay during tidal flooding
Predicted currents in Poliqui Bay during the northeast monsoon season.
Predicted currents in Poliqui Bay during the southwest monsoon season
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.1.1-34
2.1.1-35
2.1.1-36
2.1.1-37
2.1.1-38
2.1.1-39
2.1.1-40
2.1.1-41
2.1.1-42
2.1.1-43
2.1.1-44
2.1.1-45
2.1.1-46
2.1.5-9
2.1.5-10
2.1.5-11
2.1.5-15
2.1.6-11
2.1.6-12
2.1.6-13
2.1.6-14
2.1.6-15
2.1.6-16
2.1.6-17
p. TOC- 23
2.1.7
Fig. 2.1.7-1
Fig. 2.1.7.2
Fig. 2.1.7-3
AIR QUALITY
Locations of Existing Geothermal Power Plants and Air Sampling Stations
Median of observed maximum daytime noise levels
Daytime noise levels exceeding 90% of the time (L90)
2.1.7-8
2.1.7-9
2.1.7-9
2.2.1
Fig. 2.2.1-1
Fig. 2.2.1-2
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
Land Classification Map
Land use Map
2.2.1-54
2.2.1-53
2.2.3
Fig. 2.2.3-1
AGRICULTURE
Irrigated Ricefields and Sampling stations
2.2.3-8
2.2.5
Fig. 2.2.5-1
Fig. 2.2.5-2
Fig. 2.2.5-3
Fig. 2.2.5-4
Fig. 2.2.5-5
Fig. 2.2.5-6
Fig. 2.2.5-7
Fig. 2.2.5-8
Fig. 2.2.5-9
MARINE BIOLOGY
Marine Biology Sampling Stations
Relative abundance of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay
Relative of Abundance of polychaete fauna in Sorsogon Bay
Relative abundance of crustacean fauna in Sorsogon Bay
Diversity Index of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay
Relative abundance of bottom benthosf in Sorsogon fauna
Relative abundance of polychaetes in Poliqui Bay
Relative abundance of crustaceans in Poliqui Bay
Diversity index of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui Bay
2.2.5-30
2.2.5-31
2.2.5-31
2.2.5-32
2.2.5-32
2.2.5-33
2.2.5-33
2.2.5-34
2.2.5-34
2.2.1
Fig. 2.2.1-2
Fig. 2.2.3-1
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
Land Use/ Vegetation Map
Irrigated Areas and Sampling Stations
Fig. 2.3-1
Map Showing Settlement Areas
3.0
IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Fig. 3.1-1
Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in Sorsogon

Bay without the project
Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in Poliqui bay
without the project
Bay with the project
Bay with (dashed contour) and without (solid contour) the project. These are
predicted to exceed the 30 mg/l standard
Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in Poliqui Bay
with the project
Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in Poliqui Bay
with (dashed contour) and without (solid contour) the project. These areas are
predicted to exceed the 30 mg/l standard
Predicted ambient GLCs of H2S during horizontal well testing at worst case
meteorological condition. The well is assumed located at Site 7 (Wind = WSW,
Stability = stable, Max concentration = 0.227 ppm)
Predicted noise levels in (in dBA) during well testing (background noise levels
Fig. 3.1-2
Fig. 3.2-1
Fig. 3.2-2
Fig. 3.2-3
Fig. 3.2-4
Fig. 3.2-5
Fig. 3.2-6
2.3-31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3-60
3-60
3-61
3-61
3-62
3-62
3-63
3-64
p. TOC- 24
Fig. 3.2-7
Fig. 3.2-8
Fig. 3.2-9
Fig. 3.2-10
Fig. 3.2-11
Fig. 3.2-12
Fig. 3.2-13
Fig. 3.2-14
Fig. 3.2-15
Fig. 3.2-16
Fig. 3.2-17
Fig. 3.2-18
Fig. 3.2.-19
Fig. 3.2.-20
Fig. 3.2-21
not included)
Map showing the prevailing wind flow (annual wind rose) over the proposed
project site and vicinity
Receptors generated for CTDMPLUS modeling
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing geothermal power plants (Wind =
NE, Stability = stable. Direction of arrow indicates prevailing wild flow)
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing geothermal power plants (Wind =
NE, Stability = unstable. Direction of arrow indicates prevailing wind flow)
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing geothermal power plants (Wind = W,
Stability = stable. Direction of arrow indicates prevailing wind flow)
Predicted GLC of H2S from Botong and Cawayan geothermal power plant
Bacman not operating (Wind = Wind, Stability = stable. Direction of arrow
indicates prevailing wind flow)
Locations of potential power plant siting options
Predicted GLC of H2S for the proposed 1x80 MW geothermal power plant
during worst-case meteorological condition. Direction of arrow 1 indicates wind
direction (Location = Sites, Wind = WSW, Stability = Stable)
Preferred siting options for combined 1x50 MW and 1x30 MW GPPs (Option =
Sites 4 & 7, Wind = NE, Stability = stable)
Predicted GLC of H2S from combined 1x50 MW and 1x30MW GPPs during
worst-case meterological condition (Option = Sites 2 & 8, Wind = WSW,
Stability = stable)
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing GPP and proposed 1x80MW GPP
located at Site 4 (Wind = NE, Stability = stable)
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing GPP and proposed 1x80MW GPP
located at Site 4 (Wind = NE, Stability = stable)
Predicted GLC of H2S from combined three existing GPP and proposed
1x50MW and 1x30MW GPPs located at site 4 and Site 7, respectively. (Wind
= NE, Stability = stable, Direction of arrow indicates prevailing wind flow)
Predicted GLC of H2S from combined existing three GPP and proposed 1 x 50
and 1 x 30 MW GPPs located at Site 4 and Site 7, respectively. (Wind = NE,
Stability = unstable, Direction of arrow indicates prevailing wind flow)
Predicted GLC of H2S from proposed 1 x 50 and 1 x 30 MW GPPs located at
Site 4 and Site 7, respectively. (Wind = NE, Stability = unstable, Direction of
arrow indicates prevailing wind flow)
4.0
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT
Fig. 4.1.6.2-1
Geomorphic features of the region around the project site. (Shaded relief map
of 1km gridded topography data, thin line are bathymetric contours (in m) of
the seafloor)
Tectonic features of the region around the project site
Epicenter of earthquakes from 1907 to 1998. (Coastline is blue, colored thin
lines are bathymetric contours)
Number of events of each Voronoi polygon. (Coastline is blue, colored thin
lines are bathymetric contours)
Largest earthquake magnitude for each Voronoi polygon. (Coastline is blue,
colored thin lines are bathymetric contours)
Gemographic features of the Project site. The Pocdol Mountains is an eastwest volcanic system
Landslide susceptibility in the project area
Seismic acceleration for soft soil with 90% of non-exceedance
Seismic acceleration for medium soil with 90% of non-exceedance
Seismic acceleration for rock with 90% of non-exceedance
Annual frequency of typhoons and storms in the project area
Fig. 4.1.6.2-1
Fig. 4.1.6.3-1
Fig. 4.1.6.3-2
Fig. 4.1.6.3-3
Fig. 4.3.2.3-1
Fig. 4.3.2.3-2
Fig. 4.3.2.3-3
Fig. 4.3.2.3-4
Fig. 4.3.2.3-5
Fig. 4.3.2.3-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3-65
3-66
3-67
3-68
3-69
3-70
3-71
3-72
3-73
3-74
3-75
3-76
3-77
3-78
3-79
4-106
4-107
4-108
4-109
4-110
4-111
4-112
4-113
4-114
4-115
4-116
p. TOC- 25
5.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN
Fig. 5.1-1
Fig. 5.1-2
Roads Stabilization Techniques

Location of Social Forestry Projects Organized by PNOC w/in BacMan
Geothermal Reservation
Geothermal Waste Management during Construction, Well Drilling and Testing
Geothermal Waste Management during Steam Field and Power Plant
Operations
Fig. 5.1-3
Fig. 5.1-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
p. TOC- 26
LIST OF PLATES
Page
1.0
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Plate 1.7-1
To the left Sorsogon Highway is the existing road entrance at Brgy. Rizal
leading to the BacMan Geothermal Production Field (BGPF)
The above photo shows the topography within the northwest sector of the
Tanawon geothermal development block which is found at an elevation
ranging from 480-940 masl. Note the existing Cawayan power plant and
transmission lines at the extreme right
Photo showing the general topography of the mid-portion of the Tanawon
geothermal development block. Note the wellpad with a drilling rig.
A typical Drilling Rig
A typical Geothermal Production Well showing the well head assembly
Vertical Well Testing
A silencer is attached to the production well to reduce noise
A multi-well pad strategy allows several wells to be located in just one pad,
thus minimizing surface disturbance
Pipeline route of the existing Cawayan FCRS
Existing BGPF Separator Station / FCRS Pipelines
Among the existing facilities within the Tanawon Geothermal block is the
FCRS of BacMan II (Cawayan sector) as shown above: multi-well pad with
wells, pipelines, separator statin and polythelene-lined thermal pond
Interface point of the BacMan II (Cawayan Sector) FCRS and Power Plant
Existing Botong Power Plant found within the Bacman Geothermal
Production Field
Inside the Power Plant Control Center
Switchyard of the existing Bacman 1 Power Plant
A lattice-type transmission tower
The existing Sludge Pit of the BGPF is fenced to prevent entry of
unauthorized personnel
Plate 1.8-1
Plate 1.8-2
Plate 1.8-3
Plate 1.8-4
Plate 1.8-5
Plate 1.8-6
Plate 1.8-7
Plate 1.8-8
Plate 1.8-9
Plate 1.8-10
Plate 1.8-11
Plate 1.8-12
Plate 1.8-13
Plate 1.8-14
Plate 1.8-15
Plate 1.8-16
2.0
1-67
1-68
1-68
1-69
1-69
1-69
1-70
1-70
1-71
1-71
1-71
1-72
1-72
1-72
1-73
1-73
1-73
2.1.3
Plate 2.1.3-2
Plate 2.1.3-3
Plate 2.1.3-4
Plate 2.1.3-5
Plate 2.1.3-6
Plate 2.1.3-7
Plate 2.1.3-8
Plate 2.1.3-9
Plate 2.1.3-10
Plate 2.1.3-11
Plate 2.1.3-12
Plate 2.1.3-13
Plate 2.1.3-14
HYDROLOGY
Domestic garbage dumped by nearby residents along creeks/ rivers
Station BMGP-35
Station BMGP 127
Station BMGP- 126
Station BMGP- 121
Station BMGP 116
Station BMGP 111
Station BMGP-104
Station BMGP 79
Station BMGP 103
Station BMGP 107
Station BMGP-80
Station BMGP 12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.1.3-36
2.1.3-36
2.1.3-36
2.1.3-37
2.1.3-37
2.1.3-37
2.1.3-37
2.1.3-38
2.1.3-38
2.1.3-38
2.1.3-38
2.1.3-39
2.1.3-39
p. TOC- 27
Plate 2.1.3-15
Plate 2.1.3-16
Plate 2.1.3-17
Plate 2.1.3-18
Plate 2.1.3-19
Plate 2.1.3-20
Plate 2.1.3-21
Plate 2.1.3-22
Plate 2.1.3-23
Plate 2.1.3-24
Plate 2.1.3-25
Plate 2.1.3-26
Plate 2.1.3-27
Plate 2.1.3-28
Plate 2.1.3-29
Plate 2.1.3-30
Plate 2.1.3-31
Plate 2.1.3-32
Plate 2.1.3-33
Plate 2.1.3-34
Plate 2.1.3-35
Plate 2.1.3-36
Plate 2.1.3-37
Plate 2.1.3-38
Plate 2.1.3-39
Plate 2.1.3-40
Plate 2.1.3-41
Plate 2.1.3-42
Plate 2.1.3-43
Plate 2.1.3-44
Plate 2.1.3-45
Station BMGP 71
Station BMGP -24
Station BMGP-133
Station BMGP 132
Station BMGP 72
NPC Mini-Hydroelectric Dam at Cawayan River
Station BMGW 11
Station BMGW 54
Station BMGW 56
Station BMGW 55
2 swimming pools fed by Palhi spring
Station BMGW 52
Station BMGW 52
Station BMGW 52
Station BMGW 57
Station BMGW 51
Station BMGW 8
Station BMGP 40
Station BMGW 59
Station BMGW 60
Station BMGW 61
Station BMGP 62
Station BMGP 63
Station BMGP 64
Station BMGP 65
Station BMGP 66
Station BMGP 67
Station BMGP 68
Station BMGP 69
Station BMGP 70
Station BMGP 71 & 72
2.1.3-39
2.1.3-39
2.1.3-40
2.1.3-40
2.1.3-40
2.1.3-40
2.1.3-41
2.1.3-41
2.1.3-41
2.1.3-41
2.1.3-42
2.1.3-42
2.1.3-42
2.1.3-43
2.1.3-43
2.1.3-43
2.1.3-43
2.1.3-44
2.1.3-44
2.1.3-44
2.1.3-44
2.1.3-45
2.1.3-45
2.1.3-45
2.1.3-45
2.1.3-46
2.1.3-46
2.1.3-46
2.1.3-47
2.1.3-47
2.1.3-47
2.1.4
Plate 2.1.4-1
WATER QUALITY
In situ determination of pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen and conductivity
at BMGP-72
2.1.3-47
2.2.1
Plate 2.2.1-1
Plate 2.2.1-2
Plate 2.2.1-3
Plate 2.2.1-4
Plate 2.2.1-5
Plate 2.2.1-6
Plate 2.2.1-7
Plate 2.2.1-8
Plate 2.2.1-9
Plate 2.2.1-10
Plate 2.2.1-11
Plate 2.2.1-12
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
Forest Inventory at Plot 1
Reforestation species intermingled with sparse secondary forest species
within the Tanawon block
Abaca plantation at the southern portion of the Tanawon block
Cacao plantation at the southern flank of the Tanawon block
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.2.1-56
2.2.1-56
2.2.1-56
2.2.1-56
2.2.1-57
2.2.1-57
2.2.1-57
2.2.1-58
2.2.1-58
2.2.1-59
2.2.1-59
2.2.1-59
p. TOC- 28
2.2.2
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
Plate 2.2.2-1
Plate 2.2.1-12
Philippine Pit Viper showing its back stripes suggesting it is still a sub-adult
Faecal droppings of palm Civet Cat consisting of coffee beans
2.2.3
AGRICULTURE
Plate 2.2.3-1
Plate 2.2.3-2
Plate 2.2.3-3
Plate 2.2.3-4
Plate 2.2.3-5
Plate 2.2.3-6
Plate 2.2.3-7
Plate 2.2.3-8
Plate 2.2.3-9
Plate 2.2.3-10
Plate 2.2.3-11
Plate 2.2.3-12
Plate 2.2.3-13
Plate 2.2.3-14
Plate 2.2.3-15
One of the make-shift irrigation diversions along Manitohan River

Ricefields irrigated by Manitohan river Station BM-AS 11A
Irrigation water from Ticol merges with waters from Capuy River To the left
is Capuy river.
Station BMAS76A is a ricefield irrigated by Capuy-Ticol river.
Main irrigation canal tapping water from Ticol river
Ricefield station BM-AS70B irrigation by Ticol River
One of the first few ricefield fed by Cawayan Irrigation System
Irrigation dam along Cawayan River
Spring-fed ricefield at Cawayan watershed
Small fishpond at Cawayan watershed
Irrigation diversion at Anahaw river
Ricefield along Anahaw river
Panoramic view of Sorsogon ricefields
Osiao irrigation intake
Osiao riceifeld station BM-AS50B
2.2.4
FRESHWATER FLORA AND FAUNA
Plate 2.2.4-1
Plate 2.2.4-2
Plankton sampling at BMGP-126 (Ticol River) using a plankton net.

Sampling for benthic fauna at BMGP-127 (Ticol River) using a Surber
sampler
Sampling for aquatic biota at BMGP-79 (Rizal River) at the height of the
typhoon
Plate 2.2.4-3
2.2.5
Plate 2.2.5-1
Plate 2.2.5-2
Local residents in Manito area involved during marine survey

Sediment sample sieved on-site using wire mesh for soft bottom benthos
determination
Rows of newly planted mangrove (Rhizophora apiculata) ;expansion of
PNOC Manito Mangrove Reforestration Project (10 hectares)
Mangrove Reforestation area of PNOC covering 9 hectares. Planted
species is Rhizophora apiculata
Fishermen are using sailboat made of patch sacks/clothes (sibid) to catch
blue crab
Hook and line fishing method in Sorsogon Bay
Gleaners collecting mollusks
Bryozoans Lingula sp. Gathered by gleaners in Cawayan seabed at low
tide
Basket of Psammotea sp. Gleaned in Cawayan tidal flat
Stand of Sonneratia alba (Pagatpat) within the transect plot
Mangroves in Cawayan, Sorsogon were indiscriminately cut for fuel
purposes. Foreground of the picture is the Cawayan River
Avincennia marina (miapi)
Nypa fruticans
Fishermen were interviewed on their fishery resource
Plate 2.2.5-3
Plate 2.2.5-4
Plate 2.2.5-5
Plate 2.2.5-6
Plate 2.2.5-7
Plate 2.2.5-8
Plate 2.2.5-9
Plate 2.2.5-10
Plate 2.2.5-11
Plate 2.2.5-12
Plate 2.2.5-13
Plate 2.2.5-14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.2.2-7
2.2.2-7
2.2.3-9
2.2.3-9
2.2.3-10
2.2.3-10
2.2.3-11
2.2.3-11
2.2.3-12
2.2.3-12
2.2.3-13
2.2.3-13
2.2.3-14
2.2.3-14
2.2.3-15
2.2.3-16
2.2.3-16
2.2.4-16
2.2.4-16
2.2.4-16
2.2.5-35
2.2.5-35
2.2.5-35
2.2.5-35
2.2.5-36
2.2.5-36
2.2.5-36
2.2.5-36
2.2.5-37
2.2.5-37
2.2.5-37
2.2.5-38
2.2.5-38
2.2.5-38
p. TOC- 29
5.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Plate 5.1-1
Plate 5.1-2
Silt barriers are constructed along slopes during road opening

A method of slope stabilization using a combination of coco-fiber matting
and slope terracing. The planted Agoho will grow intermingling with the mat
to result in greater stability
Biological stabilization (using Agoho spp.) at open slopes proved to be
successful at the existing Cawayan sector within the Tanawon development
block
Azupre / Tublijon Agroforestry Project
Manito mangrove rehabilitation
Seedlings for outplanting at PNOC-EDCs nursery
A billboard at the entrance of the Bacman Geothermal Reservation
informing the public that illegal tree cutting is punishable by law
A 30-ha. Reforestation area at Rizal watershed
PNOC-EDC has undertaken Social Forestry Projects within the BacMan
Geothermal Reservation
NCG ducting to the cooling tower cells of the power plant as a means of
dispersing NCG, and thus reducing the stack emission concentration. The
arrow points to the NCG pipe.
Another view of the NCG ducting scheme to the cooling tower of the power
plant. Both photos taken at PNOC-EDCs Mahanagdong power plant in
Leyte
5-48
5-48
Water Quality Monitoring

Ground water monitoring
Air Quality Monitoring
Forest cover and biodiversity monitoring
Terrestrial fauna monitoring
Agriculture soil/water/plant quality monitoring
River biota monitoring
Marine biota monitoring
Multi-Sectoral Monitoring
5-52
5-52
5-52
5-53
5-53
5-53
5-54
5-54
5-54
Plate 5.1-3
Plate 5.1-4
Plate 5.1-5
Plate 5.1-6
Plate 5.1-7
Plate 5.1-8
Plate 5.1-9
Plate 5.1-10
Plate 5.1-11
Plate 5.2-1
Plate 5.2-2
Plate 5.2-3
Plate 5.2-4
Plate 5.2-5
Plate 5.2-6
Plate 5.2-7
Plate 5.2-8
Plate 5.2-9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5-48
5-49
5-49
5-49
5-50
5-50
5-50
5-51
5-51
p. TOC- 30
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix No.
Title
EIA Reference
Appendix A
Tanawon EIA Formal Scoping Report
Sec. II: EIA Process

Documentation
Appendix B-1
Additional Consultations with Barangays

Documentation
Appendix B-2
Consultations and Site Visits of Sorsogon City and Provincial

Councils, Sorsogon Water District

Documentation
Appendix B-3
Supplemental Scoping with DENR-EMB and EIARC

Documentation
Appendix C
Project Endorsements (Proof of Social Acceptability)

Documentation
Appendix D
BGPF Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC)

confirmation dated Nov. 17, 1995;
Aug. 21, 1987 ECC
Sec. 1.2
Appendix E
Executive Order 223;

Presidential Proclamation 2036-A
Sec. 1.2
Appendix F
Siting Criteria for Project Facilities
Sec. 1.5.2; Sec. 1.8.1.1;

Sec. 4.1.5.2
Appendix G
PNOC-EDC ISRS Certificate;

PNOC-EDC Corporate Safety Policy
Sec. 1.8.1.1;
Sec. 1.8.1.6; Sec. 5.1.7
Appendix H
Global and Local Slope Stability Analysis
Sec. 2.1.2
Appendix I-1
Terrestrial Flora: Inventory of Plants within Plots 1 to 9
Sec. 2.2.1
Appendix I-2
Terrestrial Fauna: Species Accounts of Wildlife;

Bird Transects
Sec. 2.2.2
Appendix J
Marine Biology: Density data for Marine Organisms
Sec. 2.2.5
Appendix K
Socio-economic Profile of Host Barangays;

Projected Local Spending from the Project
Sec. 2.3; Sec. 3.2.2.3
Appendix L
Environmental Management Associates (EMA) Experts

opinion on Geothermal Energy Development
Sec. 3.2.5.1;
Sec. 5.1.5.1
Appendix M
Experts Opinion on Mt. Punatubo Eruption
Sec. 3.2.5.1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 31
Appendix No.
Title
EIA Reference
Appendix N
Watershed Management Plan for Tanawon Geothermal

Project
Sec. 5.1.2.1;
Sec. 5.1.2.3;
Sec. 5.1.5.2
Appendix O
Water Quality Variance for Exploration Projects
Sec. 5.1.4; Sec. 5.2.1.1
Appendix P
Draft Contractors Contract Provisions on Environment

(lifted from Leyte Steamline Interconnection contract)
Sec. 5.1.6
Appendix Q
PNOC-EDC Corporate Environmental Policy
Sec. 5.3
Appendix R
PNOC-EDC Institutional Plan and Table of Organization
Sec. 5.3
Appendix S
PNOC Environmental Track Record
Sec. 5.3
Appendix T
PNOC-EDC Position on the MOA for the Multi Partite

Monitoring Team, Environmental Monitoring Fund and the
Environmental Guarantee Fund
- Annex 1: Existing MOA for the MSMT
- Annex 2: Financial Test Mechanism for SLGP
Sec 5.1.1
Appendix U
Estimated Review Support Fund for the Proposed 50-80 MW

Appendix V
Security and Exchange Commission (SEC) Registration;

Financial statement for the last 5 years
Appendix W
Accountability Statement of EIA Preparers;

Accountability Statement of Project Proponent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
p. TOC- 32
I.
I.1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A Background on Geothermal Resources
Geothermal energy is the energy tapped from beneath the earth. Water serves as the medium to tap this
heat, and it is this hot water found at about 2,000-3,000m deep which is extracted through the drilling of
geothermal wells. Upon reaching the surface, the steam portion is collected through a series of pipelines
which feed mechanical power to run the power plant and thus produce electricity.
The Philippines ranks second to the United States in terms of geothermal power generation worldwide
producing about 1,904 MW. PNOC-EDC operates a total of 1,148 MW in four geothermal fields in the
Philippines, specifically in Leyte, Negros Oriental, North Cotabato and in Bicol .
I.2
Project Rationale
Geothermal power has been found to be one of the more advantageous energy options to the country in
terms of lesser greenhouse gas emissions, lower investment, high power plant reliability, and renewability.
An 80 MW geothermal power project such as that in Tanawon shall avoid or reduce the greenhouse gas
emission of about 435 kilotons of CO2 annually if a similar capacity of fossil-fired power plant were to be
set up. Being indigenous, it shall contribute to the displacement of imported fuel amounting to a dollar
reserve savings of about US$18 million (for 50 MW) to US$29 million (for 80 MW) annually for 30 years of
operation.
With the increased energy demand in the medium to long-term and the retirement of aging oil and coalbased power plants, the development of indigenous and clean energy resources such as geothermal is
being prioritized in the governments Philippine Energy Plan of 2003-2012 to ensure the countrys selfsufficiency and power security.
I.3
Project Description
The Tanawon Geothermal Project is proposed by the PNOC-Energy Development Corporation as an

expansion or a fourth sector of the existing BacMan Geothermal Production Field (BGPF) in Sorsogon
City, Sorsogon Province. The project shall utilize geothermal resources originally intended for the
maintenance and replacement (M&R) sector of BacMan-II (Cawayan sector), where the surrounding
geothermal resource was assessed to have potential for a separate sectoral development.
Project components consist of (1) a Fluid Collection and Reinjection System or FCRS, (2) 50 to 80 MW
power plant(s) and control center(s), (3) switchyard(s) and transmission line, and (4) waste management
facilities & support facilities.
Project phases fall under three general categories, namely, (1) Pre-operations Phase lasting about 3-5
years, (2) Operations Phase for 30 years, and (3) Abandonment Phase. The Pre-operations phase covers
the exploration and development of the geothermal steamfield, and consists of (a) civil works/construction,
(b) well drilling, and (c) well testing. The operations phase covers the actual operations of the entire
system, commencing from steam supply to the power plant, electric power generation and finally power
transmission. Electricity generated from Tanawon shall contribute to the Luzon grid through several
options: via the existing switchyard in BGPF, or via NPCs substation in Daraga or Sorsogon. The
operations phase also covers the continued implementation of environmental and watershed management
activities already existing in the BacMan Geothermal Reservation which is under the jurisdiction and
management of PNOC-EDC. Project abandonment may occur in either two instances: (1) if the wells
p. I- 1
prove to be unproductive or non-commercial after resource assessment, and (2) if the power plant has
exceeded its commercial life.
Sources of gaseous emissions are the wellheads, well silencers, rock mufflers, minor steam traps of the
FCRS; and the cooling tower stacks and gas ejector system of the power plant. Noise generation is
expected from the drilling rig, separator station, well silencers, and pressure-reducing station, airplant, and
power plant generator.
By-products and wastes come in the form of excess drilling fluids, separated geothermal brine (from well
testing and operations), fluids from bore output measurements (BOM), laboratory wastes, cooling tower
blowdown, and steam condensate. Solid waste include the earth spoils from earthmoving activities, and
cooling tower sludge and machinery scales from the power plant.
The proposed Tanawon Geothermal Project is delineated by a 2,460-hectare geothermal development
block wherein all surface development will be confined. Within this block, only about 5-10% shall be
opened for the various facilities and installations.
The proposed project falls within the political jurisdiction of nine barangays, namely, Brgys. Rizal, Bulabog,
Bucalbucalan, Capuy, Ticol, Basud, Guinlajon, San Juan, and Osiao of Sorsogon City, Sorsogon Province.
However, no household occupies the area which is generally forested and mountainous. The site is also
found within the existing 25,000-hectare BacMan Geothermal Reservation declared under Presidential
Proclamation 2036A (1980) and managed by PNOC-EDC per Executive Order 223 (1987).
The employees of the existing BacMan Geothermal Production Field will be tapped. Additional projected
manpower will be in the form of contractors personnel, estimated at about 500 to 1,500 during peak
construction periods, depending on the extent of actual development.
The estimated cost for a 50-80 MW Tanawon Geothermal Project is at PhP9.1 billion (Nine Billion One
Hundred Million Pesos) to PhP14.1 billion (Fourteen Billion One Hundred Million Pesos) to cover for its 35-year development and 30-year operations/ maintenance.
Pre-operations and operations of the project shall be undertaken either singly by PNOC-EDC or with
another business partner.
I.4
Process Documentation Summary
Social Preparation activities were undertaken in various forms. Among these include information drives
conducted on Nov. 15-17, 2000 and Jun. 1-2, 2002, with each of the nine host barangays. Comics in the
local dialect were distributed as another means to introduce the project to the community. To complement
the information drives, the residents were also invited for a site visit to the proposed Tanawon sector and
the operating BGPF on Dec. 14, 2000 and Nov. 18, 2002 for their appreciation and awareness of the
nature of the project as well as current environmental management practices.
Social Preparation was succeeded by a First and Second Level (Community) Scoping conducted on Nov.
16, 2000 and Dec. 11, 2000, respectively. During the first level scoping, DENR-EMB and the EIA Review
Committee (EIARC) came up with a checklist on the minimum parameters to be addressed in the EIA. In
the course of EIA preparation, revisions were made on the extent of the Tanawon geothermal block thus
a supplemental scoping with the EIARC was held on Sep. 18, 2002 for additional requirements. During the
second level scoping, the community was given another opportunity to participate in the open dialogue.
The issues and concerns raised also formed part of the EIS scope.
During the baseline environmental profiling, participation by the local residents was again activated when
some local residents (both PNOC workers and non-workers) were tapped as information sources and/or
p. I- 2
samplers/ guides within the survey areas. Local government offices and agencies were likewise tapped as
secondary data sources.
Consultations and presentations to the Sorsogon City Council (Sannguniang Panlunsod), the Sorsogon
Provincial Council (Sangguniang Panlalawigan), and concerned government agencies (e.g., Sorsogon
Water District) were done from May to June 2002. These were complemented with site visits which
significantly increased their understanding of the project and their appreciation of the environmental
management measures undertaken by the company in the existing BGPF.
The information gathered from the community and local government, issues and concerns raised, EIARC
requirements, DENR-EMB checklists and guidelines, were all integrated to come up with the final scope of
the EIA study.
Baseline Profile
I.5
Baseline profiling for the project was conducted on three occasions in November 2000 to January 2001,
October 2001 and again on May-June 2002 to address the original Tanawon surface development block
as well as its expansion area. These consisted of primary data gathering during actual field sampling and
surveys, observations, interviews with locals, and informal dialogues. Secondary data were secured from
the various government agencies in the local and regional level. Historical data gathered from the
operations of the BGPF were also used as basis in coming up with impact predictions and management
planning.
Study areas include the entire Tanawon geothermal block as the primary impact area, and river systems
from headwaters to downstream coastal areas as secondary impact zones. Nine host barangays whose
political jurisdiction fall within the Tanawon block were likewise studied.
I.5.1
I.5.1.1 Geology
The area is characterized by clusters of small eruptive centers, collectively known as the Pocdol
mountains which belong to the Bicol arc. The SanVicente-Linao fault (SVLF) is a major fault structure
bisecting the Pocdol Mountains. To date no active fault structure is recognized in the Pocdol mountains.
The morphology of the area is typical of a slightly, moderate and eroded volcanic region. Closely-spaced
eruptive vents still display their distinctive crater-like structures or in cases where they are heavily eroded,
hydrothermal activity is sometimes present. The active volcanoes nearest to the project site are Mt. Mayon
and Mt. Bulusan.
The Tanawon area is within a 50 ohm-m resistivity value, indicating a good potential for yielding additional
resource. No thermal manifestations are found within Tanawon, except for dilute warm springs and
altered grounds to the north and south of these areas.
In the absence of any observed subsidence in PNOC-EDC operated fields in Leyte, Cotabato, Southern
Negros and Bicol, minimal or no subsidence is expected to occur within Tanawon as the production zone
horizon lies at around 1600 mRSL , and the field is capped by competent volcanic materials which are
unlikely to collapse. Continuous injection of geothermal brine may have minimized possible effects of
geothermal production within the field and surrounding areas.
I.5.1.2 Pedology
The area within the Tanawon block is overlain by an Annam Clay Loam soil type, characterized by its clay
loam texture at the surface, clay loam to clayey at the subsoil, and gravelly to strong clay at the
substratum. Slope ranges from18-50% within the block. Erosion is slight to severe.
p. I- 3
Exploratory boreholes drilled within the Tanawon development block show that the area is dominated by
thick overburden of clayey soils. The hardness or softness of the soils (N-value is 4-27), ranges from
soft to hard. The estimated allowable soil bearing capacity for design purposes is equal to 50 kPA at a
minimum founding level of 1.0 meter below the natural grade line.
Soil from subsurface boreholes indicate a clay soil type. However, randomly samples soil from existing
road cuts indicate a sandy-silt characteristic. The variability in soil characteristics are typical of volcanic
areas.
I.5.1.3 Hydrology
Ten (10 ) major river systems were surveyed in the study area block, namely: Manitohan, Menito, Rizal,
Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol, Cawayan, Anahaw and Osiao rivers.. On-site flow measurements of
these rivers range from a minimum of 0.01 m3/s ( Anahaw river ) to a maximum of 4.46 m3/s (Cawayan
river). Upstream tributaries are used for drinking in some rivers, while mid- to lower reaches are used for
domestic purposes (bathing and washing), sustenance fishery, and irrigation (Cawayan, Ticol, Capuy,
Manitohan rivers). A mini hydroelectric dam used to operate along Cawayan river. Rivermouths are
usually used for fishing and transport purposes. Domestic garbage was observed in most lowland rivers.
Domestic drinking water sources are provided mostlyby cold springs supplemented by water wells. The
Sorsogon Water District ( SWD ) is currently tapping seven (7) springs and five (5) deep wells to supply its
drinking water requirement.. Both are outside of the potential impact areas. Other domestic water
sources within the area include shallow wells (<20 m depth) or low-capacity springs. The major hydrologic
units in the study area are composed of Recent alluvial sediments (Qal), Quaternary volcanics (QV) and
Quaternary pyroclastic and clastic sedimentary rocks (Qvp ). The ground water systems within the Qvp
and Qal occur either as water table or leaky artesian aquifers.
I.5.1.4 Water Quality

A total of 70 water quality monitoring stations were established comprising of river water, groundwater,
and marine/coastal waters. Generally, the physico-chemical parameters of the freshwater samples are
within the National Water Quality Criteria for class AA waters, except for TSS (total suspended solids)
which was relatively high ( mean value = 228 ppm ) due to frequent and intense rains, steep slopes and
loose soil. This suggests the prohibitive use of the rivers for drinking, bathing and primary contact
recreation especially during rainy days occurring 21 days per month. Furthermore, a western tributary of
Dalipay Creek upstream of the Cawayan sector naturally contains 0.08 ppm of arsenic which is slightly
above the 0.05 ppm limit for Class AA, A, B and C surface waters. Such elevated As concentration can be
considered as natural occurrence and not indicative of geothermal brine discharge level due to its location
(upstream of pad) and low concentration of other geothermal-associated elements such as Cl, B, and Li
levels.
Physico-chemical properties of cold springs are generally within the National Drinking Water Standards
except for two SWD wells located east of Sorsogon City proper which naturally contained Boron at 0.38
and 0.81 ppm respectively. Such an occurrence can be attributed to their locations ( 5 masl ) where the
tendency of this dissolved element is to concentrate at these lower regions.
Sorsogon Bay,Poliqui Bay and Albay Gulfnaturally contain As, Cd, Hg, within class SA water quality
criteria. On the other hand, Cr levels in some coastal sampling stations slightly exceeded the 0.10 ppm
limit for class SB waters, while most stations contained Pb exceeding the 0.05 ppm limit.. River and
coastal sediments appear to have similar contents of As, Cd, Cr, Hg and Pb.
p. I- 4
I.5.1.5 Meteorology/ Climatology

The project site is found in a Type II climate region characterized by the absence of a dry season and a
very pronounced maximum rainfall from November to January. Annual rainfall is about 5,000 mm (19961999) measured at 3 Bacon-Manito rain gauges found at elevations 600-730 mASL. Mean rainfall is 32.3
mm per day; mean temperature is 26.6oC; mean humidity is 83.6%; and mean wind speed is high at 4.5
m/sec.
I.5.1.6 Oceanography
Sorsogon Bay has a very irregular coastal geometry. The bathymetric contours show increasing depth
towards the western direction. Wave characteristics are wind-induced. Wave heights are less than 1.5 m
during stormy conditions and about 0.2 - 0.48 m during ordinary conditions. The tides are predominantly
semi-diurnal with two (2) high and two (2) low water levels occurring in a day. Surface currents ranged
from 5-50 cm/s. Water transparency is low ranging from 0.33 - 2.2 m. Mean water temperature is 27oC.
Poliqui Bay has a sharp bathymetric gradient away from a rivermouth. Waves are induced by the wind.
Wave heights may reach over 3 m amplitude during stormy conditions with surface winds ranging from
10-20 m/s. Poliqui Bay has semi-diurnal tides. The surface currents are dictated by wind with observed
values ranging from 7.4 62.5 cm/s. A maximum depth-averaged current magnitude of 30 m/s has been
estimated in Poliqui Bay. Water transparency readings ranged from 0.8-2.2 m, while water temperature
ranged from 26.5 28.1 oC.
I.5.1.7 Air Quality/ Noise

Baseline hydrogen sulfide (H2S) concentrations at the proposed Tanawon geothermal block range from
0.000 to 0.080 ppm, or within the 10 ppm H2S occupational standard of the Dept. of Labor & Employment
(DOLE). H2S levels at the nearest population area, on the other hand, measure 0.000 to 0.002 ppm,
within the 0.07 ppm ambient DENR standard.
Noise levels were measured to be well within the DOLE 90 dBA occupational standard for 8-hour
exposure.
I.5.2
I.5.2.1 Terrestrial Flora
From the nine stations inventoried, total of 2,388 flora species were listed, eleven percent (11%) of which
belong to the Lesser Known/Use Species (LKS/LUS). Only a few dipterocarps were noted within the study
area, and these include: Shorea negrosensis, Shorea contorta, Shorea palosapis, Shorea squamata,
Hopea acuminata, and Anisoptera thurifera. Timber-producing species belong to 17 families. Numerous
species from 48 families have aesthetic values for landscaping. Species from 29 families have ornamental
value. Species with medicinal value belong to 8 families. No rare or endangered plant and forest tree
species were encountered in the study area.
I.5.2.2 Terrestrial Fauna

A total of 118 wildlife species was observed in 19 transect lines within the project area, comprising of 7
amphibians, 15 reptiles, 86 birds, and 10 mammals. Birds comprised about 72.88% of the surveyed
population. In terms of ecological status, about 62 species were endemic, 45 residents, 10 migratory, and
1 introduced species. The inventory also listed 3 protected species (per CITES II under regulated trade
category), namely Malay Monitor lizard (Varanus salvator), reticulated python (Python reticulatus), and the
long-tailed macaque (Macaca fascicularis), all of which were very common in forested areas of the project.
p. I- 5
There were also 5 threatened endemic species of birds, namely: Luzon bleeding heart pigeon
(Gallicolumbia luzonica), blue-naped parrot (Tanygnathus lucionensis), Philippine horned owl (Bubo
philippinensis), the Rufous hornbill (Buceros hydrocorax), and the Tarictic hornbill (Penelopides panini).
All these are found in major islands in the Philippines, except the Luzon bleeding heart pigeon.
Diversity indices in the Tanawon geothermal block is moderate to high indicating a rich and diverse wildlife
species present in the area.
I.5.2.3 Agriculture
Agricultural areas (comprised mainly of coconut and abaca plantations) occupy the alienable and
disposable areas south of the geothermal block. A small patch of spring-fed ricefield (~1/4 ha) is found
along one of the Cawayan headwaters within the Tanawon block but has recently been abandoned.
Lowland irrigated ricefields fed by rivers emanating from the Tanawon block total 609 hectares and are
found along Capuy (<50 has.), Ticol (87 has.), Cawayan (472 has.) rivers, comprising of make-shift or
communal irrigation systems. Other irrigated ricefields proximate to the study area are found along
Manitohan (142 has.), Anahaw (~10 has.), and Osiao (~50 has.) rivers. Manitohan ricefields are found
in two general areas: at an upland plateau (280 mASL) in Sitio Inang Maharang in Brgy. Nagotgot, and at
the lowlands of Manito town. For most farms, average yield of rice is 4 metric tons (80 cavans) per
harvest per year.
I.5.2.4 Freshwater Flora and Fauna

A survey of nine rivers resulted to the recovery of the following taxa: 26 phytoplankton, 13 zooplankton,
30 benthic fauna, 8 riverine fishes and 3 crustaceans. Phytoplankton diversity is moderate to high in all
stations. Diatoms (Bacillariophyta) were found to be the dominant plankton in most stations, except in
stations BMGP-121, BMGP-107 and BMGP-12 where green algae (Chlorophyta) were dominant. Tolerant
and resistant species of Nitzchia were observed in great number at BMGP-127 and BMGP-132 due to
extensive ricefields along the riparian environment. Zooplankton population is low due to the unidirectional
and fast-flowing river waters.
Benthic fauna was moderate to high in diversity index values.
The dominance of mayflies
(Ephemeroptera) with the presence of clean-water indicators (e.g. Heptagenia sp., Leptophlebiidae) and
the poor number of trueflies indicates a relatively good water quality of water in the surveyed rivers.
Tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus), freshwater eel (Anguilla sp.) and native catfish (Clarias batrachus) are the
dominant fish species identified in the surveyed rivers.
I.5.2.5 Marine Flora and Fauna

In Sorsogon Bay, there is a dominance of phytoplankton population (99.6%), mainly comprised of diatoms.
The minor zooplankton population (0.04%) is mainly composed of nauplii larvae. The high count of
polychaetes and nematodes and the low count of crustaceans indicate a stressed marine environment.
Seagrass (Enhalus acoroides) is sparse probably due to the high siltation/sedimentation rate from all
surrounding rivers draining into the bay. Mangrove exploitation is highly rampant in the area.
In Poliqui Bay, phytoplankton also dominate the plankton population by 99.6%, comprising mainly of
diatoms (Chaetoceros). The zooplankton minority is dominated by Copepods. Polychaete population is
high, indicating high organic deposits. Live coral cover is poor (22.7%) while dead coral cover and coral
rubbles are prevalent. Coral-fishes are few. This may have been caused by destructive fishing methods
like blast-fishing and dynamite-fishing. Seagrass (Halophila pinifolia) is patchy and sparse (17% cover).
Turbidity and sedimentation was also observed in the bay.
p. I- 6
In Albay Gulf (specifically Sugot Bay), although corals have good to excellent categories (68-100%), the
condition of reef fish communities is poor.
I.5.3
The proposed geothermal development block straddles the uninhabited mountainous portions of the
barangays of Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol, Basud, Guinlajon, San Juan and Osiao. These
barangays are administratively under the City of Sorsogon, the capital city of the Province of Sorsogon.
The socioeconomic conditions in the Province of Sorsogon have been described as poor, characterized by
low household incomes, high poverty incidence, high malnutrition rate, heavy dependence of the economy
on agriculture and fisheries, lack of food self-sufficiency and undeveloped industrial and manufacturing
sector. Although the capital City of Sorsogon is better off in terms of the availability of amenities and jobs
outside of agriculture and fisheries, the socioeconomic conditions in the Citys rural barangays are
generally the same as with the rest of the province. Jobs in construction, transport and retail services are
available in the city center but agriculture and fisheries remained the major sources of livelihood in the
Citys rural barangays. At 56%, poverty incidence in the rural areas is almost twice the national average of
33.7%. Data from the Rural Health Units indicate that the leading causes of death are respiratory and
cardiovascular diseases while leading causes of morbidity are influenza, respiratory and gastro-intestinal
diseases. The City is currently experiencing rapid urbanization as evidenced by a population growth which
is higher than the provincial and regional averages and by the new settlements around the city center and
along the national highway. Results of the survey of residents in the affected barangays revealed that
majority favors the development of geothermal resource in the area.
The project will not cause any dislocation of households, as the distance of the nearest settlement from
the edge of the proposed geothermal development block is more than one kilometer. Except for the
potential sedimentation of rice farms along the Cawayan and Manitohan Rivers during rainy days, impacts
of the project on the peoples livelihood will be very limited and indirect. Impacts on the local culture and
health and safety will be also insignificant because of the distance and relative isolation of the project site
from the settlements. Positive socioeconomic impacts from the project will largely depend on the effects of
the law-mandated economic benefits that the host communities will receive. These benefits include royalty
and power subsidy, livelihood development fund, reforestation and environmental enhancement fund,
missionary electrification and prioritization of load dispatch. Indirect economic impacts will be felt in
provincial economy in the form of increased business activities brought about by increase in the
disposable incomes of the local population and increase in investment.
I.6
Major Impacts, Mitigation Measures and Management Plan
Bulk of the potential adverse impacts are expected during the 3 to 5-year construction phase especially
during construction/ earthmoving activities and well testing. The scale of impacts are expected to be
similar to the BGPF experience, although these are expected to be less adverse due to continuous
improvements being undertaken by the Company from experiences in its other operating fields. Table I-1
is a summary of the major impacts and corresponding management measures for the proposed project.
Impacts due to construction/ earthmoving activities shall be localized to the river tributary immediately
downstream of the construction activity. Thus it will be unlikely for all the drainage systems to be affected
simultaneously. However, high rainfall in the area is expected to aggravate potential erosion and river
siltation. River turbidity in most rivers was found to be a common sight during and after a rainfall event
perhaps due to riverbank scouring and agricultural run-off. The extent of erosion is a factor of slope, soil
type, vegetation cover, residual root strength. Thus, with erosion control measures in place, hauling of
p. I- 7
excess earth spoil to Spoil Disposal Areas (SDA), and strict monitoring of project activities, erosion and
thus river siltation is expected to be of lesser magnitude.
The major impacts from drilling activities include localized noise and generation of excess drilling fluids.
The latter will be contained in sumps. During well testing, noise generated during vertical discharge is
limited to a 5 to 30-minute testing, while noise during horizontal discharge is muffled by well silencers.
In the absence of reinjection wells during the initial exploration phase, short-term regulated discharge of
geothermal brine may be undertaken per DENR-EMB approved Water Quality Variance for Geothermal
Exploration Projects. With more wells during the development phase, brine shall be directly injected or
indirectly via the sump.
During operations of the steamfield, power plant and transmission line, one of the major impacts is the
H2S releases which is a component of the steam. H2S emissions shall comply with detailed guidelines of
the Philippine Clean Air Act for the geothermal sector (MC 2002-13). Geothermal brine will be held in
thermal ponds or directly injected to reinjection wells. Sludge accumulated from the cooling tower during
preventive maintenance shutdown will be cement-fixed and entombed in designated sludge pits.
The socio-economic impacts of the proposed geothermal development in the Tanawon Sector will largely
depend on the effects of economic benefits received by the host communities from the project. These
benefits include, employment, royalty and power subsidy, livelihood development fund, reforestation and
environmental enhancement fund, missionary electrification and prioritization of load dispatch. Indirect
economic impacts will be felt in provincial economy in the form of increased business activities brought
about by increase in the disposable incomes of the local population and increase in investment.
The project will not cause any dislocation of households. Except for the potential sedimentation of rice
farms along the Cawayan and Ticol Rivers, and to a lesser extent along Manitohan, Anahaw and Osiao
rivers during rainy days, impacts of the project on the peoples livelihood will be very limited and indirect.
Impacts on the local culture, health and safety will be insignificant because of the distance and relative
isolation of the project site from the host communities.
Corresponding to the various project impacts, the Environmental Management Plan has the following
components to ensure protection of the environment, workers, and the community where the project
operates:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
I.7
Impacts Mitigation/ Enhancement Plan for the Pre-operations and Operations Phase
Construction Contractors Program
Loss Control and Security Plan
Community Relations (ComRel) Program
Abandonment/ Rehabilitation Plan
Environmental Monitoring Action Plan
Institutional Plan
Environmental Risk Assessment and Management
The Environmental Risk Assessment study identified the natural hazards that exist in the site and the hazards
that may be introduced by the project. These hazards were then described and characterized for destructive
potential on identified project and environmental receptors. Subsequently, risks indices (or the combined
results of consequence ratings and exposure ratings for the various hazards and for the different
receptors) were presented.
The risk index values were used to identify which significant risks need to be managed in order to make
the project a viable endeavor.
p. I- 8
The hazards with high risks values on receptors were presented. The results indicate that for risk to
Tanawon workers, high scores of 3 - 4 were registered from the following hazards: 1) noise, 2) radiation
(from welding), 3) electricity, 4) shock explosion, 5) H2S and 6) heavy metals. These risks all come from
work/work-related hazards.
On the risk to flora and fauna, only fuels showed a high (4) risk score (during the drilling phase). The risk
value is however limited to a few meters distance from the well pad. There is no high risk value on
residents or community areas. This indicates that residents would be safe in any emergency event
occurring in the Tanawon project. Risk would be limited to the Tanawon area.
Earthquakes and volcanism registered low risk values on geothermal facilities, while a high value of 3 was
arrived at for facilities near landslide-prone areas. The absence of risk values indicate no pathway or
exposure to the receptor. Hence, no risk is expected.
I.8
Environmental Monitoring Plan
As there is already an existing monitoring plan for the BGPF, monitoring for the Tanawon sector shall be
implemented by the existing PNOC-EDC environmental field personnel. Specific to the monitoring plan for
the Tanawon sector, monitoring shall cover the entire development block, the drainage systems emanating
from the block, and impact areas downstream (Table I-2). Separate monitoring shall be undertaken by
the existing Provincial Environmental Monitoring Task Force (PEMTF) for BacMan I and II.
Table I-1:
Summary of Major Impacts and Management Measures for the 50-80 MW Tanawon
Geothermal Project
Project Phase
A. Pre-operations
1. Construction
Environmental Concerns
a. Erosion/ Landslide/ River siltation
2. Well Drilling
b. Crop damage
c. Slight increase in employment and
livelihood opportunities
a. River contamination
3. Well Testing
b. Contamination of air
B. Operations
b. Release of H2S in steam
Management Measures
Facility siting in less critical slopes

Geotechnical hazard studies
Multi-wellpads; Directional drilling
Proper slope cutting
Spoils hauling
Spoil disposal area
Slope stabilization & erosion control
measures (mechanical & vegetative)
Avoidance of waterways when possible
Reforestation
Damage compensation
Local hiring
Purchase of available local supplies
Holding ponds
Recycling of drilling fluids
Closure of acidic wells
Holding ponds
Regulated discharge or early injection when
well is available
Reduced testing period
Silencers
Closed system of fluid collection & reinjection
Compliance with guidelines of the Phil. Clean
Air Act for the geothermal sector
(MC 2002-13)
H2S gas monitoring
p. I- 9
Table I-1:
Summary of Major Impacts and Management Measures for the 50-80 MW Tanawon
Geothermal Project (continuation)
Project Phase
B. Operations (cont)
Environmental Concerns
Management Measures
c. Land contamination
d. Reinjection failure
e. Potential Subsidence
f. Royalty, electric subsidy, & others per
DOE Law on Benefits to Host
Communities
Table I-2:
Cement fixing
Cement-lined pit
Holding pond
Plant shutdown
Reinjection
Summary of the Monitoring Plan for the 50-80 MW Tanawon Geothermal Project
Aspect / Phase
A. Project Monitoring
1. Construction
2. Well Drilling
3. Well Testing
4. Operations
Parameters
Extent of earthmoving activities; spoils handling
Status of sump, oil traps, rain drains, water recycling
Brine sampling; compliance with applicable DENR standards
Closed system of fluid collection and reinjection; Emission
sources
B. Environmental Monitoring
1. Seismicity
Seismic occurrences
2. Potential
Pipeline alignments;
Subsidence
microgravity and precise leveling survey
3. Hydrology
Flowrate
4. Water Quality
Construction: TSS;
Drilling: TSS, pH, AS, Hg, Cr, Cd, Pb, Oil & Grease;
Well Testing: temp, pH, B, Cl, As; complete analysis of brine
Operations: pH, B, Cl, As (in rivers);
Complete analysis of brine, groundwater, river
Water, marine water, sediments
5. Meteorology
Rainfall, rain pH, wind, wind direction, temperature
6. Air Quality
Construction: TSP
Drilling, Testing, Operations : Noise, H2S
7. Land Use/Forest
Land use & forest cover
8. Terrestrial Flora
Density and diversity
9. Terrestrial Fauna
Density and diversity
10. Agriculture
Impact evaluation only as necessary (using secondary data and
soil/plant analysis)
11. Freshwater Biology Species composition, density, diversity
12. Marine Biology
Species composition, density, diversity
13. Social Programs
Status and progress of livelihood development programs
14. Socio-economic
and Health
Conditions
Impact evaluation of social (livelihood, incomes, settlements,

farms affected, perceptions) and health indicators
(mortality/morbidity) periodically or as needed
Location
Per major facility
Per well drilled
Per well tested
Per major facility
Sesimograph station
Pipeline route
Groundwater & rivers
Water Quality impact
stations
Rainfall stations;
power plant area
Work area
Wellpad, power plant;
receptors
Tanawon block
Tanawon block
Tanawon block
Tanawon block;
downstream irrigated
areas
Impact rivers
Marine stations
Potential host
barangays
Potential host
barangays
p. I- 10
II.
EIA PROCESS DOCUMENTATION
Philippine EIA Process
II.1
Presidential Decree 1151 (1977), otherwise known as the Philippine Environmental Policy was the
first policy issuance requiring an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for all projects or undertaking
with significant effects on the environment. The Philippine EIS system was formally established in
1978 with the enactment of Presidential Decree (PD) 1586, followed by PD 2146 (1981) for the
definition of Environmentally Critical Projects (ECPs) and Environmentally Critical Areas (ECAs) for
which the EIS system would apply. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the process,
while the EIS is the report.
Recently the EIA system has undergone several refinements to make it a more effective planning,
management and regulatory tool to address environmental problems in the country. The latest of this
effort is DENR Administrative Order (DAO) no. 37, series of 1996, or DAO 96-37. This superseded
DAO-21, series of 1992. DAO 96-37 is an attempt to streamline the EIS system. Just this November
2002, Administrative Order No. 42 was issued by President Gloria Macapagal for the streamlining of
the ECC processing and approval procedures. The Department of Environment and Natural
Resources (DENR) is the regulatory body responsible for implementation of these policies.
DAO 96-37 requires the submission of an EIS for ECPs in order to secure an Environmental
Compliance Certificate (ECC). It is the DENR-Environmental Management Bureau (DENR-EMB) who
reviews the EISs and issues the ECC. Similarly, an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is
required for projects located in ECAs in order to secure an ECC. IEEs are reviewed by the DENREMB Regional Office for their issuance of an ECC. Geothermal projects such as in Tanawon fall
under the ECP category thus this EIS submission.
II. 2
EIA Process for Tanawon Geothermal Project
The PNOC-Energy Development Corporation firmly believes that people's participation in any of its
projects is not only desirable and advantageous, but also a basic right, especially when people's lives
and future are affected by the proposed project. The local population has priceless indigenous
knowledge and insights which should not be ignored in project planning and design. It is with this
belief that a participatory EIA was adopted by the company for the proposed Tanawon Geothermal
Project (BacMan Geothermal Production Field) to promote productive use of information and ideas
from local communities and interested groups and individuals to enhance the quality of environmental
decision-making.
The EIA method followed by the proponent is the so-called participatory EIA, wherein the different
sectors in the community are consulted and involved from the very start of the process until its final
phases. They were specifically involved in important activities such as information sharing, data
gathering and planning. The participatory EIA and its different phases is shown in Figure II-1.
The participatory process with the project stakeholders is undertaken based on the following
objectives:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To inform the public about the project, objectives, impacts, management measures, and benefits
To involve the host communities as partners in project planning and implementation
To consult the communities on their issues/ concerns and discuss potential solutions
To resolve conflicts at the earliest stage by involving communities
p. I- 1
Table II-1 summarizes the extent of participation undertaken by the project stakeholders, including
involvement by the DENR, while Table II-2 is a summary of the EIA process undertaken for the
project. Appendix A is the Formal Scoping Report submitted to DENR, detailing each activity.
The community is again given a chance to air their concerns during the public hearing (after EIA
submission); they are also welcome even at any phase of the EIA process. If determined as valid and
feasible, their recommendations shall be taken into consideration in the final project planning process.
Besides their participation in the EIA process, stakeholders are given the opportunity to participate in
project monitoring during actual construction and operation of the project, through the multi-partite
environmental monitoring team.
Even outside the project environs, the community shall be a company partner in helping ensure that
protection measures are implemented. It is thus important that company personnel come from the
locality. This is the actual case in the existing BacMan Geothermal Production Field where majority of
its employees are local-hired.
II.2.1 SOCIAL PREPARATION (PRE-SCOPING)

As a pre-scoping activity, social preparation for the Tanawon sector of BGPF was undertaken in the
form of information drives, site visit by residents, and informal dialogues with community leaders prior
to the conduct of the EIA proper. One of the objectives of this activity is to acquaint and familiarize
different target groups on the geothermal project and its operations, its impacts and management
activities, as well as the benefits gained from the project. This activity is also aimed at
increasing peoples awareness on the proposed project.
Although no residents reside within the Tanawon development block which is generally a forested
mountainous area, potential host barangays were determined on the basis of political jurisdiction.
Information drives were conducted on Nov. 15-17, 2000 at 6 barangays and again on Jun 1-2, 2002
for additional three barangays found within Sorsogon City, Sorsogon Province. Another information
drive was conducted for the new set of Brgy. San Juan officials on Nov. 18, 2002.
Brgy. Rizal
Brgy. Bulabog
Brgy. Bucalbucalan
Brgy. Ticol
Brgy. Capuy
Brgy. Basud
Brgy. Guinlajon
Brgy. San Juan
Brgy. Osiao
There were a total of 525 attendees in the nine information drive sessions. PNOC-EDC presented the
project description, environmental impacts, management and monitoring activities, socio-economic
benefits, and held an open discussion. Although no indication for project opposition was expressly
declared during all the sessions, several clarifications/issues/ concerns were raised by residents on
environmental aspects and benefits. Annex B-1 of Appendix A is a summary of attendees and
issues raised during the open forum, while Annex B-2 of Appendix A presents the attendance sheet
for these sessions. Annex B-3 of Appendix A is a photodocumentation of the activity. Appendix B1 shows the attendance and concerns raised during additional consultations at Brgys. Guinlajon, San
Juan and Osiao.
Before each session, comics in the Bicolano dialect were distributed to the participants upon
registration. The comics (Annex B-4 of Appendix A) introduces the project to the community through
a simple and indirect manner, touching more on layman conversation. Members of the information
p. I- 2
drive team were composed of five to seven PNOC personnel from different departments in order to
address all queries that may be raised by the audience.
After the info drives, community residents participated in a site visit on Dec. 14, 2000 and Nov. 18,
2002 to the proposed Tanawon sector as well as existing BGPF facilities for their familiarization and
awareness on project activities. Questions from the participants were entertained during the entire
trip.
During distribution of invitations for the info drive and community scoping, the PNOC Community
Relations Officer also held informal discussions with the local leaders on the proposed Tanawon
Geothermal Project.
Concerns raised by the community were gathered and this formed part of the EIA scope of study. The
issues are addressed here in Table II-3, and are separately discussed per environmental component.
II.2.2 SCOPING PROCESS

A Scoping activity is undertaken to define the scope or coverage of the EIA study. Per DENR
Administrative Order (DAO) 96-37, scoping has two levels: First Level with the DENR-EMB and
review committee, and Second Level with the community/ stakeholders.
II.2.2.1 First Level Scoping and Supplemental Scoping

The First (1st) Level Scoping was held on Nov. 16, 2000 at the DENR-EMB office in Quezon City by
the DENR-Environmental Management Bureau (DENR-EMB), EIARC (EIA Review Committee)
members, and PNOC-EDC as project proponent. After presenting the Project Description, clarificatory
questions were raised by the EIARC members, and the participants agreed on a set of EIA
requirements as presented in the 1st Level Scoping Checklist in Annex C of Appendix A. The
checklist would be among the basis for EIA scope and format. DENR-EMB advised PNOC-EDC that
the Second Level Scoping is scheduled for Dec. 11, 2000, and that field surveys can already be
commenced.
In the course of the EIA preparation, revisions in the extent of the Tanawon surface development
block were made, thus a Supplemental Scoping exercise was held with the DENR-EMBs EIA Review
Committee (EIARC) on Sept. 18, 2002 (Appendix B-3). Additional scope was minor and were
generally covered by additional information drives and surveys undertaken by the proponent.
II.2.2.2 Second Level (Community) Scoping

The Second Level or Community Scoping was conducted on Dec. 11, 2000 at the Acacia Grille
Restaurant in Sorsogon City. There were a total of 52 participants represented by the office of
Sorsogon Governor Raul Lee, Sorsogon Mayor Rosalio Delgado, barangay officials, government
agencies, youth sector, NGO/Forestry Associations, Media, and DENR-EMB/ EIARC members. All
the participants were previously sent invitation letters. Their attendance was recorded in a registration
desk found at the entrance of the venue.
A second set of comics in the Bicolano dialect was distributed to the participants, this time introducing
the EIA, the project impacts, as well as the mitigation measures, all in an indirect manner (Annex D-1
of Appendix A). An indirect approach was adopted so the reader would be gradually introduced to
terms or concepts they may not be familiar with.
The Program of Activities during the session are presented below:
p. I- 3
Second Level Scoping for Tanawon Geothermal Project

Dec. 11, 2000
PROGRAM OF ACTIVITIES
1:30
2:00
2:10
2:30
2:40
2:50
3:00
Registration
National Anthem & Invocation................................Denny Daep (PNOC-EDC)
Welcome/ Opening Remarks............................. Office of Sorsogon Governor Lee
Introduction of Participants................................... Jerry Bunao (PNOC-EDC ComRel)
Objectives & Mechanics of Scoping ....Marivic Yao (DENR-EMB)
st
EIA Backgrounder & Results of 1 level Scoping......Esperanza Lee (PNOC-EDC)
Presentation of the project............................. Erly del Rosario (PNOC-EDC)
Jerry Bunao (PNOC)
3:30 Plenary/ Open Forum..........................................Participants
4:30 Closing Remarks.....................................................Office of Sorsogon Mayor Delgado
The session was opened by a statement from Ms. Nilda Bautista of the Office of Governor Raul Lee
indicating support for the project. This was shortly followed by an introductory statement on the
Scoping process and its mechanics by DENR-EMB EIA Case Handler Marivic Yao. PNOC then
started its presentation with an introduction of the EIA process, summary of 1st Level Scoping results,
the project description, potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures, and lastly the project
benefits. An open forum followed with various queries from almost all invited sectors. No opposition
was expressly declared for the project. Concerns raised were mostly clarificatory in nature due to lack
of understanding of the project. The session was closed by a representative of Sorsogon Mayor
Delgado, also indicating support for the project.
Annex D-2 of Appendix A is the Second Level (Community) Scoping report highlighting the issues
and concerns raised during the session. Annex D-3 of said report is the minutes of the open forum
question and answer portion, while Annex D-4 is the attendance sheet per sector. Annex D-5 is a
photoducumentation of the activity. The activity was also covered by a video camera recording to
ensure its full documentation.
The open forum was unstructured to allow stakeholders to participate freely in the discussion; most of
them have actively participated. It was a fruitful exercise such that all sectors of the stakeholders
were given the opportunity to raise their concerns or present their perceptions, and was an equal
opportune for the proponent to resolve stakeholders concerns by either elaborating on its existing
management measures or clarifying misconceptions. Certain misconceptions are usually expected in
a complex and dynamic geothermal project and have to be explained as simple as possible.
All concerns were noted and formed part of the EIA study. These concerns were distributed among the
respective environmental components of the study for the experts to address them in detail. The
consultation process also allowed project planning to consider certain aspects which may have been
overlooked in the course of its operations in the existing BGPF.
II.2.3 EIA Scoping Report

The EIA scope and format is patterned after DENR-EMBs First Level Scoping Checklist (signed), the
Procedural checklist and the Substantive Checklist of DENR DAO 96-37, and shall consider the issues
and concerns raised during community consultations, i.e., during the information drives and
community scoping. Other relevant concerns on the geothermal project, although not addressed in
any of the above references, shall likewise form part of the report. All these scoping parameters are
contained in the Formal Scoping Report submitted to DENR-EMB on January 31, 2001 (refer again to
Appendix A). This was confirmed by DENR-EMB in its Feb. 19, 2001 reply. In addition, concerns
p. I- 4
raised by the LGU, concerned government agencies, additional info drives will form part of the EIA
report.
II.3
EIA FIELD SURVEY
Prior to the survey proper, a reconnaissance visit was undertaken at the proposed Tanawon sector
with the following objectives: (1) determine the peace and order situation in the area, (2) delineate
the environmental boundaries of the project, (3) identify study areas (e.g., rivers, watersheds,
settlements, etc.) that may be affected by the project, (4) coordinate with the local and government
officials about the project and the study that will be undertaken, (5) gather secondary data from line
agencies, and host municipalities, and (6) determine accommodation and logistical requirements
needed for the study/survey.
The baseline environmental study was undertaken by the EIA team from Nov. 28, 2000 to January 7,
2001, October 2001 and May-June 2002. The activity involved secondary data gathering and
interviews with local offices and government agencies, as well as primary data gathering through
actual field surveys and sampling, observations and household interviews.
Prior to entry into each barangay, coordination was made with the barangay captain or his
constituents for the following: (1) to pay a courtesy call, (2) to inform them of the EIA teams activities,
(3) to gather information on the local environment profile, (4) to seek guidance on access areas, and
(5) to ensure safety of the team.
The survey of the EIA Team was participated by local residents familiar with the survey areas and
trails, and by PNOC-EDC environmental personnel who are at the same time residents of the locality.
This approach was found to be advantageous to the locals as it made them familiar with the EIA
purpose and survey methods, and also to the survey team who gained vital information on the project
environs and community way of life.
The details of the data collection technique employed per module are discussed in the methodology
sections of each modular report.
The baseline information gathered would be used to establish an environmental and socio-economic
baseline profile before entry of the BGPFs fourth project sector. This would then be taken into account
in predicting and estimating any potential future impacts on the environment and the socio-economic
status of the area.
During actual project implementation, the same information would be basis to assess the extent of
any predicted positive and negative impacts which may have occurred (impact validation). Moreover,
the data would also serve as the base level for assessing compliance with environmental standards.
II.3.1 The EIA Study Team

The EIA study was conducted in-house by the EIA team of the Environmental Management
Department of PNOC-Energy Development Corporation. The team is multidisciplinary, composed of
staff with diverse background in order to address and assess the physical, chemical, biological, and
socio-cultural aspects of the environment. To ensure that environmental inputs were considered in the
detailed project planning, active participation by the Geoscientific, Engineering Design, Project
Operations, Reservoir, Drilling, Power, Transmission & Dispatch, and Planning departments was
likewise undertaken for the EIA writing.
To further boost the capability of the team, the professional services of consultants, an air quality
specialist, oceanographer, a wildlife specialist, and a geologic risk assessment specialist were also
availed of.
p. I- 5
II-4
CONSULTATIONS
ENDORSEMENTS
WITH
LGUs
AND
SECURING
OF
PROJECT
On top of the consultative sessions undertaken during social preparation activities and community
scoping, separate consultations/ presentations were made to the Sorsogon City council (called
Sangguniang Bayan), the Sorsogon Provincial Council (called Sangguniang Panlalawigan) , and
concerned government agencies (e.g., Sorsogon Water District) from May to June 2002. A project
brief was provided to each attendee. These groups were also invited for a site visit to the existing
BGPF facilities and proposed Tanawon project after each session, together with an open dialogues.
The site visits significantly improved their understanding of the project such that most of the
misconceptions were clarified. Their appreciation was also noted for the existing environmental
management activities undertaken in BGPF. Appendix B-2 presents the attendance sheet, list of
issues raised, and the photodocumentation of each activity.
During these sessions, endorsements for the proposed project were also requested. Said
endorsements are in compliance with the Local Government Code for the barangay, city/municipal,
and provincial level. For all levels, official letters were sent requesting their endorsements. In
addition to the LGUs, endorsements were also sought from local Peoples Organizations (POs) in the
form of forestry associations being the actual stakeholders in the BacMan Geothermal Reservation.
Appendix C is a copy of these endorsements.
II-5. SUMMARY OF ISSUES/ CONCERNS RAISED DURING ALL CONSULTATIONS

A summary of all issues and concerns raised by the various stakeholders during all consultative
sessions are presented in Table II-3. Most of these were common to all sessions, and was an
indication of lack of understanding of the project. Perceptions/ misconceptions/ concerns were
clarified by PNOC-EDCs responses, presentations and site visits.
p. I- 6
Table II-1 : EIA Stages and Public Involvement

EIA Phase
Participants
Subject
Method
Social Preparation
(Information Drives)
Officials and residents

of nine (9) potential
host barangays
Purpose of the project

Project description
Environmental impacts &
management activities
Socio-economic benefits
First Level Scoping
DENR-EMB Manila,
EIA Review
Committee or EIARC
Information drives with open

forum
Site visit with open forum
Comics in Bicol Dialect
introducing the project
Informal discussions with
local leaders by BGPF
Comrel Officer
Overhead Presentation with
their copy of the Project
Description
Second Level
(Community) Scoping
Local Government
Units (Office of the
Governor, & Mayor,
barangay officials),
Government
Agencies, NGO, local
Forestry Associations,
Youth, media
Local residents;
PNOC personnel who
are also residents
familiar with the
locality
Baseline Environmental
Profiling (Survey),
Impact Assessment &
Management Planning
Consultation with LGUs
Sorsogon City
Council, Sorsogon
Provincial Council,
Concerned
Government Agencies

Project description
Impact assessment
Environmental
Project description
Impact assessment
Environmental
Observations on the
existing environmental
conditions
Public Perceptions &
Concerns
Socio-economic profile
Guidance to the study
areas
Project purpose &
description
Impacts and
Management Measures
Concerns
Project Endorsements
Overhead Presentation
Dialogue
Comics in Bicol dialect on
common project issues/
concerns and management
measures
Interviews
Informal discussions
Guidance within study area
Presentations
Provision of Project Brief and
comics in Bicol dialect
Dialogues and site visit with
open forum
p. I- 7
Table II-2: Summary of the Tanawon EIA Process

Date
Oct. 27, 2000
Nov. 15-17, 2000
Activity
Submission of Project Description to
DENR-EMB
Social Preparation/ Information Drives;
Open Forum
Nov. 16, 2000
First Level Scoping
Dec. 11, 2000
Second Level (Community) Scoping
Dec. 14, 2000
Site visit to proposed Tanawon project

and existing BacMan project;
Open Forum
Environmental Field Surveys
Nov. Dec. 2000
Jan. 31, 2000

Feb. 19, 2001
May 10, 2002
Oct. 2001, MayJun 2002

May 27, 2002
Jun 1-2, 2002

Jun. 7, 2002
Jun. 12, 2002

Jun. 25, 2002
Jun. 27, 2002
Jul. 5, 2002
Sep. 18, 2002
Nov. 18, 2002
Jan. 2003
Submission of Scoping Report to

DENR-EMB
DENR-EMB Confirmation of EIA
Scope
PNOC-EDC letter to DENR-EMB re
increase in project capacity and
geothermal block expansion
Additional environmental field surveys
for expansion area
Consultation /Presentation to
Sorsogon Provincial Council
(Sangguniang Panlalawigan)
Additional social preparation/
information drives; Open Forum
Consultation /Presentation to
Sorsogon City Council
(Sangguniang Panlunsod)
Sorsogon City Council site visit
Sorsogon Provincial Council site visit
Meeting/ Presentation to Sorsogon
Water District (SWD) and Sorsogon
City Council
DENR-EMB reply requiring
Supplemental Scoping for the increase
in capacity and geothermal block
expansion
Supplemental Scoping for the increase
in capacity and geothermal block
expansion
Repeat of information drive for new
officials of Brgy,. San Juan; Site visit
and Open forum
EIA Submission to DENR-EMB
Audience/ Participants
No.
6 barangays in Sorsogon City

(Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog,
Capuy, Ticol, Basud)
DENR-EMB, EIA Review
Committee (EIARC), PNOC-EDC
DENR-EMB, EIARC, LGUs, Govt
Agencies, NGOs/ POs, Youth
Sector, Media
Community /barangay residents
370
13
52
~50
PNOC-EDC environmental
specialists & staff, consultants,
local representatives
PNOC-EDC environmental
specialists & staff, consultants,
local representatives
Provincial Council members;
PNOC-EDC
7
SP
3 barangays in Sorsogon City

(Guinlajon, San Juan, Osiao)
City Council members;
PNOC-EDC
155
City Council members

Provincial Council members
SWD Board of Directors, Sorsogon
City Council Committee on Energy
and Environment
~15
39
15
DENR-EMB, EIARC, PNOC-EDC
11
11
SP
Brgy. San Juan officials
p. I- 8
SCOPING APPLICATION
FIRST LEVEL SCOPING

(with DENR and EIARC);
SUPPLEMENTAL SCOPING FOR
EXPANSION AREA
SECOND LEVEL
(COMMUNITY ) SCOPING
SOCIAL PREPARATION
(INFORMATION DRIVES &
SITE VISITS)
CONSULTATIONS WITH
LGU, POS, GA
BASELINE DATA GATHERING

(FIELD WORK)
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS;

MANAGEMENT PLANNING
EIS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION TO DENR-EMB
EIARC REVIEW ; ADDITIONAL INFORMATION; PUBLIC HEARING
EIARC/ DENR-EMB DECISION
APPROVAL & ISSUANCE OF

ECC
DISSAPROVAL
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION;
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
AND MONITORING
Figure II-1: Overview of the EIA Process for Tanawon Geothermal Project
p. I- 1
1.1
BASIC PROJECT INFORMATION

Project Name:

(Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field)
Proponent:
PNOC-Energy Development Corporation

Tax Identification No. 000-169-125-000
Address:
Head Office:
PNOC-EDC, Merritt Road, Fort Bonifacio
Taguig, Metro Manila, Philippines
(02)893-6001; (02)893-1320
Fax No. (02)840-1575
Field Office:
PNOC BacMan Geothermal Production Field
Admin Complex, Palayang Bayan
Manito, Albay
Project Officer
Liable for the EIS:
EIA Preparers:
1.2
Mr. Leonardo M. Ote

Manager, Environmental and External Relations Department
(in-house)
Environmental Management Department (EMD),

PNOC-Energy Development Corporation
c/o Ms. Agnes C. de Jesus, Manager
Estimated Project
Cost:
PhP9.1 billion to PhP14.1 billion

(development and operations/maintenance)
INTRODUCTION ON THE EXISTING BACMAN GEOTHERMAL

PRODUCTION FIELD (BGPF)
PNOC-EDC presently operates jointly with National Power Corporation (NPC) a 150 MW
BacMan (Bacon-Manito) Geothermal Production Field (BGPF) in Albay and Sorsogon. The
name BacMan is actually a combination of the two towns, Bacon and Manito, where the project
is generally situated. The BGPF is subdivided according to three geothermal sectors, namely
Palayang Bayan (BacMan I) with 110 MW, Cawayan (BacMan II) with 20 MW, and Botong
(BacMan II) with 20 MW. Each sector operates independently with a separate Fluid Collection
and Reinjection System (FCRS) of PNOC-EDC, and a power plant with transmission system by
NPC. PNOC provides the steam, while NPC operates the power plants. BacMan-I power plant
Section 1.0: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
p. 1- 1
utilizes steam from the Palayang Bayan field, while BacMan-II has two separate power plants
utilizing steam from the Cawayan and Botong sectors.
At present, electric power from the three power plants is transmitted via a 230- kV transmission
line system operated by NPC to its existing substation in Daraga, Albay.
In the BGPFs Cawayan sector which has been in operation for about six years todate, two wells
were recently drilled for maintenance and replacement (M&R) purposes. Based on updated
geophysical investigations and confirmed by initial tests after the drilling of these M&R wells, the
area south and east of the Cawayan sector has demonstrated potential for a separate sectoral
development.
Thus, the Tanawon Geothermal Project is proposed by the PNOC-Energy Development
Corporation as an expansion or a fourth sector of the existing BacMan Geothermal Production
Field (BGPF) in Sorsogon, Sorsogon Province. Unlike the 3 existing sectors, PNOC-EDC will
be the developer and operator for the Tanawon FCRS, power plant and transmission line, either
singly or in partnership with another business entity.
The proposed Tanawon Geothermal Project is delineated by a 2,460-hectare geothermal
development block wherein all surface development facilities will be confined. The northern half
of this block falls within the existing 3,826-ha. geothermal block of BacMan I and II Geothermal
Production Field (BGPF) already covered by an ECC issued to PNOC-EDC in 1985, the block
coverage of which was confirmed on November 17, 1995 (Appendix D). NPC has separate
ECCs for its power plants within said block.
Thus, this application for an Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) will cover all new
facilities for the Tanawon development falling within the existing BGPF block, and those within
the remaining blocked area outside. Those existing facilities within the 3,826-ha BacMan I and
II geothermal block will remain to be covered by the 1985/1995 ECC. Existing facilities are
already found within the Tanawon block and these include PNOC-EDCs Fluid Collection and
Reinjection System (FCRS) and NPCs power plant with transmission system for the Cawayan
sector of BacMan II.
BGPF is found within the existing BacMan Geothermal Reservation (created by Republic Act
2036-A) managed by PNOC-EDC (per Executive Order 223) Appendix E. Same reservation
is also subject of a Geothermal Service Contract with the Department Of Energy (DOE) for the
exploration, development and production of the reservation.
1.3
BACKGROUND ON GEOTHERMAL RESOURCES

For a better appreciation of the nature and dynamism taking place in a geothermal system, it is
important to have a common understanding of the basic concepts of geothermal energy.
1.3.1
Definition of Geothermal Energy

In Greek, Geo means earth and thermos means heat. Thus, geothermal energy comes from
the heat of the earth.
The heat source is the magma which comes close to the earths surface in some places, most
often in cooling volcanic areas. The heat in a geothermal system can be harnessed in the form
of steam, or with water as the medium.
p. 1- 2
1.3.2

A geothermal system can be likened to a covered pot filled with water. When heated, the water
will boil and produce steam. (Figure 1.3-1). The steam stays within the pot because of its cover
and is released only in open portions of the lid. The fire is the underlying heat source; the pot is
the reservoir; the lid is the caprock; and open portions of the cover are like the fractures in the
earth where steam or hot water escapes.
In a geothermal system, there are four basic elements , namely:
1.
A heat source, which is the magma that comes close to the surface of the earth in
volcanic areas.
2.
A permeable underground reservoir rock which can hold or store water.
3.
A solid cap rock which maintains pressure and does not allow the heat, water or steam to
escape.
4.
Water, which serves as the medium for carrying the heat.
The geothermal resource commonly manifests on the earths surface as hotsprings, steaming
grounds, boiling lakes or mudpools, and hydrothermally altered grounds. These areas are
normally located at the upflow or outflow or cooler zone of a geothermal resource, and are
suitable for recreational, balynological (medicinal) and other non-electrical applications.
Exploration through surface geological, geochemical and geophysical studies provide initial
o
information on locations of the hotter (about 220 C compared with outflows ~100C) zone of
the resource which can be tapped for power generation.
1.3.3
Countries Using Geothermal Energy

The first country to use geothermal energy for power generation is Italy, specifically in Lardello,
which started way back in 1904. This geothermal field is still operating and is a favorite tourist
attraction.
With the onset of the oil crisis of 1973, more countries turned to indigenous sources of energy,
including geothermal power.
However, not all countries have geothermal energy. Those old volcanic areas most of which are
found around the Pacific Ocean, or the so-called Circum-Pacific Ring of Fire have potential
geothermal energy to tap. Figure 1.3-2 shows the location of geothermal plants around the
world.
In these countries, geothermal energy has various uses: power generation, space heating,
refrigeration, food processing and similar industrial purposes. In terms of geothermal power
generation, the Philippines is the worlds second largest geothermal producer to the United
States. The Philippines now has a total installed capacity of 1904 MW or about 23% of the
worlds installed capacity (Figure 1.3-3).
1.3.4
Location of Philippine Geothermal Fields

The Philippines has about 200 active and dormant volcanic centers which can be tapped for
geothermal power. Out of an estimated potential reserves of 4,536 megawatts, (MW) only 1,904
MW have been harnessed from our geothermal fields since 1979.
p. 1- 3
From these , PNOC-EDC presently operates four (4) geothermal fields with a total of 1,148 MW
or about 60% of the national geothermal output (Figures 1.3-4 and 1.3-5).
1.3.5

Geothermal power development undergoes three basic phases: (a) exploration, (b)
development, and (c) production or operations (Figure 1.3-6). Both the exploration and
development phases fall under the pre-operations stage but have similar general activities which
will be discussed under section 1.8.1 of this report.
During the exploration phase, surface explorations or geoscientific investigations are done to
locate the potential geothermal resource. Rock types, structures and the geohydrology of the
target areas are studied. Estimates are then made on the temperature and chemistry of the
possible reservoir fluids. A geophysical survey is done to delineate the probable boundary of the
resource by measuring the conductive nature of the ground. With these information, exploratory
drilling commences to prove the potential of the field. After the discovery of a steam reservoir,
additional wells are drilled to define the possible resource boundaries.
Prior to the development phase, a resource assessment or feasibility study is conducted to
establish the viability of harnessing the resource for power generation. If findings are positive,
the development phase sets in where more wells are drilled to tap the resource and obtain the
required steam for power generation. The steam collection system, power plant, and
transmission system are designed and constructed.
Electricity generation commences during the production or operation phase, wherein the steam
is collected from the well heads and piped to the steam turbines. Through the turbine
generators, geothermal steam is converted to electricity. Power is then transmitted to
consumers.
1.4
PROJECT RATIONALE
1.4.1
Project Purpose and Background

The project aims to develop and utilize the geothermal resources beneath Sorsogon City, in
order to contribute to the supply of electric power needs of Luzon. The project is targeted to
generate 50-80 MW of electrical power.
Geothermal energy is one of the major replacement options to oil-based electricity. To date,
the Philippines ranks second to the United States of America as the largest geothermal
producer in the world (refer again to Figure 1.3-3). A conservative estimate of the countrys
potential geothermal reserves is placed at 4,536 MW. At present, 1904 MW or 16.8% of the
countrys power supplies are derived from geothermal energy. Of these, PNOC-EDC operates
four geothermal fields in Leyte, Negros Oriental, North Cotabato and Albay/ Sorsogon totaling
1,148 MW. Immediate plans by the Department of Energy (DOE) include speeding up the
development of indigenous and clean energy sources such as geothermal.
1.4.2
Need for the project

The Department of Energys (DOEs) Philippine Energy Plan (2003 - 2012) is geared towards
ensuring energy self-sufficiency and diversification in harmony with the countrys social
concerns and environmental objectives to ensure sustainable development. This policy calls for
p. 1- 4
the shifting gradually from the use of oil in the power sector to non-oil power sources like
hydroelectric, geothermal, coal, natural gas, as well as new and renewable energy (NRE)
sources . The thrust is biased towards environmental-friendly, indigenous and low cost sources
of energy.
The DOE estimates the countrys electricity demand to increase at an average annual rate of
9.0%, from 47.9 x 106 MWh in 2002 to 57 x 106 MWh in 2004, and further by 9.9% onwards to
2011 at 110.2 x 106 MWh. This results in a 9.7% average growth per annum for the 10-year
period.
Along with this is the increase in peak demand; the country is forecasted to reach a peak
demand of 19,325 MW in 10 years. Luzon is forecasted to have a peak demand of 14,038 MW
in 2011 more than double the 6,293 MW in 2002.
In order to meet this demand, it is now the policy of the government to accelerate the
development of indigenous energy sources, such as geothermal energy, as a means to lower
dependence on imported fuel to ensure security of energy supply in the country. According to
the DOE Energy Plan (2003-2011), the countrys self-sufficiency level was estimated at 48.7%
in 2000, with 26% contribution from the geothermal sector (Figure 1.4-1). Complemented by
the recent entry of natural gas in 2002, the self-sufficiency level is expected to increase further
should physical targets for indigenous energy development be met in the coming years. The
Tanawon Geothermal Project is in line with this thrust.
In terms of the countrys dollar savings, a 50-80 MW geothermal power plant such as that in
Tanawon would displace about 0.67-1.07 MMBFOE (million barrels of fuel-oil equivalent) of
imported fuel in a year, equivalent to huge dollar savings of US$18.1 million to US$29.0 million
a year. Such huge dollar savings will continue for the 25-30 year life of the project and will
contribute significantly to the economic upliftment of the country.
Although the DOE claims that currently there is excess capacity in the power system, demand
growth and plant retirement shall eventually lead to shortage. A threat to the need for additional
energy demand in the future is the program to retire a total of 1,145.3 MW of aging oil-based
and coal-fired power plants that have outlived their economic useful life for the period 20042011(Table 1.4-1).
This is in addition to the 1,020 MW which have already been
decommissioned in 2000. The DOE predicts that there will be a shortage of supply during the
forecast period if no new power plants will be built. Additional capacity requirements need to be
planned as early as possible to avoid this situation considering the demand growth and
gestation periods of power generation options.
The entry of the Tanawon Geothermal Project will be timely as its operations will coincide with
the period when a deficit in energy supply is projected after the retirement of the aging power
plants.
The environment-friendly geothermal power project will also displace a fossil-fired or coal-fired
or bunker-fired power plant with similar capacity, thus reducing greenhouse emissions by about
435 kilotons of carbon dioxide (CO2) per year (Table 1.4-2).
1.5
ALTERNATIVES
1.5.1
Alternative Energy Resources

Because of economic and environmental concerns, many countries, including the Philippines,
are looking to indigenous alternative fuels to help solve their energy problems. The choices are
p. 1- 5
the following: hydropower, solar, wind, biogass, natural gas, and geothermal. Table 1.5-1
shows the comparative costs of different power alternatives.
Hydropower has been considered among the major replacements of imported energy, and its
potential is being maximized under the Philippine Energy Plan (2002-2011), with corresponding
more efficient water management. Although being tapped in the country, it is often less
acceptable because of environmental and social impacts, including construction near fertile or
populated river valleys, damage to natural fisheries, as well as its high cost. The Philippines
has tapped some of its hydropower resources in Luzon and Mindanao. In 1989, 35% of the
installed energy capacity of the country was derived from hydropower technology. This could
not, however, ensure a stable supply of energy due to changes in the water level as a result of
climatic and environmental factors.
Wind energy shows considerable promise but is limited to certain areas. Wind energy is still in
its onset. In fact, PNOC-EDC will be developing the countrys first commercial wind power
project in Ilocos Norte.
Solar energys economic success depends on such factors as the local energy economy, the
amount of solar insulation, and the availability of a cheap supplementary fuel such as natural
gas to enable a plant to produce power for more than the daylight hours. Solar photovoltaic (PV)
systems are currently unable to provide substantial quantities of grid-connected electrical power
at a reasonable cost.
Biomass energy utilization is a traditional way of improving energy efficiency. There are,
however, social or replacement costs involved considering the deforestation, reforestation and a
possible expanded protection of property rights on timber.
Geothermal projects have a built-in competitive advantages over other oil and non-oil power
plants. These advantages were confirmed by the Department of Energy in its Philippine Energy
Plan for 2000-2009.
Geothermal Facilities are more reliable baseload plants

Geothermal plants are not adversely affected by seasonal changes like hydro. They
operate at plant factors (percentage of time on-line at full output) as high as 95%.
Geothermal energy provides a 24-hour, year-round source of base-load power to national
or local grids at a cost often competitive with fossil fuels (Table 1.5-2).
Geothermal energy prices are more stable than oil and coal which are highly sensitive to
fuel price volatility and foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
The dynamics of oil supply and demand can send shocking ripples throughout the global
system. Fuel prices are so volatile that two years ago, the fuel prices are at their 25 year
lows. At present, the current crude oil price of $26/barrel is already almost three times
more than its cost level around three to five years ago. This reality that government has
long come to terms with which is why energy self-reliance and diversification continues to
be a priority in the energy program.
Geothermal energy is immune to the geopolitics of oil and its consequential price
volatility.Geothermal is locally available and in abundance. With no imported fuel to
contend with, geothermal energy is less sensitive to foreign exchange rate fluctuations
than oil and coal based plants.
Geothermal plants are modular, and can be installed in units ranging in size from a few
hundred kilowatts to hundreds of megawatts.
p. 1- 6
Geothermal is more environment-friendly.

Geothermal facilities are by far superior to conventional thermal plants in view of their
minimal greenhouse gas emissions. Based on a total gas emission produced from each
energy source, geothermal energy accounts for the lowest contribution. A comparative
contribution of gas emissions are presented in Figures 1.5-1. These gaseous emissions
consist of carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide (converted as sulfur dioxide) and NOx.
Geothermal has the lowest CO2 emission compared with coal and oil as confirmed by
Asia-Pacific Clean Air Development Plan for the Rescue of Bio-Physical and World
Climate. A 80 MW geothermal plant prevents additional emissions of 435 kilotons CO2/yr
by displacing a similar capacity oil-fired plant.
Moreover, the United National Development Program (UNDP) categorizes geothermal
energy as a non-greenhouse option.
Geothermal development affects a limited area. The operation takes place in a confined
area and there is no need to mine or transport fuel or waste over long distances.
Geothermal resources are renewable.

Geothermal energy can replenish itself over time with careful management.
Geothermal development favors forest protection.

The utilization of geothermal energy has a built-in conservation-related feature: for
indefinite sustainability, it relies on recharge of the geothermal reservoir (Figure 1.5-2).
Forested areas intercept much of rainwater and allows it to percolate down to the
geothermal reservoir, much more than bareground does. Since geothermal projects would
benefit from forest protection, protection of mountain vegetation is important and
advantageous to ensure its sustainability. Based on experience in other geothermal
fields, PNOC-EDC has cleared an aggregate of 579 hectares for a total of 1149 MW in 5
provinces, and has replanted/ established 4,147 hectares of forest
(Table 1.5-3),
resulting in a 1:7 ratio. Aside from this, the company has organized 73 farmers
associations to manage the forest.
1.5.2
Alternatives in Project Location
1.5.2.1 Siting of the geothermal project

Geothermal is site-specific and thus can only be found in certain volcanic regions/locations.
PNOC-EDC has identified a number of geothermal prospects for exploration in then next few
years. These include among others, Montelago in Mindoro, Mt. Cabalian in So. Leyte, and
Tanawon, and Mt. Labo in Camarines. Among the geothermal prospects, the Tanawon
Geothermal Project presents the most favorable prospect in view of the following:
Availability of a Ready Market and Facilities
Electricity generated by the Tanawon Geothermal Project can be easily connected to the Luzon
Grid where demand for electricity is highest. In contrast, there is no ready market to take in
electricity to be generated from Mt. Cabalian, Southern Leyte, as the transmission line
interconnecting Leyte and Mindanao is not yet in place. Likewise, Montelago in Mindoro is an
off-grid area whose electricity demand is currently met by existing plant facilities.
p. 1- 7
Most promising/ advanced technical feasibility
While Mt. Labo is similarly situated in Luzon, PNOC-EDCs drilling activities yielded acidic fluids
which is very expensive to develop using present technology. This has led to the abandonment
of the area. Meanwhile, the initial tests in the Tanawon area showed promising results in terms
of resource potential and temperatures, deeming it suitable for development.
Lower Cost of Development
The Tanawon Geothermal prospect would be more economical to develop as the project would
entail less infrastructure costs due to proximity to the existing Bacman I and II Geothermal
Project. This proximity allows the Tanawon sector to be supported by BGPF facilities, example,
roads, administration building, electrical facilities, and others.
1.5.2.2 Alternatives in Siting of Specific Facilities

In terms of specific siting for the power plant(s), FCRS, and other facilities within the Tanawon
geothermal block, alternative options for location of the project facilities are carefully formulated
on the basis of several criteria and considerations which are discussed in detail in section 1.8.1
and Appendix F. Generally these include:
1. Available area, cost and ease of development
2. Proximity to drilled wells, calculated geothermal resource blocks, existing pipeline corridors
and existing roads, existing facilities
3. Distant from known active geologic structures, altered grounds, and other geologic
features (e.g. volcanoes)
4. Natural drainage patterns around the proposed sites for proper management of run-of and
containment of spills to prevent surface and sub-surface containment spills
5. Slope restrictions for the prevention of erosion and landslips; ground stability
6. Depth and type of top soil for stripping, spoil disposal and reclamation requirements
7. Least environmental impact of development and with due consideration to wind direction,
noise levels, vegetation, population centers
8. Availability of water supply
9. Effects of the operation on public health and safety
1.5.3
Alternatives in Technology Selection/ Engineering Design

The final selection of the FCRS /power plant technology and engineering design for the
Tanawon Geothermal Project of BGPF shall be determined after completion of geothermal
resource assessment, which will be undertaken after development drilling. Various well data
parameters such as two-phase enthalpy, well head pressure, mass flow, and gas component
are among the major parameters in deciding the final scheme. In the absence of these design
parameters, all possible engineering processes have been considered as options.
Several options are available to convert geothermal energy to electrical energy. These options
include one or a combination or modification of the following:
single flash to run a conventional power plant with condensing turbine,

single flash to supply a combined cycle binary power plant,
single flash to supply a condensing turbine coupled with a binary plant,
single flash with topping plant,
double flash with topping and bottoming plant, and
double flash to supply a dual pressure turbine.
p. 1- 8
Section 1.8.2.3 (Process Flow/ Technology) further presents the process flow diagram and
general description for each scheme.
The power plant will either be modular (2 or more units or stations) or centralized (1 unit or
station) depending on engineering, geoscientific, economic and environmental requirements/
constraints.
1.6
PROJECT COMPONENTS
1.6.1
Area/Spatial Description
The proposed Tanawon Geothermal Project covers the pre-operations (exploration and
development) and operations of a geothermal production field consisting of the following
components: (1) a Fluid Collection and Reinjection System (FCRS), (2) 50-80 MW geothermal
power plant (s) with control center(s), (3) switchyard(s) and on-site transmission line, and (4)
waste management facilities and other support facilities. All these components will be confined
within a 2,460-hectare geothermal development block which will be discussed in detail under
section 1.8.1 of this report.
1.6.2
Process Flowchart
Activities for the Tanawon Geothermal Project will entail a complex process as simplified in the
form of an illustration shown in Figure 1.6-1. More details on the process flowchart are
presented under section 1.8.2.3 (Process Flow/TEchnology) of this report.
Deep holes (2,000-3,000 m) are drilled down to the geothermal reservoirs and pipes are
inserted in these holes. The mixture of hot water and steam, under its own pressure, will flow up
the pipe.
Upon reaching the wellhead at the surface, the water and steam go through a separator which
separates the steam and water phase. The steam portion is sent through a pipeline to the
power plant, passing through scrubbersand catalysts. The hot water, on the other hand, is sent
via another pipe to a reinjection well where the water is sent back to the geothermal reservoir.
The powerful natural steam, still under pressure, is directed into the power plant where it spins
the blades of a turbine. Attached to the turbine is a generator, a tightly coiled wire cylinder
which rotates in a field of magnets surrounding it.
This rotation process generates electricity, and the electric current is then sent to the
transmission lines then to the electric cooperatives which distribute electricity to homes, offices,
factories, schools, and other consumers.
1.6.3
Cost Estimate
Table 1.6-1 shows the investment requirements for the exploration and development (preoperations) of the 50-80 MW Tanawon Geothermal Project, estimated at P9.1 billion to P14.1
billion. This covers (a) investment requirements during development (3-5 years), as well as (b)
actual operations, maintenance, and replacement well drilling for a 30 year operational period.
p. 1- 9
1.7
PROJECT LOCATION
1.7.1
Location
The Tanawon Geothermal Project is situated at the central portion of Sorsogon City in
Sorsogon Province of the Bicol Region-Region V (Figure 1.7-1), specifically in the uninhabited
mountainous regions of Barangays Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol, Basud,
Guinlajon, San Juan and Osiao (Figure 1.7-2). Sorsogon City was recently established in
2001, as a result of the merging of two municipalities, namely Sorsogon in the southwest and
Bacon in the north to east.
The proposed project area is delineated by a 2,460-hectare geothermal development block with
the following geographic coordinates:
NORTHING
A. 1,442,650
B. 1,442,650
C. 1,442,050
D. 1,437,700
E. 1,437,700
F. 1,438,550
G. 1,438,750
H. 1,439,010
I. 1,439,010
EASTING
605,550
600,000
599,500
599,500
604,200
604,040
604,150
604,150
603,830
NORTHING
J. 1,438,800
K. 1,439,200
L. 1,439,620
M. 1,440,020
N. 1,440,010
O. 1,440,200
P. 1,440,350
Q. 1,440,350
R. 1,441,600
EASTING
603,480
603,640
603,600
603,700
603,400
603,410
603,620
605,460
605,550
Surface development of all project facilities (consisting 5 to 10% of block area) will be confined
within said geothermal development block.
About half of this Tanawon block falls within the existing ECC coverage for the BGPF issued in
1985/1995. However, the entire Tanawon block falls within the existing 25,000-hectare BacMan
Geothermal Reservation managed by PNOC-EDC since 1986 per Executive Order 223 and
Proclamation 2036-A . The reservation is also covered by a Geothermal Service Contract with
the Department of Energy or DOE (since 1981) for the exploration, development and production
of the geothermal resource.
This Tanawon block is found at elevations ranging from 200 - 940 masl (Figure 1.7-3). There
are eight major rivers that drain from the project area and its surrounding vicinity: Manitohan
river drains in a northwesterly direction into Poliqui Bay, Menito, Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog,
Capuy, Ticol, Cawayan rivers drain southward into Sorsogon Bay, and Osiao river drains toward
Albay Gulf.. Of these, four rivers namely, Bulabog, Capuy, Anahaw and Osiao rivers actually
originate outside the block but were included as study areas due to proximity to the project.
1.7.2
Access to the Project

The Tanawon area is about 24 aerial kms southeast of Legaspi City, and 10 kms. northwest of
Sorsogon City proper. Although the project is accessible by helicopter, the most common mode
of transportation to the project site is by land travel.
There are two existing concrete highways from Legaspi City airport which lead to the project:
(1) via the Sorsogon highway and through an existing dirt road at Brgy. Rizal ascending
northward to the project area (Plate 1.7-1). This route will take about 1 hour and a half (1 hr);
or (2) via the coastal highway at Albay and through an existing dirt road at Manito town
ascending southward to the project area. The latter route will take about 2 hours. There are
buses and jeepneys that pass along the highway, but private vehicles (preferably 4-wheel drive)
will have to be taken through the ascending rough roads.
p. 1- 10
The project can also be reached by land travel from Sorsogon town proper, which will take about
30 minutes ride in a private vehicle.
1.7.3

Impact areas were determined as those areas most likely to be affected directly or indirectly by
the proposed project, in terms of physical, chemical, biological and social disturbance as well as
benefits. These were first delineated on a modular basis, and then integrated as one. These
impact areas are plotted in Figure 1.7-4.
The primary impact area was delineated as the area falling inside the Tanawon geothermal
block, i.e., within areas to be cleared and constructed, within the location of gas-emitting and
waste-generating facilities; within areas where equipment will be mobilizing; springs within the
block; and the upper reaches of river tributaries emanating from the block. This block is
uninhabited thus no households fall within the primary impact area.
Secondary impact areas include those regions falling outside of the block but found within
impact watersheds, mid-stretch of the impact rivers down to the coastal areas; irrigated
ricefields utilizing the impact rivers; marine areas within a 2-km radius from each of the impact
river mouths toward Sorsogon Bay, Poliqui Bay, and Albay Gulf (specifically Sugot Bay);
springs located in the nine host barangays; and downstream coastal barangays.
Table1.7-1 is a tabulation of the impact area per environmental component.
1.8
DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT PHASES

Project activities are to be undertaken in two (2) phases: namely the pre-operational phase and
the operational phase.
The-operational phase will include all exploration and development activities prior to commercial
operations of the geothermal production field, the power plant, and the transmission line system.
The operations phase involves steam collection and reinjection, conversion of steam to
electricity, electricity generation, and power transmission. This is the commercial operations of
the entire production field, power plant(s) and transmission lines.
Project abandonment may take place on either of the two scenarios: (1) when the drilled wells
prove to have non-commercial value or are technically unfeasible to develop, or (2) when the
project exceeds its economic life after about 30 years of operation. In either case, abandonment
and/or rehabilitation of the area will follow standard PNOC policies and guidelines.
1.8.1
Pre-Operations Phase (Exploration and Development)

The pre-operational phase starts with the exploration of the field and is succeeded by full scale
development of the area. Both exploration and development stages consist of the following
activities: (1) construction, (2) well drilling, and (3) well testing. This phase will approximately
take 3-5 years.
Plates 1.8-1 to 1.8-2 show the general environment within the proposed project area while
Plates 1.8-3 to 1.8-16 present the various activities and facilities to be undertaken for the
geothermal project.
p. 1- 11
1.8.1.1 Construction Phase

This phase includes all civil, mechanical, structural, and electrical works and installations for the
exploration and development of the geothermal field.
A.
Construction Plan and Schedule
At the initial phases of exploratory and development drilling, construction activities will mainly
involve civil works/ earthworks for roads and wellpad preparation to access the wells pinpointed
by initial geoscientific investigations. After several wells are drilled and a decision is reached to
pursue field development, construction activities for development will then take place for the
major facilities, i.e., FCRS, power plant, transmission system, waste management and other
support facilities. In some instances, drilling works and well testing will be undertaken almost
simultaneously with construction in other areas.
B. Surface development block/construction area

All surface development will be confined within a 2,460-hectare geothermal development block
as earlier shown in Figure 1.7-3. From this, the total aggregate area to be cleared is estimated
at 5-10%. Priority construction areas will include those proximate to existing and proposed wells
and facilities, as well as gently sloping areas to minimize on earthworks spoils.
C. Area to be opened for construction

All surface development for project facilities will be confined within the Tanawon geothermal
development block. The final development layout still has to be developed based on results of
exploratory and development well drilling and testing.
Geothermal systems are highly dynamic as evidenced by the differences in thermodynamics,
physico-chemical characteristics, and power potential of each well. Only after completion of
delineation well drilling can the likely production or reinjection zones be determined, and the
development scheme be finalized. In general, as long as delineation drilling has not yet been
completed in an area, any proposed field development strategy and FCRS design are subject to
revision and modification. These revisions in field strategy during development and operations
are expected in meeting operational requirements, and are often balanced with the overall
economics of the project, giving consideration to environmental protection.
Given this complexity and dynamism in geothermal systems, specific areas for construction
activities within the geothermal development block cannot yet be identified but will be selected
later based on the siting criteria adopted by PNOC-EDC in its other project sites. These siting
criteria have earlier been presented in Appendix F. The results of the EIS will be used as basis
for siting of facilities and defining development options. Nevertheless, project facilities will still
be confined to about 5-10% opening anywhere within the 2,460-ha geothermal block. This
percentage is based on field development experience by PNOC EDC in its other geothermal
projects.
A conceptual layout of a typical geothermal site development has earlier been presented in
Figure 1.6-1. The major project components include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Fluid Collection and Reinjection System (FCRS)

Power Plant(s) and Control Center(s)
Switchyard(s) and Transmission Line
Waste Management Facilities and Other Support Facilities
p. 1- 12
To give an idea on the areas typically opened for the major facilities, a typical power plant
complex will require a minimum of about 2.0 hectares of land, while each multi-wellpad will
require about 1.0 to 1.5 hectares. Access roads will have a 4 to 7-meter width plus 1-2 m
shoulder on each side and 10-m slope cut for steep areas. FCRS pipeline routes will have a
width ranging from 3 to 8 meters, depending on the number of pipelines to be set-up. Opening
for transmission lines will mainly be at tower bases, i.e., 15m x 15m (225 m2) per tower for
lattice-type or 1m x 1m (1 m2) per tower for a pole-type. Vegetation trimming /pruning
underneath the lines will depend on the height of the tower and cable. Actual areas to be
opened for each facility will depend on site-specific topographic constraints and the slope angle
to be attained.
D.
Nature of major openings and construction activities
Initially, construction activities will involve preparatory activities for well drilling. After
development drilling is completed, the other major facilities such as the FCRS, power plant and
control center, switchyard and transmission system, waste management and support facilities
will be constructed. The number of units for each facility will depend on whether a central or
modular FCRS/ power plant will be installed. Each facility is discussed below:
1.
Although treated as one system, the FCRS generally has two components, the Steam
Gathering System (SGS) for delivery of steam to the power plant, and a Reinjection/
Recycling System for management of geothermal fluids. The FCRS consists of the
following facilities: production, reinjection and M&R (maintenance and replacement) wells
and their wellpads; two-phase/ steam/ reinjection pipelines, separator stations, rock
muffler, sumps, and thermal ponds.
Wellpad Construction. A few wellpads will initially be constructed in preparation for the
drilling of exploratory wells. Additional pads will then be opened during the development
phase for additional wells to meet the 50-80 MW power requirement.
Each will be designed as a multi-wellpad in order to accommodate 2 or more wells, thus
minimizing surface disturbance (refer again to Plate 1.8-7).
Wellpad construction will involve clearing/grubbing, site preparation, excavation and
hauling of spoils, pad surfacing, deep cellar construction, and conveyance & drill canal
preparation.
Sumps. Within the wellpad vicinity, holding ponds called sumps will be constructed to
contain fluids generated from drilling and well testing activities. Sumps have been
designed to allow settling of solids prior to reinjection, or prior to regulated discharge
(during exploration phase) in order to meet water quality standards. To filter fine particles
and diesel, the sump outlets will be installed with silt and oil traps. A 2 or 3-stage sump
will be constructed for each wellpad. The sump is lined with a suitable material like
cement, clay or tarpaulin/polyethlylene , to prevent any ground seepage.
Sumps will be constructed preferably on original ground. Where possible, it will be
excavated from an impervious and undisturbed topsoil. It shall also be designed to hold
the anticipated volume of fluids plus a free board to address high rainfall scenarios and
emergency situations.
p. 1- 13
Activities include sump preparation, excavation and hauling of spoils, sump construction,
and lining.
Pipelines and Corridors/ Routes. A network of insulated pipelines consisting of twophase, steam and re-injection pipelines for the FCRS will be installed at the designated
pipeline routes (refer again to Plate 1.8-8). The route will normally be from the wells to
the separator stations, then to the power plant and finally toward the reinjection wells.
Both sides of the lines will be provided with corridors or buffer areas for maintenance
access.
Pipeline installation, structural works, mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation works
will be undertaken for the FCRS pipelines for two-phase steam and re-injection fluids.
These 100% heavily insulated pipelines ranging from 2 inches to 60 inches in diameter
are selected in accordance with design pressure and temperature. Insulation material
will be asbestos-free, as evidenced by accompanying Material Safety Data Sheets to be
required from suppliers.
A flat area for the construction and installation of
Separator Stations and Pads.
separator stations will be prepared usually proximate to the power plant. The separator
station will consist of separator vessels (refer again to Plate 1.8-9) where steam and
water are separated under high pressure. From here, steam is diverted to the power
plant, while separated brine or hot water is diverted into the reinjection wells.
Rock Muffler(s). A rock muffler will be installed after the separator station for control of
FCRS pressure. Should the power plant trip or encounter upsets, the blow-off/ steam will
be vented off at the rock muffler. During start-ups, when the power plant needs the
steam, the blow-off is closed and rock muffler is by-passed.
Thermal Ponds. A holding pond will be provided to contain separated geothermal brine,
cooling tower blowdown and/or power plant condensate prior to injection. It also serves
to provide containment volume during emergency situations (refer again to Plate 1.8-10).
The pond will have a capacity equivalent to at least four hours of operations while
emergency repairs are being undertaken.
3
The pond is designed for a maximum holding capacity of 10,000 m or may be modified
based on operational requirements. It will be lined with a suitable material like concrete,
high density polyethylene (HDPE), or grouted riprap to ensure that no seepage occurs.
2.
Power plant(s) and Control Center(s)
Power Plant Complex. Selection of power plant site(s) will be based on its proximity to
the various wells and on its relative elevation to ensure optimized fluid flow. Sites will also
be assessed based on space availability so as to allow flexibility for development of the
power plant and its auxiliary facilities. The power plant may either be centralized or
modular, depending on operational requirements. In the latter case, a modular scheme
would mean two or more smaller units in separate locations/complexes.
Power Plant(s). In assuring the optimum design, and, layout of equipment, systems and
other associated structures, the following parameters are taken into account: steam and
gas capacities/characteristics, steam impurities, climatic conditions and topography.
Plates 1.8-11 and 1.8-12 show the existing NPC power plants in BacMan I and II
(Cawayan and Botong sectors) found within the BGPF.
p. 1- 14
A typical power generating facility will consist of the following principal equipment and
systems. Additional components may be added or modified to suite the selected
technology.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Steam turbine generator and its ancillaries

Condenser equipment
Gas ejection system
Cooling towers and cooling water system
Electrical equipment
Piping systems Instruments and Controls
Transformer
Condensate System
Pressure reducing station
Airplant
Control Center. The facility will contain the control panels, instrumentation and other
auxiliaries for the FCRS. It is usually located within the power plant complex (refer again
to Plate 1.8-13).
3.
Switchyard and Transmission line
Switchyard. The switchyard will be located in a flat area right next to the power plant. It
is where the high voltage equipment are located necessary for the protection and control
of the transmission lines and power plant operation. This is the terminal point of the
transmission line to serve as switching station for power or electricity to be dispatched
(Plate 1.8-14). The number of switchyards will be dependent on the final number of
power plants to be constructed, i.e., centralized or modular type.
Transmission Line and Towers.
The transmission line applied for in this EIA will be confined within the geothermal block,
and is more or less 5-10 kilometers long, depending on the final arrangements with NPC.
The line will generally traverse public lands within the Tanawon geothermal block,
although some patches of private lands may be encountered at the lower section of said
block.
Activities include clearing at tower bases, vegetation pruning or clearing beneath the lines
and along the 40-meter right-of-way (ROW) area, transmission tower erection, and cables
stringing. A 230-kV transmission line will involve lattice type of towers. Where necessary,
additional 69 kV transmission lines may be set-up using a pole type tower (Figure 1.8-1
and Plate 1.8-15). The tower height is about 40 meters. Table 1.8-1 show the typical
figures which more or less approximate the dimensions of a lattice or pole-type tower.
Actual sizes and lengths may vary during actual construction to suite site-specific
constraints.
4.
These include spoil disposal areas, non-hazardous waste disposal pits, sludge pit, solid
waste management pits, housing and office buildings, DOLC (Drilling, Operations and
Logistics Center), and temporary facilities (TemFacil) such as storage areas, stockyard,
warehouse, staging areas, laydown areas, camps and other related facilities.
p. 1- 15
Access Roads. The existing BacMan road network leading to the Tanawon sector will
be improved to accommodate entry of heavy equipment for the project. In order to access
the drill/well pads and other facilities, new access roads will be constructed within the
Tanawon geothermal block. Where necessary, roads may also be built for maintenance
access of the FCRS pipelines and may run parallel or adjacent to the pipeline routes.
The extent of new road construction will be limited as use of existing ones will be
optimized.
Road construction will entail the following sub-activities: piloting, widening, hauling of
spoils, surfacing, canal and cross drain installation, and slope stabilization. As the area is
found in a sloping and mountainous area, the road route will generally cut across slopes
but will maintain a gradual target gradient that will be safe for both workers and heavy
equipment.
Spoil Disposal Areas (SDA). Spoil disposal areas will be prepared to accommodate the
earth spoils generated during all construction activities.
SDAs will preferably be located on topographical depressions with no associated
perennial water bodies (surface and groundwater systems). In areas where SDAs are to
be located near water bodies, appropriate engineering and stabilization measures will be
constructed prior to usage of SDAs. As dictated by on-site conditions, primary
consideration will be given to possible geotechnical hazards, hydrological alterations and
terrestrial impacts. Siting will also consider easy access for hauling of spoils and minimal
damage to surrounding vegetation, surface drainage systems and groundwater sources.
Old quarry sites, if available, can also be reclaimed through its utilization as an SDA.
Figure 1.8-2 shows the potential locations for the Spoil Disposal Areas initially identified
for the project. One of these include an existing SDA of BGPF which can still
accommodate earth spoils from Tanawon.
Non-hazardous Waste Disposal Pits. Subject to the Implementing Rules and
Regulations (IRR) of the recently-passed law enacted Jan. 26, 2001 or called the
Ecological Solid Waste Management of 2000 (R.A. 9003), the Tanawon Geothermal
Project will coordinate with the local government units or other industries in the province
for a centralized waste management approach.
Sludge pits. These concrete structures will be used to contain the toxic sludge
generated during preventive maintenance shutdown (PMS) of the power plant or any
other waste from support activities to the steam field and power plant operation, i.e.,
laboratory waste. There is an existing sludge pit for the BacMan Geothermal Production
Field which can largely accommodate sludge from the four BGPF sectors (Plate 1.8-16).
The area is fenced to prevent entry of unauthorized personnel. A separate pit for
Tanawon will be constructed if there are constraints or when the maximum capacity for
the BGPF pit cannot fully contain the toxic sludge from the Tanawon sector.
Studies are also ongoing regarding the technical, environmental, and
feasibility of injecting sludge to non-producing wells.
economic
Permanent Facilities. Permanent housing and office structures for the working
personnel will be provided if the existing ones at BGPF will be inadequate, e.g., the
DOLC (Drilling, Operations and Logistics Center),
housing, offices, other storage
structures/areas for Tanawon equipment and supplies.
p. 1- 16
Temporary Facilities (Temfacil). Temporary facilities during construction periods will be

built. These include staging, storage areas, housing and office buildings, warehouses,
stockyards, basecamps, and other similar support facilities necessary during construction
works by PNOC and its contractors.
The staging area will be used as a temporary storage for piping materials, equipment and
other bulky materials and supplies used in the construction of the FCRS and power plant.
The storage area will be designated for drilling supplies, pipes, valves and other
construction materials.
Housing, basecamps, and office facilities will be provided for PNOC-EDC and its
contractors during construction periods.
Additional facilities for offices , warehouses and stockyards will be constructed depending
on operational requirements.
There are existing BGPF facilities which may be utilized as temporary facilities, subject to
space availability and requirement. Because of these existing facilities, new openings
may be minimized.
Quarries. Surfacing material for road and pad construction will most likely be sourced
from Sorsogon or Legaspi, unless a potential quarry site is discovered during the
development of the field. The estimated volume of quarry material required will depend
on the final number of wellpads, road length and power plant site.
E.
Siting Criteria for Facilities
Various criteria as presented in Appendix F and section 1.5.2.2 will be taken into account in the
final selection of the civil work areas (roads, pads, support facilities such as camps, offices,
staging areas, FCRS, power plant, transmission lines, waste management facilities, etc.). The
criteria may be modified as appropriate depending on site specific constraints.
F.
Basic Engineering Equipment
Table 1.8- 2 shows the typical equipment that will be utilized during construction of the various
facilities. Use may not be simultaneous, and may be operating at one or several areas within
the block. The list below may be modified depending on operational requirements.
G.
Route and frequency of transportation from source of materials to the

construction site
Most parts and equipment for the FCRS, power plant, transmission system are foreign supplied
items. Due to the volume of these items required, they will be transported by sea from the
country of origin to Manila and then Legaspi or Sorsogon either by land or sea depending on
economics. Common construction materials will be sourced out from Sorsogon City, Legaspi
City or Manila. Materials from Legaspi will be transported via the existing Sorsogon or Albay
Highway, entering through existing access roads in Bgy. Rizal or Manito town proper,
respectively. Those originating from Manila will be transported via trucking (land travel) passing
the same routes mentioned above, or through water barge in the case of large volumes.
Existing pier facilities will be utilized as long as it can accommodate the required capacity.
p. 1- 17
Other excess/ available materials at the BGPF warehouse will be transported via the existing insite road network at BGPF.
H.
Source of construction materials
Unless a potential quarry site is discovered during the development at Tanawon, all quarry
materials will be purchased at either Sorsogon or Legaspi. All other construction materials will
originate from either Sorsogon, Legaspi, Manila, or the existing warehouse at BGPF.
I.
Support services and facilities requirements
Water requirement during construction and domestic use will be pumped from tributaries of
nearby rivers such as Cawayan or Osiao, depending on the specific water requirement. The
Water Rights Permit application for proposed sources has already been filed with NWRB.
Estimated rate of water extraction during peak construction periods is approximately 100,000
gallons per day for concreting and domestic purposes. The rate may be more or less
depending on the final design of facilities and the extent of project activities. Drinking water will
be purchased, i.e., bottled water.
Electricity requirements will either be by generator set or by extension of 13.8 kV lines from the
existing BGPF facilities, depending on economics.
Existing facilities of the BGPF will be optimized when feasible.
J.
Estimate of total cut soil volume
During the aforementioned earthmoving activities, a corresponding total cut volume of soil
estimated at 2,000,000 m3 may be generated from excavation or cut activities. This value may
be more or less depending on the final project layout. Bulk of these will be derived from the
road preparation, pipeline routes and power plant construction. If not utilized for fill areas and
road surfacing, these will be hauled and properly disposed to suitable designated spoil disposal
areas (SDAs).
K.
Manpower requirement (and skills)
Existing permanent employees of BGPF will be tapped to meet the requirement for the preoperational phase. Should these be insufficient, the balance shall come from locally qualified
individuals. Table 1.8-3 shows the manpower skills requirement for the development and
operations phase of the project.
Other manpower required for the construction phase will come from the PNOC-EDC
construction contractors and sub-contractors, numbering more or less 500-750 during peak
construction periods. Duration of this manpower requirement will be short-term or until
completion of construction activities in 3 to 5 years This manpower requirement generally
includes skilled and unskilled workers such as engineers, maintenance personnel, technicians,
administrative personnel, laborers, and others.
p. 1- 18
L.
Safety Measures During Construction
Standard safety measures will be implemented to prevent work-related injuries, and to ensure
the general safety of the employees. Safety seminars and meetings will also be conducted by a
Safety Officer. These are complemented by billboards, posters and memos to remind
employees to be vigilant in the observance of safety procedures. All safety practices will be
consistent with the corporate safety guidelines shown in Appendix G.
p. 1- 19
1.8.1.2 Well Drilling Phase

After preparation of the access road, wellpad and sump, the drilling rig and its components are
set up (refer again to Figure 1.8-3).
Drilling is undertaken to tap the underlying geothermal reservoir. A few exploratory wells are
initially drilled to prove the existence of a geothermal resource and to determine the potential
and initial characteristics of the underlying geothermal reservoir. After exploratory drilling,
additional wells are drilled to define the possible resource boundaries. The latter is called as
delineation or development drilling. Both shall involve similar or standard activities as
follows:
A.
Drilling Plan and Schedule
A drilling rig is used to tap the geothermal resource, and makes use of a freshwater-based mud
system. A typical rig has earlier been shown in Plate 1.8-3. Average drilling time is 45-75 days
per well, depending on attainment of target underlying structures.
A drilling rig drills the production, reinjection and M&R (maintenance & replacement) wells to a
depth range of 2.0 to 3.0 kms below the ground. The rig is mobile and can be transferred from
one wellpad to another, wherever drilling is required.
Figure 1.8-4 presents the casing program for an average well with a measured depth of 2.0-3.0
kms. The diameter of a drillhole ranges from 22 to 26 inches at the surface down to about 100
meters depth; it then narrows telescopically to about 8 inches at the production zone. The
drillhole is completely lined with steel casings and cemented from the surface down to a depth of
1,600 meters. At the remaining depth within the production zone, slotted steel casings are set.
This system totally prevents any communication between the geothermal fluids and the shallow
potable water aquifer which is usually found at a depth ranging from 10 to 100 meters from the
surface.
After completion of drilling, the wellhead assembly shall be installed (refer again to Plate
1.8-4).
B.
Siting Criteria
The following will serve as basis for location of drilling targets:

1.
2.
3.
Target permeable geologic structures

The production wells required should be distributed so as to balance production
while maximizing output
Injection wells should be strategically located to provide adequate reservoir
pressure in support of natural recharge, thus maintaining well productivities.
For the initial exploratory wells drilled, the above criteria will be applied. Subsequent wells will
be based on physico-chemical characteristics and outputs of previously drilled wells. When
feasible, various well targets are drilled from a multi-well pad. This scheme has successfully
been adopted in various PNOC geothermal areas including the BGPF, and has resulted in
minimized openings (refer again to Plate 1.8-7 and Figure 1.8-5).
p. 1- 20
C. Drilling Activities /Procedures

As in a backyard drilling, a drill bit is attached to the end of a pipe string and rotated to make a
hole in the ground. Drilling fluid/mud is piped into the string and comes out from the holes of
the bit to push the cut rocks along and up the annulus of the well.
Table 1.8-4 shows the classification, product types, purpose and volume of the various drilling
fluid components to be used. The composition of drilling fluids/mud remain generally the same
for every geothermal well regardless of project location. Drilling of a geothermal well involves
the use of a mud slurry and chemical additives to maintain the desired rheological properties of
the mud. The mud slurry is mainly composed of clay minerals which are non-toxic. These
include bentonite as viscosifier, lignite and sodium lignosulfonate as mud thinner/ dispersants,
caustic soda for pH control. Chemical additives such as sodium carboxy-methyl cellulose and
soda ash are also employed.
When a desired depth is reached, the hole is cased in steel and cement is piped through the
drill string, and out the bit towards and up the annulus. Steel and cement casings are
necessary to ensure stability of the drillhole. Once the cement hardens, the bit is again rotated
to target the next depth, until the final target depth is reached.
D.
Vertical and Directional Drilling
Well drilling are of two types, namely: vertical and directional drilling.
Vertical drilling involves drilling from surface to total depth in an almost vertical direction, with a
controlled deviation within 2 to 3 degrees from the vertical.
Modern technology, originating from the international offshore oil and gas industry, now exists
for directional drilling. In this method, the geothermal well is curved or deviated from the vertical
axis to as far as 1.5 kilometers (Figure 1.8-5).
Directional drilling is adopted to reach areas inaccessible from above the targetted coordinates
or zone. This strategy prevents or limits disturbance of forested areas, populated areas,
mountain systems or riverbeds, and other environmentally critical areas. Areas which require
excessive earthmoving activities can likewise be avoided.
Moreover, the directional method allows several wells to be strategically located and drilled
from a single well pad. This multi-wellpad system minimizes surface disturbance and results in
a very compact field development.
E. Basic Engineering Equipment

Table 1.8-2 show the various equipment will be utilized during drilling activities. These set of
equipment will be mobilized from one drilling area to the next depending on the drilling target
areas. The types and number may vary depending on operational requirements.
F. Route and Frequency of transportation from source of materials to the

drill site
If not found within the Sorsogon locality, most of the drilling materials, supplies and heavy
equipment will either come from Legaspi City or Manila. Materials from Legaspi will be
transported via the existing Sorsogon or Albay highway, entering through existing access roads
in Bgy. Rizal or Manito town proper, respectively. Those originating from Manila will be sent via
p. 1- 21
trucking (land travel) passing the same routes mentioned above, or through water barge in the
case of large volumes. Existing pier facilities will be utilized.
Other excess/ available materials at the BGPF warehouse will be transported via the existing
on-site road network at BGPF.
G.
Source of drilling materials and supplies
Drilling materials and supplies, which are in the form of drilling mud and additives will be
sourced from either Manila or from the existing BGPF warehouse. Others will be sourced from
the nearest availablesupplier.
H.
Drilling water source will be from the nearest tributary from the wellpad which can meet the
water requirement of 600 gallons per minute.
For electricity requirements, each drilling rig is provided with about 3 rig engines (with capacity
of 500-800 HP) and 2 alternating rig generators (with a capacity of ~300 HP), all of which run
on diesel.
Movable sleepers will be utilized by the drilling personnel as temporary office and camps.
I.
Nature and Magnitude of Drilling Waste Production
Fluids and materials generated during the drilling process include rock cuttings, excess drilling
mud and rig washings, with a total volume of about 1,622 m3 per well. Assumptions are based
on a typical well depth of 2,800 meters (Table 1.8-5).
Rock cuttings, equivalent to the annular space drilled, will be spread out around the pad. The
drilling fluids will pass a three-stage sump where the drill cuttings and mud particles settle and
the viscous drilling fluid can be recycled back to the system. Excess drilling fluids, which now
form the drilling waste will be stored in the sump until it can be piped to the nearest reinjection
well.
J.
PNOC-EDC has an existing manpower which is fixed for a given drilling rig. Thus, local labor
requirement may be very minimal during drilling to include a few laborers or helpers.
K.
Safety Measures During Well Drilling
For the entire drilling period, PNOC-EDCs Standard Drilling Operating Procedures and Well
Control Procedures shall be strictly observed to maintain a safe environment at all times.
These procedures include the necessary implementation of control, maintenance of safety
procedures.
p. 1- 22
The well control equipment used are as follows:

1. Blow-out Preventers used to close the well in and allow the crew to control a kick
before it becomes a blow-out, and
2. Accumulator serves as storage for hydraulic fluid and used to open or close the
blow-out preventers.
p. 1- 23
1.8.1.3 Well Testing

After drilling is completed, each well is subjected to a series of tests to determine whether it
can be utilized in any future development of the project. The basic objectives of these tests are
to characterize the behavior of the well and determine its power potential and/or injection
capacity. After these tests are completed, the well can then be assessed in relation to the
development plan of the project. The following will outline the standard tests conducted for
each well.
A.
Well Testing Plan and Schedule
The tests start off with the completion test which is conducted immediately after well drilling is
completed, with the rig normally still in place. The wells initial temperatures, permeable zones
and permeability are measured and evaluated in this test. The completion test usually lasts for
1-2 days.
The heat-up surveys follow where the wells temperatures and pressures are monitored
through time, normally for a period of 1-2 months. After this heat-up period, the well is readied
for discharge or output testing. In some cases, the well may heat-up faster or slower than
normal. In such cases, the timetable of the ensuing activity (discharge testing) is adjusted to
minimize delays.
The discharge test is conducted to define the wells output characteristics such as discharge
pressure, power potential, NCG (non-condensable gases) levels, fluid chemistry, etc. The
discharge test may also determine the wells ability to interfere with the conditions in the other
wells in the field. The discharge test normally lasts from 1 to 3 months.
After the discharge test, the well undergoes periodic post-discharge temperature and pressure
monitoring surveys. The well is left either on shut or bleed condition, depending on whether it
develops wellhead pressure.
B.
Testing Activities/ Procedures
The test procedures are as follows:
1.
Well Completion test
The test is conducted normally while the rig is still on top of the well. Measuring devices
such as go-devils, Kuster tools and/or electronic logging tools are used for measuring the
downhole clear depths and the wells temperatures and pressures. Several survey runs
are made to determine the location of possible feed zones or permeable zones while
water is pumped into the well. Pumping tests are also made to determine the injectivity
and pressure transients which are later evaluated to determine the overall permeability of
the well. A well with good injectivty and high temperatures normally indicate that it can be
a good production well. A confirmation of its potential is done during the discharge test. If
the well has low temperatures but has good injectivity, then it can become a good injection
well.
2.
Heat-up Surveys
These tests are just the standard downhole temperature and pressure surveys at
specified intervals. The heat-up surveys employ the same set of tools used during the
completion test. No pumping of water into the well is, however, done. The heat-up
p. 1- 24
surveys monitor the wells temperature and pressure and these data are used to further
evaluate the location of permeable zones identified during the completion test. The heatup survey data also help in evaluating the possible modes of initiating discharge of the
well.
3. Discharge Tests
After the heat-up surveys, the well is ready for discharge testing.
A discharge set-up is installed usually composed of the wellhead Christmas Tree and
the discharge spools and pipes connected to the twin-cyclone silencer in the pad. The
Christmas Tree is a series of valves that control the flow from the well. The twin-cyclone
silencer is a standard discharge test equipment which separates the water and the
vapor/steam phases of the well flow. The vapor/steam is vented towards the atmosphere
via silencer stacks which also muffle the sound of the discharge. The water phase is
collected through a weirbox from where it is then conveyed to the holding pond (sump)
prior to injection to a nearby well, if available. The silencer set-up also has measurement
points where the various well discharge parameters are observed and measured.
The well may either discharge by itself or be initiated through a stimulation process if it is
unable to discharge by itself. In all cases, the discharge process is normally done in the
following stages:
3.1 Vertical Discharge
The vertical discharge (VD) is usually done to initially release the wells high wellhead
pressure through a discharge pipe directed towards a suitable area in the well pad
(refer again to Plate 1.8-5) The discharge pipe may be directed vertically to the
atmosphere or at an angle, depending on the presence of critical environmental
sectors. The VD helps in initiating and sustaining well flow as this configuration
minimizes pressure drops during the wells initial flow period when collapse of the
discharge is quite possible. After a reasonable period of VD, normally 30 minutes (or
less), the well will have stabilized its initial flow and can then be diverted to the
silencers for the horizontal discharge.
3.2 Horizontal Discharge
With a horizontal discharge, the flow from the well is conveyed to the silencer via the
discharge spool connected to the side valve of the well (Plate 1.8-6). The flow to the
silencer can be varied depending on the opening of the side valve or the presence of
throttle plates called back-pressure plates (BPPs). During the discharge test, the
various parameters such as wellhead discharge pressure, weir box flow, and
discharge lip pressure are measured and monitored. Water and gas samples are also
taken to characterize the chemistry of the discharged fluids. Several sets of data are
taken for each wellhead condition (or opening) to ensure that the stabilized
parameters are measured. The thermodynamic and chemical data obtained during
the test establishes the wells power potential, its chemistry and NCG levels and its
optimum operating condition. These are all used as basis for designing the FCDS as
well as the steam interface parameters from which the steam turbine design is based.
To ensure compliance with environmental standards, the volume flow of the well
discharge can be regulated by reducing the sizes of the BPPs used during the test.
p. 1- 25
3.3 Intermittent Discharges

In some cases, in order to improve the wells output, a series of intermittent VDs are
conducted on the well. This is normally limited to 30 minutes per day and conducted
at the best window during the day wherein wind conditions are favorable at the pad.
3.4 Subsequent Discharges
After the horizontal discharge tests are completed, it may necessary to re-test the well
in order to accurately obtain the latest output data from the well, since the wells
characteristics may change with time. In such case, the standard discharge
procedure outlined above are followed.
4. Post Discharge Activity (Well Bleeding)

After the discharge tests, the well is either shut or put on controlled bleed. If the well
develops a wellhead pressure, it may be necessary to open it through its bleed line to
release excess pressure that may build up inside the casing. In this process, minor
steam and gas releases are experienced. This process of bleeding is required for
safety reasons as excessive pressure build-up in the casing of the well is not
advisable in the long term. The bleeding of wells is also beneficial as it keeps the
casing hot and free of corrosion. It also keeps the well ready for discharge when
needed.
C.
Well Chemistry
Physico-chemical characterization of the proposed wells may be projected by utilizing data from
the initially drilled wells in the Tanawon sector The projected water and gas chemistry are
presented in Table 1.8-6.
D.
Basic Engineering Equipment
The equipment needed for the well testing phase include 6 types as presented in Table 1.8-2.
E.
During well testing, the use of water may not be required. Drinking water for company personnel
will be purchased, i.e., bottled water.
Electricity during well completion tests will utilize the rig generator. Electricity requirement during
discharge testing will either be from a generator set or by extension of 13.8 kV lines from the
existing BGPF facilities, depending on economics.
Existing services and facilities of the BGPF will be optimized whenever possible.
F.
Nature and Magnitude of Waste Production from Well Testing

Activities
Well testing involves release of the underlying natural geothermal fluids at various wellhead
pressures. The composition of these fluids consist of brine and steam components, although
some drilling debris may be encountered during the initial vertical release. Noise and heat are
also emitted during this phase. However, noise during horizontal discharge testing is muffled
by silencers.
p. 1- 26
The projected chemical composition of these fluid and steam components have earlier been
presented under item C above on well chemistry (refer again to Table 1.8-6).
G.
Manpower required for the well testing phase will be minimal and will be taken from the existing
pool at BGPF as it is a short-term activity (1-3 months) requiring highly skilled, experienced, and
trained personnel.
H. Safety Measures During Well Testing

During discharge tests, workers/personnel will be provided with ear plugs, gas masks, safety
hats, safety shoes, and raincoats. Shifting of working schedules is also practiced so as not to
continually expose workers to noise and gaseous emissions.
Monitoring of H2S levels shall also be done with the use of H2S detectors. As a usual practice,
workplaces are sited upwind of the vent structure. A wind bag is installed near the wellhead to
guide personnel away from the downwind direction of any possible H2S emission.
Standard operating procedures to be observed when entering an area with H2S will be adopted
such as avoidance (staying upwind), use of personnel protective equipment (PPEs), and H2S
measurements. An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) is also is place at the existing BGPF for
any eventual H2S encounters (section 5.1.7). All safety practices will be undertaken consistent
with these corporate safety guidelines.
p. 1- 27
1.8.2 Operations Phase

This is the commercial operations of the entire geothermal field.
Activities include
commissioning of the entire geothermal system, steam production from the FCRS, electric
power generation by the power plant, delivery of electricity through the transmission lines, and
use of the waste management facilities and support facilities.
Prior to actual operations, preliminary activities include quality assurance/ quality control
(QA/QC) tests/ inspections/ checks and actual project commissioning of the FCRS and power
plant(s). Similarly the switchyard and transmission system will also undergo a series of tests.
During actual commercial operations, geothermal steam from the production wells is collected
and delivered to the steam turbines of the power plant for conversion to electricity. Power to be
generated will be fed to the transmission system, delivered to the local electric cooperatives and
eventually to the consumers for commercial utilization.
A standard practice in geothermal operations is the re-injection of spent fluids back to the
geothermal reservoir. Drilling of maintenance and replacement (M & R) wells will be undertaken
to compensate for the potential decline in the geothermal reservoir pressure or lowering of
steam production due to possible corrosion or clogging of wells. Moreover, M&R wells would
be a necessity in the event of a re-injection shortfall.
1.8.2.1 Project Operations Schedule

The commercial operating life of the project is projected at 30 years, assuming careful
management of the geothermal reservoir and the facilities. It will operate for a 24-hour period,
subject to scheduled preventive maintenance repairs.
Project commissioning and full operations is scheduled in 2005 onwards.
1.8.2.2 Project Components

The project will consist of the following components:
A.
The FCRS is comprised of two major components. The first is the Steam Gathering System
(SGS) consisting of production wells, steam/ water/ two-phase pipelines, separator stations, and
rock mufflers. The SGS supplies the steam for electric power generation. For water-dominated
geothermal fields, the geothermal fluid will undergo phase separation in separator vessels,
where separated steam is delivered to the power station, and the separated brine or wastewater
is reinjected back to the geothermal reservoir through the second FCRS component called the
Reinjection/ Recycling System. The latter consists of reinjection wells, reinjection pipelines,
and sumps/ thermal ponds. The reinjection system is necessary to maintain productivity and
pressure within the geothermal resource as well as to prevent pollution of the environment.
B.
Power Plant(s) and Control Center(s)
A typical power generating facility will consist of the following principal equipment and systems.
Additional components may be added or modified to suite the selected technology.
p. 1- 28
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
C.

Condenser equipment
Gas ejection system
Cooling water system including cooling tower stacks
Transformer
Condensate system
Control Center This may be built within or outside the plant
Pressure reducing station
Airplant
Switchyard(s) and Transmission Line
The Transmission line system will be highly dependent on the final power plant location(s).
Several options have been studies as follows:
1.
Electricity generated from the Tanawon power plant(s) will be directed to its own switchyard,
and from there a 230-kV transmission line shall be interconnected either via the existing
BacMan-II (Cawayan sector) transmission line or tapped directly to the BacMan-I
transmission line leading to the main BacMan-I switchyard. The NPC BacMan-I main
switchyard is currently connected to the Daraga substation in Albay where electricity is
distributed to local cooperatives.
The Bacman-I and Bacman-II power plants and their respective switchyards, transmission
lines, and substation are existing in the area and are owned and operated by the National
Power Corporation (NPC). The existing Cawayan plant is found within the same
development block of the Tanawon Sector.
2.
Another option, though more expensive would be to send the power from Tanawon direct to
the existing switchyard of BacMan-I .
3.
From the switchyard, it may be directed to another point within the Tanawon geothermal
block for connection to another switchyard or substation outside the block.
Whatever option is selected, the Tanawon transmission line system applied for in this EIA will be
defined after the final location of the power plant(s) have been identified and will be limited
within the confines of the geothermal development block.
A 40-m right-of-way (ROW) will be maintained along the entire transmission line stretch.
Although 230 kV lines are planned at the moment, additional 69 kV transmission lines may be
added as necessary.

The following facilities will be utilized during the operations phase: sludge pit (for cooling tower
sludge), and solid waste management pits (for domestic waste). Support facilities such as
access roads, housing/camps and office buildings, storage areas, stockyard, warehouse, DOLC
(Drilling, Operations and Logistics Center) building, and other related facilities established
during the construction phase shall be used for their intended purpose. Existing facilities of the
BGPF will also be tapped.
p. 1- 29
1.8.2.3 Testing/ Commissioning Activities

Prior to actual operations, several tests will be undertaken for the entire system. Tests will
generally consist of preliminary, performance and efficiency tests. These activities include quality
assurance/ quality control (QA/QC) tests and inspections, line flushing, equipment checks,
system checks, commissioning check and actual project commissioning of the FCRS and power
plant(s).
Commissioning involves the actual flushing and testing of the entire geothermal system to
ensure an efficient flow of steam from the wellhead, through the network of FCRS pipelines,
separator vessels, and through the turbine of the power plant. This will be a dry-run of the
actual operations.
The transmission line will undergo megger testing to determine the insulation resistance, hi-pot
testing to determine the integrity of the line, and ground resistance testing. The switchyard will
also be tested in order to determine the integrity, functionality, and correctness of connections
of the entire system.
Test methods employed will be in accordance with the latest American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME), Power Test Code, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (IEE),
Energy Power Research Institute (EPRI) or equivalent internationally-accepted standards of
PNOC-EDC.
1.8.2.4 Process Flow/ Technology

A.
Project Capacity
The total generation capacity of the central or modular power plant(s) is projected at 50-80 MW.
Electricity will be sent via a 230 kV transmission line system, although some 69 kV lines may be
set-up.
B.
Project Technology and Alternatives
Several options are available to convert geothermal energy to electrical energy. These options
include one or a combination or modification of the following:
single flash to run a conventional power plant with condensing turbine,

single flash to supply a combined cycle binary power plant,
single flash to supply a condensing turbine coupled with a binary plant,
single flash with topping plant,
double flash with topping and bottoming plant, and
double flash to supply a dual pressure turbine.
Depending on technological advancements, the schemes may be modified to meet operational

requirements.
A reinjection technology will be undertaken whereby geothermal fluids are injected back into the
geothermal reservoir. This injected fluid replenishes the geothermal reservoir and maintains the
pressure needed to continue producing hot water and steam. In this manner, the potential for
subsidence is remote.
p. 1- 30
C.
Technology Selection Criteria
The final engineering process design to be adopted for the Tanawon FCRS and power plant will
yet have to be defined after all wells have been drilled and the geothermal field has been fully
characterized for its potential. The design must take into account a wide range of factors
including the temperature of the resource, fluid chemistry and fluid enthalpy , and other
important features of the production wells yet to be drilled. Design variables are optimized to
ensure that the design solutions chosen are the most cost effective, energy efficient, and
complying with the Philippine Clean Air Act (PCAA) specific guidelines for the geothermal
sector which are currently being reviewed by the DOE and DENR. Engineering, environmental
and economic requirements shall likewise be considered.
The optimum selection of the number and size of turbine-generator units to be used requires the
consideration of several parameters such as present and future load demands, investment cost,
transportation of components during construction and availability of commercially available
geothermal units. The sustainable steam output capacity of the resource is of prime importance.
D.
Flow Diagram and Materials Balance
Figures 1.8-6 to 1.8-11 are flow diagrams of the possible power plant engineering options
being considered. Figures 1.8-12 to 1.8-13 present the materials balance for each process.
The values presented were initially computed based on initial well tests; actual values and even
specific processes may vary based on the physico-chemical characteristics of future wells to be
drilled.
In a conventional power plant system, two-phase fluid from the geothermal production wells is
delivered to the high pressure separator stations. Liquid is separated from the steam and is
directed by gravity or by reinjection pumps into reinjection wells. The latter constitutes the
Reinjection System of the FCRS. Aside from being a means of waste management,
reinjection plays a greater role in maintaining the pressure within the deep underlying
geothermal reservoir, thereby preventing subsidence from occurring.
At the Steam Gathering System (SGS) component of the FCRS, the separated steam enters
the scrubbers located downstream of the separators for a final scrub of the steam. These
scrubbers spin the steam to remove the few remaining particles or droplets of condensate that
may have been formed by condensation in the pipeline transit. Upon entering the power plant,
steam from the SGS turns the turbine. This results in the operation of an air-cooled generator,
which in turn produces electricity.
Electricity from the generator is converted into 230 kV and eventually delivered via an on-site
transmission line interconnected to either of the following: (1) the existing Cawayan transmission
lines, for eventual delivery to the existing main switchyard of the NPC BacMan-1 Power Plant, or
(2) direct to a new switchyard beside the BacMan-I power plant, or (3) to another point found in
the same Tanawon geothermal development block for transmission to another switchyard or
substation outside the block.
Power generated from the Tanawon sector will be directed to an existing substation of the
National Power Corporation (NPC) either at Daraga, Albay or Sorsogon and then to the local
electric cooperatives and finally distributed to the consumers. The local cooperative in Daraga,
Albay is ALECO (Albay Electric Cooperative), while that of Sorsogon is SORECO (Sorsogon
Electric Cooperative).
p. 1- 31
During the 30-year operating life of the project, some production wells may experience a decline
in power output or the lowering of steam production due to silica deposition in wells or other well
constraints. Similarly, some reinjection wells may experience a reinjection shortfall. Thus, in
order to maintain the full operating load of the project, maintenance and replacement (M&R)
wells for production and reinjection purposes will be drilled to compensate for previous wells.
E.
Project Layout
The project layout will be determined after development drilling, resource assessment and the
process design are completed. Whatever resulting design will be limited within the confines of
the Tanawon geothermal development block.
1.8.2.5 New Material Requirement

Water required during power plant operation would be for domestic water use estimated at
about 600 gallons per day. This will likely be sourced from the most proximate river tributary.
The Water Rights Permit application for proposed sources has already been filed with the
NWRB. Bottled water will be used as drinking water for company personnel.
Electrical consumption for the operating facilities will be taken from the Tanawon power plant
itself.
Office materials and supplies will be sourced from Sorsogon or Legaspi City as long as these
are available. Otherwise, these will come from Manila. Operating materials and supplies will
originate from the original manufacturers/ suppliers usually either from Manila or from abroad.
Chemical supplies such as caustic soda and others will be sourced from suppliers in Manila or
the nearest available supplier.
1.8.2.6 Provision of Safety Devices/ Features

Strict implementation of safety rules and regulations will be enforced during the operations
stage. All working personnel will be provided with appropriate safety gadgets such as hard hats,
safety shoes and belts, gas masks, gloves, ear plugs and other protective devices whenever
they are within hazard areas. Moreover, fire-fighting equipment for alarm and control will be
installed. Seminars on occupational safety and health hazards will also be conducted.
Other procedures shall be undertaken in line with the existing Corporate Safety Policy as
presented in Appendix G, with the International Safety Rating System (ISRS) Program and
Emergency Response Program (ERP), the latter of which is summarized in section 5.1.7.
A.
To regulate and distribute the two-phase, steam and brine fluids in the field, various
control devices will be installed along the FCRS pipeline system designed to perform specific
functions such as regulating, section isolation, diverting, and relieving flow. The system is
provided with automatic pressure control vales that regulate the FCRS and power plant system
pressure. These provisions may vary from one system to another depending on the final
engineering design. Generally, these include the following:
p. 1- 32
Rupture discs at the two-phase lines and reinjection lines to prevent possible rupture or
failures in the pipeline and equipment
Pressure relief valves at the steamline to prevent pressure surges or overpressure in

the unlikely event of system failure or malfunction
To ensure that these safety devices are in good condition, periodic inspection and on-line testing
are regularly conducted.
Aside from the above devices, the company adopts a fully closed system of pipelines from each
wellhead to the separator stations, to the power plant, and down to the injection wells. The
pipelines are insulated to prevent heat loss and at the same time to ensure safety of the
operating personnel.

The design of the power plant includes the following safety features:
Utilization of latest governor valves whose primary function is to regulate the rotational
speed of the turbo-generating unit within the pre-set limits.
Safety elements on both the upstream and downstream side of the governor valves to
protect the system in the unlikely event of overpressure
Vibration monitoring equipment at the steam turbo-generator to monitor any slight
manifestation of operational abnormality
Numerous protective safety devices and equipment (e.g., circuit breakers, relays,
lightning arresters, etc.) to guard the system from harm during normal and abnormal
operations.
Sophisticated Distributed Control/Indication System (DCS) is provided to monitor and
control by computer interface the various plant operating parameters
A fire protection system and plant wide alarm is built within the power plant facility for
emergency purposes, while all pipes are 100% insulated for thermal protection. Noise insulation
materials are also used in order to reduce running equipment noise at levels within occupational
levels.
Safety wash/spray area, safety and emergency warning signs are provided in strategic areas of
the power plant. All maintenance and operating personnel are provided with protective
paraphernalia while inside the power plant.
C. Switchyard and Transmission Lines

The switchyard is equipped with several safety provisions among which include the following:
(a) a circuit breaker to isolate a trip or a fault, (b) current transformer and voltage transformer,
(c) disconnect switch to manually isolate a trip, (d) insulators, (e) and surge arresters.
Similarly, the transmission system is provided with safety devices as follows: (a) insulators, (b)
ACSR cable or overhead ground wire to prevent lightning strikes from affecting the system, (c)
grounding system, (d) surge arresters, and (e) vibration damper to minimize vibration for lattice
towers only.
Lattice-type transmission towers are provided with warning/danger signs at the base, and with
helicopter patrol signs at the tower apex to prevent helicopters from hovering within its vicinity.
p. 1- 33
For any problems encountered along the line, e.g., accidental failure or any fault occurrence on
the power lines, sophisticated protection relays are provided to instantaneously isolate the
affected area, until immediate repairs are undertaken.
1.8.2.7 Drilling of Maintenance and Replacement Wells (M&R)

Simulation studies show that the geothermal wells could experience a pressure decline in the
initial years of full-loadoperation. These pressure drops may result in decreased steam flows
leading to the increased production enthalpies and the subsequent decline in power availability.
To compensate for this, Maintenance and Replacement (M & R) wells will be drilled at an
average of 2 to 5 wells a year, or as necessary. In preparation for drilling of these wells,
road/pad preparation will be carried out, unless existing multi-wellpads will be optimized. Well
drilling testing will also be conducted. The new wells will then be hooked up to the system.
1.8.2.8 Nature and Magnitude of Waste Production

Below are the potential by-products, emissions, liquid discharges and wastes generated during
the operations phase.
A. Gaseous Emissions
Potential gaseous emissions from the FCRS component will come from well silencers, rock
mufflers and minor releases from the pressure release valves (steam traps) along the steam
lines. Sources of power plant emissions include the cooling tower stacks and the gas ejector
(ducting) system. Said emissions will come in the form of steam and minor non-condensable
gases or NCG (2-5%). The NCG fraction is composed of carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide,
ammonia, and fractions of nitrogen, methane and hydrogen.
Gaseous emissions during this phase are similar to those experienced during horizontal well
testing.
B. Noise Generation
Noise is generated from separator stations, silencers, mufflers, pressure reducing station,
cooling tower, power plant, and airplant. Sound from these sources are of varying magnitudes
and are expected to be confined within the vicinity of the source. Noise generated from the
power plant and air plant are usually confined within their respective buildings or complexes.
C. Liquid Discharges
Water-dominated geothermal fields produce quantities of separated brine which may be:
(1) hot, e.g., separated brine after steam flashing in the separator station which are injected to
hot brine reinjection wells, (2) cold, e.g., separated brine contained in thermal ponds as a result
of previous release during reinjection breakdown, and (3) from Bore Output Measurements or
BOMs, i.e., separated water released from well maintenance.
These separated waters are not technically wastes because these will be injected back into the
geothermal reservoir for immediate recharge and pressure maintenance. However, when there
are reinjection constraints and discharge to surface waters is inevitable and allowed by permits,
the brine can be considered as waste.
p. 1- 34
Also generated are drilling fluids from maintenance and replacement (M&R) wells with the same
composition as those fluids of any drilled well, i.e., excess drilling mud, rig washings and rock
cuttings. Separated brine from the testing of these new wells are also expected and will be
injected.
Power plant operations will involve generation of cooling tower blowdown and condensate which
will be channeled to the thermal pond prior to cold injection. Also generated are laboratory
wastes from the analysis of geothermal and environmental parameters. Laboratory waste can
either be combined with the sludge for cementfixing, or can be injected to a designated
injection well, depending on its chemical characterization.
D. Solid Waste
The bulk of amorphous silica scales are formed in the reinjection pipelines. The rate of scale
formation is rather slow, projected at 2 mm/year. This rate is considered insignificant to
produce a sizable amount of solid waste. These are characterized for its chemical composition
for proper handling and disposal.
Only if a new wellpad will be opened, earth spoils may also be generated during preparation of
wellpads for M & R wells. The volume of spoils is expected to be minimal due to optimization of
available opened up areas.
Cooling tower sludge generated from the cooling tower basin during Preventive Maintenance
Shutdown (PMS) and machinery scales comprise the solid waste produced from the power
plant. Sludge will be combined with cement to form solid concrete blocks and will be stored in a
sludge pit.
No waste is generated from the the Transmission Line system.
Table 1.8-7 presents a characterization of the aforementioned by-products, emissions, and
wastes based on data gathered from the operational BacMan Geothermal Production Field.
Similar types of wastes are expected for the Tanawon Geothermal Project.
The impacts of these wastes and the corresponding management measures will be addressed in
the succeeding sections of this report (Sections 5.0).
1.8.2.9 Manpower Requirement

Table 1.8-3 earlier presented the projected manpower requirements to be directly involved in the
entire Tanawon Geothermal Project during the operations phase. Due to the highly technical
nature of the work, a big proportion of these shall be tapped from existing BGPF employees,
while the balance will be sourced from locally qualified individuals.
p. 1- 35
1.8.3 Abandonment Phase

As agreed during the First Level Scoping Checklist of the DENR-EIARC on Nov. 16, 2000, only
policies and general guidelines will be submitted for the abandonment phase as the extent of
abandonment will depend on the future use of the area and the intended use of the abandoned
facility.
1.8.3.1 Facilities to be abandoned, decommissioned, demobilized

If abandonment takes place after exploratory or early development drilling, facilities to be
abandoned include the wells and their respective wellpads, sumps, and access roads.
If abandonment is undertaken after the economic life is reached, all operating facilities from the
FCRS, power plant and transmission line systems will be decommissioned.
Existing housing or office buildings will either be dismantled or may be tuned over to the local
government as appropriate, depending on the intended use of the area.
1.8.3.2 Site rehabilitation / restoration plan

Abandonment or decommissioning will involve implementation of rehabilitation/ restoration
measures to bring back the areas as close as possible to its baseline condition. The scheme to
be undertaken will largely depend on the intended use of the area or on the usability of existing
facilities for other existing BGPF sectors. Abandonment for Tanawon will be patterned after
previous experiences in other PNOC-DEDC projects such as in Mt. Cagua in Cagayan, and Mt.
Natib in Bataan.
1.8.3.2 Abandonment Schedule

Abandonment of the area may either be during exploration or early development phase when
wells prove to be non-productive, or during/after operations when the project exceeds its
economic life.
p. 1- 36
Table 1.4-1: Power Plant Retirement as Programmed by the DOE

PDP 2002
MW
PRESENT
YEAR IN
SERVICE
DECOMMISIONING
YEAR
YEARS IN
SERVICE BY
RETIREMENT
LUZON:
Malaya 1
Malaya 2
300
350
26
22
2010
2010
36
32
VISAYAS:
Bohol DPP
Panay DPP
Power Barge Diesel (101-104)
Cebu Land- based Gt
Cebu Diesel I
22
36.5
128
55
43.8
23
22
20
10
21
2005 1/
2004
2005
2011
2011
27
25
24
20
31
PLANT
TOTAL
Note:
1/ Retirement is contingent upon completion of Ormoc-Maasin 138kV Double Circuit line which is also
contingent to the completion of Leyte-Bohol uprating (stage 2).
p. 1- 37
Table 1. 4 -2: Carbon Dioxide Credit of 80 MW Geothermal Power Plant

vs. 80 MW Oil-Fired Power Plant
Unit
Oil-Fired Power
Plant
Geothermal
Gross Output
Pressure
Net Output
Steam Flow
Steam
Temperature
%w NCG in Steam
%w CO2 in NCG
MW
Kscg
MW
Kg/s
deg C
80
17.6
74.4
91.4
260.1
80
6.0
78.4
164.0
164.4
Fuel Oil/Electrical
Output
PMS days/year
Plant Factor (%)
Exhaust Gas
Temperature
Elect. Energy
Conversion from
Heat Energy
Net CO2/year
CO2 saved/yr (80
MWe PP)
Net CO2
Emission/MWe-Yr
CO2 saved/ MWeyr
Tons/GMWe-Hr
0.2667
Days/yr
%
deg C
60
83.56
105
31.35
Ktons/yr
Ktons/yr
484.8
49.6
435.2
Ktons/Yr
6.05
0.62
%w
%w
1.19
96.4
Ktons/Yr
60
83.56
5.44
p. 1- 38
Table 1.5-1: Comparative Costs and Resources Required for a 120 MW

Capacity Electricity Generating Plant
Energy/Tech
Landuse
( Hectares)
0.68
112-200
15,800
19.8
1,700
330
2.38
56,100
2,280
Maya Farms or
50,000,000 Pigs
697
1.48
10,418
About 275 Sites
391
0.32
Photovoltaic
36,000,000
Panels of 53 WP
Dendrothermal
2.24 M
Tons of Wood/Year
Hydro
Electricity
Cost (P/KwHr)
240
Geothermal
Biogas
Investment
(In 1M US$)
Number Required
Table 1.5 -2: Comparative data of six power alternatives

TYPE OF
POWER
GENERATION
Geothermal
Oil-fired
Hydrothermal
Gas turbine
Diesel
Coal-fired
Lead
Time
RANK IN POINTS *
Investment
($/kw) (P/kw)
4
5
6
1
2
5
2
3
4
1
5
6
1
3
7
2
5
6
Opex +
Fuel
Cost
(P/kw)
Plant
Factor
Total
Points
3
6
1
7
5
4
1
5
2
9
6
4
1
2
4
5
3
2
12
24
24
25
26
27
The lower the rank, the better the option, i.e., rank 1 = most advantageous, rank = least advantageous
p. 1- 39
Table 1.5 - 3
REPLACEMENT PLANTING
(TOTAL COMPANY)
Project
Capacity
(MWe)
Clearing
(Has.)
Replacement
(Has.)
Leyte
700
185
564
So. Negros
193
60
1,749
Bacon-Manito 150
105
963
106
66
778
26
278
579
4,147
Mt. Apo
No. Negros
Total
1,149
* as of year 2000
p. 1- 40
Table 1.6 -1:
Project Cost Estimate for 50 80 MW Tanawon Geo. Project

(cost in MMP or million pesos)
Development & Operating Cost Estimates
50 MW
80 MW
Investment Requirement, MMP

Development of Geothermal Steamfield
FCRS
Power Plant
Switchyard & Transmission Lines
Sub-Total
488.1
249.8
3,545.2
58.7
4,341.7
707.7
399.6
5,392.8
58.7
6,558.7
Annual O & M Cost, MMP*

Steamfield
Power Plant
Sub-total (for 30 years)
42.9
115.5
4,750.8
68.6
184.8
7,601.1
9,092.5
14,159.8
p. 1- 41
ESTIMATED TOTAL PROJECT COST

(in Million Pesos)
*Replacement Well Drilling @ MMP61.68 per well
Table 1.7-1: Primary and Secondary Impact Areas

Environmental
Component
1.
Primary Impact Areas
Secondary Impact Areas
1. Geology
Inside the Tanawon geothermal

block
2. Pedology

block
3. Hydrology
Upper reaches
Menito, Rizal,
Ticol, Cawayan
within the block
4. Water Quality
Upper reaches of of Manitohan,

Menito, Rizal,
Bucalbucalan,
Ticol, Cawayan rivers found within
the block; springs within the block
Coastal communities outside the block

potentially affected by hydrogeological
impacts attributable to project activities
Ricelands outside the Tanawon block
irrigated by Manitohan, Ticol, Cawayan,
Anahaw and Osiaorivers
Capuy, Bulabog, Anahaw and Osiao
rivers; lower stretch of primary impact
rivers;
springs outside of the Tanawon block
(located in 9 Brgys.)
Capuy, Bulabog, Anahaw and Osiao
rivers; lower stretch of primary impact
rivers;
springs outside of the Tanawon block
(located in 9 Brgys.)
2- km radius from the rivermouth
Potential above-ambient areas outside the
geothermal block
PHYSICAL
ENVIRONMENT
5. Oceanography
6. Air Quality/
Noise
2.
of Manitohan,
Bucalbucalan,
rivers; springs
Within location of gas-emitting

facilities (localized)
BIOLOGICAL
ENVIRONMENT
1. Terrestrial Flora
2. Terrestrial
Fauna
3. Agriculture
4. Freshwater
Flora & Fauna
5. Marine Flora &

Fauna
C. SOCIOECONOMICS
ENVIRONMENT
Forest and agricultural areas

inside the Tanawon geothermal
block
block
Upper reaches of of Manitohan,

Menito, Rizal,
Bucalbucalan,
Ticol, Cawayan rivers found within
the block;
None
(No households within the block)
Ricefields
outside
the
Tanawon
geothermal block irrigated by Manitohan,
Capuy, Ticol, Cawayan, Anahaw and
Osiaorivers
Sectors of rivers outside of the Tanawon
block mid to lower reaches
Nearshore areas of Sorsogon Bay, Poliqui

Bay and Albay Gulf (2-km from shoreline)
(1) Host Barangays: Brgys. Rizal, Ticol,
Capuy, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Basud,
Guinlajon, San Juan and Osiao, all within
Sorsogon City
(2) Other Communities along the rivers:
p. 1- 42
Table 1.8 -1: Typical Dimensions for Lattice Type or Pole Type
Transmission Tower
Item
Switchyard area
Structure Base Area needed
Structure Base Area to
disturbed during construction
Ruling Span
Width of easement
be
Lattice Steel Tower

Option
Galvanized Steel
Poles
30 x 40 m (1,200 m2)
30 x 40 m (1,200
m2)
1 x 1 m (1 m2)
per tower
10 x 10 m (100 m2)
per tower
~100 m
30 m
15 x 15 m (225 m2)
per tower
30 x 30 m (900 m2)
per tower
~350 - 400 m
40 m
Table 1.8 -2: Engineering Equipment During Construction, Drilling

and Well Testing
A. Construction
Type
Dump Truck
Backhoe
Payloader
Bulldozer
Boom Truck
Generator Set
Jumping Jack
Crane
Service Vehicles
Plate Compactor
Units
10
7
2
5
2
3
6
1
13
6
Type
Air Compressor
Jack Hammer
Vibratory Compactor
One Bagger Mixer
Transit Mixer
Water Pumps
Road Grader
Tensioner
Puller
Units
1
1
3
1
Type
Forklift
Water Pumps
Crane
Units
4
2
2
8
1
4
2
1
1
B. Well Drilling
Type
Drilling Rig
Rig Trucks
Service vehicles
Cementing unit
Units
1
8
1
C. Well Testing
Type
Winch
Truck mounted Crane
Service Vehicle
Units
1
1
2
Type
Logging Truck
Lifting Equipment
Welding Machine
Units
1
1
1
p. 1- 43
Table 1.8 3: Manpower and Skills Requirement
I.
DRILLING (per rig)
Rank
and
File
7
II.
CONSTRUCTION
DEPARTMENT
DRILLING-EDD
POWER PLANT GROUP
Construction Coordinator
Driver
10
40
12
15
1
28
6
Sections/Positions
Development
Phase
III
IV.
V.
Clerk-General
Project Control Supervisor
Driver
Clerk-Encoder
Contracts Engineer
Cost Engineer
Planning Engr/Qty
Supervisor
Quality Control Supervisor
Driver
Clerk-Encoder
Mechanical QC Engineer
Electrical/Inst. QC Engineer
Civil/Structural QC Engineer
TRANSMISSION &
DISPATCH
Superintendent
Driver
Clerk-General
Project Control Supervisor
Planning / Cost Engineer
Contracts Engineer
Materials Control Engineer
Driver
Clerk/Encoder
Switchyard/Transmission Line
Supervisor
Electrical Engineer
Civil/Structural Engr.
Clerk
Driver
TOTAL REQUIREMENT, DEVELOPMENT PHASE
MPT
Others
(Contractual)
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
54
87
p. 1- 44
Table 1.8 3: Manpower and Skills Requirement (Continuation)

Sections/Positions
Operations
and
Maintenance
I.
II.
MPT
FCRS OPERATIONS
Engineer, Flash Plant
Engineer, Control Panel
Technician, Flash Plant
Technician, Air Plant
Driver
Instrument Engineer
Instrumentation Technical
Driver
11
5
5
POWER PLANT GROUP

Power Plant O & M Manager
Driver
Secretary
Utility Man
Power Plant Operations
Superintendent
Drivers
Clerk Encoder
Shift Supervisor
Control Room Operator
Aux Operators
H2S System Operator
Power Plant Maintenance
Superintendent
Drivers
Clerk-Encoder
Mechanical Supervisor
Mechanical Tech
Welder / Fitter
Millwrite
Heavy Equipment
Operator
Maintenance Aide
E & I Supervisor
Electrician
Instrumentation Tech.
Computer Technician
E & I Aide
14
1
Rank
and
File
21
Others
(Contractual)
10
5
5
1
1
53
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
4
8
4
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
3
1
2
1
2
3
p. 1- 45
Table 1.8 3: Manpower and Skills Requirement (Continuation)

Sections/Positions
II.
III.
POWER PLANT GROUP

(continuation)
Power Plant Technical
Services Superintendent
Drivers
Clerk - Encoder
Warehouse Supervisor
Materials Control
Engineer
Warehouse Aide
Plant Performance Engineer
Plant Engineer
Chemical Engr/Pollution
Control Officer
TRANSMISSION &
DISPATCH
O & M Supervisor
Shift Engineer
Maintenance Engineer
Linemen/Electrician
Clerk
Driver
TOTAL REQUIREMENT, OPERATING PHASE
MPT
Rank
and
File
Others
(Contractual)
2
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
5
1
2
1
1
32
78
p. 1- 46
Table 1.8-4
Drilling Chemicals: Classification, Product Types, Purpose and Volume
CLASSIFICATION
PRODUCT TYPE
PURPOSE
ESTIMATE
VOLUME
(Kg/Well)
VISCOSIFIER
Bentonite
used for gel strength;

suspends rock cuttings
72,115
FLUID LOSS
ADDITIVE
Carboxymethyl
cellulose
controls mud loss to

the formation
5,219
High temperature
fluid loss additive
controls muds loss to

the formation at high
temperature
18,615
Lignites/
lignosulfonate
decreases viscosity of
the drilling mud at
high temperature
8,191
(lignites)
3,914
(lignosulfate)
High temperature
mud thinner
decreases viscosity of
the drilling mud at high
temperature
18,615
pH CONTROL
Caustic soda
controls degree of
alkalinity of mud;
enhances capability of
viscosifiers for
corrosion control
4,095
CALCIUM
REMOVERS
Soda ash
(Sodium carbonate)
prevents/overcomes
the contaminating
effects of anhydrite,
gypsum and cement
THINNERS
148
p. 1- 47
Table 1.8-5
Types and Volume of Sump Fluids During Drilling
TYPE
NATURE
TYPICAL
VOL/WELL
(CU..M.)
ROCK CUTTINGS*
drilled rock chips of the

same type &
composition as the
naturally-occuring rock
types in the
development area
DRILLING MUD
mud slurry used to

remove rock cuttings
1,115
RIG WASHINGS
water used to
clean/maintain the rig
334
TOTAL
213
1,662
Note (*):
a)
b)
Values presented are the maximum volumes involved. This will happen only if the well
completed with full circulation, i.e. the well is tight & permeability is poor.
Volume involved will be much easier if a series of total loss of circulation is
encountered, or the well is partially of fully drilled blind in the 8-1/2 hole.
p. 1- 48
Table 1.8-6: Projected Gas and Water Chemistry for Tanawon

Average
A. Gas Chemistry, %
Steam (H2O) (kg/s/well)
NCG
CO2 in NCG
H2S in NCG
Gas Flow, kg/sec/well
14.5
1.19
96.14
3.58
0.17
B. Well Water Chemistry (ppm)

pH at 25oC
Na
K
Ca
Mg
Cl
SO4
HCO3
B
SiO2
Water flow per well, kg/sec
7.48
3,975
805
231
0.17
7,617
24.3
42.5
43.0
663
35.0
p. 1- 49
Table 1.8-7: Characterization of Typical Geothermal Waste from BacMan I and II (1995 - 2002)
Waste
Estimated
Classification
Generation
CHARACTERIZATION PARAMETERS ( in ppm except pH and temperature )

pH
Temp,
o
Rate
As
Cd
Cr
3.4-4.0
30-48
0.02-0.38
<0.05
Cu
Fe
Hg
Li
Mg
Mn
Na
Pb
Zn
I. LIQUID WASTES
a. Geothermal Brine
488 kg /sec
6.84-7.5
b. Cooling Tower Blowdown
15 - 60 kg/sec
7.10-7.9
c. Laboratory Waste
200 - 240 L/yr
<1 - 13
Effluent Standards
<0.02-0.34 1.0-9.3
0.02-2.9
<0.01
0.15-8.4 0.03-0.11
0.05-0.11 0.16-0.20 <0.0001-0.0001
<0.05
<0.02
0.14-79
5.6-17
0.84 0.33-0.63
5,900
<0.05-0.06 0.0001-0.0003 <0.01-0.27
<0.02-0.04 0.68-6.1
0.02-0.03 <0.05-0.60 <0.0001-0.0005 <0.01-0.54
0.07-0.49
0.17-0.19 0.04-0.05
<0.05
<0.01-0.12
0.08-0.11 0.06-0.16
max rise
o
DAO 35, 1990 for N / PI's
in C
Class A, B, SB
6.0- 9.0
0.1
0.02
0.05
0.005
0.1
Class C
6.5- 9.0
0.2
0.05
0.1
0.005
0.3
Class SC
6.0- 9.0
0.5
0.1
0.02
0.005
0.5
Class SD
5.0- 9.0
0.5
0.2
0.5
0.01
0.33-45
<0.02
58-66
II. SOLID WASTES
LEACHED
( US TCLP METHOD )
1. Cooling Tower Sludge
60 - 84 drums/yr 1.94-4.82 25-27.3
2. Machinery Scales
120-150 L/yr
3. Desilted Matl's from
250-350 m /
Thermal Pond / Sump Mud
0.05-1.5
0.02-1.3 0.02-0.22
2.2 - 7.80
25.3
<0.50-1.6
3.8 - 7.8
25.3
<0.02-0.46 2.1-11
72
<0.01-0.30 <0.05-5.5
0.04-0.16 <0.05-<0.40
<0.0001-0.0074 0.01-0.03 16-23 0.82-3.6 150-320 <0.05-0.82
10-24
18,000
<0.0001
0.007
210
<0.01-3.1
13
<0.30
<1
<0.0001
<0.10-0.73
<0.20-0.27
0.15-<1
<0.10-0.12
0.2
5.0
drilling
Leacheate Std. ( US EPA )
5.0
1.0
5.0
p. 1- 50
Fig. 1.3 1: Basic Features of a Geothermal System
p. 1-51
Figure 1.3-2: Locations of Geothermal Power Plants Around the World
Figure 1.3-3: Current Worldwide Installed Geothermal Capacity
1. USA
2733
2. Philippines
1904
3. Italy
768
4. Mexico
743
5. Indonesia
59 0
6. Japan
530
7. New Zealand
345
8. Iceland
140
9. Costa Rica
120
10. El Salvador
105
11. Nicaragua
70
12 Ken a
45
Figure 1.3-4:
EXISTING
PHILIPPINE
GEOTHERMAL
POWERPOWER
PLANTS
EXISTING
PHILIPPINE
GEOTHERMAL
19
30
KILOMETER
Figure 1.3-5: LIST OF OPERATING PROJECTS

GEOTHERMAL
CONTRACT AREA
LUZON
15
INDEX
330.0 MW
426 MW
TIWI, ALBAY
LAGUNA
PROJECT
TONGONAN (LEYTE)
TONGONAN I
UPPER MAHIAO
MALITBOG
MAHANAGDONG
OPTIMIZATION
BACON-MANITO
(ALBAY/SORSOGON)
BACMAN I
BACMAN II
PALINPINON
(NEGROS ORIENTAL)
PALINPINON I
PALINPINON II
MINDANAO (MT. APO)
MINDANAO I
MINDANAO II
150.0 MW
ALBAY, SORSOGON
VISAYAS
11
MAP 2
112.5 MW
TONGONAN, LEYTE
202 MW Leyte-Cebu
192.5 MW
NEGROS ORIENTAL
INSTALLED
CAPACITY
(MW)
COMMENCEMENT
OF
OPERATION
1 1 2 .5
125
231
180
5 0 .9
1 9 83
1996
1996/1997
1997
1997
110
40
1993
1994/1998
112.5
80
1983
1993-1995
52
54
1997
1999
1,147.9
LEYTE
384.9 MW Leyte- Luzon
LEYTE
MINDANAO
7
TOTAL:
1,904
PNOC-EDC: 1,148
PGI:
756
1
2
1
106 MW
KIDAPAWAN NO. COTABATO
5
2
1
D-
p. 1-53
FIGURE 1 3 - 6
p. 1-54
Figure 1.4-1:
The Philippine Power Generation
Mix for 1999 and 2000 shows a
self-sufficiency level of 48%. This is
expected to increase further with
the programmed increase in
contribution from indigenous energy
sources such as geothermal
(Source: DOE PEP 2002-2011)
p. 1-55
EMISSIONS IN TONS CO2/1000MWe-Year
Tons CO2
9,000,000
8,000,000
7,000,000
6,000,000
5,000,000
4,000,000
3,000,000
2,000,000
1,000,000
0
7,700,000
6,100,000
4,100,000
1,100,000
Coal
Oil
Natural Gas
Geothermal
Generating Facility
EMISSIONS IN TONS SOx/1000 MWe-Year
60,000
Tons SOx
50,000
48,000
42,000
40,000
30,000
21,700
20,000
10,000
0
Coal
Oil
Natural Gas
Geothermal
Generating Facility
Tons NOx
EMISSIONS IN TONS NOx /1000 MWe-Year

1,600
1,400
1,200
1,000
800
600
400
200
0
1,400
1,400
400
17
Coal
Oil
Natural Gas
Geothermal
Generating Facility
* Geothermal sulfur emission is Hydrogen Sulfide (H 2 S)
Figure 1.5-1: Gas emission contribution per MW produced for various power
generating facilities
p. 1-56
Fig. 1.5 2:
A model of recharge to geothermal reservoir
p. 1-57
Figure 1.8-2: Location of potential Spoil Disposal Areas (SDAs)

for excess earth material Section 1.0: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
p. 1-60
Recirculating drilling
mud
Recirculating drilling mud
Figure 1.8-3: Set-up of a drilling rig with sumps for full containment of drilling materials
p. 1-61
Figure 1.8-4:
Figure 1.8-5:
Typical well casing program for a geothermal well
Directional drilling technology
p. 1-62
TECHNOLOGY OPTIONS FOR THE GEOTHERMAL POWER SYSTEM

SINGLE FLASH
SEPARATOR
From Production
Wells
CONDENSING POWER
PLANT
Steam
TURBINE
Brine
GENERATOR
To Reinjection
Wells
Fig. 1.8-6 : Single Flash System with Condensing Power Plant

The two-phase geothermal fluid from the production wells goes to the separator where steam is
separated from the brine. The steam is led to the turbine to produce electrical energy. The brine is
injected to reinjection wells both for reservoir recharge of the geothermal system and for environmental
protection.
SINGLE FLASH WITH COMBINED CYCLE BINARY SYSTEM
SEPARATOR
From Production
Wells
Steam
TURBINE
GENERATOR
Brine
To Reinjection
Wells
Heat Exchanger
TURBINE
GENERATOR
Air Cooler
Pump
Fig. 1.8-7: Single Flash System with Combined Cycle Power Plant
With two phase geothermal fluid passing the separator, the separated brine from the separator is routed
to heat exchangers while the separated steam is routed to the primary back pressure turbine. The
exhaust from the back pressure turbine is routed to heat exchanger together with the separated brine
where heat is further extracted in the heat exchanger by an organic fluid. The organic fluid is then
expanded at organic turbine producing additional power. Both primary and secondary turbines drive its
own generator to produce electrical energy.
p. 1-63

SINGLE FLASH WITH CONDENSING AND BINARY POWER PLANT
SEPARATOR
From Production
Wells
CONDENSING POWER
PLANT
TURBINE
GENERATOR
To Reinjection
Wells
Heat Exchanger
BRINE
BINARY
TURBINE
GENERATOR
Pump
Air Cooler
Fig. 1.8-8 : Single Flash with Condensing and Brine Binary Power Plant
Two-phase geothermal fluid enters the separator and produce steam that is routed to the main
turbine. The separated brine is routed to the heat exchanger of the brine binary plant to heat
the organic fluid. The heated organic fluid is routed to the organic turbine and subsequently
produces power.
SINGLE FLASH WITH TOPPING PLANT
SEPARATOR
TOPPING PLANT
BACK-PRESSURE
TURBINE
GENERATOR
From Production
Wells
Condensing Power
Plant
TURBINE
GENERATOR
To Reinjection Wells
Fig. 1.8-9 : Single Flash with Topping Plant

As part of the steam field and power plant optimization, a back pressure turbine may be
installed upstream of the main turbine. The separated steam at high pressure enters the back
pressure turbine and produce additional power. The exhaust steam from the back pressure
turbine enter to the main power plant. The back pressure turbine is called the Topping Plant.
p. 1-64

DOUBLE FLASH WITH CONDENSING POWER PLANT
SEPARATOR
From Production
Wells
Condensing Power
Plant
TURBINE
GENERATOR
To Reinjection
Wells
Fig. 1.8-10 : Double Flash with Dual Pressure Power Plant

The two-phase fluid is separated at high pressure producing steam and separated geothermal
water. Geothermal water extracted from the first flash vessel is then routed to the 2nd flash vessel
for further steam extraction at lower pressure. Both high and low pressure steam enters a single
turbine to generate power.
DOUBLE FLASH WITH CONDENSING, BOTTOMING AND TOPPING POWER PLANTS
SEPARATOR
TOPPING PLANT
BACK-PRESSURE
TURBINE
GENERATOR
From Production
Wells
Main Power Plant
TURBINE
GENERATOR
Bottoming Power
Plant
TURBINE
GENERATOR
To Reinjection
Wells
Fig. 1.8-11 : Double Flash with Condensing, Topping and Bottoming Plant
In optimizing a steam field, high pressure steam is produced from the 1st flash and the HP steam
routed to a back pressure turbine (topping plant). The exhaust steam is transported to the main
plant. A 2nd flash vessel is installed to extract the steam from the 1st flash separated geothermal
water at lower pressure. The low pressure steam from the 2nd flash is used to run a low pressure
condensing turbine. This is called the Bottoming Plant.
p. 1-65
40 MWe GEOTHERMAL POWER PLANT SYSTEM

Geothermal
Steam
4
3
2
To RI Well
Streams Number
Phase
Flow (kg/s)
NCG Flow (kg/s)
H2S Flow (kg/s)
CO2 Flow (kg/s)
Dry Air (kg/s)
Water in Air (kg/s)
H2S Concentration (ppmv)
Emission (grams H2S/GMWhr)
1
vapor
82.0
0.98
0.04
0.94
-
2
vapor
3285.18
3229.95
55.23
-
3
vapor
1.96
0.98
0.04
0.94
49,294
3,162
4
vapor
1.96
0.98
0.04
0.94
3229.95
118.65
9.27
3,162
5
liquid
17.6
-
Figure 1.8-12: Material balance for a 40 MW Tanawon power plant
80 MWe GEOTHERMAL POWER PLANT SYSTEM

Geothermal
Steam
4
3
2
To RI Well
Streams Number
Phase
Flow (kg/s)
NCG Flow (kg/s)
H2S Flow (kg/s)
CO2 Flow (kg/s)
Dry Air (kg/s)
Water in Air (kg/s)
H2S Concentration (ppmv)
Emission (grams H2S/GMWhr)
1
vapor
164.0
1.96
0.07
1.89
-
2
vapor
6570.36
6459.90
110.46
-
3
vapor
3.92
1.96
0.07
1.89
49,294
3,162
4
vapor
3.92
1.96
0.07
1.89
6459.90
237.30
9.27
3,162
5
liquid
35.2
-
Figure 1.8-13: Material balance for an 80 MW Tanawon power plant
p. 1-66
Plate 1.7 1:
To the left of the Sorsogon highway is the existing
road entrance at Brgy. Rizal leading to the Bacman
Geothermal Production Field (BGPF)
Plate 1.8 1:
The above photo shows the topography within the northwest sector of the Tanawon geothermal development
Block. Note the existing Cawayan power plant and transmission tower at the extreme right.
Plate 1.8 2:
Photo showing the general topography at the mid-portion of the Tanawon geothermal development block.
Note the wellpad with a drilling rig .
Plate 1.8 11:

Interface point of the
BACMAN II (Cawayan
Sector) FCRS and
Power Plant
Plate 1.8 12:

Existing Botong Power
Plant found within the
Bacman Geothermal
Production Field.
Plate 1.8-13:
Inside the Power Plant
Control Center
Plate 1.8-14:
Switchyard of the existing Bacman 1 Power Plant
Plate 1.8 -15:

A lattice type transmission tower
Plate 1.8 16:

The existing Sludge Pit of the BGPF is fenced to prevent
entry of unauthorized personnel
Plate 1.8 3:
A typical Drilling Rig
Plate 1.8 5:
Vertical Well Testing
Plate 1.8 4:
A typical Geothermal Production well showing the well
head assembly
Plate 1.8 6:
A silencer is attached to the production well to
reduce noise
Plate 1.8 7:
A multi-well pad strategy allows several wells to be
located in just one pad, thus minimizing surface
disturbance
Plate 1.8 -9:

Existing BGPF Separator Station / FCRS Pipelines
Plate 1.8 -8:

Pipeline route of the existing Cawayan
FCRS
Plate 1.8 -10:
Among the existing facilities within the Tanawon geothermal
block is the FCRS of BacMan II (Cawayan sector) as shown
above: multi-wellpad with wells, pipelines, separator station
and a polyethylene-lined thermal pond.
2.1
2.1.1 GEOLOGY
2.1.1.1 Summary of Results and Conclusions
The major rock units which comprise the Pocdol Mountains include the following - Basement
rocks, Malobago Volcanics, Suminandig Volcanics, Pangas Volcanics, Lison Volcanics,
Kayabon Volcanics, Cawayan Volcanics and Pulog Volcanics.
The major geologic structures are the San Vicente-Linao Fault, the E-W fault sets, the NW/NE
fault sets and the N-NNE fault sets. The San Vicente-Linao Fault is another possible extension
of the Philippine Fault. Although no movement has been recorded in the past associated to this
fault, it could be a potential hazard for earthquakes.
Based on geophysical data, the delineated resource has low to intermediate resistivity (< 50
ohm-meter). Geochemical data indicate that the minimum range of reservoir temperature is
0
from 177 to 229 C.
The reservoir center is postulated to occur beneath Mt. Pangas (temperature > 300 0C), with the
major outflow zone towards Puting Bato.
No significant earthquake (Ms > 6.5) was recorded in the 1990s. Two (2) earthquake
epicenters in Southern Luzon (within a 100-km distance from the project site) occurred in 1865
(Ms 7.9) and in 1877 (Ms 6.9).
The regional Peak Horizontal Acceleration (PHA) factors within the project could be designated
a g value of 0.38 for medium soils and 0.24 for rocks. However, site-specific Peak Ground
Acceleration (PGA) calculations from three possible earthquake generators, namely: San
Vicente-Linao fault (SVLF), Philippine Fault (PF) and Manila Trench (MT), resulted to g values
for hard rocks of 0.33, 0.16 and 0.01, respectively. For hard-medium soils the calculated g
values for SVLF, PF and MT are 0.48, 0.23 and 0.02, respectively.
The active volcanoes nearest to the project site are Mt. Mayon and Mt. Bulusan. Hazards
associated with volcanic activity are minor ground shaking and ash falls, depending on the
magnitude of volcanic activity (i.e. height of eruption column) and prevailing wind direction at the
time of the event.
Existing mass movements along the road leading to the existing Pad C in Tanawon are slip
failure, creep, slumping and rockfall. No hazards are associated with seismogenic faulting. In
terms of surface mass movement, areas with moderate to steep slopes (> 40 degrees) may
become unstable during extreme cases of strong typhoons or earthquakes. Rockslides may
also occur in newly cut fresh volcanic outcrops.
A global slope stability analysis of the area suggests a cut batter of 1H:1V for both static and
pseudostatic conditions. Slope stability analysis of the existing road and pad C indicating cut
batters ranging from 0.5H:1V were likewise undertaken to check slope stability.
Among the geothermal fields in the world, Hatchobaru and Bulalo fields are similar in geology
and reservoir management practice to the BGPF. In the absence of real time data in Tanawon
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Geology)
p. 2.1.1- 1
for empirical calculations, therefore, the subsidence from the two fields of 35 mm and 50 cm,
respectively, is predicted in the Tanawon geothermal field. No adverse hazard is associated with
the values predicted.
2.1.1.2 Methodology
Available data were collated and integrated from existing PNOC-EDC internal reports and
published technical manuscripts. All available secondary data were used in this report with
permission from the authors. A list of references is included at the end of this report.
The components of the report are part of the technical requirements on geology for the
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) of Tanawon. There are, among others, comprehensive
discussions on regional and local geology, lithologic profiles, stratigraphic correlations,
geomorphology, seismicity, natural hazard, peak ground acceleration, petrography,
geochemistry of rock samples and hydrogeochemical model.
Slope stability analysis was undertaken using the Fellenius Method of Slices, both at static
condition (without earthquake) and pseudo-static condition (with earthquake). Analysis was
computer-generated and based on earlier data gathered on soil type, cohesion, and friction
angle.
The team members of the Geology and Engineering Geology module are Larry F. Bayrante, Jeff
A. Caranto and Rex A. Camit of the Geoscientific Department, and Ernie R. Gagto of the
Engineering Design Department.
2.1.1.3 Results and Discussion

The existing Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field (BGPF) is located within a cluster of
late Tertiary to Quaternary volcanic cones called the Pocdol Mountains. This volcanic complex
belongs to the Bicol Arc (Figure 2.1.1- 1).
The BGPF covers an area of approximately 3,826has. The proposed Tanawon development
block is partly included in the BGPF and extends further to the south of BGPF with an area of
about 2,460 has. (Figure 2.1.1-2).
Geoscientific investigations in the field started in 1977 thru a joint cooperation between the
government of New Zealand and PNOC-EDC. The discovery well, CN-1D, was successfully
discharged with an initial capacity of 18 MWe. Further scientific studies and drilling have
delineated a resource capable of supplying 110 MWe. The first stage of development, called the
BACMAN-I, is centered in the Palayang Bayan sector. Development expanded to the Cawayan
and Botong sectors (BACMAN-II) with 20 MWe modular power plants each.
Renewed interest in drilling beyond Bacman I and II was initiated by the results of well CN-3D
(towards Tanawon sector), drilled south of the field which revealed a bottom hole temperature of
272C.
A.
Terrain
The terrain in the Pocdol Mountains is generally comprised of moderate to steep slopes near
volcanic centers and low to slightly moderate terrain in other areas. A slope angle (in degrees)
classification map was extracted from the topographic data of the field (Figure 2.1.1-3). Five
slope classes were established as follows: (1) very low slope (0-10); (2) low slope (10-20);
(3) slightly moderate slope (20-40); (4) moderate slope (40-50); and, (5) steep slope (50 to
>70). The moderate to steep slope of >40 (yellow-brown colored pixels) dominates the
p. 2.1.1- 2
volcanic centers at BGPF, while very low to slightly moderate slopes (blue-magenta-dark blue
colored pixels) represent the low relief portions of the study area.
A slope direction (aspect) and slope shape classification map was likewise created from the
digital elevation model (DEM) data of BGPF (Figs. 2.1.1-4 and 2.1.1-5). The slope direction map
was sliced into azimuthal directions while the slope map was classified into convex (negative
values), concave (positive values) and straight or flat slopes (values close to zero). These maps
complement that of the slope angle classification map.
Portions of Tanawon sector are believed to be straddling along moderate to steep slope ranges,
especially along the vicinity of the crater walls or depressions at the Cawayan-Damoy-Tanawon
areas (Figs. 2.1.1-3 and 2.1.1-4).
B.
Regional/ General Geology
The area is characterized by clusters of small eruptive centers, collectively known as the
Pocdol Mountain Range, which belong to the Bicol arc (Figure 2.1.1- 6).
Volcanic rocks at Pocdol Mountains overlie Oligocene-Pleistocene sedimentary sequences.
This sedimentary sequence is probably underlain by pre-Tertiary schists and ultramafic rocks.
Initiation of volcanism in the Pocdol Mountains probably started in Late Miocene, as indicated by
volcanic flows unconformably underlain by Upper Miocene sedimentary units (Travaglia and
Baes, 1979; Balce et al., 1979). The volcanic activity may have continued until Pleistocene to
Recent times (De Leon, et al., 1983).
The San Vicente-Linao Fault (SVLF) is a major fault structure cutting across the northern fringe
of the Pocdol Mountains, and appears to be related to movements along the Philippine fault.
The SVLF trace is characterized by a 5 km-wide east-trending sheared zone consisting mainly
of pre-Pulog volcanic rocks. Other major faults in the region trend north-northwest, northwest,
north-northeast and northeast; local faults usually have north-south or east-west strikes (Ferrer,
et al., 1986). The north-south faults are inferred to be the youngest, as well as the dominant
trend in the Pocdol Mountains (Panem and Alincastre, 1985). Seismic activity had been inferred
and ascribed to these north-south-trending faults, and slickensides are found where the SVLF
cuts Pleistocene limestone (Travaglia and Baes, 1979).
C.
Geology of Pocdol Mountains

1.
Stratigraphy (Stratigraphic Column of Rock Units and Cross

Sections)
Seven distinct lithostratigraphic units (Table 2.1.1-1) comprise the Pocdol Mountains, and
their subaerial distributions are shown in Figure 2.1.1-7. These rocks, together with two
sedimentary units (Gayong Formation and Rangas conglomerate) and two intrusive units
(Rangas microdiorite and Pangas intrusives), form the Pocdol Volcanic Field (PVF).
A cross section cutting across Mt. Pulog and Inang Maharang (E-W section) is shown in
Figure 2.1.1-8.
The following sections are discussions on the characteristics of the individual rock units.
p. 2.1.1- 3
1a
Basement Rocks
Subvolcanic basement rocks at PVF comprised of lenses of Late Miocene to Early
Pliocene calcareous to carbonaceous siltstones and sandstones of the Gayong
Formation (Gy) were encountered at about 1500 mRSL in boreholes Pal-8D and
6D in the Eastern Pocdol Mountains (EPM) (Reyes, 1985). The contact between
the overlying highly altered volcanic rocks, which are inferred herein to be the
Malobago Volcanics and Gayong Formation, are marked by sedimentary breccias.
The contact horizon shows angular to subrounded clasts cemented by diagenetic
calcite (Reyes, 1985).
1.b
Malobago Volcanics (Mgv)

This unit is composed dominantly of basaltic rocks, exposed mainly along river
valleys and beds at Magaho area. The age of Early Pliocene is proposed in the
absence of K-Ar age data.
Mgv shows variable lithologic but little petrographic variation. Most of the rocks are
vent facies assemblage consisting of lava flows and monolithologic to
heterolithologic tuff breccias. However, at lower elevations, rounded fragmental
deposits such as unconsolidated sand and gravel deposits are common. Lava flows
occur both in the upper and lower portions of the cone complex (i.e., Magaho area).
In most outcrops, the flow interiors are cut by blocky jointing; platy jointing is
generally developed near the base.
Massive but weakly-bedded, heterolithologic tuff breccias dominate the lower
portion of the cone complex and consist of angular to subrounded dense blocks
(<2m) with subordinate amount of rounded, vesicular, and highly oxidized bombs.
Clasts are matrix-supported consisting of subrounded to subangular lapilli and
coarse to medium-sized crystal lithic tuff.
1c.
Suminandig Volcanics (Sgv)

The rocks of the Sgv, with thickest outcrop of 30m, show a wide lithologic but
moderate petrographic variation, presumably due to its limited parental magma
source. The vent facies consists of highly eroded assemblage of volcanic breccias,
agglomerates and minor lavas. Interbedded with these rocks are abundant
moderately graded and sorted conglomerate breccias and pyroclastic breccias,
showing heterolithologic clasts. The clasts are usually dense, subrounded to
subangular, and ranged in size from pebbles to boulders. The clasts are supported
by a tuffaceous to sandy matrix.
In the vicinity of the Matacla Dome, a fault-bounded microdiorite dike, called the
Rangas microdiorite (Rm), has metamorphosed the adjacent Suminandig Volcanics
(Reyes, 1985). Hence, the unit is considered part of the Suminandig Volcanics.
Fluviatile materials, mixed with pyroclastic rocks, travertine, calcareous siltstone and
sandstone clasts, are found in the vicinity of Osiao and Matacla Done. The rocks
are named as Rangas conglomerate (Rc), which were eroded from the saddle of
Mt. Rangas. These rocks are perhaps the debris that were deposited during
periods of volcanic quiescence.
No absolute age is available for the Sgv, but they were perhaps erupted
concurrently with or following the volcanic activity of Malobago volcano. Hence, an
age of Early to Middle Pliocene is proposed. This unit is the oldest in the EPM.
p. 2.1.1- 4
1d.
Pangas Volcanics (Psv)

Pangas volcanics (Psv) is a thick series of dominantly andesitic rocks in the EPM.
The unit is named after Mt. Pangas, a faulted dome which, together with Botong
Dome, is interpreted to constitute the core of a large strato-volcano referred to as
the Pangas volcano. Fumaroles and steam-heated waters are present at Pangas
Dome.
A K-Ar date of the Osiao Dome yielded a minimum age of 1.5 Ma (Bruinsma, 1983).
Hence, the Pangas volcanics are considered to be Middle Pliocene to Early
Pleistocene in age.
In the Cawayan area, gabbroic to dioritic dikes or sills occur below +500 mRSL.
The intrusives are spatially and mineralogically related to the Pangas volcano, and
thus are named as the Pangas Intrusives (Pi). The timing of hypabyssal intrusions
is poorly known, but it is believed to be a separate event from the one that produced
the Rangas microdiorite.
1e.
Lison volcanics (Lnv)

The extrusives consist of voluminous tuff breccias, laharic breccias, and minor lavas
and pyroclastic breccias and agglomerates. Most of these are exposed along river
valleys; lavas are usually found as vertical cliffs along ridges. A good section is
observed near the highly eroded peak of Mt. Ticolob, where about 60m of columnar
jointed and sheeted lavas grade vertically into monolithologic tuff breccias. This unit
is the most widespread volcanic deposit in the Western Pocdol Mountains (WPM),
2
covering an area of about 25 km .
1f.
Kayabon Volcanics (Knv)

This unit is comprised dominantly of basaltic andesites exposed in the WPM. The
rocks are mostly tuff breccias and minor lavas, and are bounded by Buto and
Manitohan Rivers where most of the good sections (<20m) are found. Slumping of
upper slope materials formed inter-montane debris piles.
The upper boundary rocks, i.e., tuff breccias and minor lavas outcropping along the
Manitohan River, are unconformably underlain by lahars, volcanic breccias, laharic
breccias and volcaniclastic materials of the Cawayan volcanics.
1g.
Cawayan Volcanics (Cnv)

Named after the Cawayan crater in the EPM, this unit is heavily cut by faults
commonly marked by thermal seepages and hydrothermally-altered outcrops. The
rocks cap variably altered eruptives of the Pangas volcanics.
A recent K-Ar date of a lava sample from the Cawayan crater yielded a maximum
age of <40,000 years B.P., and a similar K-Ar age was also obtained from a crystal
lithic tuff sample from Mt. Pulog. Since no contact relationship between these rocks
was observed, their relative stratigraphic position is based on the degree of erosion.
It appears that Cawayan volcanism pre-dated Mt. Pulog eruptions by perhaps
10,000-100,000 years.
In the near-vent region, voluminous lavas, tuff breccias and minor lahars occur.
These rocks grade into moderately gently-dipping unwelded and poorly sorted tuff
breccias and laharic breccias some 6-10 km north-northwest of the crater at
p. 2.1.1- 5
Balabagon area. From here, the deposit almost imperceptibly grades into
unconsolidated and poorly sorted mudflows consisting of volcanic detritus near
Manito.
1h.
Pulog Volcanics (Pgv)

Pulog volcanics are named after Mt. Pulog, the least eroded volcanic cone in the
Pocdol Mountains. The summit region is occupied by a well-preserved crater
adjacent to a dome-shaped protrusion (1032 mRSL) which has steep margins down
to the western flanks of the volcano. In contrast, the eastern slopes show
moderately-dipping tuff breccias and lavas.
Abundant oxidized basaltic bombs are found in the summit area. Several of these
occur as subangular to subrounded clasts, mostly in the heterolithologic tuff
breccias exposed downstream. The pyroclastic flows are valley-filling deposits,
showing even tip surfaces consisting mostly of poorly to moderately sorted and
unwelded lithic crystal-rich tuffs. Juvenile lapilli clasts are usually subangular to
subrounded and several of these are vesicular. The rocks grade imperceptibly
downslope into indurated volcanic breccias usually enclosing large (>1m)
subangular to subrounded blocks.
2.
Structures
The San Vicente-Linao Fault (SVLF) is a major fault structure bisecting the Pocdol
Mountains (Figure 2.1.1-1). This appears to be related to movements along the
Philippine Fault. The trace of the SVLF in the BGPF is a 5-km wide sheared zone
referred to as the Bacman Fault Zone (Panem and Alincastre, 1985). A detailed structural
map of the BGPF is shown in Figure 2.1.1-9.
The trends of the regional faults were discussed in detail in the BACMAN-II Resource
Assessment Report (PNOC-EDC, 1989). The following discussions were lifted from the
report:
E-W Fault Sets: E-W-trending faults form a 5-km wide zone of criss-crossing faulting
across Bacman. The fault zone was interpreted as a displaced extension of the SVLF.
The SVLF was the site of late Pleistocene to Recent volcanism in the study area and is
now characterized by block-faulted topography.
Alternatively, the SVLF can be
interpreted as a dextral wrench fault, and its inception is probably associated with the
Malobago volcanism in Early Pliocene.
NW and NE Fault Sets: The NW fault set is generally oriented between 310-320 fault
trends. These faults bisect the SVLF at acute angles. No horizontal displacement has
been observed; slickensides suggest dominantly vertical movements. These faults
apparently control the deep south-eastward flow of geothermal fluids. Conjugate NE fault
sets trending 040-050 are present, but are relatively few in numbers.
N-NNE Fault Sets: The preferred orientation of the N-NNE fault sets lies between 010020. These faults have characteristic long surface traces bisecting the SVLF. This trend
is regional in extent and is observed across Southern Luzon (Ferrer et al., 1986) and on
Leyte Island (Delfin and Tebar, 1986). These faults are mostly exposed at West Bacman,
where vertical displacements are dominant and horst and graben features are common.
The 1:50,000 scale map shows the detailed fault data in the study area by Panem and
Alincastre (1985).
p. 2.1.1- 6
3.
Geology of the Tanawon Area
Several volcanic centers of varying compositions namely, Tanawon, Rangas and Matakla
dome were identified in the sector (Figure 2.1.1- 7). An intrusive body and sedimentary
rock units are exposed within the area covered by the Rangas volcanics. The intrusive
body is associated with skarn-like and hornfels alteration at the contact between the
intrusive and Rangas volcanics.
Geomorphological and stratigraphic evidences suggest that the Tanawon eruptive center
is relatively older than those of Pangas, Botong domes and the Cawayan volcanics. On
the other hand, the Rangas volcanics appear to be coeval with the Tanawon volcanics.
Faults that cut Tanawon and Rangas volcanics have preferred orientations of NW-SE and
nearly N-S. These fault trends were also observed in Pangas and Botong. Thermal
manifestations found in the area are closely associated with these structures.
D.
Geomorphology
Major geomorphic features of the Pocdol Mountains are presented in Figure 2.1.1-10. The
morphology of the area is typical of a slightly to moderately eroded volcanic region. Here,
closely spaced eruptive vents still display their distinctive crater-like structures. In cases where
they are heavily eroded, hydrothermal activity is sometimes present.
Figure 2.1.1-3 shows the map of the BGPF based on hillshading technique. This covers the
Tanawon development block and the existing BGPF block. The regional drainage system of the
area is mainly dendritic to sub-dendritic. However, a closer analysis of its drainage segments
suggests an angular drainage system probably associated with a NW- and NE-trending fault
system. The latter anomalous drainage pattern can also be ascertained from the radial drainage
pattern mainly pronounced around major volcanic centers.
Topographic data shows a terrain accentuated by volcanic craters or depressions. The highest
peak of ~1080 mASL is exhibited by Mount Pangas, which is located to the northeast of the
Tanawon-Damoy area. The homogeneous character of the volcanic terrain at BGPF mainly
influences the drainage pattern. A digital elevation model of the BGPF is shown in Figure 2.1.111.
The Pocdol Mountains may be subdivided into two broad sectors (Tebar, 1988; Figure 2.1.110). These are:
1.
Western Pocdol Mountains (WPM)
This sector is defined by intensely-eroded volcanic flow units, particularly within the region
of the San Vicente-Linao Fault (SVLF) zone. Several collapse features are present in the
vicinity of Lison Dome, but hydrothermal manifestations are minimal. To the north of the
WPM are the Manito Lowlands, a low undulating and hummocky terrain, typical of lahar
fields (Neall, 1976).
2.
Eastern Pocdol Mountains (EPM)
This area is formed by clusters of heavily dissected multiple-vent composite cones and
domes. Of these, the highest is Mt. Pangas (1082 masl). Majority of the thermal features,
as well as present and future geothermal developments, are confined in this sector.
p. 2.1.1- 7
E.
Geophysics
Results of the Schlumberger Vertical Electrical Sounding (VES) defined the BGPF resource as
having relatively low to intermediate resistivity values of <50 ohm-m, which is bounded in the
north, east-southeast and south by high resistivity blocks (Figure 2.1.1-12).
Two areas were identified to have good potential of yielding additional resource. These are
located south of Tanawon volcanic center and within Rangas. The re-contoured data in
Tanawon adds an area of about 1 km2 and the conductive zone centered at Rangas volcanic
center is about 3 km2. The total area of 4 km2 excluded the area 500 m beyond the bottom zone
of CN-3D and OP-3D.
With the drilling success of CN-3D, a review of resistivity and vertical electrical sounding data
within the areas of Tanawon and Rangas volcanic centers resulted in the recontouring of the 50
ohm-m bottom layer resistivity south of Tanawon. This moved the 50 ohm-m contour line about
1 km to the south from the previous interpretation. The new data opened possibilities for further
expansion to the south. Hence, the Tanawon geothermal development.
In 1997, Los Baos and Olivar updated the regional and microgravity model of the BGPF.
Figure 2.1.1-13 shows the Bouguer anomaly map. The prominent feature is the broad gravity
high enclosed by gravity values of >54 mgals. This anomaly is elongated in an east-west
direction. The Bacman Fault Zone lies within the southern tip of this gravity anomaly. Gravity
lows, interpreted to be related to the sedimentary deposits in the area, were also noted in the
vicinity of Sorsogon and Bo. Buenavista, Manito. The regional Bouguer anomaly maps point to
an increase in gravity values in a northwest direction towards Albay where outcrops of the
metamorphic basement consisting of schist, metavolcanics and altered metasediments have
been mapped.
F.
Geochemistry
1.
BGPF
Based on the geochemistry of surface manifestations, the upflow of the geothermal

resource at BGPF is inferred beneath Mt. Pangas, where fumarolic activities and steamheated waters are mapped. The apparent lateral extent of the system is indicated by the
distribution of chloride springs at low elevations towards Inang Maharang to the northwest
and towards the southwest. The radial distribution of natural thermal manifestations
around Mt. Pangas supports the model of a high relief, volcanic arc-related geothermal
system.
Deep wells drilled in the area confirmed the BGPF resource model. The Botong-Pangas
sector has been identified as the center of the resource. The model was supported with
the use of chemical field trends (i.e. Iso-Cl, TSiO2, SO4TD, CO2TD and the ratios Cl/B,
Cl/SO4, CO2/H2S). Cl-H diagram, gas equilibria, gas geothermometers and isotope data
were used to deduce the different reservoir processes.
The deep liquid reservoir upflows near well OP-4D at a temperature of >320C, with
salinity of ~8000 mg/kg Cl and gas content of 2% by weight (Figure 2.1.1-14). Fluids in
the Botong sector have the highest gas content (CO2, H2S and residual gases) among
other sectors, suggesting close proximity to the heat source. This is consistent with
isotope data, where Botong waters are the most 18O shifted, especially that of OP-6D and
OP-3D. It is probable the Botong fluids have significant contribution from a highly 18Oshifted deep-seated parent water, inherent in a high temperature geothermal system. The
high temperature, water-dominated reservoir extends to the vicinity of wells OP-3D, Pal8D, Pal-10D, Pal-11D, Pal-14D and Pal-13D. Beyond this high temperature perimeter,
p. 2.1.1- 8
the fluid starts to loose vapor and gases as it moves towards the west, southwest and
northwest directions along natural hydraulic gradients and geologic structures towards the
lowlands.
Downhole geochemistry data and extensive stable isotope analysis of water, gas and
solid samples showed that the acid-SO4 fluids encountered in some wells (e.g. CN-1, CN2D, Pal-2D, Pal-9D) are formed from near surface oxidation of H2S. Acid fluids percolate
down to greater depths through faults and structures. There is no evidence on the
presence or role of SO2 and elemental S in the acid fluid formation. Likewise, gas
geochemistry interpretation confirms the absence of active magmatic component in the
system.
2.
Tanawon area
Except for the dilute warm springs and altered grounds to the north and south of the
Rangas and Tanawon areas, no major thermal manifestation was found in Tanawon.
Outside Rangas, there are impressive travertine spring deposits southeast of the BGPF
resource. The springs are secondary, characterized as dilute neutral Na-Ca-SO4-HCO3
waters but with warm temperatures ranging from 32 to 37 C. The neutral-pH and spring
chemistry indicate neutralization of the shallow steam-heated acidic aquifer fluids by
limestones in the area. Hence, solute water-based geothermometers cannot be applied to
these waters.
For Tanawon, the deep reservoir temperature can be approximated by using the data
obtained from CN-3D. No primary spring was found in this sector. Surface manifestations
are the cold acid-SO4 springs and the cold gas seepages found in Damoy. The gas
geothermometers are shown in Table 2.1.1-2.
The TDAP temperatures of Damoy approximate the minimum reservoir temperature in the
Cawayan sector, which is adjacent to the Tanawon area. The values are too low
compared to actual temperatures encountered. Hence, TDAP may represent shallower
acid-SO4 reservoir.
The chemical and stable isotopic composition of Alinao, Palhi, Bucal-bucalan springs and
Puting Bato creek (perennial surface waters) are comparable to that of cold meteoric
waters (Buenviaje and Solis, 1992).
3.
Reservoir Geochemistry
The typical discharge chemistry of well CN-3D may be used to characterize reservoir
geochemistry of the Tanawon sector. The discharge chemistry of well CN-3D is
characterized by neutral pH, gas depleted single-phase fluid with a reservoir chloride of
6000 mg/kg. It has a reservoir sulfate of 14-19 mg/kg, a moderately high quartz
temperature of 272C, and a mean NCG content of only 0.1% by weight at target depth or
0.6% at 0.7 Mpaa. Field temperature contours are shown in Figure 2.1.1-15.
G.
Seismicity
Figure 2.1.1- 16 shows the spatial distribution of seismicity in the Philippines from 1608 to 1997
(Philvolcs, 1997). Considering only the significant earthquakes in the Philippines having
magnitudes of 6.5 from 1608-1996, there were two earthquake epicenters in Southern Luzon
within a 100 km-distance from the BGPF. These earthquakes happened in 1865 (magnitude 7.9)
and 1877 (magnitude 6.9). There was no significant earthquake (M>6.5) near the area in the
1900s.
p. 2.1.1- 9
PNOC-EDC conducts baseline seismological studies prior to the operation of a new geothermal
plant. This is to monitor changes, if any, in the level of seismicity that may be brought about by
fluid extraction and localized events associated with injection in new sectors. An array of analog
seismographs was set up in the field before BACMAN I and II were tested and commissioned in
1993 (Rigor, 1995). All stations are equipped with a 1.0 Hertz vertical seismometer. Time
synchronization is either through a portable clock or a radio output injected into each recorder
every two days. The seismic monitoring with a total of seven stations were operated for six
weeks from November to December 15, 1993.
There were recorded microearthquake swarms in 1993 at the BGPF. Some of the events were
most likely induced events that coincided with the geothermal operation while the others were
attributed to natural events. In Palayang Bayan sector, this relationship is supported by the
coincidence of the injection experiment in Pal-3RD and the fluctuation in its wellhead pressures
coupled with the sudden increase in its capacity. The largest recorded event has a magnitude of
Ms 2.3, although it could not be determined if the event was due to natural or injection-induced
events. The average depth of focus is 2.0 km (Rigor, 1995).
At present, one analog seismograph located at the BGPF administration complex monitors the
time and number of seismic events in the area. To date, there has been no recorded significant
seismic activity (Ms>5.0) that has affected the field (Layugan, 2001 pers. comm.).
1.
Tectonic Earthquake
The Philippine Trench, located about 400 km east of the BGPF, is the possible source of
tectonic earthquake in the area. Additionally, the Philippine fault close to the area may
also produce minimal vibrations in the project site when accumulated stresses are
suddenly released.
The SVLF, which is possibly related to the Philippine Fault characterized by a 5-km-wide
sheared zone, is also a potential hazard in the project area. The N-S-trending faults area
also potential source of minor earthquakes, as they are the youngest structures present in
BGPF.
2.
Volcanic earthquake
Because of the distance of active volcanoes Mt. Mayon (19 km to the northwest) and Mt.
Bulusan (21 km to the southeast) to the project site, the seismic effect, if any, is projected
to be insignificant. Past volcanic activities of the two volcanoes have not significantly
affected the project site. High-magnitude (>Ms 6.5) earthquake may attenuate to the
project site, but with a g factor of around 0.24 for the hard rocks, ground movements may
not be devastating.
H.
Peak Horizontal Acceleration Factors (g Factors)
Ground peak horizontal acceleration baseline data for the Philippines was established by
Thenhaus (1995). Figs. 2.1.1-17 and 2.1.1-18 show the contour maps of g for rocks and
medium soils, respectively. Based on the maps, the BGPF could be designated a g value of
0.38 for medium soils and 0.24 for rocks.
The Effective Peak Acceleration (EPA) is defined as the average Spectral Acceleration (SA)
from 0.1 to 0.5 second. SA is the maximum response of a single degree of freedom (SDOF)
structure with 5% damping subjected to ground motion. The ground motion (i.e., due to
earthquakes) is dependent on local soil conditions, earthquake magnitude and its epicentral
p. 2.1.1- 10
distance from the project site. The calculated EPA of 0.3 g (for medium soils) is based on Ms =
7.0 at an epicentral distance of 70 km from Tanawon area.
Considering the EPA for the Tanawon sector, a standard value was adopted by the PNOC-EDC
Engineering Design group for the horizontal seismic factor in the design of buildings, pipe
supports for the FCDS and power plants. The values range from 0.25 g and 0.6 g for the pipe
supports and power plants, respectively (Gagto, 2001 pers. comm.). For buildings and other
infrastructures, figures between 0.1 g to 0.4 g are used. The seismic factor is dependent on the
type of soil present in the study area.
The residual soil within Tanawon is only about 1-2 meters thick, most are products of alteration
and weathering of the underlying volcanics or pyroclastic materials. Hence, most of the
foundation of the structures to built in Tanawon will be founded on solid bedrock.
The site-specific Peak Ground Acceleration (PGA) within Tanawon was calculated using the
attenuation relation for Japan developed by Fukushima and Tanaka (1990) since Japan and the
Philippines have similar geotectonic setting. The formula is: Log10A = 0.41M Log10
(R+0.032*100.41M) 0.0034R + 1.30 where A is the mean peak acceleration (cm/sec2), R is the
shortest distance between the site and the fault rupture (km) and M is surface wave magnitude.
Shown in Table 2.1.1-3 are the results of the calculations assuming different earthquake
scenarios from different possible earthquake sources.
The magnitude assigned for the San Vicente-Linao Fault is a conservative values since there is
no historical data that would quantify the magnitude that the fault is generated. Assuming that
the fault could generate a magnitude of Ms 7.5, the g value in Tanawon is about 0.33 for hard
rocks and 0.48 hard-medium soils. Possible Ms 8.0 earthquakes from the Philippine Fault and
Manila trench would generate minimal ground shaking in Tanawon.
Hence, the values used by EDCs Design group in foundation designs are sufficient to
accommodate ground hazards that are associated with the three possible earthquake
generators.
I.
Natural Hazards
1. Mass Movements
a. Existing Minor and Major slides/slope failures and potential
forms of mass movement
Shown in Figure 2.1.1-18a are the mass movements observed along the road leading
to Tanawon Pad C. These movements are:
a.1 Slip failure (Anthropogenic)
Increase in pore pressure due to excessive rainfall combined with steep slope
resulted to the development of a slip plane which later on led to failure. The slide
material, which is no more than a few cubic meters in volume, is composed of
highly weathered pyroclastic materials. The slip failure is about 2 meters wide and
3 meters long resulting to the formation of a small gully. This observed mass
movement is very localized along the road leading to pad C.
a.2 Creep (Natural)
p. 2.1.1- 11
Creep is an imperceptibly slow, more or less continuous downward and outward

movement of slope-forming soil or rock. The movement is essentially viscous
under gravity-induced shear stress sufficient to produce permanent deformation
but too small to produce shear failure.
Creep usually happens in areas denuded by forest cover. Except near the banks
of rivers and volcanic depressions, the occurrence of creep in the BGPF is
unlikely since the area is covered mostly by forest. Reforestation projects by the
PNOC-EDC EMD group addresses such issues when the need arises.
The leaning orientation of trees and shrubs within a 6 m2 area along the upper
slope of the road leading to pad C suggests a creep that have resulted to minor
slides. This condition may further be aggravated specially during high rainfall
events.
a.3
Slumping (Anthropogenic)
Slumping is the downward slipping of a mass of rock or unconsolidated material of

any size, moving as a unit, usually with backward rotation on a more or less
horizontal axis parallel to the slope from which it descends.
In Tanawon, relatively steep slope and poorly to slightly consolidated pyroclastic
materials have resulted to minor slumping along a portion of the road to pad C.
This resulted to the formation of a small gully along the road cut. However, the
slope appears to have stabilized as the angle of repose became less steep.
There is a potential that over-saturation during high rainfall may still widen the
slump area.
a.4
Rockfall (Natural/Anthropogenic)
Rockfall is defined as the relatively free-falling of newly detached segment of a

bedrock of any size. The triggering mechanism for a rock to fall in areas of steep
slopes, cliffs and ravines like road cuts and river channels are large magnitude
earthquakes and strong typhoons. This would probably occur on steep slopes
road cuts on volcanic lava deposits in the area.
In Tanawon, the steep road cuts through relatively fresh lava flows; rockfalls can
occur during extreme rainfall accompanied by high wind velocities and
earthquakes. The expected rockfalls may vary from pebble to boulder sizes,
depending on the intensity of typhoon and degree of ground shaking that may
occur in the area.
a.5
Landslide
Landslide is the general term used for the downward movement of earth materials
(rocks and soils) caused by several factors such as tectonic and volcanic
earthquake-induced ground shaking, unstable slopes, and oversaturation with
water during extremely high rainfall events.
The vegetated areas identified as having moderate to steep slopes (>40 slope
angle) are stable, but the occurrence of high magnitude earthquakes and typhoon
may render these slopes to be unstable. Unstable areas along road cuts and
other PNOC-EDC facilities were stabilized using ripraps and retaining walls
combined with replanting of vegetation. Potential landslide hazard areas in BGPF
p. 2.1.1- 12
were identified by Bien in 1999 and protective measures had been implemented
since.
a.6
Rockslide
Rockslide is the downward and usually rapid movement of newly detached

segments of the bedrock sliding on bedding, joint, or fault surfaces or any other
plane of separation.
Natural and man-made disturbances such as high magnitude earthquakes, strong
typhoons, road and pad developments and forest denudation could trigger
rockslides. Slope protection are implemented by PNOC-EDC on steep slopes like
rip-rapping and construction of retaining walls, except on areas where the roads
are cut through relatively fresh and stable volcanic deposits.
2.
Erodibility of the slopes
Factors that contribute to natural erosional processes are the type of lithology, vegetation,
steepness of slope, permeability of the soil or rock and geologic structures. These
processes are normally induced by external factors such as abnormally heavy
precipitation, typhoons and ground shaking due to tectonic or volcanic-related
earthquakes.
Within the Tanawon area the surface lithology is composed of highly altered pyroclastic
deposit (tephra) having a thickness of about 10 meters. This pyroclastic material is
underlain by about 1800 meters-thick volcanics. Minor erosions have already started to
occur on the road cut leading to pad C, but these have already been mitigated and poses
no impending danger. A drainage system for surface runoff was properly constructed on
the periphery of the pad and along the road.
3.
Hydrologic hazard - creek/river scouring
Rivers naturally scour its banks, especially during periods of high water stages brought by
high rainfall events. Since the project area is located at the headwaters of the Cawayan
and Rizal Rivers, scouring is unlikely to occur since the volume of river discharge is
minimal compared to downstream sections. Additionally, the relatively fresh volcanics in
the area are not prone to erosion.
4.
Volcanic eruption
The active volcanoes near the BGPF are the Mayon volcano to the northwest and Mt.
Bulusan to the southeast. These are located about 19 and 21 km aerial distance from the
project, respectively (Figure 2.1.1- 1). Depending on predominant wind directions during
volcanic activities and the height of the volcanic column, the potential hazards in the
BGPF would come mainly from volcanic ash falls.
J.
Engineering Geology
p. 2.1.1- 13
1. Geotechnical Parameters
Using the CSIR (Council of Scientific and Industrial Research) Geomechanics
Classification of jointed rock masses (after Bienawski, 1974), two outcrops were evaluated
for field geotechnical parameters. These areas are at pad C and along the road to pad C
The observed rock characteristics are shown in Table 2.1.1-4.
The data indicates that rock exposures along the road to pad C are generally andesitic
volcanic lava flows that vary in the degree of alterations but considered good as slope
material. Except for extreme cases of strong typhoons, earthquakes and volcanic
eruptions, the slopes along the road are relatively stable.
2. Preliminary Global and Local Slope Stability Analysis

In relation to slope stability, the general criteria adopted by PNOC-EDC in the design of
cut and fill batters for well pads, pipe corridors and road construction are as follows:
0.25H: 1V
- for fresh to moderately weathered rock cuttings of any height
0.50H: 1V
- for cuttings in highly weathered rock and soil up to 6m high
1.0H: 1V
- for cuttings greater than 6m high or in hydrothermally altered

areas
1.5H: 1V
- for fill batters
Unless otherwise determined through site inspection that specific soil conditions be
considered, the above design slopes are followed.
a. Preliminary Global
Considering that the general slope condition in the geothermal field ranges from 18o to
greater than 50o, a criteria for cut slopes higher than 6m was established to aid in the
construction of pilot roads, temporary pipe corridors and well pads.
A typical 10-m high slope was considered appropriate in the preliminary investigation
and result of the slope stability suggests a cut-batter of 1H: 1V using conservative soil
parameters. This cut-batter being adopted on all pilot works of PNOC-EDC
geothermal projects. Below is a summary of slope stability computations using the
Fellenius method of slices.
Factor of Safety
Potential Failure
Plane No.
Static Condition
1
2
3
2.0 (safe)
1.60 (safe)
1.87 (safe)
Pseudo-static Condition
@ 0.12g
@0.15g
1.64 (safe)
1.57 (safe)
1.29 (safe)
1.23 (safe)
1.48 (safe)
1.41 (safe)
b. Local
p. 2.1.1- 14
Slope stability analyses were conducted on the existing opened areas of the project
site, particularly on the typical sections of wellpad C-1 and the road going to the said
pad. Soil parameters used in the analyses were derived from the exposures on the
new road cut and pad excavation.
b.1 Well Pad C-1
As-built pad configuration exhibited an average slope batter of 1.77H: 1V. With its
typical clayey material of medium to high plasticity fines, stability factors computed
using the Fellenius method of slices ranged from 2.36 to 3.75 for both static and
pseudo-static conditions. Below is the result of the stability analysis conducted on the
pad-slope for three (3) potential failure planes.
Potential Failure Plane
No.
Factor of Safety
Static Condition
1
2
3
3.75 (safe)
3.24 (safe)
3.65 (safe)
Pseudo static Condition

@ 0.12g
@ 0.15g
2.95 (safe)
2.50 (safe)
2.73 (safe)
2.79 (safe)
2.36 (safe)
2.56 (safe)
b.2 Road to Pad C-1

With the roads steep slope of 0.50H: 1V, computed slope stability factors ranged from
1.02 to 1.50, with its clayey type of soil. This type of road section is very common on
pilot roads where the cuts/excavations are made just to provide access to the rig
equipment.
Potential Failure Plane
No.
Factor of Safety
Static Condition
1
2
3
1.50 (safe)
1.27 (unsafe)
1.49 (unsafe)
Pseudo static Condition

@ 0.12g
@ 0.15g
1.31 (safe)
1.07 (unsafe)
1.23 (safe)
1.26 (safe)
1.02 (unsafe)
1.18 (safe)
Appendix H presents the computations for global and local slope stability analysis.
K.
Petrological analysis of surface rocks
The Modal compositions of both the Western Pocdol Mountains (WPM) and the Eastern Pocdol
Mountains (EPM) are shown in Tables 2.1.1-5 and 2.1.1-6. Figure 2.1.1- 19 shows the location
map of the selected sampling stations pertinent to the Tanawon area.
WPM lavas are holocrystalline and are largely porphyritic with total phenocryst (>0.2 mm)
contents ranging from 44 to 61 volume percent. Plagioclase is the most abundant (27-35%),
followed by clinopyroxene (2-7%), orthopyroxene (trace-5%) and rare amphibole (trace-4%);
clinopyroxene phenocrysts are consistently more abundant than orthopyroxene phenocrysts.
There is poor correlation of plagioclase to total Fe-Mg silicate ratios from basalt to andesite in
WPM lavas. This ratio is expected to increase with increasing acidity, due to decreasing
abundance of Fe and Mg in the melt as SiO2 increases. The preponderance of plagioclase
phenocrysts and the common occurrence of titanomagnetite inclusions within olivine crystals,
p. 2.1.1- 15
and the rare cases where the olivines are in turn included within augite megacryst indicate a
crystallization sequence of titanomagnetite-olivine-clinopyroxene-orthopyroxene-amphibole,
concurrent with plagioclase. The disappearance of olivine in basaltic andesites and andesites of
the WPM lavas suggests final olivine crystallization in liquid compositions of <52 weight % SiO2,
where it is replaced by orthopyroxene.
The EPM lavas comprise basaltic andesite to dacite, but the majority are andesites (n=16).
These rocks range from strong to weakly porphyritic. Groundmass textures vary from pilotaxitichyalopilitic to microgranular. Plagioclase feldspar is the most dominant phase (21-45%) and is
typically more abundant than mafic minerals. Rare K-feldspars (trace amounts) are present as
microphenocryst and matrix phases in andesites and dacites. Nearly 50% of samples contain
opacite-rimmed hornblendes, which are most abundant in rocks containing >60% SiO2.
Alternatively, the ratio of plagioclase to total Fe-Mg silicate phases has poor correlation with
increasing silica, as observed in WPM lavas. Olivines are not found in the EPM, which may
have been completely replaced by orthopyroxenes. Subhedral to anhedral titanomagnetites
vary from 1 to 7% and occur as microphenocrysts, groundmass components, and inclusions
within plagioclases and pyroxenes. The ubiquity of plagioclases and titanomagnetite, which are
both included in pyroxenes and amphiboles, indicates an order of crystallization of
titanomagnetite-pyroxene-amphibole, accompanied by plagioclase.
L.
Geochemical Analysis of surface rocks
In retrospect to the two groups of lavas, they are clearly differentiated on the basis of the silica
versus potash diagram (Figure 2.1.1- 20), to wit:
(1)
The WPM series consists of medium-K high alumina basalt to high-K basaltic andesite to
medium- and high-K andesite, which lie entirely in the field of calcalkaline series (Jakes
and Gill, 1970), and
(2)
The EPM series comprises of low-K basaltic andesite to medium-K andesite to medium
dacite, and rocks containing <56% SiO2 plot in the field island arc tholeiitic series but the
bulk of EPM rocks (57.3-64.6 % SiO2) plots within the transition zone between calcalkaline and island-arc tholeiitic series.
Similarly, pronounced variations in the abundance of high field strength (HFS) ions and large-ion
lithophile (LIL) elements are apparent between WPM and EPM series lavas.
Table 2.1.1- 7 shows the representative major element composition of EPM and WPM series
lavas. Locations of selected sampling stations are indicated in Figure 2.1.1-10.
1.
Major Elements
Silica values of volcanic rocks in the field range from 50 to 65%. Hence, the rocks belong
to the basalt-andesite-dacite suite common in island arc settings. Most rocks have silica
contents between 57 and 62%; this reflects the predominance of andesites in the sample
population.
2.
Aluminum, Calcium, Magnesium, Total Iron, Titanium and

Phosphorous
p. 2.1.1- 16
Aluminum content is high in all rocks, ranging from 16.65 to 20.46%. Some EPM lavas
exhibit constant Al2O3 values with increasing silica content, which is different from usual
negative trend.
Calcium behaves similarly to Al2O3, and ranges from 6.05-9.37% in WPM lavas and 4.769.62% in EPM lavas. The trend is a strong indication that clinopyroxene and plagioclase
fractionation occurs in both WPM and EPM lavas.
Magnesium contents are consistently lower in WPM (4.69-2.75%) than in EPM (5.562.34%) lavas. EPM rocks also show more scatter and a greater decrease with increasing
silica than WPM lavas, which probably reflect the greater abundance of modal pyroxenes
in EPM rocks.
Total iron also behaves similarly to MgO, and ranges from 4.6-8.7%. The total FeO is
comparable to CaO, typical of calcalkaline volcanic suites.
Titanium contents of WPM (0.61-1.08%) and EPM (0.50-0.98%) lavas are generally low
(<1.3% TiO2) and are typical of rocks at convergent plate margins. EPM lavas exhibit
more scatter than WPM lavas, particularly in the basaltic andesite range. This probably
reflects the extreme modal contents of titanomagnetite (1.0-6.5%) in these rocks.
Similarly, there is an indication that TiO2 peaks at 54% SiO2, possibly suggesting
titanomagnetite precipitation.
Phosphorous contents in orogenic andesites are typically low, between 0.05-0.30%.
Values reported here vary from 0.11-0.40% P2O5. EPL lavas have generally lower P2O5
contents (0.11-0.20%) which remains almost constant, and then decrease in bulk rocks
>62% SiO2. In contrast, WPM lavas have higher P2O5 values (0.12-0.40%) showing
considerable scatter particularly in andesites. This observed feature indicates apatite
precipitation, but this mineral was not observed in these lavas.
3.
Alkalies
In both WPM and EPM lavas, K2O correlates positively with SiO2. This implies that
potassium is strongly incompatible through the entire compositional range. Sodium is
constrained in plagioclase (0.5-7.5% Na2O) and hence, is more compatible than
potassium. WPM lavas are more strongly correlated with SiO2 than with EPM lavas. This
condition may reflect the narrow modal proportions of plagioclase (26-38 volume %) in
WPM rocks compared to wider variations in EPM lavas (15-50 volume %).
M.
Trace Elements
Table 2.1.1-8 shows the trace elements composition on selected sampling stations shown in
Figure 2.1.1-18.
1.
Rubidium, Barium and Strontium
The abundance of these large-ion lithophile (LIL) elements is consistently higher in WPM
than EPM lavas, usually by 1.5 to 2.0 times.
Rubidium and Barium show almost identical patterns to K2O. Both EPM andesite and
dacite trends are still present. The scatter in the andesite range of both Rb and Ba in
WPM lavas is associated with large modal variations of clinopyroxenes (2-7%) and
orthopyroxenes (1.5-5.5%).
p. 2.1.1- 17
Strontium trends are opposite Rb and Ba because Sr, being a compatible element,
preferentially goes to plagioclase feldspars. The Sr scatter in the basaltic andesite range
(EPM andesite trend) defines considerable variations in modal plagioclase (30-50%),
orthopyroxene (1-6%) and clinopyroxene (2-8%); whereas the constant slope at >61%
SiO2 (EPM dacite trend) corresponds to increasing modal plagioclase (20-37%) and
hornblende (7-12%), and decreasing clinopyroxene (4%-trace) and orthopyroxene (7-2%).
2.
Zirconium
Zirconium, an incompatible high field strength (HFS) cation, has behavior similar to Rb
and Ba.
3.
Vanadium, Nickel and Chromium
Abundance of the ferromagnesian elements in both lava series is characteristically low,

i.e., in WPM lavas (V, 30`-145 ppm; Ni, 21-7 ppm; Cr, 25-5 ppm) and in EPM lavas (V,
220-109 ppm; Ni, 30-6 ppm; and Cr, 39-5 ppm). These concentrations are too low for
liquid in equilibrium with mantle peridotite (Gill, 1981).
N.
Integrated Hydrogeochemical Model with Resistivity Contours
The hydrological model for the BGPF, as shown in Figure 2.1.1-21, is typical of the major
geothermal systems known in the Philippines wherein the center of the resource is identified by
the presence of fumaroles and steam-heated waters at high elevations. The lateral extent of the
system is indicated by the distribution of chloride springs at low elevations (Solis et al., 1994).
The center of the geothermal reservoir is postulated beneath Mt. Pangas as indicated by
fumarolic activity at Pangas crater and the presence of cold acid-sulfate springs and warm
bicarbonate springs. The deep liquid reservoir upflows near well OP-4D with an initial salinity of
8000 mg/kg Cl and gas content of 2% by weight. Based on measured stable well temperatures,
the hottest (>300C) portion lies beneath Mt. Pangas and reveals a major outflow direction
towards Puting Bato where altered grounds, a kaipohan and the other acid-sulfate spring exist.
Further west in the Inang Maharang area, acid-sulfate-bicarbonate hotsprings, steaming ground
and hot bubbling pool can be observed. The outflow extends towards the north where the warm
HCO3-springs are found. Decreasing isotherm contours and the presence of bicarbonate springs
indicate a minor outflow towards the east and south-southeast sector of Mt. Pangas. Likewise,
another minor outflow zone was also identified towards the south-southwest as indicated by the
presence of altered grounds, kaipohan, cold gas seepages and acid-sulfate springs at
Cawayan and Damoy.
Based on results of Schlumberger Vertical Electrical Soundings (VES), the geothermal resource
in BGPF is defined by a relatively low to intermediate resistivity values of <50 ohm-m and is
bounded in the north, east-southeast and south by high resistivity blocks (Layugan, 1986).
While there is a current lack of surface evidence, subsurface data like reservoir chemistry,
temperature, pressure and permeability show that Rangas and Tanawon are still part of the
main upflow zone located in the eastern Palayang Bayan-Pangas area. However, the Tanawon
area may be at the edge of the main upflow zone as inferred from resistivity anomaly,
geochemical and reservoir field contours. There is no significant temperature decline towards
the south of OP-3D. No significant pressure declines are seen south of CN-3D and OP-4D.
Cawayan is shown to lie within the perimeter of the upflow zone with upflowing fluids reaching
CN-3D.
p. 2.1.1- 18
The subsurface geology data of OP-3D also indicates promising results in terms of elevated
temperatures and neutral-pH alteration suite. The well bottom lies southeast of the Botong
Dome and taps the Botong-Pangas upflow fluids. The re-contouring of the 50 ohm-m contour
may be justifiable in view of the success of CN-3D drilled beneath the Tanawon volcanic crater.
The new sectoral distribution of BACMAN II, including Tanawon blcok, are summarized as
follows (Figure 2.1.1-22):
Sector C + I
Sector G
Sector K
Sector L
Sector H
Sector M
Sector D
Sector E/F
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Cawayan
Botong
Tanawon
Rangas A/B
M & R for Cawayan/Botong
RI sector for Cawayan
RI sector for Botong
M & R for BACMAN I
p. 2.1.1- 19
TABLE 2.1.1- 1
STRATIGRAPHY OF POCDOL
MOUNTAINS
(CorellDraw)
p. 2.1.1- 20
Table 2.1.1-2: Calculated gas geothermometry of Damoy gas seepages

Sources
Temperature (C)
TDAP (Baltasar, 1981)

(Lovelock, 1984)
TARN (Baltasar, 1981)
229
177
300
TDAP = DAmore and Panichi (1980)

TARN = Arnorsson et al. (1982)
Table 2.1.1-3: Calculated Peak Ground Acceleration values

Possible Earthquake
Source
San Vicente-Linao Fault

Philippine Fault
Philippine Trench
Possible earthquake
Magnitude
7.5
8.0
8.0
Distance
(km)
4
43
240
Calculated PGA (g) values

Rock
Hard-Medium Soil
Soft Soil
0.33
0.16
0.01
0.48
0.23
0.02
0.78
0.37
0.03
p. 2.1.1- 21
Table 2.1.1-4: Observed Rock Characteristics of Two Outcrops at Tanawon Area

Parameter
Strength of Intact Rock material
Rating
Rock Quality Designation (RQD)
Rating
Spacing of Joints
Rating
Condition of Joints
Rating
Groundwater
Rating
Strike and Dip orientation of joints
Ratings
As foundation
As slope
Cohesion
Friction Angle
Unit Weight
Overall Rating
As foundation
As slope
Class no.
Description
Pad C
1 - 2 MPa
4
50%
13
0.3 1m
20
Slightly rough surface, Joint
separation <1mm,
Soft joint wall rock
12
None, though material
slightly moist
10
Favorable
Road to pad C
4 - 8 MPa
12
75%
17
0.3 1m
20
Slightly rough surface, Joint
separation <1mm, Hard joint wall
rock
20
None
-2
-5
-2
-5
150 200 MPa

35o 40o
200 - 300 MPa

40o 45o
57
54
III
Fair rock
77
74
II
Good rock
10
Favorable
Table 2.1.1-5: Modal compositions of WPM series lavas taken from a minimum of 500
points (Tebar, 1988)
Field Number
Lithologic Unit
Phenocryst mode (Volume % ;
500 counts)
Plagioclase
Clinopyroxene
Orthopyroxene
Hornblende
Olivine
Iron Oxide
12
Lnv
14
Mgv
39
Lnv
32.6
2.4
1.4
1.2
2.4
35.4
2.4
0.2
3.4
2.2
33.4
6.2
5.2
0.2
2.0
59.8
56.4
53
87
86
74
Groundmass
Plg/(Plg+Px+Hb)
p. 2.1.1- 22
Table 2.1.1- 6: Modal compositions of EPM series lavas taken from a minimum of 500 points (Tebar, 1988).
Field Number
Lithologic Unit
Phenocryst mode (volume %; 500
counts)
Plagioclase
Clinopyroxene
Orthopyroxene
Hornblende
Iron Oxide
22
Cnv
29
Psv
25
Cnv
32
Psv
40
Pgv
39.4
8.2
3.2
3.2
35.6
2.6
2.6
3.0
24.6
5.0
3.8
2.4
21.4
0.2
0.2
7.0
2.2
44.5
8.0
2.8
6.6
46.0
56.2
64.2
69
37.8
78
42
74
74
81
Groundmass
Plg/(Plg+Px+Hb)
Table 2.1.1-7: Representative major element composition of WPM and EPM series lavas.
Major
Oxide
(wt. %)
N
SiO2
TiO2
Al2O3
Fe2O3
FeO
MnO
MgO
CaO
Na2O
K2O
P2O5
WPM
High-Al
basalt
WPM
High-K
basic
andesite
WPM
MediumK
andesite
WPM
High-K
andesite
EPM Low-K
basic
andesite
EPM MediumK
basic
andesite
EPM LowK andesite
EPM
Medium-K
andesite
EPM MediumK dacite
(1)
50.58
1.08
20.46
2.03
6.77
0.13
4.69
9.37
3.36
1.12
0.40
(1)
54.30
0.79
18.94
1.75
5.83
0.13
4.09
8.94
3.24
1.61
0.36
(4)
58.8
0.64
18.06
1.51
5.04
0.12
3.11
7.07
3.55
1.84
0.22
(1)
60.86
0.62
17.44
1.27
4.23
0.10
2.75
6.05
3.72
2.68
0.28
(3)
54.03
0.77
19.53
1.99
6.46
0.18
4.64
8.79
3.00
0.46
0.13
(2)
53.69
0.78
19.56
1.94
6.46
0.14
4.82
8.82
3.02
0.63
0.14
(1)
60.36
0.58
18.73
1.40
4.67
0.10
2.65
6.66
3.86
0.84
0.15
(15)
59.81
0.66
17.89
1.49
4.97
0.12
3.30
6.86
3.52
1.35
0.15
(1)
64.56
0.50
16.65
1.13
3.77
0.10
2.34
5.56
3.69
1.59
0.11
p. 2.1.1- 23
Table 2.1.1-8: Major and trace element concentrations and CIPW norm of selected EPM
series lavas
Field Number
Lithologic unit
Major elements
(weight %)
1
Cnv
22
Cnv
29
Psv
25
Cnv
SiO2
TiO2
Al2O3
Fe2O3
FeO
MnO
MgO
CaO
Na2O
K2 O
P2O5
60.47
0.64
17.58
1.37
4.57
0.10
2.91
6.69
3.84
1.68
0.15
58.46
0.74
17.75
1.58
5.27
0.14
3.34
7.52
3.74
1.31
0.16
59.14
0.63
18.05
1.55
5.17
0.12
3.17
7.23
3.52
1.22
0.19
59.15
0.78
17.42
1.60
5.35
0.13
3.19
7.14
3.72
1.31
0.20
LOI
Sum
0.76
100.23
-1.67
98.35
-0.12
100.35
-1.17
99.09
49
2.00
49
2.00
48
2.07
47
2.13
10.93
9.75
31.98
25.41
5.26
12.68
1.95
1.19
0.33
8.46
7.63
31.28
27.48
6.95
14.22
2.25
1.40
0.35
10.92
7.16
29.60
29.64
3.98
15.34
2.22
1.19
0.42
10.05
7.69
31.19
26.7
5.91
14.5
2.29
1.48
0.44
34
422
453
5
14
25
27
4
24
116
6
185
9
8
55
18
410
0.08
26
317
430
6
8
22
23
2
23
105
8
179
7
9
61
19
418
0.06
25
314
524
9
9
23
18
3
22
100
5
175
7
9
62
17
405
0.05
26
375
404
7
9
30
27
2
28
121
8
178
5
6
66
19
418
0.06
Mg Number
FeO/MgO
CIPW
norms
(mol%)
Q
Or
Ab
An
Di
Hy
Mt
Il
Ap
Trace Elements
(ppm)
Rb
Ba
Dr
Pb
La
Ce
Nd
Th
Y
Zr
Nb
V
Cr
Ni
Zn
Ga
K/Rb
Rb/Sr
p. 2.1.1- 24
Eas
tL
Tro uzon
ugh
Northern Luzon
60
Kilometers
Ph
il
Tr ipp
en in
ch e
Central
Luzon
Pocdol
Mountains
Southern
Luzon
M
ila
an
Bi
co
lA
rc
e
Tr
h
nc
47
Explanation
49
Trench
Fault - inferred
Fault - trace
Active volcano
Fig.2.1.1-1 Major tectonic features and Pliocene-Quaternary volcanism in the Central Philippines.
Filled circle denotes active volcanoes; open circles, inactive volcanoes; Numbers refer
to volcanoes (e.g. 47-Mayon volcnoe; 49-Mt. Bulusan). (After, 1988)
p. 2.1.1-24
592,000 E
BMGPSorwatershedsJEAC D-16
600,000 E
608,000 E
Tanawon Development Block Coordinates

Hologan
Kawit
Pawa
1,450,000 N
4.0
MANITO (Itba)
Balabagon
MO-2
Kabit
KM
Buyo
Nagotgot
LEGEND:
D
on R
nit
Buyo River
bag
Ma
g
on
ay
EASTING
NORTHING
EASTING
605,550
600,000
599,550
599,500
604,110
604,150
604,150
604,150
603,830
J. 1,438,800
K. 1,439,450
603,460
603,565
L. 1,439,620
M. 1,440,010
N. 1,440,010
O. 1,440,200
P. 1,440,350
Q. 1,440,350
R. 1,441,600
603,600
603,110
603,410
603,410
603,620
605,500
605,550
SUGOT BAY
oh
Malobago
BGPF
sR
Geothermal Well
an
Osiao
R
.
R.
Tanawon Development
block
Gayong
Balasbas
Tinapian
Reservation
Boundary
Bala
MO-3
Banban
ba
las
Ba
Sto. Nino
MO-1
NORTHING
A. 1,442,560
B. 1,442,650
C. 1,442,050
D. 1,437,700
E. 1,437,700
F. 1,438,550
G. 1,438,750
H. 1,439,010
I. 1,439,010
Ba
di
Prop. Cawayan watershed

reservation
MT. KAYABON
1RD
4RD
2D
1,442,000 N
ALBAY
ON
SORSOG
Lanao
Lake
PB-1A
8D
12D
7D
MAN-1
5D
3RD
2RD
Sto. Domingo
Del Rosario
Pulog
Lake
BACON
4D
MT. RANGAS
3D
Ra
MT. TANAWON
Pi
li R
i ve
Du magd agan R.
z
Ri
San Juan
R.
Bu
ca
l-b
uc
al
1,434,000 N
wR
Bulabog
Capuy
Barayong
San Isidro
Tugos
Penafrancia
SORSOGON
Bibingkahan
ha
Bucalbucalan
Pangpang
Ticol
R.
Makabug
Guinlajon
Sn. Ramon
a
An
Rizal
palo c
.
R.
Buenavista
Basud
Tublijon
Sn. Roque
Sn. Pascual
ol
LA UNION
Balete
Sn. Isidro
S am
San Isidro
Panlayaan
Cabarbuhan
sR
.
Sn.Jose
Tic
n R.
Ca uaya
Menito R.
ng
a
Q
O
N M
L NPC MINI HYDRO
K I H
J
G
Power
House F
R.
RIZAL
GEOTHERMAL RESERVATION BOUNDARY

Salvacion
al
Rawis
Sta. Cruz
5D
Cawayan PP
BASE CAMP
Buragwis
Lake
San Juan
1RD
13D
15D
10D
4D
3D 7D
6D
5D
9D
3D
CN
R.
OP
7D
MAN-2
Botong PP
16D
14D
6D
INANG
MAHARANG
Cawayan
2D
Bacman-1 PP
IM-1
Tiris
Osiao
Lake
R.
lan
o
Osia
3RD
2RD
Sibu
ADMIN.
Balogo
SORSOGON
Cabid-an
Buhatan
Cambolaga
BAY
Gimaloto
Pamurayan
Fig.2.1.1-2 Bacon-Manito
Geothermal
Production
Field andField
Tanawon
Block. (Modified
from: PNOC-EDC EMD, 2000)
Fig.2.1.1-2
Bacon-Manito
Geothermal
Production
andDevelopment
Tanawon Development
Block.
(Modified from: PNOC-EDC EMD, 2000)
p. 2.1.1-25
Figure 2.1.1-3: CLASSIFIED SLOPE MAP OF BGPF (Digital topo extracted from NAMRIAs 1:20,000 scale map)
p. 2.1.1-26
Legend:
(0-45)
(45-90)
(90-135)
(135-180)
(180-225)
(225-270)
(270-315)
(315-360)
Volcanic craters
Existing Road
Existing BGPF Bdry
Tanawon Devt. Block
PNOC-EDC Buildings
Power Plants
Fig 2.1.1-4. Classified slope direction (aspect) map of BGPF (Digital topo extracted from NAMRIAs 1:20,000 scale map)
p. 2.1.1-27
Legend:
Concave slope
Convex slope
Straight / Flat slope
Volcanic craters
Existing Road
Existing BGPF Bdry
Tanawon Devt. Block
PNOC-EDC Buildings
Power Plants
Figure 2.1.1-5. Classified slope shape of BGPF (Digital topo extracted from NAMRIAs 1:20,000 scale map)
p. 2.1.1-28
Kilometers
Pocdol
Mountains
Fig.2.1.1-6
Geology
of Pocdol
Mountains
and Vicinity
Fig.2.1.1-6 Generalized
Generalized Geology
of Pocdol
Mountains
and Vicinity
(Modified from
Tebar,
1988).
(Modified
from
Tebar,
1988).
p. 2.1.1-29
596,000E
604,000E
PAR
NAG
BAL
BUG
PAW
BAL
MAL
MO-2
MO-3
BAD
MBP
INA
PAR
Parong
MANITO PAW
Pawa
PARONG
NAGHASO
BALABAGON
BUWANG
PAWA 2
BALASBAS
MALANGTO
MO-2 WELL DISCHARGE
MO-3 DOWNHOLE
BALADING
MALANGTO BUB. POOL
INANG MAHARANG
SUGOT
LEGEND:
Altered Grounds / Kaipohans
Solfataras
Springs deposits outflow
Rivers
Dome
BAY
NAG
Naghaso
BUG
BAG
Balabagon
MAL
Malangto
BAL
BAD
~
Sto. Nino
OSI
1,446.000N
TIN
BAN
Osiao
Banao
CAL
San Juan
Sagpon
INA
Palayang
Bayan Crater
INA
Kayabon
Osiao Dome
MAP
INA
Calpi
LOS
Matanga
Dome
PAG
Inang Maharang
LRAN
LDATicolob
Pangas
Dome
Cawayan
PUT
SAV
CAW
Pulog
DAM
Magaho
SAC
Botong
SAL
1,438.000N
Damoy
Tanawon
Rangas
San Lorenzo
Matacla
MAT
Dome
Suminandig
ALI
Alinao
PAL
BUC
Buenavista
SORSOGON
BAY
RIZ
KM
Fig.2.1.1-7 Geologic Map of Pocdol Mountains (Modified from Panem and Alincastre, 1985)
Former eruption centers are indicated as bold (with single hachure) dashed where inferred.
p. 2.1.1-30
Pgv
Cnv
Pulog Volcanics
Cawayan Volcanics
Psv
Sgv
Pangas Volcanics
Suminandig Volcanics
Cawayan Crater
Solfatara
Buong Springs
Neutral Cl
Pgv
Cnv
Inang Maharang
Springs
Mixed
Mt. Pulog
Pangas Dome
Solfatara
Psv
Psv
Sea Level
Lateral Out
flow
Fluid mixing and

mineral deposition
Sgv
Boiling and gas
separation
Sgv
Convecting
Cooling
Intrusive
250
C
300C
20
0
C
250C
a
ch
re
ric
rg
e
Fluids
300C
eo
Met
Geothermal
C
0
0
2
M
ic
or
e
et
Fig.2.1.1-8
CrossSection
Section
from
toacross
east across
Inang(Looking
Maharang
Fig.2.1.1-8 Cross
from
westwest
to east
Mt. PulogMt.
andPulog
Inang and
Maharang
north)(Looking north)
Modified after
Tebar,
1988).
(Modified
after
Tebar,
1988).
p. 2.1.1-31
g
ar
h
ec
596,000E
604,000E
EXPLANATION:
SU
GO
T B
AY
DU
D
U
Fault dashed where inferred

Possible extension of fault
Fault showing dip
Fault showing upthrown and
downthrown side
Bacman Fault zone
Volcanic vent / Crater
Collapse / Depression / Slump
BGPF
Tanawon development block
Proposed Cawayan watershed
F.
D
U
Balasbas
U
D
D
U
UD
Sampaloc F.
n
la
F.
bu
Si
U
D
D
U
Botonga F.
Pulog F.
ak
ab
Anahao F.
N. F.
ug
F.
Rock F
.
Bulab
og
F.
an
F.
F.
Riz al
Ca
wa
y
U
DU
D
U
F.
jon
inla
Gu
.
yF
mo
Da
1,438,000N
Osiao
F.
U
D
Rangas
F.
Tanawon
Banga F.
UD
U
D
Ba
Madanan F.
Pi ya n
gs So
Mi
ab u
na
a n th
tur
ga
on
nF
F.
.
Ma
sak
Ra
r
o
nga t F.
Put
sS
ing
out
Bat
h
oF
.
UD
DU
Ubas-u
bas F.
U
D
D
U
DU
Du m
adla
n ga
n F.
1,446,000N
D
U
Tic
al F
.
F.
l
ca
jon
Bu
F.
bli
Tu
0
SORSOGON
BAY
KM
Fig.2.1.1-9 STRUCTURAL MAP OF BACON MANITO GEOTHERMAL PRODUCTION FIELD (BGPF)

Fig.2.1.1-9
STRUCTURAL
MAP OF
BACON MANITO GEOTHERMAL PRODUCTION FIELD (BGPF)
(After
Panem and Alincastre,
1985)
(After Panem and Alincastre, 1985)
p. 2.1.1-32
Figure 2.1.1-10. Two-dimensional Geomorphic Map of BGPF
p. 2.1.1-33
Osiao
Damoy
Pangas
Botong
Tanawon
Pulog
Rangas
Legend:
Volcanic Crater
Drainage
Fig.2.1.1-11:
Three -dimensional geomorphic view of BGPF (looking NNW)
p. 2.1.1-34
Legend:
MT station
Manito
fault
Palayang
Bayan
Crater
Palayang
Bayan
Pangas
Crater
Cawayan
Crater
Botong
Pulog
Crater
Mt. Rangas
Mt. Tanawon
Sorsogon
Fig. 2.1.1-12. Isoresistivity map at 700 m rsl (After Los Baos, et al., 2000)
p. 2.1.1-35
1454
Legend
52
1452
Bouguer anomaly
contour (mgals)
Gravity station
Manito
Well
1450
P01
Profile line
1448
Northing (km)
1446
1444
1442
Pal. Bayan
Botong
Bacon
Cawayan
1440
1438
1436
Rizal
Sorsogon
1434
1432
1430
580
CFLB
PNOC-EDC
DEC. 1997
582
584
586
588
590
592
594
596
598
600
602
604
606
608
610
612
614
Easting (km)
Fig. 2.1.1-13 Bouguer anomaly map of BGPF (After Los Banos and Olivar, 1997)
p. 2.1.1-36
PAL4RD
PAL1RD
PAL3RD
PAL2RD
OP2RD
IM-1
PAL1
1,444,000 mN
PAL12D
PAL6D
PAL14D
PAL8D
20
00
PAL2D
PAL11D
PAL4D
30
00
PAL13D
PAL15D
PAL10
30 00
MAN1
CN2D
PB1A
40
00
PAL3D
OP-6D
PAL5D
MAN2
OP1RD
OP-4
PAL7D
50
00
PAL9D
OP-5D
CN-1
OP-3D
70
00
0
604,000 mE
602,000 mE
80
0
00
70
00
CN-3D
6500
60
200
50 00
400 0
300 0
20 00
10 0 0
5 00
400
300
100
600,000 mE
CN2RD
60
00
80
00
605,000 mE
CN3RD
1,442,000 mN
Fig.2.1.1-14 Iso-chloride (mg/kg) field contours at BGPF. (Modified from PNOC-EDC, 1992)
Fig. 2.1.1-14 Iso-chloride (mg/kg) field contours at BGPF. (Modified from PNOC-EDC, 1992)
p. 2.1.1-37
1446000
260
1445000
PAL1
PAL14D
PAL6D
PAL8D
1444000
PAL2D
PAL13D
PAL15D
PAL10D
PAL4D
OP1RD
OP4D
1443000
PB1A
PAL5D
PAL9D
CN-1
0
30
0
29
NORTHING
0
28
0
27
OP3D
1442000
270
1440000
598000
599000
600000
601000
290
28
0
1441000
602000
603000
604000
605000
606000
EASTING
0
Fig.2.1.1-15
Geothermal
Production
Field temperature
( C) contours (-1600
mRSL)
Fig.
2.1.1-15Bacon-Manito
Bacon-Manito
Geothermal
Production
Field temperature
(C) contours
(-1600 mRSL)
(Source:
PNOC-EDC,
1992)
(Source: PNOC-EDC, 1992)
p. 2.1.1-38
BGPF
Fig.2.1.1-16Historical
Historical
significant
earthquakes
in the Philippines
Fig.2.1.1-16
significant
earthquakes
in the Philippines
(1608-1997) (1608-1997)
(Source: PHILVOLCS,
2001)
(Source:PHILVOCS,
2001)
p. 2.1.1-39
120E
118E
122E
124E
126E
20N
18N
0.20
16N
25
0.
0.2
5
0.2 0.10
0
0.2
5
14N
12N
20
0.
0
0.2
10N
8N
0.
20
0.2
0
6N
4N
Fig.2.1.1-17 Map
Showing
PeakPeak
Horizontal
Acceleration
Magnitudes
in Rocks for the
Philippine
Fig.2.1.1-17
Map
Showing
Horizontal
Acceleration
Magnitudes
in Rocks
forRegion.
the Philippine
Acceleration
Values
have
a
10
percent
probability
of
exceedance
in
50
years.
Region. Acceleration Values have a 10 percent probability of exceedance in 50 years.
Contours are
of Acceleration
to gravity
(g).
Contours
areininterms
terms
of Acceleration
to gravity
(g).
(Adopted
from
Thenhaus
al.,1995)
1995)
(Adopted
from
Thenhaus
etetal.,
p. 2.1.1-40
120E
118E
122E
124E
126E
20N
0
0.4
18N
0.20
16N
0.20
14N
0.4
0
12N
0.20
20
0.
0
0.2
10N
0.40
0
0.1
0 .2
0
8N
6N
4N
Fig.2.1.1-18Map
Map
Showing
Horizontal
Acceleration
Medium
Soil for
the
Fig.2.1.1-18
Showing
Peak Peak
Horizontal
Acceleration
MagnitudesMagnitudes
in Medium Soilinfor
the Philippine
Region.
Values have aValues
10 percent
probability
of exceedances
in 50ofyears.
Contours are in
Philiipipine Acceleration
Region. Acceleration
have
a 10 percent
probability
exceedances
Thentaus
et al.,
1995)
of Acceleration
to gravity
(g). (Adopted fromto
in 50 years.terms
Contours
are in terms
of Acceleration
gravity
(g).
(Adopted from Thenhaus et al., 1995)
p. 2.1.1-41
1,442,000N
EXISTING ACCESS
ROAD
1x20 MWe
EXTG POWER PLANT
(EL=840m)
Slumping
SPOIL
DISPOSAL
AREA
1,441,500N
Creep
Slumping
Sheet failure
SU
P
SU
MP
602,000E
601,500E
601,000E
600,500E
1,441,000N
Fig.
minor
slidesslides
at Tanawon
road leading
to leading
pad C
Fig.2.1.1-18a
2.1.1-18aExisting
Existing
minor
at Tanawon
road
to pad C
p. 2.1.1-42
596,000E
604,000E
PAR
NAG
BAL
BUG
PAW
BAL
MAL
MO-2
MO-3
BAD
MBP
INA
PAR
Parong
MANITO PAW
Pawa
PARONG
NAGHASO
BALABAGON
BUWANG
PAWA 2
BALASBAS
MALANGTO
MO-2 WELL DISCHARGE
MO-3 DOWNHOLE
BALADING
MALANGTO BUB. POOL
INANG MAHARANG
SUGOT
LEGE
ND:
Wells
Alkali Chloride Spring
Altered
Grounds
/ Kaipohans
Acid SO4
Waters
Solfataras
Acid CI-SO4
Waters
Springs
deposits
outflow
Mixed Waters
Rivers
Surface Waters
Dome
12 Sample number/location
B AY
NAG
Naghaso
BUG
BAG
Balabagon
MAL
Malangto
BAL
BAD
~
Sto. Nino
1,446.000N
OSI
TIN
BAN
Osiao
Banao
CAL
San Juan
Sagpon
INA
Palayang
Bayan Crater
INA
Kayabon
MAP
INA
Inang1Maharang
Calpi
LOS
32 Osiao Dome
Matanga
Dome
PAG
25
LDATicolob
Pangas
Dome
Cawayan
PUT
SAV
CAW
14
22
Pulog
SAC
DAM Botong
Magaho
1,438.000N
LRAN
40
29
SAL
Damoy
Tanawon
Rangas
San Lorenzo
39
Matacla
MAT
Dome
Suminandig
ALI
Alinao
PAL
BUC
Buenavista
SORSOGON
BAY
RIZ
KM
39
Fig.2.1.1-19 Location Map of Selected Sampling Stations for Petrology and Geochemistry Analysis
Former eruption centers are indicated as bold circle (with single hachure)dashed where inferred.
p. 2.1.1-43
Bonakite
High-K
Dacite
3.5
Shoshonite
High-K Andesite
3.0
K2O (wt %)
Absarokite
2.5
High-K
Basaltic andesite
2.0
Dacite
Andesite
1.5
Basaltic andesite
1.0
Basalt
Low-K
0.5
52
54
Dacite
Low-K Andesite
Low-K
Basaltic andesite
56
58
60
62
64
SiO2 (wt. %)
Fig.2.1.1-20
Chemical
nomenclature
of volcanic
according
Peccerillo and
(1976),and
as modified
by Ewart as
(1982).
Filled symbols
Fig. 2.1.1-20
Chemical
nomenclature
of rocks
volcanic
rockstoaccording
to Taylor
Peccerillo
Taylor (1976),
modified
by
denote WPM rocks: Malobogo (circle), Kayabon (square), and Lison Volcanics (diamond); and open symbols, EPM lavas: Pulog
Ewart (1982).
Filled symbols denote WPM rocks: Malobago (circle), Kayabon (square), and Lison Volcanics (diamond);
(cirlce), Pangas (square), Cawayan (diamond), and Suminandig volcanics (triangle).
and open symbols, EPM lavas: Pulog (circle), Pangas (square), Cawayan (diamond), and Suminandig volcanics (triangle).
p. 2.1.1-44
596,000E
604,000E
SU
Parong
Manito
GO
BA
Pawa
Naghaso
LEGEND:
Wells
Alkali Chloride Spring
Acid SO4 Waters
Acid CI-SO4 Waters
Mixed Waters (HCO3/HCO3-SO4)
Surface Waters
Altered Grounds / Kaipohans
Solfataras
Springs deposits outflow
Isoresistivity in Ohm-m
at about 500-800m below surface
Isotherms at -1600 mRSL
Direction of outflow
Palabagon
Malangto
1,446.000N
~
Sto. Nino
Banao
Osiao
50
Sto. Nino
NORTHERN HIGH RESISTIVITY

BLOCK
Calpi
290
280
270
260
30
0
280
0
27
26
Inang Maharang
290
Palayang
Bayan Crater
Botong
S
RE OUT
SI HE
ST A
IV ST
IT H
Y IG
BL H
OC
K
50
Cawayan
50
1,438.000N
Damoy
SO
UT
Tanawon
H H DUM
IGH ADL
RE ANG
SIS
A
TIV N
ITY
BL
OC
K
San Lorenzo
50
Alinao
SORSOGON
BAY
1
KM
3
CFLB/mzt/12'97
Fig.2.1.1-21
BGPF
HYDROLOGICAL
MODEL WITH
ISO-RESISTIVITY
CONTOURS AND ISOTHERMS
Fig. 2.1.1-21
BGPF
HYDROLOGICAL
MODEL
WITH ISO-RESISTIVITY
AT -1600M
ELEVATION
(Adopted
Los Banos
et al., 2000)
CONTOURS
AND
ISOTHERMS
ATfrom:
-1600M
ELEVATION
(Adopted from: Los Banos et al., 2000)
p. 2.1.1-45
1446000
M&R SECTORS
BACMAN 1
PAL16D
A
1444000
PAL6RD
PAL12D
PAL2D
MASAKROT
NORTHING
Palayang Bayan
INANG MAHARANG
Inang
PAL1
REGION
Maharang
PAL14D
PB1A
PAL17D
CN-1
RE
IN
J
SE ECT
CT IO
OR N
CAWAYAN SECTOR
OP5D
600000
BOTONG SECTOR
OP3D
S
GA ?
N
RA
RANGAS B
CN3D
TANAWON SECTOR
?
?
1440000
OP1RD
PAL9D
CN2RD
OSIAO PANGAS
OP6D
CN3RD
1442000
OP4D
PAL3D
PAL5D
MAN2
PROPOSED
REINJECTION
WELLS
PAL8D
PAL11D PAL13D
PAL15D
PAL4D
PAL10D
PAL7D
CN2D
598000
OP2RD
PAL2RD
PAL3RD
PAL1RD
PAL4RD
602000
604000
606000
EASTING
Fig.2.1.1BGPF
sectoral
distribution
(Modified
from PNOC-EDC,
1992)
Fig.2.1.1-2222BGPF
sectoral
distribution
(Modified
from PNOC-EDC,
1992)
p. 2.1.1-46
2.1.2.1 PEDOLOGY
2.1.2.1 Summary Of Results and Conclusions
The area within the Tanawon block is overlain by Annam Clay Loam soil type, characterized by
its clay loam texture at the surface, clay loam to clayey at the subsoil, and gravelly to strong clay
at the substratum.
Exploratory boreholes drilled within the Tanawon development block show that the area is
dominated by thick overburden of clayey soils. The hardness or softness of the soils (N-value
is 3 to 27) ranges from soft to hard. The estimated allowable soil bearing capacity for design
purposes is equal to 50 kPA at a minimum founding level of 1.0 meter below the natural grade
line.
Soil taken at the subsurface boreholes also indicated a clayey soil texture. However, random
soil samples at existing road cuts exhibited a sandy-silt characteristic in some areas within the
Tanawon block. From these separate investigations, inconsistencies in soil characteristics were
observed to be highly variable, and this is typical of volcanic regions such as Tanawon.
Slope within the Tanawon block ranges from 18% to over 50%. Erosion within the Tanawon
block is slight to severe at the northern area which is mostly forested, and moderate to severe in
the southern portion where agricultural areas abound.
Concentrations of arsenic, boron, cadmium, chromium of undisturbed forest soils is within
naturally occurring levels; lead was naturally high.
2.1.2.2 Methodology
Sampling of soils for physico-chemical analysis was undertaken from Nov. 28 to Dec. 3, 2000 by
Ms. Teresa Peralta (Biologist), and Mr. Conrado Orcena (Environmental Technician) of PNOCEDCs Environmental Management Division (EMD). The group was assisted by EMD Forest
Guards Mr. Jerry Ferrer and Mr. Vic Tubio, both of whom are local residents familiar with the
survey areas.
Geotechnical investigation through subsurface borehole logs in the Cawayan-Tanawon area
was conducted by PNOC-EDC contractor (Geotechnica Corporation) in 1991, and supervised by
PNOC-EDC Engineers.
Samples for soil classification using ASTM standards were collected by Jeff Caranto (Geologist),
Ernie Gagto (Civil Engineer), and Gina Pascual (Hydrologist) on May 31, 2001.

Soil investigations were confined to the 2,460-hectare Tanawon geothermal development block,
being the area directly to be impacted by the project. Open slopes and areas along existing
facilities (pads and road) were studied and randomly sampled for soil classification. Soil
sampling stations were sited in areas representing the potential facilities and the different
watersheds.
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Pedology)
p. 2.1.2- 1
C.
Study Parameters
Soil characteristics studied include soil type, textural grade, water holding capacity, hydraulic
conductivity, and soil metal analysis.
In the subsurface borehole logs within the Cawayan-Tanawon area, core recovery, N-value and
Atterberg limits were determined. The data served as basis in the classification of soils using
the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS), and in defining the recommended foundation
level. Cohesion and particle size distribution were also analyzed. Supplemental sampling of
soil was likewise undertaken randomly along open slopes near the existing road and Tanawon
pad C for particle size distribution, Atterberg limits, and soil classification.
1. Soil sampling for physico-chemical characterization
A composite sampling method was done for surface soil characterization. In each station, soil
was taken in 4 to 5 random points, at three different depths: 0-10 cm, 10-20 cm and 20-30 cm.
Soils taken at the same depth were combined in one bag. Duplicate sampling was undertaken.
One bag was brought to the University of the Philippines at Los Baos Soil Science for analysis
of physical parameters, while the other bag was sent to the PNOC-EDC laboratory for chemical
analysis.
Analysis for hydraulic conductivity (HC), water holding capacity (WHC), and textural class were
conducted by the UP Los Baos laboratory. HC was analyzed using the Falling Head method,
while textural class was determined using various sizes of sieves.
Chemical analysis of the soils was undertaken at PNOC-EDC laboratory using the following
methods: Silver Diethyldithiocarbamate method (for arsenic), Carmine method (for boron), and
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer or AAA (for cadmium, chromium and lead).
2.
Subsurface boreholes for soil parameters
The methods used in advancing boreholes are (a) wash boring, and (b) rotary core drilling.
Wash boring involves the application of up-and-down chopping and twisting motion to the drill bit
(or chopping bit) attached to the end of the drill rods while simultaneously circulating pressurized
drilling water through the bit to carry the soil cutting to the surface. Rotary core drilling is usually
resorted to when hard strata, boulders, and/or bedrock were encountered. A double-tube core
barrel with a diamond drill bit attached to its tip is utilized.
This method is used alternately with the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) wherein a 49.7mm
(outside diameter) split barrel sampler is driven into the ground by means of dropping a 63.5-kg
hammer through a free fall of 762 mm. The number of blows by the hammer to push the
sampler 150 mm into the ground for three successive 150 mm penetration is then recorded and
the last 300 mm of penetration is taken as the N-value of SPT blow count.
For each borehole, various geotechnical parameters were studied including N-value, sieve
analysis, and Atterberg limits. The depth of each borehole is 10 meters.
The N-value is the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) blow count. The value refers to the
hardness or softness of soils. For example, an SPT conducted on a rock formation will yield
high N-value (N>50) or refusal, while an SPT conducted on soft layer of clay will yield a very
low N-value possibly 2 or less. The SPT is described in ASTM D1586.
p. 2.1.2- 2
The USC/Sieve Analysis is conducted in the laboratory according to ASTM D2487, while the
Atterberg limit test is based in ASTM D4318.

Sources of primary data include actual field investigations using subsurface borehole pits, soil
sampling, and observations along cut slopes. Secondary data sources include maps and survey
profiles from the Department of Agriculture- Bureau of Soils and Water Management (DABSWM), and NAMRIA.

1. Soil Type
Based on soil texture, the Bureau of Soils- Bureau of Soils and Water Management (BOSBSWM) classifies the area within the Tanawon block under only one soil type called Annam
Clay Loam (Figure 2.1.2-1). The profile characteristics of this soil shows a surface soil (depth
0-40 cm) with clay loam texture, brown to reddish brown color, granular to blocky structure,
slightly sticky to plastic when wet and friable when dry. The subsoil (depth 40-85 cm) is clay
loam to clayey in texture, reddish brown to chocolate brown in color, coarsely granular and
blocky to columnar in structure, moderately sticky and plastic when wet. It is also crumbly,
slightly hard and compact when dry. The substratum (depth 85-110 cm) is gravelly to strong
clay, brown to dark brown, mottled red with a mutty structure. The prevailing dominant land use
in the area for this type is forest land.
The characteristic relief for this type is rolling to hilly and mountainous. Internal drainage is poor
while external drainage is good to excessive thus easily prone to erosion.
This is a crumbly loose soil type highly susceptible to erosion. Slopes beyond 50% if interacting
with the soil type factor can nullify the effects of a healthy vegetation and its root binding
strength. This critical slope is found only at certain portions which are more pronounced at the
upper reaches of Ticol and Rizal watersheds.
2. Slope and Elevation

Based on the DA-BSWM slope map (Figure 2.1.2-2) and as extracted from a topographic map
of NAMRIA (refer again to Figure 2.1.1-3 in Geology module), the Tanawon geothermal block
is occupied by various slope classes ranging from 18% slope and greater.
The northern to central portion of the block, where existing facilities of the Cawayan sector are
found, are dominated by two slope classes: 18-30% or considered as rolling to hilly, and 3050% or steep hills and mountains. These slopes are bisected by >50% slope in major gullies. A
swampy portion of the northeastern area of the block has a 3-8% slope.
The southern
downslope portion of the block is generally described as steep hills and mountains (30-50%
slope).
Slopes greater than 18% are generally occupied by a secondary forest. Agricultural areas
consisting mainly of coconut and abaca occupy the gentler slopes (<30%).
Slope is one of the major erosion-inducing factors. Thus, the design of site-specific slope
stabilization measures shall take into consideration these slope classes in order to prevent or
control soil erosion.
p. 2.1.2- 3
3. Soil Characteristics
During the development of the Cawayan sector in BGPF (which is in the same area as
Tanawon), exploratory boreholes were studied in 1991, the location of which are shown in
Figure 2.1.2-3. The results of the subsurface borehole logs, particle size distribution, and soil
classification tests are found in Figures 2.1.2-4a to 4c, Figures 2.1.2-5a to 5c, and Figures
2.1.3-6a to 6d, respectively.
The results of exploratory boreholes drilled in the area show thick overburden of clayey soils
and this characteristic appears to dominate the Tanawon sector. The N-value is within the
range of soft to hard; that is, N=3 to 27 with an estimated allowable soil bearing capacity for
design purposes equal to 50 kPA at a minimum founding level of 1.0 meter below natural grade
line.
N-value is related to soil bearing capacity (SBC), which is the maximum load or pressure the soil
can resist. The foundations of pipeline and other structures are designed based on this SBC.
Soft soils will mean large footings or foundations.
In any of the boreholes, the bedrock was not reached at the pre-determined drilling depth.
Attaining the bedrock during borehole sampling is not necessary since foundations are
engineered based on the actual soil conditions. Borehole depth is usually pre-determined
considering the influence of foundation pressure on soil layers. In the Tanawon sector, the
borehole depth is 10.0 meters.
The subsurface logs also indicate a recommended foundation depth of 2.5 to 5.5 m at the
sampled areas. Field tests on cohesion indicate that the soils are of the clay type (refer again to
Figures 2.1.2-4a to 4c). This signifies that the soil is impervious to water, and thus generally
resistant to land slips.
As indicated in the particle size distribution curve (refer again to Figures 2.1.2-5a to 5c), soils
taken within the same borehole are generally fine-grained.
Based on the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487), soils randomly sampled along
open slopes (refer again to Figures 2.1.2-6a to 6d) indicate a sandy-silt characteristic of the
soil. The top soil in the existing Tanawon pad (surface to ~2 ft) is classified as SM which is a
yellowish brown silty sand. The lower layer (from 2 ft to ~12 ft exposure at the existing Tanawon
pad) is classified as MH, or a mottled light brown sandy clastic silt. The same MH soil was
found at the Cawayan pad area.
The result is quite inconsistent to the clay type observed in the subsurface boreholes. This
inconsistency in soil characteristics is typical of a volcanic area due to historical geologic events
which may have caused surface alterations, and thus varying soil characteristics.
4.
Soil Erosion
Erosion involves the detachment of particles of soil, surficial sediments and rocks through
hydrological (fluvial) processes and through mass wasting. Erosion is generally greatest where
soil is poorly developed and vegetation provides little protection. In activities which cause soil
disturbance, erosion may increase above natural rates.
Erosion is strongly modified by human activities such as land clearance, agriculture,
construction, excavation, and urbanization. The susceptibility of soil to erosion by water is
related to a number of soil factors. Chief among them are runoff and slope; as both or any of
the two increases, so does the erosion hazard. The slope angle above which instability occurs
depends on local conditions of water and sediment distribution and on particle size of the
p. 2.1.2- 4
sediment subject to transport. Because runoff is closely related to infiltration, and infiltration is
closely related to texture, erodability can be judged from a knowledge of the texture, and
infiltration of the surface horizon and the slope of the soils. Of all the soil texture types, the
medium textures especially silt loam are the most erodible. This is because the size of silt
particles is optimum for detachment and transportation by water moving over the soil surface.
Sand particles are too big to easily dislodge and move, while clays are so small that they are
easily dislodged. Vegetation and climate are not soil factors, but they do influence the erosion
hazard. Natural forest provides the best erosion protection because the organic litter has very
high rates of infiltration and permeability.
Many of the streams around the Tanawon area have channels that are down cut by a few
meters into the surrounding pad. The streams cut down through the volcanic rocks and the
deep alluvial soils which are easily eroded by water. The main channels are often steeply
inclined with very rare occurrence of toe erosion and back undercutting and caving. Large flow
events could cause rapid bank erosion. Smaller flows may erode the toe of unstable vertical
banks and cause significant erosion over time. There is less potential for erosion in areas where
the channel bank is sloped or flat and where the slopes are heavily vegetated. Heavily
vegetated banks withstand higher velocity flows. Streambank stability on this stream type with
volcanic parent material is expected to be similar to those found under natural conditions (i.e.,
where geothermal development or similar human disturbance is absent). Based on their
hydrological and channel morphology features, the rivers in the Tanawon geothermal block
would not be overtopping into the surrounding areas except probably in the areas near the
coast. Impacts resulting from channel erosion and streambank instability are expected to be
very limited. In areas identified as unstable and/or currently eroding, means to improve
streambank stability are provided.
The Erosion Map (Figure 2.1.2-7) of the Department of Agriculture Bureau of Soil and Water
Management (DA-BSWM) shows that the erosion class within the northern to central portion of
the Tanawon geothermal project area is generally slight to severe. These areas are presently
occupied by a secondary forest stand. Areas downslope, now occupied by agricultural areas,
are moderate to severely eroded.
In the Tanawon area, soil erosion and mass movements are localized only on the roadcut
leading to pad C. Mass movements identified are slumping, sheet slide and slip failure. A bank
erosion along the road developed due to heavy rainfall but this was already mitigated by
riprapping. Rills and minor gullies were also observed along the road cut. Erosion is also
evident at the lower elevations of the Tanawon block where agricultural areas consisting of
coconut and abaca are found.
5. Physico-chemical Analysis of Soils

Physical analysis of the surface soil shows that the Water Holding Capacity ranges from 87 to
159 cm/hr. Hydraulic conductivity of soils from Cawayan and Rizal watershed is moderate at 5
to 7 cm/hr, indicative of the loam to sandy-loam nature of the soil. On the other hand, WHC at
Manitohan soil is low at >3 cm/hr due to its clay loam soil texture (Table 2.1.2-1).
Chemical characterization of undisturbed forest soils from the surface up to 30 cm depth shows
a generally acidic nature of the soil. Heavy metals such as arsenic, boron, cadmium, and
chromium are within naturally occurring levels for global forest soils. Lead was noticeably
above the normal global concentration. Table 2.1.2-2 presents the laboratory results for heavy
metals.
p. 2.1.2- 5
Table 2.1.2-1: Physical Analysis of Forest Soils at Tanawon*

Water Holding Capacity
Textural Grade
105.61
103.83
99.64
Hydraulic Conductivity
(cm/hr)
8.03
7.76
8.00
TN-PP1 0-10 cm
TN-PP1 10-20 cm
TN-PP1 20-30 cm
104.86
87.76
90.31
6.35
6.60
5.16
Loam
TN-PP2 0-10 cm
TN-PP2 10-20 cm
TN-PP2 20-30 cm
99.74
96.19
101.23
3.22
3.57
3.81
Clay loam
TN-PP3 0-10 cm
TN-PP3 10-20 cm
TN-PP3 20-30 cm
121.80
89.70
106.19
7.53
5.40
6.70
Sandy loam
TN-PP4 0-10 cm
TN-PP4 10-20 cm
TN-PP4 20-30 cm
144.09
159.32
156.91
6.35
7.03
7.25
Sandy loam
TN-PP5 0-10 cm
TN-PP5 10-20 cm
TN-PP5 20-30 cm
130.72
118.09
108.85
6.83
6.90
6.56
Loam
TN-PP6 0-10 cm
TN-PP6 10-20 cm
TN-PP6 20-30 cm
125.05
134.81
114.63
6.74
7.25
7.57
Sandy loam
Station
TN-SDA 0-10 cm
TN-SDA 10-20 cm
TN-SDA 20-30 cm
Sandy loam
* Analysis by University of the Philippines at Los Baos- Dept. of Soil Science
p. 2.1.2- 6
Table 2.1.2-2:
Chemical Analysis of Forest Soils at Tanawon *

(units in ppm, except for pH)
Station
Date
pH
As
Cd
Cr
Pb
1.3
<0.10
0.76
<0.10
0.51
<0.10
1.1
1.0
0.89
9.4
8.3
5.0
20
20
15
TN-SDA 0-10 cm
TN-SDA 10-20 cm
TN-SDA 20-30 cm
12/3/00
5.85
5.26
6.88
TN-PP1 0-10 cm
TN-PP1 10-20 cm
TN-PP1 20-30 cm
12/1/00
6.19
4.62
5.22
<0.10
3.3
1.6
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
0.89
0.77
0.77
3.3
7.5
4.0
14
13
14
TN-PP2 0-10 cm
TN-PP2 10-20 cm
TN-PP2 20-30 cm
12/3/00
4.44
4.35
4.09
1.2
0.89
1.1
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
0.59
0.65
2.9
3.6
4.0
16
16
16
TN-PP3 0-10 cm
TN-PP3 10-20 cm
TN-PP3 20-30 cm
12/3/00
6.68
6.43
6.73
1.6
0.99
1.6
1.5
0.35
<0.10
0.59
<0.10
1.2
5.6
5.2
6.3
15
11
15
TN-PP4 0-10 cm
TN-PP4 10-20 cm
TN-PP4 20-30 cm
12/3/00
6.18
6.46
6.39
3.3
3.8
3.9
2.7
5.5
8.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
4.4
3.6
3.5
13
14
12
TN-PP5 0-10 cm
TN-PP5 10-20 cm
TN-PP5 20-30 cm
12/3/00
5.92
4.49
4.09
1.6
1.5
0.54
5.8
2.9
2.1
1.1
1.5
1.4
3.6
4.8
4.4
14
16
16
TN-PP6 0-10 cm
TN-PP6 10-20 cm
TN-PP6 20-30 cm
12/1/00
4.74
5.76
6.44
3.9
1.1
4.4
5.7
4.2
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.4
7.5
6.7
7.1
14
16
16
0.1-7.0
200
10
Global range**
5.0
* Analysis by PNOC-EDC EMD Laboratory

**Hawkes (1962); Allaway in Brady (1974)
p. 2.1.2- 7
2.1.3 HYDROLOGY
2.1.3.1 Summary of Findings and Conclusions
The ten (10) major river systems or catchments covered in this module include (1) Manitohan,
(2) Menito, (3) Rizal, (4) Bucal-bucalan, (5) Bulabog, (6) Capuy, (7) Ticol, (8) Cawayan, (9)
Anahaw and (10) Osiao. Except for Bulabog, Capuy, Anahaw and Osiao, the headwaters of the
other drainages originate within the proposed 2,460-hectare Tanawon Geothermal Development
Block. In terms of discharge points, Manitohan River and Osiao River exit into Poliqui Bay and
Sugot Bay (Albay Gulf), respectively. The rest of the rivers discharge their load into Sorsogon
Bay.
The sampling stations established during the survey were classified either as impact or control.
As part of the baseline study, spot river discharge measurements using a pipe-suspended
current meter were conducted on December 5 to 8, 2000 and on June 6 to 7, 2002. The on-site
3
flow measurements ranged from a minimum of 0.01 m /s (BMGP-132, Anahaw River) to a
3
maximum of 4.46 m /s (BMGP-35, Cawayan River).
Some of the headwater tributaries are reportedly used for drinking by some of the local residents
passing through the area. River water, however, is not used as a major source of drinking
water. In general, the mid- to downstream portions of most of the rivers are used primarily for
domestic purposes (bathing and washing) and sustenance fishery. Irrigation dams/intake canals
are located in Manitohan, Capuy, Ticol, Cawayan, Anahaw and Osiao. The 230-kW
hydroelectric NPC mini-dam located along Cawayan River is presently non-operational and is
proposed for rehabilitation. The river mouths, on the other hand, are used for fishing and
transport purposes. Dumping of domestic garbage by nearby residents was observed in most of
the lowland rivers. Backyard or non-commercial pigpens were also observed along the mid and
lower sections of Anahaw and Osiao Rivers, respectively.
Within the survey area, the main sources of drinking water are cold springs and water wells. The
springs outcrop either in fractured volcanics (lava flows or pyroclastics) or between lithologic
contacts. The Sorsogon Water District (SWD) is currently tapping seven (7) springs (Anahaw 1
and 2; Matacla 1, 2 and 3; and Alinao 1, 2 and 3) as part of its water supply sources. These
spring outcrops are located along Anahaw watershed at elevations ranging from 180 450
masl, immediately north of a large alluvial fan. These springs have a combined discharge of
66 to 80 liters per second (Sorsogon Water District, 1997). In addition to the springs, the SWD
is also operating five (5) deepwells located in Bgys. Baribag, Bibincahan, Cabid-an, Guinlajon
and Pangpang. The depths of the wells range from 50 to 132 meters. The discharges vary from
3
3
a minimum of 18-20 m /hr (Cabid-an well) to a maximum 60-70 m /hr (Guinlajon well). The total
3
discharge of the five (5) wells range from 250 to 280 m /hr (70 to 78 LPS).
Outlying barangays not served by distribution systems (Level III) use either shallow wells with
depth of less than 20 meters or low-capacity springs. Aside from its use as the main drinking
water source, groundwater is also used for other domestic purposes (bathing and washing).
The major hydrogeologic units in the area are composed of Recent alluvial sediments (Qal),
Quaternary volcanics (QV), and Quaternary pyroclastic and clastic sedimentary rocks (Qvp).
The groundwater systems within the Qvp and Qal occur either as water table or leaky artesian
aquifers.
Based on the 1997 SWD studies, the city water demand is projected to increase to 57,320
3
m /day by the year 2030. From modeling simulations done by their LWUA consultants, the
recoverable groundwater was conservatively estimated at 93,000 m3/day by using Visual
Modflow. Thus, the projected 2030 water demand can be readily addressed by drilling
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Hydrology)
p. 2.1.3- 1
additional wells. At the time of the study, the SWD was operating only 2 deepwells and the
springs. To date, the SWD had already drilled 3 additional wells and is currently drilling the 6th
well. Some of the untapped springs with potentially high water flows are also being considered
as additional water sources by the SWD.
2.1.3.2 Methodology
A.
EIA Study Team

1. Date of Survey
The baseline survey for the hydrology module was conducted on December 5 to 8, 2000
and on June 6 to 12, 2002, together with the water quality and freshwater biology modular
surveys.
2. Members of Study Team

All members of the Water Study Team are staff of the in-house Environmental
Management Department (EMD).
Mr. Dionie Tayam (BGPF site sampler), Rading Orcena and Albert Batalla (Environmental
Technicians) assisted Gina Pascual (Hydrologist) during the baseline survey. The other
members of the Water Module Team are Mr. Van Capalungan (Chemist/Water Quality
Module), Nick Rubio (Chem. Lab Technician/Water Quality Module), Jo Tuyor
(Limnologist/Fresh Water Biology Module) and Norreen Gerona (Marine Biologist/Marine
Ecology Module).
B.
Location, Area and Scope of Study

1. Location and Area
A total of ten (10) watersheds are covered in this study. These include (1) Manitohan, (2)
Menito, (3) Rizal, (4) Bucal-bucalan, (5) Bulabog, (6) Capuy, (7) Ticol, (8) Cawayan, (9)
Anahaw, and (10) Osiao. Except for Manitohan, which belong to Albay province, all the
surveyed watersheds are within Sorsogon City. The proposed Tanawon Geothermal
Development Block, which covers a total area of 2,460 hectares, is located within the
headwaters of most of the identified watersheds.
2. Scope of Study
The hydrology study involved both primary and secondary data gathering on rivers and
groundwater sources in the study area. The environmental profiles generated during the
data-gathering phase are considered as baseline levels in this report and were
subsequently used in the impact assessment portion and in formulating the environmental
management and monitoring plans for the proposed project.
C.
Study Parameters/Components
1. Preparatory Activities
Before conducting the baseline survey, the following table survey activities were done:
p. 2.1.3- 2
a. Manual delineation of watershed divides on a 1:20,000 scale topographic base

map;
b. Identification and selection of river and groundwater sampling stations; and
c. Coding of selected sampling stations, i.e., river water stations were designated as
BMGP-# and groundwater stations as BMGW-#.
[Note: The station coding of sampling points presented in this module is
consistent with the ones presented in the Water Quality Module.]
2. Criteria used in Station Selection

The following factors were considered in establishing the river stations for baseline
purposes:
a. The likelihood of specific tributaries within identified watersheds to be potential
impact areas or receptors with respect to project-related activities within proposed
facilities (e.g. access roads, drill pads, pipeline routes, power plant and control
center sites, disposal areas/waste management facilities and other areas for
support facilities);
b. The critical river use(s)/significance; and
c.
Accessibility and terrain.
It is important to note that the selected river stations were not confined solely within the
limits of the proposed development block. Rather, for the purpose of establishing a
relatively good profile of the surface water bodies along their entire course or length, the
stations were selected starting from the headwaters down to the estuarine areas. In
addition, stations were established and sampled as control points in tributaries that will not
be affected by any geothermal-related activity.
For groundwater, the primary consideration in selecting the stations was based on the
importance of existing springs or wells as sources of drinking water, either as Levels II or
III systems, or as representative point sources (Level I) in barangays that are not served
by any distribution system.
The map of the sampling stations is shown in Figure 2.1.3-1. The corresponding location
descriptions for river and groundwater stations are indicated in Tables 2.1.3-1 and 2.1.32, respectively.
D.
Methods/Procedures
1. Field Activities
During the river survey proper, the following primary data collection activities were
undertaken:
a. Actual siting of pre-selected stations in the field with the use of an altimeter and
Brunton compass;
b. Measurement of channel dimensions and stream discharges with the use of a
current meter and a calibrated wading rod;
p. 2.1.3- 3
c.
Observation of the physical descriptions or morphological characteristics of

identified catchments; and
d. Determination of river uses through observations and local interviews.

For groundwater stations, the survey involved the following:
a. Actual siting of stations in the field with the use of an altimeter and Brunton
compass;
b. Estimation of water discharge (where possible);
c.
Observation of the physical description of water sources and associated

structures;
d. Determination of major uses through observations and local interviews.
2. Measurement of River Discharges

In determining the volumetric discharge of a particular river station, a suitable transect
location is selected. In general, it is ideal to select a transect where the river is most
consistent across its width, in terms of depth and flow rate, since this section is easier to
measure and would normally provide a more accurate result.
After selecting the transect, the width of the river channel is divided into 1-meter sub-units.
For each sub-unit, a calibrated rod is used to measure the corresponding depth of the
water column, in meters (Plate 2.1.3-1). The current meter is then submerged in an
upright position at the designated river point, at a depth of at least 40-60% from the top of
the water column. As the cup assembly attached at the end of the submerged rod rotates,
the corresponding linear velocity is measured by counting the number of signals or beeps
per minute. Each beep signifies one full rotation. The number of beeps is then divided by
60 to derive the current velocity per second. The equation below is used to compute the
linear velocity per sub-unit.
V = 0.11193*N + 0.02723
Where V = linear velocity
N = number of signals per second
The velocity (in m/s), width (in m), and depth (in m) of each sub-unit are multiplied
together and the summation of all increments is then taken. The final value (expressed in
3
m /s) is taken as the river discharge for that particular station.
3. Data Interpretation
After the baseline survey, the field data for both surface and groundwater were collated
and interpreted. Secondary data through literature research were also used to supplement
the primary data.
The environmental profiles generated were then used in assessing the potential project
impacts, in formulating appropriate mitigating measures and enhancement plans, and in
designing the proposed monitoring program.
p. 2.1.3- 4
E.
Study Sources
The following data and reports were used in this module:
1. Primary data:
On-site river flow measurements (Dec. 5-7, 2000 and June 6-7, 2002);
Physical observations on drainage characteristics and groundwater sources; and
Interviews on river and groundwater uses.
2. Secondary data:
Topo map analyses on drainage configurations;

EMD historical river flow data from 1997-2000 (PNOC-EDC internal data);
Internal PNOC-EDC reports (a) Water Sources Inventory of BGPF and Surrounding
Areas (August 18, 1998); (b) Post-sampling Report on Selected Groundwater Sources
(October 15, 1998);(c) Hydrogeology of BGPF (July 5, 1999); (d) Vertical Electrical
Sounding Measurements in BGPF (July 1993);
Groundwater Resources Development Plan, 1997-2030 for Sorsogon Water District
(October 1997; prepared by Test Consultants, Inc.);
Water Supply Improvement and Expansion of Sorsogon Water District, Final Report
(December 1997; prepared by LWUA-SWECO);
Rapid Assessment of Water Supply Sources of the Province of Sorsogon, NWRB
(May 1982); and
NWRB River Flow of Cawayan Data (1957-1970).

A.
Surface Water
1. Physical Description of Major Drainage Systems Surrounding the
Project Area
The physical evolution of a drainage basin is generally influenced by the flow of matter
(e.g. precipitation) and energy (e.g. solar radiation) entering the system (or catchment)
vis-a-vis the overall resistance of the topographical land surfaces exposed to such
vectors. The resistance of topographical surfaces, on the other hand, is affected by a
combination of factors, namely, altitude; presence of vegetation and soil overburden; type
and nature of underlying geological materials; existence of major geological structures;
and magnitude of physical processes like erosion, weathering, and mass movements that
occurred and/or are occurring in a particular area.
In the field, it is possible to deduce the qualitative aspects of terrain characteristics based
on the following observations:
a. Current physical characteristics of drainage system and associated sub-catchments
such as channel configuration/gradient, bedload, and stream order or degree of
stream dissection;
b. Drainage pattern which gives an idea of the lithological homogeneity of geological
materials; and
p. 2.1.3- 5
c.
Catchment slope or degree of topographical steepness which reflects the level of

resistance of materials to erosional processes.
To supplement the field observations, an evaluation of various terrain characteristics of

the drainage systems within the study area was carried out thru a topographic map
analysis. Results of the analysis are shown in Table 2.1.3-3.
Catchment Size
The number of associated tributaries draining into the main trunk basically influences
the size of a catchment or drainage area. In general, larger areas are geologically
more mature and have higher capacities to contain more surface runoff, especially
during high rainfall events.
In terms of catchment size, the largest rivers in the study area are Manitohan (38
km2), Cawayan (27 km2) and Menito (25 km2). On the other hand, the smallest rivers
are Bulabog (3 km2) and Capuy (2.6 km2).
Topography
With respect to drainage elevation, the highest headwaters are found in Osiao (1060
masl), Rizal and Bucal-bucalan (both 900 masl). Osiao headwater is actually outside
of the delineated block (north of Mt. Pangas, also known as the Rock Dome). Rizal
and Bucal-bucalan headwaters are found within the eastern portion of the block.
Other notable drainage elevations are those of Ticol (860 masl), Cawayan (820 masl)
and Manitohan (800 masl). Except for Osiao, Bulabog, Capuy and Anahaw, the
headwaters of the other rivers are within the development block.
Stream Order
The stream order or number of stream segments per drainage system was
determined using Hortons stream segment classification. First order streams are
assigned to the smallest elongated depressions that have the capacity to organize
runoff (i.e., have an elementary channel) and are not connected to any upstream
tributary. In short, it is the smallest unbranched tributary. Second-order streams are
initiated by the confluence of two 1st-order streams. Third-orders are initiated by the
confluence of two 2nd-orders, and so on. The highest order, in turn, is assigned to the
main trunk. It follows, therefore, that rivers with more upstream tributaries have higher
stream order at the main body.
Drainages with high stream orders indicate well-dissected systems. In the analysis,
these rivers are Manitohan and Cawayan (6th order), followed by Menito (5th order).
The least-dissected drainages are Bucal-bucalan, Bulabog and Anahaw (3rdorder),
and Capuy and Ticol (2nd order).
River Length
The river length was measured on the base map with the use of a curvimeter. The
distance was taken from the uppermost headwater tributary down to the main river at
the estuary.
The longest rivers among the surveyed watersheds are Manitohan (16 km), Cawayan
(12 km) and Ticol (10 km). The shortest, on the other hand, are Capuy (3.5 km),
Bucal-bucalan and Bulabog (both 3 km).
p. 2.1.3- 6
Relief Ratio
The relief ratio is defined as the ratio of the highest basin elevation to river length. It is
a relative measure of the overall steepness of the basin. Conversely, it is an
indication of the intensity of slope erosion (i.e., the steeper the slope, the less intense
the erosion).
Among the catchments, the highest ratios were derived for Bucal-bucalan (0.30) and
Rizal (0.22), both located along the southwestern portion of the block. The high relief
ratio of Bucal-bucalan is due to its high headwater elevation and relatively short river
length. Cawayan and Anahaw (both 0.06) and Manitohan (0.05) have the smallest
ratios. These ratios indicate a relatively mature drainage system compared to the
rest.
Bedload and Discharge Points
Among the rivers, only Cawayan carries significant bedload materials. In fact, sand
and gravel quarrying was observed along the lower portions of Cawayan, near the
national highway. This river follows a meandering course typical of floodplain rivers
with loads ranging from fine sediments to gravels and boulders.
Except for Manitohan and Osiao, which exits into Poliqui Bay and Sugot Bay (Albay
Gulf), respectively, the rest of the river systems discharge their load into Sorsogon
Bay.
Drainage Pattern
Except for a portion of Manitohan River, all drainages exhibit a dendritic or pinnate
pattern. This type of pattern is indicative of insequent streams flowing across rocks
with relatively uniform resistance to erosion.
The Inang Maharang Valley portion of Manitohan River, which is located at an
elevation of around 300 meters, demonstrate a rectangular or lattice pattern indicating
the presence of prominent faults or joint systems that break the underlying rocks into
rectangular blocks.
Overall Assessment of Physical Parameters
Based on the parameters presented in the previous discussions, the largest river
systems consist of Manitohan, Cawayan and Menito. Osiao is considered as a
medium-sized system. The rest of the watersheds are classified as small drainage
systems (Rizal, Bucal-bucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol and Anahaw).
Photos of the surface water stations are shown in Plates 2.1.3-3 to 2.1.3-19.
2. Modes of Surface Water Movement

Two (2) modes of surface water movement are important in transporting sediments,
especially the fine-grained particles such as clays and silts, from highlands down to lowlying areas. These are the overland or non-concentrated flows and the channel or
concentrated flows. The following is a brief discussion of the two modes.
p. 2.1.3- 7
a. Overland (non-concentrated) flow

Surface runoff (also called the net rainfall excess or net precipitation) is actually a
residual of precipitation after abstractions in the form of interception, depression
storage and initial infiltration have occurred. During precipitation events, rainwater
falling on land surfaces does not immediately flow into well-defined drainage systems
or channels. Instead, water flows initially over the ground as a sheetwash.
As precursors to surface erosion, overland flows can occur either as rills or gullies.
These flows normally travel for short distances before they collect into channels.
Water temporarily stored in the overland flow is sometimes called detention storage,
which may evaporate to some extent during the period of runoff.
b. Concentrated (channel) flows
Watersheds or catchments can be viewed physically as well-defined systems wherein
sediment transport occurs from topographic highs to areas of lower elevation,
generally along major channels or conduits such as rivers and creeks. The sediments
may be modified while in transit, either physically, chemically or both. Depending on
various conditions associated with channel flow like water velocity, gradient, drainage
shape (linearity or sinuosity), and size of materials being transported, some of the
load may be deposited along drainage routes or channels, or may be resuspended
and remobilized at a later time.
During the field survey, the river discharges in selected sampling stations were
measured. These data are presented in the next section.
3. Discharge Data
As part of the baseline survey, spot discharge measurements were conducted in
December 5-8, 2000 and June 6-7, 2002. The results of discharge measurements are
indicated in Table 2.1.3-4.
River systems with notable flows include mid-Cawayan at BMGP-35 (4.46 m3/s), mid-Rizal
at BMGP-79 (2.16 m3/s), upper Menito at BMGP-107 (1.15 m3/s), lower Bucal-bucalan at
BMGP-111 (1.02 m3/s), mid-Ticol at BMGP-127 (0.97 m3/s), and mid-Osiao at BMGP-64
(0.60 m3/s).
Rivers with low flows are mid-Capuy at BMGP-121 (0.32 m3/s), lower Bulabog at BMGP116 (0.20 m3/s), upper Anahaw at BMGP-133 (0.11 m3/s), upper Osiao at BMGP-72 (0.03
m3/s) and mid-Anahaw at BMGP-132 (0.01 m3/s).
No flow reading was taken from Manitohan (BMGP-12 and BMGP-71) due to extremely
high water currents as a result of continuous heavy rains at the time of sampling.
Likewise, no reading was taken in Ticol (BMGP-126), Rizal (BMGP-104 and BMGP-103)
and Menito (BMGP-80) because of heavy rains.
It should be emphasized that the baseline measurements presented herein are true only
for the time that the readings were taken. Thus, for purposes of presenting a more
realistic flow data, the in-house historical monitoring data on Manitohan, Cawayan, and
Rizal were incorporated to supplement the baseline levels. The historical data were
collected by the companys in-house Environmental Field Operations Department (EFOD)
and are shown in Table 2.1.3-5.
p. 2.1.3- 8
Based on Table 2.1.3-5, the minimum and maximum historical of the three (3) rivers can
be summarized as follows:
RIVER
Cawayan (BMGP-35)
Rizal (BMGP-79)
Manitohan (BMGP-71)
MIN. FLOW (m3/s)

0.23
0.09
0.85
MAX. FLOW (m3/s)

5.68
2.40
3.51
From the above table, it can be seen that the baseline flow levels are within the historical
ranges and are actually near the high end. The large discharges are a result of the heavy
rains experienced during the December 2000 sampling.
Among the river systems that were surveyed, only Cawayan has a long-term record of
discharge measurements from NWRB (Table 2.1.3-6). The gauging station, which is at
present non-operational, was located in Bgy. Basud about 1 km upstream of the LegaspiSorsogon National Highway. This station is downstream of the PNOC-EDC monitoring
station in Cawayan (BMGP-35). The data, which cover the years 1954 to 1970, indicate
that the minimum and maximum monthly mean discharges were 0.66 (July) and 2.76 m3/s
(January), respectively. The average monthly flow was 1.3 m3/s. The minimum annual
average reading was 0.25 m3/s (1969), while the maximum annual average was 2.19 m3/s
(1963). The lowest and highest readings were 0.08 m3/s (July 1969) and 8.10 m3/s
(December 1954), respectively.
4. River Uses
The river waters within the study area are tapped primarily for domestic purposes like
bathing and washing (Class B), sustenance fishery (Class C), and for irrigation and
livestock watering (Class D). Some of the local residents are also reportedly using the
headwater tributaries for drinking (Class A). But in general, surface water is not used
extensively as a drinking water source. Dumping of domestic garbage was observed
along the downstream portion of most rivers (Plate 2.1.3-2), while backyard pigpens were
observed in lower Osiao and mid-Anahaw Rivers. The major river uses are presented in
Figure 2.1.3-2.
Although Cawayan River and the other bigger rivers contain significant streamflows even
during dry season, the water cannot be utilized for drinking without resorting to expensive
physical treatment (Sorsogon Water District Reports, 1997).
From among the rivers covered in this study, Cawayan is the most widely used. A 230
kW-hydroelectric NPC power plant (Plate 2.1.3-20), now abandoned, was previously
operating along the mid-section of Cawayan (elevation 300 masl). Also, a considerable
portion of lower Cawayan is used for sand and gravel quarrying.
To date, only Cawayan River has been officially classified by DENR-EMB as Class C. A
separate investigation report on Manitohan River by DENR-EMB 5 (1990) recommended
its temporary classification to Class C. The other rivers have not been officially classified
by the DENR.
p. 2.1.3- 9
B.
Hydrogeology
1. Hydrogeologic Units
Based on the hydrogeologic map prepared by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau
(MGB), the major hydrogeologic units in the area can be classified as follows:
(a) Quaternary lava flows (QV);
(b) Quaternary pyroclastics and clastic sedimentary rocks (Qvp); and
(c) Recent alluvial sediments (Qal).
Below is a discussion of the three (3) hydrogeologic units. The hydrogeologic map is
shown in Figure 2.1.3-3.
a. Recent Alluvium (Qal)

The recent alluvial deposits are confined mostly within the narrow flat coastal plains
and along the floodplains of major drainages. These materials can also be found
along the fan deposits located immediately south of Mt. Alinao (or northwest of
Sorsogon City).
The alluvial deposits consist of unsorted to fairly sorted
unconsolidated sand, silt, clay, gravel and coral fragments. Some of the materials are
the weathering products of older rocks in the area.
b. Quaternary Volcanic (QV)

These volcanic rocks, which occupy a large portion of the study area, are generally
lava flows of andesitic origin. The lava flows are usually massive. However, at the
foothills of Mt. Alinao, these rocks are heavily fractured which explains the presence
of several springs in the area. In particular, the spring sources of the Sorsogon Water
District are coming out of this formation.
c. Quaternary Pyroclastic and Clastic Sedimentary Rocks (Qvp)

The pyroclastics and clastic sedimentary rocks can be found along moderately sloping
to rolling grounds at the eastern and southern flanks of Mt. Alinao. The pyroclastics
are composed of tuff, agglomerate and volcanic breccia. The clastic sedimentary
rocks, on the other hand, are made up of tuffaceous sandstone, shale, siltstone and
conglomerate with layers of unconsolidated sand and gravel.
The tuffaceous sandstone layers, in particular, are semi-consolidated, medium to
coarse in texture, highly porous and permeable. Thus, the tuffaceous sandstone is
considered a good aquifer.
2. Composition, Extent and Depth of Aquifer System

In the Tanawon area, groundwater manifests mostly in the form of springs. Along the
headwaters, these springs are the ones feeding the stream discharges, especially during
dry season. The springs outcrop in fractured volcanics and pyroclastics, unconsolidated
breccias and along contacts between the volcanics and the alluvial fan.
In the lowlands, the aquifers are composed of sediments and recent alluvial deposits and
are tapped mainly through wells. The thickness of the unconsolidated deposits may vary
from a few meters to more than 180 meters. A certain 183-meter depth test well drilled
p. 2.1.3- 10
by the Sorsogon Water District, for example, taps a thick section of the sediments. In the
absence of a deeper well, the depth of the clastic aquifer is currently not known.
In general, the lowland sedimentary deposits possess primary porosity and permeability at
the upper layers, and thus are considered as a very good water table aquifer. In fact,
even the shallow wells around Sorsogon with depth of less than 20 meters show good
discharge capacities. At deeper levels, a multi-aquifer system exists in places where clay
layers are intercalated with permeable formations. This multi-system apparently has a
deeper water table (described as alluvial sediments containing layers of sand, silt and
occasional gravel lenses) and a deeper confined leaky artesian system composed of
clastic sedimentary rocks (Sorsogon Water District, 1997). Free flowing wells exist when
these sources intercept the artesian groundwater system. These artesian wells are found
mostly within the city proper.
Based on the groundwater map of Sorsogon published by NWRB in its Rapid Assessment
of Water Supply Sources Report (May 1982), the province of Sorsogon can be divided
into difficult areas, deep well areas and shallow well areas. Applying these categories to
the study area, we can derive the following generalizations:
(a) The Tanawon Geothermal Development Block and the entire BGPF are located within
difficult areas. Difficult areas are described as zones where groundwater supply is
generally minimal.
Hence, the probability of encountering non-productive
groundwater boreholes is quite high. Exceptions to this condition are heavilyfractured areas where groundwater discharges, mainly in the form of springs, may
abound (e.g., along the foothills of Mt. Alinao). Recharge or replenishment of
groundwater in these areas occurs mainly through rock fissures, cracks and crevices
(or secondary permeabilities) found within the Quaternary Volcanics.
(b) The moderately sloping, rolling and flat-lying areas with pyroclastics and clastic
sedimentary rocks are classified as deep well areas. These areas are characterized
by aquifers having depths of more than 20 meters below ground level (mbgl). Both
water table and artesian aquifers are found in these areas. The deeper leaky artesian
aquifer system found within the city proper is being tapped by the Sorsogon Water
District as one of its major sources of groundwater supply.
(c) Shallow well areas are found along flat coastal plains and floodplains of major
drainages. The thickness of the water table aquifers is generally less than 20 meters.
Groundwater discharges from wells drilled in these areas may range from low to
moderate. Thus, these sources are generally not sufficient for urban water supply.
Instead, this type of aquifer is best developed for Level I (point source) and Level II
(public faucet) projects.
3. Transmissivity and Hydraulic Conductivity

Based on published hydrogeologic reports of the study area, the transmissivity of the
sedimentary aquifers was calculated to be 0.005 m2/s. Dividing the transmissivity value
by the aquifer thickness (which in this case was taken to be 183 meters or the deepest
depth drilled so far), the calculated hydraulic conductivity would be 2.7 x 10 5 m/s. This
hydraulic conductivity is typical of a slightly silty sandy aquifer (or the semi-artesian multiaquifer system).
p. 2.1.3- 11
4. Groundwater Level
Near the coastal plains, the elevation of the groundwater ranges from close to the ground
to around 50 meters above sea level (masl) going inland. In the upland areas, the
elevation is said to roughly follow the contour elevation.
In the vicinity of the project area, groundwater levels are generally assumed to be parallel
to the topography. Near the coastal area, groundwater fluctuations are likely to be
affected by tidal changes in the water level of Sorsogon Bay.
5. Georesistivity Data
An internal georesistivity investigation was conducted by PNOC-EDC in 1993 for the
Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field (BGPF). Results of the study revealed three
shallow resistivity layers. The topmost layer is composed of fresh volcanics with a
thickness of about 10 meters having resistivity values of 300 to 700 ohm-meter. These
resistivity values were correlated to dry volcanics and pyroclastics.
The next layer is a 10 to 50 m-thick low resistivity zone with resistivity values of 50 to 150
ohm-meters. This low resistivity zone is interpreted as the shallow fresh groundwater
zone present in the Upper Pocdol Volcanics, while some areas having resistivity values of
< 10 to 50 ohm-meter may be due to hydrothermal alteration. The water table is
interpreted to be around 10 meters.
The lower zone has resistivity values of 300 to 1000 ohm-meters having a thickness of
about 100 meters. This zone is correlated to slightly altered and/or fresh lava that serves
as an aquitard.
The three zones, however, are present only in the upper part of the Pocdol Mountains
where BGPF is located, and are either non-existent or present as thin zones in other
areas. Table 2.1.3-7 shows the general resistivity structure and correlation of the
resistivity values in BGPF.
6. Inventory of Existing Spring and Well Sources in the Surrounding

Communities
An extensive in-house inventory and sampling activities of groundwater sources within
BGPF and the surrounding communities were conducted by the Geoscientific Department
of PNOC-EDC in March to September 1998. From the said investigations, the same
department prepared a hydrogeological report in July 1999.
For the purpose of presenting the extent of groundwater development in the downstream
communities (i.e., from Bgy. Rizal in the west to Bgys. Bibincahan/Cabid-an in the east),
relevant groundwater sources were selected from the Geoscientific inventory.
From among the groundwater sources included in the inventory, representative sources
were chosen and sampled as part of the EIS baseline survey conducted in December
2000 and June 2002 by the in-house Hydrologist and Chemist. Results of the physicochemical sampling/analysis are discussed in the Water Quality Module. The list and
location of groundwater sources included in the baseline survey were shown earlier in
Table 2.1.3-2 and Figure 2.1.3-1.
p. 2.1.3- 12
Based on Table 2.1.3-2, it can be seen that most of the sources found within the vicinity of
the project area are springs that discharge at elevations ranging from 180 450 masl
(Sorsogon Water District springs) to below 150 masl (other point-source springs). These
springs were observed to effuse along cracks or fissures in the lava flows, pyroclastic
rocks, and unconsolidated breccias. The capacities of springs range from low to high
(less than 1 LPS to greater than 30 LPS). The springs that have medium to high
capacities have concrete impoundment/boxes and distribution pipelines. The spring
waters are typically piped to barangays and sitios where residents access the water either
through public faucets (Level II) or household connections (Level III).
The Alinao,
Matacla and Anahaw springs located along Anahaw River are part of the water sources
developed by the Sorsogon Water District (SWD) to supply the requirements of Sorsogon
City and outlying barangays.
The wells (either dug or drilled) can be found at the lowlands, mostly along the national
road and in areas where no or few spring sources exist. The depth of the wells ranges
from 5 to 132 meters. The deeper wells are operated by the SWD. The SWD wells in the
study area are located in Bgys. Baribag, Binbincahan, Cabid-an, Guinlajon and
Pangpang. The rest of the wells are either public or privately owned and are utilized
primarily for drinking and other domestic purposes. A review of available stratigraphic
logs of wells in Sorsogon indicates the predominance of sandy-clayey and/or tuffaceous
layers with intercalations of volcanic breccias/boulders within the sandy layers. These
water-bearing units are normally found at depth below 25 meters.
A detailed description of the inventoried groundwater sources is presented in the
succeeding pages. Photos of groundwater sources are shown in Plates 2.1.3-21 to 45.
a. Basud spring, BMGW-11 (Plate 2.1.3-21)

This is one of the sources of drinking water in Bgy. Basud. The spring, which is found
near the Basud irrigation intake upslope of Cawayan River, has two (2) concrete boxes.
The spring outcrops from tuff/andesite boulders (part of the Qvp unit) at a flow of
approximately 2 LPS.
b. Guinlajon well, BMGW-54 (Plate 2.1.3-22)

This artesian well is located along the national highway in Bgy. Guinlajon, across the
Iglesia Ni Cristo Church. The local residents living near the well use this free-flowing
source for drinking. The well has a 6 diameter casing with a 1 diameter outlet, from
which water flows freely at a rate of 0.04 LPS. From local interviews, the depth of this well
is not known. Based on the hydrogeologic map, the aquifer tapped by this well may
consist of alluvium at the upper layer; if deep enough, it is likely that the Qvp unit may
have also been encountered.
c. Ticol well, BMGW-56 (Plate 2.1.3-23)

This 30-foot deep well has a 4 diameter casing and is provided with a jetmatic pump.
The water is not potable and is used only for washing. The rusty taste of the water
apparently comes from the corroded casing. As the well is relatively shallow, the main
aquifer tapped by this well is most likely alluvium.
p. 2.1.3- 13
d. Palhi, Capuy spring, BMGW-55 (Plates 2.1.3-24 to 25)

Multiple springs with medium to high flows were observed along the fractured pyroclastics
found near the footslopes, some 8.5 km west of the city proper. The total discharge from
observed seepages is estimated to be greater than 10 LPS. This spring is one of the
stronger water sources in the study area. In fact, the Water District considers this source
as the most promising among the potential springs inventoried in 1997. The reported
discharge in July 1990 was 37 LPS.
The spring is being used for drinking, bathing, washing and for recreational purposes.
Two (2) swimming pools across the springs are being fed by the said sources.
e. Bucal-bucalan, BMGW-52 (Plates 2.1.3-26 to 28)

As with Palhi spring, Bucal-bucalan spring is actually made up of a cluster of springs with
very strong flows (> 10 LPS) issuing out of tuff and andesite boulders. The area has a
large man-made pool that is used by the local residents for swimming, bathing and
washing. From the cluster, a separate spring source was isolated/piped and is used as
drinking water point source.
f. Daan Tinampo dug well, BMGW-53

The water from this 2 meter-diameter dug well is not potable. The main uses are for
bathing and washing. According to the local residents, the source was excavated during
the 1940s and reportedly does not dry up, even during summer months. The aquifer
intercepted by this dug well is alluvium.
g. Ticol spring, BMGW-57 (Plate 2.1.3-29)

This spring has a concrete box and a Level III distribution system. A number of large
seepages were observed outcropping along the sides of the spring box. The spring flows
out of pyroclastics at an observed rate of 1 LPS.
h. Tublijon spring, BMGW-51 (Plate 2.1.3-30)

The source can be found near the PC detachment along the junction going to the project
site. Although the discharge was not measured, the flow is inferred to be moderate since
two spring boxes were constructed in the area. The spring flows out of andesite lava
boulders.
i. BaseCamp spring, BMGW-8 (Plate 2.1.3-31)

The spring water comes out of pyroclastics. The source is provided with 1.5 & 2.5 HP
pumps. According to the pump tender, the spring is perennial and consistent (i.e., the
discharge does not decrease even during dry months). The project nurse regularly
collects water for bacteriological tests. Water from this source is potable and is piped to
the adjacent basecamp facility.
j. NPC spring source, BMGW-40 (Plate 2.1.3-32)

This perennial source can be found along the project road going to the Admin. office of
BGPF. The spring has two (2) interconnected spring boxes (intake & reservoir) and is
being used by NPC as their source of project water. The spring flows out of pyroclastics.
p. 2.1.3- 14
k. Sorsogon Water District Sources:
Water Wells (Plates 2.1.3-33 to 37)
As of June 2002, the Water District is operating five (5) deepwells or pumping
stations. The sixth well is being drilled at Bgy. Abuyog at the time of survey. The five
(5) wells are located in Bgy. Baribag, Bibincahan, Cabid-an, Guinlajon and Pangpang.
The depth ranges from a minimum of 50+ to 132 meters. The combined discharges
vary from 250 280 m3/hr (69 78 LPS).
Anahaw Springs (Plate 2.1.3-38)
The Anahaw springs (Anahaw 1/Filtration Basin and Anahaw 2) are part of the
drinking water sources tapped by the Water District. Anahaw 1 is located at an
elevation of 338 masl, while Anahaw 2 is at 450 masl. The springs come out of
cracks within the volcanic rocks. The discharges measured by the water district are
8.9 LPS and 2.0 3.5 LPS, respectively. All the SWD springs are provided with
concrete boxes as intake structures.
Matacla Springs (Plates 2.1.3-39 to 40)
Matacla 1 & 2 and Matacla 3 lie approximately 0.7 km NE of Alinao Springs at
elevations of 300 and 320 masl, respectively. Water District records indicate
discharges ranging from 15 18.4 LPS and 4.0 9.8 LPS, respectively. Matacla 1 &
2 has the second strongest discharge among the sources. Water from Matacla 1 & 2
comes out of a small alluvial fan of Matacla creek. Matacla 3, on the other hand,
outcrops from the loose materials of a talus deposit and from the superficial fractured
layer of the volcanic rocks.
Alinao Springs (Plates 2.1.3-42 to 44)
The Alinao springs are located at elevations ranging from 180 to 250 masl,
outcropping immediately along the contact of the alluvial fan drained by Anahaw River
(southern slopes of Mt. Alinao) and the quaternary volcanics to the north.
The Sorsogon Water District reported that in 1997, Alinao 1 (elev. 180 masl), Alinao 2
(elev. 220 masl) and Alinao 3 (elev. 250 masl) have a reported discharge of 5.7-7.8
LPS, 1.8 LPS, and 28.9 29.5 LPS, respectively (or a combined discharge of 36.4 39.1 LPS). Alinao 3 has the strongest discharge among the SWD spring sources.
Alinao 2, on the other hand, has the weakest flow.
It should be noted herein that most of the SWD springs cited above are located at the
foothills, where there is an abrupt change in hydraulic gradient from upland to lowland.
The occurrence of these springs is due to the interception of the upland water-table
aquifer by the less permeable layers in the lowlands.
l. San Juan Springs (Plate 2.1.3-45)

The San Juan springs form a series of groundwater discharges outcropping at an
elevation of 150 masl, 1.2 km southwest of San Juan Poblacion. There are a number of
spring boxes in the area and the water is piped to San Juan and to Bacon. The flows
were observed to be moderate to strong.
p. 2.1.3- 15
Relevant data on the said sources are presented in Table 2.1.3-8.
7. Groundwater Movement and Flow Direction

The groundwater flow along the uplands is generally from north to south, due to direct
recharge into coarse pyroclastics and andesitic lava. In the lowlands, the flow generally
follows the course of the rivers towards Sorsogon Bay. The elevation of groundwater
level in the plain ranges from sea level to 50 masl; in the uplands, it is inferred to reach
higher than 500 masl. The groundwater divides generally coincide with river basin
boundaries. The Sorsogon Water District study reports a hydraulic gradient of 1.4% in the
plains to greater than 10% in the upland areas. Based on the direction of groundwater
flow and possible groundwater contour lines, river or drainage inputs from rivers into the
adjacent shallow aquifers are possible.
8. Groundwater Budget
a. Recharge
Groundwater recharge, which is basically the downward flow of water into the
groundwater reservoir, can be classified into two types:
(1) direct recharge or the result of direct percolation of precipitation; and
(2) indirect recharge or the percolation to the groundwater system from inland surface
water bodies such as ponds, lakes and rivers.
Recharge of the shallow, water table aquifer occurs directly from rainfall and
percolation from inland water bodies like rivers and lakes. In addition to rainfall and
seepage inputs, the deeper artesian aquifer in the lowlands can also be recharged by
the inflow of water from the water table aquifer within the uplands. The water flows
into the confined aquifers at the foothills where a semi-confining layer occurs.
In the study area, recharge is of great importance not only to the geothermal system
but also to the surrounding groundwater reservoirs in the lowlands. Based on
topography, geology (contact between the alluvial sediments and volcanics) and
structures, the recharge areas of the lowland groundwater sources located south of
the Tanawon sector are inferred to be along Cawayan River at an elevation of about
100 masl, near the contact of the volcanics and alluvial fan deposits.
On the east, recharge could be coming mainly along the Rangas river system at an
elevation of about 200 masl at the contact of the Young Pulog Volcanics (PoV3) and
the alluvial sediments (Rd2).
On the north-northeastern part of the study area, four major river systems recharge
the aquifer at an elevation of 100 to 200 masl, and on the south-southwest, mainly the
Manitohan, Rizal and the Buyo river contributes to the aquifer at an elevation of 300
masl at the contact of the Tanawon volcanics (TwV1) and the Old Cawayan Volcanics
(CVp). Recharge may also occur at higher elevations through highly fractured
volcanics.
The map of inferred recharge areas is shown in Figure 2.1.3-4.
The numerous springs and artesian or free-flowing wells in the lowlands, especially
within Sorsogon city proper are inferred to be recharged by the direct inflow of water
p. 2.1.3- 16
from water table aquifers in the uplands. These recharge areas are most probably
along the contact of the different formations and soil types as well as within the vicinity
of highly fractured areas.
The Sorsogon Water District (1997) calculated the groundwater budget for Cawayan
River Basin (CRB) by using the Auto-Regressive-Moving-Average Hydrologic Model
(ARMA). For a drainage area of about 152 km2 and an annual rainfall of 3,717 mm,
the groundwater recharge is approximately 8.9%, evapotranspiration = 32.3% and
direct runoff = 59% of the annual recharge. The study further reported an estimated
groundwater throughput along Sorsogon Bay of 1.54 m3/s, which is equivalent to 48.6
million m3/year (using T=0.005 sqm/s, I=1.4%, aquifer width=22,000 m as input
parameters).
b. BaseFlow
The term recession refers to the decline of natural output in the absence of input (i.e.
precipitation). The baseflow component of streams represents the withdrawal of
groundwater from storage and is termed as groundwater recession (Domenico and
Schwatrz, 1990). Baseflow is generally determined from stream hydrographs. The
hydrograph is separated into its component parts consisting of overland flow
(discharge) and baseflow. The recession period starts at the peak of the discharge
until the next rainy season starts.
During recession, there is contribution of groundwater to the river discharge. After
recession, the main component of river discharge comes primarily from precipitation.
Less groundwater contribution to the river discharge (less baseflow) means that more
recharge occurs to the groundwater system. Hence, maximum recharge of the
groundwater system occurs during maximum precipitation periods.
Quantitatively, the baseflow can be determined by calculating the volume of total
potential discharge (Qtp) and the actual discharge:
Qtp = Q0t1
--------
2.3
Qtd = Q0t1 Q0t1/2.3
------ ---------2.3
10t/t1
where Q0 is the initial discharge value at the start of recession, t1 is the duration of
recession and t is the duration of the entire recession for the particular set of data
points over a period of time.
This method was applied to Cawayan River, which is biggest drainage system found
south of Tanawon sector. Figure 2.1.3-5 shows the hydrograph of Cawayan
indicating the baseflow and overflow components. The Cawayan flow data (19951998) generated by the in-house Environmental Field Operations Department were
used in the calculation. Based on Fig. 2.1.3-7, the total baseflow is 4.81 x 106 m3 or
3.5% of the river discharge during the recession.
It should be noted, however, that these calculations were made based on limited data
and should be verified when more data become available.
p. 2.1.3- 17
9. Groundwater Uses
Most of the groundwater sources are potable, and thus are used for drinking by the
local residents. Wells that are not potable are used for other domestic purposes (i.e.,
washing and bathing).
10. Water Supply and Demand Projections

The Groundwater Resources Development Plan (1997-2030) prepared for the
Sorsogon Water District by LWUA-SWECO in October 1997 reported that the total
potable water demand of Sorsogon City (then a municipality) is projected to increase
from 11,112 m3/day (1997) to 57,320 m3/day by year 2030. This figure is equivalent
to 366 liters per capita per day (l/c/d), consistent with estimates for similar LWUA
development projects.
The total water demand can be further broken down as follows: (a) Level III = 56,520
m3/day; and (b) Levels II and I = 1,060 m3/day. Bulk of the Level III service areas are
found within the city proper and adjoining barangays from Pangpang in the west to
Abuyog in the southeast. The rest of the barangays that are not served by Level III
systems are classified as Levels I and II areas.
In 1997, the water district was serving 24,075 people by utilizing 4,954 m3/d (or 57
LPS) of water from two (2) wells and several springs. It was further estimated that
around 11,864 people within the urban portions of Sorsogon are using 1,209 m3/d of
groundwater thru public and private wells (approximately 750 units). The rest of the
population was assumed to be using groundwater at a rate of 4,494 m3/d, the sources
of which were unknown at the time of study.
Based on the water districts initial modeling results (using Visual Modflow), the
average groundwater recharge was estimated at 132,000 m3/day. However, the
recoverable groundwater was set by LWUA-SWECO at 93,000 m3/day only. This
estimate is quite conservative considering that this represents only around 70% of the
total groundwater flow. Based on the recommended management strategy, the
remaining 30% must be allowed to discharge freely into the sea to prevent saltwater
intrusion. Another recommendation then was to drill future production wells further
inland at elevation of at least 60 masl. This recommendation has been partly
implemented since the water district has since drilled three (3) more wells and is now
on their sixth pumping station (as of June 2002).
The groundwater modeling results further indicate that the projected withdrawal may
cause a general drawdown in the artesian aquifer of over 2 meters in the city proper
and along the western part of their study area. The maximum drawdown of 18 meters
was projected at an area 1.5-km northwest of the city proper. This means that point
sources (i.e., Level I wells) with depth less than the computed drawdown may
eventually become dry. Hence, the District recommended that population tapping
Level I sources in areas that may be affected in the future should be connected to
water district.
3
Based on their groundwater evaluation, the projected water demand of 57,320 m /day
by year 2030 can be readily supplied by drilling additional wells. However, the District
emphasized that the wells should be properly sited, designed, and constructed in
order to maximize the volume of water that can be pumped, as well as to prevent
significant drawdown that may occur due to well interference. The supply can also be
supplemented by tapping other high-capacity springs found in the locality.
p. 2.1.3- 18
Table 2.1.3-1 River Water Sampling Stations
Station Name
Catchment
Description
Northing, m
Easting, m
Elevation, m
BMGP-98
Cawayan
100 m d/s from junction of creek draining Pad BB and 3 minor

tributaries originating from Pad BA and Pulog Lake area
1,442,060
604,250
580
BMGP-24
Cawayan
300 m u/s of western tributary of Dalipay Creek near the

Cawayan Sector
1,442,300
601,700
660
BMGP-35
Cawayan
50 m u/s of Basud irrigation dam
1,437,200
603,800
50
BMGP-127
Ticol
100 m u/s of Ticol irrigation dam in Purok 6, Bgy. Ticol about 300
m upstream from Legaspi-Sorsogon National Road
1,436,350
602,700
20
BMGP-126
Ticol
20 m u/s of Delgado Bridge in Bgy. Pocdol
1,434,750
601,600
BMGP-121
Capuy
30 m u/s from barangay road leading to Palhi spring/swimming

pools
1,435,500
603,450
10
BMGP-116
Bulabog
50 m u/s from Legaspi-Sorsogon National Road
1,435,650
600,250
10
BMGP-111
Bucal-bucalan
50 m u/s from Legaspi-Sorsogon National Road
1,435,700
599,100
20
BMGP-104
Rizal
200 m from the river mouth at the back of National High School
1,435,350
597,800
BMGP-79
Rizal
5 m u/s of spillway leading to BGPF
1,437,100
598,400
100
BMGP-103
Rizal
20 m downstream of area draining Sitio Fatima & Tanawon block
1,437,700
598,750
240
BMGP-107
Menito
100 m u/s of Gate # 1 of BGPF BaseCamp
1,440,950
599,100
600
p. 2.1.3- 19
Table 2.1.3-1 River Water Sampling Stations (continuation)
Station Name
Catchment
Description
Northing, m
Easting, m
Elevation, m
100 m u/s of Legaspi-Sorsogon National Road
1,436,950
599,300
50
BMGP-80
Menito
BMGP-12
Manitohan
100 m d/s of spillway in Puting Bato Creek
1,442,950
598,800
350
BMGP-71
Manitohan
50 m d/s of damaged steel bridge in Sitio Banao leading to

Barangay Balasbas
1,448,750
597,900
120
BMGP-133
Anahaw
5 meters u/s of box culvert and from Sorsogon Provincial

Hospital
1,435,910
607,030
40
BMGP-132
Anahaw
10 meters u/s of bridge
1,434,730
607,600
15
BMGP-131
Anahaw
River mouth
BMGP-72
Osiao
Labug Creek, 50 meters from OP-D, east side (Rock Dome)
1,443,940
604,800
500
BMGP-64
BMGP-66
Osiao
Osiao
A few meters u/s of Osiao communal irrigation intake

River mouth
1,447,050
1,448,530
605,340
605,710
60
5
p. 2.1.3- 20
Table 2.1.3-2 Groundwater Monitoring Stations
Station
Name
BMGW-54
Catchment
Type
Guinlajon, (east
of Cawayan)
Well (free
flowing)
BMGW-11
Cawayan
Spring
BMGW-56
Ticol
Well
BMGW-57
Ticol
Spring
BMGW-55
Capuy
Spring
BMGW-52
Bucal-bucalan
Spring
Description of
Location
Baribag, Guinlajon,
Sorsogon
Northing, m
Easting, m
Flowrate
Elev.
(masl)
40
Use
Remarks
1,436,120
604,540
Low to
medium
Drinking
85
Drinking
10
Domestic
Across
Iglesia ni
Cristo Church
2 adjacent
springs, with
concrete
spring box
30-ft deep
Basud, Sorsogon; 1
km north of
Sorsogon National
Road
Ticol, Sorsogon;
along roadside south
of Sorsogon
National Road
Purok 6, Ticol,
Sorsogon; 1 km
north of Sorsogon
National Road
Palhi, Capuy,
Sorsogon; about 300
m north of Sorsogon
National Road
Bulabog, Sorsogon,
200 m south of
Sorsogon National
Road
1,437,050
603,600
Medium
1,435,760
602,760
1,436,700
603,020
Strong
30
Drinking
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
1,435,350
601,610
Strong
10
Recreation,
domestic,
drinking
With pool; no
intake box
1,435,130
598,950
Strong
Recreation,
domestic
drinking
With pool; no
intake box
p. 2.1.3- 21
Table 2.1.3-2 Groundwater Monitoring Stations (continuation)
Station
Name
BMGW-53
Catchment
Type
Bulabog
Dug well
BMGW-51
Menito/San
Isidro
Spring
BMGW-8
Menito/San
Isidro
Spring
BMGW-40
Manitohan
Spring
BMGW-58
Osiao
Spring
Description of
Location
Daan Tinampo,
Bulabog,
Sorsogon; about
50 m south of
Sorsogon
National Road
Tublijon,
Sorsogon; about
150 m west of
road linking
Sorsogon
National Road to
project site
PNOC-EDC
BaseCamp;
Bonga, Sorsogon
At BGPF, along
road between
PNOC-EDC
basecamp &
Admin complex
Bgy. Osiao
Northing, m
Easting, m
Flowrate
1,435,180
600,040
Low to
medium
1,437,080
598,160
Medium
1,440,620
599,400
1,441,960
1,447,885
Use
Remarks
Washing,
bathing
Not potable;
does not dry
up even
during
summer
140
Drinking
With concrete
spring box
Medium to
high
600
Drinking
600,540
Medium
700
NPC water
source
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
606,915
Medium
80
Drinking
p. 2.1.3- 22
Elev.
(masl)
5
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
Station
Name
BMGW-59
Catchment
Type
BMGW-62
East of
Sampaloc
East of
Sampaloc
East of
Sampaloc
Anahaw
SWD well # 4
BMGW-63
Anahaw
SWD well # 5
BMGW-64
Anahaw
SWD spring
(Anahaw 2)
BMGW-65
Anahaw
SWD spring
(Matacla 3)
BMGW-66
Anahaw
BMGW-67
Anahaw
SWD spring
(Matacla 1 &
2)
abandoned
SWD spring
(Mejeda)
BMGW-60
BMGW-61
Northing, m
Easting, m
Flowrate
SWD well # 1
Description of
Location
Baribag
1,437,566
609,710
SWD well # 2
Bibincahan
1,436,851
SWD well # 3
Sea Breeze
Homes, Cabid-an
Guinlajon
Villa Alegre
homes,
Pangpang
West of Mt.
Alinao peak, near
tributary
150 meters
northwest of
Matacla 1 &2
Southeast of
Matacla 3
Immediately
south of Matacla
1&2
Use
Remarks
High
Elev.
(masl)
40
Drinking
609,745
High
40
Drinking
1,435,160
610,765
Medium
Drinking
1,435,525
606,000
High
40
Drinking
1,436,015
607,150
High
40
Drinking
55-meter
deep
132-meter
deep
50+ meter
deep
130-meter
deep
125-meter
deep
1,439,650
606,240
Medium
450
Drinking
1,439,400
606,040
Medium
325
Drinking
1,439,250
606,050
High
300
Drinking
1,439,150
606,070
Medium
290
Abandoned;
high in iron
p. 2.1.3- 23
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
No box;
remaining
discharge
pipe
Station
Name
BMGW-68
Catchment
Type
Description of
Location
North of Alinao 2
Northing, m
Easting, m
Flowrate
Use
Remarks
High
Elev.
(masl)
250
Sampaloc
SWD spring
(Alinao 3)
1,438,815
606,620
Drinking
606,710
Low
220
Drinking
1,438,610
606,850
Low to
medium
180
Drinking
1.2 km from San

Juan
1,443,845
608,915
Medium to
high
150
Drinking
Bacon spring
1.2 km from San

Juan
1, 443,845
608,915
Medium to
high
150
Drinking
Sta Cruz
spring
800 meters from

Sta Cruz
1,442,460
609,380
High
150
Drinking
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
With concrete
spring
box/pipe
BMGW-69
Sampaloc
SWD spring
(Alinao 2)
30 m above
Alinao 1
1,438,650
BMGW-70
Sampaloc
SWD spring
(Alinao 1)
South of Alinao 2
BMGW-71
San Juan
San Juan
spring
BMGW-72
San Juan
BMGW-73
Sta. Cruz
p. 2.1.3- 24
Table 2.1.3-3 Summary of Physical Attributes of Drainage Systems

RIVER
SYSTEM
Manitohan
Menito
Rizal
Bucal-bucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
Cawayan
Anahaw
Osiao
CATCHMENT
AREA
(km2)
37.70
24.76
7.35
4.46
3.11
2.65
9.70
26.97
7.44
16.20
HIGHEST
DRAINAGE
ELEVATION
(masl)
800
700
900
900
540
430
860
820
500
1060
STREAM
ORDER
RIVER
LENGTH
(km)
RELIEF
RATIO
6
5
4
3
3
2
2
6
3
4
16
5
4
3
3
3.5
10
12
7.5
6.5
0.05
0.14
0.22
0.30
0.18
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.07
0.16
*Highlighted data refer to the highest figure for that attribute.
p. 2.1.3- 25
Table 2.1.3-4 River Flow Baseline Data

Station Name
BMGP-107
BMGP-79
BMGP-111
BMGP-116
BMGP-121
BMGP-127
BMGP-98
BMGP-24
BMGP-35
BMGP-133
BMGP-132
BMGP-72
BMGP-64
Catchment
Date of Reading
Menito
Rizal
Bucal-bucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
Cawayan
Cawayan
Cawayan
Anahaw
Anahaw
Osiao
Osiao
12/07/00
12/05/00
12/06/00
12/06/00
12/06/00
12/06/00
12/05/00
12/05/00
12/05/00
06/06/02
06/06/02
06/07/00
06/07/00
Discharge Reading
(m3/s)
1.15
2.16
1.02
0.20
0.32
0.97
0.40
0.80
4.46
0.11
0.01
0.03
0.60
p. 2.1.3- 26
Table 2.1.3-5 Historical River Flow Data (mean monthly discharge in m3/s)
*Source EMD Monitoring Records
Month/Year
Cawayan River (BMGP35)
April 1995
May 1995
June 1995
August 1995
1.05
1.05
1.05
1.93
May 1996
July 1996
2.66
2.22
Rizal River
(BMGP-79)
Manitohan River
(BMGP-71)
1995
1996
1997
February 1997
March 1997
April 1997
June1997
July 1997
August 1997
October 1997
3.51
3.51
1.65
0.85
0.98
1.50
1.48
1.28
1998
February 1998
March 1998
April 1998
May 1998
June 1998
July 1998
August 1998
September 1998
November 1998
December 1998
1.46
0.98
0.39
0.34
0.32
0.23
0.24
0.31
0.92
3.09
February 1999
March 1999
April 1999
May 1999
June 1999
July 1999
August 1999
September 1999
October 1999
3.49
1.82
1.20
0.96
0.90
0.75
1.19
0.93
3.00
April 2000
May 2000
June 2000
5.68
0.64
0.72
2.82
0.22
0.16
0.25
0.15
0.09
0.25
0.31
0.37
1.77
1999
1.63
0.81
0.57
0.60
0.46
0.46
0.61
0.52
1.35
2000
2.40
0.34
0.50
p. 2.1.3- 27
Table: 2.1.3-6 Mean Monthly Discharge of Cawayan River (in m3/s)
Year
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
Mean
Std. Dev.
Jan
1.55
7.11
1.30
5.88
1.92
6.32
1.51
2.36
1.49
4.32
1.37
5.69
1.57
0.83
0.68
0.22
2.76
2.28
Feb
1.16
0.69
3.09
2.27
1.92
5.12
1.21
1.76
1.45
5.32
1.48
1.59
1.05
0.32
0.65
0.18
1.83
1.51
Note: - Indicates missing data

Location
:
Drainage Area
:
Latitude
:
Longitude
:
Status
:
Mar
2.71
0.56
2.69
1.15
2.76
3.36
1.04
1.37
1.16
3.34
1.36
0.91
0.89
0.33
0.70
0.15
0.95
1.50
1.05
Apr
0.67
0.45
1.88
1.20
0.98
0.78
0.75
1.27
0.72
2.05
1.58
0.81
0.89
0.24
0.65
0.12
0.95
0.94
0.52
May
0.50
0.36
1.11
0.64
0.68
0.53
0.82
0.94
2.09
1.98
1.62
0.74
0.55
0.21
0.61
0.07
0.82
0.84
0.57
Jun
0.39
0.30
0.89
0.52
0.51
0.39
1.62
0.83
2.02
2.04
1.10
0.60
0.52
0.20
0.44
0.03
0.75
0.77
0.60
Jul
0.32
0.36
0.96
0.55
0.53
0.39
0.50
0.87
1.97
1.28
0.67
0.58
0.24
0.41
0.08
0.79
0.66
0.46
Aug
0.31
0.34
1.01
0.57
0.53
0.34
0.47
0.69
2.52
1.50
0.94
0.58
0.68
0.20
0.46
0.15
0.71
0.59
Bgy. Basud, Sorsogon, Sorsogon

15.0 km2
12 5920
123 570
abandoned
*Source: NWRB
p. 2.1.3- 28
Sept
0.30
0.35
1.46
0.58
0.64
0.29
0.47
0.74
2.51
0.83
0.87
0.57
0.62
0.24
0.29
0.77
0.72
0.57
Oct
0.31
1.98
1.42
0.63
2.48
0.33
3.27
0.62
1.83
0.81
0.82
0.63
0.60
0.22
0.18
0.29
0.86
1.02
0.89
Nov
1.03
1.98
1.43
1.22
6.21
3.17
1.41
2.29
0.89
1.78
0.88
0.75
0.85
0.21
0.28
0.92
1.58
1.45
Dec
8.10
2.30
3.94
1.10
3.89
3.38
2.92
1.09
2.40
1.20
4.32
1.19
0.98
0.64
0.24
1.19
0.10
2.29
2.01
Table 2.1.3-7 General Resistivity Structure of the Bacon--Manito Geothermal Production Field
(After Layugan and Los Banos, 1993)
RESISTIVITY
LAYERS
(ohm-m)
THICKNESS OF
RESISTIVITY
LAYERS (m)
HYDROLOGICAL
CORRELATION
300 700
<5 20
generally 10 m
Zone of
Aeration/overburden
50 150
10 50
generally 20 m
Ground Surface
Generally dry volcanics/
pyroclastics; generally
resistive
Unconfined to semiGenerally water-saturated volcanics;
confined aquifer
intermediate to moderate resistivity
300 1000
60 200
generally 100 m
Aquitard or confining
stratum
<10 50
Infinity (about 1000

m based on drilled
wells)
Leaky or confined aquifer
100 300
INTERPRETATION/ LITHOLOGICAL
CORRELATION
Relatively less altered to fresh lava;

moderately to highly resistive
Altered part of the Middle Pocdol
Volcanics due to hydrothermal
alteration; generally conductive
Less altered part of the Middle
Pocdol Volcanics; most likely not
disturbed by hydrothermal fluids;
relatively moderately resistive
p. 2.1.3- 29
REMARKS
Generally occurs in the

upper part of the Pocdol
mountains; absent or thin
at Cawayan, Putting Bato,
Inang Maharang and
Manito lowlands.
Upper
Pocdol
Volcanics
Middle
Pocdol
Volcanics
Generally occurs within

the upflow and outflow
regions
Generally occurs within
the Sto. Nino North
(Matanga), Dumadlangan
South (South Tanawon),
and Pulog Southeast
(Pulog), high resistivity
blocks
Table 2.1.3-8 Summary of Sorsogon Water District Well Data
Well/
PS #
1
Location
Baribag
Station
Code
BMGW-59
Elev.
(masl)
40
Depth
(m)
55
Pump
Capacity
15 HP
turbine
Discharge
(m3/hr)
60 - 65
Casing
Diameter
12
Screen
Diameter
12
Date
Drilled
1979
Date Oprn.
Started
1982
Bibincahan
BMGW-60
40
132
30 HP
submersible
60 65
12
1995
1996
Sea Breeze
Homes,
Cabid-an
BMGW-61
50+
7.5 HP
submersible
18 20
No data
No data
No data
No data
Guinlajon
BMGW-62
40
130
30 HP
submersible
60 70
12
10
1997
1999
Villa Alegre
Homes,
Pangpang
BMGW-63
40
125
25 HP
submersible
50 60
10
2000
2001
p. 2.1.3- 30
MAN IT O (Itba)
MO- 2
MO- 1
4 .0
MO- 3
KM
SUG OT BAY
MANITOH AN RIVER
CATCHMENT
B
OSIAO RIVER
CATCHMENT
A
BUYO RIVER
CATCHMENT
Bac ma n-1 PP
Bo ton g PP
GAYONG
RIVER
CA TCHMENT
BACON
C a waya n PP
CAUAYAN RIVER
CATCHMENT
R IZAL
R IV ER
CATCH MENT
SORSOGON
SORSOGON
BAY
Figure 2.1.3
2.1.3-4:
6 Inferred
Recharge
Areas
Based
onon
Isotope
and
Geo logy
Figure
Inferred
Recharge
Areas
Based
Isotope
Geology
p. 2.1.3 -34
Figure 2.1.3-5 Streamflow Hydrograph of Cawayan River

(1995-1998)
3,5
3 / s
2,0
Precipitation
1,5
1,0
a r
2,5
3,0
Overflow
i s
0,5
Baseflow
Baseflow
0,0
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
Mai
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
p. 2.1.3 -35
Plate 2.1.3 -1:

River Flow Measurement Using Flow Meter.
Plate 2.1.3 -2:

Domestic garbage dumped by nearby residents along
creeks/ rivers.
Plate 2.1.3 -3:

BMGP 35 (Cawayan River midsection)
River flow = 4.46 Elevation = 50 masl
Plate 2.1.3 -4:

BMGP 127 (Ticol River midsection)
River flow = 0.97 m 3/s; Elevation = 20 masl
p. 2.1.3- 36
Plate 2.1.3 5:
BMGP 126 (Downstream Ticol River)
Elevation = 5 masl
Plate 2.1.3 6:
BMGP 121 (Capuy River, downstream section)
Elevation = 10 masl; Flow = 0.32 m 3/s
Plate 2.1.3 7:
BMGP 116 (Bulabog River, downstream section)
Elevation = 10 masl; Flow = 0.20 m 3/s
Plate 2.1.3 8:
BMGP 111 (Bucalbucalan River, downstream section)
Flow = 1.02 m 3/s; Elevation = 20 masl
p. 2.1.3- 37
Plate 2.1.3 -9:

BMGP 104 (Rizal River) Elevation = 240 masl; Flow not
measured due to high water level.
Plate 2.1.3 -11:

BMGP 103 (Rizal River, near river mouth)
Elevation = 5 masl; Flow not measured due to high water level.
Plate 2.1.3 -10:

BMGP 79 (Rizal River, along spill way going to project site)
Flow = 2.16 m 3/s; Elevation = 100 masl.
Plate 2.1.3 -12:

BMGP 107 (Rizal River, near gate to BGPF site)
Flow = 1.15 m 3/s; Elevation = 600 masl.
p. 2.1.3- 38
Plate 2.1.3 -13:

BMGP 80 (Menito River, 100 m u/s of National Road)
Elevation = 40 masl; Flow not measured due to high water
level
Plate 2.1.3 -14:

BMGP 12 (Manitohan River/ Puting Bato Creek)
Elevation = 350 masl; Flow not measured due to high
water level
Plate 2.1.3 -15:

BMGP 71 (Manitohan River, Sitio Banao)
Elevation = 120 masl; Flow not measured due to high water
level
Plate 2.1.3 -16:

BMGP 24 (Cawayan head water)
River flow = 0.80 m 3/s; Elevation = 660 masl
p. 2.1.3- 39
Plate 2.1.3 17:

BMGP-133 (Anahaw River, near Sorsogon Provincial Hospital)
Elevation = 40masl
River Flow = 0.11 m3/s
Plate 2.1.3 18:

BMGP-132 (Anahaw River, 10 m u/s of bridge)
Elevation = 15 masl
Plate 2.1.3 19:

BMGP-72 (Osiao headwater/ Labug Creek)
Elevation = 500 masl
Plate 2.1.3 20:

NPC Mini-Hydroelectric Dam at Cawayan River
p. 2.1.3- 40
Plate 2.1.3 21
BMGW 11 (Basud Spring) Used for drinking;
Elevation = 85 masl
Plate 2.1.3 22
BMGW 54 (Guinlajon Artesian) Used for drinking;
Elevation =40 masl
Plate 2.1.3 -23

BMGW 56 (Ticol Well) Not potable; Elevation = 10 masl
Plate 2.1.3 -24:

BMGW 55 (Palhi Spring) Used for drinking, bathing and
washing. Elevation = 10 masl
p. 2.1.3- 41
Plate 2.1.3 -25:

2 swimming pools fed by Palhi spring
Plate 2.1. 3 -26:

BMGW 52 (Bucalbucalan spring) used for drinking, bathing,
and washing. Elevation = 5 masl
Plate 2.1.3 -27:

BMGW 52 (Bucalbucalan Spring) used for drinking, bathing and washing. Elevation = 5 masl
p. 2.1.3- 42
Plate 2.1. 3 28:

BMGW 52 (Bucalbucalan Spring) used for drinking;
Elevation = 5 masl
Plate 2.1. 3 29:

BMGW 57 (Ticol Spring) used for drinking;
Elevation = 30 masl
Plate 2.1.3 30:

BMGW 51 (Tublijon Spring) used for drinking;
Plate 2.1.3 31:

BMGW 8 (Basecamp Spring) used for drinking;
p. 2.1.3- 43
Plate 2.1.3 -32:

BMGP 40 (NPC Spring) used for drinking;
Plate 2.1.3 -33:

BMGW 59 (SWD well #1)
Plate 2.1.3 -34:

Plate 2.1.3 -35:

p. 2.1.3-44
Plate 2.1.3 36:

BMGP 62 (SWD well #4)
Plate 2.1.3 37:

BMGP 63 (SWD well #5)
Plate 2.1.3 38:

BMGP 64 (Anahaw 2 Spring)
Plate 2.1.3 39:

BMGP 65 (Matacla 3 spring)
p. 2.13- 45
Plate 2.1.3 40
BMGP 66 (Matacla 1 & 2 spring)
Plate 2.1.3 41:

BMGP 67 (Mejeda Spring)
Plate 2.1.3 42:

BMGP 68 (Alinao 3 Spring)
p. 2.1.3- 46
Plate 2.1.3 43:

Plate 2.1.3 44:

Plate 2.1.3 45:

BMGP 71 and 72 (San Juan Springs)
p. 2.1.3- 47
2.1.4
WATER QUALITY

Water quality assessment was conducted in ten (10) watersheds in Sorsogon City and Manito
municipality, as well as in the coastal waters of Poliqui Bay, Sorsogon Bay and Albay Gulf
(specifically Sugot Bay). These watersheds or river systems draining the project area are as
follows : Manitohan River, Menito River, Rizal River, Bucal-bucalan River, Bulabog River, Capuy
River, Ticol River, Cawayan River, Anahaw River and Osiao River. Of these, four (4)
catchments, namely Bulabog, Capuy, Anahaw and Osiao Rivers originate from outside the
geothermal block.
A total of 70 water and sediment sampling stations have been established to serve as
subsequent monitoring stations for the project. These sites were carefully selected based on
probable effects on water quality during the various project phases. These stations are
composed of 21 river water and sediment stations, 26 groundwater stations, and 23 marine
water and sediment stations. From the marine stations, in-situ measurements of physicochemical parameters were undertaken for the oceanography module at 34 points.
In general, the physical and chemical quality of freshwater samples were within the National
Water Quality Criteria for Class AA waters, with the exception of TSS which are relatively high
(mean value =228 ppm) due to frequent and intense rain, steep slopes and loose soil. This
suggests the prohibitive use of the rivers for drinking, bathing and primary contact recreation
especially during rainy days occurring 21 days per month. Two sites namely, BMGP-131
(Anahaw River mouth) and BMGP-66 (Osiao River mouth ) obtained high values for TSS, TDS
and TS. Possible contributors to the murky state of these sites include sea water intrusion,
siltation, and noticeable amount of domestic refuse coming from nearby households. In addition,
Dalipay Creek (the western headwater of Cawayan River) , naturally contained arsenic of 0.08
ppm which is slightly above the 0.05 ppm limit for Class AA, A, B and C surface waters.
The physical and chemical properties of coldsprings and water wells were generally within the
Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water; except for BMGW-60 and BMGW- 61 (East of
Sorsogon City proper) which naturally contained Boron at 0.38 and 0.81 ppm respectively. Such
an occurrence can be attributed to their locations (5 masl ) where the tendency of this dissolved
element is to concentrate at these lower regions. Similarly, the cold springs showed freshwater
characteristics because of their low chloride concentrations. Sorsogon Bay, Poliqui Bay and
Albay Gulf coastal waters contained As, Cd and Hg within Class SA water quality criteria. In
some coastal water samples the total Cr levels slightly exceeded the 0.10 ppm limit for Class SB
waters. In many of the stations Pb levels exceeded the 0.05 ppm limit. River and coastal
sediments appeared to have similar contents of As, Cd, Cr, Hg and Pb.
2.1.4.2 Methodology
A.
Study Team
Members of the study team in this module were Vanderleaf C. Capalungan (chemist), Regina
Victoria Pascual (hydrologist), Josefo B. Tuyor (limnologist), Nick S. Rubio II (laboratory
technician), Conrado N. Orcena (technician), and Dione Tayam (site sampler), who worked
together in the river and groundwater survey. The coastal water surveys were separately
conducted by Norreen Gerona (marine biologist) for water and sediment sampling, and Dr. Paul
Rivera (oceanographer), assisted by Moises P. Catipon (technician), for in-situ measurements.
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Water Quality)
p. 2.1.4- 1
B.
Study General Coverage and Approach
The sampling program for this module covered surface water, groundwater, coastal water, river sediments
and marine sediments, within and around the geothermal development block. The survey was conducted
in Nov. 29 Dec. 8, 2000, and again on Jun 7-8, 2002 along with the survey on hydrology, freshwater
biology, oceanography and marine biology. The following were the primary factors in deciding the scope
and conduct of this baseline water quality investigation:
1.
2.
use of data project impact assessment, formulation of mitigation measures and

design of monitoring programs, and
field accessibility and safety.
The study involved the following tasks:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
identification of potentially affected water bodies through table survey

designation of possible sampling stations through table survey
selection of water/sediment quality parameters
field validation of sampling stations
in-situ measurements of some water quality parameters
sample collection, treatment and laboratory analysis, and
data processing and interpretation
Identification of Water Bodies
The survey covered water bodies that are possible pathways of contaminants or those that have
hydrological or public importance. These water bodies are:
D.
1.
rivers or creeks and tributaries which are possible recipients of pollutants
2.
cold springs and water wells tapped for public consumption which require protection
from physical destruction or from potential underground migration of geothermal
fluids;
3.
coastal waters which serve as sinks of pollutants migrating through river channels,
and are of economic importance
Selection of Sampling Stations
The location and number of sampling stations varied accordingly with the type of waterbody,
usage, sources of pollution, location of water biological sampling stations and accessibility.
Establishment of additional stations may become necessary during the course of the project.
Location of sampling stations were validated with the use of altimeter, landmarks, GPS for
marine surveys or information from guides and local residents.
Surface sampling stations were established at the:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
headwater usually not subjected to human activity,

confluence of the main river channel and its tributary,
upstream of nearby irrigation intakes,
lower reach of the main river channel , and
coastal area.
Groundwater sampling stations were selected as those used for drinking, recreational or
domestic purposes. Coastal water sampling stations coincided with the sampling stations for
marine module and oceanography module.
p. 2.1.4- 2
E.
Water Quality Parameters
Water quality parameters were selected based on project activities and the possible
contaminants that the activity would generate that could have an impact in the quality of the
water body. As listed below, these parameters characterize the inorganic nature of substances
generated from construction, drilling, well testing and geothermal operations:
Temperature, pH, conductivity, total suspended solids (TSS), total dissolved solids,
dissolved oxygen (DO), oil and grease (O & G), color, chloride (Cl), arsenic (As), boron
(B), chromium (Cr), cadmium (Cd), copper (Cu), lead (Pb), mercury (Hg), lithium (Li), iron
(Fe), zinc (Zn), calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg), potassium (K) and manganese (Mn).
The more important parameters in Philippine geothermal projects, however, are pH,
temperature, conductivity, suspended solids, oil and grease, As, B, Cl, Cr, Pb and Hg. However,
Cr, Pb and Hg may become relevant only during sludge generation from the cooling tower
blowdown of the power plant due to concentration of this element by evaporation of circulating
condensed steam, and make-up water .
Table 2.1.4-1 shows the applicable parameters for each type of geothermal-related byproducts/ waste. Table 2.1.4-2, on the other hand shows the environmental relevance of each
parameter. The absence of heavy industries in the area would suggest non-detectable or low
concentrations of oil and grease in the river systems, if there is any. At the lower reaches and
populated areas, oil and grease could be present. Moreover, samples for oil and grease analysis
will be analyzed prior to extensive drilling activities.
F.
Sampling Procedure and Analytical Methods
Samples were collected by grab sampling method. Acid-washed clean polyethylene bottles were
used for storing water samples, labeled with station code, sampling date and sampling time.
Bottles were rinsed at least 3 times with water of interest before collection of final samples.
Samples of river water, coastal waters were collected at the surface. For groundwaters, samples
were taken at the source or collection concrete boxes. For the laboratory analysis of dissolved
constitutents, groundwaters and river waters were filtered prior to treatment with reagent-grade
nitric acid. A digital field-calibrated water quality checker (Horiba U-10 model) was used to
measure several on-site parameters such as pH, conductivity, temperature and dissolved
oxygen. River and marine sediments were collected into labeled cloth bags then dried, sieved
at 80-mesh and analyzed. Methods of analysis are presented in Table 5.1.4-3.

A. Selected Waterbodies and Sampling Stations
Field investigations covered the areas within Sorsogon City and Manito town. A total of ten (10)
river systems were covered.. Six (6) of these drain the project block as follows: Manitohan
River, Menito River, Rizal River, Bucal-bucalan River, Ticol River, and Cawayan River. Four (4)
other rivers in Sorsogon were also investigated: Bulabog, Capuy River, Anahaw and Osiao
Rivers. These are actually outside of the Tanawon block. Although these two rivers are unlikely
recipients of surface discharges from the project, baseline information may be used to address
future environmental issues, if any.
p. 2.1.4- 3
A total of 21 river sampling stations, 26 groundwater sampling stations, and 23 coastal stations
were established. From the coastal stations, in-situ measurements for physico-chemical
analysis were undertaken in 34 points. Due to accessibility constraints, only the lower reaches
were investigated for Ticol, Capuy and Bulabog Rivers. A total of 23 stations were selected for
coastal water chemical analysis and 34 for in-situ measurements. Table 2.1.4-4 shows the
inventory of all sampling stations.; while Tables 2.1.4-5 to 2.1.4-7 describe the location of these
stations. Please refer to the Hydrology module - Figure 2.1.3-1 for the map of sampling
stations and Plates 2.1.3-1 to 3.1.3-45 for the photographs of river and groundwater sampling
stations.
B.
Stream Water Quality
Results of stream water analysis are shown in Tables 2.1.4-8 and 2.1.4-9. The water quality
criteria provided in DENR Administrative Order (DAO) 90-34 are presented for comparison. The
general trend in the baseline stream water quality of the 10 river systems investigated are
summarized, as follows:
1.
Total suspended solids (TSS), in most water samples, exceeded the 50 ppm limit for Class
A water quality criterion (supply for drinking water with treatment). TSS averaged 228 ppm,
ranging from as low as 15 ppm to as high as 2,516 ppm. BMGP- 131 ( Anahaw River
mouth ) obtained the highest value of 2,516 ppm largely due to seawater intrusion and
introduction of debris coming from domestic refuse along the river banks. Water quality
criteria are set for Classes A, B, C and D, at a maximum of 25 ppm and 50 ppm
respectively with 30 % increase.. Capuy River and Bulabog Rivers have lower TSS
contents perhaps due to their shorter length, smaller area and consequently lower volume
of erodable soil. The definitions of Classes of waters are provided in Table 2.1.4-10.
High TSS in stream waters can be attributed to the natural causes such as high rainfall
intensity and frequency (21 days/month), loose soil type and steep slope at the upper
reaches. Stream water frequently appearing brown may not be suitable for bathing and
primary contact recreation. The situation is further aggravated by anthropogenic sources
especially in unpaved open areas, improper disposal of domestics wastes at the river
banks, soil run-off from in rice farms, and local quarrying activities (specific to lower
Cawayan River).
2.
Dissolved elements of health significance (As, Cd, Cr, Hg, Pb) were found
to have
concentrations within Class AA to D water quality criteria, except for arsenic at BMGP-24 in
Cawayan River upstream of Cawayan pad area. That station registered 0.08 ppm As which
is slightly above the 0.05 ppm limit for Class AA to C waters. Such elevated As
concentration can be considered as natural occurrence and not indicative of geothermal
brine discharge level due to its location ( upstream of pad ) and low concentrations of other
geothermal-associated elements such as Cl, B, and Li levels. Again, BMGP-131( Anahaw
River mouth ) had high concentrations of B ( 3.0 ppm ), Cl ( 13,500 ppm), Cd ( 0.04 ppm )
and Pb ( 0.44 ppm ) due to seawater intrusion and noticeable dumping of domestic waste
along the river banks;
3.
Compared to other stations, conductivity and concentrations of Ca, K, Mg, Na, SiO2. were
relatively high in BMGP- 131 (Anahaw River mouth ) and BMGP-66 ( Osiao River mouth ).
These two sites had conductivities of 16,200-45,000 uS/cm while the rest of the rivers had
8-653 ppm. No standards have been set for these parameters mentioned, but they may
contribute to water aesthetics and may provide understanding of the local hydrology;
4.
Dissolved elements such as B, Cl, Cu, Fe, Mn, Na, Zn were found to have concentrations
which either were not detected, low, or within DENR Water Quality Criteria for its current
p. 2.1.4- 4
use and the Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water (1993) ; except for BMGP131 and BMGP-66.
5.
Water temperatures were relatively lower than the atmospheric temperatures from 21 oC to
33 oC, even during mid-day measurements; and
6.
pH and dissolved oxygen levels in all sampling sites were within DENR Class AA water
quality criteria, ranging from 6.5-7.5 and 8.7-9.4 ppm, respectively, except for BMGP- 131.
C. Groundwater Quality
The quality of groundwater samples in all the 26 stations is generally within the Philippine
National Standards for Drinking Water (Tables 2.1.4-11 and 2.1.4-12) . Thus, these waters are
potable in terms of the measured parameters ( pH, As, B, Cd, Cl, Cr, Cu, Fe, Hg, Mn, Na and
Zn) except for BMGW- 60 and BMGW- 61 ( Lower east of Sampaloc ) wherein the Boron
concentration determined were at 0.38 ppm and 0.81 ppm respectively. Such an occurrence is a
natural phenomenon since these two stations are located in lower elevations where the
tendency of such dissolved element is to concentrate at the lowest area, such as BMGW- 61 ( 5
masl ). BMGP- 67 (abandoned SWD spring in Anahaw ) naturally contained 0.03 ppm which is
slightly above the 0.01 ppm level set for drinking waters.
Groundwater samples from Guinlajon, Ticol, Capuy, and Bulabog had strikingly higher contents
of Ca, Cl, K, Mg and Na, than that of the rest of the stations. These are all located at lower
elevations (5-140 mASL). A water well in Ticol (BMGW-56) had the highest content of the
parameters mentioned. Stations at higher elevations (600-700 mASL) in Manitohan catchment
(BMGW-40) and Menito catchment (BMGW-8) had lower conductivities and dissolved elements.
This could be due to shorter distance of the stations from the recharge areas which results to
shorter interaction time of the groundwater with the rock formation. This in turn results to less
quantities of elements carried by the groundwater. Groundwater at lower elevations could have
longer interaction with the rock formation, hence would tend to have higher conductivities and
higher concentrations of dissolved elements.
Selected groundwater stations, which were part of the PNOC-EDC Hydrogeology Study of
Bacon Geothermal Production Field (1998-1999), were plotted in a piper diagram using the
Rockware Utilities V.4 program (Figure 2.1.4.-1).
The piper plot indicates that the groundwater system in the study area is mainly of the
bicarbonate type. The anions ternary plot shows that the water sources have a distinct
carbonate composition (HCO3+CO3). However, no dominant type exists in terms of cations. The
cations plot shows that the Ca, Mg and Na + K are relatively of equal proportions. These
chemical compositions are typical of groundwater systems in the Philippines.
D. Coastal Water Quality

The coastal water quality analysis (Table 2.1.4-14) covered Sorsogon Bay, Poliqui Bay and
Albay Gulf (specifically Sugot Bay). In-situ measurements of pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen,
conductivity and salinity were done along with the conduct of on-field oceanographic survey in
December 7-8, 2000 and June 7-8, 2002. A total of 34 measuring points were identified each
with a surface, mid-depth and bottom measurements for the 28 stations initially sampled. For
the remaining 6 stations only surface measurements were made since no significant variations
on the above-mentioned parameters had been observed.
p. 2.1.4- 5
Measurements in Sorsogon Bay (27 stations) covered a wide area from Menito coast to Anahaw
coast; similarly, measurements in Poliqui Bay (4 stations) covered the areas of Manito coastal
area; while 3 stations were covered in Albay Gulf specifically along Osiao coastal area.
Minimal variations in the temperature profile were noted during separate sampling periods : (a)
Sorsogon Bay : 26-27oC in December, 2000 (horizontal and vertical profile )and 31oC ( mean
surface temperature ) (b) Poliqui Bay:24-28 oC ( horizontal and vertical profile )and (c) Albay
Gulf, 32oC in June 2002 ( mean surface temperature ) . Dissolved oxygen levels and pH for the
three coastal regions were within the water quality criteria of at least 5 ppm and 6.5 - 8.5 units,
respectively for Class SA waters. pH values ranged from 7.9 - 8.9 units while DO measured 610 ppm. Conductivity ranged from 29,000 to 52,000 uS/cm with lower values at the surface
largely due to rains during the survey period ( Dec 7-8, 2000 ). Salinity ranged from 1.6 3.7%.
Water samples for laboratory analysis were collected during the marine biology module survey (
November 29 - December 3, 2000) and ( June 7-8, 2002 ). Ten sampling stations were
established in Poliqui Bay , 10 stations in Sorsogon Bay and 3 stations in Albay Gulf ( Osiao
coastal area ). Laboratory analyses (Table 2.1.4-15) showed all samples contained As and Hg
at levels within the water quality criteria. In some stations Cd and total Cr levels slightly
exceeded the 0.01 ppm and 0.10 ppm limits, respectively, for Class SB waters. In many of the
stations Pb levels exceeded the 0.05 ppm limit.
E. River Sediment Quality

The chemistry of sediments varied widely (Table 2.1.4-16). Arsenic content of
sediments ranged from <0.1 72 ppm; Cd, 0.9 2.5 ppm; Cr, <0.5 14; Hg,
<0.0001 0.10 ppm; and Pb, 9 20 ppm. Arsenic levels appeared to increase from
upstream to downstream as in the case of Cawayan River, Rizal River and
Manitohan River.
F. Coastal Sediment Quality
In general, the concentration of elements in coastal sediments (Table 2.1.4-17) are similar with
that of the river systems. Arsenic ranged from <0.1 2.1 ppm; Cd, 0.9 1.8 ppm; Cr, 2.8 7.2
ppm; Hg, 0.05 0.16 ppm; and Pb, 6.8 18 ppm.
p. 2.1.4- 6
Table 2.1.4-1
Parameter
Checklist of Some Relevant Geothermal Parameters
Earth Spoils
pH
Excess Mud
& Additives
Geothermal
Brine
Temperature
Steam
Condensate
Boron
Chloride
Arsenic
Suspended
Solids
Oil and
Grease
Color
(Apparent)
Cooling
Tower
Sludge
Color (True)
Chromium
Lead
Lithium
Mercury
p. 2.1.4- 7
Table 2.1.4-2.
Significance of parameters measured
PARAMETER
SIGNIFICANCE
Arsenic (As)
Severe poisoning can arise from the ingestion of as little as 100 mg arsenic and chronic
effects can appear from its accumulation in the body at low intake levels. It may occur in
water as a result of mineral dissolution, industrial discharge or application of pesticides.
Boron (B)
Although it is an element essential for plant growth, Boron in excess of 2 mg/L in irrigation
water is deleterious to certain plants and some plants may be adversely affected by
concentrations as low as 1 mg/L or even less in commercial green-houses. Boron may
occur naturally in some waters or may find its way into a watercourse through cleaning
compounds and industrial waste effluents. Sea water contains approximately 5 mg/L and
this element is found in saline estuaries in association with large amounts of boron can
affect the central nervous system. Protracted ingestion may result in a clinical syndrome
known as borism.
Cadmium (Cd)
Cadmium is highly toxic and has been implicated in some cases of food poisoning. Minute
quantities are suspected of being responsible for adverse changes in arteries of human
kidneys. It may enter water as a result of industrial discharge or deterioration of galvanised
pipe.
Calcium (Ca)
Calcium contributes to the total hardness of water. Chemical softening treatment, reverse
osmosis, electro dialysis or ion exchange is used to reduce calcium and the associated
hardness. Small concentrations of calcium carbonate (CaCO3) combat corrosion of metal
pipes yet appreciable calcium salts break down on heating to form harmful scales in boilers,
pipes and cooking utensils.
Chloride (Cl)
In potable water, the salty taste produced by chloride concentration is variable and
dependent on the chemical composition of water. Some waters containing 250 mg/L may
have a detectable salty taste if the cation is sodium (Na). On the other hand, the typical
salty taste may be absent in waters containing as much as 1000 mg/L when the
predominant cations are calcium and magnesium. The chloride concentration is higher in
wastewater than in raw water because sodium chloride is a common article of diet and
passes unchanged through the digestive system. Along the sea coast, chloride may be
present in high concentrations because of intrusion of salt water into the river system and
coastal aquifers.
Chromium (Cr)
Chromium salts are used extensively in industrial processes and may enter a water supply
through discharge of wastes. Chromate compounds frequently are added to cooling water
for corrosion control as well as in drilling fluids.
Color
Color in water may result from the presence of natural metallic ions (iron and manganese),
humus and peat materials, planktons, weeds, and industrial wastes. Color is removed to
make a water usable for general and industrial applications. Colored industrial wastewaters
may require color removal before discharge into the watercourses.
Copper (Cu)
Copper salts are used in water supply systems to control biological growths in reservoirs
and distribution pipes and to catalyse oxidation of manganese.
Dissolved
Oxygen (DO)
Dissolved oxygen levels in natural and wastewaters depend on the physical, chemical and
biochemical activities in the water body. The analysis for dissolved oxygen is a key test in
water pollution and waste treatment process control.
Iron (Fe)
Some groundwaters and acid surface drainage may contain considerable iron. In filtered
samples of oxygenated surface water, iron concentrations seldom reach 1 mg/L. Iron in
water can cause staining of laundry and porcelain. A bittersweet stringent taste is
detectable by some persons at levels above 1 or 2 mg/L. Iron oxide particles sometimes
are collected with a water sample as a result of flaking of rust from pipes.
p. 2.1.4- 9
Table 2.1.4-2.
Significance of parameters measured (cont)
PARAMETER
SIGNIFICANCE
Lead (Pb)
Lead is a serious cumulative body poison. Natural waters seldom contain more than 20
mg/L although values as high as 4000 mg/L have been reported. Lead in water supply may
come from industrial mine and smelter discharges or from dissolution of old lead plumbing.
Lithium (Li)
A minor constituent of minerals, Li is present in fresh water in concentrations below 10

mg/L. Brines and thermal waters may contain higher lithium levels. The use of lithium or its
salts in dehumidifying units, medical waters, metallurgical processes and manufacture of
some types of glass and storage batteries may contribute to its presence in waters.
Magnesium (Mg)
Important contributions to the hardness of water, magnesium salts break down when
heated, forming scales in boilers. Concentration greater than 125 mg/L can also exert a
cathartic and diuretic action. Chemical softening, reverse osmosis, electro dialysis or ion
exchange reduces the magnesium and associated hardness to acceptable levels.
Manganese (Mn)
Although rarely present in water in excess of 1 mg/L, manganese imparts objectionable and
tenacious stains to laundry and plumbing fixtures. The low manganese limits imposed on
an acceptable water stem from these, rather than toxicological considerations. Special
means of removal often are necessary such as chemical precipitation, pH adjustment,
aeration and use of special ion-exchange materials. Manganese occurs in domestic
wastewater, industrial effluents and receiving stream.
Mercury (Hg)
Occurrence of mercury may arise naturally through erosion and weathering and
anthropogenically through mining, refining, electronic industries, agriculture practice and
geothermal plants. It can be taken up in the body through air, water and food.
pH
One of the most important and frequently used tests in water chemistry is the measurement
of pH. Every phase of water supply and wastewater treatment is practically
Potassium (K)
Its concentration in most drinking waters seldom reach 20 mg/L. However, occasionally,
brines may contain more than 100 mg/L.
Solids
Solids refer to matter suspended or dissolved in water or wastewater. Highly mineralised

waters are unsuitable for many industrial applications. Waters high in suspended solids
may be aesthetically unsatisfactory for such purposes as bathing.
2-
Sulfate (SO4 )
Mine drainage wastes may contribute large amounts of sulfate through pyrite oxidation.
Sodium and magnesium sulfate exert cathartic action.
Temperature
Elevated temperatures resulting from discharges of heated water may have significant
ecological impact.
Zinc (Zn)
Zinc is an essential and beneficial element in body growth. Concentrations above 5 mg/L
can cause a bitter stringent taste and an opalescence in alkaline waters . Zinc most
commonly enters the domestic water supply from deterioration of galvanised iron and
dezincification of brass. In such cases, lead and cadmium also may be present because
they are impurities of zinc used in galvanising. Zinc in water also results from industrial
waste pollution. The standard methods of analysis/instruments were used for the
determination of the above parameters.
p. 2.1.4- 9
Table 2.1.4-3. Methods of Analysis
Parameter
Method of Analysis
pH
Glass electrode method
Temperature
Thermistor method
Dissolved oxygen
Membrane electrode method
Conductivity
Electrode Method (4 electrodes)
Suspended, dissolved, total solids
Gravimetry
Oil and Grease
Gravimetry (Petroleum Ether Extraction)
Arsenic
Silver diethyldithiocarbamate (colorimeteric)
Boron
Carmine Method (colorimetric )
Cadmium
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
Calcium
Chloride
Argentometry
Chromium (hexavalent)
Diphenyl carbzide colorimetric method
Copper
Iron
Lead
Lithium
Magnesium
Manganese
Mercury (total)
Cold Vapor Technique (Mercury Analyzer)
Potassium
Sodium
Zinc
p. 2.1.4-10
Table 2.1.4-4a. Inventory of River Water, River Sediment and Ground Water
Sampling Stations
River System
River Water
River Sediment
Groundwater
1. Cawayan River
2. Ticol River
3. Capuy River
4. Bulabog River
5. Bucal-bucalan River
6. Rizal River
7. Menito River
8. Manitohan River
9. Anahaw River
10. Sampaloc River
11. Sta. Cruz
12. San Juan
13. Osiao River
Total
3
2
1
1
1
3
2
2
3
0
0
0
3
21
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
2
17
2
2
1
0
2
0
2
1
6
6
1
2
4
26
Table 2.1.4-4b Inventory of Marine Sampling Stations
Coastal Area
Coastal
Water
Coastal
Water
Coastal
Sediments [2]
(In-situ
measurement) [1]
(subjected to
laboratory
analysis) [2]
1. Sorsogon Bay
27
10
2. Poliqui Bay
10
3. Albay Gulf
34
23
Total
[1] Coincides with stations of the Oceanography Module

[2] Coincides with stations of the Marine Biology Module
p. 2.1.4- 11
Table 2.1.4-5 Location of River Water and River Sediments Sampling Stations
Station
Name
Catchment
BMGP-12
Manitohan
BMGP-71
Manitohan
BMGP-107
BMGP-80
Menito
Menito/ San
Isidro
BMGP-103
Rizal
BMGP-79
BMGP-104
BMGP-111
BMGP-116
Rizal
Rizal
Bucal-bucalan
Bulabog
BMGP-121
Capuy
BMGP-126
Ticol
BMGP-127
Ticol
BMGP-98
Cawayan
BMGP-24
Cawayan
BMGP-35
Cawayan
BMGP-133
Anahaw
BMGP-132
BMGP-131
Anahaw
Anahaw
BMGP-72
Osiao
BMGP-64
BMGP-66
Osiao
Osiao
Description
Northing, m
Easting, m
Elevation, m
100 d/s of spillway in Putting Bato creek

50 m d/s of damaged steel bridge in Sitio Banao leading to
Barangay Balasbas
100 m upstream of Gate # 1 of BGPF Base Camp
1, 442, 950
598, 800
350
1, 448, 750
597, 900
120
1, 440, 950
599, 100
600
100 u/s of Legaspi- Sorsogon National Road
1, 436, 950
599, 300
50
1, 438, 700
598, 750
240
1, 437, 100
1, 435, 350
1, 435, 700
1, 435, 650
598, 400
597, 800
599, 100
600, 250
100
_
20
10
1, 435, 500
603, 450
10
1, 434, 750
601, 600
1, 436, 350
602, 700
20
1, 442, 060
604, 250
580
1, 442, 300
601, 700
660
1, 437, 200
603, 800
50
1,435,910
607,030
40
1,434,730
607,600
15
5
1,443,940
604,800
500
1,447,050
1,448,530
605,340
605,710
60
5
20 m downstream of junction of creek draining Sitio Fatima

and Tanawon project block
5 m upstream of spillway leading to BGPF
200 m from river mouth back of national high school
50 m u/s from Legaspi- Sorsogon National Road
50 m u/s of Legaspi- Sorsogon National Road
30 m u/s from barangay road leading to Palhi spring/
swimming pools
20 m u/s of Delgado Bridge in Barangay Pocdol
100 m u/s of Ticol irrigation dam in Purok 6, Bgy. Ticol
about 300 m upstream from Legaspi- Sorsogon National
Road
100 d/s from junction of creek draining pad BB and 3 minor
tributaries originating from pad BA and Pulog Lake area
300 m u/s of western tributary of Dalipay Creek near the
Cawayan Sector
50 m u/s of Basud irrigation dam
5 m u/s of box culvert and from Sorsogon Provincial
Hospital
10 meters u/s of bridge
River mouth
Labug Creek, 50 meters from OP-D, east side (Rock Dome
)
A few meters u/s of Osiao communal irrigation intake
River mouth
p. 2.1.4- 17
p. 2.1.4- 17
Table 2.1.4-6. Location of Groundwater Sampling Stations

Station
Name
Catchment
Northing, m
Easting,
m
Flowrate
Elevation,
mASL
Use
Type
Description of Location
1, 441, 960
600, 540
Medium
700
NPC water
source
BMGW-40
Manitohan
Spring
At BGPF, along road between

PNOC-EDC basecamp and
Admin complex
BMGW-8
Menito/ San
Isidro
Spring
PNOC-EDC BaseCamp;
Bonga, Sorsogon
1, 440, 620
599, 400
Medium
to high
600
Drinking
BMGW-51
Menito/ San
Isidro
Spring
Tublijon, Sorsogon; about

150 m west of road linking
Sorsogon National Road
linking to project site
1, 437, 080
598, 160
Medium
140
Drinking
BMGW-53
Bulabog
Dug well
BMGW-52
Bucal-bucalan
Spring
BMGW-55
Capuy
Spring
BMGW-56
Ticol
Well
BMGW-57
Ticol
Spring
BMGW-54
Guinlajon
( East of
Cawayan )
Well
( free
flowing )
Daan, Tinampo, Bulabog,

Sorsogon; about 50 m south
of Sorsogon National Road
Bulabog, Sorsogon, 200 m
south of Sorsogon National
Road
Palhi, Capuy, Sorsogon;
about 300 m north of
Sorsogon National Road
Ticol, Sorsogon; along
roadside south of Sorsogon
National Road
1, 435, 180
600, 040
Low to
Medium
1, 435, 130
598, 950
Strong
1, 435, 350
601, 610
Strong
10
1, 435, 760
602, 760
10
With
concrete
springbox
Recreation,
domestic,
drinking
Recreation,
domestic,
drinking
Domestic
30- ft deep
Washing,
bathing
1, 436, 700
603, 020
Strong
30
Drinking
Baribag, Guinlajon, Sorsogon
1, 436, 120
604, 540
Low to
medium
40
Drinking
p. 2.1.4- 17
With
concrete
springbox/
pipe
With
concrete
springbox/
pipe
Not potable;
does not dry
up even
during
summer
With pool;
no intake
box
With pool;
no intake
box
Purok 6, Ticol, Sorsogon; 1

km north of Sorsogon
National Road
Remarks
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
Across
Iglesia ni
Cristo
Church
Table 2.1.4-6. Location of Groundwater Sampling Stations (continuation)

Station
Name
BMGW-11
BMGW-59
BMGW-60
BMGW-61
Catchment
Cawayan
East of
Sampaloc
East of
Sampaloc
East of
Sampaloc
Type
Northing, m
Easting,
m
Flowrate
Elevation,
mASL
Use
Spring
Basud, Sorsogon; 1 km
north of Sorsogon
National Road
1, 437, 050
603, 600
Medium
85
Drinking
SWD well # 1
Baribag
1, 437, 566
609, 710
High
40
Drinking
SWD well # 2
Bibincahan
1, 436, 851
609, 745
High
40
Drinking
SWD well # 3
Sea Breeze Homes,

Cabid-an
1, 435, 160
610, 765
Medium
Drinking
BMGW-62
Anahaw
SWD well # 4
Guinlajon
1, 435, 525
606, 000
High
40
Drinking
BMGW-63
Anahaw
SWD well # 5
Villa Alegre Homes,

Pangpang
1, 436, 015
607, 150
High
40
Drinking
BMGW-64
Anahaw
SWD
Spring
(Anahaw 2 )
West of Mt. Alinao peak,

near tributary
1, 439, 650
606, 240
Medium
450
Drinking
BMGW-65
Anahaw
SWD spring
( Matacla 3 )
150 meters northwest of

Matacla 1 & 2
1, 439, 400
606, 040
Medium
325
Drinking
BMGW-66
Anahaw
SWD spring
( Matacla
1&2 )
Southeast of Matacla 3
1, 439, 250
606, 050
High
300
Drinking
BMGW-67
Anahaw
Abandoned
SWD spring
( Mejeda )
Immediately south of
Matacla 1 & 2
1, 439, 150
606, 070
Medium
290
Abandoned;
High in iron
BMGW-68
Sampaloc
SWD spring
( Alinao 3 )
North of Alinao 2
1, 438, 815
606, 620
High
250
Drinking
p. 2.1.4- 17
Remarks
2 adjacent
springs,
with
concrete
spring box
55- meter
deep
132- meter
deep
50+ meter
deep
130- meter
deep
125- meter
deep
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
No box;
remaining
discharge
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
p. 2.1.4- 17
Table 2.1.4-6. Location of Groundwater Sampling Stations (continuation)

Station
Name
Catchment
Type
Northing, m
Easting,
m
Flowrate
Elevation,
mASL
Use
BMGW-69
Sampaloc
SWD spring
( Alinao 2 )
BMGW-70
Sampaloc
SWD spring
( Alinao 1 )
South of Alinao 2
1, 438, 610
606, 850
Low to
medium
180
Drinking
BMGW-71
San Juan
San Juan
spring
1.2 km from San Juan
1, 443, 845
608, 915
Medium
to high
150
Drinking
BMGW-72
San Juan
Bacon spring
1.2 km from San Juan
1, 443, 845
608, 915
Medium
to high
150
Drinking
BMGW-73
Sta. Cruz
Sta. Cruz
spring
800 meters from Sta.

Cruz
1, 442, 460
609, 380
High
150
Drinking
BMGW-58
Osiao
Spring
Bgy. Osiao
1, 447, 885
606, 915
Medium
80
Drinking
30 m above of Alinao 1
1, 438, 650
606, 710
Low
220
Drinking
p. 2.1.4- 17
Remarks
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
With
concrete
spring box/
pipe
Table
2.1.4-7
Station Name
Location of Marine Sampling Stations

General Location
Latitude
Longtitude
I. Oceanography and In-situ Measurement Stations

A. Sorsogon Bay
o
123 53 03.2
123 53 08.8
123 53 02.6
123 53 08.6
123 54 16.2
123 54 10.7
123 54 22.7
123 54 22.6
123 54 46.8
123 54 36.3
123 55 04.4
123 54 59.0
123 55 41.1
123 55 03.5
123 55 51.6
123 55 36.6
123 56 02.9
123 56 20.5
123 56 45.6
123 56 33.8
123 57 13.6
123 57 05.3
123 57 28.0
M1
Menito River coast
12 58 38.3
M2
Menito River coast
12 58 33.6
M3
M4
R1
Menito Rivercoast
12 58 38.3
Menito River coast
12 58 15.8
Rizal River coast
12 58 30.6
R2
Rizal River coast
12 58 26.1
R3
Rizal River coast
12 58 37.3
R4
B1
B2
B3
Rizal River coast
12 58 19.4
Bucal-bucalan River coast

12 57 40.2
12 57 35.9
12 57 40.6
B4
12 57 28.0
T1
Ticol River coast
12 57 48.1
T2
T3
T4
G1
Ticol River coast
12 57 50.2
Ticol River coast
12 57 46.6
Ticol River coast
12 57 36.3
Gimaloto River coast
12 57 18.7
G2
12 57 21.7
G3
12 57 18.8
G4
C1
C2
C3

Cawayan River coast
Cawayan River coast
Cawayan River coast
12 57 10.6
12 57 11.0
12 57 13.1
12 57 05.9
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
C4
Cawayan River coast
12 56 54.2
123 57 13.3
A- 1
Anahaw River coast
A- 2
Anahaw River coast
A- 3
Anahaw River coast
13 07 37.8
123 51 45.9
123 51 22.2
123 51 20.8
13 07 18.0
123 51 17.8
B. Poliqui Bay
MN1
MN2
MN3
MN4
Manitohan River coast

13 07 33.1
13 07 49.8
o
o
o
o
C. Albay Gulf
O- 1
Osiao River mouth
O- 2
Osiao River mouth
O- 3
Osiao River mouth
p. 2.1.4- 17
Table
2.1.4-7
Station Name
Location of Marine Sampling Stations (continuation)

General Location
Latitude
Longtitude
II. Water and Sediment Sampling Stations

A. Sorsogon Bay
BMMW-46
BMMW-51
BMMW-56
BMMW-61
Rizal River, Sorsogon

Bucalbucalan, Sorsogon
Bulabog, Sorsogon
Ticol, Sorsogon
123 54 55.4
123 54 21.3
123 55 06.7
123 56 39.7
123 55 39.4
123 55 52.0
12 57 06.0
123 57 32.0
12 57 15.7
12 57 14.3
12 57 09.4
12 57 14.4
BMMW-65
Capuy, Sorsogon
12 57 38.5
BMMW-71
Gimaloto, Sorsogon
12 57 34.4
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
BMMW-76
Cawayan, Sorsogon
A- 1
Anahaw Rivber, Sorsogon
A- 2
Anahaw River, Sorsogon
A- 3
Anahaw River, Sorsogon
13 07 52.5
123 51 53.1
123 51 46.2
123 51 46.9
123 51 03.3
123 51 08.4
123 51 07.7
123 51 09.9
123 51 34.7
123 51 32.1
B. Poliqui Bay
BMMW-11
BMMW-12
Manito Refo Mangrove
13 07 34.6
BMMW-13
Buang, Manito Mangrove
13 07 17.2
BMMW-14
Nacio Reef, Manito
13 07 49.6
BMMW-15
BMMW-16
BMMW-17
Pinaculan Reef, Manito

Asias Reef, Manito
13 07 52.6
13 07 52.1
Balabag, Manito
13 07 23.7
BMMW-25
Buyo Mangrove, Manito
13 07 11.9
BMMW-26
Buyo north, Manito
13 07 07.0
BMMW-27
C.
Manito Rivermouth, Manito
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Buyo south, Manito
13 07 02.1
123 51 30.8
O- 1
Osiao River, Osiao
O- 2
Osiao River, Osiao
O- 3
Osiao River, Osiao
Albay Gulf
p. 2.1.4- 17
Table 2.1.4-8. Physico-chemical Characteristics of River Water Samples

WaterShed/
Date
Station Name
Time
Weather
Flow
Condition
m^3/sec
Temp
O
C
pH
page 1 of 2
DO
Cond
TSS
TDS
TS
ppm
uS/cm
ppm
ppm
ppm
Manitohan River
BMGP-12
12/06/2000
1330
Cloudy
7.31
53
15
72
87
BMGP-71
12/06/2000
1500
Drizzle
7.40
54
50
92
142
BMGP-107
12/07/2000
1000
Rainy
1.0
7.26
39
65
69
134
BMGP-80
12/06/2000
1545
Rainy
24.4
7.13
8.9
45
374
112
486
535
Menito River
Rizal River
BMGP-104
12/06/2000
1500
Rainy
24.2
7.01
8.9
55
431
104
BMGP-79
12/06/2000
1430
Rainy
2.16
23.9
6.86
8.9
54
109
82
191
BMGP-103
12/07/2000
0850
Cloudy
7.46
46
82
183
265
12/06/2000
1300
Rainy
1.02
24.6
7.01
8.6
50
150
113
263
12/06/2000
1200
Rainy
0.20
25.3
6.96
8.1
8.3
29
131
160
12/06/2000
1120
Cloudy
0.32
26.1
6.54
7.7
173
84
194
278
BMGP-127
12/06/2000
1000
Rainy
0.97
25.4
7.18
8.6
157
47
160
207
BMGP-126
12/06/2000
1045
Cloudy
25.9
7.35
8.0
162
118
175
293
BMGP-98
12/05/2000
1130
Rainy
0.40
21.9
6.70
8.1
46
117
99
216
BMGP-24
12/05/2000
1300
Rainy
0.80
21.1
6.42
9.4
17
52
27
79
BMGP-35
12/05/2000
1515
Cloudy
4.46
23.3
6.79
8.9
70
45
93
138
Bucal-bucalan
BMGP-111
Bulabog
BMGP-116
Capuy River
BMGP-121
Ticol River
Cawayan River
p. 2.1.4- 18
page 2 of 2
Table 2.1.4-8. Physico-chemical Characteristics of River Water Samples ( continuation )

WaterShed/
Date
Station Name
Time
Weather
Condition
Flow
m3/sec
Temp
O
C
pH
DO
Cond
TSS
TDS
TS
ppm
uS/cm
ppm
ppm
ppm
Anahaw River
BMGP-133
06/06/2002
1330
Cloudy
1.0
29.5
7.00
6.5
545
22
230
252
BMGP-132
06/06/2002
1420
Cloudy
0.10
29.7
6.88
5.2
653
32
244
276
BMGP-131
06/08/2002
0839
Sunny
30.6
8.26
4.7
45000
2516
24434
26950
06/06/2002
1045
Cloudy
0.31
23.6
6.21
7.1
277
18
156
174
Osiao River
BMGP-72
BMGP-64
06/07/2002
1110
Sunny
6.06
26.7
8.07
7.2
314
34
178
212
BMGP-66
06/07/2002
1325
Sunny
32.6
8.16
6.2
16200
396
5200
5596
1.45
1 45
25.8
25 8
7.14
7 14
7.7
77
3048
228
1531
1759
3 CO rise
6.5 - 8.5
5.0
25
500
Class A
6.5 - 8.5
5.0
50
1,000
Class B
3 CO rise
6.5 - 8.5
5.0
<30% rise
Class C
3 CO rise
6.5 - 8.5
5.0
<30 ppm rise
Class D
3 CO rise
6.0 - 9.0
3.0
<60 ppm rise
1,000
Average
DENR Water Quality Criteria (maximum limits or range, as applicable)
Class AA
p. 2.1.4- 19
page 1 of 2
Table 2.1.4-9 Concentration (ppm) of Dissolved Constituents in River Water Samples

WaterShed/
Date
Station Name
Time
As
Ca
Cd
Cl
Cr
Cu
Fe
Hg
Li
Mg
Mn
Na
Pb
Zn
SiO2
Manitohan River
BMGP-12
12/06/2000
1330
0.05
<0.10
2.1
<0.01
6.2
<0.05 <0.02
0.27
<0.0001
0.74
<0.01
0.82
<0.02
3.6
<0.05 <0.01
12
BMGP-71
12/06/2000
1500
<0.01
<0.10
1.2
<0.01
5.4
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0001
0.86
<0.01
0.93
<0.02
4.0
<0.05 <0.01
12
Menito River
BMGP-107
12/07/2000
1000
<0.01
<0.10
0.43
<0.01
6.2
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0003
0.69
<0.01
0.80
<0.02
4.0
<0.05 <0.01
8.5
BMGP-80
12/06/2000
1545
<0.01
<0.10
0.76
<0.01
5.6
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0002
1.2
<0.01
0.97
<0.02
4.2
<0.05 <0.01
11
BMGP-104
BMGP 104
12/06/2000
1500
<0.01
0 01
<0.10
0 10
1.9
19
<0.01
0 01
6.6
66
<0.05
0 05 <0.02
0 02 <0.05
0 05
0.0002
0 0002
1.1
11
<0.01
0 01
1.2
12
<0.02
0 02
4.0
40
<0.05
0 05 <0.01
0 01
15
BMGP-79
12/06/2000
1430
<0.01
<0.10
1.6
<0.01
8.4
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0001
1.0
<0.01
1.1
<0.02
4.8
<0.05 <0.01
15
BMGP-103
12/07/2000
0850
<0.01
<0.10
1.0
<0.01
6.2
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0003
0.91
<0.01
0.74
<0.02
4.0
<0.05 <0.01
12
12/06/2000
1300
<0.01
<0.10
1.8
<0.01
6.4
<0.05 <0.02
1.10
0.0002
0.91
<0.01
1.4
0.29
4.0
<0.05 <0.01
14
12/06/2000
1200
<0.01
<0.10
3.0
<0.01
6.9
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0004
0.91
<0.01
2.4
<0.02
5.8
<0.05 <0.01
23
12/06/2000
1120
<0.01
<0.10
8.3
<0.01
7.8
<0.05 <0.02
0.30
<0.0001
2.4
<0.01
5.7
<0.02
9.8
<0.05 <0.01
33
BMGP-127
12/06/2000
1000
<0.01
<0.10
7.5
<0.01
7.8
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
<0.0001
2.4
<0.01
4.3
<0.02
11
<0.05 <0.01
33
BMGP-126
12/06/2000
1045
<0.01
<0.10
7.3
<0.01
6.9
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
<0.0001
2.2
<0.01
4.1
<0.02
11
<0.05 <0.01
26
BMGP-98
12/05/2000
1130
<0.01
<0.10
1.9
<0.01
6.7
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0004
1.1
<0.01
0.61
<0.02
4.0
<0.05 <0.01
10
BMGP-24
12/05/2000
1300
0.08
<0.10 <0.05 <0.01
<5
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
0.0002
0.52
<0.01
0.13
<0.02
1.9
<0.05 <0.01
<5
BMGP-35
12/05/2000
1515
<0.01
<0.10
5.9
<0.05 <0.02
0.0002
1.1
<0.01
0.89
<0.02
3.3
<0.05 <0.01
12
Rizal River
Bucal-bucalan
BMGP-111
Bulabog
BMGP-116
Capuy River
BMGP-121
Ticol River
Cawayan River
3.1
<0.01
0.27
p. 2.1.4- 20
page 2 of 2
Table 2.1.4-9 Concentration (ppm) of Dissolved Constituents in River Water Samples ( continuation )
WaterShed/
Date
Station Name
Time
As
Ca
Cd
Cl
Cr
Cu
Fe
Hg
Li
Mg
Mn
Na
Pb
Zn
SiO2
Anahaw River
BMGP- 133
06/06/2002
1330
<0.02
<0.10
45
<0.01
<5
<0.05 <0.02
0.06
<0.0001
2.0
<0.01
10
<0.02
12
<0.05 <0.01
BMGP-132
06/06/2002
1420
<0.02
<0.10
53
<0.01
<5
<0.05 <0.02
0.09
<0.0001
3.2
<0.01
11
<0.02
12
<0.05
0.43
20
BMGP-131
06/08/2002
0839
<0.02
3.0
320
0.04
0.14
<0.0001
250
0.10
910
0.03
8000
0.44
0.05
10
BMGP-72
06/06/2002
1045
<0.02
0.11
20
<0.01
9.7
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05
<0.0001
3.1
<0.01
2.9
<0.02
10
<0.05 <0.01
46
BMGP-64
06/07/2002
1110
<0.02
<0.10
21
<0.01
<5
<0.05 <0.02
0.10
<0.0001
2.2
<0.01
7.0
<0.02
11
<0.05 <0.01
30
BMGP-66
06/07/2002
1325
<0.02
0.68
48
<0.01
2720
<0.05
0.09
<0.0001
42
0.02
110
<0.02
1010
<0.05 <0.01
21
<0.02
0.18
27
<0.01
777
<0.05 <0.02
0.12
0.0001
14.4
<0.01
51.3
0.02
43.5
<0.05 <0.01
19.2
Class AA
0.05
0.01
250
0.05
0.002
0.5
0.05
Class A
0.05
0.01
250
0.05
0.002
0.5
0.05
Class B
0.05
0.01
0.05
0.002
0.05
Class C
0.05
0.01
350
0.05
0.05
0.002
0.05
Class D
0.1
0.75
0.05
0.1
0.002
2.5
0.2
0.5
13500 <0.05
0.03
30
Osiao River
Average
0.02
DENR Water Quality Criteria (maximum limits)
p. 2.1.4- 21
Table 2.1.4-10 DENR Water Classification Table, DENR Administrative Order

(DAO) 90-34.
Type of
Water/Classification
Beneficial Use
1. Fresh Surface Waters

Class AA
Public Water Supply Class I. This class is intended

primarily for waters having watersheds which are
uninhabited and otherwise protected and which require
only approved disinfection in order to meet the National
Standards for Drinking Water (NSDW) of the Philippines.
Public Water Supply Class II. For sources of water
supply that will require complete treatment (coagulatoin,
sedimentations, filtration and disinfection) in order to meet
the NSDW.
Recreational Water Class I.
For primary contact
recreation such as bathing, skin diving, etc (particularly
those designated for tourism purposes)
1) Fishery Waters for the propagation and growth of fish
and other aquatic resources
2) Recreational Water class II (Boating, etc)
3) Industrial Water Supply Class I (For manufacturing
processing after treatment)
1) For agriculture, irrigation, livestock watering, etc
2) Industral Water Supply Class II (cooling, etc)
3) Other inland waters, by their quality, belong to this
class.
Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
2. Coastal
Waters
Class SA
and
Marine
1)
2)
3)
Class SB
1)
2)
Class SC
1)
2)
3)
Class SD
1)
2)
Waters suitable for the propagation, survival and

harvesting of shell-fish for commercial purposes;
Tourist zones and national marine parks and
reserves designated under Presidential Proclamation
No. 1801, etc; existing laws and/or declared as such
by appropriate government agency.
Coral reef parks and reserves designated by law and
concerned authorities
Recreational Water Class I (bathing area regularly
used by the public)
Fishery Waters Class I (spawning areas Chanos
chanos or bangus and similar effects)
Recreational Waters Class II (e.g. boating, etc)
Fishery Waters II (Commercial and sustenance
fishing)
Marshy and/or mangrove areas declared as fish and
wildlife sanctuaries.
Industrial Water Class II (e.g. cooling, etc);
Other coastal and marine water, by their quality
belong to this classification
p. 2.1.4- 22
page 1 of 2
Table 2.1.4-11. Physico-chemical Characteristics of Groundwater Samples
Watershed
General
Station Name
Location
Manitohan
BMGW-40
Menito
BMGW-51
BMGW-8
Bucal-bucalan
BMGW-52
Bulabog
BMGW-53
BMGW 53
Capuy
BMGW-55
Ticol
BMGW-56
BMGW-57
Cawayan
BMGW-11
Guinlajon
BMGW-54
Date
Time
Temp
O
C
pH
DO
Cond
TSS
TDS
TS
ppm
uS/cm
ppm
ppm
ppm
BGPF
12/07/2000
1130
7.0
57
51
114
165
Tublijon
PNOC-EDC Base Camp
12/06/2000
12/07/2000
1400
_
26.6
_
5.7
5.9
6.6
_
93
53
56
68
207
88
263
156
Bulabog
12/05/2000
1730
25.5
6.2
8.9
158
14
192
206
Bulabog
12/05/2000
1800
26.3
26 3
5.9
59
8.4
84
314
148
185
333
Palhi
12/05/2000
1710
25.7
6.2
6.6
225
35
235
270
Ticol
Ticol
12/05/2000
12/06/2000
1650
0930
21.5
25.7
6.3
6.3
8.1
6.4
347
235
17
6
279
234
296
240
Basud
12/05/2000
1450
25.1
6.1
8.4
191
19
215
234
Baribag
12/05/2000
1615
25.1
7.0
9.0
344
20
291
311
6.5-8.5
500
Philippine Drinking Water Standard
p. 2.1.4- 23
page 2 of 2
Table 2.1.4-11. Physico-chemical Characteristics of Groundwater Samples ( continuation )
Watershed
Station Name
Anahaw
BMGW-62
BMGW-63
BMGW-64
BMGW-65
BMGW-66
BMGW-67
Sampaloc
BMGW-68
BMGW-69
BMGW-70
BMGW-59
BMGW-60
BMGW-61
Sta. Cruz
BMGW-73
San Juan
BMGW-71
BMGW-72
General
Location
Date
Time
H
Temp
O
C
pH
DO
ppm
Cond
uS/cm
TSS
ppm
TDS
ppm
TS
ppm
Guinlajon
Pangpang
West of Mt. Alinao peak
Northwest of Matacla 1& 2
Southeast of Matacla 3
South of Matacla 1 & 2
06/10/2002
06/10/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
1352
1405
0947
0946
1013
1024
26.6
27.0
23.7
24.2
24.1
26.8
7.36
7.04
6.85
6.91
6.66
6.17
3.8
3.7
4.7
4.7
4.5
3.5
673
772
387
436
441
1000
24
38
12
14
24
60
254
306
160
164
196
598
276
344
172
178
220
658
North of Alinao 2
Alinao 1
South of Alinao 2
Baribag
Bibincahan
Cabid-an
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/10/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
1050
1012
1015
1410
1420
1433
25.7
27.7
25.9
26.6
27.0
26.3
6.86
7.42
7.12
7.36
7.33
7.31
4.8
4.7
4.7
3.8
4.7
4.5
660
621
536
673
502
920
16
24
22
42
34
58
240
242
204
192
244
516
256
266
226
234
278
574
Sta. Cruz
06/12/2002
0810
24.8
6.10
5.1
317
182
186
San Juan
San Juan
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
1433
1414
24.2
24.0
6.93
6.00
4.8
_
176
_
8
14
136
116
144
130
Bgy. Osiao
06/07/2002
1441
26.3
25.5
6.95
6.65
6.6
5.7
316
418
78
35
158
184
236
263
6.5-8.5
500
Osiao
BMGW-58
Average
Philippine Drinking Water Standard
p. 2.1.4- 24
page 1 of 2
Table 2.1.4-12 Concentration ( in ppm) of Dissolved Constituents in Groundwater Samples

WaterShed/
Station Name
Manitohan
BMGW-40
Menito
BMGW-51
BMGW-8
Bucal-bucalan
BMGW-52
Bulabog
BMGW-53
Capuy
BMGW-55
Ticol
BMGW-56
BMGW-57
Date
Time
H
As
Ca
Cd
Cl
Cr
Cu
Fe
Hg
Li
12/07/2000 1130 <0.005
<0.10
1.9
<0.01
5.6
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001
12/06/2000 1400 0.005

12/07/2000
<0.005
<0.10
<0.10
3.2
2.2
<0.01
<0.01
12/05/2000 1730 <0.005
<0.10
8.0
12/05/2000 1800 <0.005
Mg
Mn
Na
Pb
Zn
SiO2
1.1
<0.01
1.1 <0.02
<0.05 <0.01
13
5.4
6.0
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001 3.2 <0.01

<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001 0.64 <0.01
3.2 <0.02
1.4 <0.02
6.0
3.6
<0.05 <0.01
<0.05 <0.01
41
12
<0.01
5.5
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001
5.3
<0.01
5.3 <0.02
7.9
<0.05 <0.01
42
<0.10
14.0 <0.01
32
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001
7.7
<0.01
7.7 <0.02
18
<0.05 <0.01
37
12/05/2000 1710 <0.005
<0.10
16.0 <0.01
7.3
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001
8.4
<0.01
8.4 <0.02
11
<0.05 <0.01
42
12/05/2000 1650 <0.005

12/06/2000 0930 0.010
<0.10
<0.10
15.0 <0.01
13.0 <0.01
20
7.0
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001

<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001
11
8.4
<0.01
<0.01
11 <0.02
8.4 <0.02
22
9.4
<0.05 <0.01
<0.05 <0.01
31
39
12/05/2000 1450 <0.005
<0.10
10.0 <0.01
7.6
<0.05 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001
6.0
<0.01
6.0 <0.02
9.6
<0.05 <0.01
35
12/05/2000 1615 <0.005
<0.10
24.0 <0.01
6.3
<0.05 <0.02 0.70 <0.0001
8.8
<0.01
8.8
0.34
19
<0.05 <0.01
34
250
0.05
0.5
200
0.01
Cawayan
BMGW-11
Guinlajon
BMGW-54
Phil. Nat'l Standards for Drinking Water
0.01
0.3
0.003
p. 2.1.4- 25
page 2 of 2
Table 2.1.4-12 Concentration ( in ppm) of Dissolved Constituents in Groundwater Samples ( continuation )

WaterShed/
Station Name
Anahaw
BMGW-62
BMGW-63
BMGW-64
BMGW-65
BMGW-66
BMGW-67
Sampaloc
BMGW-68
BMGW 68
BMGW-69
BMGw-70
BMGW-59
BMGW-60
BMGW-61
Sta. Cruz
BMGW-73
San Juan
BMGW-71
BMGW-72
Osiao
BMGW-58
Date
Time
H
As
Ca
06/10/2002
06/10/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
1352
1405
0947
0946
1013
1024
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
0.21
0.29
<0.10
0.16
<0.10
<0.10
38
31
29
37
33
130
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
06/10/2002
06/11/2002
06/11/2002
1050
1012
1015
1410
1420
1433
<0.005
0 005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.10
0 10
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
0.38
0.81
42
42
36
13
17
29
06/12/2002 0810 <0.005
<0.10
19 <0.002
06/11/2002 1433 <0.005

06/11/2002 1414 <0.005
0.14
<0.10
06/07/2002 1441 <0.005
Average
Phil. Nat'l Standards for Drinking Water
Mg
Mn
Na
Pb
Zn
SiO2
0.0001
7.5 0.02
0.0002
4.4 <0.01
0.0001 0.86 <0.01
<0.0001 0.88 <0.01
<0.0001 0.76 <0.01
<0.0001 4.7 0.02
11
14
7.9
9
12
80
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
36
24
10
10
11
21
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.03
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
32
34
26
27
24
44
<0.0001
0 0001
0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0003
<0.0001
1.2
12
1.2
1.1
2.6
5.0
8.6
<0.01
0 01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
0.02
21
20
15
6.8
8.0
68
<0.02
0 02 12
<0.02 13
<0.02 11
<0.02 18
<0.02 39
<0.02 120
<0.01
0 01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0 01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.03
0.02
24
24
24
38
39
41
<5
<0.01 <0.02 <0.05 0.0005
2.2
<0.01
6.4 <0.02
12
<0.01 <0.01
34
9.8 <0.002
11 <0.002
<5
<5
<0.01 <0.02 0.05 0.0001

0.06 <0.02 <0.05 <0.0001
1.4
1.4
<0.01
<0.01
2.3 <0.02
2.4 <0.02
8.1
7.7
<0.01 <0.01
<0.01 <0.01
30
31
<0.10
18 <0.002
<5
<0.01 <0.02 0.14 <0.0001
1.2
<0.01
7.7 <0.02
12
<0.01 <0.01
30
<0.005
<0.10
25 <0.002 5.5
<0.01 <0.02 0.42 <0.0001
4.3
<0.01 13.8 <0.02 18.8 <0.01 <0.01 31.8
0.01
0.3
0.05
Cd
Cr
Cu
Fe
<0.002 <5
<0.002 5.2
<0.002 <5
<0.002 <5
<0.002 <5
<0.002 <5
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
0.05
0.15
<0.05
0.06
<0.05
8.8
<0.002
0 002 6.9
69
<0.002 <5
<0.002 5.4
<0.002 <5
<0.002 <5
<0.002 17
<0.01
0 01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.05
<0.01
<0.02
0 02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.05
0 05
0.10
<0.05
0.53
0.25
<0.05
0.003
Cl
250
Hg
Li
0.5
200
0.01
p. 2.1.4- 26
Table 2.1.4-13. Results of Analysis of Major Ions Composition of Selected Groundwater Stations (in mg/L)
Station
Catchment
Sampling Date
Description
Cl
SO4
HCO3
Na
Ca
Mg
BMGW-40
Manitohan
8/28/1998
NPC spring
4.6
5.25
20
4.79
0.39
2.25
2.14
BMGW-8
Menito
9/11/1998
Basecamp spring
5.8
7.12
38
5.23
<0.01
4.68
3.28
BMGW-52
Bucal-bucalan
9/1/1998
Bucalbucalan spring
6.5
83
9.59
2.32
14.7
6.6
BMGW-55
Capuy
9/1/1998
Palhi spring
6.9
10.4
140
14.4
2.43
23.8
9.14
BMGW-57
Ticol
9/7/1998
Ticol spring
5.3
7.25
146
12.6
2.2
21.7
8.91
BMGW- 54
Guinlajon
9/7/1998
Guinlajon artesian well
6.5
32.7
173
23.3
3.45
29.5
9.4
BMGW- 11
Cawayan
9/7/1998
Basud spring
8.8
25.2
100
13.3
2.66
18.4
9.18
p. 2.1.4- 27
page 1 of 4
Table 2.1.4-14: Physico-chemical characteristics of Coastal Water Samples [1] (In Situ)
Reference Station Location
Catchment Code
at Vertical
Manitohan
River
Menito
River
Date
Temp
O
C
pH
DO
ppm
Cond
uS/cm
Sal
%
MN1
MN1
MN1
S
MD
B
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
Average
26.6
27.5
27.9
27.3
7.9
8.1
8.1
8.0
7.7
7.3
7.5
7.5
52,000
46,600
49,100
49,233
1.6
3.0
3.2
2.6
MN2
MN2
MN2
S
MD
B
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
Average
27.4
27.7
28.0
27.7
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
7.4
7.3
7.3
7.3
41,000
48,300
49,300
46,200
2.6
3.2
3.3
3.0
MN3
MN3
MN3
S
MD
B
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
Average
27.7
24.5
24.5
25.6
8.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
7.1
7.2
7.1
7.1
38,700
42,300
44,000
41,667
2.5
2.7
2.9
2.7
MN4
MN4
MN4
S
MD
B
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
12/08/2000
Average
24.2
28 0
28.0
28.1
26.8
8.1
81
8.1
8.1
8
7.4
72
7.2
7.2
7
38,000
48 500
48,500
50,100
45,533
2.5
32
3.2
3.3
3
M1
M1
M1
S [2]
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
26.0
27.0
27.0
26.7
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.8
7.6
6.5
7.6
44,000
48,600
49,000
47,200
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
M2
M2
M2
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
26.0
27.0
27.0
26.7
8.0
8.0
7.9
8.0
8.0
7.2
6.3
7.2
33,000
46,000
49,000
42,667
1.9
3.1
3.2
2.7
M3
M3
M3
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
26.0
27.0
27.0
26.7
7.6
8.0
8.0
7.9
7.9
7.7
6.8
7.5
19,000
45,000
49,000
37,667
1.1
2.9
3.2
2.4
M4
M4
M4
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
26.0
27.0
27.0
26.7
8.0
8.1
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.2
7.7
33,000
40,000
50,000
41,000
2.1
2.7
3.3
2.7
p. 2.1.4- 28
page 2 of 4
Table 2.1.4-14 ( Continuation )

Catchment Code
at Vertical
Date
Temp
O
C
pH
DO
ppm
Cond
uS/cm
Sal
%
Rizal River R1
R1
R1
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.0
7.7
7.7
7.8
39,000
47,000
48,000
44,667
2.6
3.0
3.1
2.9
R2
R2
R2
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
26.0
27.0
27.0
26.7
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.2
7.7
7.6
7.8
31,000
47,000
49,000
42,333
1.8
3.1
3.2
2.7
R3
R3
R3
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.1
8.0
8.0
7.8
7.7
7.0
7.5
38,000
46,000
47,000
43,667
2.8
3.0
3.1
3.0
R4
R4
R4
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
8.1
8.0
8.1
7.9
7.8
9.3
8.3
46,000
47,000
47,000
46,667
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.1
Bucal-bucalan
River
B1
B1
B1
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27 0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
81
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
10 1
10.1
10.1
10.1
10.1
47 000
47,000
47,000
47,000
47,000
31
3.1
3.0
3.1
3.1
B2
B2
B2
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
10.0
10.0
9.7
9.9
40,000
46,000
48,000
44,667
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.0
B3
B3
B3
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
9.9
9.6
9.8
45,000
45,000
45,000
45,000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
B4
B4
B4
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.1
8.0
8.0
9.7
9.9
9.9
9.8
49,000
49,000
49,000
49,000
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
T1
T1
T1
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
- [3]
-
43,000
47,000
47,000
45,667
2.6
3.1
3.1
2.9
T2
T2
T2
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.0
8.1
8.0
44,000
46,000
46,000
45,333
2.8
3.0
3.0
2.9
Ticol River
p. 2.1.4- 29
page 3 of 4

Catchment Code
at Vertical
Ticol River
Gimaloto
River
Cawayan
River
Date
Temp
O
C
pH
DO
ppm
Cond
uS/cm
Sal
%
T3
T3
T3
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
46,000
46,000
46,000
46,000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
T4
T4
T4
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
47,000
48,000
49,000
48,000
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.1
G1
G1
G1
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
44,000
46,000
47,000
45,667
2.9
2.9
3.1
3.0
G2
G2
G2
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.1
8.1
8.1
43,000
45,000
48,000
45,333
2.8
2.9
3.2
3.0
G3
G3
G3
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27 0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
81
8.1
8.1
8.1
45,000
47 000
47,000
50,000
47,333
2.9
31
3.1
3.3
3.1
G4
G4
G4
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
44,000
44,000
47,000
45,000
2.9
2.9
3.7
3.2
C1
C1
C1
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
29,000
31,000
33,000
31,000
1.8
2.7
2.1
2.2
C2
C2
C2
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
8.0
8.1
8.1
35,000
48,000
49,000
44,000
2.6
3.1
3.3
3.0
C3
C3
C3
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
44,000
45,000
47,000
45,333
2.9
2.9
3.0
2.9
C4
C4
C4
S
MD
B
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
12/07/2000
Average
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
8.1
8.1
8.0
8.1
47,000
50,000
51,000
49,333
3.0
3.3
3.4
3.2
p. 2.1.4- 30

Catchment Code
at Vertical
Anahaw
River
Osiao
River
Date
Temp
O
C
pH
DO
ppm
Cond
uS/cm
Sal
%
S
S
S
06/08/2002
06/08/2002
06/08/2002
Average
31.1
31.3
31.3
31.2
8.4
8.5
8.4
8.3
5.9
5.7
5.8
5.7
48,600
48,400
48,500
48,500
3.2
3.2
3.7
3.3
AGO 1 S
AGO 2 S
AGO 3 S
06/07/2002
06/07/2002
06/07/2002
Average
31.7
31.7
31.9
31.8
8.5
8.4
8.6
8.7
7.1
6.7
7.1
7.0
46,500
29,000
48,200
41,233
3.2
1.8
3.2
2.7
maximum
3 Co rise
3 Co rise
3 Co rise
3 Co rise
6.5-8.5
6.5-8.5
6.5-8.5
6.0-9.0
minimum
5
5
5
2
SBA 1
SBA 2
SBA 3
Water Quality Criteria (DAO 90-34)

Class SA
Class SB
Class SC
Class SD
[1] See Oceanogrphy module for description
[2] S= surface; MD = mid-depth; B = bottom
[3] DO sensor malfunctioned
p. 2.1.4- 31
page 1 of 2
Table 2.1.4-15 Concentration (in ppm) of Dissolved Elements in Coastal Water Samples
Station Name
Poliqui Bay
BMMW-11
BMMW-12
BMMW-13
BMMW-14
BMMW-15
BMMW-16
BMMW-17
BMMW-25
BMMW
25
BMMW-26
BMMW-27
General
Location
Manito River Mouth
Buang, Manito Mangrove
Nacio Reef
Pinaculan Reef
Asias Reef
Balagbag
Buyo Mangrove
Buyo, northside
Buyo , southside
Sorsogon Bay
BMMW-46
Rizal
BMMW-51
Bucal-bucalan
BMMW-56
Bulabog
BMMW-61
Ticol
BMMW-65
Capuy
BMMW-71
Gimaloto
BMMW-76
Cawayan
SBA- 1
Anahaw (50 m East of mouth)
SBA- 2
Anahaw (50 m front )
Anahaw (50 m West of mouth
SBA- 3
Date
Time
H
Lab
pH
As
12/02/2000
12/01/2000
12/01/2000
12/02/2000
11/29/2000
11/30/2000
11/29/2000
12/01/2000
11/30/2000
11/30/2000
1035
1405
1000
1346
0830
1453
0905
1146
0915
7.21
6.98
7.38
7.60
8.26
8.38
8.10
8.10
7.57
7.54
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
0.02
<0.02
<0.02
12/03/2000
12/03/2000
12/03/2000
12/03/2000
12/03/2000
12/03/2000
12/03/2000
06/08/2002
06/08/2002
06/08/2002
1630
1611
1530
1355
1420
1115
1135
0851
0857
0901
8.05
8.22
7.92
8.24
8.16
8.22
8.34
7.90
8.10
8.00
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
0.12
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
Cd
Cr
Cu
Fe
Hg
Mn
Pb
Zn
TDS
TSS
<0.01 <0.05
<0.01 0.07
<0.01 0.09
<0.01 0.09
<0.01 0.12
0.05 0.13
0.04 0.12
<0.01
0.01 0.07
<0.01 0.08
<0.01 0.07
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
0.02
<0.02
<0.02
0.20
0.27
0.52
0.27
0.45
0.41
0.34
0.70
0.34
0.59
0.0007
0.0012
0.0013
0.0008
0.0008
0.0003
0.0003
0.0002
0.0008
0.0002
<0.02
<0.02
0.12
<0.02
0.16
0.16
0.14
0.12
<0.02
<0.02
<0.05
<0.05
0.53
0.58
0.75
0.75
0.75
<0.05
0.05
0.53
<0.05
0.03
0.03
0.07
0.09
0.11
0.11
0.13
0.07
0.10
0.04
771
2,489
17,996
24,924
32,318
32,763
31,587
6,391
15,921
4,648
107
212
1,674
1,981
3,819
3,885
2,098
1,389
1,628
1,239
<0.01 0.10
0.04 0.11
<0.01 0.09
<0.01 0.11
0.04 0.09
0.05 0.11
0.04 0.11
<0.05 <0.05
<0.05 <0.05
<0.05 <0.05
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
0.04
0.05
0.04
0.38
0.45
0.38
0.34
0.41
0.48
0.38
0.16
0.25
0.19
0.0009
0.0002
0.0013
0.0004
0.0007
0.0004
<0.0001
0.0002
<0.0001
0.0003
0.16
0.14
0.16
0.12
0.12
0.14
0.14
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.75
0.69
0.75
0.64
0.80
0.69
0.69
0.41
0.44
0.44
0.12
0.14
0.14
0.14
0.15
0.14
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.05
26,418
50,906
31,694
30,842
33,017
30,371
32,107
31,510
31,162
31,896
1,513
2,010
2,662
2,502
3,180
3,937
4,015
2,978
3,094
3,080
p. 2.1.4-32
page 2 of 2
Table 2.1.4-15 Concentration (in ppm) of Dissolved Elements in Coastal Water Samples ( continuation )
Station Name
Albay Gulf
AGO- 1
AGO- 2
AGO- 3
General
Location
Date
Time
H
Lab
pH
Osiao (50 m East of mouth)

Osiao mouth (50 m Front )
Osiao (50 m West of mouth)
06/07/2002
06/07/2002
06/07/2002
1605
1610
1615
7.70
7.70
8.20
8.12
Average
Water Quality Criteria (maximum limit except for pH)
Class SA
Class S
C
SB
Class SC
Class SD
6.5 - 8.5
65-8
6.5
8.5
5
6.5 - 8.5
6.0 - 9.0
As
Cd
Cr
Hg
Mn
Pb
Zn
TDS
TSS
<0.02 <0.05 <0.05 0.04 0.18

<0.02 <0.05 <0.05 0.02 0.12
<0.02 <0.05 <0.05 0.04 0.15
<0.0001
0.0003
0.0002
0.04
0.02
0.04
0.47
0.28
0.44
0.05
0.04
0.05
29,886
17,310
31,264
2,816
1,932
2,942
0.016 0.01 0.05 <0.02 0.34
0.0006
0.07
0.50
0.11
25,132
2,378
0.05
0 05
0.05
0.05
-
0.002
0.002
0
00
0.002
-
0.05
0.05
0
05
0.05
-
0.01 0.05
00 0
0.01
0.10
0
0.01 0.10
-
Cu
Fe
p. 2.1.4- 33
30% rise
30 pp
ppm rise
30 ppm rise
60 ppm rise
Table 2.1.4-16
WaterShed/
Station Name
River Sediment Chemistry

Date
Time
H
Lab
pH
As
ppm
Cd
ppm
Cr
ppm
Hg
ppm
Pb
ppm
12/06/2000
12/06/2000
1330
1500
7.12
6.62
1.8
2.4
1.6
1.4
4.2
2.8
0.0617
0.1027
14
13
12/07/2000
12/06/2000
1000
1545
7.75
7.45
<0.1
<0.1
1.8
1.2
4.8 0.0672
<0.5 0.0616
15
9.5
12/06/2000
12/06/2000
12/07/2000
1500
7.05 <0.1 0.93 <0.5 0.0604
1430
7.30
2.2
1.9 <0.5 0.0569
0850 no collectible sediments
9.5
15
12/06/2000
1300
7.02
2.0
1.6
8.6
12/06/2000
1200
7.15
0.7
2.5
10
0.0554
20
12/06/2000
1120
7.38
<0.1
1.4
3.8
0.0626
12
12/06/2000
12/06/2000
1000
1045
7.32
7.26
<0.1
<0.1
1.4
1.5
3.8 0.0558
<0.5 0.051
10
10
BMGP-98
12/05/2000
1130
6.80
<0.1
1.4
4.8
0.0652
11
BMGP-24
12/05/2000
1300
6.60
1.7
1.8
5.2
0.0919
11
BMGP-35
12/05/2000
1515
6.82
2.3
1.1
<0.5 0.0535
10
BMGP 133
06/06/2002
1330
8.20
24
0.42
14
BMGP 132
06/06/2002
1420
7.70
0.97
0.50
13
BMGP- 72
06/06/2002
1045
7.1
72
0.50
11
BMGP- 64
06/07/2002
1110
8.1
<0.20 <0.20
13
0.001
5.2
0.0526 11.2
Manitohan River
BMGP-12
BMGP-71
Menito River
BMGP-107
BMGP-80
Rizal River
BMGP-104
BMGP-79
BMGP-103
Bucal-bucalan
BMGP-111
Bulabog
BMGP-116
BMGP 116
Capuy River
BMGP-121
Ticol River
BMGP-127
BMGP-126
Cawayan River
<0.5 0.0974
Anahaw River
<0.0001 9.6
0.003
9.2
Osiao River
Average
7.26
6.2
1.3
<0.0001 6.2
Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF) Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Water Quality)
8.8
p. 2.1.4- 34
Table 2.1.4-17: Coastal Sediment Chemistry

Date
Time
H
Lab
pH
As
ppm
B
ppm
Cd
ppm
Cr
Cu
ppm ppm
Buyo, southside
12/02/2000
12/01/2000
12/02/2000
12/01/2000
11/30/2000
12/01/2000
1340
1736
1500
0905
1400
0915
7.85
7.89
7.19
8.00
7 62
7.62
7.76
0.60
2.1
0.90
1.8
<0 10
<0.10
<0.10
3.1
9.7
6.7
8.5
62
6.2
7.0
0.93
1.4
1.8
1.4
16
1.6
1.5
3.8
3.8
6.2
4.4
62
6.2
7.2
BMMS-76
Cawayan
12/03/2000 0915
7.80
1.0
4.1
0.79
BMMS-77
Cawayan
12/03/2000 0945
7.76
<0.10
4.1
BMMS-78
Cawayan
12/03/2000 1000
8.20
0.29
7.92
0.2
Station Name
Poliqui Bay
BMMS-12
BMMS-14
BMMS-15
BMMS-25
BMMS-26
BMMS
26
BMMS-27
General
Location

Nacio Reef
Pinaculan Reef
Buyo Mangrove
Buyo northside
Buyo,
Fe
ppm
Hg
ppm
K
ppm
Li
ppm
Mn
Pb
Zn
ppm ppm ppm
13
48
54
56
54
46
16,000
26,000
36,000
28,800
35 500
35,500
49,300
0.0623
0.1015
0.1617
0.1011
0 0817
0.0817
0.0786
2,750
1,770
1,770
1,860
1 770
1,770
2,890
9.9
41
14
6.6
86
8.6
7.1
180
420
300
590
320
430
6.8
12
15
18
15
15
28
59
60
45
63
87
3.2
17
18,800
0.0517 2,720
2.9
180
7.7
25
0.93
2.8
18
16,000
0.0508 3,250
3.6
190
8.6
37
3.2
0.93
3.8
16
19,300
0.0683 3,190
5.4
210
9.5
37
3.8
0.883
3.27
17
18,033
0.0569 3,053
3.97
193
33
Sorsogon Bay
Average
p. 2.1.4-35
Figure 2.1.4-1
PIPER DIAGRAM
of Selected Water Sources at BGPF and Vicinity
80
l)
0
hlo
rid
e(C
6
)+C
O4
40
20
)
Mg
m( 2 0
Note: Station code as BMGW-#,

consistent with station coding
in Hydrology module.
20
SO4
O3 60
) +B
ic a
rbo 40
na
40
te(
HC
20
60
ium
(M
6 0 g)
Ma
gn
es
40
Ca
rbo 80
80
na
te(
C
20
20
%meq/l
40
HCO 3+CO3
O4
Na+K
S
te(
lfa
CAT I O N S
20
60
80
Calcium (Ca)
Su
80
80
80
(K)
ium
ss
ota 6 0
Ca
60
40
)+P
40
Na
m( 40
diu
20
60
So
80
O3
Su
lfa
te(
S
s iu
ne
ag
) +M 4 0
Ca
m(
lciu 6 0
Ca
80
20
Mg
54
11
56
57
55
52
8
40
20
40
60
80
Cl
Chloride (Cl)
ANIONS
p. 2.1.4- 36
Plate 2.1.4-1:
In situ determination of pH, temperature, dissolved
oxygen and conductivity at BMGP-72 (Labug Creek
near Botong Power Plant)
p. 2.1.4-37
2.1.5 METEOROLOGY/CLIMATOLOGY
The project is located in a Type II climate region which is characterized by the absence of dry
season with a very pronounced maximum rainfall from November to January. The area receives
an annual rainfall of about 5,000 mm based on the 1996 - 1999 records of 3 rain gauging
stations in the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Reservation, at elevations 600 730 mASL. In July
1999 to October 2000, the weather station at the BGPF Administrative Complex (600 mASL),
registered a mean rainfall of 32.3 mm/day. The mean temperature was 26.6 oC while the mean
humidity was 83.6%. Wind speed was high at 4.5 m/sec on the average.
The nearest PAGASA station from the project (17 mASL), recorded a lower annual rainfall of
3,355 mm or 9.2 mm/day. The annual temperature is a slightly higher at 27.1 oC, while humidity
is slightly lower at 83%. The annual wind speed is lower at 3 m/sec with NE and SW winds
prevailing over the area, coinciding with the northeast and southwest monsoons, respectively.
The same PAGASA records, covering the years from 1961-1995, further shows the area
experiences 21 rainy days per month and 3 cyclones in every 2 years.
2.1.5.2 Methodology
A. Study Team
This module was prepared by Vanderleaf C. Capalungan (chemist) and Engellau F. Flores
(chemist), with the assistance of Conrado N. Orcena (technician).
B. Parameters
Meteorological data are basic and widely used information in planning and decision making for
the project such as in environmental impact assessment, developing environmental management
measures, siting of facilities, engineering design, risk assessment and hydrological studies. It
also provides explanation to observations gathered for the various environmental modules in this
EIS.
Selected parameters include climate type, rainfall intensity and frequency, temperature, relative
humidity, vapor pressure, atmospheric pressure, wind speed and direction and respective
frequencies, cloud cover, thunderstorm frequency, lightning frequency and cyclone frequency.
C. Selected Meteorological Stations

Meteorology of the project site was inferred from 3 PNOC-EDC rain gauging stations and from a
weather station, all in the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Reservation where the Tanawon Sector is
situated. The 3 rain gauging stations are located at elevations 600 730 mASL specifically at
the PNOC Basecamp in Manitohan Watershed, Botong FCRS Control Center in Osiao
Watershed, and Cawayan Sector FCRS area in Cawayan Watershed. The period of records
used in this report covered the years 1996 1999 which provides comparison with that of the
longer record of PAGASA. These stations and among others were established in different years
for some watershed management activities and hydrological studies. For years, some stations
have been decommissioned or reactivated and new stations established depending on the
developments in the reservation.
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Meteorology)
p. 2.1.5-- 1
The weather station mentioned above is located at the Administration Complex of the BaconManito Geothermal Production Field at elevation 600 mASL, only a few kilometers from the
Tanawon Sector. It has a capability to measure rainfall, temperature, relative humidity and wind
speed. Data from July 1, 1999 and October 24, 2000 were made available.
Meteorological data for the project was also inferred from the 1961-1995 or 30-year records of
PAGASA weather station in Legaspi City, being more complete in parameters and longer period
of observation. The station is about 30 kms from the project site. Climatological extremes as of
1999 are also available.

The site is located in a Type II climate region of the Modified Coronas Classification, as shown
in Figure 2.1.5-1. The area has no dry season with a very pronounced maximum rainfall from
November to January. Table 2.1.5-1 shows the climatological normals, while Table 2.1.5-2
shows the climatological extremes. PNOC records are presented in Tables 2.1.5-3 and Figure
2.1.5-2.
A.
Rainfall
At the PAGASA station in Legaspi City, rainfall measures 3,354.7 mm annually at a frequency of
21 days per month. On the average, rainfall is at minimum in April at 146.8 mm; it is at maximum
in December at 515.6 mm. The highest 24-hr rainfall measured 484.6 mm, in November 3,
1967. Measurements at the rain gauging stations in the geothermal reservation show a higher
annual rainfall of approximately 5,000 mm. This is attributable to the location of the stations and
the proposed project in a mountainous region where low-lying clouds favorably accumulate and
condense.
B.
Temperature.
The mean annual temperature in Legaspi City is 27.1 OC while the mean minimum and
maximum are 23.4 OC and 30.7 OC, respectively. June is the warmest month with mean
temperature of 28.3 OC; while January is the coldest month with average temperature of 25.5
O
C. The highest temperature registered 37.7 OC on May 27, 1968; while the lowest temperature,
13.9 OC was recorded on December 28, 1971. At the reservation weather station, the mean
temperature recorded in July 1999 October 2000 was slightly lower at 26.6 oC.
C.
Surface Winds
Northeast winds prevail from October to May coinciding with the northeast monsoon; while
southwest winds from June to September during the southwest monsoon period. Monthly wind
speeds averaged 2-4 m/sec, lower in September and higher in January. The annual wind speed
is 3 m/s. Figure 2.1.5-3 shows the wind rose diagrams based on the 1961- 1995 wind data in
Legaspi City. Table 2.1.5-4 shows the monthly average of wind directions for each year from
1961-1995; while Table 2.1.5-5 shows the wind frequency data. The highest wind speed
recorded was 65 m/s at prevailing N winds, which occurred on November 25, 1987. The mean
wind speed recorded at the project was 4.5 m/s.
p. 2.1.5-- 2
D.
Other Meteorological Data
Humidity at the weather station is high at 84% on the average. In Legaspi City, cloud cover
ranged from 5-6 octas. Thunderstorms occur 80 times annually; 11 times monthly from May to
Oct and 3 times monthly in other months. Lightning occurs 75 times annually with monthly
average of 11 times monthly from May to October and twice monthly from November to April.
The area is visited by 3 cyclones in every 2 years based on the Tropical Cyclone Map of the
Philippines shown in Figure 2.1.5-4. Sea level pressure is 29.4 mbs annually.
p. 2.1.5-- 3
Figure 2.1.5-2:
Meteorological data at BGPF (Geoscie weather station)
July 01, 1999 to October 24, 2000
p. 2.1.5- 10
2.1.6
PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY
2.1.6.1

The present observational and modeling study has shown that the study areas have moderate
to strong currents that varies in speed and direction according to the non-linear interaction
between the wind and the tide. Furthermore, the project impacts are mostly on water quality
and include an increase of suspended sediment concentration, accumulation of sediments in
rivers and estuarine areas and decrease in water transparency. These identified impacts are
negative in nature, temporary, reversible and moderate in magnitude. Mitigation measures
include the installation of sediment traps, settling ponds and other measures that will prevent
sediment loading to the marine environment. In addition to these measures, monitoring of the
levels of suspended sediment concentrations, sediment accumulation and water transparency
should be carried out to prevent worse conditions to occur.
2.1.6.2
Methodology
The present study makes use of accepted methods of observations and numerical modeling.
The observational study of water currents carried out in December 2000 made use of drifters.
Using drifters and a handheld compass, the current speed and direction were estimated in the
study areas.
Water temperature profiling was carried out using the Horiba water quality checker which is a
multi-sensor instrument. To determine the vertical profiles of temperature in the study areas,
measurements in at least three depths were undertaken. These include the near surface,
mid-depth and near the sediment bed.
Water transparency was determined using a Secchi disk (painted in white) with a diameter of
about half ( ) meter. This was tied to a rope and lowered with a weight (stone) to
compensate for its buoyancy.
A. EIA Study Team

Dr. Paul Rivera (Oceanographer) and Moises Catipon (Technician) conducted the baseline
survey for the Physical Oceanographic module last December 7 and 8, 2000.
B. Description of the Circulation Model

The current patterns in the coastal area of San Fernando were studied using a quasi-three
dimensional non-linear numerical model of the coastal zone. The oceanographic model for
the currents and sea surface elevation is essentially based on the modified circulation model
of Koutitas (1988) which was extended in the present study to include horizontal momentum
diffusion and a modification in the bottom friction formulation. The present formulation allows
the inclusion of the non-linear interaction between the wind and the tide. The governing
equations of the present coastal circulation model are written in the Cartesian coordinate
system as:
ay u
u
u
u
a u
sx
+u
+v
+ 0.2 u + x
+ 0.2 v +
= fvg
+
t
x
y
x h
40 x
40 y
(1)
u u
u 2

u + v 2 0.5 sx + Ah 2 +
k
h
y2
h
x
2
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Oceanography)
p. 2.1.6- 1
ay v
a v
v
v
v
sy
+ 0.2 v +
= f u g
+
+u
+v
+ 0.2 u + x
40 x
40 y
t
x
y
y h
sy
2v 2v
v 2
u + v 2 0.5 + Ah 2 +
k
h
y2
h
x
(u h) ( v h)
+
+
=0
t
x
y
(2)
(3)
where u and v represent the depth-averaged current components (m s-1) in the x and y-axes
respectively, is the sea surface elevation (m), f is the Coriolis parameter (s-1), g is the
gravitational acceleration (m s-2), s is the wind stress acting over the sea surface (N m-2), is
the seawater density (kg m-3), h is the water depth (m), k is a bottom friction coefficient, and Ah
is the horizontal eddy viscosity coefficient (m2 s-1). The variable a (m s-1) is related to the wind
stress as in (Koutitas 1988):
a=
sh
= 16.6 s
(4)
in which the fluid viscosity at the surface is assumed as a function of the surface stress and
the depth of the water column.
The surface stress term is assumed as a quadratic function of the wind W with components in
the x and y -axes given by
sx = a cd Wx W
, sx = a c d Wy W
(5)
where a is the air density, cd is a drag coefficient and Wx,y are the wind components in the x
and y-axes, respectively.
Equations (1) and (2) define the current accelerations in the x and y-axes respectively. The
first terms on the left of both equations represent the local change of the flow velocities. The
following terms on the left represent changes in the fluid acceleration due to advection of
momentum. The additional advective terms involving the stress variable a are corrections
imposed on advection to include non-uniformity in the vertical current profile. On the right
hand side of both equations (in the order written), effects due to earth's rotation (Coriolis
acceleration), sea surface elevation gradient, surface stress and bottom frictional effects, and
horizontal momentum diffusion provide the necessary physical factors affecting coastal
circulation. Basically, these equations represent conservation of momentum in the coastal
sea. Current velocities are predicted using these equations. On the other hand, Equation (3),
which is simply the equation of mass continuity, represents conservation of water mass. It
predicts the evolution of the water level or sea surface elevation from known current velocities
due to the wind and the tide. While written in two-dimensional forms, Equations (1-3) can be
used to assess the three-dimensional structure of the horizontal flow velocities. In its
derivation, it was assumed that the current profile in the vertical is a quadratic function of the
2
water depth, i.e. u(z) = az + bz + c, in which z is the vertical coordinate. With appropriate
boundary conditions, Koutitas (1988) derived the solution for the horizontal current profile to
be:
p. 2.1.6- 2
3 z
z
3
u ( z ) = a u 1 + a + 1
2 h
h
4
(6)
The circulation model is thus a quasi-three dimensional model in the sense that currents at
any depth can be estimated from model calculations using Equation (6). Based on this, the
use of the estimated (modelled) depth-averaged currents and the surface wind stress
contribution (from Equation 5) give a more realistic approximation of the horizontal current
profile in the vertical.
1. Boundary Conditions
The effect of the tide in the coastal circulation is included by the propagation of a long-gravity
wave at the open boundaries of the computational domain. The surface elevation field,
varying in time, is prescribed at the boundaries with an appropriate tidal forcing function
derived from tidal observations in the area. A truncated Fourier series of the form
( t ) = a 0 + a1 cos( 1 t p1 ) + a 2 cos( 2 t p 2 ) + a3 cos( 3 t p3 ) + a 4 cos( 4 t p 4 ) (7)

is used for this purpose, where (t) is the sea surface elevation due to the tide at the open
boundary as a function of time t, a's represent the amplitudes with ao as the mean value, 's
are the frequencies, and p's are the phases of each of the four tidal constituents (O1, K1, M2,
and S2 respectively). The estimated amplitudes and phases of the major tidal constituents in
the area are given in Table 2.1.6-2.
The current patterns in the area of study were predicted with the simultaneous solution of the
coupled partial differential equations (1-3). An explicit finite difference method was used in the
numerical calculations with a grid interval (equal in the x and y-axes) of 500 m for Sorsogon
Bay and 200 m for Poliqui Bay. The time interval used was limited to 10 seconds in both bays
due to a numerical stability constraint according to the Courant-Friedrich-Lewy stability
criterion. The different meteorological scenarios affecting the study areas are included in the
modeling works.
The lateral open boundaries of the computational domain were treated with the pseudoimplicit form of the Orlanski Radiation Condition as described in Rivera (1997). The method is
basically a wave-propagation technique which is known in oceanographic modeling as a nonreflecting boundary condition. Unknown current components and sea surface elevation in the
open boundaries were estimated using this method.
p. 2.1.6- 3
C. Sediment Transport
Sediment transport in this study was simulated and predicted using a third-order accurate
numerical model as described in Rivera (1997). The model is based on the advectiondiffusion model solved using the QUICKEST numerical scheme which is now the basis of
many environmental models due to its efficiency and accuracy in predicting transported
environmental pollutants such as sediments. The sink or decay term is parameterized in
terms of the sedimentation flux. The sedimentation flux is assumed to be proportional to the
settling velocity of sediment particles, the concentration of sediments and the probability of
deposition. Two sediment fractions were assumed in this study to represent the coarse and
fine sediments discharged by the rivers. The settling velocities assigned to these sediment
fractions were obtained from the studies conducted by Rivera (1997) and are partly based on
laboratory experiments and on Stokes Law. The probability of sediment deposition is
dependent on the total shear stress induced by currents and waves. If the total shear stress is
above a critical shear stress for deposition, sediments may continue to be transported away
by the currents and do not settle on the sediment bed. However, if the total shear stress is
below the critical shear stress for deposition, settling of particles will occur in the marine
environment. The effect of salt flocculation has been implicitly included in the calibration of
the sedimentation flux.
Measurement of suspended sediment transport is difficult to undertake particularly in the
marine environment. An accurate determination of suspended sediment concentration and
the current velocity throughout the vertical dimension is required. The observed total
suspended solids concentration (TSS) can be used as a rough estimate of the suspended
sediment concentration.
2.1.6.3

A. Coastal Geometry and Bathymetry
1. Sorsogon Bay
Sorsogon Bay is a very shallow semi-enclosed bay located south of the proposed project
site. The axis of the bay is oriented east to west with its narrow mouth in the
southwestern part. It has a very irregular coastal geometry and its bathymetric contours
show increasing depths towards the western direction. The coastal geometry and
bathymetric map of Sorsogon Bay is shown in Figure 2.1.6-1. The narrow opening of the
bay suggests a tidally dominated marine environment.
2. Poliqui Bay
The Manitohan River which is a potential source of sediments from the project site drains
in Poliqui Bay. Poliqui Bay is larger than Sorsogon Bay and has an opening towards the
east into the Pacific Basin. Its bathymetry shows much deeper depths than Sorsogon Bay
with a sharp bathymetric gradient away from the river mouth. The coastal and depth
profile of a portion of Poliqui Bay is shown in Figure 2.1.6-2. While the tide may play a
secondary role in this marine environment, the action of the wind and the waves may
dominate the transport of sediments in this area.
p. 2.1.6- 4
B. Wave Characteristics in Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays

Waves that are generally induced by the wind acting over the sea surface are dependent on
the speed of the wind, the fetch length and the water depth. The wind speed is measured at
anemometer level (i.e. 10 m above mean sea level) while the fetch length is measured in
terms of the area of wind generation as it blows in a sustained manner from the open sea.
Here, the coastline is a natural boundary where the fetch length ends and therefore limits the
wave propagation. The effect of the water depth is such that wind-induced waves have a
limited height due to frictional dissipation of wave energy caused by the sediment bed. It is
therefore evident that wind-induced waves can grow higher in deeper waters than in shallow
waters. Visual observations during moderate to strong winds confirm the strong tendency of
the waves to be depth-limited.
Measurement of wind-generated waves is not usually undertaken due to practical reasons
such as the lack of reliable sensors that can be bought at reasonable prices. Wave
instruments are generally very expensive. It is therefore the practice of many countries to
estimate the waves using the well-known wave relations of the Coastal Engineering Research
Center (CERC) of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. These wave formulations are semiempirical in nature and they usually give good estimates of the significant wave heights,
period and length. By definition, a significant wave height is the average height of the highest
third of the waves.
The estimation of the significant wave height, which is the most important factor to consider in
many applications, follows the general relation given by:
0.42
gF
0.0125 2
0. 75
W
0.283W 2
gh
Hs =
tanh 0.53 2 tanh
0
75
.
W
g
tanh 0.53 gh
W 2
where Hs is the significant wave height, W is the surface wind speed measured at
anemometer level, F is the fetch length, g is the gravitational acceleration and h is the mean
water depth.
Table 2.1.6-1 shows the estimated significant wave heights at different wind speeds and water
depths in the study areas. Due to its shallowness, the significant waves in Sorsogon Bay
could not grow enough. Significant wave heights of less than 1.5 m could be expected even
during stormy conditions. During ordinary conditions of winds from 1 to 5 m/s, significant
wave heights of about 0.02-0.48 m are estimated to occur in Sorsogon Bay. Partly, the semienclosed nature of the bay limits the propagation of greater wave heights.
In Poliqui Bay, waves could grow higher due its characteristic depths, which generally
exceeds 40 m. In addition, it is partly exposed to the propagation of often very high waves
from the deep Pacific basin. It is estimated that during stormy conditions with surface winds
ranging from about 10-20 m s-1, the whole area may experience violent waves with significant
wave heights reaching over 3 m in amplitude.
It should be noted that these figures represent the average of the highest third of all wave
heights (definition of significant wave height) and surface waves could be much higher in
actual heights.
p. 2.1.6- 5
C. Tides
The study areas are both exposed to the tidal effects of the Pacific basin which generally
contributes to the semi-diurnal characteristics of the tide in many coastal areas in the eastern
and southern parts of the Philippine Archipelago. The tidal analysis carried out in this study
uses available in\formation of tidal heights and time of occurrences from the Tide and Current
Tables (2000) published by the National Mapping and Resource Information Authority
(NAMRIA). Analysis of the 4 major tidal constituents namely, O1, K1, M2, and S2 tides was
carried out in this study. The characteristics of these tidal constituents are summarized in
Table 2.1.6-2.
The ratio of the diurnal to the semi-diurnal constituents (K1 + O1)/(M2 + S2) was determined in
this study. The result of the analysis showed a ratio of less than 1. This further confirms that
the tide in the area is predominantly semi-diurnal with two high and two low water levels
occurring in a day. The variation of the tide during the period of observation in December
2000 is shown in Figure 2.1.6-3.
D. Currents
1. Observed surface currents
Observations of surface currents in Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays were carried during a
stormy weather condition in December 7-8, 2000. Observations were carried using
drifters whose measurement principle is analogous to the conventional drogue. A drifter is
released from a known position and allowed to be transported away by the flow. The time
interval of release and the distance traveled were determined and the surface currents
were estimated. Furthermore, the current directions were taken using a hand-held
compass. There were 6 stations with 4 measuring sites each in Sorsogon Bay. On the
other hand, there were five stations in Poliqui Bay. The stations are referred again to
Figure 2.1.3-1 and the results of the field observations are shown in Tables 2.1.6-3 to
2.1.6-4. The observed surface currents in Sorsogon Bay showed values that range from
5-50 cm/s. Due to the strong discharge rate of a nearby river in Station 1, the maximum
surface current of about 50 cm/s was recorded there. The observations in Poliqui Bay
showed a higher range of surface currents. During the time of measurements (which is
generally representative of a stormy season), the surface currents in the area ranged from
7 to over 60 cm/s. The highest current speed of about 62.5 cm/s was recorded near the
mouth of Manitohan River.
While actual field measurements were undertaken, computer modeling and simulation
works are essential to have a complete picture of the behavior of currents in the areas
surrounding the project site. The results will become useful in assessing the possible
impacts of the project especially on the advection and dispersion of pollutants (sediments
in this case) discharged within the vicinity, their potential accumulation in the area and
their likely impact on the marine biota.
p. 2.1.6- 6
2. Predicted current patterns

2.1 Sorsogon Bay
The currents in Sorsogon Bay are predominantly dictated by the tide. The result of the
circulation model in the area showed that tidal ebbing and flooding govern the transport of
sediments within and out of the bay. The circulation model which uses mean wind
conditions during the changing seasons showed that the ebb currents would rush towards
the mouth of the bay with a notable increase in magnitudes at the narrow channel at the
entrance of the bay. The maximum depth-averaged current simulated during ebb tide was
about 34.5 cm/s. During flooding, the currents would rush towards the head of the bay.
Slightly lower current magnitudes are simulated during the flooding period. The maximum
tidal current simulated by the model was about 30.7 cm/s. The results of the circulation
model are shown in Figures 2.1.6-4 to 2.1.6-5.
2.2 Poliqui Bay

Poliqui is apparently difference from Poliqui Bay in terms of prevailing current conditions.
The currents in the area are primarily dictated by the wind. The numerical model
simulated the variation of the circulation pattern in the area with the changing wind
conditions. The results of the numerical model are plotted in Figs. 2.1.6-6 to 2.1.6-7. It
can be seen that the circulation in the area is generally complex owing to the complex
coastal geometry and bottom topography in the area. The simulated current magnitudes
in the study area are comparable in magnitudes to Sorsogon Bay. A maximum depthaveraged current magnitude of over 30 cm/s has been estimated for both bays. Changing
circulation patterns generally result from the changing wind conditions in the area as
dictated by the northeast and southwest monsoon winds.
E.
Water Transparency
Due to the shallowness of Sorsogon Bay, sediments would be easily resuspended by the
action of wind and waves. The bottom of this bay is heavily silted and a slight wind and wave
action would generate suspended sediment concentration that hamper light penetration.
Additionally, there are more rivers discharging sediments in this area than Poliqui Bay. It is
therefore expected that the water transparency is low in this area.
Observations of water transparency in Sorsogon Bay was carried out during the storm in
December 7, 2000. A Secchi disk of about half a meter in diameter was used for this purpose.
The observed values showed very low water transparency that ranged from 0.33 to 2.2 m.
These values are quite low in a marine environment.
In contrast, observed Secchi depth values in Poliqui Bay showed higher water transparency
and therefore greater light penetration. The minimum recorded Secchi depth in the area
during the period of observation (December 2000) was about 0.8 m. During this period, lower
transparency values were recorded near the river mouths due to the sediments transported by
the tributary rivers.
p. 2.1.6- 7
F.
Temperature Profile
The water temperature in both bays shows a weak stratification. The temperature were
measured near the surface, at mid-depth and near the bottom. The observed values in
Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays showed almost equal temperature values with increasing depth.
Observed water temperature showed a mean of about 27C during the period of observation
and hardly shows differences in locations. At most, the temperature in the vertical showed a
decrease of about 1C in both bays. The action of the wind and the waves during the period of
observation possibly governed a strong mixing in the water column preventing the occurrence
of strong stratification.
p. 2.1.6- 8
Table 2.1.6-1
Estimated significant wave heights (m).
Surface Wind Speed (m s-1)

1-5
6-9
10-15
16-20
0.02-0.18
0.20-0.25
0.26-0.32
0.33-0.38
0.02-0.28
0.29-0.43
0.44-0.55
0.56-0.64
0.02-0.46
0.57-0.83
0.90-1.17
1.21-1.38
0.02-0.51
0.66-1.08
1.20-1.72
1.81-2.13
0.02-0.52
0.70-1.26
1.45-2.38
2.57-3.29
0.02-0.52
0.70-1.26
1.45-2.43
2.63-3.41
CERC (1984) equation was used to estimate the significant wave heights.
Depth (m)
1
2
5
10
50
100
Note:
Table 2.1.6-2
Major Tidal Constituents in the coastal areas of

Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays.
Tidal Constituent
Amplitude a (m)
Phase p (radian)
Period (hr)
Frequency (rad hr-1)
O1
0.246972
-0.881695
25.82
0.243351
K1
0.223938
1.882844
23.93
0.262516
M2
0.432676
2.035695
12.42
0.505868
S2
0.296587
0.819782
12.00
0.523598
p. 2.1.6- 9
Table 2.1.6-3. Observed physical oceanographic characteristic in Sorsogon Bay in December 7, 2000.
Latitude
(N)
Station 1
MenitoBuenavista
Station 2
Rizal
Station 3
BucalBucalan
Station 4
PokdolCapuy
Station 5
Ticol
Station 6
Cawayan
Table 2.1.6-4.
Station ID
Station 1
Station 2
Station 3
Station 4
Station 5
Longitude
(E)
Depth
(m)
Secchi Depth
(m)
Temperature (C)
12 58 38.3
12 58 33.6
12 58 38.3
12 58 15.8
12 58 30.6
12 58 26.1
12 58 37.3
12 58 19.4
12 5840.2
12 58 35.9
12 58 40.6
12 58 28.0
12 57 48.1
12 57 50.2
12 57 46.6
12 57 36.3
12 57 18.7
12 57 21.7
12 57 18.8
123 53 3.2
123 52 8.8
123 53 2.6
123 53 8.6
123 5416.2
123 5410.7
123 5422.7
123 5422.6
123 5406.8
123 5406.3
123 5504.4
123 5459.0
123 5541.1
123 5503.5
123 5551.6
123 5536.6
123 5602.9
123 5620.5
123 5645.6
1.5
1.1
1.5
5.0
1.2
2.5
1.3
4.0
1.3
2.0
1.2
2.5
1.2
1.5
1.0
4.2
2.5
2.0
2.0
surface
26.1
26.0
26.0
26.0
27.0
26.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
12 57 10.6
12 57 11.0
12 57 13.1
12 57 05.9
12 56 54.2
123 5633.8
123 5713.6
123 5705.3
123 5728.0
123 5713.3
2.7
0.6
2.0
1.0
5.0
27.0
26.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
mid-depth
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
26.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
bottom
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
26.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
Current
Spd (cm/s)
Current
Dir (deg)
0.33
0.40
0.35
0.85
0.95
1.00
1.20
2.20
1.30
1.50
1.20
2.00
0.70
0.75
1.00
2.20
1.60
1.20
1.50
50.0
14.3
10.5
10.5
22.2
28.6
22.2
22.2
22.2
33.3
11.1
8.3
30.3
25.0
14.9
26.3
20.0
21.2
5.5
160
210
170
225
200
210
240
245
235
240
230
235
230
230
250
220
225
240
220
1.80
0.60
1.00
1.00
2.00
21.2
37.0
33.3
22.2
20.8
215
240
230
245
220
Observed physical oceanographic characteristic in Poliqui Bay in December 8, 2000.

Latitude
(N)
13 07 37.8
13 07 33.1
13 07 49.8
13 07 18.0
13 07 38.1
Longitude
(E)
123 5145.9
123 5122.2
123 5120.8
123 5117.8
123 5055.3
Depth (m)
1.75
15.80
19.00
1.80
35.00
surface
26.5
26.6
27.4
27.7
27.2
Temperature (C)
mid-depth
26.5
27.5
27.7
27.5
27.8
bottom
26.5
27.9
28.0
27.5
28.1
Secchi Depth
(m)
p. 2.1.6- 10
2.00
0.80
2.10
1.10
2.20
Current
Spd (cm/s)
62.5
22.2
7.4
30.3
20.0
Current
Dir (deg)
195
280
215
230
270
Pages 2.1.6- 11 to 17 :
Figures 2.1.3-1 to 7
p. 2.1.6- 11
14000
12000
N-S Distance (m)
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 2.1.6-1.
Coastal geometry and bathymetry of Sorsogon Bay. Depths are given

in meters below Mean Lower Low Water (MLLW).
p. 2.1.6- 11
9000
8000
7000
N-S Distance (m)
6000
5000
POLI QUI BAY
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 2.1.6-2.
Coastal geometry and bathymetry of Poliqui Bay. Depths are given in

meters below Mean Lower Low Water (MLLW).
p. 2.1.6- 12
2.0
1.5
Tide (m)
1.0
0.5
0.0
-0.5
10 12 15 17 19 22 24 26 29 31
-1.0
Time (days)
Fig. 2.1.6-3.
Tidal heights (m) in the project site during the period of observation
in December 2000 (NAMRIA, 2000).
p. 2.1.6- 13
6000
5000
4000
3000
SORSOGON BAY
2000
1000
0
0
1000
Fig. 2.1.6-4.
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
Predicted currents in Sorsogon Bay during tidal ebbing.
p. 2.1.6- 14
6000
5000
4000
3000
SORSOGON BAY
2000
1000
0
0
1000
Fig. 2.1.6-5.
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
Predicted currents in Sorsogon Bay during tidal flooding.
p. 2.1.6- 15
9000
8000
7000
N-S Distance (m)
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
E-W Distance (m)

max. velocity = 0.43 m/s
Fig. 2.1.6-6.
Predicted currents in Poliqui Bay during the northeast monsoon

season.
p. 2.1.6- 16
9000
8000
7000
N-S Distance (m)
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 2.1.6-7.
Predicted currents in Poliqui Bay during the southwest monsoon

season.
p. 2.1.6- 17
2.1.7 AIR QUALITY

2.1.7.2 Methodology
A.
EIA Study Team
The baseline air quality study for the proposed Tanawon Geothermal Project was
initiated on November 6-8, 2000 and finalized on June 6-8, 2002. Monitoring
conducted on November 2000 was performed by Engr. Antonio M. Ranara (BGPF
Environmental Officer), Engellau F. Flores (Chemist), and Vanderleaf Capalungan
(chemist) of PNOC-EDC. On June 2002, the baseline air quality survey was
resumed by Engr. Ronald S. Pahunang (Air Quality Consultant), assisted by Engr.
Antonio N. Ranara and Albert Batalla (technician) of PNOC-EDC.
B.
Location and Scope of Study
The proposed Tanawon Geothermal Project geothermal block is located south of

Botong and Bacman-I GPPs and covers a total land area of about 2,460 hectares.
Three existing main sources of air emissions have been identified in the area:
Bacman 1, Botong, and Cawayan geothermal power plants (GPP). Bacman 1,
which has a rated capacity of 110 MW, is the largest among the three power plants.
Bacman 1, however, has not been in operation since 2000 due to technical
problems. Botong and Cawayan GPPs, meanwhile, are operating with a power
capacity of 20 MW each. These power plants are all operated and maintained by
the National Power Corporation (NPC). PNOC-EDC supplies the steam energy
required by the three power plants.
Based on the existing and proposed type of emission sources and applicable air
quality regulations for the proposed project, the baseline data gathering focuses on
ambient H2S, total suspended particulates (TSP), and noise. In addition, monthly
monitoring data gathered from existing monitoring at BGPF are included in the
baseline survey.
C.
Study Parameters and Methods
Ambient Air Quality:

There are two types of Philippine air quality standards that regulate the air quality
emissions of a certain location. These are the Occupational Safety and Health
Standards (OSHS), which applies to workplace environment, and the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards of the DENR. The two air quality standards differ
mainly on the monitoring location and the exposure period. Workplace standards
are intended to prevent workers from being exposed to hazardous pollutants in their
workplace, while ambient air quality standards apply to people outside the industrial
premises and workplace environment.
A total of nine air sampling stations were considered for the proposed Tanawon
Geothermal Project during air sampling on December 2000 and June 2002. The
monitoring stations were chosen based on the size of the proposed geothermal
area, locations of existing and proposed and geothermal power plants, existing

1
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Air Quality)
p. 2.1.7 -1
PNOC-EDC air quality monitoring stations, prevailing wind conditions, and the
distance of the nearest residential area from the geothermal block. Monitoring
stations within the geothermal facility-work area (GFF-WA) are intended for the
protection of workers health while monitoring centers at population centers (PC) are
provided to determine baseline pollutant levels prior to the construction of the
proposed project.
Hydrogen sulfide was measured at the pre-determined stations using a Jerome H2S
analyzer. Measurements were done at different periods of the day (early morning,
daytime, and nighttime). For each station and sampling period, instantaneous
measurements were made within the 30-minute sampling period, the average of
which represents the H2S concentration.
A Staplex High Volume Sampler was used to collect TSP samples. The sampler has
an internal sampling pump which draws air at a constant flow rate through an 8
inches by 10 inches (8 x 10) fiber-glass filter paper. Filter paper samples stored in
sealed envelopes were brought to Ostrea Mineral Laboratory, Inc. for gravimetric
analysis. TSP concentrations were determined by dividing the total mass of
samples collected (final weight of filter paper less initial weight) with the corrected
volume of air sampled.
Ambient Noise Quality:

Noise refers to unwanted sounds, including random sound and sound generated as
a byproduct of other activities, such as transportation and industrial operations
(Wilson, 1989). Noise standards are established to protect the public and the
workers. The ambient noise quality standards are provided for in Memorandum
Circular No. 002 of the National Pollution Control Commission or NPCC) (NPCC
1981), while the noise standards in the workplace are stipulated in the OSHS
(DOLE, 1990).
The ambient noise level standards for the Philippine setting are stipulated in the
National Pollution Control Commission (NPCC) Memorandum Circular No. 002
Series of 1980. This circular amends Article I, (Noise Control Regulations), Chapter
IV (Miscellaneous Regulations), Rules and Regulations of the NPCC Series of 1979.
Noise level standards are provided for residential, commercial, light industrial and
heavy industrial areas (Table 2.1.7-1). Note that for areas directly facing a two-lane
road, the applicable noise standard is the correction factor of +5 dBA plus the
corresponding noise standard. This is to compensate the noise emanating from
vehicular traffic.
Noise standards for workplace are embodied in the Occupational Health and Safety
(OSHS) standards of the DOLE (DOLE 1990). Permissible noise exposure limits
vary from 15 minutes to eight hours with standards of 115 dBA and 90 dBA,
respectively. Under OSHS noise standards, no exposure in excess of 115 dBA is
allowed. OSHS noise standards apply to the total time of exposure per working day
regardless of whether it is continuous exposure or a number of short-term
exposures. Combined effect of noise exposure at two or three different short-term
exposures is calculated by adding the sum of the fractions of each exposure. This,
however, only applies to noise exposure higher than 90 dBA (DOLE 1990).
The Quest 2000 Noise Level Meter, which is manufactured by Quest Technologies,
Inc., can record instantaneous noise levels at different time intervals or by
continuous recording using a data logger. Measurement was done by recording
instantaneous noise levels that appear in the meter display every 10 seconds until

2
p. 2.1.7 -2
50 readings were recorded. The median of the seven maximum noise levels
recorded is compared with the NPCC noise standards and OSHS standards. The
average of the lowest 45th and 46th noise readings is sometimes called background
noise level (Wilson, 1989).
1.1.7.3 Results And Discussion

A.
Ambient Air Quality
Hydrogen Sulfide:
The emission data for the three existing geothermal power plants are shown in
Table 2.1.7-2. Cawayan power plant emits higher percentage of H2S (in NCG) at
3.5%, followed by Botong GPP at 2%, and Bacman GPP at 1.2%. Based on a
theoretical mass balance estimate, emission rates of Botong GPP (2074 tons per
year) and Bacman I GPP (2248 tons per year) are about three times higher than
those of Cawayan GPP (712 tons per year). In terms of carbon dioxide (CO2)
emission, Bacman I GPP emits the highest CO2 estimated at 185,000 tons per
year, followed by Botong GPP (101,000 tons per year), and Cawayan GPP (20000
tons per year).
Monitoring of H2S has been conducted at the existing Bacman geothermal block
since 1996. During the monitoring period, nine stations had been established, eight
of which were used for workplace compliance monitoring, while the remaining
station was for ambient air compliance monitoring (Figure 2.1.7-1). Based on Table
2.1.7-3, results of monitoring show compliance with the OSHS and NAAQS limits for
H2S. The maximum observed H2S was 0.08 ppm, which is well below the OSHSs
TLV of 10 ppm, while the maximum observed H2S at the nearest population center
was 6.1 ug/Nm3 or 0.0044 ppm. The average concentration from 1996 to May 2002
is 14.3 ug/Nm3 or 0.01 ppm. There was no record of exceedance during the sixyear monitoring period.
Hydrogen sulfide was measured in these stations using a Jerome H2S analyzer at
different times of the day. Results of the recent air quality sampling are shown in
Table 2.1.7-4, which shows that H2S levels range from below instrument detection
limit to 0.0097 ppm. These values are way below the applicable H2S standards.
Total Suspended Particulates:

Table 2.1.7-5 presents the observed one-hour average TSP concentrations at the
air sampling stations. Observed TSP ranged from 33.8 to 78.9 g/Nm3, which are
well within the DENR standard of 300 g/Nm3. These levels are typical background
levels of rural areas, which are normally source from wind blown dust and fugitive
emission from vehicular traffic. In general, particulate pollutant category is made up
of fugitive dusts, large ions or salts, metals, products of incomplete fuel
combustion, fumes, and various other solid or liquid particles.
B.
Ambient Noise Quality
The observed median noise levels are summarized in Table 2.1.7-6 and presented
as contours in Figure 2.1.7-2. Due to passing vehicles along the access road going
to the project site (Station 8), contour levels southwest of the geothermal block

3
p. 2.1.7 -3
register a high of 60 dBA and a low of about 50 dBA in Cawayan GPP area. Botong
GPP area also registers peak levels at 56 dBA. In the absence of passing vehicles,
noise levels at Station A7 are normalized to background level (Figure 2.1.7-3), but
Botong GPP area still registers peak noise levels at 56 dBA.
At night, noise levels are higher at NPC Cawayan Hydro power plant (not operating
during sampling) due to combined noise from birds, crickets, and generator at the
NPC hydro plant. In summary, background noise levels in the area are relatively
low, typical of pristine condition.

4
p. 2.1.7 -4
Table 2.1.7-1.
Philippine Ambient Air Quality Standards
Category[1]
AA
A
B
C
D
[1]
[2]
Maximum Allowable Noise (dBA) by time periods[2]

Daytime
Morning/Evening
Nighttime
50
45
40
55
50
45
65
60
55
70
65
60
75
70
65
Class AA-
Class A Class B Class C Class D Morning Daytime Evening Nighttime -
a section of contiguous area which requires quietness, such as areas

within 100 meters from school site, nursery schools, hospitals and special
house for the aged
a section of contiguous area which is primarily used for residential area
a section of contiguous area which is primarily a commercial area
a section of contiguous area reserved as light industrial area
a section which is primarily reserved as heavy industrial area
5:00 A.M. to 9:00 AM
9:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M.
6:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M.
10:00 P.M. to 5:00 A.M.
Table 2.1.7-2. Emission Data of the Three Existing Power Plants

Parameter
Capacity (MWe)
Steam Flow (kg/hr)
%NCG in Steam (%)
% H2S in NCG (%)
% CO2 in NCG (%)
H2S emission rate (g/sec)
H2S emission rate (tons/year)
CO2 emission rate (kg/sec/Mwe)
CO2 emission rate (1000 tons/year)
Cawayan
20
154,800
1.5
3.5
96.5
23.0
712.0
0.031
20.0
Botong
20
197,280
6.0
2.0
97.0
66.0
2074.0
0.159
101.0
Bacman I
110
855,360
2.5
1.2
98.8
71.0
2248.0
0.053
185.0
Source: PNOC-EDC Geothermal Division (2002)

5
p. 2.1.7 -5
Table 2.1.7-3. Summary of PNOC-EDC H2S monitoring results from

1996 to 2002 (in ppm)
STATION
Location
ID
1
PAD E
No. of
Readings
50
Min
Max
Ave
0.001
0.016
0.005
No. of
Exceedances
0
PAD H
PAL L
49
50
0.000
0.001
0.020
0.024
0.003
0.005
0
0
Hump Sta
35
0.001
0.014
0.005
Cawayan
34
0.001
0.006
0.003
6
7
Botong
Admin
47
36
0.000
0.000
0.062
0.022
0.019
0.002
0
0
Tublijon*
0.001
0.004
0.001
10
CN Sulfa
43
0.018
0.080
0.034
13
MO-2 (MGLP)
0.000
0.052
0.017
2
3
*STA 14: Naghaso Hotspring Brgy. Hulugan, Manito is inactive
Table 2.1.7-4. Observed H2S on June 6-7, 2002

Dec. 8, 2000
Station
No.
Location
Date/Time of Sampling
15
PNOC-EDC Base Camp
Admin
16
Bacman-I Power Plant
17
Pad BA
18
19
Maricrum Elementary School, San Jose Bacon

NPC Cawayan River Hydro Power Plant
Tublijon
20
NPC Cawayan Power Plant
21
Brgy. Ticol Elementary School
06 June 2002/3:58 PM
06 June 2002/10:03 PM
06 June 2002/5:31 PM
06 June 2002/9:30 PM
07 June 2002/9:22 AM
07 June 2002/2:32 PM
07 June 2002/8:41 PM
07 June 2002/8:00 AM
07 June 2002/1:51 PM
07 June 2002/8:00 PM
06 June 2002/1:03 PM
06 June 2002/2:00 PM
06 June 2002/7:57 PM
06 June 2002/3:00 PM
06 June 2002/8:36 PM
06 June 2002/5:03PM
06 June 2002/9:03 PM
08 Dec 2000/4:50 PM
H2S
(ug/Nm3)
0.001*
0.000*
0.002*
0.002*
0.009*
0.002*
0.0097*
0.001*
0.001*
0.002*
0.001
0.001
0.002
0.002
0.002
0.001*
0.001*
0.002
* Wokplace monitoring - applicable H2S standard = 15,000 ug/Nm3

6
p. 2.1.7 -6
Table 2.1.7-5. Observed ambient TSP levels on July 11-12, 2002

Sta
No.
Location
Date/
Start of Sampling
15
PNOC Base Camp
Admin
16
17
Pad BA
18
Maricrum Elementary School, San Jose Bacan
19
NPC Cawayan River Hydro Power Plant
Tublijon
20
11 July 2002/
3:45 PM4:45 PM
11 July 2002/
11:26 AM12:26 PM
11 July 2002/
1:12 PM 2:12 PM
11 July 2002/
9:47 AM 10:47 AM
12 July 2002/
11:40 AM12:40 PM
12 July 2002/
2:00 PM3:00 PM
12 July 2002/
10:05 AM11:05 AM
11 July 2002/
2:31 PM3:31 PM
TSP
3
(g/ Nm )
78.9
33.8
73.6
66.4
62.6
66.9
61.0
76.0
Table 2.1.7-6. Observed noise levels on June 6-9, 2002 (in dBA)
Sta No.
Location
15
PNOC-EDC Base Camp
Admin
16
17
Pad BA
18
Maricrum Elementary School,

San Jose Bacan
NPC Cawayan River Hydro
Power Plant
Tublijon
20
19

7
Date/
Start of Sampling
Noise
(median)
Noise
(back-ground)
06 June 2002/3:58 PM
06 June 2002/10:03 PM
06 June 2002/5:31 PM
06 June 2002/9:30 PM
07 June 2002/9:22 AM
07 June 2002/2:32 PM
07 June 2002/8:41 PM
07 June 2002/8:00 AM
07 June 2002/1:51 PM
07 June 2002/8:00 PM
06 June 2002/1:03 PM
51.0
53.0
47.0
52.0
54.0
49.0
56.0
56.0
53.0
48.0
50.0
43.0
49.0
39.0
46.0
49.0
47.0
54.0
53.0
49.0
46.0
38.0
06 June 2002/2:00 PM
06 June 2002/7:57 PM
06 June 2002/3:00 PM
06 June 2002/8:36 PM
06 June 2002/5:03PM
06 June 2002/9:03 PM
51.0
64.0
60.0
50.0
49.0
50.0
48.0
62.0
44.0
48.0
46.0
46.0
p. 2.1.7 -7
3.2
FUTURE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS WITH THE PROJECT
3.2.1
Civil Works/Construction Phase

Localized, infrequent and low intensity increase in air suspended particulates is
expected from excavation works, road leveling/grading, plant building construction, and
transport operations. This is due to high rainfall frequency of 221 days per year or 14 to
23 days per month that serves as continual dust-suppresant.
Potential areas of emissions are the proposed road network, drill pads, FCRS routes,
separator stations, power plant site, quarries and borrow pits and spoil disposal area. At
the work place, operators of bulldozer, grader, front-end loader could be exposed to air
suspended particulate over 1000 ug/m3. The DOLE sets the maximum allowable air
suspended particulate level at 2000 ug/m3. Moreover, communities are relatively far
(about 5 to 6 kms) from the project site and fugitive emissions could be filtered by
vegetation and irregular topography.
Increased number of passing vehicles due to transport of personnel leads to an increase
in air suspended particulates along unpaved roads.
Identified communities to
experience this situation are those residing near the unpaved road, which connects
Sorsogon National Road and the PNOC-EDC Base Camp. About three clusters of
houses are found in this area.
A brief study in the Leyte Geothermal Power Project (PNOC-EDC, 1993) suggests an
increase in suspended particulates of about 30 ug/m3 per passing vehicle, at about 5 to
10 m from a thinly accumulated dust on an unpaved road. This would mean that 8
passing vehicles for one-hour yields 240 ug/m3 suspended particulates which is below
the maximum allowable level of 300 ug/Ncm for a one-hour sampling. The frequency
would be low due to high incidence of rainfall in the area.
K.
Generation of Noise
The predicted noise levels from combined operation of construction equipment are made
on the basis of the type and usage factor of the equipment, and the location relative to
the nearest residential and other noise-sensitive areas. Typical noise levels of common
construction equipment are presented in Table 6.

8
p. 2.1.7 -8
Table 6. Construction equipment noise levels at 15-m distance at

maximum power (Source: Wilson, C.E)
Equipment
a) Earth Moving
Backhoes
Front loaders
Dozers
Graders
Scrapers
Tractors
Trucks
b) Materials Handling
Concrete mixers
Concrete pumps
Movable cranes
Derrick cranes
c) Stationary
Pumps
Generators
d) Impact
Jack hammers and rock drills
Vibrators
Noise level, dBA

75-85
75-79
75-80
75-85
80-88
76-96
75-91
75-85
80-85
70-84
85-90
75-76
75-78
80-98
68-93
The type and assumed number of construction equipment during construction period are
presented in Table 6. Also shown is the distance of the equipment from the nearest
residential areas and the maximum noise levels 15 meters from the equipment.
Equipment usage is the proportion of time the equipment is operated during the entire
workday. Assumptions include work schedule from 8:00 AM to 6:00 PM, with a total
working hours of 10 hours per day.
Using the noise prediction method introduced by Wilson (1989), the predicted equivalent
daytime and early nighttime noise levels from combined operation of construction
equipment located about 1.5 km from the construction site are 52.7 and 45.0,
respectively (Table 6). These values are within acceptable limits of 55 and 45 dBA,
respectively. It should be noted, however, that noise levels during construction period at
the nearest residential areas could be lower considering the presence of mountains or
hills surrounding the project site, which act as natural berm or noise barrier between the
receptor and the project site.

9
p. 2.1.7 -9
Table 7. Predicted noise levels from combined operation of selected construction

equipment
Source
Number
Distance,
km
L, 15 meter
Usage
Leq
contr(15
m)
Leq (dBA)
Leq24(dbA
)
LeqD(dBA)
LeqN(dBA)
Front Bac Dozer Trac- Scra- Grade Truck Con- ConLoade kho s
tors pers rs
crete crete
r
e
Mixer Pump
s
2
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
2
1.5
1.5 1.5
1.5 1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
Back- Rock Jack Genehoe

Drills Ham- rators
mers
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
79
0.4
38.2
85
0.16
37.2
98
0.04
44.2
98
0.04
44.2
78
1
38.1
85 80
0.16 0.4
40.2 39.2
80
80
0.4 0.4
39.2 36.2
91
0.4
51.9
85
0.4
41.2
76
1
39.2
54.5 (equivalent noise level)

50.7 (24-hour equivalent sound level)
52.7 (daytime equivalent sound level)
45.0 (nighttime equivalent sound level)

10 10
85
0.08
34.2
p. 2.1.7 -
3.2.2
Well Drilling (Exploratory and Development)

F.
Possible Occasional Release of Small Amounts of H2S Gas
Small pockets of gas mainly H2S could be encountered during drilling. However, the
releases are minor in volume and occur only in short bursts, thus, limiting the effect to
the work area. Drilling crews are provided with safety devices and trained for emergency
cases.
D.
Increase in Dust Emissions
Fugitive dust emissions caused by movement of vehicles along paved or unpaved roads
could be modeled using emission factors developed by the U.S.EPA (1996). Estimating
emission factors require information on the percentage of silt in the road, type and
volume of vehicles, the vehicle mile traveled, and rainfall data. However, provisions are
made on neglecting or ignoring fugitive emissions when daily rainfall is greater than 0.01
inch or 0.254 mm (U.S.EPA, 1996). The period is considered wet days when rainfall
exceeds the aforementioned criteria.
Rainfall data gathered from PNOC-EDC Admin Complex from 2000 to 2001 shows that
days with rainfall less than 0.254 mm are 14 and 28 days, respectively. This represents
4 to 8% of the total number of days annually. This suggests that relatively higher rainfall
in the area could act as natural suppressant on fugitive emissions from unpaved roads.
Note also that rainfall in the area is relatively higher compared to the Philippines and
Luzon annual average rainfall.
E.
Increase in Noise
Rock drills at maximum power attenuate about 98 dB(A) at a distance of 15 m (Wilson

1989). With absorptive ground and under free-field conditions, the sound pressure level,
Lp, at a distance, r, from the source with sound power, Lw, is given by,
L P = LW 10 log(4r 2 )
Equation 1
This translates to sound pressure level of 58 dBA at 1.5 km from the source.
Considering correction factors such as adjustment of noise due to ground coverage (-5
dBA), meteorological effects, elevation corrections, barrier attenuation, and usage factor
of the equipment, and background noise level effects, the predicted sound level
presented above reduces to 45 dBA. This value is well within the ambient noise level
standards for residential areas. Thus, it can be seen that any rock drilling operation
could not pose nuisance to residents located 1 km or more from drilling site.

11 11
p. 2.1.7 -
3.2.1
Well Testing
A.
Vertical Discharge Testing
1.
Release of H2S
Vertical well testing is normally done to clear the production well of drilling mud. The
duration of the test ranges from five to 30 minutes. Pressure relief during this test
results in high velocity discharges of geothermal fluid composed mainly of geothermal
brine, steam with small fraction of non-condensible gas (NCG).
Based on Tanawon well data, the steam phase contains a maximum of 1.5% NCG
which in turn contains about 3.5% of H2S and 96% of CO2. This translates to H2S
emission rate of 11.0 g/sec. Owing to the extreme momentum during the release of
geothermal fluid estimated at 1589 m4/sec2, the predicted maximum GLC of H2S in a
worst case meteorological condition is 0.244 ppm located about 220 m from the well.
The predicted GLC is well below the DOLE workplace standard of 10 ppm.
B.
Horizontal Discharge Testing
1.
Release of H2S Gas
Horizontal discharge, undertaken after the vertical discharge test, is aimed at

characterizing the quality of steam and brine, and determine the wells power potential.
During the test, the geothermal fluids are discharged horizontally towards a separator or
silencer, which is used to separate liquid and gaseous components. Expected H2S
emission rate during horizontal test is 11 g/sec at velocity of 16 m/sec and at
temperature of 373 oK.
The dispersion of H2S during well testing is predicted using CTSCREEN, a screening
version of Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Conditions
(CTDMPLUS). CTSCREEN is selected since it is recommended for use in complex
terrain applications and when hourly meteorological data is not available on-site. Highest
ambient ground-level concentrations are modeled by CTSCREEN during worst-case
meteorological condition. An overview of CTSCREEN model is provided in Section
3.2.5.
Table 8 presents the highest predicted H2S at each prevailing wind direction. It can be
seen the maximum predicted GLC (0.227 ppm) occurs when the wind blows from the
west-southwest during very stable condition (Figure 5). The location of the maximum
concentration, however, is still within the geothermal block and below the workplace
standard of 10 ppm. The 0.07-ppm contour follows closely the 600-m elevation of Mt.
Pulog. With this condition and assumed well location, no residents are situated at
locations where H2S exceed the 0.07-ppm contour.
Note that in the presence of complex terrain, maximum concentration occurs when the
wind blows toward complex terrain and during stable atmospheric condition. During
stable condition, two layers usually develop and flow in the lower layer deflects or moves
around the hill while the upper layer flow travels over the top of hill (Perry et., al, 1990).
Plume or pollutants, therefore, tend to follow closely contour elevations as shown in
Figure 5. The plume or pollutants tend to impact southwest of Mt. Pulog, the nearest
terrain downwind of the well, and farther deflects around Mt. Pulog.

12 12
p. 2.1.7 -
Table 8. Highest predicted H2S at Prevailing Wind Directions.
2.
Prevailing Wind
H2S (ppm)
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
0.040
0.078
0.046
0.139
0.168
0.227
0.223
Generation of Noise
High noise levels are normally observed during well testing and noise strengths depend
on the wells generating capacity. Based on actual noise sampling at PNOC-EDCs
Southern Negros Geothermal Project, the average noise levels of five geothermal wells
at 5-m distance are shown in Table 7. Using the maximum average noise level from
Okoy-6, which is 94 dB (assumed dBA), the attenuated noise level at the southernmost
boundary of the project site is 34 dBA (Figure 6). With averaged daytime noise level of
51 dBA, the predicted noise along the boundary is 51.1 dBA. This value is well within the
OSHS and NPCC standards.
Table 7. Average noise levels of five geothermal wells (dB)

Geothermal Well
First 5 meters
Negros-3
81.6
Okoy-5
85.9
Okoy-6
94.0
Okoy-7
78.0
Okoy-8
84.0
Source: PNOC-EDC, 1983: EIA for Southern Negros Geothermal Project.
C.
Well Bleeding
Bleeding is done to prevent pressure build-up in the production wells while awaiting
tapping after drilling and well testing. This is done through a bleedline, a horizontal pipe
1 to 2 inches in diameter located near the ground. The steam discharge rate is about
3.2 kg/sec. Normally there is no effluent associated with the bleeding of a well.
1.
Release of H2S from Gas Bleeding
Gas bleeding is necessary to prevent pressure build-up at the wellhead Observations

of wells on bleed in Upper Mahiao Geothermal Project in Leyte (PNOC-EDC-1993)
ranged from 26 to 195 ppm of H2S. However, measurements around a well showed
H2S concentration of less than the maximum occupational limit of 10 ppm.
2.
Noise from Wells on Bleed
Noise generated by wells on bleed depends on well capacity. Monitoring around a

strong well in Upper Mahiao, showed noise levels of 71 to 76 dBA (PNOC-EDC, 1993).

13 13
p. 2.1.7 -
These levels attenuate to typical ambient levels within 120 meters from the well and
therefore, would have no effect beyond the project block.
3.2.2
Commissioning of the FCRS, Power Plant and Transmission Line

G.
Emission of Steam and NCG
During the flushing of the FCRS, all pressure release valves, steam traps and vents
shall be tested, resulting in minor and intermittent steam releases at various points of the
FCRS line. Others sources of emission include silencers and rock mufflers. Steam is a
major component of the emissions comprising 98.5%, while the balance of 1.5% is
composed of NCG fractions which are mainly CO2 (960 %) and H2S (3.5 %) and NH3,
N2, CH4 and H2 as trace gases.
H.
Generation of Noise
During testing of the entire system, noise is expected from the generator especially
during start-up, and while the generator is running. Noise will be localized within
immediate vicinity of the facility tested.

14 14
p. 2.1.7 -
3.2.5
Operations Phase
J.
Noise and Dust due to Traffic
With the significant reduction in the number of vehicles during operations, the impact of
noise and dust emissions due to traffic is within acceptable standards. Furthermore,
cementing of access road from the National Highway to the project site will significantly
reduce dust and noise emissions from vehicles.
K.
Release of H2S Gas
1)
The Regulatory Setting
Air impact analysis has been required on proposed projects that are covered by the
Philippine Environment Impact Statement (EIS) System. Also, the Philippine Clean Air
Act (CAA) of 1999 of RA 8749 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) (DAO
No. 2000-81) require air dispersion for the following:
a)
New sources and those existing sources located in attainment area that propose a
change on its process that may result in potential emissions greater than the
specified emission rate (Section 3, Rule X, Part III);
b)
Application for Authority to Construct (AC) of proposed or planned construction or

modification of sources that has the potential to emit 100 tons per year or more of
any of the regulated pollutants (Section 3, Rule XIX, Part VI);
c)
Application for a Permit to Operate wherein a statement of compliance or noncompliance with the ambient air quality standards shall be supported with
dispersion modeling data using modeling techniques approved by the DENR
(Section 5, Rule XIX, Part VI);
d)
For cases in which source sampling and analysis is not practical, actual ambient
air quality data could be used so long as the location and conditions of the testing
conform to the worst case scenario as demonstrated by air dispersion modeling
(Section 5, Rule XIX, Part VI); and
e)
Determining the location of sampling stations for compliance with the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
Based on the above-cited provisions, it can be seen that air dispersion modeling can be
used as support for demonstrating compliance with the NAAQS and in determining
location of ambient air sampling stations. Dispersion modeling results cannot be used as
surrogate to the actual ambient monitoring required for any industrial establishment or
operation to determine compliance with the NAAQS.
It could, however, be used as basis on whether a new or existing source modified be
constructed if dispersion modeling results in exceedance of the National Ambient Air
Quality Guidelines (NAAQG) or the maximum allowable limits stipulated in Section 3,
Rule X, Part III of the IRR. The parameters cited, however, are those for PM10, SO2,
NO2, O2, CO and Lead. There is no specific provision for sources with H2S potential,
except as support for compliance with the NAAQS. On the other hand, air dispersion
modeling is an effective tool in determining the most appropriate location of a proposed
power plant from a number of pre-determined locations.

15 15
p. 2.1.7 -
The following presents the regulatory dispersion model used in this study, model input
parameters, recommended location of the proposed geothermal power plant,
comparison of predicted and observed ambient H2S, and environmental management
measures.
2)
The Dispersion Model Used
Although dispersion modeling has been required in the EIS and DAO No. 2000-81,
dispersion models for regulatory application has not been established by the DENR. In
the absence of local regulatory models, the World Bank (1998) recommends the
application of dispersion models of the United States Environmental Protection Agency
(U.S. EPA). U.S.EPAs dispersion models have undergone extensive peer reviews, have
meet minimum criteria, and extensive field validation studies (World Bank, 1998).
In this study, the expected dispersion of H2S from the proposed geothermal power plant
to the air environment is determined using CTSCREEN air dispersion model, a
screening version of Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable
Conditions (CTDMPLUS). CTSCREEN is selected since it is recommended for use in
complex terrain applications and when hourly meteorological data is not available onsite. Note that the proposed geothermal power plant is situated in complex terrain
(terrain higher than the stack top or cooling towers). The application of other wellestablished dispersion models such as the Industrial Source Complex (ISC3) in areas
with complex terrain may result in extreme over-prediction as demonstrated by the
U.S.EPA (2001).
CTSCREEN and CTDMPLUS are basically the same type of models, the main
difference is meteorological input data used. CTDMPLUS requires hourly actual
meteorological data while CTSCREEN uses an array of predetermined meteorological
data developed by Technology Transfer Group of the United States Environmental
Protection Agency. Unlike CTDMPLUS, CTSCREEN does not require meteorological
input data such as mixing height, Monin-Obukhov Length, and friction velocity. Under
the U.S.EPA air quality modeling guidelines (U.S.EPA 2001), CTDMPLUS is the
regulatory or preferred model when determining dispersion over complex terrain or
terrain higher than the height of the stack top.
CTSCREEN considers two layers when the nature is very stably stratified. The flow in
the lower layer deflects around the hill, while the flow in the upper layer travels over the
top of the hill (Perry, et. al, 1989). Conventional air dispersion models are based on the
basic Gaussian equation and still assume homogenous flow even when stratification
develops. These models, however, are recommended for use in flat or simple terrain
modeling (terrain below stack top). Study conducted by Pahunang (2002) showed that
air dispersion models using the two-layer concept provide results that are 5 to 10 times
lower than conventional models such as the widely used ISC3 model.
3)
Source Parameters
Sources of emission from the proposed project are the cooling towers of the power plant
where H2S are vented. Although the design and location of the power plant has yet to be
finalized, calculated H2S emission of geothermal power plants and several power plant
siting options have been considered for the purpose of air dispersion modeling. Table 7
shows the source emission parameters for the proposed Tanawon project under
minimum and maximum cases.
Table 7. Source emission parameters used in dispersion modeling

Parameter

16 16
Minimum Case
Maximum Case
p. 2.1.7 -
Capacity (MWe)
Gas exit velocity (m/sec)
Gas exit temperature (K)
Cooling tower height (m)
Cooling tower diameter (m)
Number of cells
4)
50
40
20
313.2
16
11
6
80
64
20
313.2
16
11
9
50
52
20
313.2
16
11
6
80
84
20
313.2
16
11
9
Power Plant Siting Options
Since the final location and the number of power plants have yet to be finalized, a total
of eight sites have been considered in locating the proposed power plant. From these
siting options, several modeling scenarios have been considered in this study. These
include model runs for 1 x 80 MW GPP on each siting option and a combination of a 1 x
50 MW 1 x 30 MW (Table 8). The predicted GLCs of H2S from the existing GPPs and
the cumulative impacts of existing and proposed GPPs are also being considered.
Table 8. Description of Modeling Scenarios

Scenari
o
Description
1
2
Existing three power plants (Bacman-1, Botong, and Cawayan)

Existing two power plants (excluding Bacman-1 which is currently not
operational)
Proposed one (1) 80-MW geothermal power plant at each siting option
1 x 50 MW and 1 x 30 MW GPPs
3
4
5)
Meteorological Input Data
Meteorological input data used in this study are predetermined sets of data designed for
CTSCREEN dispersion model. This data is based on USEPAs model sensitivity
analysis, typical distributions of meteorological conditions, and the ranges of conditions
associated with high concentrations in actual field monitoring sites (Perry, et.al., 1990).
CTSCREENs option of specifying discrete wind directions is chosen and nine prevailing
wind flows shown in Figure 7 are considered. As shown in the figure, the most
prevalent wind flows are northeast (40.3%) followed by east-northeast (14.1%) and
southwest (11.7%). The other wind directions are E (7.8%), W(6.7%), WSW(4.1%) and
NNE (2.1%).
6)
Receptors
With the aid of receptor generator software designed for CTSCREEN and CTDMPLUS
models, receptors are generated along selected contour intervals (Figure 8). The
number and distribution of receptors are selected to cover the area of study. Note that
predicted ambient GLCs of H2S are calculated at these receptors.
7)
Predicted Ground Level Concentrations
Scenario 1 and 2: Existing Power Plants:

The plot of maximum GLC from 3 GPPs during stable condition are shown in Figure 9.
The maximum GLC is 1.367 ppm located ESE 2.8 km from Botong PP. The 0.07-ppm

17 17
p. 2.1.7 -
follows closely the 500-m contour elevation. No exceedances are found below 400-m
contour elevation. During unstable condition with 3 GPPs operating (Figure 10), the
maximum GLC is about five times lower than the predicted maximum GLC during stable
condition. The 0.07 ppm contour GLC follows closely the 700-m contour elevation.
The predicted maximum GLCs from the operation of Botong and Cawayan (minus
Bacman-1), shows no significant difference except when the prevailing wind flow is from
the west (Table 9)(Figures 11 and 12). With a westerly wind, the maximum GLC for the
3 and 2 power plants are 0.114 and 0.064 ppm, respectively. With 3 GPP, the maximum
GLC is located about 1.1 km SSW of Botong GPP while with 2 GPP, the maximum GLC
extends farther east at 2.5 km SE of Botong GPP. Emissions from the 2 GPP impacted
on a portion of Mt. Pulog.
Impact of plume on complex terrain usually occurs during stable atmosphere. This
happens because mixing within the atmosphere is restricted and that the flow tends to
travel around hill during very stratified flow. Thus, highest concentrations normally occur
during stable and neutral conditions in complex terrain modeling.
Table 9. Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S from 2 and 3

existing power plant (in ppm)
Wind
Existing
3 GPPs
Existing
2 GPPs
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
1.367
0.647
0.170
0.153
0.084
0.124
0.114
1.367
0.647
0.170
0.153
0.084
0.124
0.064
* For impact assessment, only the worst case (stable) NE wind direction is shown
Scenario 3: Proposed 1 x 80 MW GPP:

Figure 3.2.1-9 shows the locations of potential power plant siting options. The expected
GLCs of H2S arising from the operation 1 x 80 MW GPP at each power plant siting
option were modeled at various prevailing wind conditions. The model was run using the
minimum and maximum emission rates generated by 1 x 80 MW GPP. Results in
Tables 10 and 11 show that H2S as high as 3.121 ppm and as low as 0.0007 ppm are
predicted when the wind blows from WSW and ENE, respectively. Sparingly high levels
of H2S occur when plume impacted the two hills (900-m high) east of the geothermal
block. Highest GLCs of H2S occur during stable atmospheric conditions.
Based on the average predicted GLC, the most preferred plant option is Site 4 followed
by Site 3. It is not recommended to place the GPP at Site 8 because it is located too
close to the hill, which may produce high concentrations of H2S especially during very
stable condition (Figure 13).
Table 10. Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S (in ppm) from the proposed
1 x 80 MW Tanawon GPP emitting H2S at 84 g/sec
Wind
Site 1
Site 2
Site 3
Site 4
Site 5
Site 6
Site 7
Site 8
NE
0.089
0.183
0.005
0.009
0.056
0.232
0.182
0.352

18 18
p. 2.1.7 -
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
0.099
0.051
0.011
0.319
0.271
0.183
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.273
0.369
0.281
0.014
0.000
0.000
0.273
0.192
0.162
0.000
0.007
0.007
0.158
0.140
0.098
0.065
0.183
0.222
0.187
0.190
0.187
0.066
0.519
0.448
0.570
1.164
0.675
0.254
0.398
0.371
0.545
0.585
0.207
0.780
0.351
0.457
0.803
3.121
0.723
Table 10. Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S (in ppm) from the proposed
Wind
Site 1
Site 2
Site 3
Site 4
Site 5
Site 6
Site 7
Site 8
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
0.068
0.076
0.039
0.008
0.243
0.206
0.140
0.140
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.208
0.281
0.214
0.004
0.010
0.000
0.000
0.208
0.146
0.123
0.007
0.000
0.006
0.005
0.120
0.107
0.075
0.042
0.050
0.139
0.169
0.142
0.145
0.142
0.177
0.051
0.395
0.341
0.434
0.887
0.514
0.139
0.193
0.303
0.283
0.415
0.446
0.158
0.268
0.594
0.268
0.348
0.612
2.378
0.550
Scenario 4: Proposed 1x 50 MW and 1 x 30 MW:

Geothermal steam produced on the smaller eastern geothermal block may not be
enough to supply steam for 1 x 80 MW GPP. Two separate power plants, one located
on each block, are also being considered. A total of 15 combinations are simulated
using 5 options in the western block and 3 options in the eastern block.
Table 12 shows the predicted GLC of H2S by two GPPS. The most preferred option
based on the least number of maximum GLC is a combination of Site 4 and Site 7 (1x 50
MW GPP located at Site 4 and 1 x 30 MW GPP located at Site 7) (Figure 14). The other
preferred options are Sites 4 and 7, and Sites 1 and 7. Note that Site 7 is the most
preferred site since it is located farther from the surrounding hill at the vicinity of the
proposed site. The worst case results occur during west-northwest wind and during
stable condition (Figure 15).
Table 12. Predicted GLC of H2S from 1 x 50 MW and 1 x 30 MW GPPs

Wind
Site 1
&
Site 6
Site 1
&
Site 7
Site 1
&
Site 8
Site 2
&
Site 6
Site 2
&
Site 7
Site 2
&
Site 8
Site 3
&
Site 6
Site 3
&
Site 7
Site 3
&
Site 8
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
0.087
0.066
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.438
0.286
0.079
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.226
0.342
0.113
0.132
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.311
1.177
0.278
0.135
0.025
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.441
0.308
0.152
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.222
0.270
0.174
0.211
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.314
1.178
0.311
0.087
0.025
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.438
0.260
0.068
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.218
0.328
0.100
0.132
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.310
1.176
0.276
Table 12 (cont). Predicted GLC of H2S from 1 x 50 MW and 1 x 30MW GPPs

19 19
p. 2.1.7 -
Wind
Site 4
&
Site 6
Site 4
&
Site 7
Site 4
&
Site 8
Site 5
&
Site 6
Site 5
&
Site 7
Site 5
&
Site 8
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
0.087
0.025
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.437
0.256
0.068
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.214
0.268
0.083
0.132
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.308
1.174
0.274
0.087
0.045
0.194
0.192
0.267
0.437
0.270
0.068
0.095
0.153
0.208
0.249
0.293
0.116
0.132
0.292
0.142
0.266
0.312
1.176
0.277
Cumulative Effect of Existing and Proposed GPPs:

The cumulative effect of the existing and preferred locations of the proposed GPPs is
also considered. Dispersion modeling results depicted in Figures 16 to 19 show
improbable effect of the proposed Tanawon GPP to the overall emission within the
geothermal block. The insignificant effect could be due to the distant locations among
existing and preferred location of the proposed Tanawon GPP. Figures 16 and 18 show
slight changes in the distribution of the predicted GLCs with the proposed Tanawon GPP
during stable condition. During unstable condition, however, such effect is not
noticeable as depicted in Figures 17 and 19.
8)
Comparison of Predicted and Observed Concentrations
Air dispersion models are conservative, that is, it provide results that are higher than the
observed concentrations.
The over-prediction could be traced back from the
assumptions inherent on each model. For example, screening models such as
SCREEN3 and CTSCREEN have inherent meteorological data that selects the worstcase meteorological condition, thereby producing very conservative results. Thus,
dispersion modeling results could not be used as surrogate to ambient air monitoring
since it could result to violation with ambient air quality standards.
Irwin (1996) demonstrated that observed and predicted values should not be directly
compared since it came from entirely two different populations. He recommended
separate treatment of the observed and predicted values prior to any comparison test.
Statistical test using Fractional Bias (AFB) is recommended by the U.S.EPA (1992) as
the first step in comparing predicted and observed values. FB determines whether a
model over-or under predict observations and is defined as,
Equation 2
OB PR
FB = 2
OB + PR
where OB and PR refer to the standard deviations of the observed and predicted values.
Values of FB equal to 0.67 are equivalent to overpredictions by a factor-of-two while
values that are equal to +0.67 are equivalent to underprediction by a factor-of-two.
To determine possible trend of predicted H2S from existing geothermal facilities and
observed H2S, selected data from monthly monitoring and baseline survey conducted on
2000 are compared with the modeling results (Table 13). This period is selected since
majority of the sampling stations is downwind of the prevailing northeast wind. Using
Equation (2), the calculated FB is 1.9. This means that there is an over-prediction by a
factor of about 4.

20 20
p. 2.1.7 -
Thus, on the average the predicted values by CTSCREEN dispersion model could be
four times higher the observations. Consequently, actual observations considering the
preferred power plant siting options could possibly result to compliance with ambient air
quality standards. For example, with a 1 x 80 MW power plant located at Site 4, the
highest predicted GLC is 0.098 ppm, however, based on over-prediction by a factor of 4,
observations could be 0.0245 ppm, which is well below of 0.07 ppm. Hence, there is a
possibility that the proposed Tanawon GPP would not violate ambient air quality
standards during operation.
Table 13. Comparison of Observed and Predicted Ambient H2S

Station
Location.
Observed
(ppm)
Predicted
(ppm)
BM-1 Hump Station

Cawayan Pad
Cawayan Thermal Pond
Tanawon Pond
BM-1 Junction
Cawayan Power plant interface
Brgy. Bucalbucalan
Brgy. Ticol Elemantary School
Brgy. Bulabog
Station 17 (east of Mt. Pulog)
Average
Std Deviation
0.009
0.006
0.009
0.000
0.009
0.078
0.001
0.002
0.000
0.002
0.012
0.0236
0.216
0.072
0.216
0.180
0.288
0.108
0.014
0.014
0.014
0.005
0.113
0.1047
9) Compliance with Emission and Ambient Air Quality Standards

The estimated H2S emissions of the proposed Tanawon Power Plant are compared with
the source emission standards provided in DAO No. 2000-81. The estimated H2S
emissions for the 50 and 80 MW are 2882 and 3770 g/MW-Hr, respectively, which are
19 to 25 times higher than the H2S emission standard of 150 g/MW-Hr. This requires 95
to 96% H2S removal efficiency to meet the emission standard of 150 g/MW-Hr.
However, additional control facility or Best Available Control Technology (BACT) is
required to meet the 100 tons per year limit (Section 2, Rule X, Part III of DAO No. 200081).
For example, a 100-MW geothermal power plant that complies with the 150 g/GMW-hr
emission standard requires additional control facility to meet the 100 tons per year limit
(Table 14). Further, for a large GPP with capacity of 500 MW, 84% removal efficiency is
required to meet the 100 tons-per-year limit. Thus, an additional requirement to meet
emission limits has posed another problem in meeting current emission standards. It
should be noted that technologies developed abroad have not yet proven feasible on
geothermal gas facilities in the Philippines such as the Upper Mahiao Power Plant in
Leyte.
Table 14. Additional efficiency control requirement for a geothermal power plant
that complies with the 150 g/GMW-hr emission standard

21 21
p. 2.1.7 -
Power
Plant H2S
Emission H2S
Emission Additional
Control
Capacity
Rate
Rate
Efficiency Requirement for
(MW)
(g/GMW-hr)
(tons per year)
compliance with 100 tons
per year standard (in
percent)
80
85
100
200
300
400
500
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
100
106
125
250
374
499
624
None
6
20
60
75
80
84
Declaring whether a proposed power plant violates ambient air quality standards during
planning or permitting stage, and, consequently requiring it to install control facilities to
comply with the H2S ambient standard given the possibility of over-prediction, is against
protocol set for the NAAQS. As discussed earlier, air dispersion modeling is used only
as support for demonstrating compliance with the NAAQS. Dispersion modeling results
cannot be used as surrogate to the actual ambient monitoring required for any industrial
establishment or operation to determine compliance with the NAAQS. Preliminary
results presented above showed that during operation, the proposed power plant could
possibly comply with H2S ambient air standard given an over-prediction by a factor of 4.
Further, the model employed in this study is a screening model, which is found to predict
concentrations higher than refined models such as CTDMPLUS.
In summary, prior to installation of pollution controls to comply with emission standards,
it would be appropriate that the results of the model be validated with observations
including health study on residents at the vicinity of the BGFF geothermal block with the
current geothermal set-up. Results of the validation and health studies on the existing
BGFF power plants could be used as basis on whether compliance with ambient air
quality standards is sufficient in lieu of very stringent H2S emission standard. Note that
based on dispersion modeling, the existing power plants produce higher ambient GLCs
of H2S compared to the proposed proposed Tanawon power plant. Review and
amendment or addendum to emission regulations is necessary to suit site-specific
situations due to prohibitive abatement cost which can increase the production cost,
price of steam and consequently, cost of electricity. Moreover, the application of the
buffer zone concept on one the biggest geothermal project located in Leyte and on most
geothermal areas in the Philippines has significantly reduce environmental problems
associated with H2S emission.

22 22
p. 2.1.7 -
REFERENCES
Beychok, Milton R., (2001). Error Propogation in Air Dispersion Modeling. Irvine, California, USA,
1994. Newport Beach, California,USA.
Forte, Alfredo A., Gonzales, Marlon G., McCarthy, Matthew W., and Simon Conrad (1990). Air
and Waste Management Division. US. Environmental Protection Agency. Pp. 67-102.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, (1992). Protocol for Determining the Best
Performing Model, EPA-454/R-92-025, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards,
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
World Bank Group, (1998). Airshed Models, Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook.
World Bank Group.
Bulletin of American Meteorological Society (1978). Accuracy of Dispersion Models: A Position
Paper of the AMS 1977 Committee on Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion. Journal of
Applied Meteorology, Volume 59, No. 8, August 1978.
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) (2000). Implementing Rules and
Regulation (IRR) of the Philippine Clean Air Act. DAO 2000-Republic Act No. 8749, An
Act Providingfor a Comprehensive Air Pollution Control Policy and for Other Purposes.
Philippine Clean Act of 1999, July 27, 1999. Eleventh Congress. First Regular Session.
Metro Manila
Irwin, John S., (1999).
Statistical Evaluation of Centerline Concentration Estimates by
Atmospheric Dispersion Models, International Journal of Environment and Pollution,
Atmospheric Sciences Modeling Division, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, USA.
Pahunang, R. S., (2002): Intercomparison of Selected Point-Source Air Pollution Dispersion
Models, A Masters Thesis submitted to College of Science, University of the Philippines,
Diliman, Quezon City.
Paine, Robert J., (1988). Users Guide to the CTDM Meteorological Preprocessor (METPRO)
Program, United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), EPA/600/888/004), Atmospheric and Exposure Assessment Laboratory, Office of Research and
Development, U.S.EPA, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711.
Perry, Steven G., Burns, Donnna J., and Cimorelli, Alan, J, et. al., (1989). Users Guide to the
Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Conditions (CTMPLUS)
Volume 1: Model Description and User Instructions, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, EPA/600/8-89/041, Atmospheric and Exposure Assessment Laboratory, Office of
Research and Development, U.S.EPA, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27711.
Perry, Steven G., Burns, Donnna J., and Cimorelli, Alan, J., (1990). Users Guide to CTDMPLUS:
Volume 2 - The Screening Mode (CTSCREEN), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
(1990), (EPA/600/8-90/087), Atmospheric and Exposure Assessment Laboratory, Office of
Research and Development, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27711.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, (1985). Guideline for Determination of Good Engineering
Practice Stack Height (Technical Support Document For the Stack Height Regulations
(Revised), EPA-450/4-80-023R, Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning
and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711, pp. 1-9.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, (1992a). Screening Procedures for Estimating the Air
Quality Impact of Stationary Sources, Revised, EPA-454/R-92-019, Office of Air and

23 23
p. 2.1.7 -
Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina, 27711.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, (1992b). Protocol for Determining the Best
Performing Model, EPA-454/R-92-025, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards,
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, (1995c). SCREEN3 Model Users Guide, EPA-454/B-95004, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Emissions, Monitoring, and Analysis
Division, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27711, pp. 2-11.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, (2001b). Guideline on Air Quality Models,
Appendix W to Part 51, 40 Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter 1 (7-1-01 Edition).
Wilson, Charles E., (1989): Noise Control: Measurement, Analysis, and Control of Sound and
Vibration, Harper & Row, Publishers, New York.

24 24
p. 2.1.7 -
21
Figure 2.1.7-1 Locations of Existing Geothermal Power Plants and Air Sampling
Stations. Residential areas are represented as dots.
p. 2.1.7-8
.
21
Figure 2.1.7-2 Median of observed maximum

daytime noise levels
.
21
Figure 2.1.7-3 Daytime noise levels exceeding

90% of the time (L90)
p. 2.1.7-9
2.2
2.2.1 TERRESTRIAL FLORA

2.2.1.1 Summary of Results and Conclusions
A total of 2,388 plants and forest trees represented by 205 genera and 108 families, most of
which belong to Lesser Known/Use Species (LKS/LUS),
were recorded from the nine (9)
sampling stations established (Tables 2.2.1-1 to 2.2.1-9). As commonly observed in a
secondary forest, only a few small dipterocarps and other timber producing species were
recorded. The predominance of very young vegetation growth indicates that the area was
heavily logged in the past 20-30 years. The absence of mother trees of dipterocarps and other
timber producing species also manifests that the area may have been clear-cut before. The
young dipterocarps recorded include Shorea negrosensis, S. contorta, S. palosapis, S.
squamata, Hopea acuminata and Anisoptera thurifera. The other timber producing species
recorded belong to the following families: Myrtaceae, Meliaceae, Rubiaceae, Sapotaceae,
Lauraceae Guttiferae, Magnoliaceae, Elaeocarpaceae, Sapindaceae, Moraceae, Papilionaceae,
Casuarinaceae, Bignoniaceae, Combretaceae, Dilleniaceae, Ebenaceae and Mimosaceae
(Table 2.2.1-10). Numerous species from 48 families with aesthetic values for landscaping
were also noted (Table 2.2.1-11). Also, various species from 29 families with ornamental values
were recorded (Table 2.2.1-12). Species with medicinal value are represented by 8 families
(Table 2.2.1-13). On the other hand, very few species used for different other purposes, i.e.
cottage industry, were also noted (Table 2.2.1-14).
The inventory results show that there is no rare or endangered plant and forest tree species in
the area that could be affected by the project. The representative samples also show how
diverse the forest ecosystem is inside the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Reservation. The minimal
volume per hectare computed based on the data gathered revealed that the second growth
forest stands are quite young. The total volume computed for the 7 circular plots established in
the second growth forest is only 81.6 cu.m. or an average volume per plot equivalent to 11.6
cu.m. and an average volume per hectare of 93.3 cu.m. Further, forest inventory data reveals
that small diameter trees dominate the area where trees with DBH <30 cm accounts for 70% of
the total trees inventoried. Trees with DBH ranging from 40-50 cm DBH comprise 20%, while
trees of DBH >50% comprise only 10%.
2.2.1.2 Methodology
A.
EIA Study Team
The field study for the terrestrial flora was conducted from January 4 to 7, 2001 and October 1213, 2001. The terrestrial flora study team was composed of one (1) Forester (Mr. Erlito P. del
Rosario), one (1) Hired Plant Taxonomist (Mr. Blas Hernandez), Albert Batalla (Technician), a
Research Aide and four (4) forest guards of the Environmental Management Department of
PNOC-EDC based in BacMan.
B.
Location and Scope of Study
A total of nine (9) sampling plots at different elevations were established within the Tanawon
geothermal block, eight (8) of which are circular plots while one (1) is a transect where 4-2m x
2m plots were established in a purely grassland environment. An additional sample plot in a
secondary forest outside the Tanawon geothermal block was established in order to provide
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Terrestrial Flora)
p. 2.2.1- 1
comparison. This one is located near the mini-hydro project of NPC in Cawayan. The relative
location of the sample plots within the Tanawon Geothermal Block has earlier been presented in
Figure 2.1.3-1 (Hydrology module), while Plates 2.2.1-1 to 2.2.1-9 are pictures of the sampled
plots. The 8 circular plots within the block are established in secondary forest, which are
considered and identified as major impact areas where the power plants and pads may be
located. The sample plot in a grassland environment is also a potential power plant site.
C.
Study Parameters
The density, volume and use of the different plant and forest tree species were determined for
each sampling plot. The data was then used for statistical analysis.
D.
Methods and Procedures
Sampling in secondary forest was done using the standard circular plot method which is
commonly employed in conducting Continuous Forest Inventories (CFI). Each circular plot with
a diameter of 40 meters divided into 4 quadrants represents an area of one-eight hectare. In
each quadrant, a 100% inventory of all plants and timber-producing species were undertaken.
E.
Study Sources
The land use and classification information were gathered from secondary data such as maps
and policy guidelines/regulations from the DENR. The primary data, on the other hand, were
obtained during the actual survey of the area.

The 25,000-hectare Bacon Manito (BacMan) Geothermal Reservation which was proclaimed by
virtue of Presidential Proclamation No. 2036-A in 1980 consists of about 50% Alienable and
Disposal land (A/D), 50% public timberland (T/L) (Figure 2.2.1-1), and mostly second growth
forest (Figure 2.2.1-2). BACMAN I and II projects, which covered an area of more or less
3,826 hectares within the classified timberland, was issued an ECC in 1987.
The proposed Tanawon Geothermal Project/Block falls within the BacMan Geothermal
Reservation. The block embraces an area of around 2,460 hectares, about 70% of which falls
within the classified timberland at the northern sector, and about 30% within alienable and
disposal land at the southern sector.
The existing vegetation ranges from grasslands and agricultural areas in the lower elevations
(200-400 meters above sea level) to primary lowland dipterocarp forest in Taguman/ Mt. Rock
Dome range. Tanawon area is forested, but the forest cover is that of mid-montane forest
consisting of small trees of non-commercial stand. The summit of Mt. Tanawon is where the
RCPI-PTT tower antennae are located. The lower slopes of Tanawon are mainly logged over
areas with some second growth forest stand. Along the access road in the vicinity of the
Sulfatara area are cleared areas that have been reforested with Gmelina arborea, Acacia
mangium, Cacao (Theobroma cacao), and Coffee (Coffea robusta).
Plates 2.2.1-10 to 2.2.1-12 show the general land use at the southern sector of the Tanawon
block, mostly consisting of private abaca, coconut, and cacao plantations.
p. 2.2.1- 2
The following presents the results of the vegetation analysis at eight (8) sample plots from
secondary forest and one (1) plot in a grassland environment. The raw data on the vegetations
sampled are presented in Appendix I-1 -- Tables 2.2.1- 1 to 2.2.1-9.
1.
Sample Plot # 1
This sampling station is beside the existing Cawayan Power Plant at an elevation of 780m ASL.
It is located at S53E from the DOTC tower in Cawayan. The area is a grassland environment.
Only two (2) species of trees were observed in the area. These include Gymnostoma
rumphiana and Acacia mangium. Perhaps, these trees are the survivors of the tree planting
activity undertaken by NPC to rehabilitate the power plant site.
The area is dominated by grasses and weeds belonging to the following families: Graminae,
Cyperaceae, Lycopodiaceae, Nepenthaceae, Polyaeaceae and Theaceae.
Instead of establishing a circular plot, four (4) 2m x 2m plots were established along the transect
line and a 100% inventory of the vegetation was undertaken. Results of the inventory are
presented in Appendix I-1--Table 2.2.1-1 while Table 2.2.1-1A presents the summary of uses
of the different species in sample plot # 1.
2.
Sample Plot # 2
This plot is located at S60W from the DOTC Tower in Cawayan. It is inside a secondary forest
near the road between the PNOC-EDC/BGPF Basecamp and the Admin Complex-Cawayan
junction. A circular plot with a radius of 20m was established and divided into four (4)
quadrants. A 100% inventory of the vegetation inside the sample plot was then conducted.
Results of the inventory are presented in Appendix I-1-- Table 2.2.1.
A total of 250 plants and forest trees were recorded, of which, 28 are timber producing species
represented by 4 families and 6 genera. These include Shorea negrosensis of the family
Dipterocarpaceae; Dysoxylum grandifolium of the family Meliaceae; Adina multiflora of
Rubiaceae; and Decaspermum spp. and Syzygium spp of the family Myrtaceae.
Majority of the vegetation observed in plot # 2 are species which can be used for landscaping
(116). This is represented by 20 families and 30 genera. A total of 54 species with ornamental
values were also recorded. This is represented by 11 families and 11 genera. Only a few
species with different economic values were noted, such as; for condiment, 1 species; for
cottage industry, 8 species; for soil erosion control, 9 species; for medicinal purposes, 1 species;
for ecological purposes, 18 species and for fiber, 1 specie. Table 2.2.1-2A presents the
summary of the different uses of the species observed in sample plot no. 2.
Plot # 2 could be described as a young second growth forest which is at an early stage of
regeneration and where only 2 storeys/canopy strata of a forest ecosystem are represented.
Being a very young second growth forest, the total volume computed for this plot is only 7.82
cu.m. (Table 2.2.1-15). The diameter at Breast Height (dBH) ranges from 10 to 70 cm with the
majority (78%) falling on the lower bracket of 10 to 20 cm. The merchantable height (MH) on
the other hand ranges from 1m to 8m with 85% of trees having MH ranging from am to 5m and
only 15% with MH of 6m to 8m.
3.
Sample Plot No. 3
Another example of a typical secondary forest, sample plot no. 3 is a circular plot located at
850m ASL, S25E from the DOTC Tower in Cawayan. The different forest canopy strata are
p. 2.2.1- 3
well represented and easily discernible, although the top-canopy layer is only about 10-12
meters high. Majority of the vegetation observed occupies the middle storey, the understorey
and the forest floor.
A total of 307 plants and forest trees were inventoried. The timber producing species recorded,
represented by seven (7) families and 9 genera, include the following: Dipterocarpaceae
(Shorea negrosensis and Hopea acuminata); Sapotaceae (Palaqium botanensis); Lauraceae
(Litsea luzonica and Litsea perrotettii); Myrtaceae (Syzygium nitidum, S. calubcob and
Decaspermum fruticosum); Guttiferae (Calophylum blancoi); Magnoliaceae (Michelia
platyphylla) and Rubiaceae (Adina multiflora).
Several species with different important values/uses were also noted. A total of 136 plants and
trees which has landscaping values/uses, were recorded. They are represented by 22 families
and 28 genera, the dominant species of which belong to the families Hypoxidaceae (30) and
Cyatheaceae (26). Plants with ornamental and aesthetic values total to about 90. They are
represented by 12 families and 16 genera. Thirty four (34) plants of ecological importance,
majority of which belong to the families Urticaceae and Selaginellaceae were also noted. On
the other hand, only a few species of plants with different other uses are observed, such as; for
soil erosion control (Schizostachyum diffusum); cottage industry (Calamus ornatus); medicinal
value (Leea philippinensis) and 3 species of weeds belonging to the families Cyperaceae and
Compositae. The summary of the different uses of species observed in Sample Plot # 3 is
presented in Table 2.2.1-3A.
The total volume of timber computed for this plot is only 7.03 cu.m. which is much lower than in
plot no. 2. The average dBH of trees is 21.9 cm while the average MH is 4m. Table 2.2.1-16
presents the timber volume computed for trees sampled in plot no. 3.
4.
Sample Plot # 4
This sampling plot is located at an elevation of 865m ASL, S35E from the DOTC Tower in
Cawayan. Similar to Sample Plots 2 and 3, three (3) canopy layers are observed in this young
second growth forest where the timber producing species has only attained an average diameter
of 25 centimeters and an average merchantable height of only 1.8 meters. The volume
completed for sample plot no. 4 is shown in Table 2.2.1-17.
A total of 208 plants and forest trees were recorded inside the sampling plot. The timber
producing species (66) which occupy the upper canopy is dominated by the family Myrtaceae
with 22 trees represented by 2 genera, namely; Syzygium and Decaspernum. Other timber
producing species observed belong to the families Lauraceae, Sapotaceae, Rubiaceae,
Meliaceae, Elaeocarpaceae, Guttiferae and Cunoviaceae. No dipterocarps were observed
inside the sampling plot. The middle storey is dominated by species used for landscaping (77)
and those for ornamental or with aesthetic value (38). The species used for landscaping is
represented by 17 families and 19 genera while those with aesthetic values is represented by 8
families and 13 genera. The under storey and the forest floor are occupied by numerous
species of vines, herbs, weeds and grasses and wildlings of shrubs and trees.
Table 2.2.1-4A presents the summary of uses of species in Sample Plot #4.
5.
Sample Plot # 5
This plot is another representation of a secondary forest. It is located at an elevation of 850m

Southwest (SW) of the existing Tanawon pad and S43E from the DOTC Tower in Cawayan. A
total of 342 plants and forest trees were recorded during the conduct of 100% inventory.
p. 2.2.1- 4
There were four (4) canopy strata observed. The uppermost or the dominant canopy stratum is
occupied by very few species belonging to the families Mrytaceae, Sapotaceae, Rubiaceae,
Melastomataceae, Euphorbiaceae and Elaeocarpaceae. The co-dominant stratum is occupied
by species belonging to the families Euphorbiaceae, Rubiaceae, Sapindaceae,
Melastomataceae, Magnoliaceae, Cunoviaceae, Clethraceae, Lauraceae, Sapotaceae,
Mrytaceae, Guttiferae and Mimosaceae. The middle storey and understorey/forest floor on the
other hand, are occupied by wildlings of the species from the dominant and co-dominant layers
and numerous species of herbs, grasses, vines and weeds.
The inventory showed that no dipterocarps are thriving in the area. However, a total of 30
timber producing species were noted. These are represented by 5 families (Rubiaceae,
Myrtaceae, Sapindaceae, Magnoliaceae and Elaeocarpaceae) and 6 genera (Neonauclea,
Syzygium, Adina, Nephelium, Michelia and Elaeocarpus). Sample plot # 5 is dominated by
species which has ornamental or aesthetic values (184 spp.) and those that may be used for
landscaping (92 spp.). Very few species with different other uses were recorded, such as;
Medicinal (Sarcandra globera, Smilax bracheata, Ficus septica and Ficus guyeri); Cottage
industry (Calamus merrillii); Fiber (Musa textilis) and Soil erosion control (Schizostachyum
diffusum). Table 2.2.1-5A shows the different uses of species in Sample Plot # 5 while Table
2.2.1-18 presents the volume of trees in plot no. 5.
6.
Sample Plot # 6
Like sample plot #5, sample plot # 6 is just beside the existing Tanawon pad. It is southeast of
the pad and located at an elevation of 867m ASL, S55E from the DOTC Tower in Cawayan.
The plot is also within a secondary forest where three (3) canopy strata was observed. The
uppermost canopy layer with an average height of 12 meters is occupied by species from the
following families; Dipterocarpaceae, Rubiaceae, Elaeocarpaceae, Lauraceae, Myrtaceae,
Sterculiaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Meliaceae, Sapindaceae, Sapotaceae and Guttiferae. The
middle storey, on the other hand, is occupied by species from the families Proteaceae,
Rubiaceae, Myrtaceae, Melastomataceae, Euphorbiaceae, Meliaceae, Sapindaceae,
Sapotaceae, Saxifragaceae, Sterculiaceae, Lauraceae and Elaeocarpaceae. The understorey
and the forest floor are occupied by vines, herbs, grasses, palms, weeds and wildlings of those
in the middle and upper canopy strata. The lower stratum are represented by species from the
families Araceae, Cyatheaceae, Lindsaeaceae, Orchidaceae, Thelypteridaceae, Lauraceae,
Hypoxidaceae, Sapindaceae, Cyperaceae, Melastomataceae, Apocynaceae, Graminae,
Lomariopsidaceae, Cunoviaceae, Oleandraceae, Athyriaceae, Saxifragaceae, Clethraceae,
Palmae, Proteaceae, Araliaceae, Chloranthaceae, Acanthaceae, Vitaceae, Selaginellaceae,
Aspleniaceae, Dryopteridaceae, Theaceae, Liliaceae, Pandanaceae, Zingiberaceae,
Polypodiaceae, Myrsinaceae, Gesneriaceae and Piperaceae.
A total a 206 species of plants and forest trees were recorded, of which, only 54 species are
timber producing. Only one (1) dipterocarp (Anisoptera thurifera) was recorded. The other
timber producing species observed are represented by the following families, namely:
Elaeocarpaceae (Elaeocarpus multiflorus); Rubiaceae (Adina multiflora and Neonauclea
calycina); Myrtaceae (Decaspermum fruticozum and Syzygium spp.); Sapotaceae (Palagium
botanensis and P. philippinense) and Guttiferae (Calophylum blancoi and Cratoxylum
celebicum). Similar to all other plots established; sample plot # 6 is dominated by species which
has aesthetic values as ornamental (61 spp.) and for landscaping purposes (62 spp.). The 61
species that could be used for ornamental purposes is represented by 18 families and 23
genera while those species for landscaping is represented by 20 families and 24 genera. A few
species with different other uses were also noted. These include Schizostachyum diffusum
(Graminae) for soil erosion control; Calamus merrillii and C. ornatus (Palmae) and Freycinetia
monocephala (Pandanaceae), for cottage industry; and Sarcandra glabra (Chloranthaceae) and
Smilax brancheata (Liliaceae), for medicinal purposes. Table 2.2.1-6A presents the summary of
p. 2.2.1- 5
the different uses of species recorded in sample plot # 6. The volume computed for this plot is
presented in Table 2.2.1-19.
7.
Sample Plot # 7
This sample plot is located at an elevation of 265m ASL near the NPC mini-hydro project in
Cawayan River. A total of 277 species of plants and forest trees were recorded. Being in a
lower elevation than the other sample plots in a second growth forest, a slight difference in
terms of species composition was noted.
Some species not found in the higher-elevation second growth forest sampled were observed.
These include Mangifera indica (Anacardiaceae); Artocarpus sericicarpus (Moraceae);
Pterocarpus incidus (Papilionaceae); Leucaena leucocephala (Mimosaceae); and Toona
calantas (Meliacea), among others.
There are about 19 species of timber producing trees recorded in the sample plot represented
by 10 families and 11 genera. These include Papilionaceae (Pterocarpus indicus); Rubiaceae
(Neonauclea reticulata, N. vidalii and Hedyotis prostata); Guttiferae (Cratoxylum celebicum);
Dipterocarpaceae (Shorea contorta); Casuarinaceae (Gymnostoma rumphiana); Meliaceae
(Toona calantas); Bignoniaceae (Radermachera pinnata); Mimosaceae (Samanea saman);
Lauraceae (Litsea perrotettii); and Moraceae (Artocarpus ovatus).
Like all other sample plots in the secondary forest, sample plot # 7 is dominated by species
used for landscaping (125). These are represented by 27 families and 43 genera. Six (6)
species of plants with aesthetic values and can be used for ornamental purposes were
recorded. These are represented by 3 families and 3 genera. Those with medicinal values (31
spp.) are represented by 5 families and 8 genera. Species with different other uses observed
inside the plot include the following: for soil erosion control, Schizostachyum diffusum
(Graminae); fruit tree, Mangifera indica (Anacardiaceae); for green manure, Leucaena
leucocephala (Mimosaceae); for cottage industry, Miscanthus floridulus, Thysonalaena maxima
and Imperata cylindrica (Graminae) and Lygodium urcinatum (Schizaeaceae); and for poison,
Mucuna longipeduncuelata (Papilionaceae), Semecarpus cuneiformis (Anacardiaceae) and
Dioscorea hispida (Dioscoreaceae).
Table 2.2.1-7A presents the summary of the different uses of species sampled in Sample Plot #
7. The volume computed for this is presented in Table 2.2.1-20.
8.
Sample Pot no. 8 (Pad A Botong)
Sample plot no. 8 is located in Botong sector and is an identified Pad site. It is situated at an
elevation of 630m ASL inside a second growth forest. A total of 139 plants, shrubs and forest
trees were recorded, of which 57 are timber producing, 54 are for landscaping, 18 are
ornamental plants and the rest are for different other uses. The vegetation found in sample plot
no. 8 is represented by 51 genera and 37 families. The dominant and co-dominant timber
producing trees are represented by 20 species, 14 genera and 13 families, most of which
occupying the 2 upper canopy layers. These include species of the families Dipterocarpaceae,
Myrtaceae, Lauraceae, Meliaceae, Guttiferae, Rubiaceae, Combretaceae, Eleaocarpaceae,
Sapotaceae, Ebenaceae, Dilleniaceae, Sapindaceae and Marantaceae. Plants and trees for
landscaping purposes are represented by 24 species, 20 genera and 16 families. These include
species of the families Sauraniaceae, Melastomataceae, Euphorbiaceae, Sapotaceae, Palmae,
Celastraceae, Marantaceae, Hypoxidaceae, Proteaceae, Pandanaceae, Moraceae,
Acanthaceae, Apocynaceae, Araliaceae, Saxifragaceae and Zingiberaceae. Those trees with
aesthetic/ornamental values are represented by 12 species, 12 genera and 12 families while
those with medicinal values are represented by 3 species, 3 genera and 2 families. Table
2.2.1-8A presents the summary of the different uses of the vegetation sampled in plot no. 8.
p. 2.2.1- 6
Sample plot no. 8 has the largest volume computed for the entire study with 27.36 cu.m. (Table
2.2.1-21). This is so because of the numerous trees (93) found inside the sample plot, the
average dBH and MH of which is 21.64cm and 8m, respectively.
9.
Sample Plot No. 9 (Pad B Cawayan)
This sample plot is another representation of a very young second growth forest. It is an
identified Pad site in Cawayan sector situated at an elevation of 530m ASL. A total of 111
plants and forest trees were recorded, of which 14 are for timber, 65 for landscaping purposes,
12 are ornamental plants, 1 with medicinal values and the rest for fiber and cottage industry
purposes.. The timber producing trees are represented by 7 species, 7 genera and 5 families.
These include species of the families Sapotaceae, Myrtaceae, Eleaocarpaceae, Rubiaceae and
Dipterocarpaceae. Trees for landscaping are represented by 28 species, 22 genera and 19
families; majority of which belong to the families Euphorbia and Urticaceae. The ornamental
plants are represented by 8 species, 8 genera from 7 families. Those for fiber and cottage
industries are dominated by Kleinhovia hospita of the family Sterculiaceae. Only one (1)
species with medicinal value is recorded inside the plot, Sarcandra glabra of the family
Chloranthaceae.
This plot has the lowest volume computed for the entire study with only 5.79 cu.m. due to the
very young vegetation (Table 2.2.1-22). The average dBH and MH recorded is only 21cm and
2m, respectively. The forest strata is composed of only 2 layers, the forest floor and the
understorey.
p. 2.2.1- 7
TABLE 2.2.1-1A
SUMMARY OF THE DIFFERENT USES OF SPECIES

IN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 1
USES
COTTAGE INDUSTRY
ECOLOGICAL
LANDSCAPING
ORNAMENTAL
TIMBER PRODUCING
WEED
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Imperata cylindrica
Graminae
280
Miscanthus floridulus
Graminae
101
Lycopodium cernum
Lycopodiaceae
93
Polygala
Polyaeaceae
12
Melastoma polyanthum
Melastomataceae
Eurya nitida
Theaceae
Nephentes ventricoza
Nepenthaceae
Gymnostoma rumphiana
Casuarinaceae
Acacia mangium
Mimosaceae
Machaerina sp.
Cyperaceae
18
510
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Terrestial Flora)
p.2.2.1-8
TABLE 2.2.1-2A

USES
COTTAGE INDUSTRY
ECOLOGICAL
FIBER
LANDSCAPING
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Calamus ornatus
Palmae
Calamus usitatus
Palmae
Cinnamomum mercadoi
Lauraceae
Lygodium merrillii
Schizaeceae
Graminae
Procris frutescens
Cecropiaceae
Selaginella finixii
Selaginellaceae
Selaginella involvens
Selaginellaceae
Selaginella cumingiana
Selaginellaceae
Phaleria sp.
Thymelaeaceae
Acer laurianum
Aceraceae
10
Adenanthera intermedia
Mimosaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Boerlagiodendron trilobatrum
Araliaceae
Canarium barnesii
Burseraceae
Cleistanthus brideliaefolius
Euphorbiaceae
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
13
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
Cyathea philippinensis
Cyatheaceae
Eurya nitida
Theaceae
Ficus subulata
Moraceae
Fissistigma rufum
Annonaceae
Freycinetia multiflora
Pandanaceae
Greeniopsis multiflora
Rubiaceae
Guioa koelrenteria
Sapindaceae
Homalanthus alpinus
Euphorbiaceae
Languas haenkei
Zingiberaceae
Lasianthus cyanocarpus
Rubiaceae
Litchi philippinensis
Sapindaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Livistona rotundifolia
Palmae
Medinilla involucrata
Melastomataceae
Melastomataceae
Neolitsea villosa
Lauraceae
Pandanus basicularis
Pandanaceae
Rhaphidophora monticola
Araceae
Pinanga insignis
Palmae
10
p.2.2.1-9
IN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 2 (cont)

USES
LANDSCAPING
MED
ORNAMENTAL
POISON
SOIL EROSION CONTROL
TIMBER PRODUCING
WEED
SPECIES
Palaquium sp.
FAMILY
Sapotaceae
DENSITY
1
Araceae
Sterculia oblongata
Sterculiaceae
13
Symplocos polyandra
Symplocaceae
Uncaria velutina
Rubiaceae
Weinmania luzoniensis
Cunorriaceae
Smilax brancheata
Liliaceae
Arachniodes amabilis
Dryopteridaceae
Asplenium tenerum
Aspleniaceae
Begonia aequata
Begoniaceae
Dicranopteris linearis
Gleicheniaceae
14
Diplazium cordifolium
Athyriaceae
Dipteris conjugata
Dipteridaceae
Freycinetia negrosensis
Pandanaceae
Heterospathe philippinensis
Palmae
Melastomataceae
Nephrolepis biserrata
Davalliaceae
Phaius sp.
Orchidaceae
Araceae
Sphaerostephanos heteiocarpus
Thelypteridaceae
Derris philippinensis
Papilionaceae
Derris scandens
Papilionaceae
Dalbergia ferriginea
Popilionaceae
Schizostachyum diffusum
Graminae
Adina multiflora
Rubiaceae
Decaspermum microphyllum
Myrtaceae
Decaspernum frunticosum
Myrtaceae
Dysoxylum grandifolium
Meliaceae
Shorea negrosensis
Dipterocarpaceae
12
Syzygium nitidum
Myrtaceae
Syzygium sp.
Myrtaceae
Scleria scrobiculata
Cyperaceae
11
248
p.2.2.1-10
TABLE 2.2.1-3A

USES
COTTAGE INDUSTRY
ECOLOGICAL
LANDSCAPING
SPECIES
Calamus ornatus
FAMILY
Palmae
DENSITY
1
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
Elatostema podophyllum
Urticaceae
15
Elatostema viridiscens
Urticaceae
Piper arborescens
Piperaceae
Piper interruptum
Piperaceae
Selaginella cupressina
Selaginellaceae
11
Selaginella finixii
Selaginellaceae
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
Angiopteris palmiformis
Marattiaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia discolor
Melastomataceae
Astronia rolfei
Melastomataceae
Boerlagiodendron trilobatum
Araliaceae
Canarium barnesii
Burseraceae
Chisocheton pentandrus
Meliaceae
Cleistanthus
Euphorbiaceae
p
Clethra lancifolia
Clethraceae
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
14
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
13
Cyrtandra humilis
Generiaceae
Dicsonia mollis
Cyatheaceae
Eudia
Rutaceae
Ficus subulata
Moraceae
Pandanaceae
Languas musaefolia
Zingiberaceae
Laurauia latibractea
Sauraniaceae
Levaria rufa
Annonaceae
Litsea albayana
Lauraceae
Melastomataceae
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
Molineria capitulata
Hypoxidaceae
30
Neolitsea villosa
Lauraceae
Pandanus basicolasis
Pandanaceae
Pinanga philippinensis
Palmae
Saurania latibractea
Sauraniaceae
Schefflera sp.
Araliaceae
Symplocas polyandra
Symplocaceae
Syzygium calubcob
Myrtaceae
Viburnum odoratissimum
Caprifoliaceae
Zingiber sylvaticum
Zingiberaceae
p.2.2.1-11

USES
MEDICINAL
ORNAMENTAL

TIBER PRODUCING
WEED
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Sarcandra globra
Chloranthaceae
Leea philippinensis
Leeaceae
Alocasia zebrina
Araceae
Amydrium magnificum
Araceae
Araiostigia hymenophylloides
Dovalliaceae
Asplenium nidus
Aspleniaceae
Begonia incisa
Begoniaceae
Begonia oxysperma
Begoniaceae
Urticaceae
Pandanaceae
Palmae
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
Medinilla invalucrata
Melastomataceae
Medinilla trianae
Melastomataceae
Microsorium heterocarpum
Polypodiaceae
12
Nepholipis biserrata
Dovalliaceae
Pleocnemia macrodonta
Aspidiaceae
Polystichum horizontale
Dryopteridaceae
Pothos rumphu
Araceae
Spathiphyllum commutatum
Araceae
25
Sphaerostephanos lobatus
Thelypteridaceae
Schizostachyum diffunum
Graminae
Adina multiflora
Rubiaceae
Calophyllum blancoi
Guttiferae
Decaspermum fruticosum
Myrtaceae
Hopea
Dipterocarpaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Litsea perrototii
Lauraceae
Michelia platyphylla
Magnoliaceae
Polaquium batanensis
Sapotaceae
Shorea negrosensis
Dipterocarpaceae
Syzygium calubcob
Myrtaceae
Syzygium nitidum
Myrtaceae
Blumea reparis
Compositae
Carex filicina
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
11
320
p.2.2.1-12
TABLE 2.2.1-4A

USES
COTTAGE INDUSTRY
ECOLOGICAL
LANDSCAPING
MEDICINAL
ORNAMENTAL
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Calamus merrillii
Palmae
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
Gnetum latifolium
Gnetaceae
Rubus pectebellus
Rosaceae
Selaginellaceae
Selaginella finixii
Selaginelllaceae
Smilax bracteata
Liliaceae
Tetrastigma loheri
Vitaceae
Uncaria velutina
Rubiaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia rolfei
Melastomataceae
Cleistassthus
Euphorbiaceae
Clethra lancifolia
Clethraceae
10
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
Cyathea integra
Cyatheaceae
Cyathea
philippinensis
y
p pp
Cyatheaceae
y
10
Cyrtandra humilis
Gesneriaceae
Dicsonia mollis
Cyatheaceae
Euodia
Rutaceae
Ficus ampelos
Moraceae
Ficus obscura
Moraceae
Pandanaceae
Garcinia dulcis
Guttiferae
Helicia cumingiana
Proteceae
Heterospatha philippinensis
Palmae
Homolanthus alpinus
Euphorbiaceae
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
Memecylon lanceolatum
Melastomataceae
Magnoliaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Symplocos polyandra
Symplocaceae
Zingiber sylvaticum
Zingiberaceae
Ficus septica
Moraceae
Alocasia heterophylla
Araceae
Alocasia zebrina
Araceae
Amydrium magnificum
Araceae
Asplenium indus
Aspleniaceae
Dendrochilum cobbianum
Archidaceae
p.2.2.1-13
TABLE 2.2.1-4A

USES

TIMBER PRODUCING
WEED
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Dichrotrichum chorisephalum
Gesneriaceae
Eria philippinensis
Orchidaceae
Heterospathe microcarpa
Palmae
Palmae
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
Medinilla ternifolia
Melastomataceae
Pinanga geonomaeformis
Palmae
Palmae
Rhaphidophora copelandii
Araceae
Araceae
Araceae
Zingiber sylvaticum
Zingiberaceae
Graminae
Adina multiflora
Rubiaceae
Aglaia sp.
Meliaceae
1
2
Alstoria macrophylla
Rubiaceae
Calophyllum blancoi
Guttiferae
Decaspermum fruticusum
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Elaeocarpus
Elaeocarpaceae
Litsea albaya
Lauraceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
10
Palaquium
Sapotaceae
Palaquium philippinse
Sapotaceae
Syzygium calubcob
Myrtaceae
17
Syzygium nitidum
Myrtaceae
Weinmania luzonensis
Cunoniaceae
Wendlandia luzonensis
Rubiaceae
Hypolytrum latifolium
Cyperaceae
213
p.2.2.1-14
TABLE 2.2.1-5A

USES
COTTAGE INDUSTRY
ECOLOGICAL
FIBER
LANDSCAPING
MEDICINAL
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Calamus merrillii
Psychotria diffusa
FAMILY
DENSITY
Palmae
Rubiaceae
2
2
Rubus peatenellus
Rosaceae
Musa textelio
Musaceae
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia meyeri
Melastomataceae
Caleus igolotorum
Labtiatae
Meliaceae
Cleistanthus sp.
Euphorbiaceae
12
Clethra lancifolia
Clethraceae
Coleus igolotorum
Lobiatae
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
Cyatheaceae
Dillenia philippinensis
Dilleniaceae
Discocalyx montana
Myrsinaceae
Dysoxylum arborescens
Meliaceae
Euodia sp.
Rutaceae
Eurya nitida
Theaceae
Garcinia dulcis
Guttiferae
Guiao koelreuteria
Sapindaceae
Guiao Scoelreuteria
Sapindaceae
Helicia cumingiana
Proteaceae
Homalanthus alpinus
Euphorbiaceae
14
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
Neolitsea villosa
Lauraceae
Palaquium botanensis
Sapotaceae
Palaquium philippense
Sapotaceae
Palaquium tenuipetiolatum
Sapotaceae
Pandanus sp.
Pandanaceae
Palmae
Pithecellobium clypearia
Mimosaceae
Polyosna sp.
Saxifragaceae
Terminalia microcarpa
Combretaceae
Cunoniaceae
Ficus septica
Moraceae
Sarcandra glabra
Chloranthaceae
19
Smilax bracheata
Liliaceae
p.2.2.1-15
TABLE 2.2.1-5A
USES
ORNAMENTAL

TIMBER PRODUCING
WEED

SCIENTIFIC NAME
FAMILY
DENSITY
Amydrium magnificum
Araceae
Araiostegia hymenophylloides
Davalliaceae
Asplenium nidus
Aspleniaceae
Begonia aequrata
Begoniaceae
Begonia sp.
Begoniaceae
14
Catimbium specionum
Zingiberaceae
Crypsinus taematus
Polypodiaceae
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
15
Orchidaceae
11
Dendrochilum tenellune
Ordridaceae
Gesneriaceae
Elaphoglossum luzonicum
Lomariopsidaceae
12
Pandanaceae
Pandanaceae
Palmae
1
7
Languas haenkei
Zingiberaceae
Lindsaea merrillii
Lindsaeaceae
Lindsaea obtusa
Lindsaeceae
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
11
Medinella involucrata
Melastomataceae
Melastomataceae
Melastomapolyanthum
Melastomataceae
Hypoxidaceae
21
Dovalliaceae
Oleandra colubrina
Oleandraceae
Dryopteridaceae
Araceae
Scleroglossum sp.
Grammitidaceae
Selaginellaceae
14
Selaginella finixii
Selaginellaceae
Selaginellaceae
14
Tapeinidium luzonicum
Lindsaeceae
Graminae
Adina multiflora
Rubiaceae
Elaeocarpus multiflorus
Elaeocarpaceae
Mechelia platyphylla
Magnoliaceae
Neonauclea calycina
Rubiaceae
Neonauclea nitida
Rubiaceae
Nephelium ramboutan ake
Sapindaceae
Syzygium sp.
Myrtaceae
Cyperaceae
342
TABLE 2.2.1-6A
SUMMARY OF THE DIFFERENT SPECIES

USES
COTTAGE INDUSTRY
ECOLOGICAL
LANDSCAPING
MEDICINAL
SCIENTIFIC NAME
FAMILY
DENSITY
Colamus arnatus
Palmae
Colamus merrillii
Palmae
Freycinetia monocephala
Pandanaceae
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
Piper interruptum
Piperaceae
Rubus pectinellus
Rosaceae
Selaginella finixii
Selaginellaceae
Selaginellaceae
Tetrastigma loheri
Vitaceae
Alyxia contacenata
Apoaynaceae
Ardisia sp.
Myrsinaceae
Astronia rolfei
Melastomataceae
Meliaceae
Clethra lancifolia
Clethraceae
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
Cyathea
philippinensis
ya a p
pp
Cyatheaceae
ya a a
Discocalyx montana
Myrsinaceae
Eurrya nitida
Theaceae
Garcinia dulcis
Guttiferae
Guioa koelreuteria
Sapindaceae
Helicia cumingiana
Proteaceae
Homalanthus alpinus
Euphorbiaceae
Itea macrophylla
Saxifragaceae
Languas haenkei
Zingiberaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Melastomataceae
Melastomataceae
Neolitsea villosa
Lauraceae
Polaquium philippense
Sapotaceae
Polyosma
Saxifragaceae
Psychotria
Rubiaceae
Psychotria sp.
Rubiaceae
Sterculia oblongata
Sterauliaceae
Strobilanthes pluriformis
Acanthaceae
11
Cunoniaceae
Sarcandra glabra
Chloranthaceae
Smilax orachiata
Liliaceae
p.2.2.1-17
TABLE 2.2.1-6A
SUMMARY OF THE DIFFERENT SPECIES

USES
ORNAMENTAL

TIMBER PRODUCING
WEED
SCIENTIFIC NAME
FAMILY
DENSITY
Alocasia zebrina
Araceae
Amydrium magnificum
Araceae
Asplenium cymbifolium
Aspleniaceae
Asplenium indus
Aspleniaceae
Asplenium tenerum
Aspleniaceae
Araliaceae
Crypsinus taeniatus
Polypodiaceae
Orchidaceae
Gesneriaceae
Diplozium cumingii
Athyriaceae
Dryopteris sparsa
Dryopteridaceae
Elaphoglossum lozunicum
Lomariopsidaceae
Eria philippinensis
Orchidaceae
Pandanaceae
Palmae
Lindsaea merrillii
Lindsaeaceae
Mapania
apa a cuspidata
u p da a
Cyperaceae
yp a a
Melastomataceae
Medinilla clementis
Melastomataceae
Medinilla trianae
Melastomataceae
2
3
Hypoxidaceae
Oleandra colubrina
Oleandraceae
Pinanga geonomoeformis
Palmae
Dryopteridaceae
Araceae
Schefflora sp.
Araliaceae
Sphaerostephanos lobotus
Thelypteridaceae
Graminae
Adina multiflora
Rubiaceae
17
Calophyllum blancoi
Guttiferae
Cratoxylum celebicum
Guttiferae
Myrtaceae
Decaspernum fruticosom
Myrtaceae
Dysoxylum grandiflorum
Meliaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
10
Neonauclea calycina
Rubiaceae
Sapotaceae
Polaquium botanensis
Sapotaceae
Syzygium nitidum
Myrtaceae
Syzygium sp.
Myrtaceae
Cyperaceae
214
Section 2 0: BASELINE PROFILE (Terrestial Flora)
p 2 2 1-18
TABLE 2.2.1-7A
USES
COTTAGE INDUSTRY
ECOLOGICAL
FRUIT CROP
FIBER
GREEN MANURED
LANDSCAPING

SCIENTIFIC NAME
FAMILY
DENSITY
Imperata cylindria
Graminae
31
Lygodium cercinatum
Schizaeaceae
Graminae
Thysonalaena maxima
Graminae
Iodes philippinensis
Icacinaceae
Musa acuminata
Musaceae
Selaginella cupresena
Selaginellaceae
Selaginella delicatula
Selaginellaceae
12
Stenomerris dioscoreaefolia
Dioscoreaceae
Tetracera scandens
Dilleniaceae
Mangifera indica
Anacardiaceae
Colona serratifolia
Tiliaceae
Wikslroemia lanceota
Thymelaeceae
Leucaena leucocephala
Mimosaceae
Acalypha amenracea
Euphorbiaceae
Acer laurianum
Aceraceae
Marathiaceae
Artocarpus sericicarpus
Moraceae
2
1
Asplenium indus
Aspleniaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia meyeri
Melastomataceae
Blechnum orientale
Blechnaceae
Breynia cernua
Euphorbiaceae
Canarium hirsutum
Burseraceae
Cassia fistula
Caesalpiniaceae
Christella dendata
Thelypteridaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Costus speciosus
Zingiberaceae
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
Cyathea integra
Cyatheaceae
Cyrpteronia cumingiana
Crypteroniaceae
Dolbergia ferruginea
Papilionaceae
Euodia confusa
Rutaceae
Ficus cumingii
Moraceae
Ficus minahassae
Moraceae
Ficus obscura
Moraceae
p.2.2.1-19
TABLE 2.2.1-7A

USES
MEDICINAL
SCIENTIFIC NAME
FAMILY
DENSITY
Ficus psendopalma
Moraceae
Ficus sp.
Moraceae
Pandanaceae
Rubiaceae
Guioa diptera
Sapindaceae
Guioa koelrenteria
Sapindaceae
Hedyotis prostrata
Rubiaceae
Homalomena philippinensis
Araceae
10
Horsfieldia merrillii
Myristicaceae
Kibatalia getingensis
Apocynaceae
Kolowratia elegans
Zingiberaceae
Leucosyke capitellata
Urticaceae
Macaranga bicolor
Euphorbiaceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
Macrothelypteris polypodioides
Thelypteridaceae
Melastomataceae
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
Micromelon minutum
Rutaceae
Microsorium scolopendria
Polypodiaceae
Musseanda philippica
Rubiaceae
Pandanus basiculasis
Pandanaceae
Paspalum conjugotum
Graminae
12
Phyllanthus reticulatus
Euphorbiaceae
Pleomele angustifolia
Agavaceae
Polyscias nudosa
Araliaceae
Araceae
Sphaerootephanos unitus
Thelypteridaceae
Turpinia pomifera
Staphyllaceae
Aestonia scholaris
Apocynaceae
Ageratum conyzoides
Composite
Alstonia macrophylla
Apocynaceae
Crassocephalum crepedioides
Comporitae
Elephantopus tomentosus
Comporitae
Ficus septica
Moraceae
Mimosa pudica
Mimosaceae
Pseudelephantopus spicatus
Moraceae
Stachytarpheta jamaicensis
Varbenaceae
p.2.2.1-20
TABLE 2.2.1-7A
USES
ORNAMENTAL
POISON

TIMBER PRODUCING
WEED

SCIENTIFIC NAME
FAMILY
DENSITY
Christella arida
Thelypteridaceae
Dischidia platyphylla
Asclepiadaceae
Laurentia longiflora
Camponulaceae
Neprolipis biserrata
Davolliaceae
Scindapsus hederaceus
Araceae
Dioscorea hispida
Dioscoreaceae
Mucuna longipedunculata
Papilionaceae
Senacarpus cuneiformis
Anacardiaceae
Graminae
Artocarpus ovatus
Moraceae
Guttiferae
Casuarinaceae
Hedyotis prostrata
Rubiaceae
Litsea perrotettii
Lauraceae
Neonauclea reticulata
Rubiaceae
Neonauclea vidulii
Rubiaceae
Pterocarpus indicus
Papilionaceae
Radermacheria pinnata
Bignoniaceae
Samanea saman
Mimosaceae
Shorea contorta
Dipterocarpaceae
Toona calantas
Meliaceae
Centotheca lappacea
Graminae
Cuphea cartaginensis
Lythraceae
Eragrostis pilosa
Graminae
Ludwigia hyssopifolia
Onagraceae
Ludwigia octavalvis
Inagraceae
Phyllanthus urinaria
Euphorbiaceae
Cyperaceae
278
p.2.2.1-21
TABLE 2.2.1-8A

IN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 8 (PAD A - BOTONG)
USES
TIMBER
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Neonauclea calycina
Rubiaceae
Myrtaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Syzygium simile
Myrtaceae
Meliaceae
Guttiferae
Terminalia nitens
Combretaceae
Syzygium densinervium
Myrtaceae
Neonauclea calycina
Rubiaceae
Myrtaceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Terminalia nitens
Combretaceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Neonauclea calycina
Rubiaceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Meliaceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Meliaceae
Neonauclea Vidalii
Rubiaceae
Terminalia pellucida
Combretaceae
Meliaceae
Neonauclea Vidalii
Rubiaceae
Neonauclea Vidalii
Rubiaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Sapotaceae
Sapotaceae
Sapotaceae
Sapotaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
p.2.2.1-22
TABLE 2.2.1-8A

IN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 8 (PAD A - BOTONG) (cont)
USES
POISON
LANDSCAPING
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Nephalium ramboutan ake
Sapindaceae
Dillenia reifferschidia
Dilleniaceae
Dillenia sp.
Dilleniaceae
Neonauclea vidalii
Rubiaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Sapotaceae
Neonauclea vidalii
Rubiaceae
Diospyrus ahernii
Ebenaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Phynium philippense
Marantaceae
Shorea palosapis
Dipterocarpaceae
Sapotaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Dillenia sp.
Dilleniaceae
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
Guttiferae
Myrtaceae
Shorea squamata
Dipterocarpaceae
Semecarpus cuneiformis
Anacardiaceae
Dendrochnide meyeniana
Urticaceae
Anacardiaceae
Sauraniaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Bridelia minutiflora
Euphorbiaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Sapotaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Sauraniaceae
Pinanga heterophylla
Palmae
Euonynus javanicus
Celastraceae
Phynuim philippinense
Marantaceae
Moleneria capitulota
Hypoxidaceae
Helicia cumingiana
Proteaceae
Freycinetia Vidalii
Pandanaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Ficus botryocarpa
Moraceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Ficus benguetensis
Moraceae
Ficus irisana
Moraceae
Caryota rumphiana
Palmae
p.2.2.1-23
TABLE 2.2.1-8A

USES
SPECIES
Pinanga maculata
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
ORNAMENTAL
FAMILY
Palmae
DENSITY
1
Palmae
Strobilanthes pachys
Acanthaceae
Phacelophrynium interruptum
Marantaceae
Molinenia capitulata
Hypoxidaceae
Freycinetia vidalii
Pandanaceae
Pithecellobium clypeoria
Mimosaceae
Apocynaceae
Pithecellobium clypeoria
Mimosaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomaceae
Polyscias nodosa
Araliaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Selaginella finixis
Selaginellaceae
13
Iteamacrophylla
Saxifragaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Ficus botryocarpa
Moraceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Apocynaceae
Saurauia latibractea
Saurauiaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Ficus nota
Moraceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Helicia cumingiana
Proteaceae
Zingeber sylvaticum
Zingibraceae
Phrynuim philippense
Marantaceae
Hypoxidaceae
16
Calamus discolor
Palmae
Musa textilis
Musaceae
Calamus discolor
Palmae
Donax cannaeformis
Marantaceae
Dichroa philippinensis
Saxifragaceae
p.2.2.1-24
TABLE 2.2.1-8A

USES
SPECIES
Asplenuim tenerum
MEDICINAL
FAMILY
DENSITY
Aspleniaceae
Sellaginella finixis
Selaginellaceae
16
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
Cositus speciosus
Zingiberaceae
Selaginella finixis
Selaginellaceae
Boerlagiodendron trilobotum
Araliaceae
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
Lindsaea merrillii
Lindsaeaceae
Medinilla trianae
Melastomataceae
Cyrtandra humilis
Gesneriaceae
Lomagramma pteroides
Lomariopsidaceae
Itea macrophylla
Saxifragaceae
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
Escaloniaceae
Selaginella finixis
Silaginellaceae
16
Medinilla trianae
Melastomataceae
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
Cinnamomum mercadoi
Lauraceae
Chloranthus elatios
Chloranthaceae
Sarcandra glabua
Chloranthaceae
TOTAL
219
p.2.2.1-25
TABLE 2.2.1-9A

IN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 9 (PAD B - CAWAYAN)
USES
TIMBER
LANDSCAPING
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Sapotaceae
Myrtaceae
Sapotaceae
Sapotaceae
Syzygium nitidum
Myrtaceae
Syzygium nitidum
Myrtaceae
Sapotaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Sapotaceae
Sapotaceae
Neonauclea calycina
Rubiaceae
Shorea palosapis
Dipterocarpaceae
Myrtaceae
Sapotaceae
Giranniera celtidifolia
Ulmaceae
Saurauiaceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
Cratoxylum celebricum
Guttiferae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
Rubiaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Ficus nota
Moraceae
Palmae
Caryota rumphiana
Palmae
Araceae
Cyrtandra humilis
Gesneriaceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
Ficus minlahassae
Moraceae
Polyscias nodosa
Araliaceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
p.2.2.1-26
TABLE 2.2.1-9A

IN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 9 (PAD B - CAWAYAN) (cont)
USES
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Homalanthus fastrosus
Euphorbioceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbioceae
Ficus irisana
Moraceae
Ficus irisana
Moraceae
Ficus irisana
Moraceae
Ficus irisana
Moraceae
Marantaceae
Phrynium philippense
Marantaceae
Araceae
Areca camarenensis
Plamae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Ficus irisana
Moraceae
Villebrunea trinervis
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Polycias nodosa
Araliaceae
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Marattiaceae
Ficus subulata
Moraceae
Palmae
Caryota rumphiana
Palmae
Chisocheton cumingianus
Meliaceae
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
Macauanga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
Gironniera celtidifolia
Ulmaceae
Macauanga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
Homalanthus fastuosus
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Saurauia copelandii
Saurauiaceae
Freycinetia vidalii
Pandanaceae
Poikelospermum suaveaolens
Cecropiaceae
p.2.2.1-27
TABLE 2.2.1-9A

IN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 9 (PAD B - CAWAYAN)(cont)
USES
FIBER
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
ORNAMENTAL
RC
POISON
MEDICINAL
SPECIES
FAMILY
DENSITY
Acer laurianum
Aceraceae
Tetrastegma loheri
Vitaceae
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Kleinhovia hospita
Sterculiaceae
Musa textilis
Musaceae
Strombosia philippenensis
Olacaceae
Calamus ornatus
Palmae
Donax eannaeformis
Marantaceae
Calamus ornatus
Palmae
Asplenium persicifolium
Aspleniaceae
Bolbitis senuata
Lomariopsidaceae
Forrestia hispida
Commelinaceae
Asplenium persicifolum
Aspleniaceae
Bolbitis sinuata
Lomariopsidaceae
Lomagramma Pteroides
Lomariopsidaceae
Pectaria decurrens
Aspidiaceae
Rhaphidophova pinnata
Araceae
Cyrtandra humilis
Gesneriaceae
Forrestia hispida
Commelinaceae
Blechnum orientale
Plechnaceae
Bolbitis sinuata
Lomariopsidaceae
Dioscorea elmeri
Dioscoreaceae
Semecarpus gigantifolius
Anacardiaceae
Anacardiaceae
Anacardiaceae
Sarcandra glabra
Chloranthaceae
TOTAL
111
p.2.2.1-28
Table 2.2.1- 10
Family
Bignoniaceae
Casuarinaceae
Combretaceae
Cunoniaceae
Dilleniaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Ebenaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Guttiferae
Lauraceae
Magnoliaceae
Marantaceae
Meliaceae
Mimosaceae
Moraceae
Myrtaceae
Papilionaceae
Rubiaceae
Sapindaceae
Sapotaceae
List of Timber Producing Species Sampled
Species
Gymnostoma rumphiane
Terminalia nitens
Terminalia pelucida
Shorea negrosensis
Hopea sp.
Shorea contorta
Shorea palosapis
Shorea squamata
Diospyrus ahernii
Elaeocarpus
Calophyllum blancoi
Litsea albaya
Litsea luzonica
Litsea perrotettii
Phyrium philippense
Aglaia sp.
Toona calantas
Samanea saman
Acacia mangium
Artocarpus ovatus
Syzygium calubcob
Syzygium nitidum
Syzygium sp.
Pterocarpus indicus
Adina multiflora
Hedyotis prostrata
Neonauclea calycina
Neonauclea nitida
Neonauclea vidalii
Palaquium sp.
Palaquium philippinse
Density
2
3
2
1
1
3
13
2
2
2
1
1
19
8
4
19
4
23
3
7
1
7
1
2
1
1
1
16
5
22
19
13
3
1
36
2
2
7
2
2
6
1
2
2
9
20
304
Table 2.2.1- 11
Family
Acanthaceae
Aceraceae
Agavaceae
Annonaceae
Apocynaceae
Araceae
Araliaceae
Aspleniaceae
Blechnaceae
Burseraceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Caprifoliaceae
Cecropiaceae
Celastraceae
Clethraceae
Combretaceae
Crypteroniaceae
Cunoniaceae
Cyatheaceae
Dilleniaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Gesneriaceae
Graminae
Guttiferae
Hypoxidaceae
List of Sampled Species for Landscaping
Species
Acer laurianum
Fissistigma rufum
Levaria rufa
Alyxia contacenata
Spatiphyllum commutatum
Polyscias nudosa
Schefera sp.
Asplenium indus
Blechnum orientale
Canarium barnesii
Carnarium hirsutum
Cassia fistula
Eounynums javanicus
Clethra lancifolia
Crypteronia cumingiana
Cyathea callosa
Cyathea contaminans
Cyathea integra
Dicsonia mollis
Dellenia philippinensis
Acalypha amenracea
Breynia cernua
Cleistanthus sp.
Homalanthus sp.
Macaranga bicolor
Macaranga hispida
Cyrtandra humilis
Paspalum conjugotum
Garcinia dulcis
Density
11
1
13
2
2
1
9
2
2
7
10
1
2
6
4
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
19
1
4
4
37
22
3
19
2
1
2
2
4
16
29
2
17
1
1
15
12
13
1
42
Table 2.2.1- 11
Family
Lauraceae
Lobiatae
Magnoliaceae
Marantaceae
Marathiaceae
Melastomataceae
Meliaceae
Mimosaceae
Moraceae
Myristicaceae
Myrsinaceae
Myrtaceae
Palmae
Pandanaceae
Polypodiaceae
Papilionaceae
Proteaceae
Rubiaceae
List of Sampled Species for Landscaping (cont)

Species
Litsea albayana
Litsea luzonica
Neolitsea villosa
Coleus igolotorum
Phacelophyrium interruptum
Phyrium philippense
Astronia cumingiana
Astronia discolor
Astronia meyeri
Astronia nolfei
Artocarpus sericicarpus
Ficus ampelos
Ficus cumingii
Ficus minahassae
Ficus obscura
Ficus psendopalma
Ficus sp.
Ficus subulata
Ardisia sp.
Discocalyx montana
Syzygium calubcob
Pinanga insignis
Caryota rumphiana
Caryota cumingiana
Areca camarenensis
Freycinetia vidalii
Pandanus sp.
Helicia cumingiana
Hedyotis prostrata
Density
1
6
9
5
1
2
3
5
43
2
3
8
4
17
3
5
1
3
4
2
1
1
2
5
3
14
7
2
1
6
1
4
2
10
13
3
1
2
1
12
1
3
4
4
1
2
2
7
9
2
Table 2.2.1- 11
Family
Rutaceae
Sapindaceae
Sapotaceae
Sauraniaceae
S if
Saxifragaceae
Selaginellaceae
Staphyllaceae
Sterauliaceae
Symplocaceae
Theaceae
Thelypteridaceae
Ulmaceae
Urticaceae
Vitaceae
Zingiberaceae
) p
List of Sampled Species for Landscaping (cont)

Species
Psychotria
Psychotria sp.
Uncaria velutina
Euodia sp.
Euodia confusa
Melicope triphylla
Micromelon minutum
Guioa diptera
Guioa koelreuteria
Guioa Scoelreuteria
Palaquium tenuipetiolatum
Palaquium sp.
It macrophylla
Itea
h ll
Polyosma sp.
Selaginella finixis
Turpinia pomifera
Sterculia oblongata
Symplocos polyandra
Eurya nitida
Christella dendata
Sphaerootephanos unitus
Tetrastigma loheri
Costus speciosus
Kolowratia elegans
Languas haenkei
Languas musaefolia
Zingiber sylvaticum
Density
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
5
1
2
13
1
1
3
3
1
1
13
4
4
1
2
16
5
4
2
1
2
2
2
8
1
3
1
1
8
2
4
735
Table 2.2.1- 12
Family
Araceae
Araliaceae
Archidaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Aspidiaceae
Aspleniaceae
Athyriaceae
Begoniaceae
Blechnaceae
Campanulaceae
Commelinaceae
Cyatheaceae
Cyperaceae
Davalliaceae
Dipteridaceae
Dryopteridaceae
Gesneriaceae
Gleicheniaceae
Grammitidaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Lindsaeaceae
Lomariopsidaceae
List of Sampled Species with Ornamental Values
Species
Alocasia zebrina
Amydrium magnificum
Pothos rumphii
Schefflora sp.
Pectaria decurrens
Asplenium indus
Asplenium tenerum
Diplazium cumingii
Begonia aequata
Begonia incisa
Begonia oxysperma
Begonia sp.
Blechnum orientale
Forrestia hispida
Cyathea callosa
Mapania cuspidata
Nephrolipis biserrata
Dipteris conjugata
Arachniodes amabillis
Dryopteris sparsa
Cyrtandra humilis
Scleroglossum sp.
Lindsaea merrillii
Lindsaea obtusa
Density
5
4
12
1
2
15
2
4
1
33
6
1
1
3
7
8
2
3
2
3
1
1
13
1
3
2
15
25
7
20
1
4
10
1
8
2
14
1
24
8
1
1
13
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Terrestial Flora) p.2.2.1-33
Table 2.2.1- 12
Family
Melastomataceae
Nepenthaceae
Oleandraceae
Orchidaceae
Palmae
Pandanaceae
Polypodiaceae
Saxifragaceae
Selaginellaceae
Thelypteridaceae
Urticaceae
Zingiberaceae
List of Sampled Species with Ornamental Values (cont)

Species
Bolbitis senuata
Lomagrama pteroides
Medinilla clementis
Medinilla trianae
Melastomapolyanthum
Oleandra colubrina
Dendrochilum tenellune
Eria philippenensis
Phaius sp.
Crypsinus taematus
Crypsinus taeniatus
Itea macrophylla
Selaginella finixis
Christella arida
Sphaerostephanos heteiocarpus
Catimbium specionum
Languas haenkei
Zingiber sylvaticum
Cositus speciosus
Density
3
2
6
3
10
4
5
1
1
5
14
2
5
6
1
14
4
2
9
9
4
2
12
2
1
14
4
14
2
2
6
7
4
7
1
1
480
Table 2.2.1- 13
Family
Apocynaceae
Chloranthaceae
Compositae
Lauraceae
Leeaceae
Liliaceae
Mimosaceae
Verbenaceae
List of Sampled Species with Medicinal Values
Species
Alstonia scholaris
Sarcandra glabra
Chloranthus elatios
Ageratum conyzoides
Cinnamomum mercadoi
Leea philippinensis
Smilax bracheata
Mimosa pudica
Ficus septica
Density
4
1
29
1
2
4
3
1
1
5
6
7
6
3
73
Table 2.2.1- 14
Family
Anacardiaceae
Apocynaceae
Cecropiaceae
Compositae
Cyperaceae
Dilleniaceae
Dioscoreaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Graminae
Gnetaceae
Icacinaceae
Inagraceae
Lauraceae
Liliaceae
Lycopodiaceae
Lythraceae
Marantaceae
Mimosaceae
Musaceae
Palmae
Pandanaceae
Papilionaceae
Piperaceae
List of Species for Different Other Purposes
Species
Mangefira indica
Alyxia concatenata
Procris frutescens
Blumea reparis
Carex filicina
Machaerina sp.
Tetracera scandens
Dioscorea hispida
Dioscorea elmeri
Centotheca lappacea
Eragrostis pilosa
Imperata cylindria
Thysonalaena maxima
Gnetum latifolium
Ludwigia octavalvis
Cinnamomum mercadoi
Smilax bracteata
Lycopodium cernum
Donax cuneiformis
Musa textilis
Musa acuminata
Calamus merrillii
Calamus ornatus
Calamus usitatus
Calamus discolor
Derris scandens
Macuna longipedunculata
Piper arborescens
Piper interruptum
Density
1
3
3
7
3
2
3
4
18
30
1
2
1
1
4
5
2
311
109
20
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
93
1
2
3
3
8
5
7
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
3
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Terrestial Flora) p
Table 2.2.1- 14
Family
Popilionaceae
Polyaeaceae
Rosaceae
Rubiaceae
Schizaeaceae
Selaginellaceae
Sterculiaceae
Tiliaceae
Thymelaeaceae
Urticaceae
Vitaceae
List of Species for Different Other Purposes (cont)

Species
Dalbergia ferriginea
Polygala
Rubus pectebellus
Rubus pectinellus
Uncaria velutina
Psychotria diffusa
Lygodium cercinatum
Lygodium merrillii
Silaginella cumingiana
Selaginella cupresena
Selaginella finixii
Kleinhovia hospita
Colona serratifolia
Phaleria sp.
Wiksiroemia lanceota
Tetrastigma loheri
Density
2
12
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
18
12
17
12
11
2
1
1
15
3
1
4
796
Table 2.2.1-15
TIMBER VOLUME DETERMINATION FROM

SAMPLE PLOT NO. 2
SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
Palaquium sp.
30
0.5655
Sterculia oblongata
13
0.0133
Sterculia oblongata
14
0.0154
24
0.1810
Syzygium nitidum
16
0.0603
Syzygium nitidum
18
0.1527
17
0.0454
14
0.1078
Eurya nitida
10
0.0079
Syzygium sp.
14
0.0616
Syzygium nitidum
15
0.0530
Astronia cumingiana
14
0.0154
Sterculia oblongata
13
0.0265
10
0.0157
Syzygium nitidum
70
1.9242
Sterculia oblongata
12
0.0339
14
0.0308
Sterculia oblongata
16
0.0402
Sterculia oblongata
13
0.0398
10
0.0236
Sterculia oblongata
18
0.1018
Shorea negrosensis
32
0.1608
Syzygium sp.
15
0.0530
Acer laurianum
12
0.0339
Shorea negrosensis
30
0.2827
40
1.0053
Shorea negrosensis
17
0.1135
Syzygium nitidum
50
0.9818
Syzygium nitidum
39
0.7168
Astronia cumingiana
14
0.0308
Sterculia oblongata
12
0.0226
18
0.1018
Adina multiflora
16
0.0804
Canarium barnesii
29
0.3303
Syzygium nitidum
14
0.0616
Litsea luzonica
16
0.0402
17
0.1816
Adina multiflora
19
0.0567
Adinanthera intermedia
14
0.0308
Shorea negrosensis
12
0.0226
TOTAL
7.8229
p.2.2.1-38
Table 2.2.1-16

SAMPLE PLOT NO. 3
SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
Palaquium batanensis
18
0.1018
Litsea luzonica
30
0.2827
Litsea luzonica
20
0.0628
Syzygium nitidum
30
0.2827
Clethra lancifolia
12
0.0452
Syzygium calubcob
40
0.3770
Astronia nolfei
23
0.1246
Litsea luzonica
23
0.1246
Neolitsea villosa
14
0.0616
Syzygium nitidum
18
0.0763
Eudia sp.
13
0.0398
Calophyllum blancoi
19
0.1418
82
2.1124
Litsea luzonica
17
0.0227
Cleistanthus sp.
12
0.0113
Astronia rolfei
30
0.1414
Syzygium calubcob
18
0.0763
Cleistanthus sp.
13
0.0796
Adi multiflora
ltifl
Adina
17
0 0681
0.0681
Litsea albayana
13
0.0398
Schefflera sp.
17
0.0227
Syzygium nitidum
60
1.1310
Cleistanthus sp.
16
0.1005
Syzygium calubcob
23
0.1662
Shorea negrosensis
21
0.1732
Syzygium calubcob
10
0.0157
Hopea sp.
20
0.1257
Hopea sp.
19
0.1701
Litsea luzonica
13
0.0531
Syzygium calubcob
24
0.1810
Canarium barnesii
13
0.0531
17
0.0227
Adina multiflora
17
0.0681
Euodia sp.
20
0.1257
Adina multiflora
19
0.1418
Syzygium calubcob
20
0.0942
Litsea perrototii
17
0.1135
TOTAL
7.0310
p.2.2.1-39
Table 2.2.1-17

SAMPLE PLOT NO. 4
SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
3
VOLUME (m )
Syzygium calubcob
13
0.0531
Garcinia dulcis
40
0.1257
Syzygium calubcob
10
0.0236
25
0.0982
Syzygium calubcob
11
0.0095
Clethra lancifolia
11
0.0285
Syzygium calubcob
17
0.0454
12
0.0452
Litsea albayana
11
0.0285
Ficus obscura
21
0.0346
Astronia cumingiana
11
0.0190
Syzygium calubcob
15
0.0530
Litsea luzonica
19
0.0851
Astronia rolfei
14
0.0462
Palaquium sp.
20
0.0942
Astronia rolfei
10
0.0236
29
0.1321
Aglaia sp.
13
0.0398
A t i cumingiana
Astronia
i i
15
0 0530
0.0530
Euodia sp.
17
0.0227
Garcinia dulcis
18
0.0763
Palaquium sp.
18
0.0763
Palaquium sp.
16
0.0804
20
0.1571
Elaeocarpus sp.
17
0.0681
Palaquium sp.
13
0.0531
Clethra lancifolia
10
0.0157
Elaeocarpus sp.
36
0.5089
Litsea luzonica
10
0.0157
Elaeocarpus sp.
16
0.0804
Polaquium sp.
16
0.0402
Elaeocarpus sp.
18
0.1018
Garcinia dulcis
14
0.0154
11
0.0380
Garcinia dulcis
10
0.0314
Syzygium calubcob
11
0.0380
Polaquium sp.
12
0.0452
Astronia cumingiana
12
0.0339
Syzygium calubcob
15
0.0530
Syzygium calubcob
12
0.0339
Astronia cuminguana
13
0.0531
Elaeocarpus sp.
36
0.4072
Elaeocarpus sp.
12
0.0339
Polaquium sp.
12
0.0339
24
0.2262
Astronia cumingiana
13
0.0265
Table 2.2.1-17

SAMPLE PLOT NO. 4(cont)
SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m )
Syzygium calubcob
12
0.0113
Syzygium calubcob
10
0.0079
Polaquium sp.
18
0.1018
Adina multiflora
16
0.1206
Syzygium calubcob
20
0.1257
Syzygium calubcob
16
0.0402
Palaquium sp.
20
0.1257
0.0000
Adina multiflora
24
0.2262
Clethra lancifolia
11
0.0285
Clethra lancifolia
14
0.0308
20
0.1885
Astronia cumingiana
15
0.0707
Syzygium calubcob
13
0.0265
Adina multiflora
11
0.0190
Cleistassthus sp.
17
0.0454
Clethra lancifolia
15
0.0177
Astronia cumingiana
10
0.0471
Litsea luzonica
14
0.0308
Litsea luzonica
17
0.0227
S
Syzygium
i
calubcob
l b b
11
0 0095
0.0095
Litsea luzonica
15
0.0707
Adina multiflora
12
0.0339
Elaeocarpus sp.
18
0.2036
Elaeocarpus sp.
14
0.0462
0.0804
Syzygium nitidum
16
Clethra lancifolia
16
0.0201
Syzygium calubcob
29
0.1321
30
0.3534
42
0.9698
26
0.2655
Syzygium calubcob
13
0.0398
Adina multiflora
35
0.6735
Litsea albaya
20
0.0942
Litsea albaya
10
0.0314
Syzygium calubcob
16
0.0402
Clethra lancifolia
14
0.0462
Litsea luzonica
13
0.0398
Clethra lancifolia
15
0.0707
Litsea luzonica
16
0.0201
Clethra lancifolia
10
0.0157
Litsea luzonica
13
0.0531
Litsea luzonica
12
0.0339
Clethra lancifolia
16
0.0603
Homolanthus alpinus
20
0.0942
Litsea albaya
15
0.0530
Adina multiflora
19
TOTAL
0.0851
8.3285
Table 2.2.1-18

SAMPLE PLOT NO. 5
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
Neonauclea nitida
26
0.3186
Clethra lancifolia
10
0.0157
Homalanthus alpinus
11
0.0380
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Homalanthus alpinus
16
0.1005
Clethra lancifolia
16
0.0201
Syzygium sp.
26
0.2124
Astronia cumingiana
11
0.0190
Clethra lancifolia
11
0.0190
Polyosma sp.
13
0.0265
Garcinia dulcis
15
0.0177
Adina multiflora
12
0.0565
Garcinia dulcis
16
0.0603
Adina multiflora
20
0.2513
12
0.0565
Astronia cumingiana
16
0.0402
15
0.0353
Adina multiflora
27
0.2863
14
0.0924
Adina multiflora
21
0.2078
Cleistanthus sp.
10
0.0707
Adina multiflora
16
0.1810
Homalanthus alpinus
11
0.0380
Homalanthus alpinus
15
0.1060
Homalanthus alpinus
19
0.1134
Clethra lancifolia
12
0.0452
Homalanthus alpinus
11
0.0475
Homalanthus alpinus
15
0.0530
Adina multiflora
14
0.0616
Homalanthus alpinus
13
0.0531
Homalanthus alpinus
14
0.0462
Homalanthus alpinus
14
0.0616
13
0.0133
25
0.3927
30
0.4948
Litsea luzonica
10
0.0157
Palaqium philippense
13
0.0531
40
0.8796
Palaqium botanensis
50
0.1964
Neonauclea calycina
60
2.5447
Astronia meyeri
19
0.1701
Palaqium tenuipetiolatum
19
0.2552
Homalanthus alpinus
21
0.2078
p.2.2.1-42
SAMPLE PLOT NO. 5 (cont)

SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
23
0.2908
Adina multiflora
16
0.1206
Neonauclea nitida
19
0.1985
Homalanthus alpinus
13
0.0796
Adina multiflora
16
0.1206
Garcinia dulcis
10
0.0157
Homalanthus alpinus
11
0.0285
Syzygium sp.
11
0.0380
Syzygium sp.
10
0.0236
Syzygium sp.
12
0.0113
Syzygium sp.
32
0.6434
10
0.0157
14
0.0770
20
0.1571
Mecihelia platyphylla
30
0.0707
Syzygium sp.
11
0.0380
Cleistanthus sp.
11
0.0380
17
0.1816
Garcinia dulcis
40
0.7540
Cleistanthus sp.
12
0.0792
Neonauclea calycina
25
0.0982
Syzygium sp.
25
0.0982
45
1.1133
Euodia sp.
36
0.3054
Astronia cumingiana
11
0.0285
Cleistanthus sp.
12
0.0113
Cleistanthus sp.
17
0.0454
Cleistanthus sp.
14
0.0770
Cleistanthus sp.
14
0.0616
Cleistanthus sp.
13
0.0531
Cleistanthus sp.
15
0.0707
Astronia cumingiana
25
0.1964
Cleistanthus sp.
16
0.0603
Cleistanthus sp.
15
0.0530
Garcinia dulcis
13
0.0929
11
0.0380
Garcinia dulcis
19
0.0567
Astronia meyeri
16
0.0804
Cleistanthus sp.
14
0.0154
Syzygium sp.
10
0.0393
Garcinia dulcis
23
0.0831
15
TOTAL
0.1060
13.7410
p.2.2.1-43
Table 2.2.1-19

SAMPLE PLOT NO. 6
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
Adina multiflora
12
0.0792
Adina multiflora
20
0.1571
Adina multiflora
19
0.1985
40
0.8796
Neolitsea villosa
14
0.0924
Adina multiflora
18
0.1527
Adina multiflora
18
0.1272
Helicia cumingiana
13
0.0265
Adina multiflora
22
0.1140
Helicia cumingiana
13
0.0265
18
0.1527
14
0.0616
Adina multiflora
25
0.1473
Syzygium sp.
19
0.1701
Syzygium sp.
25
0.2945
Sterculia oblongata
15
0.1237
Homalanthus alpinus
15
0.1060
10
0.0550
SCIENTIFIC NAME
D
ffruticosum
ti
Decaspernum
55
0 9503
0.9503
14
0.1232
Guioa koelreuteria
12
0.0792
Guioa koelreuteria
12
0.0339
10
0.0471
18
0.2036
Adina multiflora
27
11
0.6298
Adina multiflora
29
0.5945
Guioa koelreuteria
16
0.1005
Guioa koelreuteria
13
0.0796
20
0.1257
Astronia rolfei
10
0.0236
Homalanthus alpinus
11
0.0475
11
0.0285
Adina multiflora
10
0.0393
14
0.0616
Litsea luzonica
16
0.1005
Litsea luzonica
13
0.0531
Garcinia dulcis
14
0.1078
Guioa koelreuteria
17
0.1135
20
0.2199
Garcinia dulcis
15
0.0353
Guioa koelreuteria
17
0.0454
20
0.2513
Syzygium nitidum
11
0.0190
p.2.2.1-44
Table 2.2.1-19

SAMPLE PLOT NO. 6 (cont)
SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
13
0.0398
12
0.0679
15
0.0707
Adina multiflora
19
0.1418
25
0.1964
Litsea luzonica
24
0.2714
Adina multiflora
11
0.0285
Polyosma sp.
15
0.0884
Sterculia oblongata
11
0.0475
Neonauclea calycina
14
0.0616
Polyosma sp.
14
0.1078
Syzygium nitidum
13
0.0265
Syzygium nitidum
16
0.0402
Litsea luzonica
12
0.0452
Polyosma sp.
10
0.0236
Syzygium nitidum
23
0.1246
Syzygium nitidum
32
0.1608
45
1.2723
f
14
0.0616
Homalanthus alpinus
14
0.0616
Homalanthus alpinus
13
0.0531
28
0.4310
Sterculia oblongata
20
0.1885
10
0.0236
12
0.0339
12
0.0339
13
0.0664
30
0.2827
Syzygium nitidum
19
0.1134
Adina multiflora
18
0.1018
Adina multiflora
11
0.0380
Adina multiflora
15
0.0707
Adina multiflora
16
0.0804
Adina multiflora
12
0.0339
TOTAL
11.5679
p.2.2.1-45
TABLE 2.2.1-20
INVENTORY OF PLANTS WITHIN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 7

LOCATED AT 265m, HYDRO, CAWAYAN, SORSOGON
278
HABIT
USES
ST
LA
ST
LA
Ficus obscura
Moraceae
ST
MED
Ficus septica
Moraceae
ST
LA
Acalypha amentacea
Euphorbiaceae
LT
LA
Artocarpus sericarpus
Moraceae
Anacardiaceae
LT
FC
LT
MED
LA
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
4
FAMILY
Crypteroniaceae
Mangifera indica
Apocynaceae
Costus speciosus
Zingiberaceae
MT
LA
Euodia confusa
Rutaceae
ST
GM
Mimosaceae
LT
TM
Pterocarpus indicus
Papilionaceae
ST
LA
Rubiaceae
LI
SEC
Graminae
ST
LA
Rubiaceae
MT
TM
Rubiaceae
MT
TM
Guttiferae
LA
10
Araceae
OR
Davalliaceae
OR
Christella arida
Thelypteridaceae
EC
Selaginellaceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
MED
MT
LA
Compositae
Astronia meyeri
Melastomataceae
LA
Maratthiaceae
LA
Paspalum conjugotum
12
Graminae
Dipterocarpaceae
LT
TM
Shorea contorta
ST
LA
Micromelon minutum
Rutaceae
Ludwigia octavalvis
Inagraceae
ST
LA
Euphorbiaceae
LI
EC
Icacinaceae
MED
MED
MT
LA
Moraceae
Inagraceae
Ageratum conyzoides
Compositae
Canarium hirsutum
Burseraceae
Eragrostis pilosa
Graminae
MT
LA
Macaranga bicolor
Euphorbiaceae
MED
Composite
Lythraceae
p.2.2.1-46
TABLE 2.2.1-20
HABIT
USES

LOCATED AT 265m, HYDRO, CAWAYAN, SORSOGON (cont)
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
FAMILY
MED
Mimosa pudica
Mimosaceae
ST
LA
Ficus cumingii
Moraceae
PO
Papilionaceae
ST
LA
Breynia cernua
Euphorbiaceae
LI
EC
Tetracera scandens
Dilleniaceae
ST
LA
Ficus pseudopalma
Moraceae
MT
LA
Apocynaceae
LA
Araceae
LA
Cyathea integra
Cyatheaceae
MT
LA
Myristicaceae
MT
LA
Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Melastomataceae
LA
Blechnum orientale
Blechnaceae
COT
Graminae
COT
Thysonalaena maxima
Graminae
LI
LA
Pandanaceae
MT
LA
Guioa diptera
Sapindaceae
LA
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
EC
Dioscoreaceae
LA
Asplenium nidus
Aspleniaceae
MT
TM
Casuarinaceae
ST
LA
Urticaceae
Centotheca lappacea
Graminae
MT
TM
Toona calantas
Meliaceae
EC
Selaginellaceae
MT
LA
Turpinia pomifera
Staphyllaceae
EC
Musa acuminata
Musaceae
MED
Verbenaceae
LA
Polypodiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
LA
Christella dendata
Thelypteridaceae
LA
Sphaerostephanos unitus
Thelypteridaceae
LA
Thelypteridaceae
ST
LA
Ficus sp.
Moraceae
MT
TM
Bignoniaceae
LT
TM
Samanea saman
Mimosaceae
OR
Asclepiadaceae
LA
Kolowratia elegans
Zingiberaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Acer laurianum
Aceraceae
p.2.2.1-47
TABLE 2.2.1-20
HABIT
USES

LOCATED AT 265m, HYDRO, CAWAYAN, SORSOGON (cont)
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
FAMILY
OR
TL
LA
Araceae
Pandanaceae
ST
LA
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
Cyperaceae
MT
TM
Litsea perrotettii
Lauraceae
COT
Imperata cylindria
31
Graminae
EC
Selaginellaceae
ST
FI
Colona serratifolia
Tiliaceae
ST
LA
Agavaceae
MT
TM
Neonauclea vidalii
Rubiaceae
MT
TM
Hedyotis prostrata
Rubiaceae
LA
Hedyotis prostrata
Rubiaceae
FI
Wilksroemia lanceolata
Thymelaeaceae
COT
Lygodium cercinatum
Schizaeaceae
MT
LA
Guioa koelrenteria
Sapindaceae
LI
LA
Papilionaceae
ST
PO
Anacardiaceae
TM
Artocarpus ovatus
Moraceae
MT
LA
Ficus minahassae
Moraceae
MT
LA
Cassia fistula
Caesalpiniaceae
LT
MED
Alstonia scholaris
Apocynaceae
LA
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
ST
LA
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Polyscias nudosa
Araliaceae
OR
Campanulaceae
LT
MED
PO
Apocynaceae
Dioscorea hispida
Dioscoreaceae
Table 2.2.1-21

SAMPLE PAD A BOTONG
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
Neonauclea calycina
23
0.2493
12
0.0452
Litsea luzonica
18
0.1527
14
0.0154
Syzygium simile
13
0.0398
SCIENTIFIC NAME
15
0.0530
38
12
1.3609
Saurauia lotibractea
17
0.1362
Terminalia nitens
38
0.6805
14
0.0462
Astronia cumingiana
13
0.0796
14
0.0462
Neonauclea calycina
15
0.0707
13
0.0265
14
0.0616
Astronia cumingiana
12
0.0226
24
0.3619
24
12
0.5429
40
10
1.2566
Terminalia nitens
14
0.0924
30
15
1.0603
25
15
0.7363
Astronia cumingiana
15
0.0353
Neonauclea calycina
23
10
0.4155
20
15
0.4712
16
0.0201
Astronia cumingiana
30
0.2121
Crataxylum celebicum
14
0.0616
32
20
1.6085
23
0.1662
Astronia cumingiana
18
0.0509
24
20
0.9048
30
20
1.4137
Ficus botryocarpa
13
0.0531
18
12
0.3054
24
0.0905
Neonauclea Vidalii
14
0.1232
p.2.2.1-49
Table 2.2.1-21

SAMPLE PAD A BOTONG (cont)
SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
Astronia cumingiana
12
0.0226
Ficus benguetensis
14
0.0308
13
0.0133
12
0.0226
Ficus irisana
14
0.0154
Neonauclea Vidalii
24
10
0.4524
Neonauclea Vidalii
12
0.0226
25
0.3927
36
12
1.2215
26
10
0.5309
19
0.1134
26
0.3186
20
12
0.3770
Dithecellobium clypeoria
16
0.0402
24
10
0.4524
32
0.3217
Litsea luzonica
13
0.0531
20
0.0628
12
0.0226
Litsea luzonica
25
14
0.6872
Litsea luzonica
19
0.0851
15
0.1414
0.4241
Astronia cumingiana
30
16
0.1206
Polyscias nodosa
15
12
0.2121
Astronia cumingiana
30
0.4241
Dillenia sp.
19
0.0567
Astronia cumingiana
14
0.0616
Neonauclea vidalii
25
12
0.5891
Litsea luzonica
25
0.0982
Astronia cumingiana
21
0.0346
40
20
2.5133
Cinnamomum mercadoi
14
0.1232
Astronia cumingiana
12
0.0679
Neonauclea vidalii
14
0.0616
Diospyrus ahernii
16
0.0402
Litsea luzonica
13
0.0531
48
1.4476
p.2.2.1-50
Table 2.2.1-21

SAMPLE PAD A BOTONG (cont)
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
Astronia cumingiana
24
0.2714
Ficus botryocarpa
11
0.0190
Astronia cumingiana
14
0.0308
11
0.0380
Astronia cumingiana
17
0.0681
32
0.1608
30
0.1414
Astronia cumingiana
22
0.1521
Astronia cumingiana
22
0.2281
Dillenia sp.
20
0.1257
Ficus nota
60
0.2827
Litsea luzonica
19
0.1134
20
10
0.3142
Astronia cumingiana
17
0.0908
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Astronia cumingiana
24
0.1810
Syzygium
y yg u d
densinervium
u
19
9
0
0.1701
0
Shorea squamata
16
0.1206
Astronia cumingiana
13
0.0531
TOTAL
27.3582
p.2.2.1-51
Table 2.2.1-22

SAMPLE PAD B CAWAYAN
SCIENTIFIC NAME
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
13
0.0265
Kleinhovia hospita
40
0.2513
17
1.5
0.0340
10
0.0157
20
0.0628
Kleinhovia hospita
17
0.0227
22
0.2281
12
0.0452
Macaranga hispida
20
0.1257
22
0.1901
Macaranga hispida
16
0.0804
Macaranga hispida
12
0.0679
Syzygium nitidum
20
0.1885
12
0.0339
Astronia cumingiana
14
0.0308
Astronia cumingiana
12
0.0113
Ficus nota
14
0.0154
Syzygium nitidum
17
0.0454
17
0.0227
18
0.0509
40
0.1257
Macaranga hispida
24
0.1810
Macaranga hispida
19
0.1701
Ficus minlahassae
24
0.2714
Polyscias nodosa
15
0.1060
Macaranga hispida
23
0.0415
Macaranga hispida
20
0.0314
Macaranga hispida
24
0.0905
Macaranga hispida
18
0.1527
Macaranga hispida
13
0.0265
16
0.1206
Kleinhovia hospita
60
0.2827
Kleinhovia hospita
20
0.0628
Macaranga hispida
23
0.0831
Ficus irisana
18
0.0254
Ficus irisana
18
0.0254
Ficus irisana
18
0.0509
Ficus irisana
18
0.0509
p.2.2.1-52
Table 2.2.1-22

SAMPLE PAD B CAWAYAN (cont)
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Astronia cumingiana
dBH(cm)
MH(m)
VOLUME (m3)
15
0.0707
Astronia cumingiana
17
0.0454
Ficus irisana
16
0.0402
21
0.1385
14
0.0308
15
0.0353
16
0.0201
Polycias nodosa
12
0.0679
14
0.0308
12
0.0226
Kleinhovia hospita
10
0.0079
Kleinhovia hospita
29
0.0661
12
0.0226
10
0.0314
13
0.0531
13
0 0265
0.0265
19
0.1134
Kleinhovia hospita
30
0.0707
Macauanga hispida
19
0.1134
12
0.0113
13
0.0398
Shorea palosapis
34
0.3632
18
0.0763
Macauanga hispida
20
0.1257
13
0.0531
39
0.1195
50
0.1964
18
0.1018
35
0.0962
33
0.0855
Kleinhovia hospita
12
0.0226
Kleinhovia hospita
12
0.0226
Kleinhovia hospita
12
0.0226
TOTAL
5.7923
p.2.2.1-53
Plate 2.2.1 -1
Forest inventory at Plot 1
Plate 2.2.1 3
Plate 2.2.1 -2
Plate 2.2.1 -4
p. 2.2.1 -56
Plate 2.2.1 5
Plate 2.2.1 6
Plate 2.2.1 7
(NPC hydro area)
p. 2.2.1 -57
Plate 2.2.1-8:
Sample Plot No. 8 (Pad A Botong)
Plate 2.2.1-9:
Sample Plot No. 9 (Pad B Cawayan)
p.2.2.1-58
Plate 2.2.1-10:
Reforestation species intermingled w/ sparse
secondary forest species within the Tanawon block
Plate 2.2.1-11:
Abaca plantation at the southern portion of the
Tanawon block
Plate 2.2.1-12:
Cacao plantation found at the southern flank of the
Tanawon block
p.2.2.1-59
2.2.2 TERRESTRIAL FAUNA

A total of 118 species of wildlife was recorded from 19 transect lines established within the
primary and secondary impact areas of the Tanawon Geothermal Project. Of these, seven (7)
were amphibians, 15 were reptiles, 86 were birds and 10 were mammals. Birds were the biggest
group, which comprised 72.88% of the total number of species, followed by reptiles
12.71%>mammals 8.47%>amphibians 5.93%.
Based on their ecological status, majority of the species were endemic, with a total of 62
species, followed by residents with 45 species, migratory with 10 species and introduced
represented only by a single species. The species list, based on CITES II under the regulated
trade category, also included three (3) protected species such as the Malay monitor lizard
(Varanus salvator), the reticulated python (Python reticulatus) and the long-tailed macaque
(Macaca fascicularis), all of which were very common in forested areas of both primary and
secondary impact areas of the project. The list also included five (5) threatened endemic
species of birds such as the Luzon bleeding-heart pigeon (Gallicolumba luzonica), the bluenaped parrot (Tanygnathus lucionensis), the Philippine horned-owl (Bubo philippinensis), the
Rufous hornbill (Buceros hydrocorax) and the Tarictic hornbill (Penelopides panini). Added to
the threatened endemic were two (2) mammalian species such as the Golden-capped flying fox
(Acerodon jubatus) and the Philippine warty pig (Sus philippinensis). With the exception of the
Luzon bleeding-heart pigeon, all threatened endemic species can be found in all major islands in
the Philippines.
In conclusion, the relatively moderate to high species diversity indices in most of the transects
are indications of a rich and diverse wildlife species in the area covered by the Tanawon
Geothermal Project.
2.2.2.2 Methodology
A.
EIA Study Team
Terrestrial faunal survey, as part of this EIS, was conducted by Professor Pedro L. Alviola III of
University of the Philippines at Los Baos with the assistance of Mr. Alberto V. Batalla, Botany
Technician of PNOC-EDC.
B.
Location, Area and Scope of the Study
A total of nineteen (19) transect lines were established within the primary and secondary impact
areas of the project. Of these, 16 were established in the primary impact areas corresponding to
the locations of the proposed geothermal facilities, such as production well, re-injection wells,
power plant sites, and waste disposal area. The remaining three (3) transect lines were
established to represent habitats in the secondary impact areas, specifically located in the
Second Growth Forest below Mt. Tanawon. This was along the tributary of Cawayan River, and
in Taguman - Mt. Rock Dome range before the Botong Twin Falls. The relative locations of
transect lines are shown in Figure 2.1.3-1 (Hydrology module).
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Terrestrial Fauna)
p. 2.2.2 - 1
C.
A species inventory and individual count for vertebrate wildlife species (birds, reptiles,
amphibians, and mammals) captured, seen, observed and/or heard during the survey were
conducted. From the inventory and species count data, biodiversity parameters, such as species
diversity index, dominance index and evenness index, were derived. In addition, the various
species recorded were evaluated in regards to their ecological status.
D.
Methods/Procedures
The Rapid Assessment Method was adopted for species inventory. This was performed with the
establishment of several transect lines. Transect lines measuring 500 meters were instituted
along established trails and roads, wherein visibility was beyond 50 meters. Inside the forest,
where visibility is less than 50 meters, transect lines used were at least one kilometer in length.
Observed wildlife species were recorded together with the number of individuals. Observations
were based on actual sightings, calls, nest, diggings, footprints, and faecal droppings.
Mist nets were also used to capture terrestrial animals. Nets employed were 35 mm, mesh
mono-filament, 12 meters in length and two meters in width. To be effective and productive,
strategic locations were considered upon establishment of the nets. They were hoisted across
established trails and streams, or at the edge of the forest clearings, and among fruit trees. The
same mist nets used for birds were utilized for bats.
Snap traps were also used to capture nocturnal mammals. Most of the traps were baited with
roasted coconut meat mixed with peanut butter and occasionally with live earthworm for
possible vermivore species around the area. These traps were also situated in areas suspected
to be most productive. All captured individuals from mist nets and snap traps were released
immediately after identification and processing.
Ethnobiological survey was also conducted. This was achieved by interviews with the PNOC
EDC forest guards and residents of communities near the project site, of the occurrence and
distribution of terrestrial wildlife species.
E.
Data Analysis
Biodiversity parameters derived from this study were as follows; Species Diversity Index,
Dominance Index, and Evenness Index. However, only the avifaunal data were used for this
purpose as these wildlife species are mostly diurnal and their observation records are less bias.
Other wildlife group has that built-in bias due to the limitations of capture using mist nets and
traps. The following formulae were used:
Species Diversity Index ( H ) = - ( ni/N ln ni/N )
Dominance Index ( C ) = ( ni / N )2
Evenness Index ( e ) = H / ln S
where ,
N = is the total number of individuals in all species observed/captured

ni = is the number of number of individuals per species
S = number of species per transect
p. 2.2.2 - 2

A.
Species Inventory
A total of 118 species of wildlife was recorded at the project site. This consisted of seven (7)
Amphibians, 15 Reptiles, 86 Birds, and 10 Mammals (Table 2.2.2-1 and Appendix I-2 -Table 2.2.2-1). Birds were the largest group, of which comprised 72.88% of the total number of
species. The reptiles followed with 12.71%, then the mammals with 8.47%, and then amphibians
(frogs) with 5.93%.
Based on their ecological status, majority of the species were Endemic, with a total of 62
species. Of these, 47 were Common Endemics, of 39 species were birds, three (3) species
each were amphibians and reptiles, and two (2) species were mammals. Eight (8) species were
considered Rare Endemics and seven (7) species of birds and mammals as Threatened
Endemics. The threatened species were mainly birds and mammals, namely: Luzon bleedingheart pigeon (Gallicolumba luzonica), blue-naped parrot (Tanygnathus lucionensis), Philippine
horned-owl (Bubo philippinensis), Rufous hornbill (Buceros hydrocorax), Tarictic hornbill
(Penelopides panini), Golden-capped flying fox (Acerodon jubatus), and Philippine warty pig
(Sus philippensis).
The next abundant group were the Residents, with a total of 45 species. This was comprised of
41 Common Residents, consisting of 24 species of birds, nine (9) reptiles, five (5) mammals,
and three (3) frogs. Other Resident species included three (3) Protected Residents, namely:
the Malay monitor lizard (Varanus salvator), reticulated python (Python reticulatus), and the
long-tailed macaque (Macaca fascicularis). A single Rare Resident bird species, the Malaysian
giant needle-tail swift (Hirundapus giganteus), was also recorded.
The less abundant group were the Migratory birds, with a total of right (10) species. This was
comprised of a single rare migrant species of warbler (Locustella lanceolata), and nine (9)
common migrants, namely: river kingfisher (Alcedo atthis), barn swallow (Hirundo rustica), Arctic
leaf warbler (Phylloscopus borealis), grey wagtail (Motacilla cinerea), blue rock thrush
(Monticola solitaria), gray-spotted flycatcher (Muscicapa gresiesticta), chinese goshawk
(Accipiter soloensis), plaintive cuckoo (Cacomantis merulinus) and the common brown shrike
(Lanius cristatus).
The Introduced species were the least abundant group, consisting only of one (1) species, the
crested myna or martinez (Acrodotheres cristatellus).
B.
Threatened and Protected Species
Cites II includes species of wildlife that are protected with regulated trade category. At Tanawon
Geothermal Project site, three (3) species under this category were recorded, namely: Malay
monitor lizard, reticulated Python, and long-tailed macaque. These species, however, were very
common in forested areas both in the primary and secondary impact areas of the project.
In the secondary impact areas, where primary Lowland Dipterocarp Forests are still intact, the
species listing included five (5) endemic species of threatened birds, namely: Luzon bleedingheart pigeon, Blue-naped parrot, Philippine horned-owl, Rufous hornbill, and Tarictic hornbill,
and two (2) endemic mammalian species, namely: Golden-capped flying fox and Philippine
warty pig. With the exception of the Luzon bleeding-heart pigeon, these threatened species can
be found in all major islands in the Philippines. These wildlife are also true forest species found
only in Primary Lowland Dipterocarp Forest. Their presence in the forest habitats in the vicinity
p. 2.2.2 - 3
of Tanawon Geothermal Project Site is in fact advantageous as PNOC maintains a regular

forest patrol within the jurisdiction of its geothermal reserve, with the aim of preventing illegal
logging activities in the area. The protection of these important forest habitats will ensure the
survival of threatened species.
C.
Biodiversity Parameters
The number of species recorded in each transect ranged from 8 bird species in Transect 1
at the C-1 Drill Site and Transect 6 at the proposed reinjection Well Site -1 to 28 bird species
in Transect 15 in Taguman Mt. Rock Dome area (Table 2.2.2-2 and Appendix I-2 -Table 2.2.2 -2). Four other transects had more than twenty species recorded and these were
Transect 11 in a tributary of Cawayan River, Transect 12 in Power Plant Site 6, and Transects
16 and 18 both in Cawayan Site B. The average species record per transect was 14.16
species. Those transects with the highest recorded number of species were located in forested
areas, while those with lowest recorded species were transects located in disturbed areas
(Transect 3 and Transect 6).
The Species Diversity indices of nineteen (19) transects ranged from H = 1.84192 in Transect 8
at the Power Plant Site-2 to H = 2.99733 in Transect 11 at the Cawayan River tributary. The
transects with High range (2.5000 - 3.2499) of Species Diversity Indices were Transects 11, 12,
15, 16 and 18, while the rest were within the Moderate range (1.7500 - 2.4999). Species
diversity encompasses the number, types, and distribution of species within an area or
ecosystem.
The Dominance Indices ranged from a Very Low value of 0.07445 in Transect 15, at Taguman Mt. Rock Dome, to the highest value of 0.20487 in Transect 8, at Power Plant Site - 2. Most of
the Dominance Indices were in the Low category. Dominance index shows the characteristic of
the most abundant species. Low and very low indices suggest that no certain species has the
advantage to control and affect the environment of all other species in a given habitat, which
also signifies that the environment is still in transition.
The Evenness Indices were all within the Very High range (0.7500 - 1.000), with the lowest at
0.79683 in Transect 4 - Re-injection Well Site - 2, while the highest was 0.93117 at Transect 11
in Cawayan River tributary (Table 2.2.2-2). Evenness index refers to the relative abundance of
members of each species. High index value indicates distribution of individuals per species is
very close to one another. The index also shows the stability and greater probability for habitat
recovery.
With these computed biodiversity parameters and indices, species diversity is relatively
moderate to high in most of the transects, which signifies a rich wildlife biodiversity composition
of the area. Furthermore, the presence of an intact primary Lowland Dipterocarp Forest in the
vicinity means that the wildlife species that are temporarily disturbed in the project site have a
sanctuary area where these species can take refuge to. As long as PNOC EDC maintains
regular patrol in their area of jurisdiction, these forests serving as sanctuary area of wildlife, will
remain protected.
p. 2.2.2 - 4
Table 2.2.2-1.
Summary of the Wildlife Species Inventory and Percentage

Frequency of Various Categories
Number of Species
Categories
(Ecological Status)
Amphibians
Introduced
Residents
Common
Rare
Protected
Migratory
Common
Rare
Endemic
Common
Rare or uncommon
Threatened
TOTAL
Percent, %
Reptiles
Birds
1
Total
Percent, %
1
45
0.85
38.14
10
8.47
62
52.54
Mammal
3
-----
9
--2
24
1
---
5
--1
-----
-----
9
1
-----
3
1
--7
3
1
--15
39
6
5
86
2
2
10
5.93
12.71
72.88
8.47
118
100
p. 2.2.2 - 5
Table 2.2.2-2
Summary of Biodiversity Parameters of Various Transects established

in Tanawon Geothermal Project, Sorsogon, Sorsogon 2000 2002.
Transect Number and Location
No. of
Species Diversity
Dominance
Evenness
Species (S)
Index ( H )
Index ( C )
Index ( e )
C-1 Drill Pad, Tanawon
13 01.81N, 123 56.48E
10
2.05972
0.14956
0.89452
Power Plant Site - 5
13 01.59N, 123 56.43E
12
2.17605
0.13897
0.87571
13 01.53N, 123 56.31E
1.86305
0.17520
0.89594
Re-injection Well Site - 2
13 01.70N, 123 55.53E
16
2.20928
0.17420
0.79683
Lower Sulphatara Area
13 01.64N, 123 55.59E
15
2.20742
0.16674
0.81513
Re-injection Well Site - 1
13 01.87N, 123 55.58E
1.87334
0.17580
0.90089
Waste Disposal Area
13 01.94N, 123 55.62E
10
2.01056
0.16818
0.87317
13 02.05N, 123 55.78E
1.84192
0.20487
0.83829
13 02.15N, 123 56.24E
13
2.28556
0.12109
0.89107
10
Cawayan Power Plant
13 02.34N, 123 56.28E
10
1.89027
0.16476
0.82093
11
Cawayan River Tributary
13 02.28N, 123 56.66E
25
2.99733
0.10323
0.93117
12
13 01.89N, 123 56.58E
21
2.61855
0.11292
0.86.009
13
Tanawon Drill Site - B
13 01.89N, 123 56.33E
1.91545
0.17684
0.87176
14
13 01.84N, 123 56.32E
10
1.88633
0.20073
0.81922
15
Taguman/Mt. Rock Dome
28
2.92910
0.07445
0.87903
16
Cawayan Site B
13 01.90 N,123 57.32 E
18
2.53370
0.10927
0.87660
17
Cawayan Site B
13 01.99 N,123 57.15 E
20
2.60219
0.10032
0.86863
18
Botong Site R.I.
13 02.42 N,123 57.88 E
14
2.23030
0.13750
0.84511
19
Botong Site R.I.
13 02.20 N,123 57.94 E
13
2.18335
0.15450
0.82153
14.16
2.22702
0.14775
0.86197
Moderate
Very Low
Very High
AVERAGE
p. 2.2.2 - 6
p. 2.2.2 - 1
Plate 2.2.2-1:
Philippine Pit Viper showing its back
stripes suggesting it is still a subadult
Plate 2.2.2-2:
Faecal droppings of Palm Civet Cat,
consisting of coffee beans
p. 2.2.2 -7
2.2.3
AGRICULTURE
2.2.3.1 Summary Of Results and Conclusions

Around 20-30% of the Tanawon geothermal block is occupied by agricultural areas mainly
planted with coconut and abaca.
Lowland irrigated ricefields utilizing river water emanating from the Tanawon development block
total 609 hectares and are found along Capuy (50 has.), Ticol (87 has.) and Cawayan (472
has.) rivers. Other nearby irrigated ricefields are also found along Manitohan (142 has.),
Anahaw (~10 has.) and Osiao (~50 has.) rivers. Ricefields along Manitohan are found in two
general areas: at an upland plateau in So. Inang Maharang, Brgy. Nagotgot found 282 mASL,
and at the lowlands of Brgys. Balasbas, Bamban, Itba (Poblacion) and Pawa. These are
comprised of private or communal irrigation systems. In most farms, the average yield of rice is
4 metric tons (80 cavans) per harvest per year.
The textural grade of the lowland ricefield soils are generally loam to sandy loam. Soil nutrients
are generally sufficient.
The present levels of arsenic, boron, cadmium, chromium and lead in soil and rice grains are
typical of lowland irrigated soils in other areas of the country.
2.2.3.2
Methodology
The survey and sampling for agriculture were undertaken from Nov. 28 to Dec. 3, 2000 and
again in June 2002 by Teresa Peralta, Henry Roy, Conrado Orcena and Alberto Batalla of
PNOC-EDCs Environmental Management Division (EMD). The group was assisted by EMD
Forest Guards Mr. Jerry Ferrer and Mr. Vic Tubio, both of whom are local residents familiar with
the survey areas.

The survey focused on agricultural areas within the Tanawon geothermal block and ricefields
irrigated by rivers emanating or proximate to said block, as follows: Manitohan, Capuy, Ticol,
Cawayan, Anahaw and Osiao rivers. In each irrigation system, sampling was undertaken for
water, soil, and plant tissue analysis. Figure 2.2.3-1 presents the ricefields irrigated by the
above-mentioned rivers, along with the sampling stations.
C. Study Parameters
Area and yield parameters were determined for non-irrigated agricultural areas within the
Tanawon block.
For rice, study parameters focused on the profile of each irrigation system as follows: area
planted, number of farmers, and average yield. For the water, soil and plant tissue samples of
rice, laboratory analysis was undertaken by PNOC-EDC laboratory for various chemical
parameters such as metals and plant nutrients.
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Agriculture)
p. 2.2.3- 1
Agricultural areas were initially determined based on maps and field surveys. Data on irrigated
ricefields were secured from local offices such as the National Irrigation Administration (NIA),
City and Provincial Agriculltural Office, as well as barangay officials and the farmers themselves.
For each irrigation system, at least one sampling station as established using a composite
sampling method. In each station, soil was taken in 3 to 4 random points, at two different depths
of the root zone: 0-10 cm, 10-20 cm and 20-30 cm. Soils taken at a particular depth were
combined in one bag. Duplicate sampling was undertaken as one bag would be for physical soil
parameters and the other would be for chemical analysis.
For larger systems such as the one fed by Cawayan and Capuy-Ticol rivers, about 2 to 3
stations were established at the first ricefield(s) fed by the irrigation water, and one or two at the
mid section of the irrigation system.
All stations have been labelled with a BM-AS# as the prefix. BM stands for BacMan, while AS
stands for Agricultural Station. The number (#) represents each irrigation water source , while
the last letter represents the station within that particular system.
E.
List of Study Sources
Primary information was gathered through actual surveys and sampling, complemented by
interviews with farmers and barangay officials. Secondary data was sourced from agricultural
profiles of the Municipal /City Agricultural Office in Sorsogon, National Irrigation Administration,
and the Sorsogon Planning office.

A. Agriculture Profile of Sorsogon City
Sorsogon City is mainly an agricultural area. There are three major crops grown in Sorsogon, namely
coconut, abaca and rice. The latest draft Sorsogon City profile (merging data from the former Sorsogon
and Bacon municipalities) indicates that coconut is the dominant crop, comprising about 10,712 hectares.
Rice ranks second (2,637 hectares), while abaca (1,876 hectares) is the third dominant crop (Table 2.2.31).
In terms of production, the annual production of abaca ranges between 50 and 600 kilos of fiber,
the large difference depending on planting density. Ricefields, 75% of which are said to be
irrigated, have a production rate of 80 cavans per hectare with an annual total of 10,200 metric
tons annually.
Livestock raised in the locality include cattle, carabao, hog, goat, chicken an other fowls. Most
of these are raised at small scale. Cattle is raised mainly for meat. Carabaos are mainly used
as farm animals.
Aquaculture is made evident by the presence of backyard fishponds (2.9 hectares) and brackish
water fishpond (118.5 hectares) cultured with shrimp, prawn, milkfish and crabs. Details on
fisheries are discussed under the Marine Biology section of this report (section 2.2.5).
p. 2.2.3- 2
B. Profile of Irrigated Ricefields

Due to potential effects of river siltation or regulated discharge of geothermal brine, agricultural
surveys focused on irrigated ricefields fed by rivers emanating from the geothermal block.
These include ricefields at Capuy, Ticol, and Cawayan rivers totaling 609 hectares. Ricefields
fed by rivers proximate to the block were likewise studied.
In Sorsogon, rice is planted in two seasons. During the Wet Season, planting is done from June
to July, and harvesting is from September to October. During the Dry Season, planting
is
done from November to December, while harvesting is from March to April.
Irrigation systems are discussed per river system below.
1. Manitohan River
There are two major rice areas along Manitohan river: one area at an upland plateau in Inang
Maharang, Brgy. Nagotgot found about 282 meters above sea level (masl); and the other
general area is found towards the lower reaches of Manitohan river.
The Inang Maharang area is a flat extensive tract of rice area where several headwaters of
Manitohan river drain into. The total irrigated area is 108 hectares.
At the lower stretch of Manitohan river, there are about six (6) make-shift irrigation diversions .
The ricefields are rather scattered and are managed by private groups or individuals. The
aggregate area of irrigated ricefield total about 34 hectares, found in Brgy. Balasbas, Bamban,
Itba (Poblacion) and Pawa (Plates 2.2.3-1 and 2.2.3-2).
2. Ticol and Capuy River

Ticol and Capuy rivers are tapped for irrigation of about 87 hectares by a Capuy-Ticol
Communal Irrigation System at Brgy. Capuy, Ticol and So. Pocdol. There are two irrigation
diversion points, one along Ticol river, and other other along Capuy River. Water from one of
Ticol irrigation canals merges with the main Capuy irrigation canal to supply water to the rest of
the Capuy ricefields (Plates 2.2.3-3 to 2.2.3-6). Irrigation canals of both systems dissect
residential areas of the above-mentioned barangays. Along the Capuy irrigation canal, a lot of
garbage material was evident and was seen clogging the water path. Some of the garbage
even ended up in the ricefields.
There are 154 registered farmer-members in this system.
3. Cawayan River
Cawayan River is tapped by the National Irrigation Administration (NIA) for communal irrigation
using a gravity-type system. There are two main diversion canals on both sides of the irrigation
dam, one leading southwest to the Right Main Canal at Brgy. Basud, and the other leading
southeast to the Left Main Canal towards Brgy. Guinlajon (Plates 2.2.3-7 to 2.2.3-8). The Right
Main Canal is a concrete structure and it services a bigger area of 376 hectares at Brgys.
Basud, Guinlajon, Ticol, and Sitio Pocdol. This service area is managed by a BGTP-IA (Basud,
Guinlajon, Ticol, Pocdol Irrigators Association) composed of 375 members.
The concrete structure of the Left Main Canal was damaged and washed out by floods during a
heavy storm/downpour several years ago. Ricefields in this side of Cawayan river now utilize a
make-shift canal adjacent to the previous one. The irrigated ricefields in this area are
p. 2.2.3- 3
approximately 90 to 96 hectares, administered by BBG-IA (Guinlajon, Barayong, Irrigators

Association). BBG-IA has 78 members.
Although not irrigated by the Cawayan river, a small patch of spring-fed ricefield (~0.25 hectare)
is found beside one of its headwaters at about 500-600 masl in Azupre, Sorsogon (Plate 2.2.39). The ricefield was said to be recently abandoned after it was sold. The last harvest yielded
an average of 30 sacks.
Further upslope of the small ricefield but still alongside the Cawayan river headwater, water from
another spring is diverted to a small fishpond (Plate 2.2.3-10). Few fish consisting mostly of
tilapia, and a few talangka and katang are grown for personal consumption.
4. Anahaw River
Ricefields with an aggregate area of about 10 hectares are irrigated by Anahaw river and are
found west of Sorsogon city proper. The three make-shift irrigation intakes are found in Brgys.
Pangpang and Tugos (Plates 2.2.3-11 to 2.2.3-12). Farmers interviewed in the area have
mentioned flooding and drought as one of their major problems.
Plate 2.2.3-13 is a panoramic aerial view of the lowland ricefields both rainfed and irrigated by
various rivers within Sorsogon City.
5. Osiao River
There are approximately 50 hectares of ricefields along Osiao river found within Brgy. Osiao
(Plates 2.2.3-14 to 15). The ricefield is found northeast of the project, and is administered by a
PNOC-assisted Osiao Farmers Association (OFA). The irrigation canal is a make-shift type
using rocks to impound the river water.
C. Physical and Chemical Analysis of Soil, Plant Tissue and Water

Samples
Sampling stations for each irrigation system are indicated in Table 2.2.3-2. Soil, water and plant
samples were taken for physical and chemical analysis.
1 . Soil Texture
Table 2.2.3-3 indicates that the agricultural soils generally have loam to sandy loam texture.
The sand component is high due to proximity of the ricefields to the rivers.
2. Soil Fertility
Agricultural soils are rather acidic in nature. Nitrogen is rather high in all stations, except for one
station at Manitohan (BM-AS15A) which registered low N. Phosphorus (P) varied from low to
high, while potassium (K) was mostly sufficient except for one station at Inang Maharang
irrigated by Madanan Creek. (BM-AS3A)
p. 2.2.3- 4
3. Chemical Analysis of Soil and Rice Grains

The levels of arsenic, boron, cadmium, chromium and lead in ricefield soils are within typical
levels in Philippine lowland irrigated soils (Table 2.2.3-4). Arsenic is quite high in one
Manitohan station. Although arsenic and boron are comparatively higher in the rice grains
(Table 2.2.3-5), the levels of these metals are within ranges of typical levels found elsewhere in
the Philippines. Plants usually have higher levels of nutrients or metals compared to levels found
in soil. Lead was found to be relatively high in one station along Osiao river.
p. 2.2.3- 5
Table 2.2.3-1: Agricultural Area Planted and No. of Farmers

Crops
Coconut
Rice
Abaca
Total
Area (ha)
10,712
2,637
1,876
No. of farmers
696
3,165
7,334
15,225
14,195
Source: Draft Profile of the City of Sorsogon, 2002
Table 2.2.3-2: Agricultural Stations for Tanawon Geothermal Project

Water Source
Station Code
Station Description
Manitohan River
BM-AS 1A
First ricefield irrigated by Putingbato tributary of Manitohan river;

Inang Maharang area, Brgy. Nagotgot
First ricefield irrigated by Binodigahan tributary of Manitohan
river; Inang Maharang area, Brgy. Nagotgot
First ricefield irrigated by Madanan tributary of Manitohan river;
Inang Maharang area, Brgy. Nagotgot
Ricefield irrigated by two diversion canals along Manitohan river;
found across stn BM-AS10A; Sitio Marigong, Brgy. Balasbas
Ricefield using water from a leak in the freshwater pipeline of
Manito Drying Plant; water is from Manitohan river; Sitio Bunga,
Brgy. Pawa
Ricefield irrigated by Manitohan river; Sitio Bunga, Brgy. Pawa
Ricefield irrigated by second to the last irrigation diversion along
Manitohan river; Brgy. Itba (Poblacion); beside BM-AS 16A
Ricefield irrigated by the last irrigation diversion along Manitohan
river; Brgy. Itba (Poblacion); beside BM-AS 15A
First ricefield irrigated by Cawayan Left Main Canal; Brgy. Basud
First ricefield irrigated by Cawayan Right Main Canal; Brgy.
Basud
Ricefield irrigated by Cawayan Right Main canal found at the
midstream of the irrigation system; Brgy. Basud
Small patch of ricefield fed by a spring near a Cawayan
headwater; found 500-600 masl
First ricefield irrigated by Ticol river; behind Ticol school
BM-AS 2A
BM-AS 3A
BM-AS 8A
BM-AS 10A
BM-AS 11A
BM-AS 15A
BM-AS 16A
Cawayan river
BM-AS 60A
BM-AS 65A
BM-AS 65B
Cawayan spring
BM-AS100A
Ticol river
BM-AS 70A
BM-AS 70B
Capuy-Ticol
River
(combined)
Anahaw river
BM-AS 76A
BM-AS40A
BM-AS40B
Osiao river
BM-AS40C
BM-AS50A
BM-AS50B
BM-AS50C
Ricefield irrigated by midstream of Ticol irrigation; along highway

beside Health Center/ waiting shed
One of the first few ricefields irrigated by a combination of
Capuy-Ticol river irrigation
First ricefield irrigated by the first water intake along Anahaw
river
First ricefield irrigated by the second water intake along Anahaw
river
Ricefield irrigated by the third water intake along Anahaw river
First ricefield fed by Osiao river
Ricefield found at the mid section of the Osiao ricefields
Another ricefield found at the lower portion of the Osiao ricefields
p. 2.2.3- 6
Table 2.2.3-3 Soil Texture and Fertility

Water Source
Station Code
pH
Textural Grade
Manitohan River
BM-AS 1A
BM-AS 2A
BM-AS 3A
BM-AS 8A
BM-AS 10A
BM-AS 11A
BM-AS 15A
BM-AS 16A
BM-AS 60A
BM-AS 65A
BM-AS 65B
BM-AS100A
BM-AS 70A
BM-AS 70B
BM-AS 76A
5.4
6
6
6
6
6
5.4
5.8
5.4
5.4-5.8
5.8
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-H
M-H
H
H
H
M
L
L
L-M
M
M-H
M
M
H
M-H
M-H
SAP
SAP
DAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
L-SL
Lm
SLm
SLm
SLm
SLm
SLm
Lm
SLm
Lm-SLm
Lm-SLm
6
5.8-6.0
5.4-5.8
H
H
H
M
L-M
H
SAP
SAP
SAP
SLm
SLm
Lm
BM-AS40A
BM-AS40B
BM-AS40C
BM-AS50A
BM-AS50B
BM-AS50C
6.3-6.5
5.7-5.8
6.0-6.2
5.8
6.3-6.4
6.1
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
M
H
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
SAP
Cawayan river
Cawayan spring
Ticol river
Capuy-Ticol
River (combined)
Anahaw river
Osiao river
Legend:
L- Low
Lm- Loam
M- Medium
H- High
SLm Sandy Loam
SAP Sufficient Available Potassium
DAP- Deficient Available Potassium
p. 2.2.3- 7
Table 2.2.3-4: Chemical Analysis of Agricultural Soils *

(units in ppm)
Water
Source
Station Code
Date
As
Cd
Cr
Pb
BM-AS 1A
12/3/00
2.0
<0.10
0.07
4.8
15
BM-AS 2A
BM-AS 3A
BM-AS 8A
BM-AS 10A
BM-AS 11A
BM-AS 15A
BM-AS 16A
BM-AS 60A
12/3/00
12/3/00
12/28/00
12/28/00
12/28/00
12/28/00
12/3/00
12/29/00
2.2
28.6
0.4
1.2
1.9
1.6
0.73
<0.10
<0.10
0.17
0.26
<0.10
0.35
0.19
0.89
0.77
0.94
0.77
0.77
0.77
0.77
5.6
5.4
6.7
6.7
4.4
4.4
4.6
15
14
15
16
16
16
15
BM-AS 65A
BM-AS 65B
12/29/00
12/3/00
0.66
1.4
0.49
0.26
<0.10
<0.10
4.4
5.6
11
12
Ticol river
BM-AS 70A
BM-AS 70B
12/29/00
12/29/00
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
6.7
5.6
12
12
Capuy-Ticol
River
(combined)
Anahaw
river
BM-AS 76A
12/29/00
0.68
<0.10
0.59
6.7
18
BM-AS40A
06/02
<0.10
<1.0
0.4-0.5
9.8-10
9.6
BM-AS40B
BM-AS40C
BM-AS50A
BM-AS50B
BM-AS50C
06/02
06/02
06/02
06/02
06/02
<0.10
<0.10
2.2-3.7
1.7-3.7
1.2-1.7
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
0.5
0.5-0.7
0.4-0.6
0.6-0.7
0.7
8.8
9-10
1.-11
11
10
9.2-9.6
11-30
10-12
11-210
17
Manitohan
River
Cawayan
river
Osiao river
* Analysis by PNOC-EDC EMD Laboratory
Table 2.2.3-5: Chemical Analysis of Rice Grains *

(units in ppm)
Water
Source
Manitohan
River
Cawayan
River
Station Code
Date
As
Cd
Cr
Pb
BM-AS 1A
12/3/00
3.68
1.7
<0.10
<0.50
<0.50
BM-AS 2A
BM-AS 3A
BM-AS 10A
BM-AS 60A
12/3/00
12/3/00
12/29/00
12/28/00
3.92
2.71
2.49
2.56
1.1
1.2
1.0
2.1
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
<0.10
<0.50
<0.50
<0.50
<0.50
<0.50
<0.50
<0.50
<0.50
p. 2.2.3- 8
Plate 2.2.3 - 1:
One of the make-shift irrigation diversions along Manitohan
River (stn. BMAS9)
Plate 2.2.3 - 2:
At the foreground is one of the ricefields (BM-AS11A) irrigated by Manitohan River. The area is just below the
existing Manitohan Drying Plant of PNOC-EDC
p. 2.2.3-10
Plate 2.2.3-3:
Irrigation water from Ticol river (right horizontal canal) merges with waters from Capuy River (left vertical canal).
To the left is Capuy River. Note the turbid state of the river after a storm.
Plate 2.2.3 - 4:
Station BM-AS76A is a ricefield irrigated by Capuy-Ticol river.
Note the garbage at the ricefield
p. 2.2.3-11
Plate 2.2.3-5:
Main irrigation canal tapping water from Ticol river
Plate 2.2.3-6:
Ricefield station BMAS70B is irrigated by Ticol River
p. 2.2.3-12
Plate 2.2.3-7:
Irrigation dam along Cawayan River
Plate 2.2.3-8:
One of the first few ricefields fed by Cawayan Irrigation System
(stn. BM-AS65A)
p. 2.2.3-13
Plate 2.2.3-9:
A patch of ricefield upslope of Cawayan headwater. Water is sourced from nearby spring. Elevation is 500-600 masl.
Plate 2.2.3-10:
A backyard type fishpond found upslope of a Cawayan tributary. Fish grown (mostly tilapia) are for household consumption.
Water is sourced from another spring along Cawayan river. The pond is located further upslope of the above ricefield.
p. 2.2.3-14
Plate 2.2.3-11:
Irrigation diversion along Anahaw river
Plate 2.2.3-12:
Ricefield station BM-AS41B is irrigated by Anahaw river
p. 2.2.3-15
Plate 2.2.3-13:
Panoramic view of the lowland ricefields irrigated by various rivers within Sorsogon City. Photo facing south of the Tanawon area towards
Sorsogon Bay
p. 2.2.3-16
Plate 2.2.1-14:
Water from Osiao river is diverted for irrigation of ricefields at Brgy. Osiao
Plate 2.2.1-15:
Ricefield station BM-AS50B irrigated by Osiao river
p. 2.2.3-17
2.2.4 Freshwater Flora and Fauna

The biological survey of 18 sampling stations from nine (9) river systems to be potentially
affected by the Tanawon Geothermal Project resulted in the recovery of the following taxa: 38
phytoplankton, 13 zooplankton, 58 benthic fauna, eight (8) riverine fishes and three (3)
crustaceans.
The diatoms (Bacillariophyta) dominated in number in almost all stations, except in stations
BMGP-121, BMGP-107 and BMGP-12, which were dominated by the green algae
(Chlorophyta). The blue-green algae (Cyanophyta) and the euglenophytes (Euglenophyta) were
minor components in the surveyed river systems. Nitzchia, a genus, represented mostly by
tolerant and resistant species were recovered in great number at BMGP-127 and BMGP 132,
stations heavily influenced by the extensive ricefields along its riparian environment. Based on
the diversity index values of all stations, the phytoplankton species diversity was classified as
moderate to highly diverse.
The zooplankton were impoverished both in number of species and individuals. This, however,
is typical of a river system due to its unidirectional and fast-flowing nature, which are
unfavorable to zooplankton.
Benthic fauna in the surveyed rivers, based on diversity index values, were moderately to highly
diverse. Mayflies (Ephemeroptera) were the most dominant groups, both in number of species
and individuals. This was followed by trueflies (Diptera)>caddisflies (Trichoptera)>aquatic
beetles (Coleoptera). Generally, the dominance of mayflies with the presence of clean-water
indicators (e.g., Heptagenia sp. and Leptophlebiidae) and the poorness of trueflies may be an
indication of a relatively good quality of water in the surveyed rivers. This was, however,
expected due to the absence of major sources of pollution in the area, other than from
agricultural activities.
The dominant fish species in the surveyed rivers, based on interviews, was tilapia (Oreochromis
niloticus), followed by freshwater eel (Anguilla spp.) and native catfish (Clarias batrachus). The
low species count in the surveyed rivers may not necessarily be factual, as comprehensive
inventory of fishery was not undertaken due to worst weather conditions brought by the typhoon
when the survey was conducted.
2.2.4.2 Methodology
A.
EIA Study Team
The freshwater biological survey for this environmental impact statement was conducted by Mr.
Josefo B. Tuyor, with assistance from EMD Field Technicians and local guides. The survey was
conducted from December 4-8, 2000.
B.
Location, Area and Scope of the Study
Fourteen (19) sampling stations from seven (9) river systems were surveyed to document their
present biological composition and conditions prior to the commencement of the project. The
selection of river systems for this study was based on the origin of their headwaters and/or
tributaries, i.e., within the 2,460-hectare geothermal block, and their likelihood to be directly or
indirectly affected by the project. For river systems known to be directly affected by the project,
at least three (3) sampling stations were established to represent the upstream, midstream and
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Freshwater Flora & Fauna)
p.2.2.4 -1
downstream sections of the river. River systems that are outside of the block were also included
in the sampling to serve as control, but the number of station was reduced to only one (1).
The descriptions and mapping of stations are presented under the Hydrology module (see
Section 2.1.3 and Fig. 2.1.3-1).
C.
The community composition, relative density and ecological indices, such as richness, diversity
and evenness indices, were determined for phytoplankton and benthic fauna. For zooplankton,
only the community composition and the total number of individuals per sample were derived,
due to their poor representation in the samples. For fish, only partial listing of species was done,
as actual collection was almost impossible due to high river flow and flooding brought by the
typhoon rains when the survey was conducted.
D.
Methods/Procedures
1.
Plankton
Plankton (phytoplankton and zooplankton) were collected by filtering a 50-liter river water with a
standard Wisconsin-type plankton net, with a mesh size of 63 m. Water samples filtered by the
net were collected close to the river banks and, where depth allows, at the center of the river, to
maximize the collection. Two separate collections/filtration were done for each station, i.e., one
for phytoplankton and one for zooplankton. After each filtration, sample was emptied into a 500ml bottle and fixed with 5% formaldehyde. Samples were brought to the laboratory for
processing, identification and density count.
At the laboratory, samples were allowed to stand for at least a week to ensure that planktonic
organisms have settled. The overlaying water was carefully pipetted out until the sample volume
was about 250 ml. The samples were then transferred to a tall glassware and again allowed to
stand for a week. Again, the overlaying water was removed until the volume was about 50 ml.
These were then transferred to centrifuge tubes and the volume adjusted to 50 ml. For
zooplankton, a 1 ml aliquote was transferred to a counting chamber and observed under a light
microscope for identification and counting. For phytoplankton, a sub-sample was placed on a
hemacytometer and observed under a light microscope for identification to the lowest possible
taxa.
2.
Benthos
A modified kick sampling method was employed to collect benthic fauna. This was done by
disturbing the substrate, either by foot or by hand, enclosed by and upstream of the Surber
sampler with a frame area of 0.1 m2, to dislodge organisms and collect them into the net of the
sampler. Specifically, rocks and boulders enclosed by and upstream of the sampler were
scraped very slightly to dislodge the organisms clinging on them, while gravel, sand and all other
types of substrates enclosed by and upstream of the frame were disturbed. This exercise was
repeated several times across the river for each station to a total of 5 minutes to collect as much
as possible all range of benthic organisms from various types of substrates. Each sample was
emptied into a 1-liter bottle and fixed with 5% formaldehyde.
At the laboratory, samples were sieved using a net with a mesh size of 100 m. The sieved
samples were then examined under a stereomicroscope and organisms were identified up to the
lowest possible taxa and population density (in m2) calculated for each station.
3.
Fishery
p.2.2.4 -2
Fish inventory was limited only at the three major river systems, namely Cawayan river, Rizal
river and Ticol river, due to flooding and turbidity of the river water brought by the typhoon rains.
Notwithstanding, visual observation was tried despite of the worst weather conditions. This was
done by standing very quietly for about 5 minutes per station and recording all the species seen.
In addition, interviews with the local inhabitants were also being conducted to determine the fish
species being caught in these major river systems.
E.
Data Analysis
The data were analyzed using the EcoStat (Ecological Statistics) program by Ludwig and
Reynolds (1988). Biological indices derived from the said program included Margalef Richness
Index (R1), Shannon-Weaver Diversity Index (H) and Evenness Index 5 (E5).
The following formulae were used:
R1 = S -1/ln (n)
where:
S = total no. of species
n = total no. of individuals
R1 = Margalef Richness Index
s
H = - [(ni/n) ln (ni/n)]
I=1
where:
ni = no. of individuals belonging to the ith of S species in the sample
n = total no. of individuals in the sample
H = Shannon-Weaver Diversity Index
E5 = N2-1/N1-1
where:
N1 = no. of abundant species in the sample
N2 = no. of very abundant species
E5 = Evenness Index 5
F.
Study Sources
All information and data contained and presented under this module were based on primary
sources, derived mainly from the survey conducted from December 4-8, 2000.

A.
Plankton
1.
Phytoplankton: Composition
Twenty six (38) genera from four (4) divisions of phytoplankton were represented in the
surveyed rivers (Table 2.2.4-1). The diatoms (Bacillariophyta) were the most represented, with
p.2.2.4 -3
26 genera. This was followed by the green algae (Chlorophyta), with seven (7) and then the
blue-green algae (Cyanophyta), with three (3) and the euglenophytes (Euglenophyta), with two
(2). In terms of relative density (percent composition) per sample, the diatoms were the most
dominant in all stations, except in stations BMGP-121 (Capuy river), BMGP-107 (Menito river)
and BMGP-12 (Manitohan river), which were dominated by the green algae. The blue-green
algae and the euglenophytes, on one hand, were poor components in all rivers. The relative
density (cells/liter) in all station, with the exception of BMGP-127 (middle reaches of Ticol river),
was relatively low (i.e., <1000 cells/li) compared with other river systems sampled before by
PNOC (e.g., So. Leyte Geothermal Project). The only station, where density was extremely high
over the rest, was in BMGP-127 and BMGP 132 (Anahaw river), the bulk of which was Nitzchia
sp., which comprised about 54% and >99% of the total population. This is rather very interesting
considering that the genus, Nitzchia, is represented mostly by resistant and tolerant species to
various types and degrees of disturbance. They are particularly tolerant to eutrophication and
high amount of pesticides (Martinez-Goss, 2000). Incidentally, these stations receiving large
volume of irrigation water from extensive ricefields found along its riparian environment. This
may explain the dominance of Nitzchia in this station.
2.
Richness, Diversity and Evenness Indices
Table 2.2.4-2 shows the values of various ecological indices derived from each station using
the EcoStat program. Generally, the Shannon diversity index (H), whose value is normally used
to indicate the species diversity in a particular area, exceeded the value of one (>1) in all
stations. This may be interpreted to mean that all stations have moderately to highly diverse
phytoplankton communities. This was made possible by the high evenness indices in almost all
stations due to the absence of dominant species.
The lowest diversity indices were recorded at stations BMGP-12 (Manitohan river) and BMGP127 (Ticol river). The low index value for BMGP-12 can be attributed to its low richness index
(0.73) due to its poor species number (only 4 species). BMGP-127, despite of its high species
richness (1.68), had recorded the second lowest diversity index value because of the dominance
of Nitzchia sp., which accounted for about 54% of the total composition in the sample. The same
was observed in Anahaw river (BMGP 132) in which Nitzchia accounted for more than 99% of
the total plankton density. The diversity index value is presumed to reduce in polluted water
bodies due to the reduction in species number, as a result of both mortality and migration of
sensitive species to unaffected areas, and the proliferation of tolerant or resistant species
favored by the type of pollution.
3.
Zooplankton: Composition
A total of 13 taxa was recorded, excluding copepod molts, copepodites and nauplii of copepods,
which can not be identified to sub-order or lower levels (Table 2.2.4-3). The zooplankton were
represented by three groups, namely Rotifera with five (5) species, Cladocera and Copepoda
with four (4) species each. The number of species and individuals, like any other river system,
was very low. This, however, is typical of river systems due to their unidirectional and fastflowing nature which are unfavorable to plankton. Plankton are known to be largely at the mercy
of water currents for their movement, hence they tend to be more important in lakes and
stagnant water bodies, than in river systems, where there is always a continual drift downstream
to the sea (Payne, 1986).
Among the surveyed river systems, Ticol river had the highest number of species and
individuals, especially in station BMGP 126. This particular station is found at the lower reaches
of the river, with slow flowing water, a physical attribute favorable to zooplankton (Plate 2.2.4-1).
The two major river systems, namely Cawayan and Rizal, are next in ranks in terms of the
number of species. No zooplankton species was recovered from Bucalbucalan river, where
sampling was done at the riffles. This was, however, expected due to its fast-flowing water.
p.2.2.4 -4
There were no rare or endemic species recorded. Majority of the species were common, with
cosmopolitan distribution. The calanoids were not identified to a level lower than the suborder,
as only molts were collected and dissection was impossible. The same also for copepod molts.
Among copepods, harpacticoids were the most difficult group to identify because of their
complicated body morphology. In the absence of a good and reliable key, identification to lower
level proved to be very difficult.
B.
Benthic Fauna
1.
Composition
The species of benthic fauna recorded from various river systems are listed in Table 2.2.4-4.
The list included a total of 58 species, mostly aquatic insects from thirteen (13) families, with
Hydracarina (water mites), Tricladida and Nais sp., as minor components. Molluscs were not
recovered in the Surber sampler in any of the stations. However, based on visual observation at
the pool sections of Rizal river, the gastropods such as Stenomelania asperans, Melanoides
tuberculata, M. subplicata, Clithon bicolor, and even the golden apple snail or golden kuhol
(Pomacea canaliculata), were observed. The bivalve, Corbicula manilensis, was also observed
at Ticol river particularly at station BMGP 126, where sediment was sandy and with slow water
flow. Of the aquatic insects, mayflies (Ephemeroptera) were, by far, the most dominant groups
in all rivers in terms of number of species and individuals, with a total of eight species from three
different families and with overall percentage over the whole benthic population that ranges from
44.44% to 97.68%, respectively. These were mostly Baetid mayflies, with clean-water indicators
such as Heptagenia sp. and Leptophlebiidae as relatively minor components. The various
species of Baetidae were identified and separated from each other based on the sizes of their
lateral/spiracle wings, i.e., from tiniest to largest. The second most dominant group are the
Trueflies (Diptera), with seven (7) species. Other relatively important groups included the caddis
flies (Trichoptera) and the aquatic beetles (Coleoptera).
Of the river systems surveyed, Ticol and Anahaw rivers had the highest number of species.
These were closely followed by the smaller rivers such as Capuy and Bucalbucalan and the
bigger Osiao river The bigger rivers like Cawayan, Rizal and Manitohan exhibited lower number
of species. This, however, may not be factual as riffles and middle sections of these rivers were
not sampled due to high flow and flooding during the survey.
The population of polluted-water indicators (e.g., Nais sp. and Chironomus spp.) was negligible.
This may be an indication of a good quality of water of the sampled river systems.
2.
Richness, Diversity and Evenness Indices
Table 2.2.4-5 shows the richness, diversity and evenness indices of benthic fauna in river
systems being surveyed. All stations, with the exception of BMGP 71 of Manitohan river, had
Shannon diversity indices (H) of more than one (>1), which is an indication that these rivers
have moderately to highly diverse benthic fauna communities. Of these river systems, Ticol had
the richest species and the highest diversity index value. Other river systems with high richness
and diversity indices included the smaller ones such as Capuy and Bucalbucalan. The bigger
rivers such as Cawayan, Rizal and Manitohan have relatively lower number of species and
lower diversity indices. Again, these values may not be factual as sampling in these river
systems were limited only to the river banks and shallow sections. Riffles and middle sections of
these rivers were not sampled due to the high water level and flooding during the time of the
survey (see Plates 2.2.4-2 & 2.2.4-3).
The order of dominance, in terms of number of species and individuals, of major groups is as
follows: Ephemeroptera>Diptera>Trichoptera>Coleoptera. The dominance of Ephemeroptera
p.2.2.4 -5
and the presence of clean-water indicators in these river systems (e.g., Heptagenia sp. &
Leptophlebiid mayflies) may be an indication of a relatively good river water quality. This is,
however, expected due to the absence of major polluters, especially in the upper and middle
reaches of the surveyed river systems.
C.
Fishery
As pointed out earlier, the fishery survey was limited only at the three major river systems
drained by the project. The survey in other river systems was hampered by the worst weather
conditions brought by the typhoon.
The list of riverine fish and crustacean species found at the three major river systems is shown
in Table 2.2.4-6. A total of 11 species, eight (8) of which were fish and three (3) were
crustaceans, was recorded. The list was based on visual observation and interviews with the
riparian inhabitants, who presumably have full knowledge on the types of fish caught in their
respective river systems. The list may not necessarily be a reflection of the fish diversity in these
rivers as survey was not extensive and was hampered by worst weather conditions. Actual
collection was not also done due to high water level and flooding of the said rivers.
In a previous survey conducted for the existing BacMan Geothermal Power Field as part of the
EIA process, fish species, other than those reflected in the list, were also reported. These
included the catfish eels (Plotosus anguillaris), the flatheads (Platycephalus spp.), Glossogobius
giurus, and species of Mugil and Ambassis. The first three species were probably not observed
during the survey because of their benthic habits and their preference for pool areas. These
types of environments were almost impossible to find due to high water level and flooding.
Mugil and Ambassis are estuarine species, thus they were not expected to be recorded in a
purely riverine environment.
Based on interviews, tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) proved to be the most common species in
the said rivers. This was followed by freshwater eel (Anguilla spp.) and native catfish (Clarias
batrachus).
1.
Occurrence of Epizootic Ulcerative Syndrome (EUS) in Fish
At this stage where project is not yet commencing, it would be important to mention that a
disease affecting freshwater fishes at the lower reaches of Ticol river (BMGP 126) was
reported by farmers in Sitio Pocdol. Based on farmers symptomatic descriptions of the
affected fish, it appears that the disease is similar to Epizootic Ulcerative Syndrome (EUS)
caused by the fungus, Aphanomyces sp., which commonly attacks Asian fishes. Most
striking symptoms of the disease are internal bleeding and flesh ulcerations, which, to an
ordinary person, give an impresssion that a decomposing fish is swimming (lumalangoy
na bulok na isda as farmers described it). One of the farmers interviewed attributed the
disease to the drilling activities of PNOC at the Cawayan area. When asked if the disease
was already reported to and investigated by BFAR, the same farmer said yes and that
BFAR personnel attributed it to the dumping of garbage by the riparian communities into
the river.
It was explained to them that BFARs finding is partly true. The EUS disease is triggered
by enrichment of river water that favors the population of Aphanomyces fungus, the
causative agent. Enrichment may have been caused by garbage, but most importantly, by
agricultural activities in Ticol area. Ticol is highly agricultural and the river served as
recipient of all agricultural wastes, especially fertilizers, which may have greatly enriched
the river. This was indicated by the dominance of Nitzchia in Ticol river. It was noted that
the river water was slow flowing and shallow, thus flushing of wastes into the marine
environment is very slow and accumulation of nutrients would be high. Finally, it was
p.2.2.4 -6
explained that the same phenomenon occurred in river systems drained by agricultural
areas, particularly irrigated ricefields (e.g., Carigara in Leyte and Hinundayan in So.
Leyte).
p.2.2.4 -7
Table 2.2.4-1
List of phytoplankton and algal species recorded from river systems around the Tanawon Geothermal Project.
DIVISION/GENERA
Cawayan
River
BMGP
98
I. CYANOPHYTA
Oscillatoria sp.
Spirulina sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
20
0
0.00
20
9.10
10
10
II. CHLOROPHYTA
Chlamydomonas sp.
Cosmarium sp.
Hydrodictyon sp.
Oocystis sp.
Tetraedron sp.
Trochiscia sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
20
30
33.30
III. EUGLENOPHYTA
Lepocinclis sp.
Trachelomonas sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
20
20
22.20
IV. BACILLARIOPHYTA
Achnantes sp.
Coconeis sp.
Cyclotella sp.
Cymbella sp.
Denticula sp.
Diatoma sp.
Gomphonema sp.
Gyrosigma sp.
Navicula sp.
Neidium sp.
BMGP
24
Ticol
River
BMGP
35
80
10
90
18.40
40
10
BMGP
127
BMGP
126
Capuy
River
BMGP
121
Bucalbucalan
River
BMGP
111
Rizal
River
BMGP
79
BMGP
103
10
0
0.00
0
0.00
30
10
10
2.60
0
0.00
100
30
10
4.20
Menito
River
BMGP
104
BMGP
80
BMGP
107
Manitohan
River
BMGP
12
BMGP
71
10
0
0.00
20
10
6.70
0
0.00
10
10
6.70
0
0.00
0
0.00
10
40
50
10
10
20
13.30
10
60
120
38.70
10
30
90
60.00
30
40
66.70
10
10
30
23.10
30
30
20.00
10
10
3.20
30
30
20.00
10
10
16.70
10
10
40
10
10
10
30
13.60
0
0.00
10
10
10
50
10.20
10
20
60
2.60
20
20
9.10
10
50
30
220
56.40
30
30
6.1
10
10
0.40
30
30
13.60
20
50
70
17.90
10
150
60
20
10
70
20
100
30
30
8.30
10
30
60
25.00
40
20
60
31.60
80
80
22.20
40
40
16.70
30
10
40
21.10
20
10
20
30
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
60
20
10
10
10
10
7.70
30
10
10
10
10
10
90
80
50
10
130
10
510
40
10
50
30
40
10
20
50
10
10
30
30
30
10
40
20
10
20
30
Table 2.2.4-1 (contd.)

DIVISION/GENERA
Cawayan
River
BMGP
98
Nitzchia sp.
Opephora sp.
Pinnularia sp.
Surirella sp.
Rhopalodia sp.
Fragilaria sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
TOTAL NO. OF SPECIES
RELATIVE DENSITY
(CELLS/LITER)
BMGP
24
80
Ticol
River
BMGP
35
BMGP
127
1,270
20
10
BMGP
126
40
Capuy
River
BMGP
121
30
Bucalbucalan
River
BMGP
111
100
Rizal
River
BMGP
79
30
BMGP
103
10
40
44.40
170
77.30
320
65.30
10
2,270
97.00
7
90
9
220
12
490
14
2,340
Menito
River
BMGP
104
20
BMGP
80
BMGP
107
Manitohan
River
BMGP
12
10
BMGP
71
10
10
10
20
10
170
77.30
90
23.10
250
69.40
130
54.20
90
47.40
90
60.00
180
58.10
20
13.30
10
16.70
90
69.20
8
220
12
390
10
360
11
240
9
190
10
150
14
310
7
150
4
60
8
130
Table 2.2.4-1 List of phytoplankton and algal species recorded from river systems around the Tanawon Geothermal Project
DIVISION/GENERA
Cawayan River
BMGP
98
I. CYANOPHYTA
Anabaena sp.
Oscillatoria sp.
Spirulina sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
20
0
0
20
9.1
10
10
II. CHLOROPHYTA
Chlamydomonas sp.
Cosmarium sp.
Hydrodictyon sp.
Oocystis sp.
Tetraedron sp.
Spirogyra sp.
Trochiscia sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
20
30
33.3
III. EUGLENOPHYTA
Lepocinclis sp.
Trachelomonas sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
20
20
22.2
IV. BACILLARIOPHYTA
Achnantes sp.
Amphora sp.
Coconeis sp.
Coscinodiscus sp.
Cyclotella sp.
Cymbella sp.
Denticula sp.
Diatoma sp.
Gomphonema sp.
Guinardia sp.
Gyrosigma sp.
Lauderia sp.
Melosira sp.
Navicula sp.
Neidium sp.
BMGP
24
Ticol River
BMGP
35
80
10
90
18.4
40
10
BMGP
127
BMGP
126
Capuy
River
BMGP
121
Bucalbucalan
BMGP
111
Rizal River
BMGP
79
BMGP
103
10
0
0
0
0
30
10
10
2.6
0
0
100
30
10
4.2
Menito
BMGP
104
BMGP
80
River
Manitohan River
BMGP
107
BMGP
12
BMGP
71
20
BMGP
72
BMGP
64
7
640
10
0
0
Osiao River
10
6.7
0
0
10
10
6.7
0
0
0
0
10
40
50
10
10
647
9.3
Anahaw River
BMGP
66
BMGP
133
BMGP
132
3
17
0
0
20
6.8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20
37
10
10
50
10
10
10
30
13.6
50
10.2
20
60
2.6
20
20
9.1
30
220
56.4
0
0
30
30
6.1
10
10
0.4
30
30
13.6
20
50
70
17.9
10
150
10
40
10
10
10
30
30
8.3
30
60
25
80
80
22.2
40
40
16.7
10
20
60
31.6
20
13.3
60
120
38.7
30
90
60
30
40
66.7
30
10
40
21.1
30
30
20
10
10
3.2
30
30
20
10
10
16.7
10
10
233
10
20
10
30
23.1
233
3.4
10
10
7.7
0
0
30
70
60
20
10
40
890
10
10
10
70
20
100
20
30
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
10
37
23
10
10
10
10
10
90
130
40
40
80
10
10
10
50
10
30
10
20
5
10
7
60
50
10
510
50
30
20
10
30
30
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Freshwater Flora and Fauna)
40
20
30
2,210
77
3
17
77
p. 2.2.4-8
60

DIVISION/GENERA
Cawayan River
BMGP
98
Nitzchia sp.
Opephora sp.
Pinnularia sp.
Phaeodactylum sp.
Pleurosigma sp.
Rhizosolenia sp.
Skeletonema sp.
Surirella sp.
Thalassiosira sp.
Rhopalodia sp.
Fragilaria sp.
Subtotal
Percentage
RELATIVE DENSITY
(CELLS/LITER)
Ticol River
BMGP BMGP
24
35
80
BMGP
BMGP
127
126
1,270
40
20
10
BucalMenito River
Capuy
Rizal River
River
bucalan
BMGP
BMGP
BMGP
BMGP BMGP BMGP
BMGP
121
103
104
107
111
79
80
30
100
30
20
Manitohan River
Osiao River
Anahaw River
BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP

12
71
72
64
66
1,690
33
70
10
10
BMGP
133
2,620
BMGP
132
670
10
10
10
13
7
10
10
10
10
20
10
10
40
44.4
170
77.3
320
65.3
10
2,270
97
170
77.3
90
23.1
250
69.4
130
54.2
90
47.4
90
60
180
58.1
20
13.3
10
16.7
90
69.2
1,260
6,060
87.3
176
100.0
3
276
93.2
2,643
100.0
800
100.0
7
90
9
220
12
490
14
2,340
8
220
12
390
10
360
11
240
9
190
10
150
14
310
7
150
4
60
8
130
8
6,940
7
176
11
296
3
2,643
6
800
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (FreshwaterFlora and Fauna)
p. 2.2.4-9
Table 2.2.4-2 Richness, diversity and evenness indices of phytoplankton in river system around the Tanawon Geothermal Project
Biological Indices
Number of Species (N0)

Margalef Richness Index (R1)
Shannon Diversity Index (H')
Eveness Index 5 (E5)
Ticol
River
Cawayan
River
BMGP
98
BMGP
24
BMGP
35
BMGP
127
BMGP
126
7
1.33
1.89
1.00
9
1.48
1.78
0.70
12
1.78
2.19
0.86
14
1.68
1.48
0.54
8
1.3
1.94
0.92
Capuy BucalRizal
Menito
Manitohan
Osiao
Anahaw
River bucalan
River
River
River
River
BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP
121
111
79
103
104
80
107
12
71
64
66
72
132
133
12
1.84
2.25
0.81
10
1.53
2.03
0.79
11
1.82
2.22
0.88
9
1.52
2.09
0.94
10
1.8
2.18
0.91
14
2.27
2.4
0.84
7
1.2
1.73
0.85
4
0.73
1.24
0.85
8
1.43
1.95
0.92
7
1.16
1.52
0.72
12
1.76
1.86
0.76
8
0.79
1.63
0.88
p. 2.2.4-10
6
0.75
0.66
0.37
3
0.25
0.05
0.05
Table 2.2.4-2 Richness, diversity and evenness indices of phytoplankton in river systems around the Tanawon Geothermal
Project.
Biological Indices

Margalef Richness Index
(R1)
Shannon Diversity Index
(H)
Evenness Index 5 (E5)
Cawayan
River
Ticol
River
Capuy
River
Rizal
River
Menito
River
Manitohan
River
BMGP
98
7
1.33
BMGP
24
9
1.48
BMGP
35
12
1.78
BMGP
127
14
1.68
BMGP
126
8
1.30
BMGP
121
12
1.84
Bucalbucalan
River
BMGP
111
10
1.53
1.89
1.78
2.19
1.48
1.94
2.25
2.03
2.22
2.09
2.18
2.40
1.73
1.24
1.95
1.00
0.70
0.86
0.54
0.92
0.81
0.79
0.88
0.94
0.91
0.84
0.85
0.85
0.92
BMGP
79
11
1.82
BMGP
103
9
1.52
BMGP
104
10
1.80
BMGP
80
14
2.27
BMGP
107
7
1.20
BMGP
12
4
0.73
BMGP
71
8
1.43
Table 2.2.4-3 List of zooplankton species recorded from river systems around the Tanawon Geothermal Project.
FAMILY/SPECIES
Cawayan
River
BMGP
98
A. ROTIFERA
1. Asplanchnidae
Asplanchna seiboldi
2. Bdelloidea
Bdelloidea spp.
3. Hexarthridae
Hexarthra sp.
4. Lecanidae
Lecane bulla
Lecane sp.
B. CLADOCERA
1. Chydoridae
Pleuroxus aduncus
2. Macrothricidae
Macrothrix spinosa
M. triserialis
3. Moinidae
Moina micrura
C. COPEPODA
1. Cyclopoda
Microcyclops varicans
Thermocyclops crassus
Copepoda (molt only)
Copepodite of a Copepod
Nauplius of a Copepod
2. Calanoida (molt only)
3. Harpacticoida
TOTAL # OF SPECIES
TOTAL # OF INDIV.
BMGP
24
Ticol
River
BMGP
35
BMGP
127
BMGP
126
Capuy
River
BMGP
121
Bucalbucalan
River
BMGP
111
Rizal
River
BMGP
79
BMGP
103
Menito
River
BMGP
104
BMGP
80
BMGP
107
Manitohan
River
BMGP
12
BMGP
71
2
1
1
1
1
3
15
3
1
2
8
2
2
1
3
10
2
3
2
4
10
4
9
1
10
40
1
2
6
3
9
1
2
2
3
0
0
2
2
2
1
2
3
1
3
5
3
4
1
2
1
3
4
0
0
Table2.2.4.3: List of zooplankton species recorded from

Manitohan River systems
FAMILY/SPECIES
Manitohan River
BMGP 12
BMGP 71
A. ROTIFERA
1. Asplanchnidae
Asplanchna seiboldi
2. Bdelloidea
Bdelloidea spp.
3. Hexarthridae
Hexarthra sp.
4. Lecanidae
Lecane bulla
Lecane sp.
B. CLADOCERA
1. Chydoridae
Pleuroxus aduncus
2. Macrothricidae
p
Macrothrix spinosa
M. triserialis
3. Moinidae
Moina micrura
C. COPEPODA
1. Cyclopoda
Microcyclops varicans
Thermocyclops crassus
Copepoda (molt only)
Copepodite of a Copepod
Nauplius of a Copepod
2. Calanoida (molt only)
3. Harpacticoida
TOTAL # OF SPECIES
TOTAL # OF INDIV.
1
3
4
0
0
Table 2.2.4-4
List of benthic fauna species recorded from river systems around the Tanawon Geothermal Project.
ORDER/FAMILY/
/SPECIES
Manitohan
River
BMGP
24
BMGP
35
BMGP
127
BMGP
126
BMGP
121
A. HYDRACARINA
Hydracarina sp. 1
Percentage
1
0.48
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
0.29
0.00
1
0.29
0.00
0.00
0.00
B. TRICLADIDA
Dugesia sp.
Percentage
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
0.38
0.00
10
1.98
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
10
5
40
135
13
15
20
1
30
45
20
60
15
20
70
20
60
20
150
25
25
5
2
90
185
38
15
1
30
20
15
10
70
45
70
135
5
15
7
150
3
30
45
15
10
5
45
1
69.23
96.80
1
95.45
95.71
2
80.61
80.20
Capuy
River
Menito
River
BMGP
98
1
10
Ticol
River
Rizal
River
Bucalbucala
n River
BMGP
111
C.
EPHEMEROPTERA
Baetidae sp. 1
Baetidae sp. 2
Baetidae sp. 3
Baetidae sp. 4
Baetidae sp. 5
Caenidae sp. 1
Heptagenia sp.
Leptophlebiidae sp. 1
Percentage
Cawayan
River
90
11
5
16
2
3
50
170
60
1
20
5
56.06
15
100
43.48
10
77.08
5
7
81.61
BMGP
79
BMGP
103
BMGP
104
BMGP
80
BMGP
107
BMGP
12
BMGP
71
7
92.24
6
1
97.68
4
82.65
3
1
3
94.78
D. ODONATA
Lestidae sp. 1
Libellulidae sp. 1
Percentage
0.00
1.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.43
0.00
1
1.02
0.00
1
2.56
0.00
0.00
E. PLECOPTERA
Nemouridae sp. 1
Percentage
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
2.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
0.29
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
F. HEMIPTERA
Gerridae sp. 1
Naucoridae sp. 1
Percentage
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.38

ORDER/FAMILY/
/SPECIES
Cawayan
River
BMGP
98
G. COLEOPTERA
Elmis sp. 1
Hydrophilidae sp. 1
Psephenus sp. 1
Percentage
0.48
1
0.48
I. MEGALOPTERA
Corydalus sp. 1
Percentage
0.00
K.
OTHERS
Nais sp.
Percentage

DENSITY (N/0.1 M2)
REL. DENSITY (N/M2)*
BMGP
35
H. TRICHOPTERA
Hydroptilidae sp. 1
Hydropsychidae sp. 1
Philopotamidae sp. 1
Percentage
J. DIPTERA
Chironomus sp. 1
Chironomus sp. 2
Culex sp. 1
Simulium sp. 1
Tipulidae sp. 1
Tipulidae sp. 2
Tipulidae sp. 3
Percentage
BMGP
24
Ticol
River
0.00
0.00
10
40
10.20
BMGP
127
5
10
40
20.83
BMGP
126
1
1
1
6.52
Capuy
River
BMGP
121
8
Bucalbucalan
River
BMGP
111
Rizal
River
BMGP
79
5
2.57
1
1
1
1.34
1
5
2
3.59
0.00
0.00
0.00
3
1.29
19.80
8
3.03
2.17
2
10
10
4.35
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
0.20
0.00
0.00
7
8
5
8
10
5
10
5
10
BMGP
103
1
0.58
Menito
River
BMGP
104
1
1
2
4.08
BMGP
80
15
4.35
BMGP
107
0.00
Manitohan
River
BMGP
12
BMGP
71
1
0.80
1
0.51
5
2
3.54
0.00
0.00
1
0.29
2.56
3
2.40
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
1
20
55
15
5
1
5
3
1
1
0.48
6
8.16
0.00
13.64
32.61
13.83
13.45
5.60
0.00
12.24
0.29
25.64
0.00
0.51
5
2.38
0.00
0.00
15
5.68
5
10.87
0.00
0.00
1
0.43
5
1.45
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
11
210
2,100
9
98
980
7
202
2,020
18
264
2,640
13
46
460
15
506
5,060
15
223
2,230
11
232
2,320
12
345
3,450
13
98
980
11
345
3,450
9
39
390
8
125
1,250
9
198
1,980
* Based on the frame area of 0.1 m2 of the Surber sampler.

ORDER/FAMILY/
/SPECIES
A. HYDRACARINA
Hydracarina sp. 1
Percentage
B. TRICLADIDA
Dugesia sp.
Percentage
C.
EPHEMEROPTERA
Baetidae sp. 1
Baetidae sp. 2
Baetidae sp. 3
Baetidae sp. 4
Baetidae sp. 5
Caenidae sp. 1
Heptagenia sp.
Leptophlebiidae sp. 1
Percentage
D. ODONATA
Lestidae sp. 1
Libellulidae sp. 1
Percentage
E. PLECOPTERA
Nemouridae sp. 1
Percentage
F. HEMIPTERA
Gerridae sp. 1
Naucoridae sp. 1
Percentage
Table 2.2.4-5 Richness, diversity and evenness indices of benthic fauna in river systems around the Tanawon Geothermal
Project.
Biological Indices

Margalef Richness Index
(R1)
Shannon Diversity Index
(H)
Evenness Index 5 (E5)
Cawayan
River
Ticol
River
Capuy
River
Rizal
River
Menito
River
Manitohan
River
BMGP
98
11
1.87
BMGP
24
9
1.74
BMGP
35
7
1.13
BMGP
127
18
3.05
BMGP
126
12
2.89
BMGP
121
15
2.25
Bucalbucalan
River
BMGP
111
15
2.59
1.19
1.82
1.71
2.25
2.04
1.99
1.97
1.29
1.30
2.01
1.57
1.77
1.49
0.87
0.52
0.86
0.89
0.61
0.78
0.68
0.67
0.48
0.64
0.76
0.78
0.81
0.76
0.49
BMGP
79
11
1.84
BMGP
103
12
1.88
BMGP
104
13
2.62
BMGP
80
11
1.71
BMGP
107
9
2.18
BMGP
12
8
1.45
BMGP
71
9
1.51
Table 2.2.4-5 Richness, diversity and evenness indices of benthic fauna in river system around the Tanawon Geothermal Project
Biological Indices

Ticol
River
Cawayan
River
BMGP
98
BMGP
24
BMGP
35
BMGP
127
BMGP
126
11
1.87
1.19
0.52
9
1.74
1.82
0.86
7
1.13
1.71
0.89
18
3.05
2.25
0.61
12
2.89
2.04
0.78
Capuy BucalRizal
Menito
Manitohan
Osiao
Anahaw
River bucalan
River
River
River
River
BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP
121
111
79
103
104
80
107
12
71
64
72
132 133
15
2.25
1.99
0.68
15
2.59
1.97
0.67
11
1.84
1.29
0.48
12
1.88
1.3
0.64
13
2.62
2.01
0.76
11
1.71
1.57
0.78
9
2.18
1.77
0.81
8
1.45
1.49
0.76
9
1.51
0.87
0.49
12
3.12
2.09
0.83
3
1.44
1.04
2.73
14
3.31
1.94
0.59
p. 2.2.4-14
18
2.7
1.76
0.52
Table 2.2.4-5 Richness, diversity and evenness indices of benthic fauna in river system around the Tanawon Geothermal Project
Biological Indices

Ticol
River
Cawayan
River
BMGP
98
BMGP
24
BMGP
35
BMGP
127
BMGP
126
11
1.87
1.19
0.52
9
1.74
1.82
0.86
7
1.13
1.71
0.89
18
3.05
2.25
0.61
12
2.89
2.04
0.78
Capuy
River
Bucalbucalan
River
BMGP BMGP BMGP
121
111
79
15
2.25
1.99
0.68
15
2.59
1.97
0.67
11
1.84
1.29
0.48
Rizal
River
Menito
River
BMGP
103
BMGP
104
12
1.88
1.3
0.64
13
2.62
2.01
0.76
Manitohan
River
Osiao
Anahaw
BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP BMGP

80
107
12
71
64
72
132
133
11
1.71
1.57
0.78
9
2.18
1.77
0.81
8
1.45
1.49
0.76
9
1.51
0.87
0.49
12
3.12
2.09
0.83
3
1.44
1.04
2.73
14
3.31
1.94
0.59
18
2.7
1.76
0.52
Table 2.2.4-6 Riverine fish and crustacean species recorded from three (3)
major river systems drained by the Tanawon Geothermal
Project1.
Family/Species
Cawayan
River
Ticol River
Rizal River
A. Anguillidae
Anguilla spp.
+
+
+
B. Cichlidae
+
+
+
Oreochromis niloticus
C. Cyprinidae
+
+
Cyprinus carpio
D. Clariidae
+
+
+
Clarias batrachus
E. Poeciliidae
+
+
+
Poecilia reticulata
F. Kuhliidae
+
Kuhlia marginata
G. Gobiidae
Stiphodon spp.
+
+
+
H. Channidae
+
+
+
Ophiocephalus striatus
I. Crustacea
Shrimp sp.1
+
+
+
Shrimp sp. 2
+
+
+
Crabs
+
+
+
1
Based on visual observation and interviews with riparian inhabitants.
Table 2.2.4-6
Riverine fish and crustacean species recorded from three (3)

major river systems drained by the Tanawon Geothermal Project1.
Family/Species
A. Anguillidae
Anguilla spp.
B. Cichlidae
Oreochromis niloticus
C. Cyprinidae
Cyprinus carpio
D. Clariidae
Clarias batrachus
E. Poeciliidae
Poecilia reticulata
F. Kuhliidae
Kuhlia marginata
G. Gobiidae
Stiphodon spp.
H. Channidae
Ophiocephalus striatus
I. Crustacea
Shrimp sp.1
Shrimp sp. 2
Crabs
1
Cawayan
River
Ticol River
Rizal River
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Based on visual observation and interviews with riparian inhabitants.
p.2.2.4 -15
Plate 2.2.4 1:
Plankton sampling at BMGP126 (Ticol river) using a
plankton net. Note the slow
river flow in this station which
is favorable to plankton.
Plate 2.2.4 2:
Sampling for benthic fauna at
BMGP-127 (Ticol river) using
a Surber sampler.
Plate 2.2.4 3:
Sampling for aquatic biota at
BMGP-79 (Rizal river) at the
height of the typhoon.
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Freshwater Biology)
p. 2.2.4 - 16
2.2.5
2.2.5.1

A marine resource assessment was conducted in Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay and Manito,
Poliqui Bay from November 28 to December 4, 2000 to gather the baseline information on
marine ecological conditions surrounding Tanawon Geothermal Project area. The marine
ecology components investigated in Sorsogon and Poliqui Bays were plankton, soft bottom
benthos, seagrasses/seaweeds, corals and other invertebrates, reef fishes and mangroves.
The coral and reef fish data gathered in Osiao, Albay Gulf last October 29-31, 1996 was used
for the Tanawon expansion area.
In Sorsogon Bay, initial survey showed that the plankton was generally dominated by
phytoplankton (99.6%) against zooplankton (0.4%). Diatoms were abundant in phytoplankton
group while Nauplii larval forms in zooplankton component. Soft bottom benthos community
indicated a stressed environment as evidently shown by high count of polychaetes and
nematodes but low count of crustaceans. Seagrass survey showed a sparse distribution and
low density of seagrass species, Enhalus acoroides (tropical eelgrass). Low cover of the
seagrass may be attributed to high sedimentation/siltation coming from several river runoffs in
the area. With regards to Mangrove, exploitation of mangrove species for fuel use and
fishpond development was observed in the area. Indiscriminate cutting of mangrove trees was
evident in most of the sampling stations.
In Poliqui Bay, survey for plankton showed similar results to Sorsogon that the phytoplankton
dominated the area (99.6%) against zooplankton (0.4%). Diatoms (Chaetoceros) had
dominated in all sampling stations while Copepods were dominant for zooplankton
component. The bay has dominant polychaete species (capitellid, syllid and spionid worms)
that implies high organic deposit. Low abundance of crustaceans in the area may indicate a
disturbed environment. Coral reef survey showed poor living coral cover (22.77%) but high
dead coral covers and high coral rubbles (abiotic component). Destructive fishing methods like
blast-fishing and dynamite-fishing were possible causes of depauperate coral communities at
the sites. Seagrasses in the area was generally patchy and sparse. Halophila pinifolia
dominated the area having a cover of 17% only. Limited growth of seagrasses is probably due
to high level of turbidity and sedimentation in the bay.
In Albay Gulf (specifically Sugot Bay), the assessment revealed that the corals have good to
excellent categories (68-100%) in Osiao North and Osiao SW stations Poritidae constituted
the highest cover followed by the Faviidae group. Fish visual census data identified a total of
48 species under 22 families. Both stations examined for fish abundance fell under poor
2
categories (413 and 551 no/500m , respectively). Also, both stations examined for fish
biomass fell under low categories (5.84 and 13.87 mt-km2, respectively). The condition of reef
fish communities in majority of reef areas is poor contrary to its high coral cover.
2.2.5.2
Methodology
A. EIA Survey Team
The baseline survey for marine ecology module was conducted from November 28 to
December 4, 2000 and again on June 5 to 9, 2002 by Norreen Gerona (marine biologist) and
assisted by Homer Hernandez (research assistant), Arvin Dantes (research assistant) and
Raffy Gomez (technician). Local residents of Manito and Sorsogon were also involved in the
survey as boat operators, field guides and helpers (Plate 2.2.5-1). Previous data gathered in
October 1996 within the Osiao stations of Albay Gulf were also utilized for the study.
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Marine Biology)
p. 2.2.5- 1
B. Study Sources
All information and data contained and presented under this module were based on primary
sources, derived mainly from the survey conducted November 28 to December 4, 2000 and
October 29-31, 1996.
C. Location, Area and Scope of Study

The marine baseline survey was conducted in the coastal waters of Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay;
Manito, Poliqui Bay and Osiao, Albay Gulf (specifically Sugot Bay), Bicol, Luzon. The marine
sampling stations are shown Figure 2.2.5-1.
The survey generally consisted of six studies designed to obtain baseline information on the
existing marine ecological conditions of the proposed project area, namely,
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Plankton
Soft-Bottom Benthos
Seagrasses/Seaweeds
Corals and Other Invertebrates
Reef Fishes, and
Mangroves.
Since there was no coral reef present in Sorsogon Bay, studies dealt with soft-bottom benthos
and mangroves only while in Poliqui area, plankton, benthos, seagrasses/seaweeds, corals
and other invertebrates, reef fishes and mangroves were investigated.
D. Sampling Procedures
1. Plankton
A total of twelve (12) stations were surveyed for phytoplankton and zooplankton
organisms in the coastal waters of Sorsogon and Poliqui. Eight (8) stations were
established in Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay while four (4) stations in Manito, Poliqui Bay. The
plankton samples were collected using a 20 m mesh net from hauled water and from
tows. Immediately after collection, the samples were placed in 500-ml nalgene bottle and
then fixed with 10% buffered formaldehyde for preservation of the specimens. Parameters
such depth, temperature, boat velocity and sampling time were also recorded. Taxonomic
identifications and density count were done at the laboratory. Identifications were made
down to the generic level.
Sampling stations and coordinates for phytoplankton and zooplankton are shown in Table
2.2.5-1.
2. Soft bottom Benthos

Sediments for epi- and infauna and grain size determination were obtained using an
Ekman grab with a mouth area of 0.0225 sq. m. For faunal analysis, three (3) replicate
samples were obtained from each station. Each sediment sample was sieved in situ using
U. S. standard 0.500-mm mesh (Plate 2.2.5-2). Retained sediments were pooled and
transferred to pre-labeled nalgene bottles. One or two drops of Rose Bengal solution were
added to each sample before fixing in 10% formalin.
p. 2.2.5- 2
In the laboratory, each sample was washed in tap water to get rid of formalin then
examined under a stereomicroscope for sorting and identification. The organisms were
sorted according to kind and identified to the lowest possible category. Finally, they were
preserved in 70% ethyl alcohol.
For grain size analysis, each sediment sample was placed in an aluminum foil plate, dried
at 100o C, pounded and passed through a series of sieves of finer mesh. These were
mechanically shaken for 20 minutes. Retained sediments in each sieve were pooled and
weighed. Composition was determined using the Wenthworth Classification Scale.
3. Coral Reef and Other Invertebrates

Samplings for corals and other benthic fauna were undertaken using the standard line
intercept transect method developed by English et al (1994). The transect was laid with
the orientation perpendicular to the shore to capture changes of community structure
relative to depth gradient. Living coral cover was arbitrarily categorized as Excellent (75100%), Good (50-74.9%), Fair (25-49.9%) and Poor (0-24.9%). Their categories included
both stony and soft corals. Obvious causes of reef damage such as siltation, dynamiting,
destructive fishing methods and natural predation were recorded.
Four (4) sampling sites were established in Manito, Poliqui Bay, namely; Nacio,
Pinaculan, Balagbag and Asias (Table 2.2.5-2). While two (2) stations in Oasio, Albay
Gulf were established in October 1996. No benthic survey was done in Sorsogon Bay
because of the absence of coral reefs.
4. Reef Fishes
Reef fishes, those associated with coral reefs, have diversity of number of species and
range of body forms and sizes as their most striking characteristic. Reef fish communities
constitute a major resource on reefs. In the Philippines, reef fish contributes about 1015% to the countrys total fishery (Carpenter 1977, Murdy and Ferraris 1980).
The coral reef stations in Manito, Poliqui Bay and Osiao, Albay Gulf were also used as
sampling stations for reef fish community following fish visual census technique. This is to
examine species composition, number of species, abundances, and biomass of
associated reef fish. All transects were 50 m long and 10 m wide with the depth ranged
from 4.5 to 8 m. Census was made every 5 m interval. All fishes encountered within 5 m
on either side and above the line were identified to species level whenever possible,
counted, and their sizes (total length) estimated to the nearest cm (English et al. 1994).
Fish identification followed the methodology of Randall et al. (1997) and FishBase (1998).
b
Fish biomass was calculated using the formula, W = a * L , where W is weight (g), a the
multiplicative factor, L the estimated length (cm) and b the exponent (b>1). The specific
constants a and b used in this survey followed were based on Kulbicki et al. (1993),
Letourneur et al. (1998) and FishBase (1998). In cases where no constants exist for a
species, the known constants for the closest relative having the same body shape were
used. Summaries of the various parameters species richness, abundance, and biomass
for each transect were generated.
5. Seagrasses
An assessment survey of the floral communities in seagrass meadows of Sorsogon,
Sorsogon Bay was done on December 4, 2000; and November 30 and December 1, 2000
for Poliqui Bay. No seagrass survey was conducted in Albay Gulf due to absence of
seagrass meadows. Sampling was done in three (3) different sites for more detailed
p. 2.2.5- 3
study. Two (2) transects were laid in Poliqui Bay and only one (1) transect was laid in
Sorsogon due to very patchy and sparse seagrass distribution.
The standard transect-quadrat method was used (English et al 1994) to assess the
vegetation. The transect, no less than 50 meter, was laid perpendicular to the shore. The
samples were identified and recorded at every five (5) meter interval from the inshore end
of the transect using a quadrat of 0.25 sq. meter. Where seagrass distribution extended
beyond 50 meter, a 100 meter transect was used. All seagrass species within the quadrat
were identified and the biological parameters, such as frequency and percentage cover
were counted and recorded. All other associated species were also noted.
Statistical analysis for floral component of the seagrass ecosystem were done using the
following formula:
C = (Mixi )/ where: Mi = mid point percentage of Class I and = frequency [number
of sectors with same class of dominance (i)].
6. Mangroves
To study the mangrove community of the project area, the transect line plots method of
English et al (1994) was followed. A 100-meter transect line was laid in the selected study
sites from the forest margin at the seaward edge to the landward edge. Three (3) replicate
plots of equal sizes were established along the transect. The density of the trees
determined the size of the plot, but it was not less than 10 meters x 10 meters. All trees
within the plot were identified and recorded. The girth of the tree stem (GBH) was
measured using a 2-meter fiberglass tape. The GBH measurement was taken at shoulder
height, approximately 1.6 meters above the ground level. Saplings and seedlings were
also identified and determined by actual counting. Density of nypa, on the other hand, was
determined by counting the plant bearing fronds/buds as one.
A 100-m transect line was laid in the sites specified in Table 2.2.5-3 with three (3) plots
investigated along the line. Mangroves in Osiao, Albay Gulf did not represent the area
because of its very few stands, thus no mangrove survey was done there.
2.2.5.3

POLIQUI BAY
A. Plankton
A total of four (4) stations were surveyed for phytoplankton and zooplankton along Manito,
Poliqui Bay. The plankton survey yielded 45 phytoplankton and 21 zooplankton species. The
major taxa of phytoplankton observed in the area were diatoms (23 genera), dinoflagellates
(11 genera), blue-green algae (3 genera) and protozoa (8 genera). The highest density of
plant organisms was found in Nacio station, next in Pinaculan, then Balagbag and lowest in
Asias station. All stations were dominated by the genera Chaetoceros (35%), Bacteriastrum
(30%) and Nitzchia (14%). Mean densities of the sampling stations ranged from a minimum of
142,341.69 individuals/m3 at Asias station to a maximum of 877,347.53 individuals/m3 at
Nacio station (Table 2.2.5-4 and Appendix J-Table 2.2.5-1).
The zooplankton components found in Poliqui Bay were categorized in major groupings
namely adult forms and larval forms. Adult forms were composed of Hydromedusae,
Scyphomedusae, Polycheates, Calanoids, Cyclopoids, Harpaticoids, Mysids, Decapod
p. 2.2.5- 4
shrimps, Chaetognaths and Larvaceans. Larval forms on the other hand were the gastropod,
bivalve, cephalopod, polycheate, copepod, decapod shrimp, porcellanid zoea, brachyuran
zoea and holothuroid (Table 2.2.5-5 and Appendix J-Table 2.2.5-2).
Similar to the phytoplankton population densities, Nacio has the highest zooplankton density,
followed by Balagbag, Pinaculan and then Asias. Their densities ranged from 347.35 indv/m3
to 2,408.89 indv/m3. Larval forms constituted 71.45 % of the zooplankton population while the
remaining population consisted the adult forms (28.55%). The dominant species commonly
found in all sampling stations were the Copepods (48.89%), Calanoids (11.95%) and
Cyclopoids (10.22%).
In general, the plankton population densities were dominated by phytoplankton at 99.6%
against 0.4% zooplankton. This is similar to the plankton survey in Sorsogon Bay, where
plankton population densities were also dominated by phytoplankton (about 99.6% against
0.4% zooplankton).

Initial survey of the soft bottom benthos organisms in the Poliqui Bay showed a mean density
of 635 individuals per m2. Thirty-five (35) taxa belonging to eight (8) phyla comprised the soft
bottom community namely, Protista, Nematoda, Platyhelminthes, Nemertea, Annelida,
Mollusca, Arthropoda, Sipunculida, and Echinodermata (Table 2.2.5-6). Among these groups,
polychaetes and nematodes dominated other benthos organisms by 32% and 29%,
respectively. Both crustaceans and foraminiferans accounted for 16% of the collection. The
remaining four (4) taxa accounted for 9% of the population (Figure 2.2.5-2).
The high numerical density of capitellid, syllid and spionid worms that constituted 29%, 23%
and 16%, respectively of the population accounted for the dominance of polychaetes (Figure
2.2.5-3). Thirteen other groups of segmented worms form the rest with orbiniid worms having
accumulated contribution of 54%.
Gammarid amphipods dominated other crustacean group by 60%, followed by penaeid and
caridean shrimps with accumulated abundance of about 25%. The percentage composition of
eight other groups of crustaceans ranged between 1 to 5% (Figure 2.2.5-4).
2
Among the stations surveyed, Pinaculan exhibited the highest density of 1,288 individuals / m
which can be attributed to the high numerical density of nematodes (round worms). In
contrast, Nacio recorded the lowest density of 192 individuals / m2 with only the foraminiferans
being abundant contributing about 54% (104 individuals / m2).
In Poliqui Bay, community index of diversity was highest at Asias (0.99 bit) and Manito
Mangrove Reforestation area (1.00 bit) and lowest at Pinaculan (0.56 bit) (Figure 2.2.5-5).
The bay has dominant polychaete species that implies high organic deposit. Low abundance
of crustaceans in the area may indicate a stressed environment.
Stations in Poliqui Bay exhibited a variety of sediment fractions. Nacio, and Asias were
characterized by very coarse sand fraction with mean cumulative percentage of 37%.
Pinaculan was characterized by an equal percentage of medium sand and very coarse sand
fraction. Balagbag and Manito Mangrove Reforestation area were of very fine sand fraction.
Balagbag had the highest recorded silt-clay fraction while Nacio recorded the lowest (Table
2.2.5-7).
The distribution of taxa derived from the classification of grain size composition showed an
apparently strong relationship between benthos and sediment. High numerical density
occurred at Pinaculan in Poliqui Bay where well-sorted sediments were recorded and grain
p. 2.2.5- 5
size percentage belongs to very coarse sand, coarse sand and medium sand fractions. In
contrast, low numerical values were obtained at stations having the highest percentage of very
coarse sand and coarse sand fraction with bigger granules. Although both stations have
substrates of sandy-corally type, the latter station had much bigger particles that could crush
the infauna and thereby decreasing their chance for survival. However, stations with high
percentage sediment composition of very fine sand exhibited higher diversity than stations
with coarse sand.

Table 2.2.5-8 presents the overall results of the four stations that have been selected. A total
of twenty-one (21) genera of hard and soft corals were identified from the sampling stations
and these were:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Acropora
Cyphastrea.
Favia
Favites
Fungia
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Galaxea
Goniopora
Hydnophora
Lobophyllia
Montipora
Pavona
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Pectinia
Pocillopora
Porites
Seriatopora
Stylophora
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Lobophyton
Nepthea
Sarcophyton
Sinularia
Xenia
The genus Porites was found abundant in all sampling stations approximately 17% of the total
coral surveyed. Other hard and soft living corals lie within the range of 0.015 to 8.41%.
Nacio and Pinaculan were categorized as having fair living coral conditions while Balagbag
and Asias were categorized as poor. The probable cause of poor state corals in Balagbag and
Asias can be attributed to illegal fishing activities such as dynamite fishing, which was evident
and rampant in the area. Gomez and Alcala (1978) and DENR (1994) mentioned similar
problems, which they claimed to be the main causes of the coral reef destruction in the
Philippines. Other possible reason for the poor coral cover was the siltation and sedimentation
prevailing in the area. Sediment deposition will block the polyps of coral tissues leading to
death of the many coral heads.
Dead corals observed were common in all stations representing 30% at Balagbag, 27% at
Nacio, 19% at Pinaculan and 18% at Asias. Dead corals found in these areas were mostly of
the branching type and massive type. The mortality was probably due to high siltation
discharging from the Manitohan River. The water column was observed to be tremendously
turbid with silts. The cloudy water over corals would cause damage to coral reefs with silts
(McAllister and Ansula, 1993). Suspensions were obviously seen on the seabed, sand and
coral heads.
The overall assessment of the Manito area, Poliqui Bay indicates that coral cover is in poor
condition as shown by the mean cover of hard and soft living corals for the four stations
(22.77%).
Several associated organisms were also observed in the study area. The most conspicuous
organisms were the sea urchins (Diadema setosum) and encrusting sponges of which the sea
urchins attained the higher cover (10%) than sponges (2.6%). Species of seaweeds present
only in Pinaculan were the Amphiroa, Halimeda and Padina spp. comprising a total cover of
0.32%. The non-living components of the area such coral rubbles/sand, coral rubbles, sand
and silt comprised the majority at 32.94%, 16.20% and 1.96% respectively (Table 2.2.5-9).
p. 2.2.5- 6
D. Reef Fishes
A total of 58 reef fishes representing 18 families were recorded from the four (4) transect-sites
in Poliqui Bay (Table 2.2.5-10). Species richness, a measure of diversity, ranged from 11
(Balagbag) to 48 (Nacio). Damselfishes (Pomacentridae) and wrasses (Labridae) comprised
the majority of the total number of species in the area (Table 2.2.5-11). Only 17 target
species (e.g. surgeonfishes, triggerfishes, fusiliers) and four (4) indicator species
(butterflyfishes such as Chaetodon baronessa, Chaetodon kleinii, Chaetodon octofasciatus
and Chelmon rostratus) were observed during the survey. The following species were found to
be common or present in all the sites: Meiacanthus atrodorsalis (Blenniidae); Parapercis
hexophtalma (Pinguipedidae); Pomacentrus moluccensis (Pomacentridae) and Diploprion
bifasciatum (Serranidae). The most abundant species per site are given in Table 2.2.5-12.
Among the sites surveyed, fish density (no/500m2) and biomass estimates (expressed in mtkm2) were observed to be highest in Nacio (1,315 ind-500m2; 17.92 mt-km2) and lowest in
Asias (51no/500m2; 1.63 mt-km2).
Based on the information derived from fish survey, the condition of the reef system was
disturbed as shown by its relatively small number of butterflyfish (reef indicator) and poor coral
cover of 22.77%. Many juvenile fishes were present and appeared to dominate the fish
community. Mature schools of fish were very few and rare to be seen. The main evidence of
exploitation was high water turbidity due to high siltation/sedimentation in the area.
E.
Seagrasses
A total of six (6) species of seagrasses belonging to two (2) families were identified in (2)
stations established in Manito, Poliqui Bay. These species were round-tipped seagrass
(Cymodocea rotundata), toothed seagrass (Cymodocea serrulata), fiberstrand grasses
(Halodule pinifolia and Halodule uninervis), tropical eelgrass (Enhalus acoroides) and small
spoon-grass (Halophila minor). The density of seagrasses was higher in Kamanitohan at
20.94% and lower in Cauit at 9.55%. Halodule species were the most abundant species in
Kamanitohan while Halodule uninervis in Cauit. Seagrass bed in Kamanitohan supported two
(2) species of seagrasses and no seaweed species were spotted in this station. The most
abundant species was Halodule pinifolia having a cover of 16.69% and lowest was
Cymodocea rotundata at 4.25%. Four (4) species of the seagrassess were recorded in Cauit
station whereas one (1) species of seaweed was found thereat. Amphiroa fragilissima was the
seaweed commonly found in Cauit (Table 2.2.5-13).
The seagrass bed in this area was a narrow of 20 meter by 70 meter strip. Substrate was
sandy-muddy-silt. The seagrass bed starts at about 10-20 meter from the shore. Halodule
pinifolia dominated the area where the seagrasses distribution ends.
In general, seagrass distribution in all stations was generally patchy and sparse. The limited
growth of seagrasess is probably due to the high level of turbidity in the bay.
F.
Mangroves
Table 2.2.5-14 presents the community structure of the mangrove vegetation in several sites
in Manito, Poliqui Bay. The number of species varied in different localities being highest in
Buyo Left, Buang and Manito Rivermouth with five (5) species each station and was least in
Buyo Mangrove Area with only one (1) species. Highest diversity was achieved in Buyo Left
area followed in a decreasing order by Manito Rivermouth, Buang, Manito Refo Area, Buyo
Right and Buyo Mangrove (Plate 2.2.5-3 and Plate 2.2.5-4).
p. 2.2.5- 7
Avicennia marina has the highest density in all sampling stations having density of 11,444.43
stems/ha. Sonneratia alba ranked the second highest density with 10,929.64 stems/ha while
Aegiceras corniculatum ranked the lowest density at 6,500 stems/ha (Table 2.2.5-15).
The density of mangrove vegetation also varied in different stations. The mangrove density
was highest in Manito Rivermouth with 7,067 stems/ha and was lowest in Buang station with
less than half of the density of Manito Rivermouth (3,156 stems/ha). Although the Buang
station has the lowest density of 3,150 stems/ha, its basal area was highest at 41.99 m2/ha.
Conversely, the density of mangrove plants in Manito Rivermouth was highest but the basal
area was only 24.53 m2/ha. This implies that the mangrove stand in Buang was dominated by
large trees with fewer stems per unit area in contrast to Manito Rivermouth where minute
trees with small diameter at breast height dominated (Table 2.2.5-16).
The high mean basal area in Buang and Buyo Left is primarily due to the presence of primary
stands of old Sonneratia alba, Aegiceras corniculatum and Avicennia marina. In Buyo Right,
Sonneratia alba dominated the forest area.
SORSOGON BAY
A. Plankton
All the phytoplankton taxa are shown in Table 2.2.5-17 along with their densities and relative
abundance. The plankton survey yielded 34 phytoplankton and 18 zooplankton (Appendix JTable 2.2.5-3).
The major groups of phytoplankton in order of abundance consisted of diatoms (23 genera),
dinoflagellates (8 genera), protozoa (2 genera) and blue-green algae (1 genus). The study
area was dominated by diatoms Chaetoceros (54.75%), followed by dinoflagellates Noctiluca
(24.29%) and then diatoms Bacteriastrum (11.39%).
The total number of individuals of phytoplankton organisms also varied in their geographical
distribution. The total number of phytoplankton ranged from a minimum of 161,488 indiv/m3 at
Ticol area to a maximum of 57,887,158 indiv/m3 at Capuy station. The highest density of
phytoplankton organisms was achieved in Capuy area, followed by Cawayan, Bulabog and
lowest was in Ticol area.
The eastern sampling locations were relatively richer than all other sampling locations
(stations Cawayan, Gimaloto and Capuy). A generalization may be made here concerning
phytoplankton productivity with respect to locality. Populations of phytoplankton are denser in
more eastern nearshore and interior bays, as compared to those of the western stations. A
higher concentration of growth-promoting nitrogen compounds may be responsible for the
greater abundance of phytoplankton populations at stations Cawayan and Capuy.
For the zooplankton, the main taxonomic groups of zooplankton in order of abundance
consisted of adult forms and larval forms. The total number of zooplankton at each station
3
3
ranged from a minimum of 14,002 indiv/m at station to a maximum of 68,520 indiv/m at
3
Cawayan station. An average of 28,120 indiv/m was calculated for the whole study area
(Table 2.2.5-18 and Appendix J-Table 2.2.5-4).
The density of zooplankton in terms of indiv/m3 by sampling station showed a general trend
that the density of eastern stations (Cawayan, Gimaloto, Capuy and Ticol) was higher than the
p. 2.2.5- 8
western stations (Bulabog, Bucabucalan, Rizal and Menito). The most abundant zooplankton
was in Cawayan while the least abundant can be found in Bulabog.
40
In summary, the plankton population densities during the time of sampling were dominated by
phytoplankton (99.6% against 0.4% zooplankton). Normally this is to be expected since they
represent the primary producers as grass of the sea, forming the base of the food web upon
which almost all marine life depends. On the other hand, zooplankton, are consumer
organisms that depend on phytoplankton and to some extent on dead organic matter for their
source of food.

In Sorsogon Bay, initial survey revealed a total mean density of 704 indiv/m2. Fifty-five (55)
taxa belonging to eleven (11) phyla comprised the soft bottom community. These were
Protista, Nematoda, Platyhelminthes, Nemertea, Annelida, Mollusca, Arthropoda, Sipunculida,
Echinodermata, Brachiopoda and Chordata (Table 2.2.5-19 and Appendix J-Table 2.2.5-5).
Among these groups, the Class Polychaeta of Phylum Annelida was the dominant organism
constituting about 43% of the benthos collection. Nematoda ranked next by 32% and
Crustacea with relative density of 7% (Figure 2.2.5-6).
The high numerical density of spionid and syllid worms that constituted 25% and 21%,
respectively, of the population accounted for the dominance of polychaetes (Figure 2.2.5-7).
Pilargiid worms ranked third in abundance followed by capitellid, glycerid and orbiniid worms
having contributed 5%. Twenty-eight (28) other groups of segmented worms form the rest of
the polychaete population with accumulated contribution of 31%.
Among the crustaceans, gammarid amphipods, isopods, harpacticoid copepods and
brachyurans (true crabs) dominated other crustacean groups by 85%. The shrimps
(Penaeidae and Alpheidae) contributed about 8% of the population. Cumaceans, cirripedes
(barnacles), ostracods (shelled shrimps), and caprellid amphipods constituted the remaining
29% in unequal proportion (Figure 2.2.5-8).
Among the stations surveyed, Bucalbucalan exhibited the highest density of 1,630 individuals /
2
m which can be attributed to the high numerical density of spionid and pilargiid polychaetes,
nematodes (round worms), ophiuroids and foraminiferans. Similarly, Cawayan 3 and Cawayan
4 exhibited high numerical densities of 1,141 and 1,007 individuals / m2, respectively. In
contrast, Cawayan 2 recorded the lowest density of 193 individuals / m2 with only the
nematodes being abundant contributing about 39% (75 individuals / m2).
Total densities at Bucalbucalan, Suhi, Bulabog, Cawayan 3 and Cawayan 4 were above the
mean while the rest of the stations were below the mean. The high density recorded in
Bucalbucalan, Cawayan 3 and Cawayan 4 was largely due to the abundance of nematodes,
polychaetes of Spionidae and Pilargidae, and gammarid amphipods.
Community index of diversity was highest at Cawayan 1 (1.08) and lowest at Bucalbucalan
(0.17) (Figure 2.2.5-9).
The sediment grain size composition in the area is classified into eight (8) categories based on
Wenthworth Classification Scale. Results of the sediment grain size composition for the
eleven (11) stations are shown in Table 2.2.5-20.
Sediment fractions from Sorsogon Bay from stations Suhi, Capuy, Rizal, Ticol, Bulabog,
Cawayan 1, Cawayan 2, Cawayan 3 and Cawayan 4 were characterized by medium sand
fraction with mean cumulative percentage of 43%. Bucalbucalan and Suhi/Menito were
p. 2.2.5- 9
characterized by very fine sand fraction. Gimaloto was characterized by coarse sand with
predominance of larger particles such as pebbles, granules and very coarse sand,
respectively. Bucalbucalan and Cawayan 1 had the highest recorded silt fraction in Sorsogon
Bay. In contrast, sediment at Ticol had the lowest silt-clay fraction of 0.16%.
Preliminary environmental assessment of the area in terms of soft bottom benthos community
indicates a stressed environment evidently shown by the low number of crustaceans and high
numerical values from polychaetes and nematodes. Crustaceans such as amphipods are very
sensitive to adverse environmental changes than some species of benthos groups such as
polychaetes and molluscs (Reish and Barnard, 1979). The highest polychaete group was the
spionid worms, believed to be indicator of high organic loading.
In Sorsogon Bay, no relationship was apparent between grain size composition and benthos
density. In this area, high numerical value was obtained in Bucalbucalan where the sediment
is characterized by very fine sand fraction and high percentage of silt-clay fraction. On the
other hand, lowest value was obtained from Cawayan 4 where sediment grain size is
characterized by medium sand fraction.
Sorsogon Bay exhibited high diversity and higher abundance of soft bottom organisms. The
area had dominant polychaete species belonging to Spionidae and Syllidae that indicate high
organic loading. Moreover, it exhibited low abundance of crustaceans that may be an
indication of a stressed environment.

No coral reef surveys were conducted in Sorsogon because the area was generally barren
and the sea bottom was overlaid with sandy-muddy to silty substrate, a condition which is not
favorable for the corals to grow.
D. Reef Fishes
The preliminary survey showed the absence of coral reefs in the area, thus, reef fish survey
was not conducted.
According to the office of FARMC (2000), Sorsogon has an annual fish production of 11,369
kilos for one (1) fisher utilizing motorized boat, gillnet and and compressor, of which 75% is
composed of molluscs and the other 25% is assorted fish. The annual production for one (1)
non-motorized boat operator using gillnet is 1,311 kilos (Plate 2.2.5-5). The fishing gears used
for the entire Sorsogon Bay are gillnet, Danish seine, fish corral, fish pot, hook and line (Plate
2.2.5-6), hookah fishing (compressor), lift net, long line, mussel stakes, spear, blast/dynamite
fishing, electro fishing and push net/scissor net.
Despite the ordinance of BFAR Central Office banning shellfish collection and consumption in
Sorsogon Bay due to Red Tide occurrence, many gleaners were observed along the coastline
of Sorsogon (Plate 2.2.5-7). The area, which was completely exposed during low tide, was a
common gleaning ground for edible invertebrates specifically Lingula sp. (ukpan) and
Psammotea sp.(bogtay) (see Plate 2.2.5-8 and Plate 2.2.5-9).
E. Seagrasses
A patch of seagrass was found at 0.5 m depth of Menito stretching from 0 m to about 150 m
perpendicular to the shoreline. Only Enhalus acoroides (tropical eelgrass) belonging to family
Hydrocharitaceae was identified in the area, having a cover of 6.15%. The poor seagrass
p. 2.2.5- 10
cover might be due to high turbidity and poor visibility in the area. High input sediments in the
coastal waters that result to high siltation would likely stress the growth of the seagrasses.
Further observation showed that the rest of the surrounding area was generally barren and
overlaid with silty-muddy sea bottom. According to the fishermen in the area, the depletion of
the seagrass was mainly due to the flashflood in 1989 that brought sediments into coastal
waters and wiped out the whole vegetation in the Sorsogon Bay.
F.
Mangroves
A total of five (5) species and two (2) associates belonging to five (5) genera and five (5)
families were noted to thrive in the entire mangrove and nipa swamps of Sorsogon, Sorsogon
Bay. Two (2) unidentified floral species were classified as associates of the mangroves and
found thriving within the mangrove habitat.
A complete list of the mangrove trees and shrubs and their associates is provided in Table
2.2.5-14. Corresponding dialect names as used by residents in Sorsogon are also included.
All mangrove species were identified to inhabit the marginal forest.
The highest density in terms of number of stems per hectare was achieved in Bulabog having
a value of 21,367 stems/ha (Table 2.2.5-21). The stand basal area is 12.83 m2/ha. The
primary stand of Sonneratia sp. had the highest contribution or influence to the overall
ecological system in this site, but the stand basal area ranked second to the Ticol stations
(Table 2.2.5-22).
Ranking second highest in density was in Cawayan with 7,600 stems/ha, but this was coupled
with the lowest basal area of 5.58 m2/ha. High density values coupled with low basal area
were partly the results of overpruning which enhanced the development of many small
branches the points of cutting (FSP, 1994). Sonneratia alba has dominated the area (Plate
2.2.5-10). Field observations clearly showed that this species was exploited to an alarming
level. Trees were indiscriminately harvested or cut up to the root part of the tree possibly for
firewood (charcoal), cooking and construction purposes (Plate 2.2.5-11). According to a local
fisherman, mangrove forests in Sorsogon (particularly in Pokdol Point) are under continued
threat from the expansion of areas used for fishponds by an influential private individual.
Although the whole Sorsogon area starting from Sorsogon Pier to Gitombrog Point has been
declared as mangrove reserve, the rate of loss of mangrove stands is still high.
Ticol had the lowest diversity with a value of 1,233 stems/ha, but with the highest stand basal
area of 29.94 m2/ha. Avicennia marina dominated the mangrove forest in Ticol (Plate 2.2.512). Other species that thrived in the station were Nypa fruticans (Plate 2.2.5-13) and
Sonneratia alba. Exploitation of particular species is not much in this station compared to
others because they occupy the seaward margin of the forest which is oftentimes submerged
during high tide. This causes gathering/cutting activities to be difficult because of
inaccessibility. However, trees growing in the inland portion of the swamp are not spared from
exploitation like in Cawayan.
Measures on species diversity of the three selected sites along Sorsogon Bay showed that the
Ticol area has the most diverse area having a diversity index of 1.81. This signifies that a rich
ecosystem once prevailed in the area and that it contributed to the productivity of the adjacent
marine environment. This is followed by the forest in Bulabog having a diversity index of 1.231
and least in Cawayan area with a diversity index only of 1.022.
p. 2.2.5- 11
ALBAY GULF (Sugot Bay)

A. Coral Reefs
Based on Table 2.2.5-23, a total of 22 genera from 13 families were identified in 2 sampling
stations. Osiao SW has 18 genera under 10 families while Osiao North has 11 genera under 8
families. In terms of coral cover status, Osiao SW was in excellent condition while Osiao North
was found to be in good condition (Table 2.2.5-24). Porites possessed the highest coral cover
in both stations having 50.54% in Osiao SW whereas 35.48% in Osiao North. The dominant
forms found in these areas were the massive boulder type of corals which can survive in areas
where siltation problems. In general, Osiao has good coral condition. The LGU of Osiao
should protect their few remaining reef areas of excellent category to serve as insurance for
the future and as benchmarks for determining changes in coral communities.
B. Fishery/Reef Fishes
According to the Profile of Bacon (now part of Sorsogon City), the area has a fishery
production of 584 metric tons. Fishing gears commonly used in the area are hook and line
(bigawnan or banwit), spearfishing (pana), gillnet (tumbok, patitig, basnig) and fish corral
(bunuan or baklad). The fishing time devoted by fishers ranged from 3-8 hours/trip at 183-245
days/annum. Their catch per trip is 1- 12 kilos using hook and line method, 4-20 kilos in gillnet
and 1-4 kilos in spearfishing. Based on our interview to 10 fishermen, all claimed that fish
catch are declining and marine environment is degrading (Plate 2.2.5-14). The major cause of
lower catch according to fishers is destructive and active fishing methods (like tumbok).
Periodically, they also encounter encroachment by fishers from nearby municipalities and
directly competing with their marine resources.
Based on the actual census of reef fishes in Osiao, a total of 48 species under 31 genera from
2
22 families were identified in the two sampling stations. Fish density (no/500 m ) and biomass
2
estimate (mt-km ) were observed to be higher in Osiao Southwest (551 ind/500 m2; 13.87 mtkm2) and lower in Osiao (413 ind/500m2; 5.84 mt-km2) (Table 2.2.5-25). Only 15 target
species (e.g. surgeonfishes, triggerfishes, fusiliers) and two (2) indicator species
(butterflyfishes such as Chaetodon kleinii and Chaetodon octofasciatus) were observed during
the survey (Table 2.2.5-26).
p. 2.2.5- 12
Table 2.2.5-1. Sampling stations for phytoplankton and zooplankton in

Poliqui and Sorsogon Bays
Stations
POLIQUI BAY
Nacio
Pinaculan
Balagbag
Asias
Location
Close to Nacio reef base, north of Cauit,

Manito, approx 1 km from shore
Northwestern side of Sitio Cauit approx. 2
kms away from shoreline
Near Buyo area approx. 2 kms from the
shoreline
Close to Buyo rivermouth approx. 1.5 kms
from shoreline
SORSOGON BAY
Menito
Facing Suhi rivermouth approx. 100 m
away from shoreline
Rizal
Front of Rizal Rivermouth approx. 300 m
away from shoreline
Bucalbucalan
Fronting
Pepita
Park,
north
of
Bucalbucalan rivermouth approx. 400 m
away from shoreline
Bulabog
Right side Bucalbucalan spring, approx.
500 m to Bagacay bridge
Ticol
In front of Ticol creek approx. 200 m away
from shoreline
Capuy
Facing Capuy rivermouth approx. 100 m
away from shoreline
Gimaloto
In front of Gimaloto rivermouth approx. 100
m away from shoreline
Cawayan
North of Cawayan rivermouthh approx . 500 m
away from shoreline
Depth
(m)
Coordinates
North
East
2.13
13.14711
123.85147
7.93
13 .13127
123.85233
6.10
13.123 24
123. 85276
2.13
13.13115
123. 85213
2.13
12.97491
123.98706
1.22
12.95435
123.91538
3.05
12.95397
123.90591
3.05
12.97261
123.91852
2.29
12.95400
123.94436
3.66
12.96007
123.92790
0.61
12.95695
123.94779
4.57
12. 95166
123.95890
p. 2.2.5- 13
Table 2.2.5-2. Reef sites surveyed in Poliqui Bay

Stations
POLIQUI BAY
Nacio
Location
Balagbag
Reef area in front of Cauit Fishing

Village, Manito
Reef area southwestern side of
Nacio Reef
Reef base close to Buyo, Manito
Asias
North of Buyo rivermouth
Pinaculan
ALBAY GULF
Osiao North
Osiao SWt
Front of Osiao rivermouth approx.

200 m away from shoreline
Right beside Osiao rivermouth
approx. 500 away from shoreline
Depth
(m)
North
Coordinates
East
5.3
13.14711
123.85147
5.7-8
13.13127
123.85233
6.3
13.12324
123.85278
4.5-7.5
13.13115
123.85213
6.00
8.00
Table 2.2.5-3. Mangrove stations in Sorsogon and Poliqui Bay

established last Nov. 30 - Dec. 4, 2000
Stations
POLIQUI BAY
Manito Rivermouth
Manito Refo Area
Buang, Manito
Buyo, Manito
Buyo Left, Manito
Buyo Right, Manito
SORSOGON BAY
Cawayan, Sorsogon
Ticol, Sorsogon
Bulabog, Sorsogon
Reference Land Marks/Description
Plot Size
(m2)
Bearing
GPS Coordinates
North
East
Beside Manitohan Rivermouth approx. 10 m

away
Within 9-has PNOC Manito Mangrove
Rehabilitation
Project , western part of the bunkhouse
Left side of the Manitohan River approx. 20 m
distance
Boundary between Buyo and Manitohan
areas, approx. 300 m away from Buyo River
Left side of the Buyo River approx. 10 m
away
Right side of the Buyo River approx 10 m
away
100
240
13 07 52.5
123 51 53.1
100
060
13 07 34.6
123 51 46.2
225
160
13 07 17.2
123 51 46.9
225
190
13 07 11.9
123 51 34.7
225
060
13 07 07
123 51 32.1
100
240
13 07 02.1
123 51 30.8
North of Cawayan rivermouthh approx . 500 m

Away from shoreline
Facing Capuy rivermouth approx. 100 m
away from shoreline
Right side of Bucalbucalan spring, approx.
500 m to Bagacay bridge (000)
225
030
12 95 67
123 95 71.6
100
040
12 950.5
123 95 84
100
030
12 9774.7
123 92 49.2
p. 2.2.5- 14
Table 2.2.5-4. Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at

nearshore stations along Manito, Poliqui Bay.
Phytoplankton
Diatoms
(HETEROKONCOPHYTA)
Dinoflagellates
(DINOPHYTA)
Blue-green algae
(CYANOPHYTA)
TOTAL
Nacio
(indv/m3)
Pinaculan
(indv/m3)
Balagbag
(indv/m3)
Asias
(indv/m3)
Mean
Density
(indv/m3)
Relative
Abundance
(%)
809578.98
235153.76
192970.56
124516.54
340554.96
91.93
17196.65
1920.16
3099.15
1646.77
5965.68
1.61
10593.33
1078.23
1244.24
941.35
3464.29
0.94
877,347.53
246,903.99
215,194.90
142,341.69
370,447.03
100.00
Table 2.2.5-5. Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of zooplankton in

Poliqui Bay.
Zooplankton
Adult Forms
Larval forms
TOTAL
Nacio
(indv/m3)
702.31
1706.58
2408.89
Pinaculan
(indv/m3)
602.49
1452.64
2055.13
Balagbag
(indv/m3)
109.89
340.56
450.44
Asias
(indv/m3)
87.40
259.95
347.35
Mean
Density
(indv/m3)
375.52
939.93
1315.45
Relative
Abundance
(%)
28.55
71.45
100.00
p. 2.2.5- 15
Table 2.2.5-6. Population Density of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui Bay.

Station
Nacio
Cauit
Pinaculan
Balagbag
Asias
Manito
Mean
TAXONOMIC GROUPS
PHYLUM PROTISTA
FORAMINIFERA
Amphisteginidae
14.81
103.70
266.67
Peneroplidae
88.89
59.26
44.44
74.07
814.81
PHYLUM NEMATODA
14.81
207.41
14.81
66.67
32.10
185.19
PHYLUM NEMERTEA
Rhynchocoela
14.81
2.47
PHYLUM MOLLUSCA
CLASS
GASTROPODA
Bulliminidae
14.81
2.47
14.81
2.47
Nacio
Cauit
Oliviidae
CLASS
PELECYPODA
Tellinidae
Station
Pinaculan
14.81
Balagbag
14.81
29.63
9.88
Asias
Manito
Mean
74.07
PHYLUM ANNELIDA
CLASS POLYCHAETA
Orbiniidae
Paraonidae
14.81
-
14.81
2.47
Questidae
14.81
2.47
Ctenodrillidae
Spionidae
14.81
Chaetopteridae
Cirratulidae
29.63
14.81
14.81
133.33
Capitellidae
Pisionidae
Hesionidae
Pilargiidae
14.81
Syllidae
44.44
14.81
Nereidae
14.81
14.81
-
14.81
2.47
103.70
27.16
14.81
14.81
7.41
44.44
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
Nephthyidae
Eunicidae
Arabellidae
PHYLUM
ARTHROPODA
SUBPHYLUM
CRUSTACEA
CLASS
MAXILLOPODA
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
Lacydoniidae
14.81
14.81
14.81
-
2.47
118.52
49.38
192.59
32.10
148.15
-
2.47
2.47
39.51
7.41
2.47
2.47
2.47
2.47
4.94
Subclass Copepoda
Harpacticoidea
14.81
p. 2.2.5- 16
Table 2.2.5-7. Grain Size Analysis and Substrate Type of Sediments in

Poliqui Bay (November 29- December 2, 2000)
4.750
LOCALITY
Nacio
Cauit
Seagrass
Pinaculan
Balagbag
Asias
Manito
Mangrove
Refo Area
Pebble
0.00
WENTHWORTH CLASSIFICATION SCALE (mm)

2.000
1.000
0.600
0.250
0.180
Very
Coarse
Coarse
Medium
Fine
Sand
Sand
Sand
Sand
Granule
19.30
43.62
27.54
8.61
0.59
0.075
<0.075
Very
Fine
0.23
Siltclay
0.10
SUBSTRATE
TYPE
Sandy-corally
0.00
0.00
0.00
13.49
1.19
29.47
3.86
24.24
53.47
24.26
21.05
4.77
19.85
2.96
0.57
0.40
0.00
0.00
0.00
18.04
2.03
37.56
6.38
21.75
13.60
17.74
5.56
2.23
55.90
1.95
16.53
0.72
Sandy (fine)
Sandy-corally
Muddy-clayish
silt
Sandy-corally
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
29.65
24.39
43.72
2.24
Fine sand
Table 2.2.5-8. Relative percent coral cover by hard, soft and dead corals
in reef of Poliqui Bay and status of the living coral cover.
Stations/
Locations
Nacio
Pinaculan
Balagbag
Asias
Hard Coral
(%)
41.60
25.19
3.06
7.60
Soft Coral
(%)
0
0.40
1.10
8.12
Dead Coral
(%)
27.20
19.14
29.72
18.48
Total Cover
(%)
68.80
45.73
33.88
34.20
Status
/Category
Fair
Fair
Poor
Poor
p. 2.2.5- 17
Table 2.2.5-9. Corals and other benthic organisms in Sorsogon Bay.

SPECIES
Nacio
Pinaculan
Balagbag
Asias
Total Cover
% Cover
% Cover
% Cover
% Cover
Acropora Formosa
1.60
0.50
0.00
0.00
2.10
Acropora sp.
1.62
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.62
Cyphastrea sp.
0.00
0.24
0.00
0.58
0.82
Favia sp.
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.22
0.22
Favites sp.
0.00
0.00
0.46
0.22
0.68
Fungia sp.
0.00
0.00
0.06
0.08
0.14
Galaxea sp.
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.22
0.22
Goniopora sp.
2.40
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.40
Hydnophora sp.
0.00
0.12
0.00
0.00
0.12
Lobophyllia sp.
0.00
0.00
0.20
0.00
0.20
Montipora sp.
0.00
0.10
0.18
0.52
0.80
Pavona sp.
0.00
1.40
0.00
0.00
1.40
Pectinia sp.
0.00
0.00
0.06
0.00
0.06
Pocillopora sp.
1.40
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.40
Porites cylindrica
22.58
11.04
0.00
0.00
33.62
Porites sp.
9.40
11.80
1.88
5.76
28.84
Seriatopora sp.
0.00
0.00
0.22
0.00
0.22
Stylophora sp.
2.60
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.60
41.60
25.19
3.06
7.60
77.45
Lobophyton sp.
0.00
0.00
0.14
0.00
0.14
Nepthea sp.
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.12
8.12
Sarcophyton sp.
0.00
0.40
0.08
0.00
0.48
Sinularia sp.
0.00
0.00
0.56
0.00
0.56
0.00
0.00
0.32
0.00
0.32
0.00
0.40
1.10
8.12
9.62
Amphiroa sp.
0.00
0.14
0.00
0.00
0.14
Halimeda sp.
0.00
0.08
0.00
0.00
0.08
Padina sp.
0.00
0.10
0.00
0.00
0.10
0.00
0.32
0.00
0.00
0.32
Live Hard Coral
Subtotal
Live Soft Coral
Xenia sp.
Subtotal
Seaweeds
Subtotal
Other Invertebrates
Diadema setosum
10.20
0.00
0.00
0.00
10.20
Sponge
2.60
0.28
0.00
0.64
3.52
12.80
0.28
0.00
0.64
13.72
13.80
52.78
0.00
65.16
131.74
Subtotal
Abiotic
Coral rubbles/sand
Sand
4.60
1.90
1.34
0.00
7.84
Silt
0.00
0.00
64.78
0.00
64.78
18.40
54.67
66.12
65.16
204.35
27.20
19.14
29.72
18.48
94.54
27.20
19.14
29.72
18.48
94.54
100
100
100
100
400
Subtotal
Dead coral
Subtotal
GRAND TOTAL
p. 2.2.5- 18
Table 2.2.5-10. Summary of reef fish information in Poliqui Bay.

Reef
Stations
Total
Total
Target
Indicator
Density
Families
Species
Species
Species
(no/500 m )
Category
2
Biomass
Category
(mt-km )
Nacio
16
48
1,315
Moderate
17.92
Low
Pinaculan
19
258
Poor
5.52
Low
Balagbag
11
128
Very Poor
1.90
Very Low
Asias
11
14
51
Very Poor
1.63
Very Low
p. 2.2.5- 19
Table 2.2.5-11. List of Reef Fish in Poliqui Bay (Note: T = target species;
I = indicator species; and U = ubiquitous species).
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
T
U
T
I
I
I
I
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
U
Family
Species
Acanthuridae
Apogonidae
Apogonidae
Balistidae
Blenniidae
Blenniidae
Caesionidae
Chaetodontidae
Chaetodontidae
Chaetodontidae
Chaetodontidae
Cirrhitidae
Holocentridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Lutjanidae
Mullidae
Nemipteridae
Nemipteridae
Nemipteridae
Pinguipedidae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Naso hexacanthus
Apogon taeniatus
Cheilodipterus quinquelineatus
Balistapus undulatus
Istiblennius dussumieri
Meiacanthus atrodorsalis
Caesio teres
Chaetodon baronessa
Chaetodon kleinii
Chaetodon octofasciatus
Chelmon rostratus
Cirrhitichthys falco
Neoniphon sammara
Bodianus diana
Cirrhilabrus cyanopleura
Cirrhilabrus exquisitus
Coris variegata
Epibulus insidiator
Halichoeres melanurus
Halichoeres prosopeion
Labrichthys unilineatus
Labroides dimidiatus
Oxycheilinus digrammus
Thalassoma hardwicke
Thalassoma lunare
Lutjanus decussatus
Upeneus tragula
Scolopsis bilineatus
Scolopsis ciliatus
Scolopsis margaritifer
Parapercis hexophtalma
Amblyglyphidodon curacao
Amblyglyphidodon leucogaster
Amphiprion melanopus
Chromis ternatensis
Chromis viridis
Chrysiptera rex
Chrysiptera rollandi
Chrysiptera talboti
Neoglyphidodon nigroris
Plectroglyphidodon lacrymatus
Pomacentrus adelus
Pomacentrus alexanderae
Pomacentrus amboinensis
Pomacentrus chrysurus
Pomacentrus coelestis
Pomacentrus lepidogenys
Pomacentrus moluccensis
Asias
Balagbag
Nacio
Pinaculan
x
X
X
X
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
X
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
X
x
x
x
p. 2.2.5- 20
Table 2.2.5-11. List of Reef Fish in Poliqui Bay (Note: T = target species;
I = indicator species; and U = ubiquitous species) (contn).
No.
Family
Species
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Scaridae
Serranidae
Serranidae
Serranidae
Tetraodontidae
Tetraodontidae
Zanclidae
Pomacentrus philippinus
Pomacentrus smithi
Pomacentrus vaiuli
Scarus niger
Anyperodon leucogrammicus
Diploprion bifasciatum
Epinephelus fasciatus
Arothron nigropunctatus
Canthigaster solandri
Zanclus cornutus
T
T
U
T
Asias
Balagbag
Nacio
Pinaculan
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
X
Table 2.2.5-12. Most abundant species (first five) per site in Poliqui Bay
Family
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Apogonidae
Blenniidae
Chaetodontida
e
Labridae
Labridae
Nemipteridae
Nemipteridae
Pinguipedidae
Pinguipedidae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Serranidae
Species
Nacio
(%)
Pinaculan
(%)
Apogon taeniatus
Chelmon rostratus
Cirrhilabrus cyanopleura
Halichoeres melanurus
Scolopsis ciliatus
Chromis viridis
Pomacentrus adelus
Pomacentrus lepidogenys
Pomacentrus vaiuli
Balagbag
(%)
Asias
(%)
29.41
11.76
17.19
25.02
28.29
6.20
5.43
9.38
7.81
11.72
5.88
7.22
8.21
6.08
31.18
25.19
10.85
5.88
9.80
13.73
25.00
Table 2.2.5-13. Summary of density and relative frequency of

seagrasses.
FAMILY
SPECIES
Cymodoceaceae
Cymodoceaceae
Cymodoceaceae
Cymodoceaceae
Hydrocharitaceae
Hydrocharitaceae
Cymodocea rotundata
Cymodocea serrulata
Halodule pinifolia
Halodule uninervis
Enhalus acoroides
Halophila minor
TOTAL
Kamanitohan
(%)
4.25
0.00
16.69
0.00
0.00
0.00
20.94
Cauit
(%)
0.00
1.88
0.00
6.95
0.36
0.36
9.55
Density
(%)
4.25
1.88
16.69
6.95
0.36
0.36
30.49
Relative
Frequency (%)
13.94
6.17
54.74
22.79
1.18
1.18
100
p. 2.2.5- 21
Table 2.2.5-14. Summary list of the mangrove species and associates

found in the mangrove and nipa swamps of Poliqui and
Sorsogon Bays.
Family and Species
1. AVICENNIACEAE
Avicennia marina
2. ARECACEAE
Nypa fruticans
3. MYRSINACEAE
Aegiceras corniculatum
4. RHIZOPHORACEAE
Rhizophora apiculata
5. SONNERATIACEAE
Sonneratia alba
Sonneratia sp.
6. ASSOCIATE FLORA
Unidentified sp. 1
Unidentified sp. 2
Local Name
Sorsogon Bay
Poliqui Bay
Miapi
Nipa
b
b
Saging saging
Bakhaw
Pagatpat
Pagatpat
b
b
b
b
p. 2.2.5- 22
Table 2.2.5-15. Basal area and density of mangrove species in Poliqui Bay.
Species
Aegiceras
corniculatum
Avicennia
marina
Rhizophora
apiculata
Sonneratia
alba
Basal
Area
(m2/ha)
Density
(stems/ha)
Basal
Area
(m2/ha)
Density
(stems/ha)
Basal
Area
(m2/ha)
Density
(stems/ha)
Basal
Area
(m2/ha)
Density
(stems/ha)
Basal
Area
(m2/ha)
Density
(stems/ha)
Basal
Area
(m2/ha)
Density
(stems/ha)
Basal
Area
(m2/ha)
Density
(stems/ha)
9.29
2,400.00
1.06
4,100.00
10.35
6,500.00
0.15
366.66
1.16
311.11
1.57
3,644.44
4.05
488.89
3.07
5,000.00
3.30
1,633.33
13.30
11,444.43
1.67
414.81
0.18
88.89
0.01
66.67
0.53
733.33
2.39
1,303.70
6.77
6,666.67
9.46
3,318.52
0.48
177.78
0.07
200.00
3.28
566.67
20.06
10,929.64
Table 2.2.5-16. Diversity, density and basal area of mangrove vegetation in three
sampling sites in Manito, Poliqui Bay.
Location
Buyo Right
Buyo Left
Buyo
Buang
Manito Refo Area
Manito Rivermouth
No. of spp.
Diversity
Index (H)
Density
(stem/ha)
Basal area
(m2/ha)
3
5
1
5
4
5
1.188
1.481
0.816
1.423
1.376
1.459
7,033
5,067
3,644
3,156
5,233
7,067
20.77
37.99
4.72
41.99
9.47
24.53
p. 2.2.5- 23
Table 2.2.5-17. Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at nearshore along Sorsogon,
Sorsogon Bay.
Phytoplankton
Diatoms
(HETEROKONCOPHYTA)
Blue-green algae
(CYANOPHYTA)
Protozoa (CILIATA)
TOTAL
Gimaloto
(indv/m3)
Capuy
(indv/m3)
Ticol
(indv/m3)
Bulabog
(indv/m3)
Bucalbucalan
(indv/m3)
Rizal
(indv/m3)
Menilo
(indv/m3)
Mean
Density
(indv/m3)
426370.32
189751.68
42254985.01
127566.63
272315.06
217282.06
166861.90
219626.94
5484344.95
73.47
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
265.26
33.16
0.00
12831.04
8771.89
314454.95
2069.89
208.67
10.61
275.87
10.61
42329.19
0.57
482997.52
269209.96
57887158.24
161488.84
284832.04
229084.97
178025.00
228781.51
7465197.26
100.00
Table 2.2.5-18. Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of zooplankton in Sorsogon Bay.
Zooplankton
Cawayan
(indv/m3)
Gimaloto
(indv/m3)
Capuy
(indv/m3)
Ticol
(indv/m3)
Bulabog
(indv/m3)
Bucalbucalan
(indv/m3)
Rizal
(indv/m3)
Menilo
(indv/m3)
Mean
Density
(indv/m3)
Rel.
Abundance
(%)
Adult Forms
26617.72
19920.85
10668.66
14181.26
5915.24
6189.34
5915.24
6571.32
11997.45
29.91
Larval
forms
41901.86
16914.59
11849.94
15901.31
8086.23
10316.75
9688.98
14316.84
16122.06
40.19
68519.58
36835.44
22518.60
30082.57
14001.48
16506.10
15604.22
20888.15
40116.97
100.00
TOTAL
Rel.
Abundance
(%)
Cawayan
(indv/m3)
p. 2.2.5- 24
Table 2.2.5-19. Population Density of soft bottom benthos

in Sorsogon Bay.
TAXONOMIC GROUPS
Mean (indiv/m )
PHYLUM PROTISTA
FORAMINIFERA
Amphisteginidae
10.77
Peneroplidae
6.73
PHYLUM NEMATODA
227.61
PHYLUM PLATYHELMINTHES
CLASS TURBELLARIA
18.86
PHYLUM NEMERTEA
Rhynchocoela
13.47
PHYLUM MOLLUSCA
CLASS GASTROPODA
Bulliminidae
6.73
Nudibranchia
1.35
CLASS PELECYPODA
Tellinidae
9.43
PHYLUM ANNELIDA
CLASS POLYCHAETA
Orbiniidae
16.16
Psammodrillidae
2.69
Cossuridae
4.04
Spionidae
74.07
Magelonidae
1.35
Chaetopteridae
2.69
Capitellidae
13.47
Arenicolidae
5.39
Maldanidae
4.04
Phyllodocidae
4.04
Sigalionidae
12.12
Hesionidae
8.08
Pilargiidae
22.90
Syllidae
63.30
Nereidae
10.77
Glyceridae
13.47
Gonianidae
1.35
Nephthyidae
9.43
Amphinomidae
1.35
Onuphidae
2.69
Eunicidae
1.35
CLASS POLYCHAETA
Lumbrineridae
1.35
Arabellidae
6.73
Dorvilleidae
1.35
p. 2.2.5- 25
Table 2.2.5-19. Population Density of soft bottom benthos

in Sorsogon Bay (contn).
TAXONOMIC GROUPS
Mean (indiv/m )
Histriobdellidae
1.35
Sternaspidae
1.35
Sabellidae
2.69
Protodrilidae
8.08
PHYLUM ARTHROPODA
SUBPHYLUM CRUSTACEA
CLASS CIRRIPEDIA
5.39
Balanus
CLASS MAXILLOPODA
Subclass Ostracoda
Myodocopa
4.04
Subclass Copepoda
Harpacticoidea
5.39
CLASS MALACOSTRACA
Order Amphipoda
Gammaridae
Urothoe
2.69
Polycheria
1.35
Ampelisca
6.73
Paramoera
1.35
Caprellidae
1.35
Order Isopoda
8.08
Order Cumacea
2.69
Order Decapoda
Section Caridea
Alpheidae
1.35
Section Penaeidea
Penaeidae
1.35
Section Brachyura
Megalopa stage
1.35
Portunidae
1.35
Pinnotheridae
2.69
PHYLUM SIPUNCULA
8.08
PHYLUM BRACHIOPODA
13.47
Lingula
PHYLUM ECHINODERMATA
CLASS OPHIUROIDEA
33.67
PHYLUM CHORDATA
SUBPHYLUM CEPHALOCHORDATA
9.43
Amphioxus
TOTAL
704.38
p. 2.2.5- 26
Table 2.2.5-20. Grain Analysis and Substrate Type of Sediments in

Sorsogon Bay (December 3, 2000)
LOCALITY
WENTHWORTH CLASSIFICATION SCALE (mm)

4.750
SUBSTRATE TYPE
2.000
1.000
0.600
0.250
0.180
0.075
<0.075
Pebble
Granule
Very
Coarse
Sand
Coarse
Sand
Medium
sand
Fine
Sand
Very
Fine
Silt-clay
Bucalbucalan
0.00
0.52
1.06
2.23
17.83
14.30
51.62
12.44
Suhi/Menito
0.00
1.45
4.71
7.69
27.54
17.55
34.32
6.74
Capuy
Rizal
Ticol
0.00
9.61
0.00
0.00
11.57
0.00
0.69
10.28
2.95
5.52
13.31
8.90
57.79
30.82
52.33
15.78
12.08
21.00
19.33
11.84
14.66
0.89
0.49
0.16
Bulabog
0.00
1.72
3.57
11.60
40.75
15.27
21.36
5.73
Gimaloto
14.27
14.02
17.78
28.49
20.37
2.58
1.75
0.74
Cawayan 1
Cawayan 2
Cawayan 3
Cawayan 4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.13
1.02
0.00
0.00
5.86
2.55
0.59
2.89
8.89
8.22
5.65
38.65
50.97
53.79
60.24
17.02
12.10
22.26
21.59
24.48
16.40
11.63
11.51
16.96
4.65
0.53
0.42
Silty-clay with shell

fragments (blackish)
Sandy-clayish
(blackish-gray)
Sandy (medium fine)
(blackish)
Sandy-pebbly
Sandy-shelly
Sandy (fine)-shelly
(black)
Coarse sand with
pebbles (black)
Sandy-muddy with
shell fragments
(blackish gray)
Sandy (brownish)
Sandy
Sandy-muddy-shelly
Table 2.2.5-21. Diversity, density and basal area of mangrove vegetation

in three sampling sites in Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay.
Location
No. of spp.
Ticol
Bulabog
Cawayan
Diversity Index
(H)
1.810
1.231
1.022
6
4
2
Density
(stem/ha)
1,233
21,367
7,600
Basal area
(m2/ha)
29.94
12.83
5.58
Table 2.2.5-22. Basal area and density of mangrove species in Sorsogon

Bay.
Cawayan
Species
Total
Total
Basal Area
Density
Basal Area
Bulabog
Density
Basal Area
Density
Basal Area
Density
(m2/ha)
(stems/ha)
(m2/ha)
(stems/ha)
(m2/ha)
(stems/ha)
(m2/ha)
(stems/ha)
Avicennia marina
1.15
Nypa fruticans
Rhizophora
apiculata
0.52
Sonneratia alba
5.58 4,785.12
Ticol
200.00
533.33
-
466.66
30.51
666.66
0.52
533.33
5.58
4,785.12
Sonneratia sp.
10.42
0.34
300.00
10.76
20,933.00
Unidentified sp.1
0.41
233.33
0.41
233.33
Unidentified sp.2
0.05
233.33
0.05
233.33
20,633.00
29.36
p. 2.2.5- 27
Table 2.2.5-23. Corals in Osiao, Albay Gulf.

SPECIES
BIOTIC
Acroporidae
Acropora sp.
Astreopora sp.
Montipora sp.
Astrocoeniidae
Stylocoeniella sp.
Caryophylliidae
Euphyllia ancora
Dendrophylliidae
Turbinaria sp.
Faviidae
Barabattoia sp.
`yphastrea sp.
Diploastrea sp.
Echinopora sp.
Favia sp.
Favites sp.
Leptastrea sp.
Fungiidae
Fungia sp.
Merulinidae
Hydnophora sp.
Oculinidae
Galaxea sp.
Pectiniidae
Pectinia sp.
Pocilloporidae
Pocillopora sp.
Seriatopora sp.
Poritidae
Porites sp.
Siderastreidae
Psammocora sp.
Milleporidae
Millepora sp.
Subtotal
ABIOTIC
Sand
Subtotal
GRAND TOTAL
Osiao SW (%)
Osiao North (%)
Total Cover (%)
2.57
3.23
0.91
0.00
2.38
4.64
2.57
5.61
5.55
3.81
1.19
5.00
0.83
0.00
0.83
0.00
1.67
1.67
0.33
0.00
10.19
1.74
8.86
7.62
2.24
0.00
10.24
0.00
0.00
7.14
2.98
0.00
0.33
10.24
10.19
1.74
16.00
10.60
2.24
1.41
0.00
1.41
1.08
0.00
1.08
1.66
1.31
2.97
0.00
0.95
0.95
0.99
1.49
0.00
0.00
0.99
1.49
50.54
35.48
86.02
0.00
0.36
0.36
0.50
100.00
0.00
68.34
0.50
168.34
0.00
0.00
100
31.67
31.67
100
31.67
31.67
200.00
Table 2.2.5-24. Relative percent coral cover by hard, soft and dead corals
in reef of Osiao, Albay Gulf and status of the living coral
cover.
Stations/ Locations
Hard Coral
(%)
100
68.34
Osiao SW
Osiao North
Dead Coral
(%)
0
0
Total Cover
(%)
100
68.34
Status
/Category
Excellent
Good
Table 2.2.5-25. Summary of reef fish information in Albay Gulf.

Reef
Stations
Total
Total
Total
Target
Indicator
Density
Families
Genera
Species
Species
Species
(no/500 m )
Category
2
Biomass
Category
(mt-km )
Osiao North
16
24
34
413
Poor
5.84
Low
Osiao SW
20
26
36
14
551
Poor
13.87
Low
p. 2.2.5- 28
Table 2.2.5-26. List of Reef Fish in Osiao, Albay Gulf

(Note: T = target species; I = indicator species; and U = ubiquitous species).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
T
T
U
U
T
I
I
T
T
U
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
Family
Species
Acanthuridae
Acanthuridae
Balistidae
Blenniidae
Blenniidae
Bondianinae
Caesionidae
Chaetodontidae
Chaetodontidae
Cheilinenae
Cirrhitidae
Corinae
Epinephelinae
Grammistinae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Labridae
Malacanthidae
Mullidae
Mullidae
Nemipteridae
Nemipteridae
Nemipteridae
Pinguipededae
Plotosidae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Pomacentridae
Scaridae
Siganidae
Siganidae
Tetraodontidae
Zanclidae
Acanthurus sp.
Acanthurus xanthopterus
Sufflamen chrysopterus
Meiacanthus grammistes
Choerodon anchorago
Caesio cuning
Chaetodon kleinii
Chaetodon octofasciatus
Oxycheilinus digrammus
Cirrhitichthys falco
Anampses sp.
Epinephelus sp.
Bodianus mesothorax
Halichoeres argus
Halichoeres prosopeion
Halichoeres sp.
Halichoeres sp1.
Labroides dimidiatus
Hoplolatilus purpureus
Parupeneus barberinoides
Upeneus tragula
Scolopsis ciliatus
Scolopsis sp.
Parapercis punctulata
Plotosus lineatus
Amblyglyphidodon curacao
Chrysiptera hemicyanea
Chrysiptera talboti
Dischistodus melanotus
Neoglyphidodon melas
Neopomacentrus nemurus
Pomacentrus alexanderae
Pomacentrus amboinensis
Pomacentrus coelestis
Pomacentrus sp.
Pomacentrus sp1.
Pomacentrus vaiuli
Pomachromis guamensis
Pomachromis richardsoni
Hipposcarus harid
Siganus puellus
Siganus virgatus
Canthigaster margaritata
Zanclus cornutus
Osiao North
Osiao SW
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
p. 2.2.5- 29
FIGURE 2.2.5 1:
MARINE SAMPLING STATIONS MAP
p. 2.2.5- 30
Others [N=4]
8%
Foraminifera
2%
Echinodermata
5%
Crustacea
7%
Nematoda
32%
Mollusca
2%
Sipuncula
1%
Polychaeta
43%
Figure 2.2.5-2: Relative abundance of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon

Bay
Relative abundance of polychaete fauna in Sorsogon
Bay
Spionidae
25%
Others [N=21]
27%
Capitellidae
5%
Glyceridae
5%
Sigalionidae
4%
Syllidae
21%
Pilargidae
8%
Orbiniidae
5%
Figure 2.2.5-3: Relative abundance of polychaete fauna in Sorsogon

Bay
p. 2.2.5- 31
Relative abundance of crustacean fauna in

Sorsogon Bay
Brachyura
11%
Penaeidae
3%
Harpacticoidea
11%
Alpheidae
3%
Cumacea
6%
Gammaridae
26%
Isopoda
17%
Others [N=3]
23%
Figure 2.2.5-4:
Relative abundance of crustacean fauna in Sorsogon

Bay
Figure 2.2.5-4. Diversity Index of soft bottom benthos in

Sorsogon Bay
1.20
Diversity Index (H')
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
an
C
aw
ay
ay
C
aw
ay
C
aw
ay
aw
C
an
2
an
an
ot
im
al
G
bo
Bu
la
Ti
co
l
iz
al
R
ap
uy
C
Su
h
Bu
c
al
bu
ca
la
n
0.00
Station
Figure 2.2.5-5: Diversity Index of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay
p. 2.2.5- 32
Relative abundance of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui

Bay
Sipuncula
4%
Crustacea
16%
Foraminifera
16%
Others [N=2]
1%
Nematoda
29%
Polychaeta
32%
Mollusca
2%
Figure 2.2.5-6: Relative abundance of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui

Bay
Relative abundance of polychaete fauna in Poliqui
Bay
Others
[N=12]
23%
Orbiniidae
9%
Spionidae
16%
Capitellidae
29%
Syllidae
23%
Figure 2.2.5-7: Relative abundance of polychaetes in Poliqui Bay
p. 2.2.5- 33

Poliqui Bay
Penaeidae
13%
Paguridae
3%
Harpacticoidea
5%
Alpheidae
12%
Cumacea
2%
Isopoda
5%
Gammaridae
60%
Figure 2.2.5-8: Relative abundance of crustaceans in Poliqui Bay

1.20
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
Nacio
Cauit
Pinakulan
Balagbag
Asias
Manito
Station
Figure 2.2.5-9: Diversity index of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui Bay
p. 2.2.5- 34
Plate 2.2.5 1:
Local residents in Manito area involved during marine
survey
Plate 2.2.5 3:
Rows of newly planted mangrove (Rhizophora apiculata);
expansion of PNOC Manito Mangrove Reforestation Project
(10 hectares)
Plate 2.2.5 2:
Sediment sample sieved on- site using wire mesh for soft
bottom benthos determination
Plate 2.2.5 4:
Mangrove Reforestation area of PNOC covering
9 hectares. Planted species is Rhizophora apiculata
p. 2.2.5 - 35
Plate 2.2.5 5:
Fishermen are using sailboat made of patched sacks/clothes
(sibid) to capture blue crab.
Plate 2.2.5 7:
Gleaners collecting mollusks
Plate 2.2.5 6:
Hook and line fishing method in Sorsogon Bay.
Plate 2.2.5 8:
Bryozoans Lingula sp. gathered by gleaners in Cawayan tidal
flat during low tide
p. 2.2.5 - 36
Plate 2.2.5 10:

Stand of
Sonneratia alba
(pagatpat) within
the transect plot
Plate 2.2.5 9:
Basket of Psammotea sp. (bogtay) gleaned in Cawayan tidal
flat.
Plate 2.2.5 11:

Mangroves in Cawayan, Sorsogon were indiscriminately cut for fuel purposes. Foreground of the picture is the
Cawayan River.
p. 2.2.5 - 37
Plate 2.2.5 13:

Nypa fruticans (nipa)
Plate 2.2.5 12:

Avicennia marina (miapi)
Plate 2.2.5 14:

Fishermen were interviewed on their fishery resource
p. 2.2.5 - 38
2.3
2.3.1
Summary of Findings
2.3.1.1 Socio-economic Conditions in the Host Province

Sorsogon ranks 21st among the countrys 78 provinces in terms of revenue collection but socioeconomic conditions in the province have been poor, characterized by low household incomes,
high incidence of poverty, heavy dependence of the economy on agriculture and fisheries, lack
of food self-sufficiency and undeveloped industrial and manufacturing sector. The three most
important crops in the province are rice, coconut and abaca. Agricultural production suffers from
low productivity due to lack of technology and frequent typhoons. Household incomes averaged
only P48,856 per year. The province has one of the highest cases of child malnutrition (33.52%),
which is also partly blamed on the insurgency problem. Despite the low level economic
development, Sorsogon fared better in terms of overall human development. Its 1997 Human
Development Index (a weighted average between per capita income, life expectancy and
literacy rates) score of 0.589 was the highest in the region.
2.3.1.2 Socio-economic Conditions in the Host City

The City of Sorsogon is the capital town of the Province of Sorsogon. As the commercial,
political and cultural center of the province, the town has better facilities compared to other
municipalities of the province. The town center is equipped with urban amenities and facilities
such as water system, garbage collection, bus terminals, telephone systems, shopping centers,
department stores, hotels, cinemas and restaurants, banks, schools offering college degrees,
hospitals and medical clinics.
The city has five communal and two private irrigation systems, serving around 640 hectares of
ricefields. It is also host to the 40-MW BacMan II (Cawayan and Botong Sectors) Geothermal
Power Plant.
Although probably experiencing high out-migration (i.e., family members leaving for jobs in
bigger cities and abroad), the city is undergoing rapid urbanization due to influx of people from
other parts of the province and due to high birth rate. The 1995-2000 annual growth rate for the
City was 2.21%, which is higher than the province (2.04%) and the region (1.68%). The main
sources of income are employment in construction and in the services sector (i.e., transport and
retail services).
The service sectors are the main source of livelihood in the urban barangays. In rural areas,
agriculture and fisheries have remained the major sources of livelihood. Poverty incidence and
rate of malnutrition are both high.
2.3.1.3 Socio-economic Conditions of the Host Barangays

The barangays potentially hosting the geothermal project are: Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog,
Capuy, Ticol, Basud, Guinlajon, San Juan and Osiao.
Human settlements in these areas tend to cluster where there is easy access to transportation,
i.e., along the national highway and near coastline. The nearest settlement with respect to the
proposed geothermal development block is about one kilometer. Although experiencing
significant out-migration, these barangays have recently experienced high population growths
due to new settlements.
Section 2.0: BASELINE PROFILE (Socio-economics)
p. 2.3 - 1
Family incomes in the host barangays are low (P66,145 per year). Poverty incidence is high
(63%) compared to the national average (32%). The leading causes of death are respiratory and
cardiovascular diseases. The leading cause of morbidity is influenza, followed by respiratory and
gastro-intestinal diseases. Child malnutrition is also high (25% to 30%). A great majority of the
survey respondents (77%) favors the development of geothermal resource in their barangays.
2.3.2
Methodology
A.
The Study Team
The study was conducted by a team of experts from the Environmental Management
Department of the Philippine National Oil Company:
Expert
Position/Designation
Expertise
1. Jonas G. Bautista
Socioeconomist
M.S. Economics and Rural

Sociology
M.S. Advanced Studies in Human
Ecology
2. Celedonia T. Daep
BMGPF Extension Officer
B.S. Social Works (Community

Organizing)
4. Erlito P. del Rosario
BMGPF Environmental
Superintendent
Environmental Technical
Services Supervisor
B.S. Forestry (Social Forestry)
5. Esperanza C. Lee
B.
M.S. Sociology (Conflict

Resolution)
Identification of Study Area and Scope of the Study
The existing political subdivisions i.e., province, the municipality and barangays, provided a
convenient system for delineating the geographical area coverage of this study. The socioeconomic impacts of the project can be analyzed at various levels of geo-political aggregation
starting from the host barangays to the host province. Some socio-economic parameters
however are relevant only up to the host barangay level while others are relevant up to the
provincial and regional levels. For the purpose of this study, four levels of aggregation are
defined namely: the host barangays, the indirectly affected barangays, the host municipalities
and the host province. Table 2.3-1 specifies the relevant socio-economic parameters for each of
these geo-political aggregations.
p. 2.3 - 2
Table 2.3-1. Definition of impact areas and the relevant socio-economic parameters to
be studied
Geo-political Aggregation
Host Province:
Province of Sorsogon
Host Municipality:
Municipality of Sorsogon
Affected Barangays
Host Barangays:
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
Guinlajon
Basud
Osiao
Indirectly Affected Barangays
Barayong
Gimaloto
Pamurayan
Nagotgot, Manito Albay
Relevant Parameters
Economic Infrastructure and Facilities
Level of Socio-economic Development
Socio-Political Dynamics
Economic Infrastructure and Facilities
Demographic Trends
Level of Socio-Economic Development
Business and Commercial Activity
Demographic Trends and Settlement Patterns
Income and Livelihood Sources
Housing and Standard of Living
Socio-Cultural Systems
Health and Nutrition
Perceptions and Attitudes toward the Project
Host Province. The geothermal power project is expected to benefit the economy of the
Province of Sorsogon, particularly in terms of the growth of commerce and industry. It also has
potential impacts on the socio-political dynamics of the province as the local governments,
political patrons and various cause-oriented groups may mobilize in support or in opposition to
the project.
Host City. Economic, demographic and socio-political impacts are expected to be felt in the City
of Sorsogon.
Host Barangays. Barangays potentially hosting the project were identified based on their
territorial boundaries vis-a-vis the boundaries of the proposed development block. These
barangays are Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol, Basud, Guinlajon, San Juan and
Osiao.
Indirectly Affected Barangays. Barangays located along the major river systems draining from
the sites may be indirectly affected. The Brgy Nagotgot, which lies along the Manitohan River is
considered to be indirectly affected.
p. 2.3 - 3
C.
Methods and Procedures
Household Survey
A household survey was conducted from December 5 to 20, 2000. The survey covers the five
barangays whose population centers are situated near the proposed geothermal development
block (Figure 2.3-1). These are the barangays of Rizal, Bucalbulan, Bulabog, Capuy and Ticol.
The number of samples was based on the 1995 household population published by the National
Statistics Office (NSO). A simple random sampling technique was employed. The distribution of
respondents is presented in Table 2.3-2.
Table 2.3-2. Distribution of respondents of the household survey

Barangay
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
Total
Households
465
293
357
373
253
1,741
Sample Size
93
57
72
71
50
343
% of Sample
20%
19%
20%
19%
20%
20%
Survey Instrument. A structured survey questionnaire was developed and pre-tested. The
questionnaire was designed to elicit baseline information regarding demographic, health and
nutrition, housing, livelihood and income situations of households in the host and indirectly
affected barangays.
Survey Enumerators. Five PNOC-EDC employees who themselves either worked or lived in the
host communities were tapped as survey enumerators. They were trained for one day before
they were fielded. One resident from each barangay was also hired to assist the enumerators.
Data Analysis
The completed questionnaires were reviewed by designated checkers and data gaps and/or
dubious figures were verified and corrected while in the field. Further review of the
questionnaires was made before the data were encoded into a database file. Simple
frequencies, percentages and averages were generated.
For the host municipalities and the host province, the analyses relied mainly on secondary data
published by the National Statistics Office (NSO), the National Statistical Coordination Board
(NSCB), the Sorsogon Provincial Planning and Development Office (PPDO) and City Planning
and Development Office (CPDO). Usually however, the data differed from one source to
another and their quality were always suspect. In such cases the study team use their best
professional judgment on which data to use. When not available, estimates of some important
parameters for the host municipalities were extrapolated from the provincial data or regional
data.
D.
Data Sources
Primary Data
Local Community Participation in the Study. This study benefited from the participation and
cooperation of the communities in Sorsogon City. Community participation was achieved
p. 2.3 - 4
through the following: (1) the tapping of local residents as household survey enumerators and
guides (2) information drives in eight barangays, and (3) the EIA scoping session held in town
center. The open forum and dialogues during the information drives and scoping session
provided opportunities for the gathering of community sentiments and concerns.
The data from the household survey provided the basis for the baseline characterization of the
socio-economic conditions of the host barangays. These were supplemented by barangayspecific secondary data, barangay profiles where available, and information obtained from the
occasional informal interviews with residents and barangay officials.
Secondary Data
Documents from government agencies, provincial and city government offices which were
relevant to the study were examined.
2.3.3
Baseline Socio-economic Conditions

This section discusses the baseline socio-economic conditions in the areas, which could be
affected by the project. A separate discussion is provided for each level of geo-political
aggregation, i.e. the host province, the host municipality and host barangays.
2.3.3.1 Baseline Socio-Economic Conditions of the Host Province

The Province of Sorsogon is one of the six provinces of the Bicol Region (Region V). It is
situated in the southern tip of the Bicol Peninsula, bounded in the east by the Pacific Ocean,
west by Ticao and Burias Pass, south by San Bernardino Strait and north by the Province of
Albay. It has a total land area of 214,144 hectares, consisting of relatively flat areas near the
coastlines and hilly to mountainous interior. The province is divided into 14 municipalities and
one component city serving as its capital. In 2000, the population of Sorsogon was 650,535 and
growing at 2.04% annually (NSCB, 2001). It was the fastest growing province in Region V (NSO,
2001) during the 1995-2000 period.
This sub-section provides a brief description of the socio-economic conditions in Sorsogon
Province. The discussion focuses only on selected parameters where the impacts of the project
are expected to be significant. These are (1) the status of infrastructure facilities, (2) the level of
socio-economic development and, (3) the socio-political dynamics.
A.
Status of Infrastructure Facilities in Sorsogon Province
Sorsogons infrastructure still needs a lot of improvements. Of the total road length of 1,481.93
km, only 312.67 km or 21.09% is paved (PPDO, 2000). These include the portion of the TransPhilippine Highway, which traverses the province from the Castilla to Matnog. At road density of
0.69km/sq km 1 , Sorsogon does not reach the ideal rural area road density of 1.0km/sq km but
meets the road to population density standard of 2.4km/1000 population.
The province has two airstrips, one located in Municipality of Bulan and another in Bacon District
of the capital city, each with an area of 250,000 sq. m of graveled surface. These facilities
however need substantial rehabilitation (PPDO, 2000). The nearest airport with commercial
1Based on the total road length and total area obtained from PPDO (2000). However according to PIDS database,
Sorsogons road density in 1999 was only 0.490km/sqkm.

p. 2.3 - 5
flights to Manila is in Legazpi City in the neighboring Province of Albay, which is about 60 km
from the Sorsogon City.
The major ports are the Matnog Port and the Bulan Port. The Matnog Port provides ferry
services for passengers and vehicles traveling the Trans-Philippine Highway. The Port of Bulan
serves motorized passenger and cargo vessels to and from other provinces and neighboring
islands. There are also small municipal ports in Casiguran, Magallanes, Gubat, Bacon and Pilar.
These ports serve small passenger and fishing vessels plying to and from the neighboring
islands.
Postal, telegraph and telephone services are available in the province. Each municipality has at
least one post office and one telegraphic station. As of 1999, the province has four Telephone
Exchanges, 2,965 lines and 2,552 connections with a telephone density of 0.482 (PPDO, 2000).
There are also adequate mass media establishments, including three FM stations, four AM
stations, five television stations, and local weekly newspapers. The telegraph and telephone
services are handled by the Telecommunications Office and six private operators namely,
DIGITEL, ICC-Bayan Tel/Radio Communications of the Philippines, Inc. (RCPI), the Philippine
Long Distance Telephone Company (PLDT) and the Philippine Telegraph and Telephone
Corporation (PT&T).
The power facilities in the province include three power plants, four power transmission lines
and five major substations. The National Power Corporation (NPC) produces power from its
Bac-Man I, BacMan II-Botong and Bac-Man II-Cawayan power plants utilizing steam form the
PNOC-EDCs existing Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field. These power plants are
connected to the Luzon Grid and have a total generating capacity of 150MW.
For the local power needs, two electric cooperatives namely, the Sorsogon Electric Cooperative
I (SORECO I) and the Sorsogon Electric Cooperative II (SORECO II) distribute power to
households and other consumers in the province. As of 1999, a total of 472 barangays with a
population of 92,611 households had been energized while about 68 barangays or 20,333
households still did not have access to electricity. Annual power consumption reached 45.163
GW-hrs, of which 29.99Gwhr or about two-thirds were consumed by residential consumers
(PPDO, 2000).
The tourist attractions in the province include beaches, lakes, hot springs, waterfalls, mountains,
lagoons, coral reefs and small islands. The frequently visited places are the Bulusan Volcano,
Bulusan Lake and the Hot Spring Resorts at San Benon and Irosin. Recently, foreign and local
tourists are visiting the municipality of Donsol and other areas near the Sorsogon Bay because
of the seasonal appearance of whale sharks, locally known as Butanding (PPDO, 2000). Except
for a few, most of the tourist spots are not yet well developed, providing only very limited
facilities and catering only to local picnic goers and occasional foreign backpack tourists.
The present cultural and tourism facilities in the province include gymnasiums, sports complex
and public parks in the capital town and the municipalities of Balogo, Bacon, Bulusan, Pilar and
Gubat. Small hotels and lodging houses are also found in the capital town. Some resort
establishments in Bulusan and Gubat provide hotel services with conference halls, swimming
pools and other amenities (PPDO, 2000). The rest provide only cottages and picnic shades.
p. 2.3 - 6
Table 2.3-3
Physical and Social Infrastructure of Sorsogon Province
Sector
Transportation
Facility
Status/Description
Major Roads
Pan Philippine Highway (Pilar-Matnog)
Concrete
Pilar-Donsol Rd
Concrete
Sorsogon-Bacon Rd
Concrete
Bacon-P.Diaz-Bulusan-Irosin Rd
Concrete
Sorsogon-Gubat Rd
Concrete
Casiguran-Gubat Rd
Concrete
Juban-Magallanes Rd
Concrete
Irosin-Bulan Rd
Concrete
Matnog-St. Magdalena Rd
Concrete
Tublijon-Manito Rd
Gravelled
Ports
Sorsogon City Port
Matnog Port
Ferries carrying passenger and

vehicles to and from Visayas and
Mindanao
Passenger and Cargo to nearby islands
Bulan Port
Other Municipal Wharves/Fish Ports
Power
Power Generating Plants

Electric Utilities
Communication
Telephone and Telegraph Services

Post Office
Mass Media
in Casiguran, Magallanes, Gubat,

Bacon and Pilar
Bac-Man I and II Power Plants
SORECO I and II, serving a total of 472
out of 540 barangays and 56,606 out of
92,611 households. Residential
consumption was 66.67% of 45.16
GWhr total power distributed.
RCPI/ICC/Bayan Tel, DIGITEL, PLDT,
PT&T, and National Telecom.
1 Post Office per Municipality
3 AM Radio Stations
4 FM Radio Stations
5 TV Stations
Weekly Newspapers
Water
Domestic Water System

Irrigation System
Recreational/
Sports/Tourism
Hotels/Lodging Houses
Beach Resorts
Springs, Waterfalls, Lakes and Mountains
Resorts
Gymnasiums/Sport Complex
Public Parks
Health Facilities
Hospitals
Number of Health Centers
Medical Personnel
Other Health Workers
Educational
Facilities
College/Vocational Schools
Secondary Schools
Each municipality has its own water

system
84 communal, serving 9,110 ha of
farmlands
123 private, serving 2,802 ha of
farmlands
2-4, mostly in Sorsogon City
14, mostly in Sta Magdalena, Bacon,
Bulan and Gubat
8, mostly in Bulusan, Irosin and Bacon
2 in Sorsogon City, 1 each in Bacon,
Pilar, Bulusan and Gubat
2 in Sorsogon City
10 Hospitals with a total bed capacity of
270
16 Rural Health Units and 159
Barangay Health Stations, 33 Private
Clinics
62 Medical Doctors, 134 Nurses, 204
Midwives
1602 Barangay Health Workers
4 State Colleges/Univ, 1 Community
College and 15 Private Colleges
55 Public and 21 Private High Schools
p. 2.3 - 7
B.
Level of Socio-economic Development in the Host Province
As a second class province, Sorsogon belongs to the second quartile among the 78 provinces of
the country in terms of annual revenue collection (NSCB, 1999). Its provincial government
collects about P250 million to P350 million annually 2 . However, data obtained from the National
Statistic Office (NSO) and Provincial Planning and Development Office (PPDO) indicate that the
level of socio-economic development in the province as with the rest of the region is relatively
low, characterized by low family incomes, high poverty incidence, heavy dependence of the
economy on the primary sector, lack of food self-sufficiency and an undeveloped industrial and
manufacturing sector. Table 2.3-3 provides values of selected indicators of socio-economic
development in the province.
Income and Poverty Incidence. In 1994, the average annual family income in the province was
only P48,856, which is quite low compared to the regional average of P54,167 and the national
average of P83,161. As expected, the incidence of poverty in the province is high. The 1994
Family Income Expenditure survey of the National Statistics Office, estimated that 54 percent of
the families lived below the poverty income threshold of P38,800 per year. In that year,
Sorsogon ranks second among the six the provinces in Region V in terms poverty incidence 3 . In
1997 the real per capita income of Sorsogon was P14,154 which is a little higher than the
regional average (NSCB-V, 2002). Recent estimates of the poverty incidence in Sorsogon has
not been released but the 1999 Annual Poverty Indicators Survey (APSIS) 4 of NSO placed
Sorsogon Province at the worst 20% 5 of the provinces in terms of poverty indicators (NSO,
1999a). The high incidence of poverty is also reflected in the high rates of malnutrition and child
mortality.
Dependence on the Primary Sector. While the rest of the country is moving slowly away from
dependence on the primary sectors (i.e. agriculture, fishery and forestry), Sorsogons economy
remains largely agricultural. This is manifested by the fact that in Sorsogon the primary sector
(agriculture, forestry and fishery) still employs more than half (51.69%) of the labor force
whereas for the country as a whole the figure had since dropped to only 41%. The same trend is
observed with the rest of Region V.
Food Self-Sufficiency. Despite the relative importance of agriculture in the provinces
economy, the province remains deficient in all food commodities due to low productivity (PPDO,
2000), which may be blamed on lack of technology and natural calamities. The main agricultural
products are rice, coconut, corn and abaca. Although about 25,348 hectares are planted with
rice, about half of which are irrigated, rice production is only 99,607 (NSCB,2000b) metric tons
per year, or a productivity of 3.93 tons per hectare per year. Its livestock and poultry industry
includes carabao, cattle, goat, swine, ducks and chickens. The livestock and poultry industries
have remained at the backyard levels and despite the vast fishing grounds, the bulk of its fish
output is still produced through artisanal fishing methods. Sorsogon is frequently visited by
typhoons because it is within the typhoon path. Each year an average of 12 to 15 typhoons
batter the region, destroying infrastructures, crops, livestock and properties. About 2 of typhoons
are expected to hit Sorsogon every year.
2 Sorsogons 1997 and 1998 revenues, excluding amounts accruing directly to the municipalities and barangays, were
P367.55 million and P255.57 million respectively (NSCB, 1999).

3 The 1997 and 2000 poverty incidences for Region-V were 50.1% and 55.4%, respectively (NSCB 2002a). Provincial
poverty estimates were not available for 1997 and 2000 (NSCB, 2000a).
4 Poverty indicators include gainfully employed family head, houses made of strong materials, access to safe drinking
water, etc. (NSO 1999a).
5 It should be noted that Sorsogon would rank 10th among the provinces in terms of the highest poverty incidence
when family consumption expenditures are used instead of family incomes (Balisacan, 2001).
p. 2.3 - 8
Manufacturing and Industrial Sector. There are very few employment opportunities outside
traditional agriculture and fishery sectors. The manufacturing sector is very small absorbing only
about six percent of the labor force (Table 2.3-4). Manufacturing activities in the province are
still at the backyard scale or at cottage industry levels. The products are mostly processed
foods, furniture and handicrafts made from Abaca fiber and Anahaw leaves.
Level of Human Development. Despite the low income and relatively high poverty incidence,
Sorsogons overall human development index score has been improving over the years. In
1994, its Human Development Index (HDI) 6 score was 0.525, which was below both the
regional and national averages and was ranked only 43rd among the 78 provinces. However, in
1997 the provinces HDI improved to 0.589 (Table 2.3-4), which was the highest in the region
and was ranked 20th among the provinces. According to NSCB-V (2002), Sorsogon is among
the 10 provinces that have the fastest growth in HDI.
Child Laborers. 1998, the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) conducted a survey
of child laborers in the Bicol Region covering 233 barangays in 49 municipalities. The province
of Sorsogon had the second highest number of child laborers comprising 14.9 percent. Most of
these children were involved in fishing, farming, handicraft, street vending, factory work,
scavenging, car washing, mining and driving pedicabs.
Malnutrition. Survey conducted by National Nutrition Council between January and March 1999
found that four out of ten (42%) in the region are underweight. For Sorsogon, the number of
underweight children was one out of three (34%) (NSCB-V, 2000b). The Bicol Region reportedly
ranked fifth among the regions in terms of malnutrition problems. This has been blamed on the
insurgency problems (Barcia, 2000 and Vanzi, 2000).
Table 2.3-4
Development Indicators of the Province of Sorsogon and Region V

Indicator
Annual Revenue in millions of pesos (1994)

Annual Population Growth Rate (1995-2000)
Real Per Capita Income (1997) 7
Poverty Incidence (1994)
Poverty Incidence (1997) 9
Poverty Incidence (2000) 10
Unemployment Rate (1996) 11
Employment by Sector (1996)
Primary Sector (Agriculture, Forestry, Fishery)
Industrial, Mining, Manufacturing Sector
Services Sector
Province of
Sorsogon
350
2.04
P14,154
National
Average
2.36
P21,877
54.4%
-
Region V
Average
1.68
P13,030 8
55.1%
50.1%
8.6%
55.4%
6.5%
33.7%
7.4%
51.69%
6.23%
42.08%
50.27%
13.78%
35.89%
41.73%
16.64%
41.63%
35.5%
31.8%
6 HDI is the average of life expectancy, literacy and income indices.

7 The annual real per capita incomes were obtained from NSCB (2002a). According to PPDO (2000) the 1997
average family income in Sorsogon was P79,346 or around P15,200 per capita. It is suspected that the PPDO (2000)
data may be a nominal value i.e., not adjusted for inflation.
8 Regional per capita income is a weighted average of 1997 per capita incomes of 6 provinces of Bicol as given in
NSCB (2002a). The weights used are the 1997 populations obtained by extrapolation using the 2000 populations and
1995-2000 growth rates given in NSO (2002a).
9NSCB-V (2000a)
10 NSCB-V (2002)
11 The 1998 unemployment rate in Sorsogon was 8.6% (PPDO,2000).
p. 2.3 - 9
Indicator
Share on GDP
Primary Sector
Industrial, Mining, Manufacturing
Services
Literacy Rate (1994)
Functional Literacy (1994)
Life Expectancy (1995)
Child Mortality (per 1000 population)(1995)
Malnutrition Rate (Preschoolers, 1998) 12
Underweight Children (0-7 yrs old, 1999) 13
Population per Hospital Bed
Telephone Density (per 100 person) (1996)
Human Development Index (1994) 14
Human Development Index (1997)
C.
Province of
Sorsogon
Region V
Average
National
Average
79.38%
66.64 yrs
26.17
16.63%
33.09%
21.48%
45.34%
96.9%
82.6%
66.68 yrs
26.00
8.7%
93.9%
83.8%
67.45 yrs
18.71
-
33.52%
42.14%
2,551
No data
0.525
0.589
1.72
0.564
0.545
4.66
0.660
0.625
Socio-political Dynamics in Sorsogon Province
Local Government and Politics. The province of Sorsogon is divided into 14 municipalities and
one component city, which are further subdivided into 541 barangays. It has two congressional
districts: The 1st District comprises the the City of Sorsogon and the municipalities of Pilar,
Donsol, Castilla, Casiguran and Magallanes while the 2nd District comprises the municipality of
Barcelona, Prieto Diaz, Gubat, Juban, Bulusan, Irosin, Sta. Magdalena, Matnog and Bulan.
The socio-political structure in the province is typical of the Philippines political setting,
characterized by a strong influence of public officials who usually come from traditionally
influential families. Political affiliations and alliances are largely based on personalities rather
than ideologies and hence are weak and are constantly shifting. Political leaders of the host
province as well as those of the other provinces in the region are expected to play active roles in
the review of the geothermal project through the Regional Development Council (RDC).
Communist Insurgency. The Bicol Region has been a hotbed of communist insurgency since
the 1980s. Although weakened by the virtual collapse of the communist ideology following the
disintegration of the Soviet Union and the free-market reforms in China, the Communist New
Peoples Army (NPA) reportedly continues to collect revolutionary taxes from residents and
business establishments in remote areas. Occasional sightings of small groups of guerilla
cadres have been reported in some areas of Sorsogon. A number of violent incidences have
been blamed on the NPA (See for example Vanzi, 2000b; Malaya, 2002).
Non-Government Organizations. A number of NGOs are operating in the Province, mostly
engaged in livelihood programs. The Tambuyog Development Center a Manila-based NGO is
currently engaged in a project in Prieto Diaz dubbed Sustainable Coastal Area Development
Program. LIKAS, a PhilDHRRA network member NGO based in Irosin is engaged in
environmental programs in Irosin area. The Catholic Church is also active in environmental
advocacy through its Social Action Center (SAC). In 1996, there were around 47 NGOs
registered in the Municipality of Sorsogon alone (MPDO-Sorsogon, 1996). PNOC EDC, through
12 The figure includes severe and moderately underweight preschoolers only (PPDO,2000).
13 Results of the Operation Timbang conducted by the Department of Health and National Nutrition Council between
January and March 1999 involving 775,580 children for the whole region and 126,061 for Sorsogon (NSCB-V, 2000b)
14HDI scores for the province and the Philippines were obtained NSCB-V (2002). The regional HDI score is a
weighted average of all six provinces in Region V, using estimates of the provinces populations as weights.
p. 2.3 - 10
its Social Forestry Program also has organized 16 Farmers Association within its 25,000-ha
geothermal reservation, 13 of which are inside the Sorsogon Province, five are in the host
municipality and three are within the impact areas of the project namely, the Tulungan Farmers
Association in Rizal, the Guinlajon Farmers Association in Guinlajon and the Osiao Farmers
Association in Osiao.
2.3.3.2 Baseline Socio-economic Conditions of the Host City

The Tanawon Sector occupies a portion of the mountainous area facing the Sorsogon Bay. The
sector is devoid of any human settlements but it is administratively under the jurisdiction of the
City of Sorsogon.
Sorsogon City is bounded west by the Municipality of Castilla, northwest by the Municipality of
Manito, Albay, northeast by the Albay Gulf, south by the Municipality of Casiguran and
southwest by the Municipality of Gubat. The present administrative area of Sorsogon City was
created out of a merger of the then Municipalities of Sorsogon and Bacon in 2000. It has a total
land area of 31,158 hectares divided into three districts, and further divided into 64 barangays.
This sub-section discusses the socio-economic conditions of the City of Sorsogon. The following
topics are discussed: (1) the physical facilities available in the municipality, (2) the prevailing
demographic trends, (3) the level of socio-economic development and (4) the socio-political
dynamics in the area.
A.
Status of Physical Facilities and Infrastructure in the Host City
As the political and commercial center of the province, the City naturally has far better
infrastructure and facilities compared to other municipalities. Table 2.3-5 below summarizes of
the status of social infrastructure and facilities of Sorsogon City.
Transport Facilities. Sorsogon is accessible from Manila by road transport through the TransPhilippine Highway, by railroad and by air via Legazpi City, Albay. It is about 600 km from
Manila and about 60 km from Legazpi City where the southern line of the Philippine National
Railway ends and where there is a commercial airport with daily flights to and from Manila.
In terms of road, the city has a total of 160 km, of which only 60% are paved with concrete or
asphalt while the rest are either graveled or earthfilled. At a road density of 0.51km/sq km,
Sorsogon does not meet the standard density for a rural, agricultural area of 1km/sq km. In
terms of road per population, Sorsogon is also way below the ideal of 2.4 km/1000 people.
Six bus companies with daily trips to Manila have booking offices in Sorsogon. Two other bus
companies serve Sorsogon-Legazpi route, dispatching buses every 15-30 minutes. This is
augmented by around 400 jeepneys serving the shorter routes to other municipalities. Around
1,600 tricycles are also available to move people within and around the city center.
The Sorsogon Port has a 664-meter causeway with reinforced concrete piers and handles
cargoes from Manila and Cebu. It also handles small motorized boats to ferry passengers and
goods to neighboring towns and islands. There are at present two Cargo Forwarders operating
in the town center.
Communications. Almost all means of communications are available in the city center. These
include postal service, telegraph, radio communications, landline and mobile telephone services
and the Internet. The City appears to benefit from the healthy competition among the telephone
operators, especially in the mobile market, with the deregulation of the telecommunications
p. 2.3 - 11
industry. The landline telephone services have about 3,250 telephone connections or a
telephone density of 3.91 per 100 people. In terms of broadcast and mass media, the city has
five AM and five FM radio stations, a local TV station, 2 cable TV operators, five weekly
newspapers in addition to the national dailies.
Power. The NPC-operated 40MW Bac-Man II Cawayan & Botong Units, which gets its steam,
supply from the PNOC EDC Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field is within the territorial
jurisdiction of Sorsogon City. The Citys electricity needs is supplied by SORECO II, which gets
its power supply from the National Power Corporation. SORECO II used to also operate the
350kW Cawayan Hydroelectric Plant before it was abandoned. When it was still operating, the
hydroelectric power plant supplied up to 10% of the power needs of the city. All barangays in the
city have had access to electricity since 1995.
Water System. The town center and 20 other barangays are being served by the Sorsogon
Water District (SWD). The rest of the barangays have their own water systems, managed by
Barangay Water Sanitation Association (BAWASA) or household associations. As of 1996, the
SWD has a total of 4,700 connections, mostly residential and public faucets. The sources of
SWD include 2 wells with a total capacity of 50,000 cubic meters per month and 6 spring
sources and 6 springs with total capacity of 170,000 cubic meters per month. About 40% of the
households have Level III connections, 37% have Level II connections and 23% Level I
connections.
Drainage, Sewerage and Garbage Disposal System. Most of the streets in city center have
concrete drainage culverts and canals that discharge into the Salog River, Piot Creek and
Bibincahan Creek. Drainage along the national roads consists of open ditches that discharge to
nearby creeks. However frequent flooding occurs in some areas where drainage is inadequate.
About 86% of the households have toilet facilities. However, the city has no sanitary sewerage
system (MPDO-Sorsogon, 1996). Septic tank effluents and wastewater flow through the existing
drainage system. In terms of solid waste disposal, the city center and adjoining barangays are
being served by 3 garbage trucks. The municipal garbage disposal system served 30% of the
total number of households. The city dumpsite is located 13 kilometers from the town proper in
Barangay Buenavista.
Educational Facilities. The city has 31 elementary schools, which has a total of 377
classrooms or a student-classroom ratio of 60:1, which is below the minimum standard of 50:1.
It has 11 high schools and 11 schools offering collegiate courses. In addition the Technical
Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA) also offers vocational courses such as
driving, radio mechanics, building wiring, dressmaking, etc.
Health Facilities. There are five hospitals in the municipality with a total bed capacity of 144 or
a bed to population ratio of 1:620. In addition there are twelve private medical clinics, a
municipal health center, two rural health units, at least 19 barangay health stations and six
registered X-ray facilities (DOH 2002).
Agricultural Infrastructure and Support Facilities. The local profile indicates that the city has
at least 5 Communal Irrigation Systems (CIS), serving 617 ha and two private pump systems,
serving 12.6 ha of ricelands. Most of the processes involve in rice farming are being done
manually except, threshing and plowing which are partially mechanized. Land preparation is
either done by carabao-drawn implements or by small motorized tillers. Postharvest facilities
include 24 rice mills and an undetermined number of mechanical dryers in operation but of very
limited capacity. Copra production has remained an entirely manual operation. Most of the copra
is sold to middlemen and exported elsewhere. Only a small portion is brought Sorsogon Oil Mill
and Refinery in Guinlajon for processing.
p. 2.3 - 12
The major commercial farms in the province include the VLJ Farm in Guinlajon, which produces
hogs, broiler and eggs with 10,000-layer capacity. A dairy farm Sorsogon Dairy Farm, which
started operating in the mid-1960 is now dormant and needs rehabilitation.
Table 2.3-5
Sector
Transportation
Communication
An Appraisal of Physical Facilities and Socio-economic Infrastructures in

Host City
Services
Roads
Port
Airport
Train Terminal
Postal Service
Courier Service
Telegraph
Radio Comm.
Landline Telephone
Mobile Telephone
Mass Media
Power
Internet
Power Plant
Electric Utility
Water
Water Utilities
Level of Access 16
Agricultural/
Fishery Support
Facilities
Irrigation System
Farm Implements
Post-Harvest
Facilities
Description/Number/Level
- 137 km, 56 km urban, 63% paved
- Sorsogon Municipal Port
- 60 km in Legazpi City, Albay
- 60 km in Legazpi City, Albay
- 1 Post Office
- 2 Courier Services
- Bureau of Telecommunications
- 2 Landline Telephone Companies with 3,250
subscribers (from Guinlajon to Bibincahan)
- 6 Long distance telephone Carriers
- 2 Mobile Telephone Companies
- 7 AM Radio Stations
- 7 FM Radio Stations
- 1 TV Station
- 2 Cable TV operators
- 5 Regional weekly newspapers
- 3 National broadsheets
- 2 National tabloids
- 2 Internet Service providers
- 20 MW Bac-Man II Cawayan Unit
- 350kW Hydroelectric Plant in Guinlajon (N/O)
- SORECO II
- 100% of barangays energized
- 86% of households with electrical connections 15
- Sorsogon Water District (SWD), 220,000 cu. m/month,
4,700 connections in 20 barangays
- 10 Independent Barangay Water Systems
- 22.8% Level I 17
- 37.1% Level II
- 40.1% Level III
- 5 Communal Irrigation Systems, 617 ha
- 2 Pump Irrigation Systems, 12.6 ha
- Small Motorized Tillers
- 1,336 Draft Animals
- Mechanized Dryers
- 24 Rice Mills
15 100% of the urban households and around 74.22% of the rural households have electrical connections (CDS,
2002). This means about 22,439 households have connections out of the total of 26,047 households in the city, or
86% of the total number of households.
16 Water Access Classification by the Department of the Interior and Local Government (DILG): Level I, access to
point sources such as springs and water wells; Level II, access to public or community faucet; Level III access to
piped-in water system.
17 The CDS reports that 82.31% of urban households and 72.39% of rural households in Sorsogon City have access
to piped water system (CDS, 2002), or an overall percentage of 77.67%.
p. 2.3 - 13
Sector
Manufacturing and
Construction
Commercial
Infrastructure/
Institutions
Schools
Housing
Public Health
Facilities
Environmental
Management
Services
Factories
Construction
Public Markets
Business
Establishments
Financial Institutions
Elementary
Secondary
Tertiary
Post-Graduate
Modern Subdivisions
Permanent
Light Materials
Hospitals
Medical Clinics
Govt. Health Centers
Landfill
Drainage
Emergency and
Disaster
Management
Recreation and
Tourism
Description/Number/Level
- Sorsogon Oil Mill and Refinery, 50 MT Copra capacity
(not in operation)
- 3 Food Processing
- 1 Ice Plant
- 1 Marble supply
- 1 Dairy Farm
- Handicrafts (Abaca, Moras Grass)
- Metal Fabricators (window grills, tricycle bodies, etc.)
- 15 Construction Contractors
- 1 Public Market capacity 375 stalls
- 1 Shopping Center
- 1,216 Business Establishments
Sewerage System
Fire Stations
Organization
Large Public
Gatherings
Conventions Halls
Hotels
Restaurants
Resorts
Public Parks
Recreation
9 Commercial Banks
1 Rural Bank
2 Development Banks
16 Pawnshops and Lending Investors
23 Insurance Companies
Informal Moneylenders
64 schools with a total of 377 classrooms
17 schools offering secondary classes
14 schools offering collegiate courses, including 4
computer schools
2 schools offering post graduate degrees
45 residential subdivisions with a total of 277 ha area
and 12,251 homelots
34%
66% light materials, mostly <20 sq m floor area
5 hospitals with total capacity of 144 beds
13 Medical Clinics
1 Municipal Health Center
42 Barangay Health Stations
2.2 ha Dumpsite in Barangay Buenavista, one
compactor, 3 dump trucks
Major streets only
Open ditches in National Roads
Individually operated sceptic tanks
Sorsogon Fire Station
Fil-Chinese Volunteer Fire Brigade
Municipal Disaster Coordinating Council
Sorsogon Emergency and Rescue Team
Multipurpose Gymnasium, 4,000 persons cap.
Balogo Sports Complex
12 Conventions and reception halls, cap. 5,150
2 Hotels total cap of 24 rooms
8 Lodging Houses for a total of 100 rooms
2 Fine Dining Restaurants
4 Short orders
3 Fastfoods
6 Canteens/Carinderias
Palhi Spring Resort
1 Public Park (Rizal Park)
Cinemas
1 Cockpit and Coliseum
1 Bowling Center
p. 2.3 - 14
B.
Demographic Trends in the Host City
High Birth Rate. The City of Sorsogons population growth is higher compared to the provincial,
regional and the national growth rates 18 (Table 2.3-6). Although there is evidence of
urbanization, the high population growth comes almost entirely from the high birth rate. The
citys 1995 crude birth rate of 3.27% is higher compared to the national rate of around 2.5-3.0%.
Given the average death rate of 0.62%, the net annual addition to the population is 2.65%,
which is only slightly higher than the annual growth rate of 2.64%.
Urbanization and Out-migration. Being the commercial center of the province where there are
non-agricultural jobs and urban amenities, the City attracts people from other parts of the
province. Physical evidence of urbanization is visible in the rapidly growing settlements in the
barangays surrounding the town center. Already 18 out of 64 Barangays are classified as urban.
However, the influx of people from other parts of the province, may have been balanced by an
equally high out-migration rate to other large cities, particularly Legazpi City and Metropolitan
Manila. The main reasons often cited for the out-migration of people include natural calamities
such as drought and typhoons, the lingering insurgency problem and the lack of job
opportunities. The municipal and the provincial rate of out-migration is however not as high as
that of the region. This out-migration is also manifested by the reduced household size from
5.42 in 1990 to 5.20 in 1995 and to 5.17 in 2000.
Table 2.3-6
Demographic characteristics of host city

Indicator
Level (1995) 19
Population
121,615
Urban
Rural
Household Size
5.20
No. of Males per 100 Females
100.1
20
0.990
Dependency Ratio
21
32.67
Crude Birth per 1000 (1995)
Crude Death per 1000 (1995)
6.16
22
0.001
Net-Outflow of People
Population Growth
2.67%
Level (2000)
134,678
62,139
92,512
5.17
100.3
0.921
No data
No data
No data
2.21% 23
18 The 1995-2000 population growth rates for the Province of Sorsogon, Region V and the Philippines were 2.04%,
1.68% and 2.36%, respectively NSCB (2001)

19 Data on 1995 male-female ratio, dependency ratio, crude birth rate, crude death rate and net-outflow of people do
not include Bacon District, which was then a separate municipality.
20 Number of minors (below 18 yrs old) per adult population
21 Crude Birth Rate and Crude Death Rate are averages over five years (1991-1995) using data from the Municipal
Health Office of Sorsogon (MPDO, 1996; p68)
22 Calculated as: crude birth rate less crude death rate less population growth.
23 These growth rates were calculated using the actual census populations of Sorsogon and Bacon in 1990, 1995 and
2000. The City Planning and Development Office uses the provincial population growth rate of 2.04 and an urban
population growth of 1.98% (CDS, 2002)
p. 2.3 - 15
C.
Level of Socio-economic Development in the Host City
Table 2.3-7 presents selected indicators of the level of socio-economic development of the host
city. Before the merger with Bacon, the municipality of Sorsogon was classified as 1st-class
municipality with annual government revenue of around P32 million. About 76% of its population
resides in areas already classified as urban.
The level of development of Sorsogon City reflects the overall level of development of the
province and the region. Trade, commerce and services dominate the activities in the urban
areas. In rural areas, agriculture and fisheries remain the major livelihood sources of the
residents. The major crops are coconut, rice and abaca with coconut occupying 10,712
hectares of agricultural lands and supporting more than 7,000 farmers. The second most
important crop is rice, which supports more than 3,000 farmers. Producing some 10,200 metric
tons annually, rice occupies a total land area of 2,637 hectares, of which, 75% is irrigated. The
third most important crop is abaca, which occupies an area of 1,876 hectares and supports a
total of 696 farmers. Annual production of abaca ranges from 50 to 600 kg of fiber per hectare
(CPDO, 2002).
Table 2.3-7
Socio-economic development indicators in the host city

Indicator
Total Land Area (hectares)

No. Urban Barangays
No. of Rural Barangays
LGU Revenue Classification (1996)
Total Revenue (1996)
LGU Revenue per capita (1996)
Household Income
Per Capita Income
Below Poverty Threshold
Urban 25
Rural
Employment (1996)
Not in the Labor Force
In the Labor Force
Percent Unemployed
Housing Conditions (Data is for 1996 unless indicated)
Owned units
Owned lots
with less than 20 sq m floor area
with Electricity
with Piped in Water
with Watersealed Toilet
1998 Average house and lot price (CDS, 2000)
1998 Average floor area
1998 Informal dwellers (squatters/shanties)
Simple Literacy Rate (1996)
Malnutrition Rate (1995) 27
Level 24
31,158
18
46
First Class (As Municipality)
P32,326,324
P2,391
P48,856
P9,449.79
56.0%
49.0%
63.0%
49%
45%
5%
83.35%
44.5%
55.82%
85.33%
40.1%
86.3%
P144,000
20 sq m
1,900 families (7.3% of total)
99% 26
32.03
24 Data on family and per capita incomes are provincial averages. However, CDS (2002) reports that the average
annual family income in Sorsogon City per 1998 MBN Survey ranged from P20,000 to P30,000.
25 Urban and rural poverty incidences were taken from Sorsogon City Presentation Materials for the 1st City
Development Strategy Cluster Consultation (CDS, 2002). The overall poverty incidence is a weighted average of the
rural and urban incidences, using rural and urban population as weights.
26 This figure was taken from National Statistical Coordination Board published data but MPDO cited that the literacy
rate of 10 years and older is over 96% (MPDO 2000)
p. 2.3 - 16
D.
Trade and Commerce in Host City
Business Activity. Aside from being the seat of the provincial government, the City of
Sorsogon is also the commercial center of the province. Most of the commercial establishments
of the province are found in the town center.
The commercial activities are typical of provincial capital towns in the country. Wholesale and
retail businesses accounted for 60% of the business establishments. Most of the establishments
obtained their merchandize through Manila- or Legazpi-based dealers. Wholesale and retail
goods include construction materials, agricultural inputs and food items.
Fresh marine catch, agricultural produce, processed foods and locally made crafts are sold in
the Sorsogon Public Market and in the streets, especially during Wednesdays and Saturdays,
which are the officially designated market days.
Crafts and trades people such as bakers, hair stylists, electronic technicians, tailors and
dressmakers, machinists, printers and furniture artisans also set up permanent shops at the
town center. Lately small department stores, mini marts and a national fast food chain have set
up shop in the town center.
E.
Socio-political Dynamics in Host City
Local Government and Politics. The current political leaders in the host municipality have
adopted a policy of community participation in governance. Non-government organizations,
peoples organizations and civic groups are allowed representations in the various Special
Bodies whose functions are to formulate and provide policy recommendations to the Local
Government. There are about 17 such special bodies which include the Local Development
Council, the Local Health Board, the Local School Board, etc.
NGOs, POs and Other Interest Groups. There are a total of 47 NGOs and Peoples
Organizations (POs), 2 labor unions, 48 Cooperatives and 4 Self-help Associations registered in
the municipality. The Roman Catholic Diocese is also active in livelihood and sustainable
development programs through its Social Action Center. There are also other potential interest
groups in the area among them are the landowners, rice farmers, upland cultivators and fisher
folks. These groups have formed associations or cooperatives with interests in the development
of their livelihood.
Peace and Order. Although the Communist Peoples Army is reportedly still active in the
Province, the municipality is generally peaceful. Occasional sightings were reported only in farflung barangays.
2.3.3.3 Baseline Socio-economic Conditions in the Host Barangays

The proposed development block straddles the mountainous portions of the barangays of Rizal,
Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy and Ticol. The population centers of these barangays are
located some five to six kilometers downstream of the proposed site and are traversed by rivers
and creeks draining from the site. Each barangay has its own water system, which draws water
from nearby springs.
27 Mildly to severely underweight preschoolers or children under 7 years of age (MPDO, 1996)
p. 2.3 - 17
Table 2.3-8
Barangay
Barangays potentially hosting the proposed Geothermal Project

Land Area
(ha)
-
TopoGraphy
Flat to Rolling
River/Spring
Drinking Water System
Tublijon River
Rizal Water Works (Level II)
Bucalbucalan
259.58
Flat to Rolling
None
Bulabog
136.58
Flat to Rolling
Capuy
353.86
Flat
Ticol
391.33
Flat
747
Flat
Guinlajon
1,505
Flat
San Juan (B)
759.65
Rolling
1,015.66
Rolling
Rizal
Basud
Osiao
Bucalbucalan Water Works

(Level II)
Bagacay River
Bulabog Water Works
(Level III & II)
Palhi Spring
Capuy Water Works (Level
Capuy-Ticol River
III)
San Rafael Spring
Ticol Water Works
Capuy-Ticol River
(Level III)
Cawayan River
Basud Water Works (Level
III)
Cawayan River
Guinlajon-BarayongPamurayan Water Works
(Level III)
Alinao R, Liday R,
San Juan Water System
Milabiga R, San Juan R
(Level III)
and Sibulan R.
Danao Lake, Osiao
Osiao Water System (Level
River
III)
Indirectly Affected Barangays. Table 2.3-9 lists the barangays that could be affected indirectly
by the geothermal project. These barangays are located downstream of the Cawayan and
Manitohan Rivers. Tributaries of both rivers drain from the Tanawon Sector.
Table 2.3-9
Potentially indirectly affected barangays
Indirectly Affected Brgy

Gimaloto
Pamurayan
Barayong
Nagotgot, Manito, Albay
A.
Land Area (ha)
Topography
143.00
120.45
92.64
4,421
Flat
Flat
Flat
Rolling
River/
Creek
Cawayan River
Cawayan River
Cawayan River
Manitohan River
Demographic Trends in the Affected Barangays
Population Growth and Migration Patterns. Census data indicate that the host barangays
experienced a relatively slower population growth during the 1990-95 period (Table 2.3-10).
This was particularly more pronounced in Brgy Bulabog which experienced a net reduction in
population. With birth rate high and death rate assumed normal, this only indicates that a large
number of people left the area during the period. The high male-female ratio also suggests that
many of those who left are women. The same trend is evident in the indirectly affected
barangays.
Table 2.3-10 Demographic Characteristics of host Barangays and Vicinity

p. 2.3 - 18
Barangay
2000
Population
Host Barangays
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
Basud
Guinlajon
San Juan-Bacon
Osiao
Indirectly Affected
Barayong
Gimaloto
Pamurayan
Nagotgot, Manito
20,795
2,851
1,982
2,268
2,182
1,550
2,041
3,483
1,840
2,598
5,372
880
842
1,596
2,054
1990-1995
Annual
Population
Growth
Rate 28
1.50
0.30
-0.35
2.92
1.98
0.77
3.59
3.32
-0.32
5.48
2.22
2.92
1.22
1.44
3.01
1995-2000
Annual
Population
Growth
Rate
Average
Household
Size (2000)
Males per
100
Females
Ratio
(1995)
3.66
2.03
4.27
2.63
2.60
3.37
3.20
2.35
1.62
6.05
2.15
2.65
3.05
1.19
2.35
5.36
5.22
5.73
5.07
5.16
5.38
5.08
5.24
5.61
5.93
5.31
5.00
4.90
5.08
5.87
107
102
117
102
102
118
110
Age
Dependency
Ratio 29
(1995)
80
85
81
83
71
80
-
This trend however may be slowing down in recent years. The recent household survey 30
indicates that the annual rate of out-migration of 0.53% while the annual rate of in-migration is
046%, resulting in a net outflow of people in the host barangays of only about 0.07% (Table 2.311).
Table 2.3-11 Migration profiles of host barangays (20% household survey)

Barangay
Average No. Average No. Annual Out- Annual In- Net Migration
of Persons
of Persons
Migration
migration
(%)
Moving-out
Moving-in
(%)
(%)
per year
per year
(1990-2000) (1990-2000)
Rizal
4.9
3.8
0.88
0.68
-0.20
Bucalbucalan
1.4
3.4
0.40
0.97
0.57
Bulabog
1.1
0.7
0.25
0.15
-0.10
Capuy
0.0
1.3
0.00
0.35
0.35
Ticol
3.1
0.0
0.14
0.00
-1.14
All Barangays
10.5
9.2
0.53
0.46
-0.07
Settlement Patterns. The settlements are generally are located in the along the national
highway and towards the seashore. This settlement patterns were influenced by several factors,
including the terrain and accessibility, the insurgency problem and the availability of livelihood
sources and restrictions by PNOC as administrator of Geothermal Reservation. In Rizal where
there is a good road maintained by PNOC-EDC towards the interior, people still did not migrate
28Based on 1990 population of the barangays. Annual population growth rates are calculated as r=[exp (Log(P95)Log(P90))/5]-1 x100, where P95 and P90 are the 1995 and 1990 populations respectively.
29Data obtained from the 20% household survey. Age dependency ratio is the population aged below 15 and above
65 divided by population aged 15 to 65 times 100.
30 Note that out-migration rate calculated from household survey accounts only for out-migration involving some
members of the household but cannot account for out-migrations involving entire households. Still it can be assumed
that migration is mainly due to household members leaving home in search of better jobs in the cities. Migration by
entire household is a rare phenomenon in the Philippines.
p. 2.3 - 19
upstream or into the interior. In fact the old settlement of Fatima had been abandoned. People
prefer to live near the National Highway where they have easy access to the town center.
B.
Economic Status of Households in the Host Barangays
Livelihood Sources. The survey reveals that most of the inhabitants in the area relies on
employment as a source of income both in terms of the number of families (Table 2.3-12) and in
terms of the total amount of income (Table 2.3-13). Due to barangays proximity to the town
center, some 54% are employed in the secondary and tertiary sectors, mostly as skilled and
unskilled workers in the construction projects, drivers of public conveyances, teachers and office
workers, and salespersons in retail shops in the town center (Table 2.3-14). A significant
amount (5.6%) comes from other sources mostly from remittances of relatives working in the
cities and abroad.
Farming is only second most important source of income, followed by fishing. Together these
sector employ 45.5% of the working population. The crops that are commonly raised are rice,
coconut and abaca.
Table 2.3-12 Income sources of households in host barangays as percent of total number
of households 31 (20% household survey)
Barangay
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
All
Crops
Livestock
Fishing
Trading or
Vending
Employment
Others
20
26
19
49
58
33
18
49
7
3
30
20
30
25
11
1
6
16
18
37
15
1
26
18
48
74
31
25
68
47
11
51
6
3
46
20
Table 2.3-13 Sources of household income as percent of the total income as percent of
total amount of income (20% household survey)
Barangay
Crops
(%)
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
All
5.91
15.29
8.92
51.03
19.21
17.90
Livestock
& Poultry
(%)
3.30
2.31
2.96
1.21
4.48
2.95
Fishing
(%)
Business
(%)
27.93
13.32
18.30
5.54
0.49
14.27
7.40
3.94
15.37
3.40
3.51
6.06
Employment
(%)
53.64
54.50
53.18
36.57
62.86
53.22
Other
Sources
(%)
1.81
10.64
1.27
2.26
9.45
5.60
31 Percentages do not add up to 100 because most households reported multiple sources of livelihood.
p. 2.3 - 20
Table 2.3-14 Occupations of residents in host barangays (20% household Survey)

Occupation
No. Reporting
A.
Non-Gainful Occupations
Student
Housekeepers
B. Primary Sector Employment
678
454
224
255
% of No.
reporting
54.72
36.64
18.08
20.58
Farmers
Fishermen
Farm Laborers
C. Secondary Sector Employment
Laborers
Carpenters, Masons and other
Construction Workers
Other Technical Workers
D. Services Sector
Drivers, Conductors and other Transport
Industry Workers
Teachers and other Office Workers
Vendors and other Petty Services
Businesspersons
Salespersons
Barangay Officials
Laundry persons and other Domestic
Helps
Other Employees and Workers
Beauticians, Dressmakers, Waiters and
Other Personal Services Workers
167
72
16
79
37
37
13.48
5.81
1.29
6.38
2.99
2.99
29.77
12.83
2.85
14.08
6.60
6.60
5
227
63
0.40
18.32
5.08
0.89
40.46
11.23
22
20
18
18
17
17
1.78
1.61
1.45
1.45
1.37
1.37
3.92
3.57
3.21
3.21
3.03
3.03
17
12
1.37
0.97
3.03
2.14
0.56
1.25
5
4
4
3
1,239
0.40
0.32
0.32
0.24
100.00
0.89
0.71
0.71
0.53
100.00
Warehousepersons, Security Guards,

Janitorial and other Utility
Personnel
Retired
Military Personnel
Seamen and other OCWs
Health workers
TOTAL
% of Employed
45.45
Poverty Incidence. The annual household incomes in the host barangays range from P80,145
in Ticol to P40,836 in Capuy or an average of P66,145. This gives an average annual per capita
income of P12,917. At a poverty threshold 32 of P11,646, the poverty incidence in the host
barangays is about 63%. The high poverty incidence reflects regional trend, which has been
blamed on the frequent natural calamities and the insurgency problem. An average of 2
typhoons hit the area per year. Landlessness is also a major factor. Fifty-seven percent of those
who relied on farming for their livelihood are tenants (Table 2.3-15). Many residents (65%) do
not even own their homelots (Table 2.3-16).
32 Poverty threshold for Bicol Region in 1997 was P10,497, representing an increase of 26.2% from the 1994 level
(NSCB-V, 2000). Sorsogons poverty threshold in 1994 was 7,760 (PPDO, 2000), assuming that the same increased
by 26.2%, the 1997 poverty threshold of Sorsogon should be around P9,793. Assuming 7% annual inflation rate from
1997 through 2000, the 2000 poverty threshold for Sorsogon is P11,645.67.
p. 2.3 - 21
Table 2.3-15 Economic status of households in the host barangays (data from 20%
household survey)
Barangay
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
All Barangays
C.
Average
Household
Income (P)
Per Capita
Income (P)
68,108
84,907
61,319
40,836
80,145
66,145
11,977
15,762
9,792
9,815
17,708
12,917
Households
Below
Poverty
Threshold
(%)
65
42
75
77
54
63
Average
Landholdings
Proportion of
Tenants
(%)
2.32
1.18
1.76
0.77
1.57
1.51
25
40
69
12
42
57
Housing and Standard of Living in the Affected Barangays
Forty percent (40%) of the houses in host barangays are permanent structures, built of concrete
and wood with galvanized iron sheets for roofs, 32% are semi-permanent structures and 27% of
temporary structures, built of light materials such as bamboo, nipa and cogon and
miscellaneous scrap materials (Table 2.3-16). Almost all (93%) claimed to own their houses but
only a minority (35%) claimed ownership of their homelots. The average floor area of houses
ranges from 28.66 sq m in Rizal to 47.47 sq meters in Bucalbucalan or an overall average of
36.29 sq meters. Bigger and more permanent types of dwellings are usually found near the
barangay centers.
Table 2.3-16 Ownership Status and Structure of Dwellings in the Host Barangays (20%
household survey)
Barangays
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
All
Owned
House
(%)
99.77
85.96
91.67
94.37
98.00
93.58
Owned Lot
(%)
Permanent
(%)
24.73
36.84
18.06
63.38
34.00
34.69
31.18
36.84
33.33
36.62
68.00
39.06
SemiPermanent
(%)
43.01
24.56
43.06
19.72
22.00
32.06
Temporary
(%)
Floor Area
(sq m)
20.43
35.09
23.61
42.25
10.00
26.53
28.66
47.47
30.40
38.61
42.94
36.29
In terms of amenities, only about 28% have piped-in water, although probably many have
access to communal or public faucets (Table 2.3-17). Water is generally free of charge as these
are being communally managed by Barangay Water Associations (BAWASA). Only about half
(51%) have watersealed toilets. In terms of electricity, almost all households (95%) are
connected (Table 2.3-17). The high rate of electricity subscription may be attributed to the
existing power rate subsidy received by the residents as host to the existing Cawayan Power
Plant of the BacMan II Geothermal Power Project and electrification benefits from the DOE Law.
One of the existing projects of barangays is the installation of electric meters for free among the
households (Appendix K-1). The average monthly bill of P179.84.
p. 2.3 - 22
Table 2.3-17 Housing amenities and durables (20% Household Survey)

Barangay
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
All Barangays
Water-sealed Piped-in Water Monthly Water

Toilet
(%)
Bill
(%)
34.41
18.28
Free
84.21
0.00
Free
47.22
5.56
Free
54.93
60.56
Free
50.00
62.00
Free
51.90
27.70
Free
With
Electricity
Monthly
Electricity Bill
84.95
98.25
97.22
100.00
98.00
94.75
169.25
166.49
143.25
200.44
238.22
179.84
In terms of household appliances, more than two-thirds of the households have TVs (60%) and
Karaokes (68%). About one-third (29%) have refrigerators. Only very few (2-5%) own vehicles
(Table 2.3-18).
Table 2.3-18 Household appliances and durables in host barangays

(20%Household Survey)
Barangay
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
All
D.
TV Set
47.31
66.67
54.17
70.42
72.00
60.35
Karaoke/
Stereo
Set
62.37
85.96
70.83
50.70
84.00
68.80
Refrigerator
Washing
Machine
Motorboat
Motorcylce
27.96
29.82
25.00
36.62
28.00
29.45
7.53
8.77
0.00
16.90
20.00
9.91
5.38
1.75
4.17
1.41
0.00
2.92
2.15
1.75
6.94
7.04
6.00
4.66
Fourwheel
vehicle
1.08
7.02
0.00
1.41
0.00
1.75
Socio-cultural Indicators in the Affected Barangays
Educational Attainment. The average educational attainment of the members of the

households in the host barangays is around Grade 5. In the indirectly affected areas the
average educational attainment is Grade 6.
Ethnic Affiliation and Language. The people in the area are mainly of Bicolano stock. A
significant number of people (1%) claimed to have Tagalog as their mother tongue. Others
ethnic groups are the Masbateno, Waray or Samareno, Cebuano and Ilocano. The dialect
spoken is Bikol but almost all can speak and understand Tagalog. Many especially those who
have reached at least a high school education also understand basic English.
Religion. The overwhelming majority (97%) are Roman Catholics. A small number are followers
of major protestant denominations such as the United Baptist Church, United Church of Christ in
the Philippines and other indigenous Christian sects such as Iglesia ni Cristo (INC) and Dating
Daan (Table 2.3-19).
p. 2.3 - 23
Table 2.3-19 Average educational attainment and religion (20% Household Survey)
Barangay
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
All
Average
Education 33
(yrs)
6.64
7.87
7.04
7.53
7.12
7.17
No Schooling 34
(%)
Roman Catholic
(%)
Other Christian
Denominations
(%)
3.64
0.82
2.60
1.14
5.33
2.36
97.05
100.00
90.93
100.00
100.00
97.15
2.95
0.00
9.07
0.00
0.00
2.85
Membership in Community Organizations. More than a quarter (27%) of those interviewed

are members of one or more organizations in their communities. About 16% are members of
cooperatives and livelihood (farming and fishing) associations. The rest are members of civic
organizations, sectoral organizations, religious, political and professional associations (Table
2.3-20).
Recreational Activities. The most popular pastime in the area is social drinking (50%), followed
by cockfighting (13%). These are very popular among the male population. Among the female
respondents, pastimes and recreational activities are more varied, ranging from watching TV to
spending time with friends (Table 2.3-20).
Goals and Aspirations. The survey reveals that the residents place high value on simple
lifestyle and good family relations. When ask about their idea of what should constitute a happy
and successful life, almost two-fifths (38%) of the respondents cited good family relationships
while about 14% thought that a successful and happy life should mean the ability to provide
basic necessities. Only 8% said material wealth should constitute a happy and successful life
(Table 2.3-20).
The survey also reveals the desire of parents to give their children education (Table 2.3-20).
When ask what they desire for their children, 36% said they want their children to finish college.
Also about 20% said they want their children to live as simple life.
Table 2.3-20 Socio-cultural profile of the host barangays (20% Household Survey)
Parameter
Membership in Community Organizations
Cooperatives
Livelihood Associations
Socio-Civic Organization
Political Organizations
Sector Organizations (Youth, Women, Senior Citizen)
Credit Associations
Professional Organizations
No Response
Common Recreational Activities
Drinking with Friends
Cockfight
Watch TV
Listen to Radio
Basketball
Hobbies (Cooking, Gardening, Sewing,etc.)
Spend time with friends
Number Reporting
Percent
29
28
13
6
6
4
4
253
8.45
8.16
3.79
1.75
1.75
1.17
1.17
73.76
171
43
29
10
8
7
7
49.85
12.54
8.45
2.92
2.33
2.04
2.04
33 Average educational attainment of aged 7 and older household members.

34 Percentage of aged 7 and older household members.
p. 2.3 - 24
Parameter
Picnicking
Dancing
None
No Response
Concept of a Successful/Happy Life
Simple Living
Good Family Relations
More Income and Wealth
Achieve Goals in Life
Good Job
Succeed in Business
Peaceful/Good Community Relations
Good Health
Enough Food
Good Education
Others
Desired Life For Children
Finish higher education
Live a simple life
Get a good job
Become wealthy
Become independent
Have a happy family
Others
E.
Number Reporting
6
2
42
18
Percent
1.75
0.58
12.24
5.25
130
49
27
23
16
12
12
10
4
3
12
37.90
14.29
7.87
6.71
4.66
3.50
3.50
2.92
1.17
0.87
3.50
124
66
12
5
5
4
14
36.15
19.24
3.50
1.46
1.46
1.17
4.08
Health and Nutrition Status in the Affected Barangays
The Department of Health is active in the area through its Rural Health Unit (RHU). It grouped
the barangays in municipalities into catchments, each is provided with a Barangay Health
Station. Data from the Barangay Health Stations (Table 2.3-21) have been sporadic and
recording is not standardized 35 . Because of this, data from the household survey are also used
to supplement morbidity data (Tables 2.3-22).
Leading Causes of Death. Records on deaths and their causes were often not available at the
barangay level. However, the available data point to respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as
the major causes of death in the area. Pneumonia, Bronchitis and Pulmonary Tuberculosis
stand out as the major killer diseases. Heart failure (Myocardial Infarction) and cardiovascular
arrests are also more frequent.
Common Illnesses. Data from the rural health centers (Table 2.3-21) reveal that the most
frequent illness in the area is the influenza, followed by respiratory diseases and gastrointestinal
diseases. There are also recorded cases of Tuberculosis, liver diseases, cancer, skin and bones
and joints diseases. Data from the household survey seem to confirm this observation (Table
2.3-22). The survey also reveals that the incidence of morbidity rate in the area is about 8.3% of
population. Ninety-eight out of 183 morbidity cases or about half were referred to a medical
doctor.
Data at the municipal level also confirm that the leading causes of morbidity included acute
respiratory tract infection, skin problems, nutritional deficiency, parasitism, influenza,
pneumonia, gastro-intestinal disorders and musculo-skeletal disease.
35 For example, the list of leading causes of morbidity and mortality include both symptoms and causes.
p. 2.3 - 25
Table 2.3-21 Health statistics in host barangays 36 (from Rural Health Stations)
Parameters
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Osiao
Causes of
Mortality
Cardiovascular
Arrests
Pneumonia
Kochs Infection
(PTB)
Bronchopneumonia
Electrolyte
Imbalance
Hypertension
Vehicular Accident
Status Epilypticus
Severe Anemia
no data
Cardiovascular Arrests
Pneumonia
Pneumonia
Post Mature (Infant)
Renal Failure
Cardiovascular Arrest
Myocardial Infarction
Status Gingivitis
Pulmonary TB
Rabies
Kochs Infection (PTB)

Eclampsia (Maternal)
Cancer
Uterine Atony
(Maternal)
-
Epilepsy
Liver Disorders
Hypoglycenia
Stab wounds
Causes of
Morbidity
Malnutrition
Rate
Myocardial
Infarction
Acute Respiratory
Infection
Parasite
Fever/Headache
Asphyxia
Asthma
Acute Respiratory
Infection
Diarrhea
Asthma
Acute Respiratory
Infection
Gastro-Intestinal
Disease
Skin Disorders
High blood
Infected Wound
Influenza
Rheumatism
Skin Diseases
Diarrhea
TB
Heart Disease
Musculo-Skeletal
Disease
Injuries
Dental Problem
Mumps
Diarrhea
Pallor
-
Measels
Accidents
-
Hypertension
Parasitism
Influenza
Anemia
Conjunctivitis
Chicken Pox
25.3%
134 children
115 children
Cardiovascular
Disease
Skin Disease
(allergy)
Bronchitis
Vitamin Deficiency
Asthma
Influenza
Acute Respiratory Inf.
Parasitism
Furonculosis
Hypertension
Gastrointestinal
Disorders
Gingivitis
Asthma
Dental Problems
Injuries
Anemia
Other nutritional
disorders
30.8%
36 Source: Rural Health Units

p. 2.3 - 26
Table 2.3-22 Morbidity cases in host barangays during the last six months
(20% Household Survey)
Symptoms/Complaints
Fever
Cough, Cold & Fever
Abdominal pains
Dizziness
Hypertension
Pains in the joints
Body/back pains
Breathing difficulty
Headache
Kidney Trouble
Others
Not described
Consulted
Medical Doctor
Paramedics
Hospital
Traditional Healer
Health Center
Midwife
Dentist
None
Diagnosis
Influenza
Other Respiratory Diseases
Gastro-Intestinal Diseases
Cardiovascular Diseases
Other bacterial infections
Arthritis
Pneumonia
Kidney Diseases
Weak Lungs
Chicken Pox
Liver Diseases
Skin Diseases
PTB
Nutrient Deficiency
Diabetes
Other viral infections
Asthma
Meningitis
Others
Unknown
Total
Surveyed Population
Annualized Rate (%)
Rizal
Bucalbucalan
Bulabog
Capuy
Ticol
Total
4
13
1
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
2
18
22
7
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
2
2
8
14
3
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
3
4
13
1
1
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
5
0
10
4
9
4
3
1
4
3
1
1
3
2
57
39
14
6
6
5
5
6
2
2
15
26
14
0
15
10
3
0
0
2
19
0
0
0
0
1
0
14
8
18
1
0
1
0
0
9
20
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
37
4
0
1
0
0
0
3
98
22
16
11
5
1
1
29
16
2
6
3
2
4
2
0
1
0
2
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
2
0
44
557
15.80
6
5
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
21
34
352
19.32
0
9
3
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
13
37
443
16.70
8
0
1
2
5
0
2
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
23
367
12.53
5
6
8
6
2
3
0
3
2
2
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
3
0
45
273
32.97
35
22
18
13
10
8
6
5
5
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
7
36
183
1992
18.37
p. 2.3 - 27
Nutritional Status. Data obtained from the Department of Healths Operation Timbang
indicate that malnutrition is around 20% to 30% 37 among the preschoolers (Table 2.3-21).
Nutritional deficiency diseases were also observed from the household survey (Table 2.3-22).
F.
Socio-Political Dynamics in the Host Barangays
There are various organizations in the affected barangays but the barangay captain usually is
the one in charge. He/she is the recognized leader in all social, political and security aspects of
the village. Usually however there are traditionally influential families in every barangays, which
may influence decision-making. The Barangay leaders including the barangay captain normally
come from these families.
G.
Perceptions and Attitudes toward the Proposed Geothermal Project
Perceptions and Attitudes of the General Public. Most local leaders see geothermal project
as a boon to the local government especially in terms of Royalty Payments and the DOE Law
Benefits. The local leaders are already aware of these benefits from the existing BacMan II
geothermal plant. However enthusiasm is not very high since the law mandates that 80% of the
royalty fund shall be used for power rate reduction. The government leaders want to have a free
hand in the deciding what to project to finance with the royalty fund.
The concerns frequently raised by residents during the various public dialogues 38 were (1) the
use and allocation of royalty and other benefits and related issues. (2) high electricity rates
despite the presence of geothermal, (3) priority hiring of residents, (4) the effects of the project
on their water supply and (5) other environmental and safety concerns.
There were varied concerns raised pertaining to royalties and other benefits. Some residents
wanted to be clarified on the allowed uses of royalty payments, others complained about the
delay in the release of benefits while others inquired about how community organization might
be able to apply for funding of a livelihood program. In Rizal, people are apprehensive about the
planned creation of a new barangay of Tublijon. Residents also complained that the rate charge
by the SORECO II is still very high despite the power subsidy from the royalty benefits. They
however understand that PNOC-EDC is not responsible for the electricity pricing and the issues
on royalty allocation and uses.
The other concern involves the effects of geothermal steam field operations on the water supply.
Residents in Rizal contend that they have experienced reduced flow of water from their water
supply pipes since PNOC-EDC. Residents of Bucalbucalan, Bulabog and Ticol wanted to be
assured that their water supply would not be affected. A representative of the Sorsogon Water
District also wanted to make sure that the planned SWD watershed reservation would not be
affected.
Old issues such as the 1987 Flood in Rizal which was allegedly caused by artificial damming
due landslide inside the BacMan I site, and the alleged skin disease reports in Cawayan and
Manitohan River were also raised by residents of Rizal, Capuy, Ticol and Basud.
Perceptions and Attitudes of the Residents in the Affected Areas. The perception survey
reveals that the residents in the host barangays are generally not aware of the proposed
38 PNOC-EDC conducted 6 public information drives, one for each of the following barangays: Rizal, Bucalbucalan,
Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol and Basud.

p. 2.3 - 28
projects. Less than half (47.5%) of the respondents said that they have heard about the
proposed geothermal project in Tanawon Sector. However the great majority (77.3%) of the
respondents said they were in favor of such a project (Table 2.3-23). Approval of the project is
particularly high in Rizal (91%) and Bucalbucalan (98%); both barangays are closest to the
project site. These are also the barangays where company employees of existing geothermal
projects have been most visible. The road junction leading to the site is located in Sitio Tublijon,
Rizal. Rizal is also host to the PNOC-EDC community extension program, the Tulungan
Farmers Association. On the other hand Bucalbucalan serves as a stopover of company
employees who often take rest and dine in carinderias along the highway on their way to the
project or back to Sorsogon or Legazpi City.
The lowest level of approval is observed in Capuy (45.2%). There seems to be no special
reason why approval is low in Capuy except that they have internal problems on the allocation of
the royalty proceeds. During the information drive, the issues raised by Capuy residents include
high power rates charged by the Electric Cooperative (SORECO II), the flooding incident in Rizal
and the skin disease reports. They were also concerned on the effects of the project on
domestic water supply. However, residents in Bucalbucalan, Bulabog and Ticol also raised the
same issues and concerns.
Majority (84.6%) of those who are not in favor of the project did not give any reason but some
mentioned water pollution (9.2%) and air pollution (4.6%). The reasons frequently mentioned for
being in favor of the project were employment (35.3%) and general economic progress of the
area (22.2%).
Ask if they know of any benefits from the project, majority of the respondents mentioned
employment (64.1%), royalty or power subsidy (24.9%) and community projects (1.1%). In terms
of undesirable effects about two-fifths (38.1%) mentioned air pollution or bad odor while a third
(32.9%) mentioned water contamination or pollution. A few said the project can cause skin
disease (11%) and will destroy the forest (6.5%) (Table 2.3-23).
p. 2.3 - 29
Table 2.3-23 Results of the opinion/perception survey (20% Household Survey)

Indicator
No. Reporting
Percent of Total
Heard about the project (n=343)
163
47.52
Source of Information (n=163)
PNOC
96
58.90
Family Members and Friend
24
14.72
Neighbors
20
12.27
Barangay Officials
15
9.20
Others
8
4.91
Respondent's concept about the project (n=343)
No Response
128
37.32
Power/Electricity Generation
166
48.40
Development Project
2
0.58
Steam Production
2
0.58
No idea
45
13.12
In favor of the project (n=286)
Rizal
79
91.86
Bucalbucalan
49
98.00
Bulabog
31
72.09
Capuy
28
45.16
Ticol
34
75.56
All Barangays
221
77.27
Reason for not favoring the project (n=65)
No Response
55
84.62
Water contamination
6
9.23
Air Pollution
3
4.62
Economic Problems
1
1.54
Reason for favoring the project (221)
Employment Opportunities
78
35.29
Economic Progress
49
22.17
Its the majority's decision
7
3.17
No Reason
5
2.26
No Response
82
37.10
Perceived Benefits from the Project (n=276)
Employment
177
64.13
Royalty, Power Rate Subsidy
66
23.91
Community Relations Projects (Water System)
3
1.09
No Response
30
10.87
Perceived undesirable effects of the project (n=155)
Air Pollution/Bad Odor
59
38.06
Water Contamination
51
32.90
Skin Disease
17
10.97
Deforestation
10
6.45
No Response
18
11.61
p. 2.3 - 30
Figure 2.3-1:
Settlement Areas Map (page 2.3-31)
p. 2.3 - 31
3.1
FUTURE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS WITHOUT THE

PROJECT
3.1.1
Physical Environment Without the Project

A.
Land Use
Due to a projected 1.5% annual increase in the local population, some of the flat areas devoted
to agricultural use shall slowly be converted to built-up areas, thus there is a projected decrease
in agricultural land use from 76% to 62% (latest Sorsogon Municipal Profile -1996). This is
especially true where residential areas are found proliferating amongst what used to be
ricefields along Manitohan, Capuy, Ticol, Cawayan, Anahaw and Osiao rivers.
There is no significant change in land use especially at the hinterlands due to the general
inaccessibility of the area and the rugged terrain which limit development. Built-up areas
will probably be limited within the general vicinity of existing ones and along the coastal
highway where the terrain is not difficult. Forested areas may be reduced if illegal forest
activities, i.e. tree cutting and slash-burn activities, are not controlled.
Buffer areas along river banks will continue to be inhabited, putting the lives and property of
residents into danger in the event of a major flooding.
B.
Soil
In agricultural areas, erosion is expected to proceed at its present rate, especially in sloping
land, where clean culture crops (annual) are cultivated and along river banks where soil is
exposed. Soil chemical properties will degrade with the destruction of top soils where most of
the organic matter are stored. The possible leaching of N, P, K could lead to low productivity.
In grassland/shrubland areas, erosion is likely to proceed at its present rate, and additional
disturbance or cultivation could yield greater rate of erosion.
C.
Hydrology
Increasing population is generally equated with an increase in the use of natural resources. As
such, it is expected that the local residents will have increasing demand for both surface water
and groundwater, and thus increased extraction rate of water resources.
Use of rivers as major sources of irrigation water will continue in the area. Its use as industrial
water will depend on the type of industries to be established in the locality.
On the other hand, groundwater is foreseen to be the major source of clean, potable water for
Sorsogon. To augment the drinking water demand, the local government/water district may
expand the current water sources by drilling more wells and tapping the high-yielding springs.
Section 3.0: IMPACT ASSESSMENT
p. 3 - 1
The yield of groundwater sources may decline over the years as a result of deforestation along
recharge areas, changes in climatological factors, or over-extraction.
D.
Water Quality
The dynamics of the surface water system could change according to the condition of the
upland watershed areas. Soil erosion attributed to the present agricultural development
certainly would increase turbidity of streams particularly during rainy months and if deforestation
within the watershed areas are left unabated. Turbidity due to agricultural inputs or river
scouring was most noticeable along Capuy, Ticol, Cawayan, Osiao rivers.
E.
Oceanography
The physical oceanography within the study areas will remain in its present condition without the
proposed project. The occurrence of moderate to strong currents in the areas of interest, the
ebbing and flooding cycles due to the prevailing semi-diurnal tide, the variation in the water
temperature, and the propagation of surface waves are dictated by natural forcing factors and
will not change without changes in these natural forces. These oceanographic variables are
primarily dependent on such natural forces including wind stress, gravitational forces and
insolation (solar radiation). As long as the meteorological and hydrological conditions in the
area remain in their seasonal variabilities, the oceanographic characteristics of the project area
will remain in their existing variabilities without the project.
F.
Sediment Transport
Sediment transport plays an important role in water quality. In addition, the distribution and fate
of especially the fine suspended sediment fractions discharged in the marine environment
greatly affects the ecological function of marine biota. This may include reduced light
penetration or direct smothering and burial of underwater benthic organisms.
The transport of sediments in Sorsogon Bay is primarily dictated by the action of the tide. Tidal
currents during flooding and ebbing dictate the fate of suspended sediments. The results of the
sediment transport model show a tendency of the suspended sediments to be concentrated in
the area north of Sorsogon Bay and west of Poliqui Bay. The predicted suspended sediment
concentration assuming two sediment fractions (to include the coarse and fine fractions) being
discharged by the various rivers has been simulated in different oceanographic scenarios. The
model results are shown in Figures 3.1-1 and 3.1-2.
Even without the project, the model results show that there is a likely increase of suspended
sediments in the study areas that exceed the present standard of about 30 mg/l. It should be
noted that the observational study conducted to establish the baseline oceanographic and water
quality conditions confirm the existence of high suspended sediment concentration near the river
mouths and farther offshore which appeared as highly turbid coastal waters. This has been due
to the continuous rainy event that occurred during the period of observation and the erosion of
topsoil up the hills. The Bicol University, in its 1995 Resource and Ecological Assessment
Report projects reported further shallowing of Sorsogon Bay due to heavy siltation and
indiscriminate dumping of waste.
The model results are based on the probable assumption that the coarse fraction has a mean
concentration of about 250 mg/l and the fine fraction with a mean concentration of about 100
mg/l. It can be seen that the areas (red contour) close to the river mouths would exceed the
allowable standard of not more than 30 mg/l increase. Due to particle settling, the coarse
sediment fraction would be generally confined in those areas and the fine fraction which is
normally much lower in concentration may be transported even farther away while
p. 3 - 2
simultaneously diffused. It should be noted that the outermost contour is the 5 mg/l contour
which has a negligible impact.
G.
Marine -Physical Environment
In the absence of the proposed project the physical characteristics of the marine environment
will probably continue to deteriorate due to overexploitation. Although area north of Sorsogon
Bay has already been declared as a mangrove reserve, the rate of mangrove loss will continue
due to rampant cutting of mangrove forest for fuelwood, fishpond development and other
commercial use. With the 19 hectares of mangrove reforestation undertaken by PNOC in
Poliqui Bay, the area could later on be considered for a nature reserve.
3.1.2
Biological Environment Without the Project

A.
Vegetation
Deforestation is expected to decline slowly in the upper regions of Bgys. San Isidro, Rizal, and
Bulabog. An increase in forest areas is envisioned due to reforestation efforts by the Sorsogon
Water District, and a corresponding increase in mangrove land is programmed by communitybased forestry management projects. These efforts are also complemented by existing forestry
programs of PNOC-EDC within the BacMan Geothermal Reservation.
B.
Agriculture
With the present state of agricultural practices in the study area, farmers will continue harvesting
from their coconut and abaca plantations, not considering the need to cut down old and nonbearing trees and to replant new ones. Much of the coconut harvests especially at the
hinterlands have declined due to strong typhoons passing the Bicol region. This decline may
continue with every onset of strong typhoons.
Rice production shall continue but may not be able to meet the demand due to the increased
consumption by the increasing population. Thus, rice importation from nearby towns may
continue at an increased rate.
C.
Freshwater Environment
Without the proposed Tanawon project, changes in composition, diversity and productivity of
aquatic biota will likely be brought about by pollution from agricultural runoffs, siltation and
sedimentation of river systems and discharge or dumping of domestic wastes by the riparian
communities into the river. The other potential source is the existing Bacon-Manito Geothermal
Production Field of PNOC-EDC and NPC. But since a zero waste disposal scheme is adopted
through the injection of geothermal brine back to the geothermal reservoir, the probability that
the existing geothermal project will contaminate the river systems is nil, if not very low.
As more land areas are converted and developed for agricultural purposes, increased use and
release of pesticides and fertilizers into the aquatic ecosystem is expected. Organic pollution
from agricultural sources will not be noticeable and significant in the upper reaches of the rivers,
where nutrients can be easily flushed downstream by spates. The lower reaches of the river,
where river flow is slow, and the estuary, are the areas that could be adversely affected by
agricultural runoffs and domestic wastes. This is already observed in the lower reaches of Ticol
river (BMGP 126), where the Epizootic Ulcerative Syndrome (EUS) disease, which is triggered
by enrichment, has been reportedly infecting estuarine and riverine fishes. This phenomenon
p. 3 - 3
will continue to recur in the area unless runoffs are being controlled and the riparian
communities cease to throw or dump their garbage into the river. The effect of enrichment on
other aquatic biota, particularly benthos, may be subtle due to the hydrodynamic processes in
the estuarine environment, beside the fact that estuaries are naturally rich in organic materials.
Fish poisoning in the river will continue in the absence of or lack of implementation of local
ordinance, which prohibits use of pesticides or icthyocides in catching fishes.
Along with cultivation and agricultural expansion is the accompanying siltation and
sedimentation of river systems in the area. The effect, however, of siltation and sedimentation is
reversible due to the presence of spates, which flush out extra sediments into the lower reaches
of the river and eventually deposit into the estuary and the marine environment.
D.
Marine Biological Environment
The marine ecology particularly within the bay areas, is more vulnerable to gradual degradation
as a consequence of urban growth and fishing activities in both bays, specifically due to a likely
increase in the volume and concentration of domestic waste displaced into the bay area, and
due to the use of illegal fishing implements. Shells gathered from Sorsogon Bay may
occasionally be ascertained as positive for Red Tide toxin. Among the possible causes of red
tide in the area include dinoflagellates. During the survey, Peridinium, a potential redtide
causing agent was found in Sorsogon Bay, although its density was low. A fishing ordinance
enacted by the Sorsogon government covering the exploitation and management of Sorsogon
Bay will lessen these problems.
3.1.3
Socio-Economic Environment Without the Project
3.1.3.1 Economic Outlook

A.
Infrastructure Outlook
The Province of Sorsogon will probably continue to have sufficient power supply as it is
connected from the Luzon Grid. However it will forego additional benefits from LGU Code and
the DOE Law such as the royalties and the livelihood fund, power subsidies and priority load
dispatch.
The need for urban infrastructures in the capital town, such as water system, sewerage, roads
and transport system, are expected to increase rapidly during the next few years due to high
birth rate and the influx of people from other parts of the province. Without increase in revenue
collection, the province will continue to rely on the national government for its infrastructure
needs. Given the current pace of infrastructure development, the need will not likely to be met.
Farm-to-market road may be built from the highway towards the interiors of the host barangays.
The telephone density will probably continue to improve as a result of the deregulation of the
telecommunication industry and advances in mobile systems but the desired density will not be
met as only a few people will be able to afford them.
B.
Economic Development Outlook
The economic development of Sorsogon hinges on its ability to create jobs outside of traditional
agriculture and fishery sectors. Baseline data show that the share of agriculture and fishery
sectors on total employment is 51.69% and only 6.23% in the industrial and manufacturing
sectors, the remaining jobs are found in the services sectors which consist mostly of
employment in trading and retail businesses. Yet agriculture and fishery sectors are likely to be
p. 3 - 4
stunted by Sorsogons yearly typhoons. Landlessness is also very prevalent as evidenced by

the number the proportion of tenants (57% in the host communities). This only means that new
jobs will have to come from non-agriculture sectors. But except tourism, there is really no
concrete plan to develop the non-agriculture sector particularly the manufacturing or industrial
sector.
Sorsogons economy therefore will remain agriculture and fishery-based. The improvement in
basic infrastructure in the area, particularly the opening of more farm-to-market roads will
improve agricultural production of traditional crops but will not really improve the Provinces food
self-sufficiency as crops are easily destroyed by annual typhoons. Commercial activities will be
limited to wholesale and retail of manufactured products and trading of agricultural products and
farm inputs.
3.1.3.2 Demographics and Livelihood Outlook

Urbanization of the capital city will continue and will probably spill over to the rest of the
barangays along the Trans-Philippine Highway, including the host barangays. This will occur
amid continued out-migration of family members to larger cities, particularly Legaspi City and
Metropolitan Manila.
The building of farm-to-market road in coastal barangays of Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy and
Ticol may help disperse the settlements towards to interior. New settlers will move into the upper
areas and encroach in the public lands near the proposed geothermal development block.
Jobs in the host communities will be scarce consisting mostly of occasional farm employments.
However non-agricultural job opportunities may increase in the town center as urbanized areas
grow in size. These jobs will mostly consist of employment in the transport sector and retail
businesses.
p. 3 - 5
3.2
FUTURE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS WITH THE

PROJECT
Table 3.2-1 is a matrix presenting the potential environmental impacts per phase of the project.
For each impact identified, an evaluation on the classification, time scale, probability,
magnitude, reversibility, and geographical extent is indicated.
Previous environmental studies from the existing BGPF, complemented by experience in other
geothermal fields around the world, mathematical modeling, as well as literature references
were particularly useful in delimiting the environmental impacts on the proposed Tanawon
Geothermal Project.
Primary impact areas cover the Tanawon geothermal block. Secondary impact areas include
the rivers emanating from the block from its headwaters to coastal areas, areas or people
depending on the river, as well as nine barangays whose political boundaries fall within the
geothermal block. Refer again to Figure 1.7-4 (Project Description section).
For each impact identified, corresponding preventive, mitigating, and contingency measures
are provided, based on successful measures implemented in other PNOC-EDC geothermal
sites.
The severity and likelihood of impacts as identified in the table shall be basis for prioritizing
mitigation and management measures for the proper allocation of resources.
3.2.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During the EIA process or before commencement of project construction, certain impacts have
been identified mainly focusing on the socio-political dynamics of the locality.
The impact on the socio-political dynamics of the area will be minimal as there is already an
existing geothermal project in the area and there are no sufficiently contentious issues to trigger
group actions.
During the series public dialogues (from information drives to scoping), a few issues have been
raised which could cause realignments of political alliances, organized actions among causeoriented groups in the area. These include: (1) issues related to royalty and DOE-benefits
sharing between host barangays and among their constituents, (3) rights of way concerns (2)
concerns about the effects of geothermal project on domestic water supply, (3) the alleged
increased risk of flooding similar to the Tublijon incident, and (4) other environmental concerns
and alleged health effects, particularly the reports of skin disease from Manitohan and Cawayan
Rivers.
A. Royalty and Benefit Sharing Issues

Residents of Tublijon (a large Sitio of Rizal) feel that they are the ones hosting the geothermal
project but residents of Rizal control the benefits. They wanted to organize a separate barangay
of Tublijon so that they will have control and monopoly of the benefits. This is only true in Rizal
as there are no large, isolated, Sitios in other barangays that could organize a separate
barangay. In Capuy, the use of the development components of the royalty and DOE benefits is
beginning to emerge as a political issue among contending parties.
p. 3 - 6
B. Rights of Way Concerns

Some portions of the proposed development block are privately owned lands. The imposition of
laws on public lands within the geothermal development block has been misconstrued by some
landowners to also apply on private lots. Apparently, their apprehension is rooted on PNOC
EDC being perceived as a government agency which, they imagined, have powers to
expropriate lands or dictate land prices. PNOCs track record in land compensation had been
commendatory even in complicated tenurial situations. An inquiring landowner will generally be
satisfied with PNOCs compensation scheme. Hence, road-right-of way is unlikely to be a cause
for concerted action. There will be some rent-seeking actions but these would likely be individual
landowner efforts rather than group actions.
C. Effects of Geothermal on the Water Supply

Residents are apprehensive about the effects of the geothermal project on the water supply,
particularly domestic water supply. This is understandable as the barangays get their water
supply from a number of springs located downstream of the proposed development block.
Complaints of reduced flow of Rizal spring have been raised allegedly due to the existing BacMan II Plant but this has not been substantiated and the causal relations have not been
established. The Barangay Officials concerned already admitted that the reduced flow might
have been due to increase in the number of users and pipe leakages.
D. Environmental and Health Issues

Residents and representatives of non-government organizations have raised various
environmental concerns. Many of the concerns, however, were raised because of lack of
understanding on the nature of and the processes involved in the geothermal project. Some
concerns were based on rumors and speculations such as the flood in Tublijon, Rizal in 1987
which was allegedly due to artificial damming caused by a landslide in the project site and the
reports of skin diseases contracted from Manitohan and Cawayan Rivers. These issues are not
new and were already resolved long ago. The landslide, it turned out, occurred naturally way
downstream from the project site and the skin problems were found to be caused by fungal
infection. It is therefore highly unlikely that hard-line environmental groups would exploit these
issues against the project.
The only active environmental advocacy group in the area is the Social Action Center (SAC) of
the Sorsogon Diocese. The various other groups are interested in livelihood projects. SAC is
well aware that geothermal power development includes a forest protection and rehabilitation
under its watershed management program. Hence, if there will be organized effort to oppose the
project, it would be initiated by groups outside of the province, possibly those with nation-wide
operations but given the lack of sensible issues such a scenario is only remotely possible.
p. 3 - 7
3.2.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

This phase involves the civil/ earthmoving, , mechanical, electrical, structural and other
engineering works for the major project components: (1) Fluid Collection and Reinjection
System (FCRS), (2) power plant(s) and control center(s), (3) switchyard(s) and transmission
lines, and (4) waste management and support facilities.
Roads, pads, pipeline routes and power plant facilities are the major impact sources during
earthmoving activities.
Most effects during this phase are expected on the stability of open steep slopes and water
quality of rivers as well as its receiving areas downstream as a result of unmitigated erosion or
improper earth handling. Erosion and siltation are expected to affect one river at a time and not
simultaneously as construction activities are usually undertaken by phase and are localized in a
given area. Siting the major facilities away from water bodies, adoption of slope stabilization
measures, as well as the use of a Spoil Disposal Area (SDA) may free the rivers from
experiencing potential siltation. The extent of impacts generally depend on the final location of
project facilities.
Another major impact is the clearing of secondary forest and agricultural areas for the various
project facilities. Positive socio-economic activities are expected due to mobilization of
employees, contractors and heavy equipment in the locality.
Although it is this phase which experiences the most negative impacts, proposed mitigation
measures are numerous and continue to improve based on experiences from the various
geothermal development fields of PNOC-EDC. Moreover, the impacts of construction works are
generally short-term and reversible.
3.2.2.1 Physical Environment

A.
Change in Land Use
Non-commercial secondary forest and some patches of agricultural areas in an aggregate area
not exceeding 5-10% of the 2,460-hectare geothermal development block shall be converted to
industrial use to accommodate the various geothermal project facilities. The facilities are not
lumped or confined in a single location, but these are spread out within the block. Areas
proposed to be opened in Public Land shall be subject to a Special Land Use Permit (SLUP)
filed with the DENR-Region 5. Use of Alienable and Disposable (A&D) areas within the
southern portion of the block shall be subject to negotiation with private individuals.
B. Alteration of Topography/ Physiography

The present topography in the Tanawon area which is generally composed of gentle to steep
mountain slopes peaks, may be slightly altered to accommodate the project facilities. Where
road routes and pipeline corridors willbe located, slopes shall be cut, terraced and rounded to
ensure stability of the slope. Since the routes usually traverse almost horizontally across the
slope, the basic topographic features within the Tanawon mountain range will generally be
retained.
p. 3 - 8
C. Effects on Aesthetics
With the clearing of vegetation and earthmoving activities, the greenery in selected areas within
the geothermal development block shall be transformed into infrastructure.
While the
construction is ongoing, the site shall not be visually appealing within the confines of the
construction area. But once vegetative restoration or reforestation shall be implemented and
greenery is restored, the area shall depict the sustainability of geothermal power development
with the environment.
D.
Potential Generation of Landslides
The cutting of mountain sides to make way for roads may result in the steepening of the slopes
above the road level. In highly fractured rocks, such steepening of the slopes will subsequently
reduce the slopes stability which may result to landsliding especially during periods of high
precipitation. The landslides will not only damage the roads but also the pipelines and other
structures along the slides path. This problem can occur anytime, not only during the
construction phase, if no mitigating measures are implemented to stabilize the slopes.
The environmental impact of landslides is low to high particularly on the river systems whose
water quality can deteriorate due to increased siltation. It should also be emphasized that
landslides could also occur in areas not touched by any of the activities related to geothermal
development. This is especially true of areas denuded by illegal activities and by shifting
o
cultivation or kaingin. In the case of BGPF, steep slopes (>60 ) covered with friable volcanic
materials like pyroclastic deposits are very susceptible to landslides even in areas without civil
works activities.
E. Soil Erosion
Excessive surface run-off during rainy days are expected because of the removal of vegetation.
Soil disturbance plus continuous and intense rainfall could significantly create a situation
conducive to soil erosion. The road will serve as interceptors and drainage ways of the run-off
water from the upper reaches. Run-off water will transport soil particles that could result to
siltation of the river systems in the project area.
Rockslides and landslides are also expected on areas where slopes are modified and
destabilized by deep road cuts.
F.
Disturbance of River Channels by Civil Works/Construction Activities
Within the project development block, nearby stream channels may be physically altered during
road and pad construction. Construction of spillways may impede certain sections of the water
bodies.
G.
Effect on River, Estuary and Coastal Water Quality
Rainwater transports soil particles over land into the drainage systems. This is followed by an
increase in suspended solids and siltation rate in river systems, down to the estuary and coastal
areas. The concentration of suspended solids and sedimentation rate, in a particular river
section, depends on the volume and characteristic of soil movement into the stream as well as
the stream flowrate. There are factors which contribute to the volume of soil intrusion into the
water body. These are the quantity of excavation, surface area of the soil in contact with running
water, slope and characteristics of soil, river flowrate, availability of transport barriers such as
vegetation or topographic irregularities, and intensity of rainfall.
p. 3 - 9
Steep slopes, river crossings, riverbanks, and sections of high river flow rate are sensitive
locations for soil excavations. Soil removal in steeper slopes requires handling of a larger
volume of spoils. Soil intrusion into the watercourse is inevitable at the river crossing sites. This
is a case of direct contact of spoils with river water. Avoidance of steep slopes and use of
existing roads is an inherent construction practice to reduce river siltation as well as cost.
Watersheds likely to receive eroded soil particles are Cawayan River, Ticol River, Bucalbucalan
River, Rizal River and Menito River. The rivers of Cawayan and Rizal, having the more number
of tributaries within the project block, will be more exposed to higher suspended solids. At the
lower reaches suspended solids due to project operations, can be masked by soil disturbance in
rice farms especially during plowing periods.
H.
Effect on the Oceanographic Conditions
While there is no immediate impact of the proposed project on the physical oceanographic
characteristics of the study areas, the water quality impact of sediments transported from the
proposed project site during the construction period would be considered. During excavation
and associated road development works, sediments will be transported by runoff during the
rainy season from the project site to the coastal areas of Sorsogon Bay, Poliqui Bay, and Albay
Gulf (specifically Sugot Bay). If no mitigation measures are set in place, eroded sediments may
be carried away by stream flows down to the coast and will affect the underwater light
conditions in the coastal areas particularly in Sorsogon Bay which is receiving greater amount of
river discharges and hence greater sediment yield from the projects site. Depending on the
concentration of suspended sediments in the water column which generally increases near river
mouths, light penetration will decrease and this will affect the ecology of the affected coastal
areas. Additionally, the coarser fraction of sediments may be deposited in coastal areas close
to river mouths (e.g. estuaries). This will affect the marine ecosystem through possible
smothering and burial of underwater organisms if not properly mitigated.
To consider the effect of the project, an increased amount of suspended sediment load has
been considered. A scenario of a two-fold increase has been considered where the coarse
fraction has a mean concentration of 500 mg/l and the fine fraction with a mean concentration of
about 200 mg/l. This is considered to give a conservative estimate already (of the worst
conditions) considering that not all of the sediments eroded uphill can reach the coastal areas of
interest because of sediment trapping downhill. Figures 3.2-1 and 3.2-3 show the simulated
suspended sediment concentration in Sorsogon and Poliqui Bay considering the project-related
construction activities. The sediment increase is shown to exceed the present standard within
the red contour line. In general, the spatial increase is predicted to be minimal for both bays.
With the project, there is only a minimal increase of suspended sediment concentration as the
areas around Sorsogon, Poliqui and Sugot Bays are already experiencing siltation problems
even without the project. The difference of suspended sediment concentrations that exceed the
standard with and without the project has been clearly shown for both bays in Figures 3.2-2 and
3.2-4. These figures show the potential impact of the construction activities if no mitigation
measures are imposed. With mitigation imposed such as the construction of sediment traps, the
impact areas with and without the project will definitely decrease. It should be noted that the
pre-operations phase of the project is known to aggravate the existing sedimentation problem in
the areas of interest, and hence, will be well monitored.
I. Potential Lowering of Groundwater Level due to Reduction of Recharge

Areas
In any given area, there are several factors are known to affect groundwater level, such as
diurnal variations in the water table, over-exploitation, as well as variations in recharge.
p. 3 - 10
Lowering of groundwater level within the project site as a result of reduction in recharge areas is
unlikely. The areas affected by compaction of road surfaces and concreting of sites for verticalsupport facilities is insignificant compared to the overall watershed area. Furthermore, the
recharge areas of most of the groundwater sources in the area are located further downslope at
elevation much lower than the project site.
Since the main river systems discharge volume and precipitation will not be affected, recharge
into the groundwater system will not change, unless affected by natural events such as el nio.

Localized, infrequent and low intensity increase in air suspended particulates is expected from
excavation works, road leveling/grading, plant building construction, and transport operations.
This is due to high rainfall frequency of 221 days per year or 14 to 23 days per month that
serves as continual dust-suppressant.
Potential areas of emissions are the proposed road network, drill pads, FCRS routes, separator
stations, power plant site, quarries (if any) and spoil disposal area. At the work place, operators
of bulldozer, grader, front-end loader could be exposed to air suspended particulate over 1000
ug/m3. The DOLE sets the maximum allowable air suspended particulate level at 2000 ug/m3.
Moreover, communities are relatively far (about 5 to 6 kms) from the project site and fugitive
emissions could be filtered by vegetation and irregular topography.
Increased number of passing vehicles due to transport of personnel leads to an increase in air
suspended particulates along unpaved roads. Identified communities to experience this
situation are those residing near the unpaved road, which connects Sorsogon National Road
and the PNOC-EDC Base Camp. About three clusters of houses are found in this area.
A brief study in the Leyte Geothermal Power Project (PNOC-EDC, 1993) suggests an increase
in suspended particulates of about 30 ug/m3 per passing vehicle, at about 5 to 10 m from a
thinly accumulated dust on an unpaved road. This would mean that 8 passing vehicles for onehour yields 240 ug/m3 suspended particulates which is below the maximum allowable level of
300 ug/Ncm for a one-hour sampling. The frequency would be low due to high incidence of
rainfall in the area.
K.
Generation of Noise
The predicted noise levels from combined operation of construction equipment are made on the
basis of the type and usage factor of the equipment, and the location relative to the nearest
residential and other noise-sensitive areas. Typical noise levels of common construction
equipment are presented in Table 3.2-2.
The type and assumed number of construction equipment during construction period are
presented in Table 3.2-3. Also shown is the distance of the equipment from the nearest
residential areas and the maximum noise levels 15 meters from the equipment. Equipment
usage is the proportion of time the equipment is operated during the entire workday.
Assumptions include work schedule from 8:00 AM to 6:00 PM, with a total working hours of 10
hours per day.
Using the noise prediction method introduced by Wilson (1989), the predicted equivalent
daytime and early nighttime noise levels from combined operation of construction equipment
located about 1.5 km from the construction site are 52.7 and 45.0, respectively (Table 3.2-3).
p. 3 - 11
These values are within acceptable limits of 55 and 45 dBA, respectively. It should be noted,
however, that noise levels during construction period at the nearest residential areas could be
lower considering the presence of mountains or hills surrounding the project site, which act as
natural berm or noise barrier between the receptor and the project site.
3.2.2.2 Biological Environment

A.
Effect on Vegetation
Land clearing during civil works will result to the physical loss of vegetation. While the loss of
vegetation is permanent, there will be no change in the overall vegetation profile in areas.
Based on the data gathered, majority of the vegetation are widely distributed in the Mt. Tanawon
area. The impact is more localized /limited to the area to be cleared, that is, within an aggregate
area measuring 5-10% of the 2,460-hectare geothermal block.
Dust that will be generated during civil works will have no substantial impact on the overall
growth performance of the forest vegetation since the dust generation is short-term, and the
dust is easily washed out by the high rainfall in the area.
Before doing any clearing, an inventory of trees along the route shall be undertaken with the
DENR for the filing of a Tree Cutting Permit.
B.
Effect on Wildlife
The activities during this phase may cause temporary disturbance to wildlife species in the area,
especially if their habitats will be disturbed or affected. However, since this is only an expansion
of the existing BacMan Geothermal Production Field and most of the infrastructures (e.g., road
networks, power plants) and other installations are already existing, such construction activities
shall mainly focus on new drill pad areas, FCRS, power plant(s) and transmission lines. This
greatly minimizes the area to be opened up. If such is the case, the impacts on wildlife will be
highly temporary, localized and very short term in nature. This is notwithstanding the fact that
the wildlife species in the area are already adjusted to such type of disturbance brought by the
existing project in the area.
Noise that may be generated during this phase due to vehicles, bulldozers and other
construction activities may also disturb wildlife in the area. Noise may temporarily drive away
wildlife to quiet areas to take refuge, but as soon as noise is gone, they are expected to return to
the area.
Dust generated is likewise not expected to significantly affect wildlife species. Dust will be
concentrated near the road and drill pads and will be negligible during the rainy season.
C.
Effect of River Siltation on Irrigated Systems
It is inevitable that civil works activities in a mountainous area will result in earth spoils
generation due to slope cutting, excavation, and surfacing by heavy equipment. Although much
of these earth materials will be hauled to designated spoil disposal areas, soil run-off from open
slopes may occur, with the soil finding its way to the nearby river.
Irrigated ricefields utilizing rivers affected by earth spoils may be silted if soil material is not
properly contained or entrapped by erosion barriers. Silt in ricefields may not result in crop
damage if the silt is minimal, and if the farm is properly drained. Moreover, the effect of siltation
p. 3 - 12
will not be simultaneous in all rivers, but will only be localized to the river where civil works
activities are done.
However, this construction activity will be temporary during the pre-operational phase or until
biological and/or mechanical stabilization measures have been effected. With this, the effect on
agriculture is not seen to be much of a problem.
D.
Effect of River Sediment on Aquatic Biota
Turbidity. The civil works and construction phase, which involves major earth-moving activities,
may cause and/or increase turbidity of river water. This is especially true during the rainy
season when soils are being carried by floodwater into the river.
Turbidity is not expected to affect the already depauperate zooplankton community in the
surveyed river systems. They are considered very minor and insignificant component of the
river.
Primary production by phytoplankton and benthic algae, although not significant in the surveyed
river systems compared with lakes and reservoirs, may be reduced by turbidity due to the
reduction in the amount of light that penetrates into the water which is necessary for
photosynthesis. This may have negative consequence on the population of herbivores, which
are dependent on the primary producers as vital sources of food. The negative effect, however,
will be short-term and localized due to the short duration and the localized nature of civil works
activities.
Turbidity may also lead to a temporary reduction in fish population as a result of migration to
backwaters or unaffected sections of the river. It may also impede visual communication of
riverine fish, which is necessary for the delimitation of their territories, as well as, courting and
spawning. Fish requires clear water to carry such activities. These, however, are considered
short-term and are not expected to significantly affect the fish population.
Siltation and Sedimentation. Soil erosion from civil works and construction activities, and the
resulting siltation and sedimentation of river systems will have negative impacts on the river
biota, especially on benthic flora and fauna and gilled taxa (e.g., fish and mayflies).
Benthic flora (e.g., algae) may die or reduce in number due to smothering and coating of river
bed and rock surfaces with silt. The death of algae may consequently affect the population of
algivorous fish and benthic fauna.
Siltation and sedimentation may lead to a temporary reduction in the overall diversity of benthic
fauna, which can be attributed to invertebrate drift phenomenon and death due to clogging of
gilled taxa such as mayflies and caddisflies. A temporary shift in benthic fauna community
composition may also occur. Mayflies, which are currently the most dominant groups in the
surveyed river systems, may temporarily be replaced by trueflies, especially Chironomidae. This
is because siltation favors the growth and reproduction of Chironomids and cased caddis flies,
but is unfavorable to gilled taxa such as mayflies, stoneflies and net-spinning caddis flies.
Silt may clog fish gills and may hamper their respiratory processes. Silting of fish spawning and
nursery areas and in-filling of holding pools may also occur, which may result in the loss of
holding pools for larger fish.
Other impacts of siltation, which may affect the aquatic biota (especially benthos and gilled taxa)
at the microhabitat level, includes clogging of interstitial pore spaces by silt, burial of detritic and
algal foods, silting of attachment sites, blocking of filter nets and physical abrasion.
p. 3 - 13
Based on PNOCs experience with other projects sites (Leyte, Mt. Apo, Bacman, etc.), the
negative impacts of civil works activities on the aquatic biota are localized, short-term (i.e., only
few days to months) and reversible. This is probably due to the absence of any toxicity and the
occurrence of spates, which flush out the extra sediments. Another reason and the most
important is the re-colonization of the affected sections of the river from the upstream unaffected
communities, which is a common phenomenon in a river system. This is only possible when
development is localized.
The recovery of the aquatic biota varies with each group. For fish, recovery can be observed in
a few days to a week after the civil works activities have been completed/stopped. Benthos
recovery, on one hand, takes at least three (3) weeks to three (3) months, depending on the size
of the river, with bigger rivers having a much faster recovery than smaller ones.
E.
Effect on Coral Reefs
Should civil works without soil mitigation be undertaken at Manitohan and Osiao River
headwaters, coral reefs at Poliqui Bay and Sugot Bay (Albay Gulf) shall be put to risk. Civil
works activities leading to increased discharge of suspended materials are of considerable
impact specifically on coral reefs. Corals require clear water for their survival and are killed
mainly because the settling materials decrease light penetration preventing their symbiotic algae
from photosynthesizing. However, the effect would be very minimal as the amount of suspended
solids that reach the nearshore sea from the discharge will surely be deposited somewhere
along the river such that the amount reaching the sea would not be as much as the actual
volume released. Secondly, the presence of strong surface and sub-surface currents observed
to be prevalent in the area will somehow alleviate some of the effects of increased sediment
loads by acting as an efficient dispersing agent. There is an absence of coral reefs at
Sorsogon Bay due to its heavy siltation and the shallowness of the area.
F.
Disturbance/ Alteration of Marine Habitats
The main threat to the nearshore marine ecosystem during the construction phase is the
potential increase in turbidity and sedimentation from excavated spoils and unmitigated surface
erosion. Turbidity and sedimentation will have negative impacts on the marine biota especially
on the bottom-dwelling flora and fauna. The already impoverished benthic flora (e.g., seagrass)
may eventually die. The murky water will limit the light availability for photosynthesis and
sedimentation hampers diffusion of oxygen to the roots and rhizomes of the plants. The already
stressed coral reef in Poliqui and Sugot Bays may also be affected by increased sedimentation.
There will be less impact in Sorsogon Bay as the area is highly silt-laden run-off and has no live
coral cover.
The mortality of seagrasses and zooxanthellae of coral reefs may consequently cause the
extinction of the population of herbivorous marine fauna in the area.
3.2.2.3 Socio-economic Environment

A.
Impact on the Local Government and Economy
The geothermal project will bring in a combination of benefits and costs to the local government
and municipal economies.
Increased Business Activities and Tax Collections. The influx of construction people with
disposable cash incomes will result to increased in local demand for goods and services. The
salary of projected 500 local hirees alone will provide millions to the local economy. Further
increased in demand is expected as a result of compliance of the DOE Law which mandates
p. 3 - 14
geothermal resource developer to source their supplies and services requirements from within
the host LGUs. The increase in demand would result in increased business activities, which will
redound to increase tax collections by the municipal government.
With total investment of P6.6 billion it is estimated that, in terms of local spending alone, the
project is expected to spend not less than 86 million annually during the 3-year construction
period resulting in about P287 million in annual incremental income to the local economy
(Appendix K-2). Assuming that 15% of this would be collected as taxes, this provides additional
income tax collection about P43 million annually to the host city and the province.
The commercial centers that will likely be benefited are the town center of Sorsogon and to
some extent Legaspi City. An increase in small-scale commercial activities such as sari-sari
stores, carinderias, vending and petty services are expected to occur along Rizal and
Bucalbucalan stretch of the highway during the construction period. Small-scale food catering
services may also reach the project site during construction period.
Increased Wear and Tear of Public Facilities. The construction activities together with the
accompanying increase in business activities would put pressure on the available public
facilities, especially transportation facilities. In particular, there will be an increase in the wear
and tear of the roads. But this will be felt only along the Tublijon Rizal portion of the road. Most
of the affected roads will be within the PNOC EDC geothermal reservation.
B.
Impact on Demography and Settlement Patterns
Change in Population and Composition. Demographic impact will be minimal. The current
demographic situations in the host barangay could be aggravated by the geothermal project. In
particular, the dominance of males over females will be worsened by the influx of mostly male
construction workers in Rizal and Bucalbucalan. However, due to the distance of the proposed
project site to the barangay centers, it is more likely that migrant workers are will be camped
within the project site. Contacts with the residents of the host barangays will be minimal and
occur only during weekends or workers day-offs. It is also likely that workers will instead go to
the town center for rest and recreation.
Return of Settlements in Remote Areas. Earlier it was noted that some upland settlements
have been abandoned, as people preferred to settle in the lowland areas near the highway. The
availability of transport vehicles from the company and project contractors, the opening of new
roads toward the Tanawon sector and the presence of workers in the camps, may encourage
the return of settlements in the more remote areas. However, if this will occur at all, this is only
temporary and settlers are expected to return to the lowlands after the construction period due
to the relative isolation of the area. Strict implementation of Forestry Law by PNOC-EDC as
administrator of the geothermal reservation will discourage continued settlements.
Dislocation of Residents. The project will not result in the dislocation of residents as the
proposed development block and the access road routes are devoid of any settlements. Also, no
residents will be affected by air emissions, as the nearest resident is approximately about 1.5
kilometers from the edge of the development block (somewhere in Capuy-Guinlajonn stretch of
the highway). Generally the present settlements are found only within 500 meters from the
Trans-Philippine Highway where the topography is flat. There are generally no more settlements
beyond 300-meter elevation.
C.
Impact on Livelihood Sources
Loss of, or damage to crops and/or croplands. Based on the existing land use classification,
the Tanawon Sector development block is mostly public land. The Alienable and Disposable
p. 3 - 15
(A&D) lands are found in the lower elevation towards the highway. These areas are planted to
Coconut and Abaca. However, based on the present plan, geothermal power plants and
facilities will all be located in the public land areas. Only a few reinjection wells may be sited
within the A&D area.
Indirect effects on the croplands will be less likely but cannot be ruled out especially during the
height of road construction. Silting of flood plains could potentially occur in the lowland areas
during rainy seasons (i.e. November to January). Ricefields along river systems emanating from
the Tanawon geothermal block would be most vulnerable. In particular, there are a total of
approximately 609 hectares of irrigated ricefields along Cawayan River (472 has.), Ticol river
(87 has.), and Capuy river (50 has.). However, even under a worse case scenario, the area to
be affected by silts, would be far less than 600 hectares.
Increased in employment opportunities and family income. The project will most certainly
bring in employment opportunities in the area. There will be an increase in employment
opportunities not only due to the need for workers in the construction activities but also due to
the increase in business activities.
The local population is certain to get a share of employment from the project. Many others will
also find employment or occupation in petty services catering for the workers whose disposable
incomes and therefore purchasing power are bound to increase several folds. Based on
estimates the project will be needing a minimum of around 500 local workers during the peak of
construction period. Local hiring is assured by the existence of a law, which mandates the
geothermal resource developer to give preference to qualified local residents for employment in
the project.
Resurgence of kaingin farming and forest product gathering in the remaining forest. The
project will not likely result in the resurgence of kaingin (swidden) farming and increase
gathering of forest products. The baseline study reveals that the present kaingin activity in the
area is minimal due in part to lack of road access to the area. However, the new roads that will
be built will start from the existing road inside the geothermal reservation and hence will not
improve access by lowlanders to the remaining forest in the public land areas.
D.
Impact on Public Health and Safety
Direct health impact. Baring occurrence of catastrophic events or accidents, the project is
expected not to have much direct impacts on public health. Exposure of residents to unhealthy
levels of H2S concentration will likely not occur, as the nearest settlement is more than 1
kilometer from edge of the development block and more than 5 kilometers from the expected
site of the power plant. Contamination of drinking water with drilling chemicals is also not likely
given the steel-casing and cement insulation of the wells (see Project Description).
Indirect Health Impact. Indirect impacts will likely result through the increase in number of the
people in the host communities. If no counter-measure is given, there will be a natural increase
in the incidence of communicable diseases in the development areas. This impact is expected to
be insignificant given the fact that there will only be minimal interaction of workers and the host
communities as workers will likely be camped inside the development block.
Vehicle-Related Accidents. The increase in traffic to-and-from project sites would also
increase the risk of vehicle-related accidents for the local population, especially those living
along road routes to the project sites. There will be daily trips to and from Legaspi City and to
and from Sorsogon town center. However, the traffic impact will only be significant along the
Tublijon-Cawayan stretch and within the geothermal development block. Traffic contribution of
the project along the Legaspi-Sorsogon stretch is marginally insignificant, as this stretch is part
p. 3 - 16
of National Highway. Hence the population that will likely be affected are the residents of
Tublijon, Rizal.
E.
Impact on Poverty Incidence and Income Levels
Increase in Income and Poverty Alleviation. It is expected that the project will improve the
standard of living of those who find work and employment in the project and through the indirect
effects on business activities. The annual incremental income of almost P300 million annually
will certainly lift the economic conditions of some segments of the population in the area.
Reduced Access to Food and Prime Commodities by Some Families. Not all of the
residents will receive benefits from the project. In terms of employment, only those who are
qualified could avail of jobs in the project. Most likely the poorest of among the poor are the
ones who cannot qualify for jobs in the project. They are often the ones who are poorly
nourished and therefore physically not fit to work. They are also often the ones who have low
self-esteem and would not present themselves for employment.
The presence of poverty groups (63%) in the host communities who will have difficulty availing
of employment is a serious concern. These vulnerable groups stand to be hurt by the increase in
prices during the height of construction activities. The unemployed will certainly find food more
expensive and the poor among them will find themselves increasingly unable to provide food for
their families. However, the forest-based livelihood program of the company can mitigate this.
F.
Impact on the Local Culture
Possible Increase in Vices and Criminality. The local ways appear to be vulnerable to vices
brought about by the increased in cash income. Already the most popular pastimes among
males are social drinking and cockfighting. Contacts with migrant workers may also bring in new
vices and possibly cause an increase in the incidence of crimes. Contacts with migrant workers
however will be minimal. Also, the accessibility of the commercial centers from the barangays
raises the possibility that much of the incomes will be spent on material things and household
necessities rather than on vices.
Dilution of the Local Culture. The influx of construction workers, many of whom are nonBicolano, will certainly alter the local ethnic mix. The impact will be minimal however because
worker-community interaction will be minimal. The proximity of host barangays to the urbanized
town center also means that the people are used to interacting with other ethnic groups.
G.
Impact on Perceptions
Increased speculations and rumors about the effects of the project. Experience in other
projects suggests that during the construction phase speculations and rumors about the
projects effects especially on the environment and health will tend to increase and if unchecked
will find their way to the local media. The huge machinery and the drilling equipment, which the
local people have never seen before, could fuel wild speculations. These rumors and
speculations will be aggravated by the occurrence of natural events such as flooding and
earthquake. Naturally occurring diseases and deaths of people and animals could even be
blamed on the project. People will readily associate the project with the occurrence of such
events especially if (1) the project does not have a good relation to the community (2) people do
not understand the project.
A continuing public information and education program shall
address this concern.
p. 3 - 17
H. Resource Use Competition

Since the project is within a declared geothermal reservation (per Republic Act 2036-A) and
covered by a Geothermal Service Contract with the Department of Energy (DOE), the underlying
geothermal resource forms part of the governments responsibility or jurisdiction. As such, its
development is for the interest of the state and the general Filipino population.
In terms of local forestry resources, vegetation clearing for the project is only limited to the
areas for project facilities and are subject to DENR forestry permits before turning over the logs
to the DENR. The local poachers and kaingineros who have previously relied on forestry
products to make a living are now preoccupied with alternative livelihood activities which have
been established with the entry of PNOC-EDCs watershed management programs in the
reservation. The type of livelihood activities are geared towards forest protection.
p. 3 - 18
3.2.3 WELL DRILLING (EXPLORATORY AND DEVELOPMENT)

Geothermal well drilling is undertaken to access the production or reinjection zones of the
geothermal reservoir. A drilling rig is utilized to drill each well at a depth ranging from 2000 to
3000 meters below the ground. Each well is drilled either vertically or directionally in multiwellpads. Impacts of well drilling are generally confined to the wellpad area. Major concerns
during this phase relate to noise and containment/handling of drilling fluids, and how the latter
may affect water resources.

A.
Effect on Surface Water and Ground Water
The impact of drilling activities on surface water will only be a probable occurrence arising from
an accident inasmuch as drilling activities will involve recycling and full containment of drilling
fluids. Nevertheless, in case of accidents, improper management of excess drilling fluid may
result to detectable level of oil and grease, suspended solids and color at the receiving body of
water. Provision of a pad ring drain and lined sump of adequate volume/ capacity prevents such
impact. Use of non-toxic drilling chemicals further ensures protection of nearby water bodies.
Serious groundwater contamination is unlikely since sump construction practices ensure siting in
original ground, lining, and leak-testing of sumps. Also, it is an inherent feature of waste drilling
mud to seal off any small crack in the sump bottom. Drilled geothermal wells are properly
cemented and cased off to prevent groundwater contamination and cooling of geothermal wells.
Additional groundwater protection measure involves early detection and remediation of leaks.
Moreover, the short duration of drilling activities limits any groundwater contamination within the
vicinity of the drilling area.
B.
Possible Decrease in Surface and Groundwater Storage/Effect on

Groundwater Sources
Well drilling will not affect the volume of local groundwater near the vicinity of well pads. The
water that will be used during drilling will come from surface water and not from groundwater.
The quantity of surface water to be used, however, will be controlled by constructing a
temporary dam or by piping the required volume to a nearby storage area/tank.
Influx of shallow groundwater into the borehole will be prevented by installation of steel casings
and grouting of upper sections.
C.
Possible Contamination of Coastal Water
No impact from drilling activities on coastal waters is expected because the drilling fluids will be
recycled and fully contained in sumps; any effect can only be a result of an accidental flow of
drilling fluids. The possibility of contaminating the coastal waters due to accidents like sump
collapse, leaks and overflow is very minimal because sump construction practices ensure that
the lining and leak-testing of sumps are done in highly permeable areas thus preventing
transport of fluids from the drilling area into the receiving coastal waters.
p. 3 - 19
D.
Effect on Municipal Water Sources (Cold Springs)
Very minimal impact is expected on the existing municipal spring sources due to their relative
distance from the possible drilling areas. The nearest water district spring is approximately 1 km
from the southern edge of the development block.
E.
Possible Occasional Release of Small Amounts of H2S Gas
Small pockets of gas mainly H2S could be encountered during drilling. However, the releases
are minor in volume and occur only in short bursts, thus, limiting the effect to the work area.
Drilling crews are provided with safety devices and trained for emergency cases.
F.
Increase in Dust Emissions
Fugitive dust emissions caused by movement of vehicles along paved or unpaved roads could
be modeled using emission factors developed by the U.S.EPA (1996). Estimating emission
factors require information on the percentage of silt in the road, type and volume of vehicles, the
vehicle mile traveled, and rainfall data. However, provisions are made on neglecting or ignoring
fugitive emissions when daily rainfall is greater than 0.01 inch or 0.254 mm (U.S.EPA, 1996).
The period is considered wet days when rainfall exceeds the aforementioned criteria.
Rainfall data gathered from PNOC-EDC Admin Complex from 2000 to 2001 show that days with
rainfall less than 0.254 mm are 14 and 28 days, respectively. This represents 4 to 8% of the
total number of days annually. This suggests that relatively higher rainfall in the area could act
as natural suppressant on fugitive emissions from unpaved roads. Note also that rainfall in the
area is relatively higher compared to the Philippines and Luzon annual average rainfall.
G.
Increase in Noise
Rock drills at maximum power attenuate about 98 dB(A) at a distance of 15 m (Wilson 1989).
With absorptive ground and under free-field conditions, the sound pressure level, Lp, at a
distance, r, from the source with sound power, Lw, is given by,
L P = LW 10 log(4r 2 )
Equation 1
This translates to sound pressure level of 58 dBA at 1.5 km from the source. Considering
correction factors such as adjustment of noise due to ground coverage (-5 dBA), meteorological
effects, elevation corrections, barrier attenuation, and usage factor of the equipment, and
background noise level effects, the predicted sound level presented above reduces to 45 dBA.
This value is well within the ambient noise level standards for residential areas. Thus, it can be
seen that any rock drilling operation could not pose nuisance to residents located 1 km or more
from drilling site.

A.
Effect on Irrigated Ricefields
Since drilling fluids/mud will be contained in holding ponds or sumps, deleterious effects on
irrigated rice may be prevented. However, in the unlikely event that these sumps will overflow or
collapse, excess drilling fluids/mud may find its way to the nearby river, and eventually to the
p. 3 - 20
irrigated ricefields, resulting in the hardening of the soil and thereby causing potential hindrance
to the growth of the standing crop. In such case, the impact is usually localized within the first
few ricefields proximate to the irrigation intake. This effect is considered minimal considering that
the sump contains less than or equal to 4000 cu.m. of fluids which can be diluted by the river
before reaching the field. Deleterious effects may only be experienced if the sump contains a
considerable amount of cement or oil.
B.
Effect of Drilling Noise, Dust and Light on Wildlife
Low frequency noise generated during drilling operations will be confined only within the 100-m
radius of the well pad. The negative impact of noise on birds is rather short-term, temporary,
localized and insignificant since they are highly mobile and can easily transfer to quiet areas to
take refuge. Unless they are physically harmed, birds can easily learn to adapt and ignore noise.
Other terrestrial wildlife such as amphibians, reptiles and most ground mammals can hear the
low frequency sound and feel the ground vibration within the 10-m radius. The disturbance may
be ignored by wildlife if it will not affect them physically.
There is, however, positive impact for certain wildlife species during drilling. The powerful
mercury lamps mounted high-up in the drilling rig may attract several nocturnal insects such as
moths, beetles and termites into the area. These insects are important food sources to
insectivorous bats, birds, lizards and shrews. Insectivorous bats feed on flying insects at night,
while nocturnal nightjars and frogmouths also feed on large moths and beetles while on flight.
Lizards and geckoes feed on insects that land near lamps and lighted places, while shrews feed
on insects that have landed on the ground. This observation was noted in other geothermal
projects of PNOC located in Mt. Apo and Leyte.

Due to minimal movement during the drilling phase, no significant impacts are expected on the
socio-economic environment. Dust expected as a result of travel by drilling personnel and
mobilization of drilling rig components may not impact on households as the main access
roads to the site have been concreted. Rough roads are located in uninhabited zones.
Also, as well drilling is done almost simultaneously with some construction works for other
facilities, the socio-economic impacts of construction will dominate in the area.
p. 3 - 21
3.2.4 WELL TESTING

The purpose of vertical testing is to clear the production well of drilling debris and assess if it
sustains discharge. During this 5 to 30-minute testing, non-condensible gases, mainly CO2 and
H2S, are released. The noise level is likewise expected to be high for this particular test. During
this test, negative impacts generally involve noise and its effect on wildlife, and release of hot
geothermal fluids and its effect on nearby vegetation.
After the vertical discharge, the two-phase geothermal fluids will be discharged horizontally
towards a separator or silencer, which will now be the source of emission. The gas phase is
separated from the liquid phase by large difference in density. The water is collected in the
sump (holding pond) for possible regulated discharge (during exploration phase) or for injection
when a nearby well is available. The objective is to characterize the quality of steam and brine
and determine the wells power potential. Similarly during horizontal testing, the main impacts
are noise, H2S releases, effects on surrounding vegetation, release of geothermal brine to the
receiving waterway (during exploration phase) and its effect on downstream users.
As a post-well testing activity, well bleeding is done only for high-pressure production wells to
prevent pressure build-up while waiting to be hooked up to the FCRS. This is done through a
bleedline, a horizontal pipe measuring about 1 to 2 inches located near the ground. Minor steam
and gas releases are expected at a rate of about 3.2 kg/sec. Normally, there is no effluent
associated with the bleeding of a well.

A.
Release of H2S
Vertical Discharge Testing. Based on Tanawon well data, the steam phase contains a
maximum of 1.5% NCG which in turn contains about 3.5% of H2S and 96% of CO2. This
translates to H2S emission rate of 11.0 g/sec. Owing to the extreme momentum during the
release of geothermal fluid estimated at 1589 m4/sec2, the predicted maximum GLC of H2S in a
worst case meteorological condition is 0.244 ppm located about 220 m from the well. The
predicted GLC is well below the DOLE workplace standard of 10 ppm.
Horizontal Discharge Testing. Horizontal discharge, undertaken after the vertical discharge
test, is aimed at characterizing the quality of steam and brine, and determine the wells power
potential. During the test, the geothermal fluids are discharged horizontally towards a separator
or silencer, which is used to separate liquid and gaseous components. Expected H2S emission
rate during horizontal test is 11 g/sec at velocity of 16 m/sec and at temperature of 373 oK.
The dispersion of H2S during well testing is predicted using CTSCREEN, a screening version of
Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Conditions (CTDMPLUS).
CTSCREEN is selected since it is recommended for use in complex terrain applications and
when hourly meteorological data is not available on-site. Highest ambient ground-level
concentrations are modeled by CTSCREEN during worst-case meteorological condition. An
overview of CTSCREEN model is provided in Section 3.2.5.
Table 3.2-4 presents the highest predicted H2S at each prevailing wind direction. It can be seen
the maximum predicted GLC (0.227 ppm) occurs when the wind blows from the west-southwest
during very stable condition (Figure 3.2-5). The location of the maximum concentration,
however, is still within the geothermal block and below the workplace standard of 10 ppm. The
0.07-ppm contour follows closely the 600-m elevation of Mt. Pulog. With this condition and
p. 3 - 22
assumed well location, no residents are situated at locations where H2S exceed the 0.07-ppm
contour.
Note that in the presence of complex terrain, maximum concentration occurs when the wind
blows toward complex terrain and during stable atmospheric condition. During stable condition,
two layers usually develop and flow in the lower layer deflects or moves around the hill while the
upper layer flow travels over the top of hill (Perry et., al, 1990). Plume or pollutants, therefore,
tend to follow closely contour elevations as shown in Figure 3.2-5. The plume or pollutants tend
to impact southwest of Mt. Pulog, the nearest terrain downwind of the well, and farther deflects
around Mt. Pulog.
Gas Bleeding. Gas bleeding is necessary to prevent pressure build-up at the wellhead.
Observations of wells on bleed in Upper Mahiao Geothermal Project in Leyte (PNOC-EDC1993) ranged from 26 to 195 ppm of H2S. However, measurements around a well showed H2S
concentration of less than the maximum occupational limit of 10 ppm.
B.
Generation of Noise
Horizontal Well Testing. High noise levels are normally observed during horizontal well
testing and noise strengths depend on the wells generating capacity. Based on actual noise
sampling at PNOC-EDCs Southern Negros Geothermal Project, the average noise levels of five
geothermal wells at 5-m distance are shown in Table 3.2-5. Using the maximum average noise
level from Okoy-6, which is 94 dB (assumed dBA), the attenuated noise level at the
southernmost boundary of the project site is 34 dBA (Figure 3.2-6). With averaged daytime
noise level of 51 dBA, the predicted noise along the boundary is 51.1 dBA. This value is well
within the OSHS and NPCC standards.
Noise from Wells on Bleed. Noise generated by wells on bleed depends on well capacity.
Monitoring around a strong well in Upper Mahiao, showed noise levels of 71 to 76 dBA (PNOCEDC, 1993). These levels attenuate to typical ambient levels within 120 meters from the well
and therefore, would have no effect beyond the project block.
C.
Generation of Brine
Geothermal brine separated at the well silencer and temporarily stored into a cement-lined sump
will be reinjected back deep into the geothermal reservoir depth. Hence, the separated brine will
not cause deterioration of the quality of surface water, groundwater and soil.
D.
Deterioration of Underlying Soil and Groundwater
During the process of well testing, additional information on the geothermal resource are
established such as output temperature, pressure, nature of permeable zones and chemistry of
brine fluids.
Geothermal brine from the wellhead are directed to sumps for temporary containment. If the
underlying materials are clayey in nature and the sumps are lined, seepage to the soil and,
eventually, to the groundwater, is expected to be nil to insignificant.
In the case of accidental disposal or seepage of liquid and solid wastes, heavy metal
contamination of surface soils may occur, for which remediation measures have been
formulated. The rest of the seepage though are foreseen to be very low, as lining is provided
and sumps are pre-tested for leakage before a permit to operate is issued by the DENR.
p. 3 - 23

A. Damage to Surrounding Vegetation
Vertical Well Testing. Vertical discharge does not pose significant effects on surrounding
vegetation since the discharge is programmed to last for about to 5-30 minutes. Also high
rainfall frequency serves as natural cooling and cleaning agent to plant leaves. Vertical
discharge releases the mixture of hot brine and gases as high as 50-100 meters and creates
spray of high salt content which may cause leaf dehydration and failure of photosynthetic
activities of vegetation. Long period of vertical discharge of several hours could result in scalding
and eventual browning of leaves and even death to some sensitive vegetation around the well
pad.
Horizontal well testing. Vegetation damage within the geothermal may occur as a result of
exposure to three pollutants namely heat, toxic ions, and saline effluents. There are two modes
of entry of geothermal discharges to the impacted plant community: direct contact from
atmospheric liquid sprays or via root absorption if effluents discharged to surface waterways are
fed to irrigation systems. In the latter case, temperature is significantly brought down due to the
cooling effects of river water.
Gas and liquid effluents which are discharged as sprays from the wells being tested enter the
plant surface via stomata or cuticle cracks. Stomata which are conduits of gas exchange when
fully opened are also access points for steamborne pollutants. Drying up of geothermal fluids on
plant surfaces may create salt crusts that cause whitish cover of plants which in turn, prevent
gas exchange and light penetration, thereby preventing photosynthetic processes which provide
energy to sustain plant life.
The efficiency of dispersion of airborne pollutants is dictated by topography. In BacMan, the
situation is fortunate that well pads are located in areas where air dispersion is favorable. In
very few occasions, wells have to be sited in narrow corridors due to the rugged terrain. In
these cases, the effects of geothermal discharges are localized within a 500-meter radius.
B.
Effects on Wildlife
Vertical testing causes ultra high intensity sounds that can induce mild trauma to wildlife that are
within the 100-m radius of the project. Amphibians and reptiles are not so much affected
because of their limited hearing range of sound frequency from 30 to 3,000 hertz. Beyond these
levels, they can not detect anymore. Birds and mammals can detect sound frequency of only up
to 12 kilohertz.
During the vertical testing, the harmful intensity of 100 decibels within the 100-m radius will not
create permanent physical injury to wildlife. It can only cause increase in blood pressure due to
fear and surprise. It will also take several minutes for the sound to build-up, thus giving enough
time for birds and mammals to move to a less disturbed place or refuge area.
The horizontal testing, although much longer than the vertical testing, will not cause any damage
to wildlife. This is because, not only the sound is very low but, during this time the wildlife in the
area has already moved away from the source due to vertical testing.
p. 3 - 24
C.
Change in Soil and Plant Quality of Irrigated Ricefields
Since well testing fluids will be contained in holding ponds or sumps, deleterious effects on
irrigated rice may be prevented. However, in the unlikely event that these sumps will overflow or
collapse, these fluids may find its way to the nearby river, and eventually to the irrigated
ricefields. If the geothermal fluids contain significant amounts of boron and have not been
sufficiently been diluted by the receiving river, a potential hindrance to the growth of the standing
crop might result. In such case, the impact is usually localized within the first few ricefields
proximate to the irrigation intake.
The effect will depend on four major factors: (1) the growth stage of the crop and (2) boron
concentration of irrigation water reaching the crop, (3) pH level of the soil, and (4) farm
management practices. The planting and vegetative stage is most critical as it is during this
stage when nutrient uptake is fastest. If the crop is already in its reproduction or pre-harvest
stage, grains are already filled and any contaminants entering the soils may not pose
deleterious effects as water input is very minimal at this stage. In terms of boron concentration,
damage to the plant will only occur if B will exceed the 2 ppm tolerance level for rice on a longterm basis. Boron available to the plant will also depend on the third factor which is pH. In an
acidic soil, trace elements such as boron are easily made available to the plant thus making it
more vulnerable to the actual effects of boron. All these are compounded by the present farm
management techniques applied by the farmer which may enhance or prevent such effects from
occurring, i.e., liming, fertilizer application, soil plowing, water management.
D.
Bioaccumulation of Trace Metals
Although horizontal well testing is of short duration, i.e., 30-90 days, the trace elements present
in the effluent released into the river may be absorbed by the biota present, and may cause
biomagnification in the food chain. Algae, phyto- and zooplankton with short life cycles are
expected to readily absorb these trace elements. Being at the base of the trophic level and in
the primary consumer group, respectively, they will be fed upon by the secondary, tertiary and
higher level consumers. Filter feeders such as bivalves and trichopterans are also good
accumulators of pollutants. The concentrations of these elements increase as the trophic level
increases, with the top of the food web accumulating the highest concentration of the element.
The trace elements, once discharged into the aquatic systems, may have the following fate:
a) They may be adsorbed to fine sediment as soon as they are released into the
environment, and are transported with these sediments to the different parts of the
aquatic ecosystem until they reach the estuary where they eventually accumulate
(Sumich, 1979). The fine sediments that carry the elements may accumulate and get
trapped for sometime in quiet pools. Portions of the pollutants that remain in solution
may also accumulate in the water column in these quiet pools.
b) Transformations of the trace elements may also occur once they are discharged into the
aquatic system. Some may remain or be transformed into other chemical forms. The
transformation may either reduce or increase their toxicity. Together with some
elements, their effect may be additive, while others may be synergistic. In hot liquid,
they usually become more toxic.
c) Accumulation of trace elements in aquatic organisms may also occur in situations when
they are exposed long enough for the elements to enter their bodies through the
process of diffusion. For instance, pollutants can easily enter the bodies of simple
organisms such as protozoans, bacteria, algae, zooplankton and aquatic insects
through the process. It is also through diffusion that these trace elements can enter the
bodies of molluscs such as gastropods and the filter-feeding bivalves.
p. 3 - 25
d) Trace elements may also enter the bodies of aquatic organisms through their special
organs such as gills in fish (Schwartz and Lee III, 1980). In addition to their body
surface, the gills of mayfly larvae and other aquatic insects usually covered by a
network of blood vessels could also serve as another entry point for these pollutants.
e) Accumulation of trace elements in bodies of aquatic organisms may also occur through
the food web. The major food web in rivers, considered as detritus-based, involves the
workings of detritivores.
However, due to the fact that well testing phase is of short duration, the accumulation process
will also be short-lived and possibly, only low levels of pollutants would have been absorbed or
accumulated by the different organisms. Furthermore, these geothermal waters with trace
metals will either be reinjected or regulated to meet ambient water quality standards.

Due to minimal movement during well testing phase, and the absence of households within the
block, no impacts are expected on the socio-economic environment.
p. 3 - 26
3.2.5 OPERATIONS PHASE

The 25 to 30 years of geothermal operations will adopt a closed system as a matter of standard
practice. Since the facilities involve steam and hot fluid production from wells which are
conducted in closed pipelines to the power plant, no adverse environmental impacts on the
land, water, air, vegetation, wildlife are expected. Most of the impacts at the operational stage
are generally positive or beneficial to the communities. This is evident in the existing BacMan
Geothermal Production Field which has been in operation since 1993.

A.
Geologic Hazards
The Tanawon Geothermal Project is located on an active tectonic belt. Tectonically-related

events such as earthquakes, landslides and subsidence are potential hazards to the project
area. Relative to the geologic hazards mentioned, some concerns that well drilling and steam
field operations may induce their occurrences have been raised by some sectors. The following
sections discuss their occurrences and possible causes.
1.
Predicted Subsidence
The principal kind of hazardous subsidence is vertical, with minor involvement of

horizontal displacement as a consequence of vertical displacement. Subsidence is a
result of surface or internal loading and/or extraction or alteration of materials below the
surface. The effect of subsidence on a structure depends of the relative scale of the
structural dimensions and the area subsiding.
The extent to which the groundwater subsides depends on the amount by which the water
level is lowered, the compressibility and depth of the layer from which water is extracted,
and the stiffness and rigidity of the overlying soil materials (Bowles, 1982).
Subsidence in the shallow groundwater reservoir due to groundwater extraction is caused
by the change in the stress and strain of the lithology in the reservoir. Lowering of the
groundwater table decreases the pore water pressure on the lithology, and results to
consolidation. This is typical for shallow homogeneous and heterogeneous sedimentary
formation and soils.
Detrimental subsidence usually occurs areas with permeable sandy aquifers where
drawdown due to shallow groundwater extraction have decreased the pore water
pressure, consequently increasing the effective stress and compressing the overlying soil.
The depth of groundwater wells in these areas range from 10 to 200 meters, and no
injection schemes are implemented.
a. Theory on Causes of Subsidence

Subsidence could arise from four separate causes during the exploitation process of a
geothermal field. The following summary is quoted from Grannel et al. (1981):
a.1 Most of the subsidence is expected to be caused by loss of pore space due to
compaction following fluid withdrawal. The theory of effective stress states that the
effective downward stress carried by earth materials equals the geostatic pressure
(weight of the overlying rock and interstitial water) minus the pore fluid pressure.
p. 3 - 27
A decrease in fluid pressure during exploitation results in increased effective stress

and leads to the compaction of layers from which the geothermal fluids were removed.
Compaction may be transmitted to the surface through subsidence of the overlying
layers and eventually the ground surface. The effect will be greatest where the pore
space is intergranular and contains hot waters; lesser effects will be observed where
the interstitial fluid is steam (because of initially low fluid pressures and high
compressibility) and where fracture pore space characterizes the reservoir, although
experiments on rock core samples indicate that an increase effective stress in this
case may nevertheless produce volume decrease. Subsidence from this cause could
probably be detected in short time spans of 1-3 years, depending upon the production
rates in the reservoir.
a.2 Thermal contraction of reservoir rocks due to cooling may contribute to
subsidence. This effect would probably be minor, because of the small decreases in
average temperature during production, and because of the very low coefficients of
thermal expansion of rocks. Thus, temperature-induced subsidence would probably
be minor and effect may be offset by natural recharge and/or by reinjection of
geothermal brines. In the absence of natural recharge and reinjection, net mass
losses could be detectable in a time interval as short as one to a few years,
depending on the production rate and depth to the reservoir, among other factors.
a.3 The subsurface chemical thermodynamic environment may be altered, such as
by cooling, with consequent densification due to mineral precipitation in pores and
fractures.
Thermal metamorphism and cap rock precipitation are common
occurrences in geothermal environments, and deposition of surface minerals
precipitated from cooling brine near wellheads has been observed to occur over a
short time span in the Cerro Prieto geothermal field in Mexico. These processes may
be altered in the subsurface, yielding mass changes, but no data apparently exist on
reaction rates. It is surmised that such alterations might produce measurable mass
changes over long time spans, but probably not in the short term.
a.4 Changes in liquid saturation within the reservoir may occur; i.e. boiling may
occur because of lowered fluid pressure caused by production. This transition would
affect not only subsidence (through an increase ineffective stress), but could cause
migration of mass in the form of mobile and less dense steam to a higher part of the
reservoir. Because of the inverse square law nature of gravity, such spatial changes
in the mass regime without the removal of mass would also affect gravity values
measured at the surface. This mass change can be detected only over a longer time
frame.
These statements do not, however, take into account the fact that non-geothermally
caused subsidence and mass changes are also possible in a geothermal
environment, and can substantially augment, or even mask, geothermally-induced
gravity changes. This background noise may arise from both cultural and natural
causes. As an example, temporal effects of up to 17 microgals have been observed
in Canada and may be due to such factors as local changes in the water table from
precipitation and drought, formation of ice at the expense of water, and thermal
contraction or expansion of the ground surface. Other causes of subsidence could
include:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Changes in the levels of nearby surface water bodies such as lakes or canals
Withdrawal of groundwater, oil or gas from the subsurface
Local erosion and quarrying
Slope creep and landslide
p. 3 - 28
e. Hydrocompaction
f. Oxidation of organic soils
g. Tectonically-induced elevation changes and tilting such as have been
observed in the Imperial Valley of California
Although these occurrences are shallow compared to geothermally-induced changes,
it clearly suggests that other factors contributing to subsidence other than geothermal
operation exists. Other potential causes of subsidence are tectonic earthquakes and
volcanic-related ground movements. Geothermally-induced subsidence are slow and
does not pose the type of hazards associated with sudden and catastrophic natural
events.
b. Case Histories in other Geothermal Fields

This section examines the results of precise leveling measurements of other
geothermal production fields with similar and different setting as Tanawon.
b.2
Hatchobaru Geothermal Field (Japan)
The Otake-Hatchobaru geothermal field in Kyushu, Japan, is located in the southern

margin of the nearly E-W-trending Beppu-Shimabara depression. The near surface
upper rock formation consists of Quaternary volcanics of the Kuju volcanic rocks and
the Hohi rocks that are partially overlain with pyroclastic flow deposits. The
Quaternary volcanics is underlain by pre-Tertiary metamorphic rocks (Yoshiyama et
al., 1996).
The volcanic rocks are mainly composed of porous hornblende andesite, pyroxene
andesite lava and tuff breccia. The main faults are aligned in a NW-SE direction. The
geothermal reservoir is at least 1000 meters below the surface.
Repeated leveling surveys from 1990 to 1998 were conducted at least once a year
aimed at monitoring topographic changes associated with withdrawal of geothermal
fluids. The data shows that no correlation could be seen between the gravity changes
and ground movements. Ground topographic changes were negligible. The study
concluded that changes are caused mainly by mass gain or mass loss in the
geothermal reservoir (Kasagi et al., 1999).
Another study conducted by Tagomori et al. (1997) showed that from August 1990 to
March 1996, the relative ground movements in the Hatchobaru geothermal field
ranges from 15mm to +35mm.
b.3
Broadlands-Ohaaki Geothermal Field (New Zealand)
The Broadlands-Ohaaki geothermal system is located in the Taupo Volcanic Zone of

North Island, New Zealand. Within the geothermal field, a thick sequence of rhyolitic
pyroclastic deposit overlies a faulted basement dominated by graywackes and
argillites (Moore and Norman, 1988?). The average depth of the wells is around 800
m below ground surface.
Benchmarks have been established and resurveyed since the first measurement
(baseline) in 1968. The results of these surveys (Bixley, 1977) have shown that
ground subsidence of up to 0.16m, and at rates of up to 78 mm/yr, has occurred,
mainly at the western borefield. Most of the subsidence occurred between 1968 and
1972, during the time of the discharge tests when there was little recharge.
p. 3 - 29
Browne (1973), however, pointed out that the Broadlands geothermal area (20 km NE
of Wairakei) is undergoing a natural rate of subsidence of 3.6 mm/year that may have
been occurring in the last 3400 years.
b.4
Wairakei Geothermal Field (New Zealand)
The Wairakei geothermal field is located 8 km north of Lake Taupo, North Island, New
Zealand. The production sector is underlain by a near flat sequence of felsic
volcanics, consisting of pumice, breccias, ryolites, and hard welded ash flow tuff, with
associated mudstone and tuffaceous sandstone.
The first stage of the power station was commissioned in 1958 and the second stage
in 1964 bringing the installed capacity to 192 MWe. The first indication of ground
movement was noted in 1956 when discrepancies were found in the levels of several
benchmarks since the previous survey in 1950 (Bixley, 1977). Surveys show an area
2
of over 30 km is subsiding at more than 10 mm/yr.
The subsidence must be related to the withdrawal of geothermal fluids. However, the
more widespread subsidence, although probably related to the underground hot
system, may be the result of natural events rather than withdrawal of fluids in the
production area (Bixley, 1977).
b.5
Bulalo Geothermal field (Luzon, Philippines)
The Bulalo (Makiling-Banahaw) geothermal reservoir is hosted by Miocene to middle

Pliocene Pre-Makiling Volcanics (PMV) that consist of intercalated lava flows and tuff
horizons. The Bulalo reservoir is generally found within the PMV at depths of 450 m to
2,750 m below sea level (bsl). Capping the PMV and the Bulalo geothermal system is
the Makiling Volcanics (MV), The upper portion of the MV is generally altered to
smectite that provides a tight seal to the system and prevents convective heat loss.
Pyroxene monzonite and dacitic dikes were found to intrude both the MV and PMV
but no major plutonic masses or basement have yet been identified (Protacio et al,
2000).
Geochemistry and measured high temperatures have delineated a major upflow in the
central part of the field and a minor one in the southeast. Partially open boundaries or
deep (>1,220 m bsl) outflows have been inferred in the north and south but relatively
shallow for the west (600 -1,050 m bsl). These outflows are now avenues of recharge
back into the reservoir (Protacio et al, 2000).
The first 55 MWe power plant at the Bulalo Geothermal Field was commissioned in
1979. By 1984, the initial 330 MWe baseload capacity was put online. An additional
80 MWe capacity was commissioned in 1996, bringing the total installed capacity to
425.73 MWe (Golla et al., 2001).
A roughly circular subsidence bowl coincident with the production area of roughly 6.2
2
km was observed. Bench mark (BM) 66, located near the discovery well Bulalo 1 and
the central production area, was observed to have the maximum gravity changes (600 gals) from 1981 to 1999. It could therefore be inferred that elevation changes in
the central production area started in 1981, two years after the first power plant was
put online.
The shape and location of the region with subsidence relative to the production area
boundary indicates that the bulk of the subsidence is occurring due to compaction
within the reservoir. The lack of subsidence in the rocks above the reservoir may be
p. 3 - 30
attributed to the well-sealed and strong geothermal reservoir roof that impedes
shallow groundwater and geothermal reservoir interaction (Protacio et al, 2000).
Subsidence delineated by precision leveling surveys had reached a maximum of a
little over 0.5 m near the central part of the production area in from 1979 to 1999, with
no adverse impact to the environment or operations (Protacio et al., 2000).
The long-term gravity changes show mostly northwest-southeast negative anomaly
trends consistent with the shallower permeability trends. This is as expected because
the gravity changes are most sensitive to density changes in the shallower portions of
the reservoir. These density changes are due to saturation changes in the rock.
c.
Subsidence at Tanawon
In the Tanawon sector of the BGPF, geothermal wells will be producing at an average
elevation of at 1600 masl (~2500 depth), within an area overlain by a thick sequence
of volcanic deposits (average thickness:1900 m) composed of andesite lavas,
breccias, basalts and minor dacites. In the case of BGPF, the separated brine is
injected back to the geothermal reservoir to replenish the geothermal resource and
address pressure drawdown, if any. Similar practice will be applied in Tanawon.
The permeability in the Tanawon reservoir is derived from fault structures, contacts
between the Pocdol Volcanics and the Gayong Sedimentary Formation (GSF) and
contact of dikes within the volcanics and intraformational permeability within the GSF.
Hence, the geothermal reservoir beneath Tanawon is a fractured-type, not a
heterogeneous loose sand type normally found in shallow groundwater reservoirs.
The 112.5 MWe power plant at BGPF has been producing since 1983. Since then no
subsidence has been observed within the project site. Other geothermal fields in
Leyte and Southern Negros have been producing steam for more than 17 years, and
no subsidence have been physically observed in these fields.
The production of fluids from geothermal reservoir results to a withdrawal of mass. In
shallow groundwater aquifers, excessive withdrawal of fluids without artificial recharge
may eventually lead to subsidence, but in deep geothermal reservoirs located about
two and a half kilometers deep and overlain by 1900m-thick volcanic rocks where
separated fluids are injected back to the reservoir, subsidence, if present, may not be
transmitted to the overlying formation.
In fractured geothermal reservoirs like in Tanawon, subsidence could probably occur if
the reservoir pressure substantially decreases. By practice, however, PNOC-EDC
injects the separated brine back into the reservoir to provide pressure support and to
replenish the extracted fluids.
The BGPF is a liquid-dominated geothermal reservoir. Reinjection techniques can
effectively remove the risk of subsidence and potential damage to PNOC-EDC
structures. No risk is identified to people since the Tanawon block is not inhabited.
Since the 1950s, numerous papers have been published on groundwater withdrawal
and surface subsidence, and early investigations on the time dependence of surface
subsidence were carried out. Because of groundwater withdrawal, the buoyancy
forces of soils above the groundwater table are lost, resulting to an increase in
effective soils weight (Wolkersdorfer and Thiem, 1987?). Since this situation is similar
to settlement under engineering constructions, the calculations using Terzaghis one
dimensional consolidation theory can be applied in Tanawon. However, since data
p. 3 - 31
needed for the calculation are not definitely known at present, correlation with other
geothermal field with similar geological environment and management practices would
give a preliminary estimation of subsidence at Tanawon. Comparing Tanawon with
the geothermal fields of Hatchobaru (Japan) and Bulalo (Philippines), the predicted
maximum subsidence would therefore range between 35mm to 50cm over a period of
10 and 30 years, respectively, if any. However, the Tanawon development requires a
maximum of about 40 MWe only, a relatively small production capacity relative to the
Hatchobaru and Bulalo Fields. Therefore, detrimental subsidence is not expected in
Tanawon after about two years of production.
d.
Prediction on the extent of the subsidence trough
The major causes of ground subsidence are the increase in the effective stress in the
production zones due to fluid withdrawal and consequent compaction due to loss of
pore fluid pressure. Hence, the extent of the possible subsidence could be traced
within the production zone of the Tanawon geothermal reservoir.
In the Bulalo geothermal field, a roughly circular subsidence bowl coincident with the
production area was observed (Protacio et al., 2000).
2.
Possible Generation of Earthquakes
The direct relationship between increase in fluid pressure due to injection of liquid to the
underground and shallow microearthquake generation had already been established in
the United States. In their study, it was noted that the frequency of earthquakes having a
maximum magnitude of 4.3 increased a month after liquid waste was injected into a
1,098 m deep well. When injection was temporarily stopped, seismic events also dropped,
but was noted again when injection was resumed. The host rock was highly fractured
metamorphic rocks where the increased fluid pressure facilitates slippage along fractures
which eventually triggered the earthquakes.
Since the operations phase of the geothermal project involve total reinjection of separated
brine, it is likely that fluid pressures within the reinjection sites may be increased. The
increase, however, is not expected to be significant since geothermal fluids will be
withdrawn simultaneously from nearly the same horizon. The earthquakes that will be
generated are expected to be of low intensity and will not pose a great risk to the power
plant and surrounding communities. Continuous 24-hour seismic monitoring in other
PNOC geothermal operating fields indicate a maximum magnitude of 4. In a sense, the
generation of low intensity earthquakes may actually be beneficial to the project as
pressure build-up along the fault lines is prevented.
Hazards associated with seismogenic faulting. As experienced in the BGPF and the
Southern Negros Geothermal Field, the initial stages of production and injection of
geothermal fluid result to micro-seismic activities. These events originate from the
production areas of the field.
The events were most likely induced events related to the injection of separated brine. In
Palayang Bayan sector, this relationship is supported by the coincidence of the
reinjection experiment in Pal-3RD and the fluctuation in its wellhead pressures coupled
with the sudden increase in its capacity. The largest recorded event has a magnitude of
2.3. The average depth of focus is 2.0 km (Rigor, 1995).
Reactivation of existing fault structures due to geothermal fluid injection has not been
experienced in any PNOC-EDC geothermal field. Even the Leyte Geothermal Production
p. 3 - 32
Field, located at the trace of the Philippine Fault, has not experienced fault movement
related to fluid injection.
There is remote possibility that seismogenic faulting will occur in BGPF.
3.
Potential Generation of Landslides
The cutting of mountain sides to make way for roads may result in the over-steepening of
the slopes above the road level. In highly fractured rocks, such steepening of the slopes
will subsequently reduce the slopes stability which may result in landslides especially
during periods of high precipitation. The landslides will not only damage the roads but also
the pipelines and other structures along the slides path. This problem can occur anytime,
not only during the construction phase, if no mitigating measures are implemented to
stabilize the slopes.
The environmental impact of landslides is low to high particularly on the river systems
whose water quality can deteriorate due to increased siltation.
It should also be emphasized that landslides could also occur in areas not touched by any
of the activities related to geothermal development. This is especially true of areas
denuded by illegal activities and by shifting cultivation or kaingin.
4.
Volcanic Eruption Potential
The possibility that a volcanic eruption may be triggered by geothermal drilling and
exploitation activities has been raised in the past. As far as is known in several
geothermal fields in the Philippines and in other countries, no direct connection can be
made between geothermal activities and volcanic eruption.
Although the Tanawon geothermal development takes place on or near slopes of an
inactive volcano, no renewal of volcanic activity of the Pocdol Mountains (BGPF mountain
range) is expected within the lifetime of the project.
The magma chamber are deep-seated (5 - 10 km or more) than geothermal reservoirs
which are tapped through wells which are 2 to 3 km deep. The Mt. Tanawon range is
categorically considered as extinct volcanoes due to the absence of recorded eruptions
since historic time. Therefore, it is very unlikely that the proposed geothermal
development drilling and later exploitation would trigger the eruption of these volcanic
centers in the near future.
Studies made by various experts on the eruption of Mt. Pinatubo in Zambales last 1991
(Appendix M), have indicated that
geothermal activity cannot trigger a volcanic
eruption. Geothermal activity is confined to a very shallow portion of the earths crust,
while a volcanic eruption is deep-lying or is activated from beneath the earths crust.
B. Occurrence of a Well Blow-out

The term well blow-out typically means the loss of control of the well (usually with higher
pressure or capacity) during which subsurface fluids are uncontrollably released to the surface.
While the potential for a well blow-out cannot entirely be eliminated, significant precautions can
be implemented to minimize or anticipate its occurrence and to mitigate potential problems
should one occur.
p. 3 - 33
Wellheads are designed to withstand high pressures with a large margin of safety. They must
pass quality control testing to ensure safety. However, well blow-out is a possible, though
remote, event. This is similar to vertical testing but the duration is expected to be much longer.
The H2S level may exceed the DENR ambient standard of 0.07 ppm for long-term exposure
with 30-minute averaging time. However, this is still below the Threshold Limit Value of 10 ppm
to cause negative effects on health.
C. Soil and Water Contamination

Possible sources of soil and water contaminants during the operations phase are the
geothermal brine, laboratory wastes, cooling tower sludge, domestic solid waste and sewage.
Although least likely, another potential source of liquid contaminants is well blowout, which may
occur when the pressure within the well is exceeded through excessive drawdown. When a well
blow out occurs, an uncontrolled release of geothermal brine is expected to flow in all directions.
Unless diverted to the containment pond or sump, the spilled liquid effluent will contaminate the
surrounding soil, and any nearby water bodies. Same is true for the non-containment and
improper handling of sludge and laboratory waste.
D.
Possible Decrease in Discharges of Local Water Sources due to

Extraction by Geothermal Wells
The cold springs within the watersheds of concern are fed mostly by shallow, local circulating
groundwaters, whose recharge are located a few hundred meters upstream of the discharge
points. Based on a shallow or near-surface recharge-discharge model, groundwater flow is
defined to be limited along the upper few hundred meters from the surface. Geothermal wells,
which are normally drilled to depth of 2-3 km are not expected to induce any direct hydraulic
connection with these near surface features.
E.
Effect on River Water Quality
The operational phase will produce separated waters such as the geothermal brine from the
FCRS. It will also produce cooling tower blowdown and sludge from the power plant. In practice,
disposal of geothermal brine employs a full deep reinjection scheme and would not affect river
systems nor the groundwater. In case of major accidents, discharge of large volume of
geothermal brine would pose major environmental risk to the downstream river users due to
increased concentration of geothermal ions in the river.
The cooling tower sludge to be produced every Preventive Maintenance Shutdown (PMS) of the
power plant probably every 2-3 years, shall be cement-fixed and disposed in concrete-lined
sludge pits covered by DENR permits. Thus, neither seepage nor surface disposal effects are
foreseen to occur due to sludge generation.
Disposal of domestic wastes from the project will not cause observable impact on the
environment with a proper disposal system, consisting of septic tanks and landfill areas. Due to
the minimal number of site personnel livingin the site during operations phase, such waste will
not be significant to create domestic waste problems.
F.
Contamination of Groundwater Due to Accidental Discharge of

Effluents and Improper Disposal of Sludge and Domestic Wastes
The degree of adverse impact depends on the rate and duration of leakage; clean-up measures
adopted; and how the sludge is disposed of. The adopted disposal method for toxic sludge is
p. 3 - 34
cement-fixation to immobilize the toxic constituents and placement of encapsulated wastes in

cement-lined pits as additional precaution.
G.
Oceanography
During the operations phase of the project, possible increase in suspended solids concentration
may occur in affected near-shore areas. However, this increase could be masked by the
intermittent increase in suspended sediment concentrations due to erosion and resuspension. It
is important not to add to the existing siltation problem in the areas surrounding the project site.
Therefore, it is also worthwhile to impose a mitigation measure even during the operation period.
The maintenance of vegetative and mechanical slope stabilization shall be continued together
with the maintenance of rain drains, stormwater canals and silt/sediment traps.
H.
Generation of Noise
Sources of noise include the separator station, silencers, mufflers, pressure reducing station,
cooling tower, power plant and air plant.
At the separator station, ambient noise standard of 55 dBA is attainable at a distance over 200meter radius during normal operating conditions. Noise increases when there is drastic
reduction in steam utilization at the power plant. Subsequent increase of pressure in the system
opens relief valves, which creates noise of 100 to 130 dBA. During erratic turbine load, high
noise level may also exceed 90 dBA near the silencer.
The power house emits approximately 75 dBA noise from its walls and is expected to attenuate
to typical ambient levels about 120 meters away.
I.
Noise and Dust Due to Traffic
With the significant reduction in the number of vehicles during operations, the impact of noise
and dust emissions due to traffic is within acceptable standards. Furthermore, cementing of
access road from the National Highway to the project site will significantly reduce dust and noise
emissions from vehicles.
J.
Release of H2S Gas

1. The Regulatory Setting
Air impact analysis has been required on proposed projects that are covered by the
Philippine Environment Impact Statement (EIS) System. Also, the Philippine Clean Air
Act (CAA) of 1999 (or RA 8749) and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) (DAO
No. 2000-81) require air dispersion for the following:
a. New sources and those existing sources located in attainment area that propose a
change on its process that may result in potential emissions greater than the
specified emission rate (Section 3, Rule X, Part III);
b. Application for Authority to Construct (AC) of proposed or planned construction or
modification of sources that has the potential to emit 100 tons per year or more of
any of the regulated pollutants (Section 3, Rule XIX, Part VI);
c.
Application for a Permit to Operate wherein a statement of compliance or noncompliance with the ambient air quality standards shall be supported with
p. 3 - 35
dispersion modeling data using modeling techniques approved by the DENR

(Section 5, Rule XIX, Part VI);
d. For cases in which source sampling and analysis is not practical, actual ambient
air quality data could be used so long as the location and conditions of the testing
conform to the worst case scenario as demonstrated by air dispersion modeling
(Section 5, Rule XIX, Part VI); and
e. Determining the location of sampling stations for compliance with the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
Based on the above-cited provisions, it can be seen that air dispersion modeling can be
used as support for demonstrating compliance with the NAAQS and in determining
location of ambient air sampling stations. Dispersion modeling results cannot be used as
surrogate to the actual ambient monitoring required for any industrial establishment or
operation to determine compliance with the NAAQS.
It could, however, be used as basis on whether a new or existing source modified be
constructed if dispersion modeling results in exceedance of the National Ambient Air
Quality Guidelines (NAAQG) or the maximum allowable limits stipulated in Section 3, Rule
X, Part III of the IRR. The parameters cited, however, are those for PM10, SO2, NO2, O2,
CO and Lead. There is no specific provision for sources with H2S potential, except as
support for compliance with the NAAQS. On the other hand, air dispersion modeling is an
effective tool in determining the most appropriate location of a proposed power plant from
a number of pre-determined locations.
The following presents the regulatory dispersion model used in this study, model input
parameters, recommended location of the proposed geothermal power plant, comparison
of predicted and observed ambient H2S, and environmental management measures.
2. The Dispersion Model Used

Although dispersion modeling has been required in the EIS and DAO No. 2000-81,
dispersion models for regulatory application has not been established by the DENR. In
the absence of local regulatory models, the World Bank (1998) recommends the
application of dispersion models of the United States Environmental Protection Agency
(U.S. EPA). U.S.EPAs dispersion models have undergone extensive peer reviews, have
meet minimum criteria, and extensive field validation studies (World Bank, 1998).
In this study, the expected dispersion of H2S from the proposed geothermal power plant to
the air environment is determined using CTSCREEN air dispersion model, a screening
version of Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Conditions
(CTDMPLUS). CTSCREEN is selected since it is recommended for use in complex
terrain applications and when hourly meteorological data is not available on-site. Note
that the proposed geothermal power plant is situated in complex terrain (terrain higher
than the stack top or cooling towers). The application of other well-established dispersion
models such as the Industrial Source Complex (ISC3) in areas with complex terrain may
result in extreme over-prediction as demonstrated by the U.S.EPA (2001).
CTSCREEN and CTDMPLUS are basically the same type of models, the main difference
is meteorological input data used. CTDMPLUS requires hourly actual meteorological data
while CTSCREEN uses an array of predetermined meteorological data developed by
Technology Transfer Group of the United States Environmental Protection Agency. Unlike
CTDMPLUS, CTSCREEN does not require meteorological input data such as mixing
p. 3 - 36
height, Monin-Obukhov Length, and friction velocity. Under the U.S.EPA air quality
modeling guidelines (U.S.EPA 2001), CTDMPLUS is the regulatory or preferred model
when determining dispersion over complex terrain or terrain higher than the height of the
stack top.
CTSCREEN considers two layers when the nature is very stably stratified. The flow in the
lower layer deflects around the hill, while the flow in the upper layer travels over the top of
the hill (Perry, et. al, 1989). Conventional air dispersion models are based on the basic
Gaussian equation and still assume homogenous flow even when stratification develops.
These models, however, are recommended for use in flat or simple terrain modeling
(terrain below stack top). Study conducted by Pahunang (2002) showed that air dispersion
models using the two-layer concept provide results that are 5 to 10 times lower than
conventional models such as the widely used ISC3 model.
3. Source Parameters
Sources of emission from the proposed project are the cooling towers of the power plant
where H2S are vented. Although the design and location of the power plant has yet to be
finalized, calculated H2S emission of geothermal power plants and several power plant
siting options have been considered for the purpose of air dispersion modeling. Table
3.2-6 shows the source emission parameters for the proposed Tanawon project under
minimum and maximum cases.
4. Power Plant Siting Options

Since the final location and the number of power plants have yet to be finalized, a total of
eight power plant sites have initially been considered for purposes of air quality modeling,
and these may not necessarily be the final locations. From these siting options, several
modeling scenarios have been considered in this study. These include model runs for 1 x
80 MW GPP on each siting option and a combination of a 1 x 50 MW 1 x 30 MW (Table
3.2-7). The predicted GLCs of H2S from the existing GPPs and the cumulative impacts of
existing and proposed GPPs are also being considered.
5. Meteorological Input Data

Meteorological input data used in this study are predetermined sets of data designed for
CTSCREEN dispersion model. This data is based on USEPAs model sensitivity analysis,
typical distributions of meteorological conditions, and the ranges of conditions associated
with high concentrations in actual field monitoring sites (Perry, et.al., 1990).
CTSCREENs option of specifying discrete wind directions is chosen and nine prevailing
wind flows shown in Figure 3.2-7 are considered. As shown in the figure, the most
prevalent wind flows are northeast (40.3%) followed by east-northeast (14.1%) and
southwest (11.7%). The other wind directions are E (7.8%), W(6.7%), WSW(4.1%) and
NNE (2.1%).
6. Receptors
With the aid of receptor generator software designed for CTSCREEN and CTDMPLUS
models, receptors are generated along selected contour intervals (Figure 3.2-8). The
number and distribution of receptors are selected to cover the area of study. Note that
predicted ambient GLCs of H2S are calculated at these receptors.
p. 3 - 37
7. Predicted Ground Level Concentrations

Scenario 1 and 2: Existing Power Plants:
The plot of maximum GLC from 3 GPPs during stable condition are shown in Figure
3.2-9. The maximum GLC is 1.367 ppm located ESE 2.8 km from Botong PP. The
0.07-ppm follows closely the 500-m contour elevation. No exceedances are found
below 400-m contour elevation. During unstable condition with 3 GPPs operating
(Figure 3.2-10), the maximum GLC is about five times lower than the predicted
maximum GLC during stable condition. The 0.07 ppm contour GLC follows closely
the 700-m contour elevation.
The predicted maximum GLCs from the operation of Botong and Cawayan (with and
without Bacman-1), show no significant difference except when the prevailing wind
flow is from the west (Table 3.2-8 and Figures 3.2-11 and 3.2-12). With a westerly
wind, the maximum GLC for the 3 and 2 power plants are 0.114 and 0.064 ppm,
respectively. With 3 GPP, the maximum GLC is located about 1.1 km SSW of Botong
GPP while with 2 GPP, the maximum GLC extends farther east at 2.5 km SE of
Botong GPP. Emissions from the 2 GPP impacted on a portion of Mt. Pulog.
Impact of plume on complex terrain usually occurs during stable atmosphere. This
happens because mixing within the atmosphere is restricted and that the flow tends to
travel around hill during very stratified flow. Thus, highest concentrations normally
occur during stable and neutral conditions in complex terrain modeling.
Scenario 3: Proposed 1 x 80 MW GPP:

Figure 3.2.1-13 shows the location of potential power plant siting options which were
initially identified for purposes of air quality modeling. The final options may be
different per engineering, geoscientific and environmental requirements.
The expected GLCs of H2S arising from the operation 1 x 80 MW GPP at each power
plant siting option were modeled at various prevailing wind conditions. The model was
run using the minimum and maximum emission rates generated by 1 x 80 MW GPP.
Results in Tables 3.2-9 and 3.2-10 show that H2S as high as 3.121 ppm and as low
as 0.0007 ppm are predicted when the wind blows from WSW and ENE, respectively.
Sparingly high levels of H2S occur when plume impacted the two hills (900-m high)
east of the geothermal block. Highest GLCs of H2S occur during stable atmospheric
conditions.
Based on the average predicted GLC, the most preferred plant option is Site 4
followed by Site 3. It is not recommended to place the GPP at Site 8 because it is
located too close to the hill, which may produce high concentrations of H2S especially
during very stable condition (Figure 3.2-14).
Scenario 4: Proposed 1x 50 MW and 1 x 30 MW:

Geothermal steam produced on the smaller eastern geothermal block may not be
enough to supply steam for 1 x 80 MW GPP. Two separate power plants, one located
on each block, are also being considered. A total of 15 combinations are simulated
using 5 options in the western block and 3 options in the eastern block.
Table 3.2-11 shows the predicted GLC of H2S by two GPPS. The most preferred
option based on the least number of maximum GLC is a combination of Site 4 and
Site 7 (1x 50 MW GPP located at Site 4 and 1 x 30 MW GPP located at Site 7)
p. 3 - 38
(Figure 3.2-15). The other preferred options are Sites 4 and 7, and Sites 1 and 7.
Note that Site 7 is the most preferred site since it is located farther from the
surrounding hill at the vicinity of the proposed site. The worst case results occur
during west-northwest wind and during stable condition (Figure 3.2-16).
Cumulative Effect of Existing and Proposed GPPs:

The cumulative effect of the existing and preferred locations of the proposed GPPs is
also considered. Dispersion modeling results depicted in Figures 3.2-17 to 3.2-20
show improbable effect of the proposed Tanawon GPP to the overall emission within
the geothermal block. The insignificant effect could be due to the distant locations
among existing and preferred location of the proposed Tanawon GPP. Figures 3.217 and 3.2-19 show slight changes in the distribution of the predicted GLCs with the
proposed Tanawon GPP during stable condition. During unstable condition, however,
such effect is not noticeable as depicted in Figures 3.2-18 and 3.2-20. The predicted
contribution from the two proposed power plant sites (4 and 7) during unstable
condition (Figure 3.2 -21) is shown for reference.
8.
Comparison of Predicted and Observed Concentrations
Air dispersion models are conservative, that is, it provide results that are higher than the
observed concentrations. The over-prediction could be traced back from the assumptions
inherent on each model. For example, screening models such as SCREEN3 and
CTSCREEN have inherent meteorological data that selects the worst-case
meteorological condition, thereby producing very conservative results. Thus, dispersion
modeling results could not be used as surrogate to ambient air monitoring since it could
result to violation with ambient air quality standards.
Irwin (1996) demonstrated that observed and predicted values should not be directly
compared since it came from entirely two different populations. He recommended
separate treatment of the observed and predicted values prior to any comparison test.
Statistical test using Fractional Bias (AFB) is recommended by the U.S.EPA (1992) as the
first step in comparing predicted and observed values. FB determines whether a model
over-or under predict observations and is defined as,
OB PR
FB = 2
OB + PR
Equation 2
where OB and PR refer to the standard deviations of the observed and predicted values.
Values of FB equal to 0.67 are equivalent to overprediction by a factor-of-two while
values that are equal to +0.67 are equivalent to underprediction by a factor-of-two.
To determine possible trend of predicted H2S from existing geothermal facilities and
observed H2S, selected data from monthly monitoring and baseline survey conducted on
2000 are compared with the modeling results (Table 3.2-12). This period is selected
since majority of the sampling stations is downwind of the prevailing northeast wind. Using
Equation (2), the calculated FB is 1.9. This means that there is an over-prediction by a
factor of about 4.
Thus, on the average the predicted values by CTSCREEN dispersion model could be four
times higher the observations. Consequently, actual observations considering the
preferred power plant siting options could possibly result to compliance with ambient air
quality standards. For example, with a 1 x 80 MW power plant located at Site 4, the
p. 3 - 39
highest predicted GLC is 0.098 ppm, however, based on over-prediction by a factor of 4,

observations could be 0.0245 ppm, which is well below of 0.07 ppm. Hence, there is a
possibility that the proposed Tanawon GPP would not violate ambient air quality
standards during operation.
9.
Compliance with the Philippine Clean Air Act (PCAA)
The Philippine Clean Air Act (PCAA) of 1999 provides for the establishment of an Air
Quality Management System, which will divide the geo-political regions of the country into
airsheds - or areas which share similar climate, weather and topography, or which share
similar development programs, prospects or concerns. In line with this task, the DENR,
thru the EMB, released Memorandum Circular 2002-03, which provides the guidelines for
delineation of airsheds in the country. Subsequently, Memorandum Circular 2002-13
(Establishment of Geothermal Areas as Airsheds) was released as a guideline for
operating geothermal fields.
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) gas is the principal gas of concern emitted in geothermal areas. It
is mainly found in volcanic areas, which are geologically different from other localities in
the country. Major sources of H2S gas are sulfataras, fumaroles, hot springs and other
surface thermal manifestations and geothermal sources (i.e. geothermal wells, pipelines
and other facilities). The natural emissions evolve in time and may change in number,
location and intensity, while the geothermal facilities are spread in the geothermal field to
maximize energy development. Because of the presence of natural emissions and the
nature of the geothermal project and its influence over a large area, the geothermal area
is considered an area emission source that can be segregated as a separate airshed, with
its own development prospects and problems (MC 2002-13).
H2S gas is also not considered a criteria pollutant wherein the national ambient air quality
guideline (NAAQG) values were established for the protection of public health and
welfare. Worst case scenarios presented in this air quality study, as well as ambient
hydrogen sulfide monitoring, show ground level concentrations (GLCs) in work areas way
below the no-known-effect 10 ppm occupational standard for 8-hour exposure. The
results further indicate that, during operation, the proposed power plant could comply with
the H2S ambient air standard given an over-prediction by a factor of 4. The model
employed in this study is a screening model, which is found to predict concentrations
higher than refined models such as CTDMPLUS.
As discussed earlier, air dispersion modeling results cannot be used as surrogate to the
actual ambient monitoring required for any industrial establishment or operation to
determine compliance with the NAAQS. It would be appropriate that the results of the
model are validated with considerable observations, buffer zones are established and
appropriate monitoring are set-up to reduce potential environmental problems associated
with hydrogen sulfide. The new Memorandum Circular for geothermal airsheds should
address these requirements and other concerns on the development of the geothermal
energy, while complying with appropriate air quality standards.
p. 3 - 40
K.
Possible Acid Rain Effects
There is no reported nor observed acid rain phenomenon from geothermal since its first
power plant in Italy in 1904 as the catalyst for converting H2S to H2SO4 is rare in the
atmosphere. H2S is easily washed down by moisture before it can react in the atmosphere.
Rain pH monitoring in 1983-1989 by the National Power Corporation in Leyte Geothermal
Project, does not prove the occurrence of acid rain (Figure 3.2-22). Similar values of rain pH
have also been measured within the BGPF.
A third party assessment (Appendix L) states that since geothermal energy does not
produce significant quantities of either SO2 or NO, geothermal energy development is not
a significant contributor to acid rain problems.
L. Release of CO2 Gas (Global Warming Issue)

Geothermal power plants have the least emission of CO2 compared to other thermal power
plants. Figure 1.5-1 (Project Description section) shows comparative CO2 emissions from
various power options. Based on other power plants, CO2 released from a geothermal plant is
estimated to be about 1,100,00 tons per 1000 MW-year. Those of coal-fired , oil-fired and
natural gas-fired are about 7,700,000, 6,100,000 and 4,100,000 tons CO2 per 1000 MW-year,
respectively. Any CO2 contribution of the power plant can be absorbed by natural vegetation
and reforestation areas which serve as carbon sinks.
M.
Generation of Heat
Steam emitted from cooling towers has temperature of only about 35 oC. This temperature is too
low to have any effect on the local ambient temperature. Heat coming from the pipeline of the
steam gathering is minimal since these pipes are provided with thermal insulation to preserve
the heat of the steam before reaching the turbines. Compared with other thermal power plants,
which utilize burning technologies, geothermal plants cause the least amount of heat generation.
N. Rise in Relative Humidity

Minimal impact along the plume path is expected from steam emissions of the power plant.
Steam may immediately be condensed near the emission source or some quantities could be
transported to far distance by wind. The main sources of moisture in the area are still the
monsoon air masses, which pick moisture in the oceans.

A.
Effects on Land Use and the Watershed
The project impact on vegetation and land use is limited to the areas directly affected or opened
up. However, the amenities brought about by the project, especially the access roads, can
induce a watershed-wide impact. The access roads and vehicles will encourage influx of people
from the lowland which can reduce or alter the vegetation and land use of the watershed
through illegal forest product harvesting, practice of kaingin and encroachment/illegal
occupancy.
While it is acknowledged that the project may pose negative impacts, the project can also offer
positive impacts on the watershed. The access roads and vehicles will enhance mobility,
essential in the conduct of forest protection activities. At present, the government agency
encounters difficulty in the protection/forest patrols of the watersheds of the BacMan
p. 3 - 41
Geothermal Reservation mainly due to constraint on terrain and lack of access roads. The
project can also rehabilitate the watershed vegetation through reforestation activities. Likewise,
the economic benefits that can be derived from the project will reduce the communitys
dependence on forest resources. More importantly, geothermal energy production is compatible
with other land uses under the multiple use management of watershed, as experienced in the
Philippines and other countries.
B.
Effect of Power Plant Emissions on Forest
The NCG emitted from steam via the cooling tower may have impact on vegetation. The power
plant emission is composed of 95-98% steam and the rest in NCG. The effect of long-term
exposure of the vegetation to this nature of emission varies with plant species, topography,
atmospheric conditions, duration of exposure and concentration of the pollutant. Mode of entry
of NCG, specifically H2S is through the stomatal openings of the leaves already in the form of
SO2. Once absorbed, the SO2 competes with hydrogen receptors of respiration which provide
energy for plant metabolism. This may lead to chlorosis and subsequently defoliation of leaves.
Based on air quality modeling, predicted ambient levels of H2S from the power plant are below
the levels that are known to have chronic effects on vegetation similar to that in Tanawon. This
is evidenced by the healthy state of the forest immediately surrounding the BacMan I and II
power plants, and even in other geothermal fields of PNOC. Also high rainfall frequency serves
as natural cooling and cleaning agent to plant leaves.
C. Change in Quality of Irrigated Crops and Soil

Chemical load (containing boron) from accidental brine discharges into the river may find its way
to irrigated ricefields fed by Cawayan and Ticol rivers, and to a lesser possibility and extent to
ricefields irrigated by Manitohan, Anahaw and Osiao rivers.
Boron serves as a plant nutrient at low concentrations (0.75 ppm). However, at long-term
exposure at concentrations >2.0 ppm , it may lead to stunted growth and eventually yield drop
for rice plants. A study on the effects of short-term boron exposure was conducted by UPLB
indicating that short-term high-level boron (as high as 10 ppm) exposure was not detrimental
rice.
The study also shows that the effect on the standing crop will depend much on various biological
and physico-chemical conditions or factors such as crop growth stage, boron concentration, soil
pH, and farm management practices earlier described under the Well Testing Impacts (Section
3.2.3.2 item B-3).
D.
Effect of H2S on Wildlife
The minor but long term impact will be the release of the hydrogen sulfide (H2S) in the air from
the geothermal power plants, well heads, and pipelines. H2S, however, is a heavy gas and
usually settles on the ground. Sometimes such pocket of H2S gas concentration may affect the
unwary ground dwelling animals. But chances of wildlife being affected are very slim, because
wildlife normally shun areas with high temperature and unnatural odor in the surroundings.
E.
Effect on Aquatic Biota Due to Discharge of Geothermal Brine
The geothermal brine, when accidentally discharged into the aquatic ecosystems, may or may
not instantly kill the biota present. This will depend on the degree of dilution of effluent by river
water and the sensitivity of the biota in the immediate discharge. Nevertheless, the accidental
p. 3 - 42
discharge could initially cause a significant reduction in the density of the aquatic biota
particularly the less motile macroinvertebrates which are not capable of moving out fast from the
contaminated area. The significant reduction in density is attributed mainly to invertebrate drift,
a phenomenon observed among aquatic insects as a means of escaping pollution or harsh
environmental conditions, and eventual settling in refuge and/or uncontaminated habitats.
However, resettling by the upstream unaffected organisms may occur once the environment
becomes habitable again or when there is no more pollution in the area.
Results of the study conducted at the Bao river system at the Leyte Geothermal Power Project
in Tongonan, showed that geothermal discharges have no long-term adverse effects on the river
biota. No significant difference was observed between the control and the impact stations which
have been influenced by geothermal discharges for almost 10 years already. The clean-water
indicator groups are likewise present and still dominant in the influenced stations.
F.
Effect on Marine Organisms
No eminent effects will happen to the marine biota caused by geothermal project as no
geothermal brine will be discharged into the marine environment. Full reinjection scheme will be
implemented to prevent any discharge into the river systems that empty into the marine basin.

A.
Impact on the National Economy
Power Contribution. The development of the Tanawon Sector geothermal prospect is expected
to contribute 80 MW additional power to the countrys power generating capacity. In will boost
the total power generated in the Province of Sorsogon to 100 MW.
Increased Foreign Exchange Savings and Improved Energy Security. Geothermal is an
indigenous form of energy and tapping them would reduce the countrys dependence on
imported oil or coal. The 50-80 MW geothermal power will enable the country to save as much
as US$18.1 to 29.0 million in foreign exchange annually for at least 25 to 30 years.
Furthermore, since geothermal power does not depend on imported oil and hence not subject to
the world oil price fluctuations, it will also improve the countrys energy security.
B.
Impact on the Local Government and Economy
During the phasing out of construction activities up to the commissioning of the power plant,
there will be a significant reduction of jobs in the project. This will result to a substantial
reduction in the demand for goods and services and a slow down in business activity in the
commercial centers as well as the in the host communities. This may be offset however by
businesses that have established permanent branches in the area in anticipation of the benefits
of the power project. The anticipated business boom, however, will also depend on the other
factors such as the improvements of infrastructure, especially roads and telecommunications in
the area.
In the long-term, the geothermal project will provide a flow of benefits to the host communities,
municipalities and province. These benefits could be in the form of direct payments such as the
Royalty or indirect benefits due to increase in business activities. These benefits are assured by
the Local Government Code and the DOE Law. Among them are:
p. 3 - 43
Increased Revenues for Local Government. Under the Local Government Code, the host
governments (i.e. barangays, city and the province) will receive royalty payments from the
exploitation of natural resources. The host communities are already receiving royalty payments
from the existing Bac-Man II (Cawayan Sector) Geothermal Power Plant. The development of
80 MW geothermal steam field in the Tanawon Sector will provide additional annual royalty
payments in the amounts of P2.97 million to the host barangays, P3.82 million to the City of
Sorsogon and P1.70 million to the Province of Sorsogon (Table 3.2-13).
Cheaper, Stable and Reliable Electricity. The operation of the geothermal power plant will
provide cheaper and reliable electricity to the host barangays, host municipality and the
province. This is assured under the DOE Law which provides for the following power benefits:
1. Missionary Electrification. The DOE Law provides for the establishment of a fund to
be taken from a 25 percent of one-centavo (P0.0025) per kilowatt-hour of total electricity
sales or around P1.6 million annually. The fund is to be used to provide electricity to the
host communities in the order of priority starting at the resettlement site, to the host
barangays, host municipality, host province and finally to the host region.
2. Prioritization of Load Dispatch.
In times of energy shortage, the geothermal
power plant shall prioritize for delivery to the electric utility with direct connections to the
host communities. This will ensure stable power supply for the Province of Sorsogon.
3. Reduction in the Cost of Electricity. The DOE Law also provides that the 80% of
the above royalty payments shall be used to reduced the cost of electricity in the LGUs
administrative area. The residents of host barangays are already beneficiaries of power
subsidy from royalties received from the existing Ban-Man II (Cawayan Sector)
Geothermal Plant. The Tanawon Sector will provide additional annual power subsidies in
the amounts of P2.38 million to be divided among the host barangays, P3.06 million for
the residents of Sorsogon City and P1.36 million for the Province of Sorsogon.
Economic and Industrial Development. Because of the improvements of the power situation,
the reduction of electricity rates and priority load dispatch, businesses will be attracted to the
area. Improvements in other infrastructure will also complement these as demand for them
increases.
Improved Environmental, Public Health and Watershed Management. The host
communities will also benefit to environmental, public health and watershed management
programs. This is to be funded by one-half of one-centavo (P0.005) per kilowatt-hour of total
electricity sales. This is estimated to amount to P1.88 million annually.
C.
Impact on Demography and Settlement Patterns
During the phase out of the construction activities migrant workers are expected to leave. This is
not expected to affect the demographic profiles of the host communities, as these workers will
not be living among the community residents. However, not all of those who will lose their jobs
are expected to leave the area. As observed in similar projects elsewhere, many of those from
the outside will eventually settle permanently in the communities. If unrestricted, the some of
these people will remain in campsite areas and make a living in the nearby forest or provide
petty services to the remaining workers.
p. 3 - 44
D.
Impact on Peoples Livelihood
Many of the locals who were hired will find their work terminated and cash income flow reduced.
It is estimated that of the total number of local hirees about 500 will be terminated after the
construction. This could result in adjustment problems.
Under the DOE Law, the project is required to provide a livelihood assistance to be assessed at
P0.0025/kw-hr of power sales. For the 80-MW Tanawon Geothermal Plant this will amount to
around P1.61 million in livelihood assistance to the communities annually.
p. 3 - 45
14000
12000
N-S Distance (m)
10000
8000
SO RSO GO N B A Y
6000
4000
2000
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 3.1-1 . Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in

Sorsogon Bay without the project.
9000
8000
POLIQUI BAY
7000
N-S Distance (m)
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 3.1-2 . Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l)

in Poliqui Bay without the project.
14000
12000
N-S Distance (m)
10000
8000
SO RSO GO N B A Y
6000
4000
2000
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 3.2-1. Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in

Sorsogon Bay with the project.
14000
> 30 mg/ l
> 30
12000
> 30 mg/ l
N-S Distance (m)
10000
8000
SO RSO GO N B A Y
6000
4000
2000
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 3.2-2 .
Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in

Sorsogon Bay with (dashed contour) and without (solid
contour) the project. These areas are predicted to exceed the 30
mg/l standard.
9000
8000
POLI QUI BAY
7000
N-S Distance (m)
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 3.2-3. Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in

Poliqui Bay with the project.
9000
8000
POLI QUI BAY
7000
N-S Distance (m)
6000
5000
4000
>30 mg/ l
3000
2000
1000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
E-W Distance (m)
Fig. 3.2-4 . Predicted increase in suspended sediment concentration (mg/l) in

Poliqui Bay with (dashed contour) and without (solid contour) the
project. These areas are predicted to exceed the 30 mg/l standard.
21
Fig. 3.2-5 Predicted ambient GLCs of H2S (in ppm) during horizontal well
testing at worst-case meteorological condition. The well is assumed
located at Site 7 (Wind = WSW, Stability = stable, Max concentration
= 0.227 ppm)
21
Figure 3.2-6 Predicted noise levels (in dBA) during well testing (background
noise levels not included)
.
21
Figure 3.2-7
Map showing the prevailing wind flow (annual

wind rose) over the proposed project site and
vicinity
21
Figure 3.2-8
Receptors generated for CTDMPLUS modeling
21
Figure 3.2-9
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing geothermal power plants (Wind = NE,
Stability = stable. Direction of arrow indicates prevailing wind flow)
.
21
Figure 3.2-10
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing geothermal power plants

(Wind = NE, Stability = unstable. Direction of arrow indicates prevailing
wind flow)
.
21
Figure 3.2-11
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing geothermal power plants

(Wind = W, Stability = stable. Direction of arrow indicates prevailing
wind flow)
.
21
Figure 3.2-12
Predicted GLC of H2S from Botong and Cawayan geothermal power plant
Bacman not operating (Wind=W, Stability=stable; Direction of arrow
indicates prevailing wind flow)
16
17
20
15
18
19
8
21
Figure 3.2-13 Locations of potential power plant siting options
.
21
Figure 3.2 -14 Predicted GLC of H2S for the proposed 1x80MW geothermal power plant
during worst-case meteorogical condition. Direction of arrow I indicates
wind direction (Location=Sites, Wind=WSW, Stability=stable)
.
21
Figure 3.2-15
Preferred siting option for combined 1x50 MW and 1x30 MW GPPs

(Option = Sites 4 & 7. Wind = NE, Stability = stable)
.
21
Figure3.2-16
Predicted GLC of H2S from combined 1x50 MW and 1x30MW GPPs during
worst-case meteorological condition (Option = Sites 2 & 8, Wind = WSW,
Stability = stable)
.
21
Figure 3.2-17
Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing GPP and proposed 1 x 80 MW

GPP located at Site 4 (Wind = NE, Stability = stable)
.
21
Figure 3.2-18 Predicted GLC of H2S from three existing GPP and proposed 1 x 80 MW GPP
located at Site 4 (Wind = NE, Stability = unstable, Direction of arrow indicates
prevailing wind flow)
.
21
Figure 3.2-19
Predicted GLC of H2S from combined three existing GPP and proposed
1 x 50 and 1 x 30 MW GPPs located at Site 4 and Site 7, respectively.
(Wind = NE, Stability = stable, Direction of arrow indicates prevailing
wind flow)
.
21
Figure 3.2-20 Predicted GLC of H2S from combined existing three GPP and proposed
1 x 50 and 1 x 30 MW GPPs located at Site 4 and Site 7, respectively.
(Wind = NE, Stability = unstable, Direction of arrow indicates prevailing
wind flow)
.
21
Figure 3.2-21 Predicted GLC of H2S from proposed 1 x 50 and 1 x 30 MW GPPs located
at Site 4 and Site 7, respectively. (Wind = NE, Stability = unstable,
Direction of arrow indicates prevailing wind flow) (Cmax = 0.06 ppm)
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN MATRIX FOR THE TANAWON GEOTHERMAL PROJECT

POTENTIAL IMPACT
IMPACT ASSESSMENT WITHOUT MITIGATION

TYPE OF DURA- PROBA- MAGNI- REVER- GEOGRAPHICAL
IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
METHOD
GUARANTEES
TARGET ENVT'L. PROFILE

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
I. PRE-OPERATIONS PHASE
A. CONSTRUCTION
EARTH MATERIAL
FROM EXCAVATION
AND SLOPE CUTTING;
VEGETATION
CLEARING;
PROJECT ENTRY
LAND USE
1. CONVERSION OF APPROX. 5-10% OF
2,460- HA SECONDARY FOREST
AND AGRICULTURAL LAND USE INTO
INDUSTRIAL LAND USE
TOPOGRAPHY/ PHYSIOGRAPHY
2. ALTERATION OF MOUNTAINOUS
FORMATION FOR CONSTRUCTION
OF PROJECT FACILITIES
GEOLOGY
3. OCCURRENCE OF LANDSLIPS DUE
TO SLOPE INSTABILITY AS A RESULT
OF SLOPE CUTTING
D (-)
D (-)
I(-)
LT
LT
ST
L-H
IR
IR
IR
GEOTHERMAL 1A. FOREST INVENTORY AND FORESTRY APPLICATION OF SLUP, TCP,

BLOCK
PERMIT APPLICATION
RRW PERMITS TO ENSURE
CUTTING IS BARE MINIMUM
AND ESSENTIAL;
PRIVATE LAND NEGOTIATION
1B. REPLACEMENT REFORESTATION
CONTRACT-OUT REFORESTATION TO FORESTRY
ASSOCIATIONS
DENR-APPROVED
PERMITS
LAND IS PERMANENTLY
CONVERTED TO
WATERSHED MGT.
PLAN
INDUSTRIAL USE
FOREST ECOLOGY
RESTORED
GEOTHERMAL 2A. SITING OF FACILITIES IN GENTLER

SITE SURVEY FOR LESS
BLOCK
SLOPES OR LESS RUGGED TERRAIN CRITICAL SLOPES
2B. CUT AND FILL; USE OF SPOIL
SPOILS CONTAINMENT
DISPOSAL AREA
CIVIL WORKS
COMMITTEE
CONTRACTOR'S
CONTRACT
ROAD CUTS, 3A. GEOTECHNICAL HAZARD STUDIES

PADS, ROAD
TO IDENTIFY CRITICAL SLOPES
SIDES,
OPEN SLOPES 3B. PIPE PROTECTION MEASURES
3C. PROPER SLOPE CUTTING

3D. SLOPE PROTECTION MEASURES
PEDOLOGY
4. ACCELERATED EROSION DUE
TO SURFACE DISTURBANCE
OF FORESTED AND ERODIBLE
AREAS
I(-)
ST
UPPER
REACHES OF
RIVER
WITHIN
CIVIL WORKS
AREA
4A. PROPER SITING OF FACILITIES

4B. MECHANICAL & BIOLOGICAL
STABILIZATION & REPLANTING
4C. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES
4D. PROPER DISPOSAL AND CONTAINMENT OF SPOILS

HYDROLOGY
5. PHYSICAL DISTURBANCE OF
RIVER CHANNELS DURING ROAD
CONSTRUCTION
6. POTENTIAL LOWERING OF GROUND
WATER LEVEL DUE TO REDUCTION
OF RECHARGE AREAS .
WATER QUALITY
7. TEMPORARY INCREASE IN
SUSPENDED SOLIDS & SILTATION OF
RECEIVING RIVERS DOWN TO
COASTAL AREAS DUE TO SOIL
SOIL EROSION AS A RESULT OF SLOPE
CUTTING
D(-)
ST
L-M
I (-)
ST
D/I (-)
ST
L-M
UPPER
5A. AVOIDANCE OF WATERWAYS
REACHES OF
WHEN POSSIBLE
RIVER W/IN
CIVIL WORKS
GROUND
6A. REFORESTATION AT RECHARGE
WATER
AREAS
SOURCES
DOWNSTREAM
OF WORK AREA
UPPER
REACHES OF
RIVERS;
EFFECT IS
LIMITED TO
THE CATCHMENT OF THE
WORK AREA
PRE-CIVIL WORKS
ENVIRONMENTAL;
POST-CIVIL WORKS
FORESTRY ASSOCNS.
PROJ. OPERATIONS
PRE-CIVIL WORKS
CONSTRUCTION
DEPT; CONTRACTOR
CIVIL WORKS
COMPREHENSIVE GEOLOGIGEOTECHNICAL
STABLE SLOPES;
CAL, SUBSURFACE & FIELD/
STUDIES
MINIMIZED PROBABILITY
LAB. STUDIES/ TESTS
FOR LAND SLIPS
PROVISION OF REINFORCED PIP CONTINGENCY
PIPE SHELTERS TO PROTECT PLAN
PIPES FROM LANDSLIPS
CUTTING OF SLOPE TO A
CONTRACTOR'S
STABLE ANGLE
CONTRACT
PROVISION OF BERMS,
SLOPE STABILIZATION
SHOT-CRETING & EARTH
PLAN
ANCHORS/ SOIL NAILS;
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
CONSTRUCTION
DEPT.
CIVIL WORKS
SITE SURVEY
SEEDING, OUTPLANTING,
WATTLING, RIPRAPPING, ETC.
CHECKDAMS, RIPRAPS,
GABION WALLS, DRAINAGE
CANALS, SILT TRAPS, ETC.
CUT AND FILL METHOD;
USE/ MAINTENANCE OF
SPOIL DISPOSAL AREAS
EROSION IS MINIMIZED
OR CONTINUOUS AT A
MUCH SLOWER RATE
GEOSCIENTIFIC;
PROJECT
OPERATIONS;
CONSTRUCTION
DEPARTMENT;
ENVIRONMENTAL
PRE-/DURING
CIVIL WORKS
CIVIL WORKS
DEVELOPMENT PLAN
STABILIZATION PLAN
LOCAL TOPOGRAPHY IS
ALTERED
MINIMAL ALTERATION
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTRACTOR'S
CONTRACT
CONTRACTOR'S
CONTRACT
SITE SURVEY; CULVERTS;

GABIONS
CONTRACTOR'S
CONTRACT
WATER QUALITY IS
MAINTAINED
PROJ. OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
DEPARTMENT
CONTRACT-OUT REFORESTATION TO FORESTRY

ASSOCIATIONS
WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
GROUNDWATER
RECHARGE
ENVIRONMENTAL;
AFTER CIVIL
FORESTRY ASSOCNS
ASSOCNS. WORKS;
WORKS
OPERATIONS
PHASE
CONTRACTOR'S
CONTRACT
SILTATION CONTINUES
BUT AT A MUCH SLOWER
RATE. CHANGE IN WATER
QUALITY IS TEMPORARY
PROJ. OPERATIONS
GEOSCIENTIFIC;
CONSTRUCTION
DEPT;
ENVIRONMENTAL
7A. PROPER DISPOSAL & CONTAINMENT SPOILS HAULING TO SPOIL

OF SPOILS
DISPOSAL AREAS; CUT &
FILL METHOD
7B. PROPER SITING OF PADS &
SITE SURVEY
ROADS IN LESS STEEP AREAS &
DISTANT FROM WATER BODIES
7C. MINIMIZE VEGETATION
SELECTIVE CUTTING
CLEARING
7D. ADOPTION OF MULTI-WELL
DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
PAD STRATEGY
7E. EROSION CONTROL
CHECKDAMS, RIPRAPS,
MEASURES
CANALS, SILT TRAPS, ETC.;
VEGETATIVE STABILIZ'N
STANDARD
COMPANY
PRACTICE
TREE CUTTING
PERMIT
STD. COMPANY
PRACTICE
STABILIZATION
PLAN
PRE-/ DURING
CIVIL WORKS
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS

POTENTIAL IMPACT
OCEANOGRAPHY
8. POTENTIAL CHANGE IN UNDERWATER LIGHT CONDITIONS DUE TO
COASTAL SEDIMENTATION
AIR QUALITY/ NOISE
9. TEMPORARY INCREASE IN DUST
DURING CIVIL WORKS TO OVER
1000 G/C.M. AT WORK AREAS
10. GENERATION OF NOISE DUE TO

MOVEMENT AND OPERATION OF
HEAVY EQUIPMENT RANGING FROM
68-98 dBA WITHIN WORK AREAS
W/IN 55 AND 45 dBA DAYTIME &
NIGHTIME NOISE LIMITS, RESP.
AESTHETICS
11. LOSS OF NATURAL AESTHETIC
VIEWS IN THE CONSTRUCTION SITE

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
8A. SAME AS 7A TO 7E ABOVE
METHOD
I(-)
ST
L-M
NOT MORE
THAN 5 KMS.
FROM RIVER
MOUTH
SAME AS 7A TO 7E ABOVE
D ((-))
ST
WITHIN
9A. REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED
WORK AREAS 9B. MINIMIZE VEGETATION CLEARING
9C. MAINTENANCE OF VEGETATION
BUFFER
9D. SPRINKLING OF ROADS ,
IF NECESSARY
SETTING OF SPEED LIMIT

SELECTIVE CUTTING
REFORESTATION/ VEGETATIVE RESTORATION
D(-)
ST
GEOTHERMAL 10A. LIMITING OF HEAVY EQUIPMENT

BLOCK
AND SERVICE VEHICLE MOVEMENT
DURING DAYTIME
VEHICLE SCHEDULING
10B. USE OF POSSIBLE ALTERNATIVES

CONSIDER ALTERNATIVES,
TO EXPLOSIVES, IF FEASIBLE
IF FEASIBLE
10C. PROVISION OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT PROVISION OF EAR MUFFS
D(-)
LT
GEOTHERMAL 11A. MINIMIZE VEGETATION

BLOCK
CLEARING
11B. MAINTENANCE OF SURROUNDING
VEGETATION BUFFER
11C. IMMEDIATE REVEGETATION
AFTER CLEARING
SELECTIVE CLEARING
GEOTHERMAL 12A. FOREST INVENTORY AND

BLOCK
PERMIT APPLICATION
12B. MINIMIZE VEGETATION CLEARING
APPLICATION OF TREE
CUTTING PERMIT (TCP)
SELECTIVE CLEARING
GUARANTEES

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
SAME AS 7A TO 7E
ABOVE
CHANGE IS TEMPORARY
AND LOCALIZED
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING
CIVIL WORKS
SAFETY MGT.
OFFICER
CIVIL WORKS
COMMITTEE
DUST IS EXPECTED TO
REDUCE AFTER CIVIL
WORKS
PROJ. OPERATIONS;;
SAFETY MGT. DEPT.
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
NOISE IS LIMITED TO
DAYTIME & WITHIN
OCCUPATIONAL
STANDARDS
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
CONSTRUCTION
DEPARTMENT;
SAFETY MGT. DEPT.
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
GREENERY IS EXPECTED
TO RESTORE AFTER
REFORESTATION OR
VEGETATIVE RESTORATION IS COMPLETE
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING AND
CONSTRUCTION DEPT AFTER CIVIL
ENVIRONMENTAL;
WORKS
FORESTRY ASSCNS.
DENR-APPROVED
FORESTRY PERMITS
CONTRACTORS
CONTRACT
STANDARD PNOC
PRACTICE
WATERSHED MGT.
PROGRAM
DIVERSITY IS MAINTAINED; VEGETATION IS

ENHANCED
ENVIRONMENTAL;
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
CONSTRUCTION
DEPT.
PRE- / DURING
CIVIL WORKS
ENVIRONMENTAL
ALL PHASES
MIGRATION IS TEMPORARY AND SPECIES

DIVERSITY IS MAINTAINED
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
ENVIRONMENTAL
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
POST-CIVIL
WORKS
SPECIES DIVERSITY IS
MAINTAINED; FAUNA
STATUS UNAFFECTED
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
ENVIRONMENTAL
DURING & AFTER

CIVIL WORKS
SILTATION OF RICEFIELD
IS TEMPORARY; RICEFIELD
WILL REVERT TO ITS
ORIGINAL STATE
PROJ. OPERATIONS
PRE-CIVIL
CONSTRUCTION DEPT WORKS
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
SAFETY MGT.
OFFICER
CIVIL WORKS
COMMITTEE
SAFETY MGT. OFFCR
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
12. VEGETATION REMOVAL DURING
CIVIL WORKS (5-10% OF 2,460-HA
GEOTHERMAL BLOCK)
D(-)
MT
12C. ADOPTION OF MULTI-WELLPAD

STRATEGY
12D. WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
12E. NURSERY ESTABLISHMENT AND

REFORESTATION
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
13. POSSIBLE MIGRATION OF
ANIMALS AS A RESULT OF
VEGETATION CLEARING
14. POSSIBLE ENDANGERING OF

5 THREATENED/ 3 PROTECTED
FAUNA
B. AGRICULTURE
15. TEMPORARY & LOCALIZED
CHANGE IN SOIL QUALITY OF
IRRIGATED RICEFIELDS AS A RESULT
OF EROSION & RIVER SILTATION
D/I (-)
ST
L-M
L-H
I(-)
ST
L-M
D (-)
ST
L-M
L-M
FOREST PROTECTION,
REFORESTATION, INFO
EDUCATION, ALTERNATIVE
LIVELIHOOD
SEEDLING MAINTENANCE
FOR OUTPLANTING
WATERSHED MGT.
PLAN
GEOTHERMAL 13A. MINIMIZE VEGETATION

BLOCK
CLEARING
13B. PLANTING OF "FEED TREES" &
MAINTENANCE OF SIMILAR
HABITATS NEARBY
SELECTIVE CLEARING
CONTRACTORS
CONTRACT
WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
GEOTHERMAL 14A. SAME AS 13A TO 13B ABOVE

BLOCK
14B. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT
SAME AS 13A TO 13B ABOVE
LOWLAND
IRRIGATED
RICEFIELDS
WITHIN
AFFECTED
CATCHMENT
PLANTING AT OPENED-UP
AREAS NEARBY
WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
PROTECTION, CONSERVATION, PLAN
MONITORING
15A. PROPER DISPOSAL & CONTAINMENTCUT AND FILL METHOD; USE

OF SPOILS
OF SPOIL DISPOSAL AREAS
15B. PROPER SITING OF PADS & ROADS SITE SURVEY
15C. MINIMIZE VEGETATION
CLEARING
15D. ADOPTION OF MULTI-WELL
PAD STRATEGY
15E. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES
TREE INVENTORY;
SELECTIVE TREE CUTTING
CHECKDAMS, RIPRAPS,
15F. COMPENSATION OF CROP DAMAGE USE MARKET OR ASSESSORS
VALIDATED TO BE CAUSED BY
RATES
GEOTHERMAL OPERATIONS
CONTRACTOR'S
CONTRACT
CIVIL WORKS
COMMITTEE
TREE CUTTING
PERMIT
STANDARD PNOC
PRACTICE
SLOPE STABILIZATION
PLAN
CROP DAMAGE
COMPENSATION
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS

POTENTIAL IMPACT

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
G. FRESHWATER BIOLOGY
16.TEMPORARY REDUCTION IN SPECIES
DIVERSITY & PRODUCTIVITY
MARINE BIOLOGY
17. DISTURBANCE OF CORAL REEF/
MARINE HABITAT/ BIOTA DUE TO
SILTATION
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
METHOD
GUARANTEES

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
I (-)
ST
L-M
L-H
UPPER
REACHES OF
RIVERS
16A.SAME AS 7A TO 7E
SLOPE
STABILIZATION
PLAN
REDUCTION IS TEMPORARY AND REVERSIBLE
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
ENVIRONMENTAL
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
I(-)
ST
NOT > THAN

5 KMS FROM
AFFECTED
RIVERMOUTH
17A.SAME AS 7A TO 7E
SLOPE
STABILIZATION
PLAN
DISTURBANCE IS
TEMPORARY AND
REVERSIBLE
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
ENVIRONMENTAL
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
I(+)
ST
LOCAL PURCHASES;
LOCAL HIRING
INCREASE IN BUSINESS
ACTIVITIES; PROGRESS
ALL DEPARTMENTS
ALL PHASES
D(-)
ST
L-M
L-M
ACCESS
ROADS
DURING /AFTER
CIVIL WORKS
I(-)
ST
I(-)
LT
I(-)
LT
LOCAL GOVERNMENT & ECONOMY
18. INCREASE IN BUSINESS ACTIVIITIES
AND INCREASE IN TAX COLLECTION
OF LGUs
19. INCREASE RATE OF WEAR &
TEAR OF EXISTING PUBLIC
ROADS DUE TO HEAVY EQUIPMENT
TRAFFIC
DEMOGRAPHY AND SETTLEMENT PATTERNS
20.INCREASE IN POPULATION
SIZE AND CHANGE IN POPULATION COMPOSITION
21. RETURN OF SETTLEMENTS

IN REMOTE AREAS;
CULTIVATION OF
FRAGILE LANDS & POSSIBLE
RESURGENCE OF SUBSISTENCE LOGGING & POACHING
ACTIVITIES
IMPACT ON LIVELIHOOD SOURCES

22. LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO CROPS
CROPLANDS
23. POTENTIAL SILTATION OF RICE

LANDS IRRIGATED BY AFFECTED
I(-)
ST
HOST TOWN,
PROVINCE
18A. NOT APPLICABLE
19A.FREQUENT COORDINATION W/
DPWH & LGU OFFICIALS ON THE
MAINTENANCE OF PUBLIC
ROADS
COORDINATION WITH LOCAL

GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
COMREL OFFICER
PROPER MAINTENANCE &

REPAIR OF EXISTING
PUBLIC ROADS
PROJ. OPERATIONS
HOST
COMMUNITY
20A. ADOPTION OF A LOCAL HIRING

POLICY
20B. PROJ. MANAGEMENT COORDINATION W/ LOCAL OFFICIALS &
CONTRACTORS
20C. PARTICIPATION OF PROJECT
PERSONNEL IN SOCIO-CULTURAL
COMMUNITY AFFAIRS
PRIORITIZATION OF
QUALIFIED BONA FIDE
RESIDENTS
LOCAL HIRING
POLICY; DOE LAW
ON LOCAL HIRING
GOOD RELATIONS
WITH COMMUNITY
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING /AFTER
CONSTRUCTION DEPT CIVIL WORKS
GEO BLOCK
21A.CLOSE COORDINATION OF PROJECT COORDINATION WITH LGU

MGT. W/ GOV'T. AGENCIES &
LGUs IN THE IMPLEMENTATION
OF EXISTING LAWS & PROGRAMS
TO PREVENT AND/ OR MINIMIZE
DESTRUCTION OF WATERSHED
21B. FOREST PATROLING; STRICT
FORESTRY LAW
IMPLEMENTATION OF FORESTRY
ENFORCEMENT
LAW
WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
PREVENT/ MINIMIZE
ENTRY OF OUTSIDERS
IN THE PROJECT AREA
ENVIRONMENTAL
22A. AVOID A&D LANDS WHENEVER

POSSIBLE
SITE SURVEY
CROPLANDS UNAFFECTED
IF AVOIDED
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING CIVIL
22B. COMPENSATE FARMERS
PER MARKET RATES OR

ASSESSORS RATES
CROP DAMAGE
COMPENSATION;
EGF
CROP DAMAGE
COMPENSATION
FARMER'S INCOME
COMPENSATED
FARMER'S INCOME
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING CIVIL
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING CIVIL
COMPENSATED
SOUTHERN
PORTION OF
GEO BLOCK
FARMS ALONG 23A. SLOPE STABILIZATION; PROPER

RIVERS
SITING OF ROADS; AVOIDANCE OF
RIVER SYSTEM
UNSTABLE AREAS
24. SLIGHT SUDDEN INCREASE

IN EMPLOYMENT & LIVELIHOOD
OPPORTUNITIES, ESPECIALLY
SERVICES CATERING TO
CONSTRUCTION WORKERS &
SMALL CONSTRUCTION BUSINESS
I(+)
ST
HOST
BARANGAYS/
TOWN
25. RESURGENCE OF KAINGIN FARMING

AND POACHING
I(-)
ST
INS
INS
GEO BLOCK
25. STRICT ENFORCEMENT OF

FORESTRY LAW
FOREST PATROLING AND

APPREHENSION
I(-)
ST
U-L
HOST
BARANGAYS
26A.PERIODIC MEDICAL OUTREACH

& HEALTH MONITORING IN COORDINATION W/ LOCAL HOSPITALS
MEDICAL OUTREACH
PER BARANGAY;
COORDINATION WITH LOCAL
HEALTH OFFICE FOR
PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY

26.INCREASED POTENTIAL FOR
SPREAD OF COMMUNICABLE
DISEASES DUE TO INCREASED
POPULATION MOBILITY
ENVT GUARANTEE
FUND (EGF)
DURING /AFTER
CIVIL WORKS
EMPLOYMENT & LIVELIHOOD PROBLEMS ARE

MINIMIZED/ SOLVED
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
WATERSHED MGT
PLAN
KAINGIN AND POACHING

ENVIRONMENTAL
PREVENTED/ CONTROLLED
PRE, DURING AND

POST CIVIL WORKS
COMREL OFFICER
SPREAD OF DISEASE PREVENTED AND OCCURRENCE DETECTED EARLY
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
MEDICAL/ COMREL
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS

POTENTIAL IMPACT
27. INCREASE RISKS OF VEHICULAR
ACCIDENTS DUE TO INCREASED
VEHICULAR TRAFFIC
POVERTY INCIDENCE
28. POVERTY ALLEVIATION DUE TO
IMPROVED FAMILY INCOMES
29. REDUCED ACCESS TO FOOD BY
UNEMPLOYED POVERTY GROUPS

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
D(-)
ST
ALONG
THE ROAD
(TUBLIJON
JUNCTION)
I(+)
ST
HOST
COMMUNITY
I(-)
ST
HOST
COMMUNITY
DUE TO INCREASE IN LOCAL

DEMAND AND PRICES
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
I(-)
ST
31. DILUTION OF LOCAL CULTURE
I(-)
LT
IMPACT ON PERCEPTION
32. NEGATIVE ATTITUDE
TOWARDS THE PROJECT
I(-)
ST
GUARANTEES
27A.ADOPTION OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION MEASURES SUCH AS

ADEQUATE WARNING SIGNS
SPEED LIMITS, WARNING

SIGNS
SAFETY MGT.
OFFICER
27B.COORDINATION WITH PROJECT

CONTRACTORS ON THE COMPANY
TRAFFIC POLICIES & MANAGEMENT
COORDINATION WITH
CONTRACTORS
SAFETY MGT.
OFFICER
29A. HIRING TO BE TARGETED TO

LOCAL HIRING OF BONA
POVERTY OR VULNERABLE GROUPS FIDE RESIDENTS AS MUCH
LOCAL PURCHASES;
LOCAL HIRING
POLICY OF CO.
LOCAL HIRING
POLICY OF PNOC
AS POSSIBLE
29B. LIVELIHOOD ASSISTANCE TARGET- PHASE-IN OF NEW
DOE LAW ;
TED TO VULNERABLE GROUPS

IMPACT ON LOCAL CULTURE
30. POTENTIAL INCREASE IN VICES
CRIMINALITY
METHOD
NEIGHBORING 30A. PROMOTION OF WHOLESOME

COMMUNITY
ACTIVITIES IN COLLABORATION WITH
LIVELIHOOD
LIVELIHOOD DEVT.
FUND
COMREL ACTIVITIES TO
MEET LOCAL NEEDS
COMREL OFFICER
COMMUNITY
RELATIONS OFFICER;
IEC PLAN

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
REDUCTION IN VEHICULAR
ACCIDENTS
PROJ. OPERATIONS
CONTRUCTION DEPT;
SAFETY MGT. DEPT.
POVERTY ALLEVIATION
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
DURING CIVIL
CONTINUED ACCESS
TO FOOD
PROJ. EOPARATIONS DURING CIVIL

DURING CIVIL
WORKS
ENVIRONMENTAL;
COMREL
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
REDUCTION IN VICES &

CRIMINALITY
COMREL
DURING CIVIL
WORKS
POSITIVE ATTITUDE OF
THE PEOPLE TOWARDS
PROJECT AND COMPANY
PROJECT OPERATIONS PRE-, DURING &

CONTRACTORS;
POST-CIVIL
COMREL
WORKS
CHURCH AND CIVIC ORGANIZATIONS

NEIGHBORING 31A. NONE NEEDED
COMMUNITY
HOST
COMMUNITY
32A.EARLY LINKAGE W/ LOCALS

EARLY CONSULTATION
32B.COMREL TO ENHANCE ACTIVE
PARTICIPATION OF PROJ. PERSONNEL
& CONTRACTORS IN LOCAL
SOCIO-CIVIC ACTIVITIES TO
FACILITATE COMMUNITY
ACCEPTANCE
32C. SECURING OF LGU ENDORSEMENTS INFO DRIVES; COORDINATION
32D. ADOPTION OF OPEN HOUSE
INFO DRIVES; LGU MEETINGS;
SITE VISIT
POLICY
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS
B. DRILLING
DRILLING FLUIDS;
NOISE

POTENTIAL IMPACT

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
METHOD
GUARANTEES

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
HYDROLOGY
1. POSSIBLE DECREASE IN SURFACE
& GROUNDWATER STORAGE/ EFFECT
ON GROUNDWATER SOURCES
WATER QUALITY
2. POSSIBLE DETERIORATION OF
SURFACE WATER QUALITY DURING
DRILLING AS A RESULT OF IMPROPER
DRILLING FLUID MANAGEMENT
PEDOLOGY& WATER QUALITY

3. POSSIBLE INFILTRATION OF
SUMP FLUIDS INTO UNDERLYING
SOIL AND GROUNDWATER DURING
DRILLING
AIR QUALITY
4. OCCASIONAL INCREASE OF H2S
LEVEL IN DRILLING AREAS
NOISE
5. INCREASE IN NOISE
D(-)
D (-)
D (-)
ST
ST
ST
L-M
L-M
GEOTHERMAL 1A. USE OF SURFACE WATER INSTEAD TAPPING OF SURFACE

BLOCK
OF GROUNDWATER SOURCES
WATER FOR DRILLING
1B.
1B USE OF STEEL CASINGS IN WELL TO STEEL CASING & GROUTING
PREVENT INFLUX OF SHALLOW
GROUND WATER
UPSTREAM OF 2A. USE OF ENVIRONMENTALLYRIVERS;
ACCEPTABLE DRILLING MUD/
UNLIKELY
ADDITIVES
2B. CONTAINMENT AND RECYCLING
TO REACH
COASTAL AREA
OF SUMP DRILLING FLUIDS
2C. USE OF SUMPS W/ STANDARD
STORM DRAINAGE & OIL TRAPS
GEOTHERMAL 3A. SITING OF SUMP IN ORIGINAL
BLOCK
GROUND
3B. COMPACTION OF SOIL AT
SUMP BOTTOM
3C. CONDUCT OF LEAKAGE TESTS
AT SUMP
3D. USE OF BLANK CASING &
GROUTING
SCREENING OF DRILLING
ADDITIVES
COMMON PNOC
PRACTICE
STANDARD PNOC
DRILLING METHOD
PROTECTION OF GROUND
WATER SOURCES
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
WATER QUALITY IS
MAINTAINED. QUALITY
MAY BE CHANGED BUT
ONLY FOR A SHORT
PERIOD OF TIME.
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
DRILLING
DURING
DRILLING
STANDARD
COMPANY
PRACTICE
GROUNDWATER QUALITY
IS STILL WITHIN THE
STANDARDS, EXCEPT
FOR As WHICH IS
HIGH IN ONE CAWAYAN
STATION
PROJ. OPERATIONS
PRE-DRILLING
DRILLING
DURING DRILLING
CONTAINMENT & RECYCLING
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING DRILLING
DRILLING
OIL TRAPS, RING DRAIN OR

LEVEE
SITE SURVEY; TESTS AT
SUBSURFACE
SOIL COMPACTION
WATER FILLING OF SUMP TO
ITS MAXIMUM CAPACITY
SEALING OF WELL CASING
D (-)
ST
L-M
DRILLSITE
4A. INSTALLATION OF H2S DETECTOR

AT THE RIG
H2S MONITORING
SAFETY MGT.
OFFICER
H2S LEVELS ARE CONSTANTLY CHECKED & KEPT

AT AMBIENT LEVELS
DRILLING;
SAFETY MGT. DEPT.
DURING DRILLING
D(-)
ST
DRILLSITE
5A. VEGETATION BUFFER
MAINTENANCE OF
VEGETATION BUFFER
MUFFLERS IN ENGINES
STANDARD
COMPANY
PRACTICE
NOISE IS TEMPORARY &

LIMITED TO WORK AREA;
REDUCED NOISE
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DRILLING
PRE-, DURING &

POST-DRILLING
DURING DRILLING
GEOTHERMAL 6A. MAINTENANCE OF VEGETATION

BLOCK
BUFFER
6B. PLANTING OF "FEED TREES"
FOREST PATROL
WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
PLAN

PROJ. OPERATIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL
DURING / POST
CIVIL WORKS
DOWNSTREAM 7A. SAME AS 2A TO 2C ABOVE

IRRIGATED
AREAS
SAME AS 2A TO 2C ABOVE
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
CROPS ARE UNAFFECTED
PROJ. OPERATIONS
PRE AND DURING

PRECIVIL WORKS
SAME AS 2A TO 2C ABOVE
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
SURFACE WATER
CONTAMINATION IS
PREVENTED
PROJ. OPERATIONS
PRE- AND DURING

CIVIL WORKS
5B. PROVISION OF MUFFLERS TO

REDUCE NOISE LEVELS
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
ANIMALS DURING RELEASE OF
HIGH NOISE LEVELS
AGRICULTURE
7. CHANGE IN SOIL QUALITY OF
IRRIGATED RICEFIELDS & GROWTH
OF CROPS DUE TO RELEASE OF
DRILLING FLUIDS
FRESHWATER FAUNA
8. POTENTIAL FISK KILL DUE TO
POTENTIAL RELEASE OF DRILLING
FLUIDS
D (-)
ST
L-M
I(-))
I(
ST
I (-)
ST
L-M
UPSTREAM
OF RIVER
8A. SAME AS 2A TO 2C ABOVE
REPLANTING AT OPEN AREAS
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS
C. WELL TESTING

POTENTIAL IMPACT

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
METHOD
GUARANTEES

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
GEOTHERMAL BRINE AIR QUALITY

FROM WELL TESTING; 1. RELEASE OF HYDROGEN SULFIDE
H2S; NOISE
GAS (1.9% NCG. 3.5% H2S IN NCG)
NOISE
2. INCREASE IN NOISE LEVEL DURING
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL WELL
TESTING
PEDOLOGY& WATER QUALITY

3. POSSIBLE INFILTRATION OF
SEPARATED BRINE INTO UNDERLYING SOIL AND GROUNDWATER
WATER QUALITY
4. POTENTIAL CHANGE IN WATER
QUALITY DUE TO POTENTIAL RELEASE
OF SEPARATED BRINE
FRESHWATER BIOLOGY
5. POTENTIAL ACCUMULATION OF
OF TRACE METALS IN THE
SEDIMENT AND THE BIOTA FROM
TESTING
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
DEFOLIATION OF VEGETATION
DURING WELL TESTING
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
ANIMALS DURING WELL TESTING
AGRICULTURE
8. TEMPORARY & LOCALIZED CHANGE
IN SOIL QUALITY OF IRRIGATED
DUE TO ACCIDENTAL RELEASE OF
SEPARATED WATERS
D(-)
D (-)
D (-)
ST
ST
ST
M-H
L-H
WELLPAD
VICINITY
WELLPAD
VICINITY
1A. CONTROLLED/ REGULATED

WELL BORE OPENING
1B. LIMIT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
TESTING DURATION
1C. PROVISION OF SAFETY GADGETS
1D. H2S MONITORING
1E. SETTING UP OF WORK AREAS
UPWIND OF WELL
1F. DIRECTING OF BLEEDLINE TOWARDS
A LESS CRITICAL SECTOR
2A. CONTROLLED/ REGULATED
TESTING
2B. LIMIT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
DISCHARGE DURATION
2C. PROVISION OF WELL SILENCERS
DURING HORIZONTAL TESTING
2D. SHIFTING OF WORK SCHEDULE
2E. PROVISION OF SAFETY GADGETS
GEOTHERMAL 3A. SITING OF SUMP IN ORIGINAL

BLOCK
GROUND
3B COMPACTION OF SOIL AT
3B.
SUMP BOTTOM
3C. SUMP LINING
3D. CONDUCT OF LEAKAGE TESTS
AT SUMP
3E. USE OF BLANK CASING &
GROUTING
REGULATED TESTING
5
30 MINS VERTICAL DISCH;
5-30
3 MOS. HORIZONTAL DISCH.
USE OF GAS MASK
MONITORING GADGETS
SITE SELECTION AFTER
WIND MONITORING
REPOSITION BLEEDLINE
30 MINS. VERTICAL TESTING;

3 MOS. HORIZONTAL TESTS
LIMIT TESTING DURATION
STANDARD PNOC
PRACTICE
SHORT-TERM RELEASE
OF H2S
SAFETY MGT. OFFCR

MONITORING PLAN
CIVIL WORKS
COMMITTEE
SAFETY PLAN
STANDARD PNOC
PRACTICE
GEOSCIENTIFIC
PROJ. OPERATIONS
SAFETY DEPT.
DURING WELL
TESTING
SAFETY MGT. DEPT.
AFTER TESTING
NOISE LEVELS ONLY INCREASE DURING TESTING.
PROJ. OPERATIONS
GEOSCIENTIFIC
DURING WELL
TESTING
WELL SILENCERS
WORK SCHEDULE
PROVISION OF EAR PLUGS
SAFETY MGT. OFFCR
SITE SURVEY; TESTS AT

SUBSURFACE
SOIL COMPACTION
DEVELOPMENT
PLAN
LINING W/ SUITABLE MATERIAL

WATER FILLING OF SUMP TO
ITS MAXIMUM CAPACITY
STANDARD PNOC
PRACTICE
SAFETY MGT. DEPT.
GROUNDWATER QUALITY
IS STILL WITHIN THE
STANDARDS EXCEPT
STANDARDS,
FOR As WHICH IS
HIGH IN ONE CAWAYAN
STATION
PROJ. OPERATIONS;
DRILLING
PRE-DRILLING
DURING DRILLING
D (-)
ST
UPSTREAM
OF RIVERS
4A. FULL CONTAINMENT/ REINJECTION

4B. USE OF SUMPS WITH STANDARD
STORM DRAINAGE & OIL TRAPS
REINJECTION WELLS;
SUMP CONTAINMENT
WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
CHANGE IS TEMPORARY
AND MAY ONLY OCCUR
AT THE IMMEDIATE OUTFALL
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING WELL
TESTING
D(-)
LT
RECEIVING
WATER
BODIES
5A. PROVISION OF STORM DRAINAGE

& OIL TRAPS
5B. CONTROLLED/ REGULATED
DISCHARGE
5C. CONTAINMENT; REINJECTION
DIVERSION OF RUN-OFF &

SEGREGATION OF OIL
PER WATER QUALITY
VARIANCE FOR EXPLO
SUMP CONTAINMENT;
INJECTION TO RI WELLS
CIVIL WORKS
COMMITTEE
WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
CHANGE IS TEMPORARY
AND REVERSIBLE
PROJ. OPERATIONS
TESTING &
OPERATIONS
D (-)
ST
L-M
WELLPAD
PERIMETER
6A. SHORTENED WELL TESTING

DURATION
6B. POSITION SILENCER TOWARDS
LESS CRITICAL SECTOR, WHEN
FEASIBLE
30 MINS. VERTICAL TESTING;

3 MOS. HORIZONTAL TESTS
SITE LEAST CRITICAL
SECTOR
STANDARD
COMPANY
PRACTICE
DEFOLIATION MAY OCCUR

BUT ONLY FOR A SHORT
PERIOD OF TIME;
RECOVERY EXPERIENCED
IN OTHER SITES W/IN
2 MOS. TO 2 YRS.
PROJ. OPERATIONS
GEOSCIENTIFIC
DURING WELL
TESTING
D (-)
ST
L-M
L-H
GEOTHERMAL 7A. MAINTENANCE OF VEGETATION

BLOCK
BUFFER
7B. PLANTING OF "FEED TREES"
7C. SAME AS 2A - 2C ABOVE
FOREST PATROL
WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
PLAN

ENVIRONMENTAL
ALL PHASES
IRRIGATED
8A. SAME AS 4A - 4B ABOVE
RICEFIELDS 8B. CROP DAMAGE COMPENSATION,
DOWNSTREAM
IF PROVEN BY 3RD PARTY TO BE
OF AFFECTED
CAUSED BY GEOTHERMAL
CATCHMENT
OPERATIONS
SAME AS 4A - 4B ABOVE
WASTE MGT PLAN;

CROP DAMAGE
COMPENSATION
PLAN
BORON CONCENTRATION
IS KEPT AT LOW LEVELS &
BELOW DETECTION LIMIT
PROJ. OPERATIONS
D (-)
ST
L-M
L-M
REPLANTING AT OPEN AREAS
POST-CIVIL WORKS
DURING WELL
TESTING
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and

SOURCES OF IMPACTS
POTENTIAL IMPACT

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
METHOD
GUARANTEES

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
II. OPERATIONS PHASE

STEAM PRODUCTION
AND REINJECTION;
POWER GENERATION
AND TRANSMISSION;
WATERSHED
& ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
GEOLOGY
1. POTENTIAL GROUND SUBSIDENCE
DUE TO FIELD EXPLOITATION
2. POTENTIAL GENERATION OF
EARTHQUAKES
3. POTENTIAL GENERATION OF
LANDSLIDES
4. VOLCANIC ERUPTION POTENTIAL
5. POTENTIAL OCCURRENCE OF A
WELL BLOWOUT
I(-)
I(-)
I(-)
I(-)
LT
ST
ST
LT
L-M
L-H
L-M
L-H
IR
IR
IR
IR
SURFACE
1A. REINJECTION OF SEPARATED BRINE INJECTION TO DESIGNATED
AREAS ABOVE
TO MAINTAIN RESERVOIR PRESSURE & RI WELLS
GEOTHERMAL
PREVENT PORE /FRACTURE CLOSURE;
RESERVOIR
DISTRIBUTION OF PROD/ RI WELLS
1B. MICROGRAVITY & PRECISE LEVELLINGREGULAR SURVEYS AT
SURVEYS TO DETECT RELATIVE
DEFINED STATIONS
VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT
1C. MONITORING OF PIPELINE ALIGNMEASUREMENT OF PIPELINE
MENT
ALIGNMENT
ALONG
ACTIVE
FAULTS
STEEP AND
UNSTABLE
SLOPES
ONLY IN
ACTIVE
VOLCANIC
CENTERS
WHICH ARE
NIL IN THE
SITE
USE OF 0.38 g FOR MEDIUM

SOILS; 0.24 g FOR ROCKS
2B. DESIGN OF FACILITIES TO WITHSTAND THE MAXIMUM INTENSITY

EXPERIENCED IN THE SITE
2C. SEISMOLOGICAL STUDIES AND
MONITORING
2D. AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF OF POWER
PLANT
STRENGTHEN DESIGN LOAD
3A. GEOTECHNICAL HAZARD STUDIES

TO IDENTIFY CRITICAL SLOPES
3B. AVOIDANCE OF CRITICAL SLOPES
3C. HEAVY EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE

DEBRIS
4A. CONTINUED GEOTHERMAL STEAM
EXTRACTION TO SLOWLY RELEASE
PRESSURE BUILD-UP
4B. CONTINUED REINJECTION TO
LUBRICATE FAULTS TO AVOID
FRICTION & TENSION BUILD-UP
D(-)
ST
L-M
I( )
I(-)
ST LT
ST-LT
LM
L-M
I (-)
LT
L-M
AIR QUALITY
8. RELEASE OF H2S EMISSIONS
D(-)
LT
L-H
9. POTENTIAL ACID RAIN GENERATION
I(-)
LT
SURROUNDING 9A. SAME AS 8A AND 8B ABOVE

LOCALITY
10. INCREASE IN NOISE LEVELS
D(-)
LT
WORK AREAS 10A. USE OF SILENCER/ ROCK

MUFFLER
10B. SAFETY PROVISIONS
HYDROLOGY
6. POSSIBLE DECREASE IN DISCHARGES
6
OF LOCAL WATER SOURCES DUE TO
EXTRACTION BY GEOTHERMAL WELLS
WATER QUALITY
7. POSSIBLE CONTAMINATION
OF SURFACE WATER FROM
POTENTIAL SLUDGE PIT LEAKAGE
PRODUCTION
WELLS
2A. USE OF APPROPRIATE DESIGN

ACCELERATION
5A. REGULAR WELL MONITORING

5B. MONITORING OF WELLHEAD
INTEGRITY
WATERSHEDS 3D
3D. USE OF BLANK CASING &
DOWNSTREAM
GROUTING /CEMENTING
OF GEOTHERMAL WELLS
UPSTREAM
OF RIVERS
7A.CEMENT-FIXING OF SLUDGE
BEFORE CONTAINMENT IN PITS
WORK AREAS 8A. DEFINE GEOTHERMAL AIRSHED

8B. NCG DUCTING
SEISMOGRAPH
MEASUREMENTS
AUTOMATIC MECHANISM
STUDY OF TANAWON
GEOLOGY; SUBSURFACE
INVESTIGATIONS; FIELD &
LABORATORY TESTS
STUDY OF THE OVERALL
HYDROLOGY IN THE AREA
USE OF PRODUCTION WELLS
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
PREVENTION OF
SUBSIDENCE
PROJ, OPERATIONS
ENTIRE
OPERATIONS
MONITORING PLAN
STABLE FACILITIES/
STRUCTURES
GEOSCIENTIFIC
MONITORING PLAN
STABLE FACILITIES/
STRUCTURES
MAINTENANCE
DEFINED
SCHEDULE
DURING
OPERATIONS
PHASE
STANDARD
PNOC PRACTICE
STABLE FACILITIES/
STRUCTURES
DESIGN DEPT.;
GEOSCIENTIFIC
STABLE FACILITIES/
STRUCTURES
DESIGN DEPT.
MONITORING PLAN
OPERATIONS
PHASE
GEOSCIENTIFIC
EMERGENCY PLAN
MINIMIZE ADVERSE
EFFECTS ON SYSTEM
PROJ. OPERATIONS
GEOTECHNICAL
STUDIES
STABLE FACILITIES/
STRUCTURES
GEOSCIENTIFIC;
CONTRACTOR
PRIOR TO FINAL
DEVELOPMENT
PLAN
OPERATIONS
CONTINGENCY PLAN
CLEARANCE OF LANDSLIP AREAS

SLOW RELEASE OF
PRESSURE UNDERNEATH
PROJ. OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
PHASE
DEVELOPMENT
PLAN
INJECTION TO RI WELLS
CHECKING OF PRESSURE
CHECKING OF STRUCTURES
STANDARD PNOC
MAINTENANCE
ACTIVITY
PREVENTION OF WELL
BLOWOUT
MAINTENANCE
WELL TESTING
TO OPERATIONS
PHASE
STANDARD PNOC
DRILLING METHOD
PREVENT CONTACT WITH

GROUNDWATER
DRILLING
DURING DRILLING
PROPER CEMENT-SLUDGE
PROPORTION & MIXING
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
WATER QUALITY REMAIINS

THE SAME. NO CONTAMINATION IS EXPECTED
PROJ. OPERATIONS
AFTER EVERY
PREVENTIVE
MANTENANCE
SHUTDOWN
MC29; PCAA FOR

GEOTHERMAL
EGF MOA
EMISSIONS WITHIN
SAFE LEVELS
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING
OPERATIONS
WASTE MANAGEMT.
PLAN
NO ACID RAIN
PROJ. OPERATIONS
DURING
OPERATIONS
STANDARD PNOC
PRACTICE
SAFETY MGT.
OFFICER
REDUCED NOISE LEVEL
PROJ. OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
PHASE
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY
SAFETY MGT. DEPT.
PER DENR M.C. 29

PROVISION OF NCG DUCT
TO COOLING TOWER STACK
SAME AS 8A AND 8B
ABOVE
PROVISION OF SILENCER/
ROCK MUFFLER
PROVISION OF EAR PLUGS;
SHIFTING SCHEDULES
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS

POTENTIAL IMPACT
11. MINIMAL INCREASE IN AMBIENT CO2
LEVELS

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
I(-/+)
LT
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
POWER PLANT 11A. REFORESTATION

VICINITY
11B. FOREST PROTECTION
11C. MAINTENANCE OF VEGETATION
BUFFER
12. MINIMAL GENERATION OF HEAT

o
(35 C AT SOURCE)
METHOD
GUARANTEES

AFTER MITIGATION
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
TREE PLANTING
DEPLOYMENT OF FOREST
GUARDS
RESOURCE MONITORING
WATERSHED MGT
PLAN;
REFORESTATION
FUND
VEGETATION WILL SERVE

AS CO2 SINK
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATIONS
PHASE
()
D(-)
LT
VL
VL
VICINITY OF 12A. REFORESTATION

COOLING
12B. FOREST PROTECTION
TOWER STACK 12C. MAINTENANCE OF VEGETATION
BUFFER
WATERSHED PLAN
IMPLEMENTATION
WATERSHED MGT.
PLAN
VEGETATION WILL
SERVE AS BUFFER
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATIONS
PHASE
I(+)
LT
M-H
M-H
WATERSHEDS 13. (POSITIVE IMPACT)

OF TANAWON
IMPLEMENTATION OF
WATERSHED PLAN
WATERSHED MGT.
PLAN;
REFORESTATION
FUND
MAINTAINED FOREST
ECOSYSTEM
ENVIRONMENTAL
ALL PHASES
I(-)
LT
WITHIN
VICINITY OF
H2S SOURCE
14A. NCG DUCTING
PROVISION OF NCG DUCT TO

COOLING TOWER STACK TO
IMPROVE DISPERSION
WASTE MGT. PLAN
HEALTHY FOREST STAND
PROJ. OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
PHASE
D (-)
ST
L-M
L-H
WITHIN
VICINITY OF
15A. PLANTING OF "FEED TREES"
SELECTION OF APPROPRIATE
SPECIES
REFORESTATION & FOREST
PROTECTION
WATERSHED MGT.
PLAN

ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATIONS
PHASE
LAND USE AND WATERSHED
13. PROTECTION OF THE WATERSHED'S
FOREST DUE TO ENHANCED MOBILITY
FOR FOREST PROTECTION ACTIVITIES
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
14. EXPOSURE OF FOREST TO H2S
EMISSIONS
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
WILDLIFE DUE TO H2S EMISSIONS
H2S SOURCE
AGRICULTURE
CHANGE IN SOIL QUALITY OF
IRRIGATED AREAS ARISING
FROM LONG-TERM UNMITIGATED
BRINE DISCHARGE TO IRRIGATION
WATERS
15B. PROTECTION OF SURROUNDING

HABITATS
D (-)
ST
L-M
L-M
IRRIGATED
16A. REINJECTION & FULL CONTAINRICEFIELDS
MENT
DOWNSTREAM
OF
AFFECTED
CATCHMENT
INJECTION TO RI WELLS;
CONTAINMENT IN THERMAL
POND
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
BORON CONCENTRATION
IS KEPT WITHIN
IRRIGATION WATER
STANDARDS
PROJ. OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
PHASE
D (-)
ST
L-M
L-M
RIVERS
17A. REINJECTION & FULL CONTAINDOWNSTREAM
MENT
OF
DISCHARGE;
RECEIVING
COAST
INJECTION TO RI WELLS;
CONTAINMENT IN THERMAL
POND
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
METAL CONCENTRATIONS
ARE KEPT WITHIN
WATER QUALITY
STANDARDS
PROJ. OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
PHASE
D (+)
LT
LUZON GRID
POSITIVE IMPACT
STABLE POWER SUPPLY

IN LUZON GRID
ENTIRE PROJECT
OPERATIONS PHASE
D(+)
LT
NATIONAL
ECONOMY
POSITIVE IMPACT
DISPLACEMENT OF
IMPORTED FUEL
LESS DOLLAR SPENDING
ENTIRE PROJECT
OPERATIONS PHASE
I/D(+)
LT
HOST BRGY.
MUN, PROV.
POSITIVE IMPACT
DOE LAW ON
BENEFITS
IMPROVED CONDITIONS
IN COMMUNITY
ENTIRE PROJECT
OPERATIONS PHASE
21. AVAILABILITY OF CHEAPER, MORE

STABLE ELECTRICITY; THROUGH
MISSIONARY ELECTRIFICATION
PRIORITIZATION OF LOAD DISPATCH;
POWER SUBSIDY
D(+)
LT
HOST BRGY
HOST MUN
HOST PROV
POSITIVE IMPACT
DOE LAW ON
BENEFITS
IMPROVED CONDITIONS
IN COMMUNITY
ENTIRE PROJECT
OPERATIONS PHASE
22. ECONOMIC AND INDUSTRIAL

DEVELOPMENT
I(+)
LT
HOST MUN
HOST PROV
POSITIVE IMPACT
DOE LAW
IMPROVED CONDITIONS
IN COMMUNITY
ENTIRE PROJECT
OPERATIONS PHASE
23. IMPROVED ENVIRONMENTAL,

PUBLIC HEALTH AND WATERSHED
MANAGEMENT
I(+)
LT
HOST BRGY
POSITIVE IMPACT
DOE LAW;
WATERSHED MGT
PLAN
IMPROVED CONDITIONS
IN COMMUNITY
ENVIRONMENTAL;
COMREL
OPERATIONS PHASE
FRESHWATER / MARINE BIOTA

17. REDUCTION IN DENSITY OF AQUATIC
BIOTA (LESS MOTILE) DUE TO INVERTIBRATE DRIFT AS A RESULT OF
POTENTIAL WASTE DISCHARGES
NATIONAL ECONOMY
18. INCREASED POWER GENERATION
IN THE LUZON GRID BY 50-80
50 80 MW
19. INCREASED ANNUAL FOREIGN
EXCHANGE SAVINGS BY $18-29
MILLION
LOCAL ECONOMY
20. INCREASED REVENUES OF LGUS
FROM ROYALTIES
TABLE 3.2-1
PROJECT PHASE and
SOURCES OF IMPACTS

POTENTIAL IMPACT

IMPACT
TION
BILITY
TUDE
SIBILITY
EXTENT
DEMOGRAPHY AND SETTLEMENT PATTERNS

24. INCREASED ACCESSIBILITY
REMOTE AREAS. REINHABITATION
OF ABANDONED AREAS;
CULTIVATION OF FRAGILE LANDS &
POSSIBLE RESURGENCE OF
SUBSISTENCE LOGGING &
POACHING ACTIVITIES
25. SUDDEN DECREASE
IN POPULATION DUE TO REDUCTION
IN WORKERS, ESPECIALLY IN
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
LIVELIHOOD
26.SUDDEN DECREASE
IN EMPLOYMENT & LIVELIHOOD
OPPORTUNITIES, ESP. SERVICES
CATERING TO CONSTRUCTION
WORKERS & SMALL CONSTRUCTION
BUSINESSES (AFTER COMPLETION
OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS)
OTHERS
27.POSSIBLE CONFLICT BETWEEN
LGUS IN ROYALTY SHARING AND
UTILIZATION
PROPOSED MITIGATION
MEASURES
METHOD
I(-)
LT
M-H
M-H
HOST BRGYS. 24A.CLOSE COORDINATION OF PROJ.

MGT. W/ GOV'T. AGENCIES &
LGUS IN THE IMPLEMENTATION
OF EXISTING LAWS & PROGRAMS
TO PREVENT AND/OR MINIMIZE
DESTRUCTION OF WATERSHED
AGREEMENTS WITH LGU
I(-)
ST
HOST BRGYS.
I(-)
ST
HOST BRGY
HOST PROV
28A.LIVELIHOOD SUPPORT COURSED

THROUGH EXISTING COOPERATIVES AND NGOS
28B. PHASE IN NEW LIVELIHOOD
VIA LGU USING DOE FUNDS &
ROYALTY
LIVELIHOOD TO DEPEND
ON COMMUNITY NEEDS
I(-)
ST
HOST BRGY
29A. D.I.L.G. ARBITRATION
DILG / LGU TO DECIDE
WATERSHED MGT.
PLAN

AFTER MITIGATION
PREVENT/ MINIMIZE
ENTRY OF OUTSIDERS
IN THE PROJ. AREA
LEAD DEPARTMENT
IN IMPLEMENTATION
ENVIRONMENTAL
POPULATION BACK TO
NEAR-BASELINE LEVEL
LEGEND:
TYPE OF IMPACT
DURATION:
PROBABILITY AND MAGNITUDE:
REVERSIBILITY:
D (+/-) - DIRECT (POSITIVE/ NEGATIVE)

I (+/-) - INDIRECT (POSITIVE/ NEGATIVE)
ST - SHORT TERM
LT - LONG TERM
U
INS
L
M
H
IR - IRREVERSIBLE
R - REVERSIBLE
- UNLIKELY
-INSIGNIFICANT
-LOW
-MEDIUM
-HIGH
GUARANTEES
DOE LIVELIHOOD
FUND
IMPLEMENTATION
SCHEDULE
OPERATIONS PHASE
OPERATIONS PHASE
EMPLOYMENT & LIVELIHOOD PROBLEMS ARE

MINIMIZED/ SOLVED
LGU WITH ASSISTANCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL DEPT &

COMREL OFFICER
OPERATIONS PHASE
RESOLVED ROYALTY
CONFLICTS
PROJ. MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONS PHASE
Table 3.2-2.
Construction equipment noise levels at 15-m distance at

maximum power (Source: Wilson, C.E)
Equipment
Noise level, dBA
a) Earth Moving
Backhoes
Front loaders
Dozers
Graders
Scrapers
Tractors
Trucks
b) Materials Handling
Concrete mixers
Concrete pumps
Movable cranes
Derrick cranes
c) Stationary
Pumps
Generators
d) Impact
Jack hammers and rock drills
Vibrators
Table 3.2-3.
Source
Number
75-76
75-78
80-98
68-93
Front Back Dozers TracLoader hoe

tors
0.4
contr 38.2
Leq
(15 m)
Leq (dBA)
75-85
80-85
70-84
85-90
Predicted noise levels from combined operation of selected

construction equipment
Distance,
1.5
km
L, 15 meter 79
Usage
75-85
75-79
75-80
75-85
80-88
76-96
75-91
Scrapers
2
2
1.5 1.5
2
1.5
1
1.5
85 80
0.16 0.4
40.2 39.2
80
80
0.4 0.4
39.2 36.2
Graders
Truck
Concrete
Mixer
Concrete
Pumps
Backhoe
Rock
Drills
Jack
Hammers
Generators
1
1.5
3
1.5
1
1.5
2
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
85
0.08
34.2
91
0.4
51.9
85
0.4
41.2
76
1
39.2
85
0.16
37.2
98
0.04
44.2
98
0.04
44.2
78
1
38.1
54.5 (equivalent noise level)
Leq24(dbA) 50.7 (24-hour equivalent sound level)

LeqD(dBA) 52.7 (daytime equivalent sound level)
LeqN(dBA) 45.0 (nighttime equivalent sound level)
p. 3 - 55
Table 3.2-4. Highest predicted H2S at Prevailing Wind Directions.

Prevailing Wind
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
H2S (ppm)
0.040
0.078
0.046
0.139
0.168
0.227
0.223
Table 3.2-5. Average noise levels of five geothermal wells (dB)

Geothermal Well
First 5 meters
81.6
85.9
94.0
78.0
84.0
Negros-3
Okoy-5
Okoy-6
Okoy-7
Okoy-8
Source: PNOC-EDC, 1983: EIA for Southern Negros Geothermal Project.
Table 3.2-6. Source emission parameters used in dispersion modeling

Parameter
Capacity (Mwe)
Gas exit velocity (m/sec)
Gas exit temperature (K)
Cooling tower height (m)
Cooling tower diameter (m)
Number of cells
Minimum Case
50
40
20
313.2
16
11
6
80
64
20
313.2
16
11
9
Maximum Case
50
52
20
313.2
16
11
6
80
84
20
313.2
16
11
9
Table 3.2-7. Description of Modeling Scenarios

Scenario
1
2
3
4
Description
Existing three power plants (Bacman-1, Botong, and Cawayan)
Existing two power plants (excluding Bacman-1 which is currently not operational)
Proposed one (1) 80-MW geothermal power plant at each siting option
1 x 50 MW and 1 x 30 MW GPPs
p. 3 - 56
Table 3.2-8.
Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S from 2 and 3 existing power

plants (in ppm)
Wind
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
Existing 3 GPPs
Existing 2 GPPs
1.367
0.647
0.170
0.153
0.084
0.124
0.114
1.367
0.647
0.170
0.153
0.084
0.124
0.064
* For impact assessment, only the worst case (stable) NE wind direction is shown
Table 3.2-9.
Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S (in ppm) from the proposed

Wind
Site 1
Site 2
Site 3
Site 4
Site 5
Site 6
Site 7
Site 8
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
0.089
0.099
0.051
0.011
0.319
0.271
0.183
0.183
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.273
0.369
0.281
0.005
0.014
0.000
0.000
0.273
0.192
0.162
0.009
0.000
0.007
0.007
0.158
0.140
0.098
0.056
0.065
0.183
0.222
0.187
0.190
0.187
0.232
0.066
0.519
0.448
0.570
1.164
0.675
0.182
0.254
0.398
0.371
0.545
0.585
0.207
0.352
0.780
0.351
0.457
0.803
3.121
0.723
Table 3.2-10. Predicted maximum GLCs of H2S (in ppm) from the proposed
Wind
Site 1
Site 2
Site 3
Site 4
Site 5
Site 6
Site 7
Site 8
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
0.068
0.076
0.039
0.008
0.243
0.206
0.140
0.140
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.208
0.281
0.214
0.004
0.010
0.000
0.000
0.208
0.146
0.123
0.007
0.000
0.006
0.005
0.120
0.107
0.075
0.042
0.050
0.139
0.169
0.142
0.145
0.142
0.177
0.051
0.395
0.341
0.434
0.887
0.514
0.139
0.193
0.303
0.283
0.415
0.446
0.158
0.268
0.594
0.268
0.348
0.612
2.378
0.550
p. 3 - 57
Table 3.2-11. Predicted GLC of H2S from 1 x 50 MW and 1 x 30 MW GPPs

Wind
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
Site 1
&
Site 6
Site 1
&
Site 7
0.087
0.066
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.438
0.286
0.079
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.226
0.342
0.113
Site 1
&
Site 8
0.132
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.311
1.177
0.278
Site 2
&
Site 6
Site 2
&
Site 7
0.135
0.025
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.441
0.308
0.152
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.222
0.270
0.174
Site 2
&
Site 8
0.211
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.314
1.178
0.311
Site 3
&
Site 6
0.087
0.025
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.438
0.260
Site 3
&
Site 7
0.068
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.218
0.328
0.100
Site 3
&
Site 8
0.132
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.310
1.176
0.276
Table 3.2-11 (cont). Predicted GLC of H2S from 1 x 50 MW and 1 x 30MW GPPs
Wind
NE
NNE
ENE
E
SW
WSW
W
Site 4
&
Site 6
0.087
0.025
0.194
0.168
0.214
0.437
0.256
Site 4
&
Site 7
0.068
0.095
0.149
0.139
0.214
0.268
0.083
Site 4
&
Site 8
0.132
0.292
0.132
0.172
0.308
1.174
0.274
Site 5
&
Site 6
0.087
0.045
0.194
0.192
0.267
0.437
0.270
Site 5
&
Site 7
0.068
0.095
0.153
0.208
0.249
0.293
0.116
Site 5
&
Site 8
0.132
0.292
0.142
0.266
0.312
1.176
0.277
Table 3.2-12. Comparison of Observed and Predicted Ambient H2S

Station
Location.
BM-1 Hump Station
Observed
(ppm)
0.009
Predicted
(ppm)
0.216
Cawayan Pad
0.006
0.072
Cawayan Thermal Pond
0.009
0.216
Tanawon Pond
BM-1 Junction
0.000
0.009
0.180
0.288
Cawayan Power plant interface
0.078
0.108
Brgy. Bucalbucalan
0.001
0.014
Brgy. Ticol Elemantary School
0.002
0.014
Brgy. Bulabog
0.000
0.014
Station 17 (east of Mt. Pulog)

Average
0.002
0.012
0.005
0.113
Std Deviation
0.0236
0.1047
p. 3 - 58
Table 3.2-13:
Estimated Annual Economic Benefits from

the 50-80 MW Tanawon Geothermal Project (in PhP)
Annual Economic Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
50 MW
Share of Royalty (Local Govt Code)

National Government
Local Government
-Province (20%)
-Municipality (45%)
-Barangay (35%)
Electricity Price Reduction (80% of
Local Government Share)
-Province (20%)
-Municipality (45%)
-Barangay (35%)
Power Plant
Missionary Electrification
(0.25 centavos/kwh)
Livelihood Fund (0.25 centavos/kwh)
Reforestation Fund (0.50 centavos/kwh)
Load Dispatch (25 % to host LGU), MW
Preferential Employment
Preferential Local Supply Purchase
Increased money in circulation in the
locality (due to employment of about
500-1,500 employees)
a. Salaries (Monthly)
b. Income Tax (15 % of Labor Cost)
80 MW
13,273,976
5,309,591
1,061,918
2,389,316
1,858,357
21,238,362
8,495,345
1,699,069
3,822,905
2,973,371
4,247,672
6,796,276
849,534
1,911,453
1,486,685
1,359,255
3,058,324
2,378,697
1.007,400
1,611,840
1,007,400
2,014,800
13
1,611,840
3,223,680
20
12,600,000
1,890,000
12,600,000
1,890,000
p. 3 - 59
p. 3 - 60
4.1
INTRODUCTION
The Philippine National Oil Company-Energy Development Corporation (PNOC-EDC) envisages a
50-80 MW Tanawon Geothermal Project to be put up within the existing Bacon-Manito (BacMan)
Geothermal Production Field or BGPF in Sorsogon Province, Bicol Region.
The power to be generated from the Tanawon Geothermal Project is proposed as one of the
solutions in meeting the growing electricity demand in the island of Luzon. The Department of
Energy (DOE) estimates an average annual electricity growth rate of 9.7% in the country from
2002 - 2011.
The project is expected to contribute to the reduction of imported fuel and stabilization of energy
costs by developing indigenous geothermal resources. According to the DOE Philippine Energy
Plan, imported energy accounted for 51.3 % of the country's energy needs in year 2000, and
this is expected to decline further should physical targets for indigenous energy development be
met in the coming years.
The environment-friendly geothermal development project is seen to contribute to environmental
enhancement by reducing emissions of greenhouse gas by displacing emissions from a coalfired or bunker-fired power plant.
Just like any major project, risks and hazards are possible and it is the identification and
assessment of these that are important in order to prevent, prepare and address any
consequential adverse effects on the environment and community.
4.1.1
ERA OVERVIEW
This document contains results of the risk assessment study undertaken for the proposed 50 - 80
MW Tanawon Geothermal Project in Sorsogon Province.
This report is divided into five (5) sections:
4.1 INTRODUCTION deals with the study rationale, study objective, study framework and
project description.
4.2
METHODOLOGY contains the methodologies used for the study and describes the
procedures used in the hazard assessment, risk assessment and in developing the plan for risk
management for the Tanawon Geothermal Project.
4.3 HAZARDS ASSESSMENT deals with the various hazards that may exist in the site and
those that may be introduced by the project. The hazards are described in terms of their sources,
whether related to the project or natural. This section describes the various hazards following the
hazard classification as physical, chemical, health-related or natural. The destructive potentials of
the hazards are also discussed, focusing on the intensity of the hazards, and their spatial and
temporal patterns of occurrence.
Section 4.0: ENVTL RISK ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT
p. 4- 1
4.4 RISK ASSESSMENT describes the risks that arise from the significant hazards identified in
Section 4.3. The section starts with the identification of the items in and around the project site,
which may be at risk (i.e. the receptors), and a quantification of the amount of exposure of these
receptors to the various hazards. The section also discusses a quantification of the risks using
either the risk index or some economic valuation of the risk. The section ends with the identification
of the important risks, which require management.
4.5
RISK MANAGEMENT picks up from the risk index derived in Section 4.4 and starts with
the fault-tree/event-tree analysis for the significant risks. This section proposes the ideal risk
management schemes that can be implemented to reduce the amount of risks. This section
discusses the control and mitigation measures needed to prevent or minimize the occurrence of
hazardous events, the exposure of the receptors, and the impact of the hazard if exposures occur.
4.1.2
STUDY RATIONALE
The potential risk on the environment due to possible hazards from the geothermal project and
from natural environmental hazards are concerns of both the PNOC-Energy Development
Corporation (PNOC-EDC) and the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR).
PNOC-EDC has to ensure that its facilities and personnel are safe from all potential hazards. The
DENR, for its part, is mandated to safeguard the environment, including the human inhabitants
sustained by the said environment, from the possible adverse impacts resulting from any human
activity.
4.1.3
STUDY OBJECTIVES
This study characterizes the risks to humans and the environment arising from their exposure to
hazards that may result from the geothermal project. This report also documents the risks that
threaten the geothermal project personnel from hazards caused by the natural environment.
1. Determine and quantify the severity and frequency of possible hazards arising from the
development and operation of the Tanawon Geothermal Project .
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the risk management and monitoring measures for the Tanawon
Geothermal Project .
3. Formulate an implementable action plan for preventive and contingency measures for risk
reduction and management, including a detailed community-integrated emergency response
plan.
4. Formulate an implementable Environmental Risk Monitoring Action Plan.
The assessment, covers the various project activities of construction, well drilling, well testing, and
operations of the geothermal field, power plant and transmission lines. The probability of hazard
occurrence is projected for the projects 30 years of operations.
p. 4- 2
4.1.4
FRAMEWORK OF THE STUDY

To serve its objectives, the study conceptualizes risk as the estimated degree of loss among
exposed elements in a short-term event or accident due to the occurrence of a hazard. This study
does not consider the long-term events and impacts that have been covered in the main
environmental impact assessment. In the context of the environmental risk assessment (ERA) of
the Tanawon Geothermal Project, the study will follow the recommended risk assessment process
consisting of five sequential steps: 1) hazard identification, 2) hazard accounting, 3) environmental
pathway evaluation, 4) risk characterization, and 5) risk management. For the purpose of this
report, the first three steps are lumped under one topic--hazard assessment (Section 4.3). The risk
characterization stage, which includes receptor identification and vulnerability analysis is treated in
Section 4.4. The risk management part, which includes recommended risk monitoring and
reduction scheme, is presented in the Section 4.5.
The hazards included in the study are project-related hazards that may be caused by the
implementation of the Tanawon Geothermal Project, as well as natural hazards whose threat
originally exists in the site, or whose occurrence or effect may be triggered or modified by the
elements of the proposed geothermal project. The project-related (or man-made) hazards
considered in this project are those that may arise from the existence of project facilities, the
conduct of project activities and the release or containment of any gas, liquid or solid products
that the geothermal project may produce. Natural hazards pertain to those natural events and
processes, which exist in the project site regardless of the presence of any geothermal
exploitation activity. The spatial and temporal distribution of the hazards may allow these
hazards to adversely affect the populations and resources in and around the site--the receptors,
specifically when the space- and time-distribution of the hazards and the items at risk overlap.
These conditions that lead to the "exposure" of the various items at risk are also described in
this report. The risk management schemes recommended in this report aim to reduce the
occurrence of the hazards, to reduce the exposure of the receptors, or to speed up the process
of recovering from the effects should any "exposure" occur.
4.1.5
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The proposed Tanawon Geothermal Project is delineated by a 2,460-hectare geothermal
development block situated in Sorsogon City, Sorsogon Province (Region V), specifically in the
mountainous regions of Barangays Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol, Basud,
Guinlajon, San Juan and Osiao (Refer again to Section 1.0 Project Description). About
50% of the geothermal block falls within the existing BGPF ECC block; the remaining 50% of
the blocked area lies outside but adjacent to the BGPF block. Existing facilities within the
existing BacMan block shall remain to be covered by the 1995 ECC.
The Tanawon area is about 24 aerial km. southeast of Legaspi City and 10 km. northwest of
Sorsogon town proper.
4.1.5.1 Project Components

The project shall consist of the following components:
p. 4- 3
A.
The FCRS is comprised of two major components. The first is the Steam Gathering System
(SGS) consisting of production wells, pipelines (steam, water and two-phase), separator
stations, and rock mufflers. The SGS supplies the steam for electric power generation. For
water-dominated geothermal fields, the geothermal fluid undergoes phase separation in
separator vessels, from which the separated steam is delivered to the power station, and the
separated brine is reinjected back to the geothermal reservoir through the second FCRS
component called the Reinjection/Recycling System. This system consists of sumps/thermal
ponds, reinjection line and reinjection wells. The reinjection system is necessary to maintain
productivity and pressure within the geothermal resource as well as to prevent pollution of the
environment (Refer again to FigUre 1.6-1).
B.
Power Plant and Control Center
Each power generating facility shall consist of the following principal equipment and systems.
The actual list of components shall be based on the final power plant technology to be applied.
1)
2)
3)

Condenser equipment
Gas ejection system
4)
5)
Cooling water system including cooling tower

6)
7)
Transformer
8)
Control Center -This may be built within or outside the plant
9)
Condensate system
10)
Pressure Reducing Station
11)
Airplant
C.
Switchyard and Transmission Line
Electricity generated from the Tanawon power plant shall be fed to its switchyard for connection
to existing BacMan I switchyard via Cawayan sector or to another point within the block for
connection to another switchyard or substation outside the block. This main switchyard at
BacMan-I is currently connected to the NPC substation in Daraga, Albay.
D.
These include spoil disposal areas (for excess earth spoils), sludge pit (for sludge storage), solid
waste management pits (for non-hazardous waste), access roads, housing and office buildings,
storage areas, stockyard, warehouse, DOLC (Drilling, Operations and Logistics Center) building,
and temporary facilities (TemFacil) such as staging areas, laydown areas, camps and other
related facilities.
p. 4- 4
4.1.5.2 Project Activities

A.
Pre-Operational Phase (Exploration and Development)
This phase shall include all exploration and development activities prior to operations of the
geothermal production field and the power plant. This phase shall approximately take 3-5 years.
1.
Construction Phase
The major facilities to be constructed area as follows:

a. Fluid Collection and Reinjection System (FCRS) comprising of production,
reinjection and M&R wells and their respective wellpads, two-phase pipelines
and their corridor routes, separator stations, steam line, rock muffler, reinjection
lines, sumps, thermal ponds
b. Power plant(s) and Control Center(s)
c.
Switchyard, Transmission line route, transmission tower erection, cables setting,

40-meter right-of-way (ROW)
d.
Waste Management Facilities and Other Support facilities include spoil disposal
areas, sludge pit, solid waste pits, access roads, housing and office buildings,
storage areas, stockyard, warehouse, DOLC (Drilling, Operations and Logistics
Center), and temporary facilities (TemFacil) such as staging areas, laydown
areas, camps and other related facilities.
Geothermal systems are highly dynamic as evidenced by the differences in

thermodynamic and chemical characteristics, and power potential. Only after delineation
well drilling has been completed can likely areas for production or reinjection be
determined, and finally the development scheme be finalized. In general, as long as
delineation drilling has not yet been completed in an area, any proposed field
development strategy and FCRS design are subject to revisions or modifications. These
revisions in field strategy during development and exploitation are expected in meeting
operational requirements, and are often balanced with the overall economics of the
project.
Given this complexity and dynamism in geothermal systems, specific areas for civil works
and construction activities within the geothermal development block cannot yet be
identified but shall be selected later based on the siting criteria adopted by PNOC-EDC in
its other project sites. These siting criteria are presented in Appendix F. The results of the
EIS shall be used as basis for siting of facilities and defining development options.
Nevertheless, project facilities will be confined anywhere within the 2,460-ha geothermal
block.
Earth Spoils Generation. During this Civil Works Phase, excess earth materials are
generated from piloting, excavation and cut & fill activities of roads and wellpads. These
spoils shall be transferred to a designated Spoil Disposal Area (SDA).
p. 4- 5
2.
Well Drilling
Drilling is conducted to tap the underlying geothermal reservoir. Two to three exploratory
wells are initially drilled to determine the extent and initial characteristics of the underlying
geothermal reservoir. After exploratory drilling, additional wells are drilled to delineate the
possible resource boundaries and to produce the total steam requirement for the 50-80
MW project. The latter is called as delineation or development drilling.
A drilling rig drills the production, reinjection and M&R (maintenance & replacement)
wells to an average depth of 2.8 km. below the ground, at an average period of 75 days.
The rig is mobile and shifts from one wellpad to another, wherever drilling is required.
The drillhole is completely lined with steel casings and cemented from the surface to a
depth of 1,600 meters. At the remaining depth within the production zone, slotted steel
casings are set. This system totally prevents communication between the geothermal
fluids and the shallow potable water aquifer. Drilling may be accomplished through either
vertical or directional methods (Refer again to Figures 1.8-4 and 1.8-5).
Drilling Waste. During drilling phase, fluids and materials generated include rock
cuttings, non-toxic drilling mud (e.g., mainly clay minerals and chemical additives such
as bentonite as viscosifier, lignite and sodium lignosulfonate as mud thinner dispersant
and caustic soda for pH control), and rig washings. These shall be channeled to an
existing sump beside the drill pad. Recycling shall be undertaken for the excess liquid
portion.
3.
Well Testing
About 2-3 months after drilling is completed, well testing is then undertaken. Initially, the
well is allowed to flow vertically for 5-30 minutes to clear it of debris (Refer again toPlate
1.8-5 of the Project Description). Subsequently, the well is made to flow horizontally by
diverting the discharge to the silencer where two-phase geothermal fluid separates into
steam and hot water. Well testing fluids shall be reinjected back to a nearby well. The
well is choked by a series of back pressure plates (BPP) to regulate pressure and well
discharge. For each well, thermodynamic and chemical data obtained are used to
establish the power potential, and to optimize the production capability of the well.
Earth Spoils Generation. During this civil works/construction phase excess earth material
generated shall be hauled and backfilled into a designated Spoils Disposal Area (SDA).
B.
Operations Phase
This phase is the commercial operations of the entire geothermal field. Activities include
commissioning of the entire geothermal field, steam production from the FCRS, electric power
generation from the power plant, transmission of electricity through the transmission lines, and
use of the waste management facilities and support facilities.
The principal objective of the FCRS is for the efficient and controlled transfer of the heat energy
of the steam from the wellhead to the power plant through the Steam Gathering System (SGS),
and wastewaters to the reinjection wells by the Reinjection/Recycling System. Steam from the
SGS is delivered to the power plant for commercial electric power generation.
p. 4- 6
The final engineering process to be adopted for the Tanawon power plant will still have to be
defined, based on power output, wellhead pressure and temperature, steam and water
chemistry of the production wells yet to be drilled. Possible power plant engineering processes
to be adopted include a conventional system, combined cycle, binary cycle, condensing turbine,
with binary plant, dual pressure, bottoming and topping cycles.
In a conventional power plant system, two-phase fluid from the geothermal production wells
shall be delivered to the high-pressure separator stations. The liquid phase is separated from
the steam, and is directed to reinjection wells.
The separated steam enters the scrubbers located downstream of the separators for a final
scrub of the steam. These scrubbers spin the steam to remove the few remaining particles or
droplets of condensate that may have been formed by condensation in the pipeline transit. Upon
entering the power plant, dry steam from the SGS turns the turbine. This results in the
operation of an air-cooled generator, which in turn produces electricity.
Electricity from the generator is converted into usable forms and eventually delivered via a
transmission line system interconnected to the Cawayan transmission lines, or direct to to the
existing main substation of the NPC BacMan-1 Power Plant found in BGPF. The line shall
consist of about 4-8 towers. Power generated from the entire the BacMan Geothermal
Production Field is transmitted to the existing Daraga substation via an existing NPC
transmission line to the local electric cooperatives and finally distributed to the consumers.
During the expected 30-year operating life of the project, it is possible for some production wells
to experience a decline in power output or the lowering of steam production. Similarly, some
reinjection wells may experience a capacity decline. Thus, in order to maintain the full operating
load of the project, maintenance and replacement (M&R) wells shall be drilled to compensate for
previous wells.
FCRS Emissions. Potential emissions from the FCRS component include gaseous emissions (in
the form of steam and non-condensable gases) from well silencers, rock muffler and minor
releases from the pressure release valves (steam traps) along the steam lines. Noise is
generated from separator stations, silencers, rock mufflers and pressure reducing stations, and
is usually confined to the general vicinity of the facility.
FCRS Brine Generation. Water-dominated geothermal fields produce quantities of waters such
as (1) separated hot brine (separated waters after steam flashing in the separator station which
are reinjected to hot brine reinjection wells), (2) cold brine (water contained in thermal ponds as
a result of previous release during reinjection breakdown), and (3) effluent from bore output
measurements or BOMs (water released from well maintenance). These fluids are reinjected
into the formation or geothermal reservoir through reinjection wells.
FCRS Solid Waste. The bulk of amorphous silica scales are formed in the reinjection pipelines.
The rate of scale formation is rather slow, projected at 2 mm/year. This rate is considered
insignificant to produce a sizable amount of solid waste.
Power Plant Emissions. Sources of emissions include the cooling tower stacks and the gas
ejector system, generally in the form of steam and non-condensable gases. Noise is expected
from cooling towers and power plant.
p. 4- 7
Power Plant Liquid Discharges. Power plant operations will involve generation of cooling tower
blowdown, which will be channeled to the thermal pond prior to cold injection. Also generated
are laboratory wastes from the analysis of geothermal and environmental parameters.
Geothermal-based laboratory wastes are injected back into the geothermal system reservoir,
while non-geothermal-based waste are properly managed and disposed.
Power Plant Solid Waste. Cooling tower sludge generated from the cooling tower basin during
Preventive Maintenance Servicing (PMS) and machinery scales comprise the solid waste
produced from the power plant. The sludge, if toxic, shall be combined with cement to form solid
concrete blocks and stored in a sludge pit.
C.
Project Abandonment
Abandonment of the area may either be during exploration phase when wells prove to be nonproductive, or during/after operations when the production field becomes non-commercial.
Abandonment or decommissioning shall involve implementation of rehabilitation measures to
bring back the areas as close as possible to its baseline condition. The scheme to be
undertaken shall largely depend on the intended use of the area.
4.1.6
DESCRIPTION OF PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
4.1.6.1 Geology
The Tanawon Geothermal Project of the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field (BGPF) lies
on the hillslopes of the Pocdol Mountains, an inactive volcano in Sorsogon, southern Luzon. Like
other geothermal projects, the project site at Tanawon is located in a geologic environment where
seismic activity, faulting, and hydrothermal activity are common occurrences. These active geologic
processes and their associated hazards are therefore naturally expected in the area. These natural
hazards are actually normal processes but, because of their occurrence, these hazards may
threaten the people and facilities located in the site. The activities associated with the Tanawon
Geothermal Project may cause some influence in the way these hazards occur, either enhancing or
reducing their effect on the surroundings.
The discussions on geology and geomorphology and drainage patterns are referred to here in
Section 2.1.1.3 of the Physical Baseline Environmental Condition.
4.1.6.2 Regional Tectonic Setting

The project site is located in the Bicol region in southern Luzon, an area known for its volcanoes
(Figure 4.1.6.2-1). The most prominent geological feature of the Bicol Region is its being
marked by a chain of volcanoes from Camarines Norte to Sorsogon. These volcanoes include
Mounts Labo, Isarog, Iriga, Malinao, Masaraga, Mayon, the Pocdol and Bacon-Manito volcanic
mountains and the Bulusan Volcano and Caldera in Sorsogon. The volcanoes of Bicol were
formed due to the subduction of the oceanic crust under the Luzon landmass, marked by the
Philippine Trench on the east. The Philippine Trench extends from the eastern coast of
Mindanao, trending northward to the eastern coast of the Bicol Peninsula. The Philippine
Trench divides the islands of the Philippines from the Philippine Sea basin that lies east of the
Philippine Archipelago. This trench is traceable for about 1400 km with an average depth of
p. 4- 8
8000 m. Parallel to the trench are the mountain ranges of Mindanao and eastern Visayas, and
the volcanoes of Bicol. The trench is narrowest and deepest east of Samar and northern
Mindanao where it attains a depth of 11,518 m. As the Philippine trench approaches the
northern coast of Bicol, it bends westward and blends with the East Luzon Trench. The East
Luzon Trench is parallel to the Sierra Madre Ranges of Luzon, indicating the affinity of
deformation along this mountain range as caused by convergence along the trench.
The other major tectonic feature near the Bicol peninsula is the Philippine Fault. The Philippine
Fault is a zone of predominantly northwest-trending faults whose branches have been mapped
for 1,200 km along the eastern part of Mindanao to northern Luzon. Its trace passes through
Ragay Gulf and Quezon, which is about 100 km west of the study area. It is a broad complex
zone of rifting composed of a number of faults of diverse directions. Studies done by Barcelona
(1981) along the segment of the fault in the Tayabas Isthmus showed that the fault is an oblique
left lateral fault with horizontal component of displacement being larger than the vertical
component. Several historic earthquakes have been clearly associated with this fault, the most
recent of which are the 1973 Ragay Gulf earthquake whose epicenter is located west of the
project site, and the 1990 Luzon earthquake whose epicenter is located in Nueva Ecija in Luzon.
The Philippine Fault Zone is the biggest structural element in Philippine geology, cutting across
many of the islands in the east of Mindanao and Visayas, and through a major part of Bicol.
Seismic activity along this fault zone is also among most destructive in the country. Left-lateral
slip along the Philippine Fault Zone accommodates the oblique convergence between the
Philippine Sea and Eurasian/South China Sea plates.
The location of the project site relative to the surrounding tectonic elements of the Philippines is
shown in Figure 4.1.6.2-2. Passing through Albay, a branch of the Philippine Fault zone
appears to enter from the east, and apparently forming from the Philippine Trench. Known as
the Legaspi Lineament, this structure is likely part of the slip-partition system that allows the
transfer of stress from subduction on the east to strike-slip faulting in the Philippine archipelago.
No major historic earthquakes had been attributed to the Legaspi lineament, although it is likely
that the slip along the eastern branch of the Philippine Fault in Ragay Gulf stems from faults
associated with this structure. Also forming a branch of the Philippine Fault is the Sibuyan Sea
Fault, which appears to splay out at the southern part of Masbate. This fault verges to the west,
cuts trough the northern coast of Marinduque, and then either northward to the LagunaBatangas area, or westward along the northern coast of Mindoro. Some historical events in
1981 in the Sibuyan Sea area are likely associated with movements along this fault.
4.1.6.3 Seismicity
Figure 4.1.6.3-1 shows the earthquakes with magnitudes greater than 4.5 that occurred around
the project area from 1907 to 1998. Several trends or clusters of events are noticeable in this
seismicity map. One set of events lie on the eastern coast of the Philippines, occurring along
the Philippine Trench. These events are shown as a series of northwest trending belt of
earthquakes from the eastern coast of Samar extending to the eastern coast of Catanduanes.
North of Catanduanes, the seismicity becomes sparse as the trace of the Philippine Trench
fades. Seismicity again picks up as a cluster of earthquakes along the East Coast of northern
Luzon, near Polillo Island and Aurora Province, following the East Luzon Trench. These events
to the east of Visayas and Luzon are attributed to the subduction of the Philippine Sea westward
under the eastern landmass of the Philippines. To the west, a similar trend of earthquakes
appears, with events following the trend of the Manila Trench. On the map this is marked by the
intense seismicity along the northern part of Mindoro where the Manila Trench bends onto the
land and blends with the faults in the area.
p. 4- 9
Between the intense seismicity along the Philippine Trench on the east and the similarly intense
events along the Manila Trench on the west, a dispersed distribution of events can be observed
occurring around the Bicol region, and along the islands of Leyte, Masbate, Ticao, Tablas and
Marinduque. These events are attributed to the strikeslip faulting within the land caught
between the two convergent subduction zones. Numerous earthquakes had been recorded
along the Philippine Fault Zone, one of which is a shallow earthquake that occurred on 17 March
1973 with a magnitude of 7.3. The epicenter was located in the vicinity of Ragay Gulf, about 70
km west of the project site. The displacement along the main fault was 3.2 meters measured
along the shoreline of Guinayangan, Quezon, with a left-lateral displacement. Repeated
movements along the fault through created the distinctive narrow valley found along the trace of
this major fault.
The earthquakes from 1907 to 1998 shown in Figure 4.1.6.3-1 can better be understood by
looking at the frequency of occurrence of events in spatial units, and the maximum magnitude of
these earthquakes in similar spatial units. Figure 4.1.6.3-2 shows the spatial distribution of
earthquakes in terms of number of events for the past 90 years. It is evident in the figure that
the highest number of earthquakes in the region is near the Philippine Trench, particularly in the
Surigao area, and in the eastern coast of Samar. The figure indicates that in the project area
itself, less than 50 events occurred in the past 90 years, compared to the more than 300 events
in the highly seismically active areas earlier mentioned. This means that less than one event
per year is to be expected within 25 km of the project site. The spatial distribution of earthquake
magnitude around the site is shown in Figure 4.1.6.3-3. This figure indicates that the nearest
largest earthquakes that had affected the site are from two structures, namely the Philippine
Fault (in Camarines and Quezon), and along the Philippine Trench. The figure also indicates
that the largest magnitude of event in the past 90 years within 25 kilometers of the site is 5.
p. 4- 10
4.2
METHODOLOGY
The risk assessment study conceptualizes risk as probability of exposure of a potential receptor to a
particular hazard. The basic procedure may be simplified into three steps:
Step 1 - hazard assessment
Step 2 - risk assessment and
Step 3 - risk management planning.
The hazard assessment stage involves the inventory and description of the natural and projectrelated hazards, including their frequency of occurrence and their spatial or geographic position.
The risk assessment stage involves the determination of items at risk, and the degree of exposure
of these items to the various hazards determined in the earlier stage. The risk management stage
involves the determination of ways in which the risks can be reduced, either by reducing the
occurrence or character of the hazards, by reducing the exposure of the items at risk, or by
improving the accident-recovery capability of the items at risk. The process of risk assessment is
schematically described in Figure 4.2-1. These three steps are discussed further in succeeding
sections of this section.
Figure 4.2-1. The risk assessment process for the Tanawon Geothermal Project of the BGPF
HAZARDS ASSESSMENT
Hazard identification
and accounting
Sources of hazards
Nature of hazards
RISK ASSESSMENT
Receptor assessment:
Inventory of items at risk
Destructive potential
Chemical toxicity
Physical intensity
Health-effect severity
Vulnerability assessment
Susceptibility/ sensitivity
Spatial features
Temporal features
Pathway identification
Spatial features
Temporal features
RISK MANAGEMENT
Monitoring and intervention
Hazards
Exposure
Recovery/ rehabilitation
Capability assessment
PNOC-EDC
Communities
Government
Exposure assessment
One major consideration of this study is that it takes after the main EIA study for the Tanawon
Geothermal Project. The projected adverse impacts of the project to the environment are taken up,
and these are qualified and quantified in order to determine significance of the various hazards
relative to each other, and relative to their potential effects on the environment.
p. 4- 11
The sources of information used in this risk assessment study included printed and non-printed
forms. The ERA report naturally takes up the description of the environment from the EIS, and
focuses on the adverse short-term risks that the project may cause to the environment. The
environmental items described as hazards that are naturally occurring in the site are also taken up
in this study. The ERA conducted for the Leyte and Mt. Labo Geothermal Development Projects
also served as major inputs to this study since these projects are implemented by PNOC-EDC
although there are differences in the environmental conditions in the two sites. The Leyte project
involves the same chemical and mechanical processes that are to be employed in the Tanawon
Geothermal Project and thus the hazards that may be generated by the exploitation of geothermal
steam for electricity in the Bacon-Manito area are also appropriately described. Other publications
served as sources of information, including books and articles describing natural and artificial
hazards and risks, and the various reports and other information that document the conditions
within and outside of the site and those that exist in a geothermal project.
Another important source of information is the public. The hazards and risk perceptions of the
communities downstream of the project were incorporated from publicly-participated scoping
meetings and information drives. The concerns of the public regarding risks that they perceive as
introduced by the project, and those that exist naturally in the site were considered in the study.
The other significant sources of information are the various departments of PNOC-EDC involved in
Geothermal Operations: Geoscientific, Engineering Design, Project Operations, Drilling, Reservior,
and Environmental Management Departments, which provided insights into the environmental and
operational concerns involved in a geothermal project.
Field inspections were conducted in Tanawon and at the adjacent Bacon-Manito Geothermal
Project site. In these field inspections, the conditions in the site were surveyed, with the partial
purpose of verifying the conditions described in the EIS. The survey at the Bacon-Manito project
provided an overview of the intricacies of an already-operating geothermal field, and its possible
contributions to environmental changes.
Figure 4.2-2. The sources and flow of information in the hazard and risk assessment process.
Tanawon-BGPF
EIS
Tanawon-BGPF
site visit
LEYTE & Mt.

Labo
ERA
BMGP
EIS
PNOC-EDC
Experts
PUBLIC
HAZARDS
ASSESSM'T
RISK
ASSESSM'T
RISK
MANAGM'NT
p. 4- 12
4.2.1
HAZARD ASSESSMENT
This section discusses two general steps, first is the hazard identification and accounting wherein
the sources of the various hazards relative to the various phases of the project are determined, and
second the determination of the destructive potential of the hazard, wherein the intensity or toxicity
of the hazards are evaluated, and the potential distribution of the various hazards in time and space
are determined.
4.2.1.1 Identification of Sources of Hazards

This identification of sources of hazards process involves the analysis of the project and the site,
with the purpose of determining which activities or processes can possibly serve as sources of
harm that may threaten people and the environment. In identifying the threats originating from the
project, the various activities in each stage of the geothermal project were analyzed for possible
adverse effects on humans, floral, fauna, and other environmental populations in and around the
project site. Preliminary analysis of the way hazards are introduced by the geothermal project into
the environment indicates that the sources can be classified into three: (1) the facilities used in
developing and exploiting steam for electricity, (2) the activities undertaken to develop, use and
maintain the geothermal resource, and (3) the various solid, liquid, and gaseous substances that
are produced or released during the exploitation of the geothermal resource, including the various
forms of energy that are used and produced throughout the operation of the project.
A.
Hazards from PNOC-EDC Facilities
The existence of various facilities used in geothermal development and operations may cause
hazards to exist. These hazards are mainly related to the physical characteristics of an item,
such as its inherent mass, elevation, gradient or slope, temperature, pressure, or energy stored
in their components, among others. When these are compared to the natural environment, a
striking contrast in the physical or chemical conditions exist and thereby pose a threat to
humans and to natural resources.
B.
Hazards from PNOC-EDC Activities
Hazards are generated during the movement of machineries, employees, and materials that
PNOC-EDC employ to develop and operate the geothermal project. These activities may result
in generation of hazardous materials or conditions which threaten human life and health, and
the quality and quantity of elements in the natural environment .
C.
Hazards from PNOC-EDC Products
The collective term products is used to describe the solid, liquid, gas or various forms of
energy used or produced during the operation of the geothermal project. The hazards
generated by some of these products are mainly related to their chemical or physical conditions
to which, when people or the environment are exposed, would likely cause harm.
D.
Hazards from the Natural Environment
Some natural processes pose hazards due to the manner by which these natural processes
interact with the elements found on the surface of the earth. Among these hazards are the
p. 4- 13
geological, atmospheric and hydrological hazards that, with or without the project, will still exist
and threaten the site and its environmental components.
Having identified the sources of the hazards, the entire range of the nature of the hazards that
may be caused by the various sources were identified. The natures of the hazards were
categorized into being physical, chemical or health hazards.
4.2.1.2 Hazards Inventory

This process involves the inventory of the various types of hazards. The threats that exist in the
Tanawon Geothermal Project can be classified into four. These various types of hazards are as
follows:
A.
Physical Hazards
These are the physical conditions that pose threats to people, the natural environment and the
socio-economic resources in and around the site.
To be able to identify the physical hazards, an ocular inspection of the facilities used in the
geothermal energy exploitation was conducted, and this was supplemented with discussions
with PNOC-EDC personnel. The main EIA report was also reviewed in order to determine which
part of the environment and the project can possibly be harmed or cause physical harm. As a
start, a list of the potential occupational hazards of the project was prepared.
The physical hazards mostly include mechanical materials and motion involved in the
geothermal development project, from fluid collection and reinjection to electric power
generation. Each phase in the geothermal energy development and operation process is
broken down into components and probable failure cases for the components. The hazards are
identified from the physical harm that may result from the mechanical "accidents" from
equipment and facilities. Development activities that may result to exposure of PNOC-EDC
personnel and community residents to physical hazards are also identified.
Some failure cases in the mechanical part of the geothermal plant can lead to release of
hazardous materials if such were contained in facilities involved in the failure. These releases
can then be quantified using chemical models and the concentrations of chemical substances
released due to the failure are assessed in the chemical aspect of this study.
B.
Chemical Hazards
Chemical hazards are composed of the hazardous solids, liquids and gases that are produced
or depleted as a result of the development and operation of the geothermal project. These
hazard items were determined from the analysis of the nature of the materials that are involved
in geothermal energy utilization, and from a careful review of the EIS and other pertinent reports
on the BGPF. These information are supplemented by interactions with the key project
personnel, and by site visits to the BGPF and the Tanawon Geothermal Project. In these
reviews, particular attention was given to toxic chemicals or gases, liquids and solids whose
compositions are known to be a threat to the biota.
The analysis covers air and water media and focused on major pollutants perceived to be
discharged to the environment.
p. 4- 14
C.
Health Hazards
These are threats introduced by the Tanawon Sector-BGPF to the mental and physical security
of the employees who work in the geothermal project, and to the people in the communities
around the site.
This section covers the environmental and occupational health hazards that are generated
during project development, operation and decommissioning to which workers and impact
communities may be exposed to. This includes hazardous and hazards-generating project
operations and materials such as processes, raw materials, intermediate products, by-products,
finished products and waste products.
D.
Natural hazards
These are the hazards that exist in the natural environment, and may occur with or without the
existence of the geothermal project.
The natural hazards identification covers physical and biological hazards. The physical hazards
identified for the project are the following 1) landslide, 2) seismic, 3) volcanic, and 4) typhoon
and flooding hazards.
1)
Landslide Hazards
Landslide hazards exist in the site because of both natural and artificial causes. Among the natural
factors that favor landslides to occur include the steep slope gradient, water saturation of soils, poor
vegetation cover leading to runoff, and deeply weathered rocks. Artificial conditions that increase
the likelihood of slope failure include earthmoving activities (excavations and filling), devegetation,
water impoundment, and other interventions that alter the character of water infiltration into the
earth or those changes that introduce redistribution of mass that eventually leads to slope instability.
In identifying the landslide hazards, a discriminant function, which takes into consideration all of the
above contributing factors to landslides, is used.
The BGPF area is initially divided into grids of 200 m by 200 m. Within each grid, the slope, landuse, geologic (lithologic features and structures) and pedologic conditions, and the site's proximity
to drainage channels, and to artificial destabilizing agents such as road and quarry excavations are
identified. Then, the total value of the discriminant function for each grid and delineated areas with
various susceptibility to landslide is summed up. Using the results of the discriminant function
analysis, the various grids are classified into several classes of landslide susceptibility. Each
category of landslide susceptibility possesses certain slope, geological, land-use, drainage, and
slope-disturbing conditions. This preliminary landslide susceptibility map can be compared to the
actual occurrence of landslides based on PNOC-EDC reports and field surveys.
2)
Seismic Hazards
Earthquakes that occur both inside and outside the boundaries of the Bacon-Manito Geothermal
Development area can cause shaking and other attendant processes such as ground failure,
surface faulting, tectonic deformation, and downslope movement. However, the focus of this study
is on ground shaking because it is considered to be the most widespread and damaging
earthquake-related hazard.
p. 4- 15
Due to the existence of the Philippine Fault, fault rupture is considered as another significant
seismic hazard in the site. In order to define this hazard, the geological structures which can
probably rupture during earthquakes are identified. In the identification of the probable sites for fault
rupture, previous geostructural studies around the site done by both PNOC-EDC geologists and
those whose work are not related to the geothermal exploration in the site are reviewed. A map
showing all the faults mapped in the area is initially compiled. From the seismotectonic and stress
analysis done by earlier workers, the trend of the major stress direction that prevails in the region of
the Tanawon is extracted. The possible orientation of structures, which can move and rupture
during earthquakes, by relating the structure of each particular fault with the stress orientation, is
extrapolated. The structural trend along which the regional stress is likely to be released is taken to
be the dominant strain-releasing fault trend. In identifying the hazards of fault rupture, it is assumed
that the degree of alignment between each mapped fault and the dominant strain-releasing fault
dictates the probability of rupturing along that particular fault.
3)
Volcanic Hazards
In the evaluation of the volcanic hazards existing in the project site, available PNOCEDC
geoscientific reports and data on volcanic deposits, surface and subsurface temperatures, hotspring
and gas chemical compositions, texture, stratigraphy and radiometric dates of the rocks were
reviewed. The PHIVOLCS and USGS catalogs of earthquakes were reviewed to determine if there
had been probable volcano-related earthquakes, which may indicate incipient volcanic activity. The
location of old and recent volcanoes and the character of their past eruptions were then deduced
from the various information taken from field surveys, geological maps made available by PNOCEDC and the published geological literature. Inferences of ages of the volcanic deposits were taken
from geologic reports and from the geomorphic maturity of the various volcanic edifice observed.
4)
Flooding Hazards
The heavy rainfall associated with seasonal typhoons cause the flooding hazards in the Tanawon
Geothermal Project. In determining the hazards from typhoons and floods, the temporal pattern of
typhoon occurrence is analyzed using a time-series analysis. From the frequency of recurrence,
the periodicity of the storms is extrapolated and assumed that the time distribution represents the
probability of occurrence of typhoons for the coming years. A terrain analysis to determine areas
susceptible to floods was also undertaken. The assumption used is that during the seasonal
occurrence of rainfall, some of these weather disturbances will bring unusually heavy rains.
Assuming the occurrence of heavy rains, the drainage capacity of the river channels will be
exceeded, resulting to unusual increase in the water levels. The floodplains and channels adjacent
to the major rivers and some flatlands susceptible to flooding are subsequently identified.
4.2.1.3 Assessment of the Destructive Potential

The next step in the hazard assessment involves the determination of the nature of the hazards
with respect to their likelihood of occurrence (Table 4.2.1.3-1), severity of potential impact or
consequence (Table 4.2.1.3-3), and manner by which these hazards affect people and the
environment.
For each hazard type, the damage potential was estimated. This damage potential is described
as the capability to cause harm, injury, destruction and any other negative effect on the items at
risk. These may be described in terms of size, volume, magnitude or intensity of events.
Damage potential was rated using the numbers 1 to 4 with 1 indicating a higher damage
p. 4- 16
potential and 4 the least. In addition to this, separate ratings for area, volume and duration of
effects were used, depending on the hazard being described.
Table 4.2.1.3-1.
A.
Likelihood of Occurrence Rating.
RATING
FREQUENCY OF
OCCURRENCE
DESCRIPTION OF
INCIDENT POTENTIAL
Unlikely
Probable
Occasional
Unlikely to happen theoretically possible but no

report of occurrence is available
Has happened in geothermal operation outside the
Philippines
Has happened during geothermal operations in the
Philippines
Common
Has happened several time during PNOC-EDC

geothermal operations
Physical Hazards
The destructive potential of physical hazards is judged from such physical parameters such as:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
mass or weight
volume
velocity or speed
pressure difference
temperature difference
elevation on slope
magnitude of displacement or acceleration
other parameters that include potential harm.
The severity of impact of physical hazards depends mostly on the contrast that the hazard agent
has with the natural environment. For examples, the higher temperatures are expected to have
higher severity ratings since faster rates of burning are expected, and that heavier materials or
faster velocities will cause larger impacts upon collision. The destructive potential of the various
physical hazards are therefore judged from their capacity to inflict harm to any human or
environmental item it may interact with.
B. Chemical Hazards
The destructive potential for chemical hazards is often described as the toxicity of the various
chemicals. Chemicals of potential concern are selected and possible intakes of these chemicals
are then estimated. Toxicity values are determined and risks caused by each chemical per
pathway are calculated and analyzed.
The formula used for computation of the hazard quotient (HQ) of a chemical hazard for acute
chemical exposure risk is as follows:
p. 4- 17
HQ = CD/LOAEL
Where:
HQ
CD
LOAEL
=
=
=
Also:
CD (calculated dose)
Hazard quotient
calculated dose, mg/kg-day
Lowest observed effect level, mg/kg-day
(value for human chronic exposure)
EEC x IR
=
BW
&
EEC
= expected environmental concentration

(mg/L)
IR (ingestion rate, L/day)

intake)
= intake rate-water (L/hr) x duration of activity (oral/dermal

or exposure, D (hr/day)
Intake rate-water
= 50 ml/hr (best professional judgment)
BW
= Body weight used (55-60 Kg)
Results Analysis
If HQ is > 1:
the dose exceeds the acute threshold dose, and there is a

increased risk of health effects. An HQ >1 for a chemical
does not necessarily imply that acute or chronic toxicity will
occur; rather it indicates that risk increases with continuous
exposure.
If HQ is > 0.1 and 1:
the value is below the acute threshold dose, and

considered safe. Chemical dose is however a dose of
potential concern (DOPC) for other exposure pathways
through ingestion of the chemical through (e.g. dietary
sources, drinking water, air) and possible additive effects
between chemicals with similar mechanisms of action.
If HQ is 0.1:
the contribution to risk is considered negligible. No further

assessment needed.
Severity rating of the potential ill-health to workers or the impact on communities is based on the
hazardous properties of the agent. A consequence rating is applied as follows:
p. 4- 18
Table 4.2.1.3-2
Severity/
Consequence
Rating
4
C.
Severity of Impact/ CONSEQUENCE RATING

DEFINITION: In terms of potential to course damage or harm to People
Marginal, Negligible/MINOR INJURY/ILLNESS: Affecting work performance

(restricted work case) or activities of daily living (schooling, cooking, washing
clothes) or a need to take a few days off to fully recover the activities of daily
living
agents which have limited health effects which are reversible (e.g. skin
irritants, food poisoning bacteria)
Moderate/MAJOR INJURY/ILLNESS:
Resulting in a permanent partial
disability or affecting work performance or activities of daily living of vulnerable
members of the community in the long-term.
- agents which are capable of irreversible damage without serious disability
(e.g. noise, ergonomic hazards)
Critical/PERMANENT TOTAL, DISABILITY OR FATALITY
(small exposed populations):
- agents which are capable of irreversible damages with serious disability or
death, (e.g. acids and alkalis in the lab, chemicals with known human
carcinogen released to the environment) both to workers and vulnerable
members of the community.
Catastrophic/MULTIPLE FATALITIES (large exposed populations):
- agents with potential to cause multiple fatalities, e.g. chemicals with toxic
effects and known human carcinogens specially if released into the air, soil and
water media (e.g. H2S gas, heavy metals, pesticides)
Biological Health Hazards
Biological health hazards may be generated by the energy development project. These hazards
are not, however, a major component in this report, since these are mainly encountered in
projects which release microbes and biologically-contaminated waste materials.
D.
Natural hazards
1)
Landslides
The destructive potential of landslides is always high. This is due to the large mass of land
involved, and to the very disruptive nature of the process depositing tons of earth materials at the
toe of the landslide. The destructive potential is proportional to slope. Total disruption is expected
in the whole area affected by landslides.
2)
Earthquakes
In the quantification process for seismic hazards, the Tanawon Geothermal Project was initially
divided into a grid composed of approximately 7 km on one side. The magnitude and location of
the earthquakes are then used to define the seismic source zones. From the recurrence time
between a minimum magnitude and the maximum expected magnitude for each particular source
zone, the earthquake recurrence rates are calculated. Computations of the ground motion are then
performed at each point on the grid, wherein the ground motion contributed by each earthquake is
added over all possible magnitudes from all possible locations.
p. 4- 19
The earthquake catalog used in this study covers the period 1589 to 1992. The seismic energy
attenuation relation used in this study is that of Fukushima and Tanaka (1990) described for Japan
and has been applied to western Pacific Island settings (Thenhaus et al., 1993). The attenuation
equation is:
log10A=0.41M-log10(R+0.032x100.41M)-0.0034R+1.3
where A is the average peak acceleration in cm/sec2, R is the shortest distance between the site
and the fault rupture in km, and M is the surface wave magnitude.
There are three steps involved in the development of the ground motion hazard maps: (1)
delineation of the seismic source zones or faults; (2) analysis of the magnitude frequency
distribution of historical earthquakes in each source zone; and (3) calculation and mapping of the
extreme probability Fmax,t(a) of ground motion acceleration, a, for some time, t.
The resulting seismic hazard maps show the maximum amplitude of ground motion in a given
number of years corresponding to different levels of probability. The t values of 10, 50, and 100
years are used and probabilities of non-exceedance of 80% and 95% indicating that ground motion
will be less than or equal to the acceleration value a shown in the seismic hazard maps.
4.2.1.4 Delineation of Temporal and Spatial Features of Hazards

The overall impact of the hazards on the human population and on the natural environment
depends mainly on four parameters, a) the destructive potential of the hazard, b) the rate by
which the hazard is introduced into the environment, c) the spatial coverage of the hazardous
agent, and d) the length of time that the hazard is actively affecting the environment. The
procedure of determining the destructive potential and the rate of release of the hazards were
discussed in the preceding section.
The temporal features of the hazards are determined from their inherent characteristics. Those
linked to specific facilities or activities related to the development and operation of the Tanawon
Geothermal Project are considered to introduce hazards during the duration that the facility or
activity is in operational existence. Most of the threats from these hazards extend only during
the active operation of the facilities or activities. Some hazard features are related to the
accumulation of materials (e.g., accumulation of noxious liquids) and are therefore expected to
have cumulative and longer-lasting threats. Similarly, those hazards related to cumulative or
permanent changes (e.g., slope instability due to excavation) are expected to pose the threat in
extended periods. In general, indications of the duration of the threat from the individual
hazards are incorporated in the analysis, and appropriately discussed.
After determining the important levels of the hazards, those that prove to be significant are
analyzed for the possible spatial extent of their effects. The spatial influence of the various
hazards was analyzed using computerized numerical and analytical procedures through GIS,
which involves the acceptance, storage, analysis, and metrical display of spatial data. These are
data described in terms of their geographic location. The digitalization of the data facilitates entry
into the GIS. The data on the elements present in the study area and the result of the estimated
hazard intensity, which may occur in the next 30 years, are fed into the computer, which is
subsequently used to plot the areas vulnerable to a hazard of particular intensity. The projected
intensity of the hazard will mainly define the exposed area and the vulnerable elements.
p. 4- 20
4.2.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk is the probability of exposure of the various human populations and environmental items to
artificial and natural hazards. The environmental items or resources that are threatened by the
hazard are called receptors. The sensitivity or vulnerability of these receptors to the various
agents of hazards is a function of their condition of the time of event (e.g., resistance,
preparedness) and the amount of their exposure to the hazardous event. The amount of threat
that a hazard may pose to any receptor depends on the intensity or severity of the hazard, the
size or population of the receptor, and the duration and extent that the receptors are exposed to
the hazardous agent. This section describes the risks that are caused by the hazards discussed
in the Section 4.3. The first part of the section deals with the description of the various items at
risk. These items at risk or the receptors include the workers of PNOC-EDC, the communities
downstream of the project site, and the natural resources, the floral and faunal items that exist in
and around Tanawon.
4.2.2.1 Identification of Items at Risk

For the risk assessment process, the initial step was the identification of the items at risk. Data
for this section were taken mainly from the Tanawon EIS and were categorized as:
a)
b)
c)
d)
PNOC-EDC employees
the people in the communities downstream, and their resources
PNOC-EDC facilities or resources
Natural resources
Terrestrial Resources e.g., vegetation and wildlife

Aquatic Resources
Surface and Ground Water Resources
Pedological and Geological Resources
4.2.2.2 Exposure Assessment

Exposure assessment for Tanawon (and similarly for the BGPF) was undertaken by describing
the quantity of the receptors exposed to the various hazards, and assessing their vulnerability to
harm. This step is akin to the development of the Conceptual Site Model used in risk
assessments wherein the link between the hazards and the receptors is assessed via pollutant
pathways. This procedure is better understood by considering that this risk assessment involves
many hazards with varying toxicity or intensity, and different pathways that create conditions that
lead to the exposure of the receptors. In this study, the exposure assessment stage takes the form
of a qualitative or quantitative assessment of the overlaps between the spatial and temporal
distribution of the hazards and the items at risk. These overlaps in time and space are the
exposure pathways. This exposure is further modified by the vulnerability of the various items at
risk, and the combined influence of these parameters to the degree of exposure is shown in Table
4.2.2.2.
4.2.2.3 Risk Valuation

There are two approaches used in the valuation of the risks. The first approach is to determine
the value of the risk index of the various hazards. The risk indices are indicators of the
p. 4- 21
seriousness of the risk posed by a hazard to a particular receptor, and can be used to help
decide on the kind and amount of action needed to reduce the risk. The other approach is to
have an economic valuation of the risks, wherein peso values are calculated for particular risks
depending on the probable effect of the hazard on economically valuable environmental or
human resources.
Table 4.2.2.2. Exposure Rating

EXPOSURE RATING
Low (D)
Exposure are controlled and likely to remain so in accordance with

ideal preventive measures criteria
Medium (C)
Exposures are currently controlled and meet control measures

standards, but continuing control cannot be assured.
High (B)
Exposures are not adequately controlled to meet standards and

continuously/regularly exceed occupational and/or community
limits
Exposures are excessive and will almost certainly result in health
damage to workers or community residents exposed.
Very High (A)
A.
DEFINITION
Risk Index Matrix
To summarize the risks for each hazard type, the severity ratings of the various hazards, and
the probable exposure of the receptors are combined through a matrix to derive a relative value
called the risk index. The ratings are assigned using numbers 1 to 8 or 9 with the low values
indicating the highest risk, and therefore requiring the most urgent and important action for
risk reduction (Table 4.2.2.3-1). Risks assigned a rating from 1 to 4 are those that will be
thoroughly discussed in the risk management section, being the ones that require significant risk
management measures.
Table 4.2.2.3-1. Risk Index Matrix: Consequence/Severity Rating vs.

EXPOSURE RATING/Incident Potential Rating
CONSEQUENCE
RATING
4
3
2
DAMAGE/ HARM TO
PEOPLE
Marginal/
Minor injury/illness
Moderate/
Major injury/illness
Critical/
Permanent
Total disability
Catastrophic/
Multiple fatalities
LOW
Unlikely
(D or 4)
MEDIUM
Probable
(C or 3)
HIGH
Occasional
(B or 2)
VERY HIGH
Common
(A or 1)
Note: numbers inside the matrix are priority ratings
p. 4- 22
Table 4.2.2.3-2. Risk Ratings and Descriptions

DESCRIPTION
RATING
1 and 2
(very high)
3 and 4
(high)
5 and 6
(moderate)
7
(low)
B.
RECOMMENDED ACTION
Intolerable
Incorporate Risk
reduction measures
Manage for
continuous
improvement
Acceptable
Work activity or operations should not be

allowed without control and recovery
measures already in place.
Additional control and recovery measures are
needed on top of existing or planned
measures. Operation however can commence
or proceed.
Existing control and preventive measures are
in place and adequate but continued effort
should be done to maintain and further
improve existing measures.
No additional control or recovery measures are
needed.
Economic Valuation of Risks
This section discusses the attempt to put monetary value on the losses that might be incurred as
a result of hazards that may exist in the project site. Valuation will focus on major impacts on
health, properties and agricultural production, as applicable.
1)
Economic Valuation of Impacts on Health
The cost of damage to human life is measured in terms of the number of persons who may die,
get injured or sick. There are several ways to determine the monetary equivalent of human life.
For instance, the value of life insurance of the person can be used in determining the amount of
his/her life or his/her potential earning capacity can be calculated based on his economic status
in life. Age at the time of death and life expectancy. With simplicity as consideration, the
amount set by Philippine law for human life will be used (P50,000 per person), as necessary.
2)
Valuation of Agricultural Losses
If applicable, impacts on crop productivity will be valuated. A sensitive concern on the possible
effect of the geothermal operation is its effects on agricultural production. Boron, being one of
the major pollutants emitted in geothermal fields, could have an array of possible effects on crop
growth and development such as: 1) fertilizing effect that may result to increased growth or
yield; 2) pesticidal effect that may not be easily detectable but has a bearing on yield; 3) visual
foliar injury which may or may not be accompanied by a change in productivity, but may create a
different perception among farmers; and 4) a decrease in crop yield and or economic value of
crops.
Loss in income due to change in agricultural productivity will be studied. The study of the longterm ambient levels of H2S exposure on vegetation has been conducted by Tompson and Kats
(1978). Continuous H2S fumigation for 35 to 246 days at 0.03 ppm (41.61 g/m3) to 3.0 ppm
(4,161.0 g/m3) for 6 plant species. Results of this study indicated that continuous fumigation
with 3.0 ppm caused leaf lesions, defoliation, reduced growth and even death to some sensitive
p. 4- 23
species. At 0.3 ppm (416.1 g/m3) levels, lesser but similar effects were observed. At lower
levels of H2S, 0.03 ppm (41.61 g/m3) and sometimes 0.1 ppm (138.7 g/m3), stimulation of
growth on some species occurred. This was noted in faster growing plant forms (trees like pine
and buckeye). This study seems to suggest that at lower concentration, H2S could even have
beneficial effect on plant growth. Just like in any other agricultural areas, crops in the BGPF
area are grown in a dynamic environment in which air pollution is only one of many constantly
changing variables. Diseases, temperature, weather condition, plant age and soil nutrients are
some of the important factors which have to be taken into account in assessing productivity
changes.
3)
Estimation of Damage Function: A General Approach
The cost of element loss, which may be caused by a hazard of a particular magnitude, is
determined by using any of the following values: acquisition cost, replacement cost, production
cost and legal valuation. The cost of the total probable loss, if applicable, will be obtained by
determining the value of the exposed elements multiplied by the proportion of the expected area
affected by the hazard of a particular intensity. The value of the total probable loss due to a
hazard occurrence stands for the risk.
The risk in this analysis is classified as public and occupational. Public risk is estimated for both
life loss and property loss. The estimate of life loss covers the direct cost at the household level.
This could be in the form of injury and disease resulting from the identified risk. Property loss
includes damaged items like housing (house, furniture, appliances, among others); assets
(livestock, crop, business and agricultural machinery, land); and public facilities (roads, school
buildings, other infrastructure).
4)
Valuation of Loss in Human Productivity
The time that could have been spent for work, business and school comprise the productive
time, which may be lost as a result of the Tanawon Geothermal Project risk. The cost of
occupational risk includes injuries to workers and damages to facilities/resources. The cost of
productive time lost due to the identified hazard includes time, which could have been spent on
work, business and school. This is obtained by multiplying the average number of days lost to
the wage rate, net earning on business or amount spent by the government per student.
The final part of risk assessment stage is the identification of the significant risks with a prioritization
of the risks relative to each other.
4.2.3
RISK MANAGEMENT PLANNING

The significance of the various types of hazards is determined in the final part of the risk
assessment phase. The hazard items that are determined to have high-risk indices are considered
as significant, and will therefore require some forms of intervention in order to reduce the risks and
for the project to become acceptable.
The hazard and risk factors of the Tanawon Geothermal Project were evaluated using the
combined fault tree - event tree analysis or the bow-tie analysis.
p. 4- 24
The bow-tie analysis is an effective tool in the environmental risk assessment. This method of
analysis was applied for the major hazards identified in the BGPF, using the following
procedure:
Step 1:
Identification of the hazard and description of the particular location and situation in
which the hazard can be potentially released.
Step 2.
Identification of the top event or the first consequence. This step describes the
situation in which the hazard is actually released into the environment.
Step 3.
Identification of the adverse consequence.
Step 4.
Identification and listing of threats (that could lead to the top event).
Step 5.
Identification of preventive and control measures (barriers) to neutralize the threats

identified.
Step 6.
Identification of recovery or mitigating measures in cases after the hazard has already
been released.
Step 7.
Identification of escalation factors which will neutralize or lessen the effectivity of the
barriers and the mitigating measures that have been in-place.
Step 8.
Escalation Factor Control is planned to counteract identified escalation factors.
The following is the bow-tie conceptual framework:

Hazard Identified:
THREATS
BARRIERS
(Control/
Preventive
Measures)
TOP EVENT
RECOVERY
(Mitigating
Measures)
ESCALATION
FACTOR
CONTROL
ESCALATION
FACTOR
CONTROL
ESCALATION
FACTOR
ESCALATION
FACTOR
CONSEQUENCE
(Outcome or
Effect)
p. 4- 25
The definitions of the various items are as follows:

Threats are defined as conditions, situations, behaviors and practices of management and
employees that will result in the possible release of the hazard.
Barriers are defined as control measures (procedures, engineering controls, personal protective
equipment, training and other administrative controls) put into place to neutralize the identified
threats.
Top event is defined as the first consequence. The first consequence in this analysis is when
the hazard is released from its initial status.
Mitigating or recovery measures are programs, systems, equipment that are put into place to
minimize or avoid an adverse consequence to a particular receptor (people, property, company
name, environment).
Consequences are adverse outcomes observed once the hazard is released (top event),
reached the receptors and exerted its effect.
Escalation factors are situations, limitations and deficiencies of the organization, which can
lead to the reduction of the effectiveness of both barriers or recovery measures causing it to fail
in preventing or mitigating the effects of the hazard.
Strategies, procedures, and practices are approaches which when put into place with
available resources can neutralize identified escalation factors.
The procedure followed in planning for risk management for the Tanawon Geothermal Project is an
interactive approach, which tapped the expertise of the consultants, the experiences of the PNOCEDC personnel particularly those at the Environmental Management Department (EMD), Safety
Management Office (SMO), Geoscientific Department, Project Operations and the concerns of the
public who may be exposed to the various hazards. In the preparation of the risk management
plan, meetings were conducted with PNOC-EDC personnel with the aim of determining the
optimum methods that can be applied to reduce the risks. The following items were covered and
used as a guide in the preparation of the risk management plan:
4.2.3.1 Hazard Monitoring and Intervention

These are the intervention procedures that were formulated to modify the conditions that bring
about the hazards, or to reduce the frequency of occurrence or intensity of the hazardous
conditions
4.2.3.2 Exposure Monitoring and Intervention

These are the procedures formulated to reduce the exposure of the various items at risk to the
various hazards. These involved reducing the number of population of the various items, reducing
their frequency of exposure or reducing their vulnerability to damage or harm.
p. 4- 26
4.2.3.3 Recovery and Rehabilitation

These are the procedures that are undertaken after the occurrence of a hazardous event. The
items or conditions developed in this stage are aimed to improve the recovery of the victims, after
they are exposed to the various hazards.
4.2.3.4 Risk Management Capability Assessment

This stage involves the assessment of the capability of PNOC-EDC and the surrounding
communities to handle the various risk items, from managing the hazards, the exposure of the
items at risk, and in facilitating the recovery of victims and rehabilitating the places affected by the
hazards.
The risk management capability of PNOC-EDC and the local government units are measured by a
set of indicators. The indicators include the use of a disaster management plan, designation of
escape routes, communications (radio) equipment and transportation facilities and number of
rescue personnel (trained rescue workers, police, firemen and doctors) and facilities (firetrucks,
administration building and hospital beds). The local units considered are the barangays where the
geothermal reservation is located.
The results are embodied in the Risk Management Plan for the Tanawon Geothermal Project.
The various areas of intervention where risk management procedures can be developed are shown
in Figure 4.2.3.4.
Figure 4.2.3.4. Intervention areas for risk management
p. 4- 27
4.2.4 BOUNDARIES OF THIS ERA STUDY

This study covers the hazards brought about by both the routine activities conducted for
geothermal energy development, and those that are brought about by probable technological
accidents that may occur in the facilities used in geothermal energy exploitation.
The human receptors included in this study belong to two groups, the PNOC-EDC employees
who are employed in the Tanawon Geothermal Project, and the residents of the settlements and
communities downstream of the project site.
This ERA is limited to emergency (or short-term) events or accidents, which are not covered in
the Environmental Impact Assessment. However, we have included in this study the safety risk
assessment (or SRA) for PNOC-EDC employees so that occupational safety concerns can also
be addressed. The hazards covered in this study extend from the activities involved in clearing
the site for setting up rigs to conduct the initial drillings to the time that the electricity is being
generated from the geothermal steam. This study does not cover the disassembly of the plant
and its ancillary facilities after it is decommissioned, nor the minor support activities that are
performed to sustain the operation of a geothermal plant such as the socio-economic activities
of a new community.
The geographic boundaries of this study are dictated by the expected effects of the hazards.
These are either artificial or natural boundaries and presented here from smallest to largest
aerial or spatial extent. The first artificial boundary we have selected is the vicinity of the wells,
the plants, and the pipes that feed geothermal fluids to and from the plants. The other artificial
boundary used is the geothermal development block, described as the geographic polygon
wherein PNOC-EDC is allowed to explore, develop and exploit for geothermal steam and power
generation. The most extensive area is covered by the natural drainage basins--the watersheds
of the various streams and rivers that drain the geothermal facilities. These communities and
resources within these watersheds are included as potential receptors in this risk assessment.
The time coverage set for this study is 30 years. This is the expected minimum lifetime of the
geothermal power plant.
The human and the environmental items that are considered for risk assessment include the
PNOC-EDC employees, community residents 5-6 kilometers downstream from the project block,
the natural resources in the area (including forest resources, the flora and fauna near the site,
and the agricultural resources that exist within the watersheds that drain the geothermal
facilities). We have also included as resources the ground and surface waters that drain from
the Tanawon geothermal site.
The risk indicators considered in this study include the standard chemical indicators such as pH,
and various levels of concentration for hazardous and nuisance chemicals. For physical
hazards, the standards for noise, occupational health hazards, and the temperature and
pressure conditions that are considered to possibly cause discomfort, poor health, and life
threatening situations for humans and the natural environment are used.
The method of exposure determination depends on the type of hazard. For physical hazards,
the proximity and the degree of direct physical threat determine the exposure level. For
chemical hazards, the degree of exposure is judged from the likelihood of ingestion of
contaminated water, air or food, or from contact with contaminated materials. For radiation
hazards, the nature of propagation of the electromagnetic waves is considered. For natural
p. 4- 28
hazards, the measure of exposure is the geographical proximity to the area where the
hazardous situation exists during or near the time of the event.
The environmental concentration levels presented in this report are based on estimates of
probable actual situations in the uncorrected conditions that lead to the hazards. Whenever the
chemical concentration levels are derived from numerical or analytical modeling, these are
explicitly indicated in the report.
The final measure of risk used in this report is the risk index, which is derived from the
combination of severity and exposure ratings for various hazards and receptors. We made
some quantifications estimating the amount of loss that may be expected for agricultural
resources resulting from their exposure to hazards. The risk programs presented are not
quantified, since the nature and amount of the actual risk reduction activity will still depend on
the risk management system that will be installed by PNOC-EDC at the onset of the project.
This ERA covers the entire project and its associated facilities. It aims to define guidelines for
the management of risks. This is not a probabilistic risk assessment in that it does not attempt
to determine the probability of all the faults and conditions that lead to the various hazard
situations.
The natural hazards considered in this report are included because they cover areas that are
also the location of or near the geothermal development activities and facilities. In cases when
the occurrence of the natural hazards can potentially complicate the conditions around the
geothermal project site, we discussed these as potential complicating factors that can contribute
to technological accidents.
p. 4- 29
4.3
HAZARDS ASSESSMENT
Hazards are items that can cause harm to humans and to the natural resources in and around a
specific site. Hazard assessment is the process of identifying the nature and source of the
hazards, its intensity, and the means by which they can reach victims and cause harm. This
chapter describes the hazards that are present in the Tanawon site. Initially, the sources of the
various hazards are discussed, whether these are related to the Tanawon Geothermal Project or
are naturally existing in the site. This is followed by the discussion of the nature of the hazards,
including their destructive potential or their ability to cause harm to humans and to the natural
environment.
4.3.1
IDENTIFICATION OF SOURCES OF HAZARDS

The hazards that are present in the Tanawon Geothermal Project are either related to the project,
or existing in the natural environment. The ways that the Tanawon Geothermal Project can
introduce hazards into the environment can be classified into three sources: (1) the facilities that
are used in exploiting steam for electricity, (2) the activities undertaken to develop and maintain the
geothermal resource, and (3) the various solid, liquid, and gaseous substances that are produced
or released during the exploitation of the geothermal resource, and the various forms of energy that
are used and produced throughout the operation of the project. All these hazards that the
development and operation of the geothermal project can possibly cause are overprinted on the
naturally occurring processes and materials in Pocdol Mountains (series of inactive volcanic
mountains located in Bacon-Manito). Some of these natural processes and materials are hazards
themselves, since they are expected to threaten both the project's resources, the PNOC-EDC
workers, the communities around Tanawon, and the other natural resources existing in and around
the site.
4.3.1.1 Hazards from PNOC-EDC Facilities

The existence of various facilities used in geothermal development and exploitation may cause
hazards to exist. These hazards are mainly related to the physical characteristics of an item,
such as its inherent mass, elevation gradient or slope, temperature, pressure, or energy stored
in their components, among others. When these are compared to the natural environment, a
striking contrast in the physical or chemical conditions exists and thereby poses a threat to
humans and the natural resources. The following facilities used in geothermal exploration,
development and exploitation, are expected to contain hazards:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
wells and their ancillary facilities

pipes and auxiliary connections
power plant and ancillary facilities
power lines, and
roads and transport systems
4.3.1.2 Hazards from PNOC-EDC Activities

Hazards are generated during the movement of machineries, employees, and materials that
PNOC-EDC employs to develop and exploit geothermal energy. These activities include:
A.
Pre-Operations Activities
1. Construction Activities
a. excavation and earth moving
b. civil, mechanical, electrical, structural and other engineering works
p. 4- 30
c.
transport of heavy equipment and materials
2. Well Drilling
3. Well Testing
B.
Operation and Maintenance Activities

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
fluid extraction
fluid transport
fluid reinjection
energy conversion/generation and transmission
maintenance work
4.3.1.3 Hazards from PNOC-EDC Products

The collective term products is used to describe the solid, liquid, gas or various forms of
energy used or produced during the exploitation of geothermal energy. The hazards generated
by these products are mainly related to potential exposure of people or the environment to the
unusual chemical and physical characteristics of these products. Specifically, the products,
which may cause hazards include:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
lubricants and fuels

drilling fluids
geothermal steam and gases
geothermal fluids
electricity and other electromagnetic forces
radioactivity
4.3.1.4 Hazards from the Natural Environment

Some natural processes pose hazards due to the nature that these processes interact with the
surface of the earth. Among these hazards are the geological, atmospheric, and hydrological
hazards that, with or without the project, will exist and threaten the site or its environment. The
following are the natural processes that exist in or threaten the site:
a)
b)
c)
d)
landslide hazards
earthquake hazards
volcanic hazards
typhoons and flooding hazards
4.3.2 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF TYPES OF HAZARDS

The various types of hazards appropriate or related to the project and to the natural conditions in
the site at each project phase have been identified and assessed. These hazards are broken
into physical, chemical, health and natural hazards, and are discussed below.
4.3.2.1 Physical Hazards

The physical hazards include the events, materials or processes that physically threaten people
(i.e. workers) or the natural resources. These include among others, noise, vibration, radiation,
extremes of temperature and pressure. The locations of these hazards are mostly confined to
p. 4- 31
the immediate vicinity of the facilities or activities that cause them, and thus limiting their area of
influence or impact.
A.
Heat and Thermal Hazards
The physical hazard of heat is identified to be present in the pipe and other parts of the fluid
distribution system, power plant and the diesel fuel storage facilities. The hazard is brought
about by the elevated temperatures of the fluids contained in these facilities.
1) Piping System
The geothermal fluid that is collected from wells is routed to the fluid separator stations where
the steam is separated from brine. Steam is passed through scrubbers for removal of impurities
before it is used at the power plant. The project will require several kilometers of piping
comprising the distribution system carrying pressurized steam in large diameter pipes that
handle as much as 107 kg/sec of steam to which is fed into the 50-80 MW steam turbogenerators. Hazards from the piping system occur if pipes rupture as a result of corrosion,
landslides or even sabotage. Brine and steam lines if ruptured will release hot fluids to the river
and atmosphere.
The heat of steam, in the range of 167C from the well, is high enough to cause burns. Rupture
due to increase in pressure is unlikely though due to the presence of bursting discs and
pressure release valves along the pipeline system. Only in the case of a massive landslide
falling directly on the pipeline could a pipe rupture occur. BGPF has operated since 1983, and
PNOC-EDC has incorporated risk management in its operation. To date, no pipeline rupture has
occurred as a result of landslide.
2)
Power Plant
The power plant has numerous equipment handling high pressure, high temperature fluid or
steam. These are the steam pipelines, steam turbines and steam ejectors.
Insulation of these equipment may be damaged by natural or project-related activities exposing
the hot surfaces. Worker inattention or complacency may lead to contact of body parts to the
hot surface.
Contact of body parts to surfaces with temperatures above 93C can lead to burns. Although
burn injuries may be minor, it may result in worker lost-time if not treated properly. Bare
surfaces of power plant equipment are therefore burn hazards.
3)
Diesel Storage Facility
Diesel fuel storage facilities are part of the project to provide a ready supply of diesel fuel for the
diesel-generators and other heavy equipment used in the project. Diesel-generators provide the
power for the oil rig equipment during well drilling, as well as, emergency power during power
outages. The storage facilities may be located several feet from other installations.
Diesel has a flash point of +80 degrees Celsius and boiling point of 370 degrees Celsius. Heat
hazard will develop when the diesel storage tank develops a large fuel leak, leading to fire
hazards. Leaks are caused by a ruptured tank shell due to sabotage or by fuel overflow as a
result of error in the refilling operation.
p. 4- 32
B.
Pressure Explosion Hazards
During development drilling, there are encounters of short burst of small gas pockets resulting in
kicks and in worst case/s well blow-outs. This will result to release of high-pressure fluid
together with non-condensable gases (NCG).
Gas-encounters result to kicks or sudden change in pressure and may be caused by the entry of
formation fluid into the wellbore due to inadequate mud circulation, insufficient mud weight,
improper hole cooling or failure to keep the hole full.
Uncontrolled gas kicks may lead to a well blow-out. This can be serious if not controlled in time.
The kick that is not contained will rapidly deteriorate into a well blow-out. The force of the blowout could be strong enough for workers to loose sight of the flying traveling block, spring J-body,
dry block ring, and other loose parts. This condition will lead to a pressure explosion if the well is
not shut-in with the blow-out preventor (BOP). A well blow-out situation of this magnitude is a
considerable concern in oil drilling which can generate up to 4,000 psig pressure in gas pockets.
In geothermal drilling however, the pressure or force build up is limited to 1,500 psig pressure,
thus the degree of concern for uncontrolled situations is much less than in oil well drilling.
C.
Shock Explosion Hazards
The production wells produce a two-phase fluid at high pressure (below 1,500 psi) and
temperature (167C or even up to 314oC at saturated condition). This fluid is routed via long
pipelines to fluid separator facilities where steam is flashed and liquid collected at the bottom for
hot reinjection to the geothermal reservoir. The steam in turn is routed via long pipelines to the
power plant where it is fed to the turbine-generators at above 100 psi pressure and 165C
temperature.
The pipeline from a production well to a fluid separator vessel may be cold at the start. In the
absence of a warm-up system, sudden routing of large volumes of hot brine or steam to a cold
pipeline or vessel (fluid separator) can produce a strong line hammer with a shock explosion
magnitude. The large volume of steam vapor in a pipeline or vessel will suddenly collapse
losing its pressure when suddenly cooled. The sudden cooling of the steam vapor changes its
state from vapor to liquid with a corresponding drastic change in its volume. This line hammer
phenomenon exerts a tremendous stress on the piping or vessel affected. There are cases
when the line hammer is so excessive that flanges break pipe and vessels in the system burst.
This shock hazard is basically work-related; following operational safety practices eliminates this
possibility.
D.
Noise
Noise is generated in various PNOC-EDC facilities of the project. Several equipment used and
installed in the project have their particular noise producing levels. In addition, there are also
activities which cause abnormally high sound levels.
Noise above the standard permissible noise exposure value of 90 dBA, averaged for an 8-hour
exposure, is an occupational hazard.
Continuous high noise intensity beyond the permissible noise exposure value of 90 dBA for more
than 8 hours causes hearing impairment, which is irreversible. The middle ear once damaged by
high intensity sound will cause hearing impairment. No medical procedure is known to restore
back one's hearing. This hazard is limited in specific work areas of the project.
p. 4- 33
Table 4.3.2.1 Sources of high sound levels.

SOURCES
1. Civil Works
A. Rock blasting to
open new roads
and carry-out
quarry operations
B. Heavy trucks
using access
roads
C. Heavy equipment
- concrete mixers
- pile drivers
- jack hammer
- compressors
- generators
- pumps
- grader
2.Vertical test
discharges of well
3. Horizontal test
discharge at rock
mufflers
4. Wells on full gas
bleed
5. Power plant NCG
steam ejector
(1)
(2)
(3)
SOUND LEVEL (dBA)

(1)
APPROX. DISTANCE
(m) TO ATTENUATE
SOUND TO 90 dBA
(2)
Explosive are used and these

causes high sound pressure
levels w/ vibration and shock
waves from source
83-93 @ side of roads
(Ave. reading = 88)
82
101
88
81
78
76
88
100
DISTANCE (m)
FROM SOURCE TO
ATTENUATE SOUND
TO TYPICAL
AMBIENT LEVELS (3)
1-kilometer on daytime
17 meters
56 meters
240
56 meters
500, or 300 w/
thick vegetation
93
23 meters
220
95
27 meters
300
At 15 meters distance from source

Computed based on (1)
Measured on field
E.
Vibration and Shaking
Vibration is experienced during wellbore drilling. The dynamic bit forces and torque during
drilling is associated with the increase rate of penetration, which induces vibration that may in
turn result in drill string component damage. The critical rotary speed of 105 rpm may cause
drill collar resonance, which may result in a mechanical vibration whose magnitude can be
considered as damaging.
A pipeline or vessel subjected to repeated vibration may reach failure condition due to metal
fatigue. Failure due to metal fatigue can happen without prior notice. Metal cracks may
suddenly develop resulting in rupture of the pipes or vessels in high pressure-temperature
service.
F.
Radiation and Radioactivity Hazards
Electric welding equipment are extensively used in the project for site preparations, well drilling,
facilities construction for fluid disposal, maintenance of power plant equipment, pipings and
other project activities. During welding activities ultraviolet (UV) rays in the spectral region
p. 4- 34
between 180 to 400 manometer wavelength is radiated from the electric welding arc. These UV
radiation can be an occupational hazard. Construction and maintenance workers will be
affected by this hazard.
Workers exposed to this welding arc radiation will suffer serious eye injuries and skin burns if
workers do not wear the proper personal protective equipment (PPE). This radiation is not
limited to a geothermal project but can be encountered in all industrial projects.
G.
Electricity and Electromagnetic Forces
The power plant generates electricity with turbine-generators with generating capacity of 50
megawatts at 13.8 kilovolts AC. This electric power is stepped up from 13.8 to 230 KV using
transformers at the plant substation for transmission via overhead powerlines to the system grid.
High voltage (13.8 KV) is present at the generator output terminals and conductors leading to
the switchgear. Lower voltages are, however, present at the generator exciter output terminals
and conductors leading to the switchgears and back to generators. From the generator
switchgear, the generated power is transmitted by insulated conductors to the substation
transformer for step up to 230 KV. The 230 KV output of these transformers is transmitted via
bare overhead transmission lines supported by transmission towers to the grid system. These
conductors are potential hazards of electrocution. Since metal cladding of switchgears are not
provided or reinstalled, the conductors carrying high voltages are susceptible to physical
contact. Further, conductor insulations/guards are not provided from generators to switchgears
and from switchgears to substation transformers.
Physical contact with bare conductors having potential of 110 volts and up (13.8 and 230 KV)
will result in electric shock, burns or electrocution that can lead to minor injuries as well as
fatalities.
4.3.2.2 Chemical Hazards

A.
1)
Gases and Emissions

H2S Hazard
Gaseous emission form a geothermal well contains 95-98.5% steam, and 1.5 to 5% noncondensable gases (NCG). The NCG is comprised of 95-96% carbon dioxide, 2-3.5% hydrogen
sulfide, and trace amounts (less than 1%) of nitrogen, ammonia, methane and hydrogen.
The major sources of steam and gaseous emissions during the development phase are the
wellpads particularly during well testing. During the first 5 to 30 minutes, the well is allowed to
discharge vertically releasing the geothermal fluid in full force. From the Cawayan experience,
the expected steam discharge from a production well is about 20 to 22 kg/s. With an exit
temperature of about 170C, the estimated volumetric steam flow rate is 33 cubic meters per
second. For a well with 5-MW capacity, at the upper limit of 5% NCG, a well emits a maximum
of 538.2 g/s NCG, which contains a maximum of 13.5 g/s of H2S.
After 5 to 30 minutes, the discharge is made to flow horizontally to a twin-tower silencer where
the two-phase geothermal fluid separates into steam and hot water. The steam together with
the non-condensable gases (NCG) is discharged through the silencers, while the hot water is
discharged through the weirbox at the bottom of the silencer.
The hazards identified during vertical testing are noise emission and the release of hydrogen
sulfide. The impact of these emissions depend on the frequency and intensity of emissions and
p. 4- 35
on how they are emitted and become distributed in the atmosphere and surrounding area.
Although, considerable amounts of steam and gaseous emissions (CO2, N2, H2S, NH3, CH4, H2)
are discharged during vertical well testing, this is a short-term event. Under calm conditions, the
steam, which is emitted at very high velocities, rises very high resulting to effective plume
dispersion and thereby low ambient ground level concentrations of toxic gases, particularly H2S.
The critical scenario occurs when the plume impinges on land in areas with complex topography
during very stable atmospheric conditions, which inhibit plume dispersion. In this case, the main
hazards from the release of toxic gas are to the testing crew and vegetation and wild life
immediately surrounding the wellpad. Moreover, when the liquid phase (or geothermal brine)
falls to the ground, boron, chloride and arsenic would find their way into the gullies and rivers
within the surrounding watersheds.
The hazards from the release of H2S during horizontal testing may be significant since this event
could last up to 2-3 months. Hydrogen sulfide measurements during horizontal well testing
reveal an emission concentration of around 220 ppm in the steam emanating from the silencer.
Effective fumigation of the steam phase can result to 28 ppm H2S within its plume. The plume
however disperses a few seconds from its exit from the silencer or within 50 meters from
discharge. Previous monitoring in other geothermal sites reveal a 0.15 ppm H2S at 20 meters
from the well head during horizontal discharge. See Figure 4.3.2.2-1 for the potential risk area.
The major sources of gaseous emissions from a fully operational power plant are the NCG
ejectors and the cooling water drafts. The geothermal fluids invariably contain dissolved gases
and solids. As the fluids pass through the FCRS, where steam is separated from the hot
condensate and conveyed to the power plant, the non-condensable gases escape and are
discharged through the NCG ejectors and cooling water drafts.
Based on plume dispersion modeling in the Air Quality Module, there exists no danger of H2S
toxicity from the discharge of H2S gas from the 50-80 MW operation of the Tanawon Geothermal
Project. The highest concentration scenario was generated in Stability Class D (stable) with a
maximum of 1.367 ppm H2S at 2.8 kilometers distance from the Botong power plant with a NE
wind. All other modeling results in Stability Classes A (highly unstable), B (unstable), C (neutral)
and D (stable) were lower in all directions and distances. The H2S monitoring data on work
area-geothermal facilities (WA-GF) stations confirm the low levels of H2S, even with the
operation of the 150-MWe BacMan I and II power plants.
From the dispersion patterns it appears that the watersheds occupied by the project area will be
affected on a very limited scale within the development block. The expected levels of H2S in the
project area and its surroundings will be well within the occupational H2S standard during the
life-cycle of the power plant, as present H2S monitoring data in the BacMan I and II would
indicate. Refer to Tables in the Air Quality Baseline Profile.
However, it is still important to monitor and determine the prevailing or expected atmospheric
levels of H2S in the project area and its surroundings. Specific work areas where H2S may
accumulate are depressed areas in the vicinity of wells on testing, wells with heavy bleed,
separator stations, pressure release valves and cooling towers.
On the presence of radioactive elements, these are generally found in geothermal fluids in very
low concentrations. Radon, a radioactive gas and one of the products of radium decay is the
generally recognized radioactive component in geothermal fluids. The exposure to radioactive
elements is very low to be considered a concern. Its presence however can increase in
enclosed depressed areas, but then the toxic effect of H2S gas or lack of oxygen would have
taken its effect on a worker.
p. 4- 36
2)
Oxygen-Deficient Work Areas
The fluid separator vessel and its attendant pipings, the turbine condenser and other vessels of
the project will require internal maintenance repairs to ensure that vessel(s) are mechanically
sound and will be able to continuously operate within the lifespan of the plant (30 years).
Workers will be required to enter these vessels for various jobs such as cleaning, inspections
and welding repairs.
When there is no air movement in a working space the air in it becomes oxygen deficient. This
condition will happen in a working space, such as inside fluid separator, turbine condenser,
pipelength and other similar vessels. When a vessel is taken out of service, the vessel is
isolated from the rest of the system by valves and then de-pressurized. The vessel is cooled and
prepared for entry. However, the vessel may still have residual non-condensable gases, which
displace the normal oxygen content in air. The isolation of the vessel by using only closed
valves does not ensure that the steam and NCG do not leak-in while work is going on inside
these vessels.
Working in an oxygen deficient atmosphere may result in serious adverse consequence(s),
which vary depending in the amount of O2 present.
with 16-12% oxygen in air

-
with 12-10% oxygen in air

-
nausea
vomiting
inability to perform rigorous movements
unconsciousness, followed by death
with less than 6% oxygen in air

-
3)
very poor muscle coordination

very faulty judgment
muscular exertion causes rapid fatigue and
may cause permanent heart damage
with 10- 6% oxygen in air

-
increased breathing volume

accelerated heartbeat
impaired attention and thinking
impaired coordination
spasmodic breathing
convulsive movements
death in minutes
Other Gases
The nature and levels of the other non-condensable gases, particularly carbon dioxide, and the
trace amounts of nitrogen, ammonia, methane and hydrogen do not present any significant
environmental hazard.
p. 4- 37
B.
1)
Liquids and Effluents

Lubricants and Fuels
The sources of hazards, which include oils, lubricants, gasoline and diesel fuel are normally
stored and utilized in the various phases of development of the geothermal project area. Aside
from the light vehicles, heavy equipment and machineries used in road and pad construction,
well drilling, and other infrastructure activities consume these petrochemical products.
The hazards involved include heat and combustion, due to the flammable nature of these
petrochemicals, and the release of noxious gases and toxic fluid. Moreover, spent oils
generated are hazardous if released into the environment.
The maximum volume of oil-based products stored at any one time in BGPF (Bacman 1 and 2)
is around 80,000 liters (or roughly 80 tons). This is estimated from the operation of two drilling
rigs with 30,000 liters of diesel fuel stored at each rig site, and 20,000 liters stored at BGPF
administration area. The waste oil generation for the operation of the 150-MWe BGPF is 100200 liters per month; and these are stored in metal drums and sold to recyclers thru public
bidding.
2)
Drilling Fluids
During the drilling phase, rock cuttings and drilling fluids are produced. The rock cuttings consist
of drilled rock chips of the rock formation in the development area, while drilling fluids consist of
drilling mud and rig washings. The drilling mud is the mud slurry used to carry rock cuttings
from the drilling operation. It is composed of the following additives: bentonite, a naturallyoccurring clay as viscosifier, lignite and sodium lignosulfonate as mud thinner and dispersant,
caustic soda (NaOH) for pH control, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) for minimizing mud
loss, and soda ash (NaCO3) as cement retarder. Rig washings are the water used to clean and
maintain the rig. Grease and oil wastes are also produced in operating the rig equipment, but
these are minimal and inherent to all machineries.
The expected volume of materials produced per well drilling are: rock cuttings - 213 cubic
meters; drilling mud - 1,115 cubic meters; and rig washings - 334 cubic meters. For the entire
project, the proposed production of 50-80 MW of power will require the drilling of at least 16
production wells, 8 reinjection wells, and 8 maintenance and replacement (M&R) wells.
In the vicinity of each wellpad, sumps are constructed to serve as holding ponds for the fluids
from drilling and well testing activities. The sumps are designed to allow the settling of solids
over time and are fitted with silt and oil traps to separate particles and diesel/oil wastes.
The inherent levels of chromium (Cr) and lead (Pb) in the drilling mud may pose some concerns.
These parameters have been analyzed in PNOC-EDC operations in the different geothermal
sites to be within environmental standards (Southern Leyte Geothermal Project Environmental
Impact Assessment).
The hazards posed by these materials range from the accumulation and release of liquids and
solids from the sumps, which can lead to the siltation and temporary pollution of waterways. The
presence mainly of suspended solids and low concentration of Cr and Pb in the sump fluids
should be assessed for their potential to cause damage to the receptors in the affected area.
The release of these materials could happen through leakage or in the worst scenario total
collapse. Its area of influence would be the gullies and rivers in the reservation area and the
waterways downstream in the watershed area.
p. 4- 38
3)
Geothermal Liquids
The geothermal brine is generated during both the well testing and field operations phase.
During horizontal well testing where the geothermal fluid is directed to the twin-tower silencer,
the steam is separated from the hot brine, which is discharged at the weirbox at the lower
portion of the silencer. On the other hand, during operation or production phase, geothermal
liquids generated consist of brine separated in the flash plants or FCRS and the condensed
steam at the power plant.
The brine solution may contain as much as 30% dissolved solids (chlorides, carbonates, silica,
etc.). Silica can cause technical problems due to scaling. Arsenic (As), boron (B), chloride (Cl)
and, to a lesser degree, lead (Pb), are present, and thus pose concern during the well testing
and production phases. Refer again to Table 1.8-7, which shows the chemical composition of
geothermal brine solution.
The chemical composition of the steam condensate or cooling tower blowdown includes low
levels of arsenic and boron, and heavy metals in concentrations within environmental standards
for ambient waters (Southern Leyte Geothermal Project EIA). The cooling tower sludge may
contain high levels of heavy metals particularly chromium, arsenic, lead, copper and mercury
(Refer again to Table 1.8-12). However, results of laboratory TCLP (or total chemical leaching
procedure) analyses reveal that the leachable metals are below RA 6969 (or Toxic Chemicals
and Hazardous and Nuclear Waste Control Act of 1990) standards, hence, are non-toxic.
Chemicals such as bases, biocides, anti-fouling and anti-scaling agents may be added to the
cooling tower blowdown for pH adjustment, control of bacteria and solids, respectively. Biocides
and anti-fouling agents can be hazardous since they control bacterial growth. These materials,
added in small amounts regularly, are biodegradable and their biocidal properties are degraded
(Refer again to Table 1.8-15).
Considering the hazardous nature of geothermal liquids, it is essential that these liquids are
properly handled. These must not be allowed to be discharged into the environment in
quantities and concentrations that may can cause thermal pollution and heavy metal
contamination of water bodies. For this reason and for recharge of the geothermal reservoir, the
process of brine reinjection is made part of the Fluid Collection and Reinjection System (FCRS).
Both the hot brine and condensed steam shall be re-injected back into the reservoir 2-3 km
below the surface. Hot brine will be re-injected immediately while condensed steam will be
temporarily held in cooling ponds before being re-injected as cold liquid. Given this project
design, the potential damage and other concomitant risks that may be caused by these hazards
are hereby assessed.
4.3.2.3 Natural Hazards

A.
Landslide and Downslope Movement
Landslide hazards exist in the site because of both natural and artificial causes. Among the natural
factors that favor landslides to occur include the steep slope gradient, water saturation of soils, poor
vegetation cover leading to runoff, deeply weathered rocks and extensive hydrothermal alteration.
Artificial conditions that increase the likelihood of slope failure include earthmoving activities
(excavations and filling), devegetation, water impoundment, and other interventions that alter the
character of water infiltration into the earth or those changes that introduce redistribution of mass
that eventually leads to slope instability.
Mass movements (landslides, mass wasting) may take place suddenly and catastrophically,
resulting in debris avalanches, lahars, rock falls and slides, flows (debris, quick clay, loess, and
p. 4- 39
dry or wet sand and silt). For example, the initial velocity of lahars can reach 30m/second in a
few seconds, but in places, they can slow to a few m/minute in flat grounds. Slower movements
result in slides (debris, rock blocks), topples, slumps (rock, earth), complex landslides and
creep.
Slope failure is a natural process, which can be induced, accelerated or retarded both by natural
processes or by human activity. The following are some examples:
a) Natural process: Removal of lateral support through the erosion or weathering, land
subsidence or faulting. Human activity: cutting of slopes for roads and other structures,
quarrying, and removal of retaining walls;
b) Natural process: Adding weight to slopes by rain and water impoundment, by accumulation
of talus or volcanic debris. Human activity: landfills, stockpiles of rock, waste piles,
construction of heavy building and other structures, and water leaking from pipelines,
sewers, canals, and reservoirs;
c) Natural process: Earthquakes, vibrations from nearby slope failures.
vibrations from explosions, machinery, road traffic;
Human activity:
d) Natural processes: Decrease of underlying support by erosion or dissolution.

activity: mining, excavation, fluid extraction from the ground.
Human
Landslides are most common on moderate to steep slopes, but even gentle and flat-lying slopes
can fail if adjacent to steep slopes, rivers, and other bodies of water. The risk of failure is
generally greater where rocks are highly fractured, or where there are surficial soils, clays and
silts that are liable to liquefaction. Many pre-existing landslides are re-activated, even under
conditions that the original slope, prior to first failure, could have resisted.
Slope failure takes place when the critical slope angle is exceeded. The angle depends on the
frictional properties of the slope material and increases slightly with the size and angularity of
the fragments. Dry, cohesionless material will come to rest on similar material when the angle of
repose ranges generally between 33 and 37. For wet, cohesive materials, downslope
movement may occur on slopes as low as 8 (or 18% slope, the highest slope allowed for
Alienable and Disposable Land). In humid areas with unstable slopes, the effect of prolonged
rainfall or brief but intense downpour is significant.
In identifying the landslide hazard areas, we used a simple procedure of relating the susceptibility to
landslides to the basic surface conditions of the area such as steepness of slope and nature of land
use. This is because the information available for the site is limited. In using land use as input, we
considered the certain slope-disturbing conditions as critical factors that determine landslide
susceptibility, including the presence of road cuts, existence of deep stream channels, absence of
vegetation and presence of human activity such as slope agriculture and excavations. Since the
sites soil condition is almost uniform in terms of thickness and amount of clay content, we
considered the area to be covered by uniform soil features. The resulting landslide susceptibility
map is considered as a generalized feature of the area and was verified in field observations and
from the reports available during the study.
Figure 4.3.2.3-1 shows the terrain map of the region around the project area. Due to its being
located on the slopes of the Pocdol-Bacon-Manito Mountains, the terrain in the project site is
hilly to steep and mountainous. Since slope is a major factor that influences the occurrence of
landslides, the steep slopes of the parts of the project area which are adjacent to the stream
channels and those along steep mountain sides are more susceptible to landslides than the
ridges and other more gentle terrain. Figure 4.3.2.3-2 shows the susceptibility of the region to
landslides. Since landslide processes are influenced by the surface processes and activity, and
p. 4- 40
particularly by the infiltration of surface water into the soil, landslides are expected to be more
common in non-vegetated slopes, and along streambanks and other over steepened areas,
where both natural processes and construction and development activities result to the
steepening and undercutting of slopes.
As indicated in the conceptual model, the receptors include all living and physical resources located
on the source, path or destination of the landslide. Identified receptors of the landslide hazards are
the following:
Biological receptors are the fresh water biota of the two major river systems draining the
Tanawon Geothermal Project (i.e. Rizal, Cawayan and Ticol Rivers) and the vegetation that exists
in the watershed area.
PNOC-EDC Facilities identified to be vulnerable to landslide based on the Slope Map (Refer again
to Fig. 2.1.2-1 of Pedology Baseline Profile, Vol. 2 of EIS) and the GIS-based Landslide
Susceptibility Map (Fig. 4.3.2.3-2)
Infrastructures susceptible to sedimentation are irrigation projects located downstream of the
Tanawon. Irrigation facilities that maybe affected by sedimentation as a result of erosion are
irrigation channels and weir structures.
Table 4.3.2.3. Receptors of Landslide Hazards

Natural
Hazard
Landslide
People
Houses,
small
buildings
Injury/death from
sliding mass or
failing ground or
burial
Burial or
damage from
ground failure
B.
Earthquakes
1)
Seismic Acceleration
Crops/
Vegetation/ natural
environment
Burial or damage
from ground failure
Geothermal
Facilities
Burial or damage from
sliding mass or failing
ground
Shallow- focus earthquakes (those with focus within a few tens of kilometers of the surface) are
caused by crustal movements along faults, though they can also be induced anthropogenically.
Surface effects include uplift or subsidence, surface faulting, landslides and debris flows,
liquefaction, ground shaking, and tsunami. Damage to buildings, roads, sewers, gas and water
lines, power and telephone systems, and other built structures commonly occurs.
The seismicity in the Bicol Region is influenced by several major structural features, most active of
which are the Philippine Fault and the Philippine Trench. The Philippine Fault Zone traverses
through the Ragay Gulf, running parallel to the eastern shores of the Bondoc Peninsula and cutting
in half both the northern Bicol area along Guinyangan to Lopez, Quezon. This fault is the most
active fault in the Philippines and is the major source of the seismic hazard not only for this part of
Luzon but also for large regions from Davao to Baguio.
The nature of displacement along the Philippine Fault is left lateral strike-slip faulting, as evidenced
by geomorphological offsets, inferred stress-strain relations, and historically observed ruptures
during earthquakes. The most recent evidence for both the activity of the Philippine Fault Zone and
its left lateral displacement is the recent destructive earthquake on 16 July 1990 when a 7.8
earthquake occurred in Rizal, Nueva Ecija. This earthquake had a rupture of about 120 km
displaced as left lateral for an average of 3 m. In the Ragay Gulf area, the fault had a 7.3 magnitude
p. 4- 41
earthquake in 1973 which caused destruction along the trace of the fault. The earthquake had a
left-lateral sense of slip, and this was documented by Morante et al. (1973). A rupture of about 50
km with observed displacements of 2 meters was observed in 1973.
It can be noted that the earthquakes that affect the area are not confined to those events whose
epicenters are within the area but also contain earthquakes from nearby regions whose magnitudes
are significantly large. The seismicity map of the Philippines indicate that aside from the Philippine
Fault, active subduction zones along the northeast and northern coasts of the Bicol region are also
sources of earthquakes. Along this part of the archipelago, the northern extension of The Philippine
trench marks the zone in which the Philippine Sea Plate subducts under the Bicol landmass. As
the Philippine trench passes near the Sorsogon, a splay of the trench appears to extend into the
Albay Gulf area, which joins a fault that extends eastward from Albay Gulf and curves into the
Ragay Gulf area. The Philippine Trench continues to extend northwards, where it begins to run
parallel to the northern coast of Bicol, along the northern coast of Catanduanes. Here, the
subduction appears to join the Manila Trench in an east-west structure, possibly contributing to the
elevated seismicity in the area.
The earthquake hazards in the Mount Pocdol area and its surrounding region reflect of the
presence of major active faults and the occurrence of historical earthquakes in the area (Refer
again to Fig 4.1.6.2-2 and 4.1.6.3-1). Note that none of these are located close to the project
site at Bacon-Manito. Thus, the likelihood of surface rupture and local tectonic deformation is
unlikely for the project site. The main hazard that needs to be considered is seismic shaking.
Considering that structures related to geothermal development are well designed and well built,
the degree of damage is dependent on the intensity of shaking. This intensity of shaking is
dependent on the magnitude of the event, the distance from the source of the earthquake, and
the nature of the underlying materials on which the structure is built. Using a USGS model that
calculates the probable intensity of shaking based on frequency of occurrence of earthquakes,
distance to seismogenic zones, and data on shaking attenuation (through distance), the intensity
of shaking for particular sites can be estimated. These estimates depend on the assumed
nature of the subsurface materials on which the structures are built on. Figures 4.3.2.3-3,
4.3.2.3-4 and 4.3.2.3-5 show the seismic acceleration for the Bacon-Manito area in 50 years (or
a return period of 475 years), assuming a 90 % of non-exceedance (or 10% error). It can be
noted that soft soils conditions (Figure 4.3.2.3-3) produce higher shaking intensity (measured in
g or percentage of gravitational acceleration) while rock conditions produce the least intensity
(Figure 4.3.2.3-5).
The prominent feature of the seismic hazard map is the presence of a "core" of high acceleration
values running along the Ragay Gulf. This core of high seismic hazard is along the Philippine Fault
Zone. Along this zone, a peak ground acceleration of 0.41 to 0.47 (or 41% to 47% of gravitational
acceleration) is expected for a return period of 475 years with a 90% probability of non-exceedance
in 50 years
For the Tanawon site, medium soil conditions are expected for the most of the project site (i.e.,
the area underlain by weathered volcanic rocks) while rock conditions are expected in the areas
of the project site underlain by fresh and hard volcanic rocks.
Although earthquakes are predominantly natural events, shallow-focus seismic tremors can be
induced by human actions that change near- surface rock stresses or fluid pressures. Such
actions include the extraction or pumping back into the ground of geothermal fluids. It should be
noted that the magnitude of the induced earthquakes is very small, rarely reaching magnitudes
of 2.5. These events are therefore seldom felt on the surface, and on the occasions that they
are felt, these do not exceed Intensity II (Rossi Forrel Scale). Therefore, because of their low
magnitude, the earthquakes induced by the extraction and reinjection of geothermal fluids in the
Tanawon is not considered to cause any damage in the natural and anthropogenic environment.
p. 4- 42
2)
Regional Geologic Structures
Sorsogon is located between two major tectonic features, the Philippine Fault and the Philippine
Trench. The Philippine Fault is the greatest transcurrent fault in the Philippines. It is traceable for
about 1,200 kilometers originating from Lingayen Gulf on the north, thence along the southern
border of the Luzon Central Cordillera, Polilio Strait, Tayabas Isthmus through Masbate and Leyte
Islands and into Davao Gulf. It is a broad complex zone of rifting composed of a number of faults of
diverse direction. Studies done by Barcelona (1981) along the segment of the fault in the Tayabas
Isthmus and Aurelio (1991, 2000) in Leyte and Masbate areas show that the fault is an oblique
lateral fault with horizontal component of displacement being larger than the vertical component.
Present movements on the fault have confirmed it to be left-lateral. Activities on the fault seem to
be continuous since the Paleogene with apparently more intense activity in the past than in the
present.
The Philippine Trench, also known as Philippine Deep, is a well-marked westward-dipping
underthrust/overthrust. It is traceable from the eastern coast of Mindanao to that of the Bicol
Region. Earthquakes of strong intensity frequently originate along this trench.
The present structural features of the Bicol Region of which Sorsogon is a part, are probably related
to these tectonic features. Generally, major faults and folds are oriented parallel to the Philippine
Fault and the Philippine Trench. However, the latter are transected by north-east trending faults in
some places. Thrust-faulting is the most significant and in most cases define the contacts of the
ultramafic complex with the other rock type in the area. Broad and tight folds are well manifested in
the pre-Cretaceous rocks, Universal Formation, and Upper Miocene and Pliocene rock formations.
The thrust faults in the Bicol Region are located in the northeastern side of Camarines Norte,
Camarines Sur and Catanduanes Island. Judging from their trend and directions of dip, these faults
are probably interrelated and constitute a major thrust zone.
3)
Geologic Structures in the Project Site
The Geology portion of Section 2.1.1.3 of the Physical Baseline Environmental Condition can be
referred to in this section. There is no major active structure found in the area that may contribute
to movement. No hazard from a fault rupture is expected.
The probability of fault rupture along the Philippine Fault is high, however and this may be
experienced during the next significant earthquake with an epicenter in the Ragay Gulf region and
with a magnitude > 7.
C.
Volcanism
Based on the studies done by previous workers in the area, (Corby, 1951, Miranda and Caleon,
1970, Mines and Geo-Sciences Bureau, 1981), the oldest rock units in the area are Pre-Cretaceous
schists and quartzites which are unconformably overlain by Cretaceous to Quaternary volcanic and
sedimentary rocks. Geologic mapping done by previous workers in the Bicol Region indicates that
the oldest rocks exposed in the study area are Pre-Cretaceous metamorphics (schists and
quartzites) and Cretaceous ultramafics (dunite, peridotite, etc.). These rocks are uncomformably
overlain by Tertiary to Quaternary sediments and volcanic rocks which are intruded by plutonic
igneous rocks (diorite, granodiorite) in some places.
In terms of seismicity, no local earthquakes had been reported from within the Mount Pocdol region,
and even historic earthquake records indicate that most of the seismicity in the region are
attributable to the tectonic movements along the Philippine Fault and to the active subduction zones
nearby.
p. 4- 43
Although geothermal development takes place on or near the slopes of a volcano, no renewal of
volcanic activity of Pocdol Mountains is expected within the lifetime of the project. Pocdol
Volcano is inactive, with no volcanic eruption observed during historic period (for the past 500
years). Some young volcanic deposits have been documented in the area, with ages of younger
than 10,000 years, but there are no other indications that volcanic activity is on a resurgence in
the area. Likewise, the pH level of fluids extracted from Tanawon does not approach the acidic
waters observed in active and potentially active volcanoes (e.g., Pinatubo and Apo) indicating
that there is no magmatic influence in the presently tapped geothermal fluids at the BGPF. The
absence of indications that Pocdol erupted in the recent past suggests that the likelihood of
volcanic unrest from it is unlikely within the lifespan of the Tanawon project. More likely,
volcano-related events that may be observed in the area are lahars and debris flows (activated
by intense rainfall) and hydrothermal explosions.
Hydrothermal explosions had not been observed in the Bacon Manito area in the past. Such
events, however, have occurred in the Tiwi area in recent years, the latest of which are those in
1979, 1983 and 1984, and in the Biliran area in recent decades. These explosions are not
linked to any magmatic activity, however, since the major component involved in such events is
steam. These hydrothermal explosions are brief periods (lasting a few days to a few months) of
hot mud fountaining in small craters a few meters in diameter. The occurrence of these
explosions is influenced mainly by the availability of very hot steam at very shallow levels, and
thus, is commonly observed in low elevation areas where deep-sourced groundwater reaches
shallow levels.
The possibility of magmatic unrest in any volcano is present, however. This is possible not only
for those classified as active but also for inactive volcanoes. It is with this possibility of having
an unrest that monitoring is necessary.
D.
Subsidence and Other Forms of Surface Displacement
Subsidence is the loss of elevation by the Earths surface due to collapse into underground
cavities, or the compaction of surficial materials. Sudden movements may be caused by faulting
associated with earthquakes, and from the collapse of rock or sediment into natural holes in
soluble rocks (e.g. limestone), or into cavities produced by mining of near-surface rocks. Slower
local subsidence may also be induced by: fluid withdrawal (groundwater, gas, oil, geothermal
fluids), drainage of surface waters from wetlands, erosion and compaction of unconsolidated
soils and sediments, and filtration of surface water through porous sediments such as alluvium.
On a much larger scale, the land surface elevation responds slowly to plate movements and
compaction of sedimentary basins. In tectonically active mountains, uplift may be as much as
20 mm/year. In Muntinlupa, groundwater pumping since 1988 led to land subsidence of up to 2
m. Areas near the Philippine Fault have moved laterally as much as 2 cm/yr over the past five
years. Fissures and faults can develop suddenly during earthquakes and as a result of volcanic
processes and landsliding, or more slowly as a result of differential compaction during
subsidence. Regional shortening of 15 cm over a distance of 50 km was measured in Japan
prior to an earthquake in April, 1995, following which the shortened distance returned to normal.
Subsidence induced displacements have only minor effects on landscapes and ecosystems
because it causes slow movement and only very small amount of displacements (a few
centimeters per year). However, if the subsidence causes differential movement on the ground
(i.e., one part of the ground moves while another part does not), it can damage buildings,
foundations and other built structures. These effects have been repeatedly observed in the
Muntinlupa area over the past several years. At Bacon-Manito, subsidence is not yet detected.
PNOC-EDC maintains a program for monitoring the ground elevation and gravity fields in the
project area to determine if any subsidence is occurring in the geothermal development sites.
(Refer to Impact Assessment Section 3.2.5-1).
p. 4- 44
E.
Rainfall and Typhoons
The project is located in a Type II climate region characterized as having no dry season and with a
very pronounced maximum rain period from November to January. The area receives an annual
rainfall of about 5,000 mm, based on the 1996-1999 records of 3 PNOC-EDC rain gauge stations in
the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Reservation.
Storm track information for the period 1960-1991 was also analyzed to determine the frequency
of mature storms passing within 100 km of the Tanawon site. Figure 4.3.2.3-6 shows the
frequency of storms (64-118 KPH winds) and typhoons (>118 KPH winds) per year that passed
through the region in the past 31 years. The average frequency for the Tanawon site is 1.7 per
year (53 in 31 years- of both storms and typhoons. The number of such passages ranges from
nil in 18% of years to a maximum of 8 in one year. Storms are more frequent in July and from
October to November. The average frequency in July is 0.3 (or one in three storms pass
through the region), and in October, it is 0.32 (in other words, a storm will likely pass through the
region one in three events), while in November, it is 0.4 (or two of five storms pass through the
region). In all other months, the average frequency is between 0 (February and August) and
0.22 (December).
Based on recent events, from 1984 to 1994, four typhoons were known to have brought damage
exceeding 1 million pesos to Bicol giving a 0.36 probability that typhoons will be destructive within
an 11-year period. The resulting conditional probability for a destructive typhoon to pass through
Tanawon is 0.36 per year or 10.8 in 30 years.
The hazards that come with typhoons and tropical storms include the strong winds associated with
the disturbance, and heavy rains. One significant event in recent years is Typhoon Loleng of
October 1998, which carried a wind speed of around 120 to 150 kph central winds as it crossed the
Bicol peninsula. The effect of the strong winds brought by such typhoons is the damage of roofs
and non-concrete vertical structures and destruction of trees and vegetation.
F.
Floods
Flood is defined as any relatively high flow that overtops the natural or artificial banks in any reach
of a stream (Chow 1964). It can be characterized according to height, size of area inundated, peak
discharge and volume of flow. For the purpose of assessing risk due to flood, information on the
flood height and stage (the area inundated) are most valuable.
High intensity rainfall normally associated with typhoons and the southwest monsoon season cause
flooding hazards. This situation is attenuated by the deforestation of catchment areas. In the
absence of historical hydrological data such as streamflow and rainfall from project site, occurrence
of flood in the project site can only be inferred. In determining the flood hazards, the temporal
pattern of typhoon occurrence is analyzed using a time series analysis. From the frequency of
recurrence, the periodicity of the storm is extrapolated and assumed that the time distribution
represents the probability of occurrence of typhoons for the coming years. A terrain analysis to
determine areas susceptible to floods was also undertaken. The assumption used is that during the
seasonal occurrence of rainfall, some of these weather disturbances will bring unusually heavy
rains. Assuming the occurrence of heavy rains, the drainage capacity of the river channels will be
exceeded, resulting to unusual increase in the water levels. The various floodplains and channels
adjacent to the major rivers, and some flatlands susceptible to flooding are subsequently identified.
There are no areas within the project site that are susceptible to flooding. Areas located
downstream of the project area, particularly those along the alluvial fans of the rivers that drain
the southern slopes of the area are all susceptible to rain-induced and tide-induced flooding.
Alluvial fans resulted from the periodic deposition of heterogeneous sediments during big floods.
p. 4- 45
p. 4- 46
4.4
RISK ASSESSMENT
Risk is the quantification of the threat that a particular hazard has on the resources, which are
exposed to the hazards. The environmental items or resources that are threatened by the
hazard are also called receptors. The sensitivity of these receptors to the various agents of
hazards is called vulnerability or susceptibility. The amount of threat that a hazard may pose to
any receptor depends on the intensity of the hazard, the size or population of the receptor, and
the duration and extent that the receptors are exposed to the hazardous agent. This section
describes the risks that are caused by the hazards discussed in Section 4.3. The first part of
this section deals with the description of the various items at risk. These items at risk or the
receptors include the workers of PNOC, the communities that inhabit the barangays and towns
surrounding the project site, and the natural resources that exist in and around Tanawon-BGPF
area.
4.4.1 HAZARDS RECEPTORS

Based on the nature and mobility of the hazards, the hazard receptors identified are the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Human Population (Workers/Residents)

Terrestrial Biological Resources (Vegetation and Wildlife)
Freshwater Biological Resources
Water Resources (Surface Water Quality)
Physical Resources (Air Quality, Geological Resources, Forest Resources, Land Use)
The baseline information on these resources/receptors are described in Section 2 (Baseline

Environmental Conditions).
4.4.2 VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT FOR VARIOUS RECEPTORS

4.4.2.1 Vulnerability of Human Population to Various Hazards
Young children (less than 7 years) and aged people (above 59) are generally more vulnerable to
illnesses due to stress and hazards than people in other age brackets. This condition will be
assessed, as necessary. The residential areas are located at least 5 kilometers from would-be
project facilities.
4.4.2.2 Vulnerability of Natural Resources to Various Hazards

A.
H2S Gas Release
Inventory results show that there is no rare or endangered plant or forest tree species in the
BacMan area that could be affected by the project. The effect of H2S in plant and tree species
adjacent to the pad would be necrotic lesions, burned tips, and non-seasonal leaf fall for
dipterocarp species. Non-seasonal defoliation may occur due to slightly higher temperature than
ambient just beyond the well pad.
Effect on terrestrial fauna is minimal as animals will avoid the smell of H2S.
p. 4- 46
B.
Steam Release
Exposure to steam may cause thermal stress in plants, which are within the path of the steam.
The stress can lead to reduced photosynthesis, at worse, the death of the affected foliage just
beyond the well pad. Again, animals tend to escape from the path of the released steam.
C.
Heavy Metals and Solids
The juvenile stages of aquatic fauna tend to be vulnerable to heavy metal toxicity. If the animal
survives the elevated concentrations from emergency release of brine, the heavy metal in
question accumulates in the tissues of members of the higher levels of the food chain until it
reaches man who may develop symptomatic expressions of heavy metal toxicity. The toxicity of
certain heavy metals on humans has been established for some adverse health effects (Table
4.4.2.2.). The adverse human health effects below may be experienced when the human dose
exceeds the toxicity levels (i.e. No Observed Adverse Effect Levels (NOAEL) for long-term
exposure and Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level (LOAEL) for short-term exposure) or when
the Drinking Water Standards are usually exceeded.
Table 4.4.2.2-. Human Health Effects of Some Heavy Metals

Heavy Metal
Route of Exposure
Adverse Health Effects
Arsenic
Inhalation, ingestion
Acute: gastrointestinal symptoms,

abdominal pain and vomiting.
Cardiovascular effects.
Chronic: Facial dermatitis, and eczematous
dermatitis
Cadmium
Acute: delayed fulminant pneumonitis,

dyspnea and cough
Subacute: dizziness, fatigue, chest pain and
dyspnea.
Chronic: Kidney damage
Chromium
Ulcers on the skin and nasal mucosa, irritant

and contact dermatitis, Respiratory
complaints, and rarely lung cancer
Lead
acute lead poisoning (severe abdominal

colic, altered bowel habits , fatigue and
anemia. Severe encephalopathy can occur.
Headache, personality changes, liver
function changes,etc.
Manganese
Inhalation
Mercury
severe neurotoxicity associated with

neuromuscular irritability and ultimately a
syndrome similar to Parkinsonism.
Systemic effects on kidney, gastrointestinal
system, central nervous system, respiratory
system. Nephrosis, severe mucosal
necrosis, polyneuropathy, pulmonary
granulomas
p. 4- 47
Noxious solids produced during well drilling may cause turbidity of watercourses leading to
reduced photosynthetic activity. Benthic forms of microflora and fauna may be buried along with
fingerlings and juvenile fish. These effects will however be limited in area (near the discharge or
accident), and time since the volume of drilling fluids will be limited. Solids coming from quarry
sites lead to turbidity development that causes a reduction of photosynthetic rates. Benthic
organisms including slow-swimming organisms like the young of fish may be buried. These
organisms will recover thru re-colonization from other parts of the river, when the emergency
event has passed.
Macrophytes and other aquatic plants in general tend to bio-accumulate heavy metals in waters
in concentrations two magnitudes higher than ambient without causing death. Emergency
releases of geothermal brine are not expected to effect metal bio-accumulation in these
resources. A study on risk from emergency release of brine thru sump leakage and pipeline
leakage is attached in this report.
D.
Noise
The noise effect is limited spatially and temporarily to wildlife; affected wildlife may return after
the noise emission has stopped or reduced in intensity. If it is prolonged or periodic over short
intervals, the organism may be forecast-caused to establish elsewhere. Noise is a barrier to
the calls of birds in general which relate to courtship and territoriality.
E.
Landslides/Soil Movement
Land slides result to massive covering of plants and animals along the sloping areas and
riverbeds. The damage depends upon the volume of the landmass that is removed. Only trees
or vegetation with exposed branches after the landslide can resume their vegetative life after a
landslide event. Landslides also aggravate the siltation in flowing water bodies.
4.4.3 RISK ASSESSMENT FOR HAZARDS IN TANAWON

GEOTHERMAL PROJECT
This section describes the quantification of the threats that the hazards discussed in the
previous section (Section 4.3) pose to the resources that are described in this section.
4.4.3.1 Physical Hazards

A.
Heat and Thermal Hazards
a)
Receptor: Workers in the Tanawon Geothermal Project
Exposure of workers to very warm working conditions can often lead to adverse health outcome
as a consequence of increasing core body temperature and loss of bodily fluid and electrolytes.
The adverse health effects are often exacerbated by intense physical demand on the body, poor
ventilation as well as wearing inappropriate PPE, which might, at the same time, create a new
hazard for the worker.
p. 4- 48
The heat hazard would come primarily from solar sources with some contribution from
workplace heat sources like from diesel engines as well as the heat from pipings and steam
release.
A classification of disorders caused by exposure to high levels of environmental heat is as
follows:
systemic disorders - heat stroke (hyperpyrexia), heat exhaustion (from circulatory

deficiency: heat syncope), water deficiency, salt deficiency, heat cramps or sweating
deficiency;
skin disorders - prickly heat (milaria rubra), cancer of the skin (primarily for caucasian
stock);
psychoneurotic disorders - mild chronic heat fatigue, irritation and acute loss of emotional
control.
Table 4.4.3.1-1. Risk Assessment of Heat Exposure to Workers

Stage of Project
Cycle
Site Preparation
Construction
Development
Drilling
Well Testing
(Vert./Horiz) Well
Bleeding
Power Plant
FCDS
Health Consequence Rating

(4) minor injury/illness or nuisance
Exposure/
Incident Potential Rating
(B) High
(B) High
(C) Medium
Risk Score
(D) Low

(4) minor injury/illness
(C) Medium
(C) Medium
6
6
5
5
6
Site clearing involves working under the risk of solar heat for long periods of time and is
associated by strenuous physical activity. This is quite similar in magnitude to construction
operations where intense physical activities such as heavy lifting and wearing of protective work
attire is a common practice.
Development drilling has a high incident potential rating, since workers have short periods of
rest and shade afforded by the drilling structures.
Negligible exposures to heat hazards are observed during well testing and well bleeding
because these activities happen in a shorter period of time. Heat hazard is virtually non-existent
in power plant operations because of air-conditioned offices and control room. Short heat
exposure may be observed during walking through the plant but these are short-term exposures
with no significant health impact.
Piping System
The geothermal fluid collected from wells is routed to the fluid separator stations where the
steam is separated from brine. Steam is passed through scrubbers to further remove the water
content of the steam before it reaches the power plant. The project may have kilometers of
piping comprising the distribution system, that carries steam at high pressure and high
temperature in large diameter pipes that handles as much as 107 kg/sec of steam to feed into
the 50-80 MW steam turbo-generators.
p. 4- 49
Pipe rupture in the brine/steam distribution system of the project may cause injuries, as well as,
result in the shutdown of the power plant. The risk from these hazards is rated:
Likelihood of occurrence
Severity category
Exposure Rating
Risk index
Occasional (C)
Marginal (4)
Medium (C)
Low (6)
The exposure rating for heat hazards associated with hot brine solution and steam condensate
received a medium ranking (C) for the receptor or worker in the facility area. This kind of hazard
is considered not posing any risk (RI = 7) in other areas outside the facility.
Power Plant
The power plant has numerous equipment handling high pressure/high temperature fluid. These
are the steam turbines, steam ejectors and steam pipelines.
A sizable leak of diesel fuel from the storage tank does not pose potential risk to form a
hydrocarbon vapor cloud that will explode. Diesel fuel has a flash point of 65.6C (minimum) and
therefore will not vaporize at ambient temperature (32.2F 0.09C) to form an
explosive/flammable vapor mixture with air. However, diesel fuel oil in its liquid state will find its
way to vegetation through the soil that gets oil-soaked around the storage tanks. This seepage
in turn can be ignited by an open flame. The fire of this nature can cause loss of equipment in
the installation and exposure of workers to intense heat. The risk from this hazard is rated:
Probability of Occurrence
Severity Category
Risk Index
b)
Probable (C)
Marginal (4)
Low (6)
Receptor: Community
The community is not expected to be exposed to this hazard.

c)
Receptor: Flora and Fauna
As living systems, terrestrial-dwelling flora and fauna are highly vulnerable to the effects of heat.
Heat impinging upon living tissues disrupts the normal functioning of the enzyme systems. In
the worse case, it results in the burning of tissues, which could lead to death. Animals which are
mobile respond to heat by drawing away or by flight from the heat source. For vegetation, the
lack of mobility leads to the injuries or total demise of those directly within the area of extreme
heat or conflagration. The heat risk would tend to be confined around the heat generating
facilities. The risk of flora and from these hazards is rated.
Probability of occurrence
Severity of occurrence
Risk rating
B.
Burns
a)
Receptor: PNOC workers
3
4
6
Burn injuries both minor and major maybe observed during the various activities and phases of
Tanawon Sector of the BGPF. Minor burns may come from welding injuries and exposure to hot
p. 4- 50
metal surfaces. Scalding injuries may also be observed in massive steam releases during
rupture of piping as well as damage to the power plant.
Table 4.4.3.1-2. Risk Assessment of Burn Exposure to Workers

Stage of Project Cycle
Site Preparation,
Construction and
Development Drilling
Well Testing (Vertical/
Horizontal)
Well Bleeding
Power Plant
Health Consequence
Rating
Exposure/
Incident Potential
Rating
Risk Score
(4) minor injury/illness or

nuisance
(C) Medium
(4) minor injury/illness or

nuisance
(C) Medium
(D) Low
(2) permanent total disability

or fatality (small exposed
populations)
Well fluid released from a well blow-out is under high pressure and poses danger to the well
drilling crew as well as the danger of damage to the drill rig. A well blowout can be a surface or
underground blow-out. Considering the critical consequence of this event and the due
precaution observed by the drilling crew, the probability of this event happening during the
drilling is expected to be very remote. Nonetheless, the well drilling technology has developed
several control procedures that must be applied in time, and also, equipment are available for
use in controlling this hazard.
The risks from surface blow-out hazard causing pressure explosion is risk rated as follows:
Severity category
Risk index
Probable (3)
Critical (2)
High (4): incorporate risk reduction
measures
In wells with acidic fluids, after drilling, the wells may experience corrosion and lead to the
weakening of the metals near the wellhead and result to a well blow-out. The worst-case
scenario of massive release of toxic gases and scalding steam would be in the event of a well
blow-out, where the so-called "Christmas tree" is detached from the wellhead.
The risks from blow-out hazard causing release of gases and scalding steam is risk rated as
follows:
Severity category
Risk index
b)
Probable (3)
Marginal (3)
Moderate, manage for continuous
improvement
Receptor: Community
The community is not exposed to pressure explosion and burn hazards.

c)
Plants within the path of blowout are vulnerable to very high temperature. For plants, the risk
from this hazard is rated as:
p. 4- 51
Severity category
Risk rating
3
4
6
Heat hazards are limited within the vicinity of facilities.
C.
Shock Explosion Hazards
a)
Receptor: PNOC Workers
Shock explosion may occur during the start-up of a steam system. This is caused by linehammer effect. Routing large volumes of steam in a line or vessel which has not been warmed
up to the temperature of steam is a dangerous step to take during equipment/facilities start-ups.
This hazard is risk rated as follows:
Likelihood
Severity
Risk Rating
b)
Probable (3)
Critical (2)
High: Incorporate control measures
Receptor: Community
The community is not threatened by this hazard.

c)
Flora and fauna are not exposed to this hazard because it concerns equipment of the project.
D.
Noise
a)
Receptor: Tanawon Workers
Noise-induced hearing loss is one of the most common forms of occupational deafness. From
the pathological point of view, the main lesions are to be observed in the ciliated cells of the
organ of corti, the hearing organ of man. There often observed a fragmentation and loss of the
minute hairs in this organ. This change is irreversible making noise-induced hearing loss
untreatable.
The nature and site of the lesions are closely linked to the type of acoustic stimulus. Low
frequency pure tones in the 250 to 500 Hz. range produce damage to the apical portion of the
hearing organ, while high frequency pure tones (in the 3,000 - 4,000 Hz range) cause damage
to the neuroepithelium of the basal spiral.
The severity of the lesion depends on the level of sound energy (decibels).
Recommended Standards:
No person should be exposed to steady noise level above 115 dB(A) irrespective of
duration:
No workers should be exposed to impulse noise levels above 135 dB(A), with or without
hearing protection;
The personal equivalent continuous noise dose should not exceed 90 dB(A) over a
working day.
p. 4- 52
Suggested Criteria for Noise Limits in Various Types of Work Environment:

Area Description
Workshops and machinery buildings where communication
is required
Workshops for light maintenance
Workshop offices, plant offices, plant control rooms and
computer rooms
Open plan offices
Social rooms, changing rooms, wash places and toilets
Suggested Noise limit in

dB(A)
70
70
60
50
50
45
Offices and conference rooms
Baro-trauma is another noise-related illness commonly observed in workplaces. Damage is due

to a rapid increase or decrease in air pressure near the ear drums causing rupture of ear drums.
Common causes are sudden very loud noise like explosions as well as very rapid ascents or
descent in height.
The following is a noise assessment of the risks to health of the Tanawon workers.
Table 4.4.3.1-3. Health Risk Assessment of Noise Exposure to

Workers
Source
Production wells:
Vertical testing
Production wells:
Horizontal testing
Gas Bleeding
Transport Vehicle
Heavy Equipment
Quarry Areas
Power Plants
(exposed areas)
Consequence
Rating
Incident Potential
/Exposure Rating
Risk Score
(3) major injury/illness

(A) Very high

(C) Medium
3
6

(3) major injury/illness
(B) High
(C) Medium
(C) Medium
(B) High
(A) Very High
5
6
6
5
3
Continuous high noise intensity beyond the tolerable standard of 90 dB(A) causes hearing
impairment which is irreversible. The middle ear, once damaged by high intensity sound will
cause hearing impairment which no amount of medical attention is known to restore back one's
hearing.
The noise intensity of certain facilities and, particularly, equipment are inherent in the project.
Compared to other industries, the geothermal project has relatively lower noise levels. However, it
should be recognized that the application of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the
adverse effects of noise exposure. The TLV should protect the median of the population against a
noise-induced hearing loss exceeding 2 dB after 40 years of occupational exposure for the
p. 4- 53
average of 500, 1,000, 2,000 and 3,000 Hz sound. The noise hazard of the project is risk rated as
follows:
Table 4.4.3.1-4. Risk Rating of Noise as Hazard

Activity/Facility/
Equipment
Production Wells
Vertical test
Horizontal test
Likelihood
Severity
Risk Rating
Frequent
Frequent
Critical
Marginal
Gas bleeding
Frequent
Marginal
Transport vehicles
Frequent
Marginal
Heavy equipment
Frequent
Marginal
Quarry areas
Power plant
Frequent
Frequent
Critical
Negligible
High: require action

Moderate: action or
further study
Moderate: action or
further study
Moderate: action or
further study
Moderate: action or
further study
High: require action
Moderate: action or
further study
Health risk from noise emission is limited spatially to areas immediate to the sources; it does
not extend much beyond 100 meters from source.
b)
Receptor: Community
Community noise exposure will be due to transportation coming from and going to the project
area. Noise levels are expected not to exceed the TLV. Aside from nuisance noise from
transport vehicles, especially during construction and development stages, no other significant
noise source can be identified. The noise level will further diminish as the project goes into the
power generation stage.
The health risk assessment for noise affecting the community is presented hereunder:
Table 4.4.3.1-5. Health Risk Assessment of Noise Exposure to

Communities
Stage of
Project Cycle
Operational
Phase
c)
Estimated
Release Dose
at Worst-Case
Scenario
Nil (below
standards)
Health Consequence
Rating
Exposure/Incide
nt Potential
Rating
(D) minimal to absent

health effect
(D) Occasional
Risk Score
Noise hazards primarily confront the fauna, particularly the birds, reptiles and amphibians.
Observations indicate that birds are particularly scared off by regularly produced high intensity
noise. Others desert a noisy place because the noise drowns out their courtship calls. The risk
assessment to avifauna for this hazard is:
p. 4- 54
Frequency:
Exposure Index:
Severity Rating:
Risk rating:
E.
-Common (1)
-Medium (C)
-Moderate (3)
-Moderate (5) - Manage for continuous improvement to
keep biodiversity within normal range
Vibration and Shaking
Prolonged exposure to vibration, especially in combination with other harmful factors such as
noise and lifting of heavy loads, may lead to the development of vibration disease.
If the disease is due to a local vibration (e.g., prolonged and unprotected use of a jack hammer)
its most prominent feature is a blood vessel syndrome accompanied by spells of whitening of
the finger with associated pain and numbness. There is impaired sensitivity to vibration, pain
and temperature. Spasm of blood vessels of the hand often characterize this syndrome.
Whole body vibration on the other hand involves the entire body of the exposed worker.
Consequences of prolonged exposure include joint and body pains often observed at the end of
the day.
a)
Table 4.4.3.1-6. Health Risk Assessment of Vibration Exposure to Workers

Source
Consequence
Rating
Test Drilling
Power Plant Operation
Transportation
4
4
4
Incident Potential
/Exposure Rating
(C) Medium
(C) Medium
(B) High
Risk Score
6
6
5
Workers are exposed to whole body vibrations in three (3) sources in the Tanawon. These are
during drilling operations, power plant operations near the turbine area, and finally during travel
in and around the development project.
b)
Receptor: Community
The community is not exposed to this type of hazard.

c)
Vibration and shaking originating from moving vehicles are risks that could confront wildlife,
particularly birds and other wildlife. These life forms respond by moving away momentarily from
the source of vibration. Cessation of the disturbance, however, makes way for the return of the
disturbed individuals. The hazards risk rating is:
Flora
4
4
7
Severity
Risk rating
d)
Fauna
3
4
6
Receptor: Geothermal Facilities
p. 4- 55
Metal fatigues caused by vibrations may develop over a long period of time in high pressuretemperature service. This hazard in well drilling is risk rated as follows:
Likelihood of occurrence:
Severity:
Risk Rating:
F.
Occasional (2)
Moderate (3)
High (4): requires action
Radiation Hazards
Ultraviolet radiation has the shortest wavelength of the non-ionizing portion of the
electromagnetic spectrum and overlaps in wavelength with x-rays. The main source of
environmental UV exposure is the sun. Workers who spend long hours under the sun (clearing,
construction, drilling) during the development and operation of the Tanawon are persons at risk.
In addition to occupational solar exposures workers, are exposed to UV radiation in arc welding,
mercury-vapor lamps (fluorescent lights) and other operations involving ultraviolet lamps. Both
operators and by-standers doing other work are at risk.
UV radiation has poor penetrating ability in human tissues, so the adverse health effects are
confined to the skin and the eyes. Some of the effects of UV radiation on the skin are : a) sun
burn, b) suntan, and c) skin drying and loss of elasticity (chronic effect). Acute ocular effects are
blepharitis, conjunctivitis and keratitis. In welders these effects are called flash burns. Long term
sequelae include cataract formation and retinal injury.
Radiation hazards are observed during the various stages of development of the Tanawon.
Workers involved in clearing, construction, drilling, and well testing are exposed to solar UV
radiation. Workers doing welding jobs, particularly in the fabrication and engineering sections of
the plant, are exposed routinely to UV radiation not coming from the sun. Thus, the risks to
health for radiation hazards are rated as follows:
a)

Source
Solar UV Radiation
(Site preparation,
construction, well
drilling, well-testing)
Welding works
Consequence
Rating
(4) Minor injury or
illness
Incident Potential
/Exposure Rating
(B) High
(4) Minor injury or

illness
(B) High
Risk Score
5
UV radiation during project construction as well as during plant operation is a physical

hazard, which will exist whenever there is electric welding activity. This hazard is risk
rated as follows:
Severity Category
Risk Index
b)
Common (1)
Marginal (4)
High (4): incorporate safety/control
measures
Receptor: Community
p. 4- 56
c)
It is not known what nature of radiation is given-off during a welding activity. The amount of
radiation generated is deemed insufficient to present any significant harm to either flora or
fauna.
G.
Radioactivity
a)
Receptor: Tanawon workers
With regard to the radioisotopes content of the gases, particularly radon-222, the NCG can be
analyzed for radioactivity so that any hazard can be properly assessed. Any presence of this
isotope in an open workplace that is adequately ventilated rules out however any hazardous
effect to workers. The risk index for this hazard is deemed moderate (RI = 5-6) for the
personnel in the facility. This means existing situations are adequate, but continued effort should
be done to maintain or improve existing measures. As to the risks to the other receptors, they
are deemed low (RI = 7 to 9) which means no additional control measures are needed.
b)
Receptor: Community

c)
Radioactive substances could cause abnormal cell division in both plants and animals when
supplied at a particular dose. The risk index to humans is denoted as moderate. It would be
lower among animals, which are transient receptors because of their great mobility compared
with humans. It would also be lower among plants because these are distant from the
radioactive emitters. Thus, the risk rating for this type of hazard is:
Frequency
Severity
Risk rating
H.
a)
3
4
6
Electricity and Electromagnetic Forces

The hazard of high voltage in the project is present inside the powerhouse, substation and
transmission lines. Contact with high voltage equipment can result in serious injuries as well as
fatalities.

Severity Category
Risk Index
Occasional (2)
Critical (2)
High (3): for exposed workers
p. 4- 57
b)
Receptor: Community
This hazard poses no risk to the community.

c)
Plants are not very vulnerable to electricity and electromagnetic forces because their bodies are
poor conductors of electricity. Sparks of flame caused by faulty electrical wiring bring about
localized singeing, and at worse, localized burns.
Featherless animals in direct contact with live wire or any metal conducting electricity would be
vulnerable to electrocution. The hazard has been rated as follows:
Frequency
Severity
Risk rating
4
4
7
4.4.3.2 Chemical Hazards

A.
Hydrogen Sulfide
a)
Hydrogen sulfide gas is an irritant and an asphyxiant to humans. Even at low concentration H2S
has an irritant action on the eyes and the respiratory system. Intoxication may be hyperacute,
acute, sub-acute or chronic.
Low concentration is readily detected by the characteristic rotten-egg odor. However, prolonged
exposure dulls the sense of smell and makes the odor an unreliable means of warning. High
concentration can rapidly deaden the sense of smell. H2S enters the body through the
respiratory system and is rapidly oxidized to form compounds of low toxicity. There is no
accumulation phenomena.
Occupational Exposure Limits:

TLV-TWA
10 PPM
TLV-STEL
15 PPM
TLV : Threshold Limit Value

STEL:
Short-term Exposure Limit
TWA:
Total Weighted Average
Source: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH)
General Health Effects of H2S Gas at various concentrations:

DOSE (PPM)
0.05
4.60
10
15
EFFECTS
Minimal receptible odor (rotten egg smell)
Easily detectable moderate odor (rotten egg smell)
No known effects from 8 hours exposure
STEL limit. No known effects from 15 min exposure
p. 4- 58
20 to 50
50 to 100
100 to 150
200 to 300
Minimal eye and respiratory tract irritation

Marked eye and respiratory tract irritation, nausea, CNS irritation
Severe eye and respiratory tract irritation; lose of smell; rapid olfactory fatigue
syndrome, fatal in 8 to 48 hours
Produces headaches and drowsiness; prolonged exposure may cause fluid
accumulation in the lungs (pulmonary edema), unconscious after a few minutes
continuous exposure
Table 4.4.3.2-1. Health Risk Assessment for H2S affecting Tanawon workers
Stage of
Project Cycle
Estimated Release
Dose at Worst Case
Scenario
Health Consequence Rating
Development
Drilling
< 50 ppm (well blow out)

at immediate vicinity of
well head
(4) Headache/drowsiness
Well Testing
(Vertical)
<10 ppm (direct

discharge) at immediate
vicinity of well head
(4) Headaches/ drowsiness;

Pulmonary edema on
prolonged exposure
< 1 ppm within the pad
(4) Headaches/ drowsiness
Exposure/
Incident
Potential
Rating
(2)
Occasional
Risk Score
(Index)
(5) Moderate;
Manage for
continuous
improvement
(2)
Occasional
(5) Moderate:
(2)
(5) Moderate
(2)
Occasional
(4) High;
additional
control and
recovery
measures are
needed
Well Testing
(Horizontal)
28 ppm during fumigation

incident
(3) Conjunctivitis
Well Gas
Bleeding
0.15 ppm at 20m from

wellhead
~220 ppm for low-lying
areas around well heads
(5) Slight to moderate

detectable odor to rotten egg
(3) Headaches/ drowsiness;
Pulmonary edema on
prolonged exposure
~220 ppm from direct

discharge at immediate
vicinity of pressure relief
valve
~220 ppm from direct
discharge at immediate
vicinity of NCG extractorejector during turbogenerator starts-up only
(4) Headaches/drowsiness;
Pulmonary edema on
prolonged exposure
(1)
(4); High
(3-4) Headaches/drowsiness;
Pulmonary edema on
prolonged exposure
(2)
1.37 ppm at distance at

2.8 Km downwind of
Botong cooling tower
during normal operation
at stability D
(Stability Classes A, B, C
comply with 0.07 ppm std
in all directions)
(5) slight to moderate

detectable odor of rotten egg
(1)
(4-5); Moderate
to High;
Continued effort
should be done
to maintain and
improve
measures
(5) Moderate
Separator
Stations
Power Plant
Power Plant
(1) Common
(1)
(5) Moderate to
Low
(3); High;
incorporate risk
reduction
measures
p. 4- 59
H2S is released during development drilling. The composition of the steam fluid released would
be typical of geothermal fluids which is assumed to be:
COMPOSITION
PERCENT
Steam/water
NCG
95.0 - 98.0
2.0 - 5.0
NCG contains the following gases (in percent):

CO2
95.0 96.0
2.0 3.5
H2S
Less than 1.0 percent
N2, NH3, CH4, H2
The H2S released in a blow-out will have a maximum concentration of 50 ppm. Workers in the
immediate vicinity of the drilling platform/derrick will be exposed to high concentrated H2S. A
worker directly exposed to, say 50 ppm H2S, will experience physiological effects such as
coughing, headache, nausea, eye irritation, respiratory difficulties incapacitating the worker for 2
days at most;
H2S and CH4 may form a flammable mixture with air, and if this fraction is high, a massive
volume release occurs may reach the lower explosive limit. However, massive release of
flammable gases is only encountered in petroleum drilling exploration and development. It is
unlikely to occur in a geothermal well drilling operation. The lower explosive limits (LEL) for H2S
and CH4 are 4% and 10% in air, respectively. For this assessment, it is assumed that
geothermal fluid composition will remain typical of the values stated above. Based on this
assumption the H2S hazard in development drilling is risk rated as follows:
Possibility of occurrence
Severity category
Risk index
Occasional (2)
Marginal (4)
Moderate (5): action or further study
During the vertical well testing, the 220 ppm H2S concentration released is above the TLV of 10
ppm for workers. However, the 220 ppm H2S will disperse to <<10 ppm due to the force of the
geothermal fluid into the atmosphere.
The concentration of H2S within the pad from experience is less than 1 ppm since the force of
the steam pressure at the wellhead effectively ejects the steam to high altitudes. There is no
health problem for workers who are at a distance from the well being tested. This hazard is risk
rated as follows:
Severity category
Risk index
Occasional (2)
Marginal (4)
Moderate (5): action or further study
During horizontal well testing, workers in the area will likely be exposed for the duration of the
test which last for about 1-3 months. The maximum GLC exposure is around 28 ppm during
fumigation. As a result of the effects of plume dispersion after plume touchdown, H2S
concentration in areas around the silencer will fall far below the TLV of 10 ppm that a worker is
allowed to get exposed for 8 hours without adverse physical effects. Monitoring data reveal a
0.15 ppm H2S at 20 meters from the wellhead, in which the worst effect will be that the workers
will smell rotten eggs.
p. 4- 60

Severity
Risk index
Common (1)
Slight (5)
Moderate (5);
Concentration of H2S in low-lying areas may vary after gas bleeding and/or sampling depending
on wind condition. During calm condition the H2S may not disperse fully and remain in
concentration equal to source - 220 ppm. Workers exposed to this hazard will experience
physiological effects such as those described during development drilling.
The low-lying areas of the well pads deep cellar can contain concentrated H2S as strong as the
source concentration of 220 ppm during calm wind condition. H2S concentration greater than
100 ppm cannot be detected it damages the sensory nerve endings. Workers in this places will
be exposed to H2S hazard. This risk from this hazard is rated as follows:
Severity
Risk index
Common (1)
Moderate (3)
At the separator stations, the steam released directly to atmosphere may contain H2S in the
concentration of 220 ppm (maximum). Workers in the area may, in a worst case, be directly
exposed to this source. In such a case, workers exposed will experience the same symptoms
described above.
Overpressure release valves in the separator stations will open to discharge steam containing
H2S and other NCG fractions without warning when pressure of the system rises. In such a
case, worker exposure cannot be avoided. This hazard is risk rated as follows:
Severity category
Risk index
Common/Frequent (1)
Marginal (4)
In the power plant, H2S is released at two places: the ejectors and the blower-extractors.
The discharge of the steam ejectors will have H2S source strength of approximately 50 g/s
H2S will release a maximum concentration of approximately 220 ppm H2S. Workers who
may be directly expose to the discharge of the steam ejectors will experience the same
physiological effects described earlier.
The discharge of blower-extractors are ducted to the cooling tower stack for dispersion to
the atmosphere. Workers in the power plant will not be exposed with this because of the
plume rise and dispersion effect of the cooling tower vapor outlet stack.
The worst-case concentration of H2S is 1.37 ppm at a distance of 2.8 kilometers from the power
plant at wind stability D and with northeast (NE) wind direction; the incident rate is less than 1%
of wind velocity readings. All other results of dispersion modeling from wind Stability Class A
(unstable) to Class D (unstable) are below the 1.37 ppm H2S value above, and thus is much
below the TLV of 10 ppm for an 8-hour exposure. This level will not pose any physiological
effect to the workers. The Potential Risk Area Map (refer again to Figure 4.3.2.2-1) borrows
results from the Air Quality study and this section.
The H2S released with the non-condensable gases (NCG) from the condenser poses the
highest contribution to the H2S ground level concentration of the geothermal project. The
condenser NCG extractor has approximately 220 ppm H2S which is released continuously into
p. 4- 61
the atmosphere. Unlike other H2S sources in the project, which are occasional releases, the
risks from this hazard at the power plant are as follows:
Table 4.4.3.22. Risk Assessment of H2S exposure to Power Plant

Workers
Risk Parameter
b)
NCG Blower Exhaust to cooling Tower

Condenser ejector
Stack
Frequent (2)
Common (1)
Severity category
Risk index
Moderate (3)
High (4):
Marginal (4)
High (4): requires
safety
management
measures
Receptor: Community
Dispersion modeling of H2S gas during full operation of the Tanawon reveal no to minimal
impact on the host communities, which are located 5-6 kilometers from the Tanawon block.
Exposure will be less than or equal to 0.02 to 0.07 ppm H2S. The health risk assessment is:
Table 4.4.3.2-3. Health Risk Assessment of H2S Exposure to Community

Stage of
Project
Cycle
Operational
Phase
Estimated Release
Dose at Worst
Case Scenario
Health Consequence
Rating
Exposure/In
cident
Potential
Rating
0.02 - 0.07 PPM.
(D) minimal to absent

health effect
(D)
Occasional
Risk Score
Review of medical literature, as well as previous researches conducted by Dr. J. Gapas on

communities living in and around geothermal power generation plants (MakBan), indicate that
long term exposure to low dose H2S gas by community members specially children and elderly
does not have an adverse respiratory health impact. Although communities might complain of
more frequent respiratory symptoms, this cannot be independently verified.
c)
Based on the dispersion patterns for H2S and historical monthly monitoring of H2S, the area will
be affected by gas concentrations ranging from nil to 1.37 ppm H2S. The 1.37 ppm H2S
concentrations may cause some necrotic lesions and tip burns and leaf fall in some tree
species. This latter phenomenon is probably the effect of temperature.
The hazard is risk rated as follows:
Severity
Risk index
Occasional (2)
Marginal (4)
Moderate (5); manage for
continuous improvement
p. 4- 62
B.
O2 Deficiency
a)
Exposure of workers to oxygen-deficient atmosphere will occur every time entry into a confined
space is made. The presence of H2S, H2, CH4, N2, CO2, which are asphyxiants, will displace the
oxygen in the air. This hazard is risk rated as follows:
Severity Category
Risk Index
:
:
:
Common/Frequent (1)
Critical (2)
Very High: requires action
These hazards are confined to specific Tanawon workers.
C.
Noxious Liquids/Heavy Metals
Among the hazards identified with geothermal liquids are the release of hot brine containing
substances such as As and Cl and B.
Considering the project design on the containment and disposal of brine, condensed steam and
other liquid wastes, the following risk assessment parameters were determined: a) Incident
potential ratings for brine toxic metal are very high (common, 1) for identified receptors in the
facility area, and b) high (occasional, 2) to very low (unlikely, 4) for identified receptors in other
parts of the reservation area and watersheds. The severity ratings are considered (moderate,
3) for the receptors in the facilities area, and low (marginal, 4) to very low (negligible, 5) outside
the facility area. Based on these ratings, the risk indices for the hazardous liquid are all ranked
high (RI = 3) for all the receptors in the facility. The risk indices for the different receptors within
the block and outside the reservation area range from moderate (RI = 5) to low (RI = 7) which
means action pending further study or may investigate as resources permit.
a)
Levels of heavy metals dissolved in the cooling tower blowdown. However, heavy metal
concentration in the fluid are below the standards and do not pose a significant threat to most of
geothermal plant workers.
Highest at risk are the operators maintaining and cleaning the cooling tower and those working
in enclosed spaces during cleaning and maintenance of condensers and steam pipes. Heavy
metals dissolved in geothermal fluid passing through the cooling tower have a tendency to
accumulate. Maintenance of cooling tower entails the drainage of the sludge at the bottom of the
tower. Sludge are dried into cakes which can break into fine particles posing an inhalation
hazard to the maintenance worker. Heavy metal concentrations are higher in geothermal brine,
and the receptors at risk are maintenance workers for thermal ponds and sumps. The health risk
assessment for geothermal facilities is presented below.
p. 4- 63
Table 4.4.3.2-4. Health Risk Assessment for Noxious Liquids/Heavy

Metals Exposure on Tanawon workers
Source
Maintenance and
repair of cooling tower,
Maintenance of
sump/thermal pond
Consequence Rating
Incident Potential
/Exposure Rating
Risk Score
(4) minor injury or

illness
(1) Common
(4)
High
(3) major injury or

illness
(1) Common
(3)
High
Considering the unavoidable generation of these hazards and evaluation of the risks they pose
to the identified receptors, control and recovery measures are needed.
b)
Receptor: Community
Geothermal liquids are generated during the following operations: a) well drilling, well testing,
field operation and power generation phase. Data on heavy metal composition of geothermal
fluids reveal the presence of Arsenic.
The most probable route of exposure of community residents to heavy metal hazards is through
ingestion via bioaccumulation into the food chain into current aquatic resources. Adverse health
effects of some heavy metals were presented earlier on Table 4.4.2.2 whenever exposure
standards are exceeded.
Release of heavy metals from geothermal fluids into rivers and streams can be considered
common (1) even with full reinjection of geothermal fluids. The incident potential rating to
receptors outside the facilities is occasional (2) to unlikely (4). The severity rating is Marginal
(4). The resulting risk index is moderate to low (5-7).
Table 4.4.3.2-5. Risk Assessment on Noxious Liquids/Heavy Metals

Exposure on Community Residents
Stage of
Project
Cycle
Operational
Phase
c)
Estimated Release
Dose at Worst Case
Scenario
Nil (below standards)
Health
Consequence
Rating
(D or 4) minimal to
absent health effect
Exposure/
Incident
Potential
Rating
(2-4)
Occasional
to Unlikely
Risk Score
5-7
The exposure rating for Rizal/Cawayan Rivers alone is rated medium (3), while the severity
rating is marginal (4) to moderate (3) giving a moderate risk rating of 5-6. In terms of the
exposure of fish species, the rating is medium (3), while the severity of risk that translates into
species and biomass losses is marginal (4). The exposure rating is based on the observation
p. 4- 64
that river water carry variable levels of some heavy metals. The severity of risk is marginal
because high levels of metals do not always translate in species loss, much less fish death.
Moreover, any emergency release is projected to last about 2-3 hours until well/power plant
shutdown.
Emergency scenarios involving release of brine from sump leaks and pipeline
damage were projected to cause minimal effects to aquatic flora and fauna, livestock and
humans (See attached Risk Assessment of Brine Release on the Biota due to Sump Leak and
Pipeline Damage). See also Figure 4.3.2.2-1 for the extent of potential risk.
In the case of release of drilling fluids into the river due to a leaking sump, the immediate
reaction of invertebrates is to go to the surface of the water to enter into the drift. This
phenomenon is common among invertebrates as their mechanism to escape stress such as
space or food competition, changes in water quality such as water pollution, turbidity, etc.
Complete re-colonization, from the upstream communities, is expected within 3-4 weeks.
Fishes, on the other hand, will transfer to backwaters, tributaries or less affected areas and then
return when the water quality has recovered. The exposure rating is medium (3), while the
severity, translated as species and biomass loss, is marginal (4). The risk rating is moderate
(6); thus, continuous improvement of management measures is recommended.
D.
Lubricants and Fuels
a)
Exposure to these group of hazards commonly occur to Tanawon workers involved in metal
works and finishing, transportation vehicles maintenance and repair; drilling and maintenance of
the generator and other mechanical parts of the operation. Workers are exposed during the
practice of siphoning fuel from one tank to another. The health risk is rated as:
Table 4.4.3.2-6. Health Risk Assessment for Lubricants and Fuels

affecting Tanawon workers
Source
Vehicle and
equipment
maintenance and
repair;
Drilling Operations
Consequence
Rating
Incident Potential
/Exposure Rating
Risk Score
(4) Minor
injury/illness
(B) High
(4)Minor
injury/illness
(B) High
Notwithstanding the possibility that risk assessment may not be necessary for lubricants and
fuels on account of the low volumes involved, the exposure and severity ratings for different
receptors have been estimated. The receptors at risk are mainly confined in the facility area.
b)
Receptor: Community
Lubricants and fuel oil coming from the Tanawon operations (transportation, equipment and
motors) might be released into existing rivers and tributaries. The release could come from
breached sumps containing drilling fluid and mud. There is no sufficient data available to
quantify with accuracy the health impact to the community residents from the release of fuel oils
and lubricants into existing water bodies.
p. 4- 65
Considering the low volume of lubricants and fuel used during the operational phase, the
concentration of fuel and lubricants on water bodies upon contact with the receptors is minimal.
The community health risk is rated as follows:
Table 4.4.3.2 7. Risk Assessment of Lubricants and Fuels Exposure on

Community Residents
Stage of Project
Cycle
Operational
Phase
c)
Estimated
Release Dose at
Worst Case
Scenario
Health
Consequence
Rating
nil (below
standards)
Exposure/
Incident
Potential
Rating
(D) minimal to
absent health
effect
Risk Score
(D)
Occasional
Oily lubricants that smear on foliage of terrestrial vegetation particularly the ground vegetation,
could affect the efficiency of gas exchange via the stomates and thereby preventing the exit of
transpired water. Among winged animals that accidentally brush against spilled lubricants, the
worse that can happen is soiling of feathers. Possible death of a young individual could result if
this animal is totally immersed in the lubricant. Gaseous fuels that are accidentally smeared on
feathered and furred animals could lead to burning if ignited.
In the worst-case scenario, sumps containing oily drilling fluid may develop breaches that would
lead to their contents spilling into watercourses. Plugging of the stomates of aquatic
macrophytes by oily substances would limit gas exchange and photosynthesis. Juvenile stages
of aquatic fauna would suffer increased mortality rates. Fish that do not escape on time could
die. Overall, a disturbance in the aquatic food chain would result. The risks from this hazard
are thus rated:
Table 4.4.3.2-8. Risk Assessment for Fuel and Lubricants Release, on Flora and
Fauna
Terrestrial
Source
Frequency
Vehicle/
equipment
Mainte-nance
& repair
Probable
(3)
Drilling
Operations
Probable
(3)
Severity
Flora
3
Major
injury
Fauna
4
Minor
injury
Aquatic
Severity
Risk Index
Flora
5
Manage
for continuous
improvement
5
Fauna
6
Flora
2
Permanent total
Disability
Fauna
2
Risk
Index
Flora and
Fauna
4
incorporate risk
reduc-tion
4
p. 4- 66
4.4.3.3 Natural Hazards

The proposed Tanawon geothermal block covers 2,460 ha. About 51.4% (1,264 ha.) lies within
the existing BGPF development block, while the other 48.6% area (or 1,196 ha.) lies adjacent
south of the BGPF block.
The upper 51.4% area (within the BGPF development block) is comprised of about 4.3% gently
sloping to undulating slope (3-8% slope), 32.2% rolling to hilly slope (or 18-30 % slope), 40.9%
steep hills and mountains (or 30-50% slope) and 22.6% very steep hills and mountains (or
>50% slope). The existing BGPF roadways and facilities in the area are located mostly in the
rolling to hilly terrain (18-30% slope), and some road portion in 30-50% terrain. It can be inferred
that PNOC in the BGPF has avoided unstable, steep, landslide-prone areas in siting locations of
roadways and geothermal facilities within the limits of (Refer to PNOC Siting Criteria for
Geothermal Facilities).
The lower 48.6% area (adjacent south of BGPF geothermal block) is comprised of 3.6% rolling
to hilly slope (or 18-30% slope), 67.1% steep hills and mountains (or 30-50% slope), and 29.3%
very steep hills and mountains (or >50% slope). The >50% slope areas cover the upper
reaches of Ticol and Bucalbucalan Rivers and almost the whole stretch of Rizal River. (Refer to
the Slope Map in Figure 2.1.2-2).
Other factors being equal, such as water saturation, vegetation cover, soil type and weathering,
Rizal River catchment is most prone to landslide, followed by the upper portions of Ticol and
Bucalbucalan Rivers. These very steep slope areas should be avoided by the project to prevent
an increase in landslide potential due to earth works activities.
A.
Risk Assessment on Landslides
The risks confronting the biological communities of sloping areas are, in terms of losses in
species diversity and biomass, due to burying or transfer by the process of soil movement.
The size of landslide areas in the past range from about 200 to 20,000 sq. m. There is no
specific set of data collected during the EIA, which directly refers to landslide-prone areas. In a
landslide area, the worse that a tree species, for example, could suffer is displacement due to
uprooting. For other plants like ferns, herbs, bryophytes, etc., exposure to the risk of species
and biomass loss is rated low, while the severity of exposure is rated negligible. Any landslide
event will be limited in area. Given a sufficient length of time after landslide, the same species
will re-establish in the area when stability shall have been restored. The risk of faunal species
loss in relation to landslides is negligible considering that animals take flight when disturbed.
Exposure rating of plants to the risk of being lost due to the hazard of road building and other
construction is also low, though the severity of exposure to the risk within the impacted area is
rated critical, since whole trees and all obstructing vegetation types will be felled or removed.
The ratings for exposure and severity of exposure in terms of loss in plant biomass are similarly
rated low.
p. 4- 67
For geothermal facilities, the probability of occurrence is Common (1); Severity of impact:
Moderate to low (3-5). The risk index value is High (3-5); risk reduction measures should be
maintained.
B.
Risk Assessment on Earthquakes
The earthquakes that can occur in and near the Tanawon area can have on-site intensities from
mild (M ~5) to strong (M ~7).
Mild earthquake will cause no damage to the population crops/vegetation, and to the geothermal
facilities, although the area of impact is the whole geothermal reservation. Small houses and
buildings located anywhere in the study site would experience mild shaking. This occurrence is an
example of a non-monetizable effect. Based on historical records alone, the probability of this
event to occur in the site within the next 30 years is 0.56.
Strong earthquakes can cause no direct damage to crops and vegetation. For resources located
on or near steep slopes, however, there is a threat from any landslide that may be caused by the
earthquakes. These slopes will fail due to shaking, and this may be aggravated by the degree of
water saturation of the soil, the thickness of the soil layers, the slope conditions, the presence of
any roadcuts that will create some instability, and the absence of any deep-rooted vegetation that
holds soil particles or potential sliding blocks together. The probability of the site experiencing any
strong earthquake can be roughly assessed by looking at historical records. There had been no
reports of earthquakes being felt at intensities greater than 7 at the site. Using Sorsogon and Albay
as reference, it can be extrapolated that two events may have been felt at Intensity of 7 at the site,
since these were very destructive in the Sorsogon and Albay areas. This indicates that at least 2
earthquakes that were felt in the site with intensity equal to or greater than 7 in the past 400 years.
This indicates that about one such event in 200 years can be expected, or a probability of 0.14 for
the next 30 years. The damage that can be caused by any large intensity earthquake can range
from massive landslide effects on the facilities (particularly the pipe and road networks), to landslide
effects being limited to the vegetated parts of the reservation.
Table 4.4.3.3-2. Probabilities earthquake intensity at 30-year return period and

corresponding of damage and cost (in Pesos) of damage
Earthquake
Intensity
Probability at
30-year Return
Period
Elements
Property
Cost of Probable
Damage
Persons
M<7
0.86
mild shaking of small

houses and buildings
None
Non-monetizable
M>7
0.14
failure of small
houses, geothermal
facilities due to
landslides
injury/death from
falling burial by
landslides
P
=3 M
p. 4- 68
Magnitude
Severity Category
Risk Index
C.
M<7
3
5
7
M>7
7
1
7
Risk Assessment on Volcanism
Risks from volcanic activity can only arise from light ashfall from eruptions of volcanoes in the Bicol
region. This threat is minor and the volume and thickness of ash materials coming from eruptions
from Mt. Bulusan in Sorsogon and Mt. Mayon in Albay is very small. Cost of damage to crops and
Tanawon facilities is nil.
No threat of any volcanic eruption is present from the site, since all the volcanoes that compose Mt.
Pocdol (BGPF mountain range) is inactive, with very remote possibility of having any eruption in the
next 100 years.
There is very minor threat of small-scale phreatic or hydrothermal explosion. This has not been
observed in the site, but have occurred in Tiwi and in Leyte. The probable absence of this
phenomenon in the Mt. Pocdol is probably due to the well-drained situation in this area, where the
surface and ground water does not form any extensive ponding that cause near-surface sediments
and soil around the thermal areas to be waterlogged. The probable absence may also be
contributed by the absence of any extensive surface manifestation of the geothermal system, with
only very few hot springs and no solfatara being observed.
Volcanism
Severity Category
Risk Index
4.4.4
nil
nil
8
Summary Risk Matrix

The risk indices described in the foregoing discussions have presented the combined results of
consequence ratings and exposure ratings for the various hazards and for the different items at
risk. These risk index values can now be used to identify which significant risks need to be
managed in order to make the project a viable endeavor. The hazards with high risks scores or
values (i.e. 1-4) on receptors are presented (See Tables 4.4.4-1 to 4.4.4-4).
The tables indicate that for risk to Tanawon workers, high scores of 3 - 4 were registered from
the following hazards: 1) noise, 2) radiation (from welding), 3) electricity, 4) shock explosion, 5)
H2S and 6) heavy metals. These risks all come from work/work-related hazards.
On the risk to flora and fauna, only fuels showed a high (4) risk score (during the drilling phase).
The risk value is however limited to a few meters distance from the pad. There is no high risk
value on residents or community areas, indicating that residents would be safe in any
emergency event occurring in the Tanawon project. Risk would therefore be limited to the
Tanawon.
Earthquakes and volcanism register low risk values on geothermal facilities, while a high value
of 3 was arrived at for facilities near landslide-prone areas. No risk scores in the tables indicate
that there is no exposure or pathway to the receptor; thus no risk is expected.
p. 4- 69
4.5
RISK MANAGEMENT
The overall objective of risk management is to reduce the potential damage that may be caused
by artificial project-based or natural hazards. The act of reducing the potential damage can take
the form of managing the hazards, and this is undertaken before, during or after the hazard
starts to occur. The risks can also be reduced by minimizing the quantity of the items at risk,
and this can be through the reduction of the exposed population, or reducing the amount of
exposure in time and space. The other form of risk management can be undertaken after the
accident has already occurred, and the success of this method relies on improving the capability
of the receptors to recover from the hazardous event.
This section deals with the whole concept of risk management as it relates to the Tanawon
geothermal Project. It starts by presenting the whole spectrum of causes and consequences of
high risk events and the ways of reducing the risks in a bow-tie analysis. A discussion on
preventive measures or coping with the minor risks is then presented as list of
recommendations. This is followed by the assessment of the resources for risk management
available from the government and the communities around the project. This section ends with
a list of proposed measures that will complete the risk management for the Tanawon Sector of
the BGPF. The proposed improvements are addressed to:
enhance the capability to monitor and reduce the occurrence of hazardous events and/or
the circumstances that lead to these events;
increase the capability to monitor and reduce the amount of exposure of the various items
at risk; and
increase the capability of any hazard victim(s) to recover from any hazardous event.
4.5.1 BOW-TIE ANALYSES OF HIGH RISK SITUATIONS

The bow-tie analysis of high risk situations are presented in the succeeding tables. These
tables are, however, not arranged according to their severity or any priority. The eight steps
previously described in Section 4.2 Methodology were followed in constructing these bow-tie
tables. The results are presented in tabular form with the columns representing the various
steps.
We have identified the top seven hazards that require risk management programs. These are 1)
landslides, 2) heavy metals, 3) H2S, 4) noise, 5) electricity, 6) fuels and 7) shock explosion. We
used a bow-tie analysis in presenting the causes of the significant hazards, the factors that
trigger their occurrence, the escalation factors that magnify their effects, and the various
corrective measures that can be employed to reduce the risks. For the more appropriate major
hazard situations i.e., landslide, heavy metals release, H2S release and noise emission, we
have presented bow-tie analysis tables. For the minor or site-based safety hazards (i.e.
electricity, fuels and shock explosion), only risk management measures are provided.
One significant hazardous situation that can occur in the Tanawon Sector of the BGPF is the
release of H2S. This may occur during horizontal well testing and well bleeding, or during the
maintenance of the fluid collection and disposal system. Faulty equipment or landslides can
also trigger the involuntary release of the gases into the atmosphere and geothermal brine into
the surface waters. Some corrective measures can be implemented including the observation of
proper engineering and maintenance practices, and the installation of some hardware to monitor
the hazard and prevent its occurrence. The threats of these hazards are centered on the
PNOC-EDC workers in the sites. The effects of H2S on the communities are minimal, and can
p. 4- 70
only be in the form of rotten egg smell. Plants surrounding the wells are susceptible to
defoliation while animals would stray away from this threat.
Another risk caused by chemical agents is the release of heavy metals. This hazard threatens
people, plants and animals, and is traced to the accidental release of geothermal fluids from
drilling sump ponds and from other fluid containers. The rigid implementation of material
acquisition and maintenance can reduce the occurrence of the hazard. The release of steam is
also a threat to the people and resources around the geothermal facilities. The burns that can
be caused by this hazard can be prevented with appropriate safety practices related to handling
geothermal fluids.
There are two hazards that cause physical threats namely, shock explosions and noise. These
hazards are often caused by the substandard condition of the facilities and equipment used in
the geothermal operations. The risks from noise can be reduced with appropriate occupational
and operational practices, and appropriate measures can be implemented to reduce the effect of
unavoidable generation of noise. Proper maintenance practices can avert the occurrence of
explosion hazards.
The significant hazard related to the natural environment is landslide. This relates to the
downslope movement of loose earth materials. The effects of this natural hazard on the
environment can be partially reduced by implementing some slope management practices,
especially on geothermal facilities near steep slopes.
The bow-tie tables represent two stages of the hazard situation, the pre-event, and the postevent. These two stages constitute the four columns on each side of the table. The first column
identifies the hazardous situation. A description of the particular causes, which can potentially
trigger the occurrence of the hazardous situation follows. The third column is an identification of
the preventive or control measures to disable the triggers identified in column 2. The column on
escalation factors describes possible situations, limitations and deficiencies in the PNOC-EDC
organization, which can lead to ineffectiveness of the barriers. The next column proposes
strategies, procedures, practices and resources, which can be put into place to neutralize
identified escalation factors.
The last four columns represent conditions after the event has occurred. The column on
recovery puts forth programs, systems and or equipment that are put into place to minimize or
avoid an adverse consequence to a particular receptor (people, property and environment) after
the occurrence of the hazardous situation. The escalation factors that may aggravate the
situation and some conditions that can control these escalating factors are then identified in the
next two columns. The last column describes the consequences of the hazardous situation
should this occur, and should it be left uncontrolled. Tables 4.5.1-1 to 4.5.1-4 are the tabular
presentation of the bow-tie analyses.
4.5.2
MANAGEMENT MEASURES FOR THE HIGH RISK EVENTS

(Receptors: Tanawon Workers)
4.5.2.1 Management of Risks from Hydrogen Sulfide Gas

Occupational health becomes involved in H2S hazards after the exposure or intoxication has
occurred. The areas of concern for health are: delivery of appropriate first-aid measures,
definitive clinical diagnosis, emergency medical management, referral to tertiary medical care
facilities of severely poisoned workers.
p. 4- 71
A.
Occupational Health Preventive and Mitigating Measures to Minimize Adverse

Health Consequences
These measures include the following:

a)
Design of health information, instruction and training for workers at risk;
b)
c)
Design and implementation of a functional and effective first-aid program in the workplace;
Advice on the establishment of a First-Aid corner as well as the establishment of a
worksite medical clinic capable of handling severe respiratory arrest due to H2S
intoxication;
d)
Design of a Medical Emergency Response Strategy to be implemented in the worksite

which will cover:
medical emergency treatment in the clinic

medical evacuation and transport to tertiary referral center
identification of tertiary referral hospital
identification of medical specialists in -charge
reporting and recording systems
e)
Information dissemination to community residents regarding the health aspects H2S gas
with the objective of reassuring community residents that at the current very low levels of
exposure no adverse health consequence is expected;
f)
Community H2S monitoring system should be in-place to collect H2S exposure data
through the years for future researches on long term H2S impact on vulnerable residents
of the community;
g)
Establishment of a system to monitor the changing health profile of community residents

through the life of the geothermal project;
h)
Although the risk of having a major catastrophe releasing high dose of H2S gas into the
community is remote, continuing liaison with the community leaders should be maintained
with the aim of jointly developing a community evacuation and disaster plan which will
include in part the delivery of appropriate medical services to the community.
B.
Recommendation for Development Drilling
a)
The blow-out preventor should be in good operating condition at all times for the duration
of the drilling activity.
b)
The drill crew should be vigilant at all times to sense an impending well blow-out so they
can take immediate corrective measure.
c)
The drill crew should be trained to act accordingly to carryout emergency measures in
controlling a gas-encounter kick as well as well blow-out.
d)
Adequate PPE self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBAs) should be stationed and in

good operating condition for immediate use in case of emergencies.
p. 4- 72
e)
Should there be a well blow-out encountered, the elastomer parts of the spherical BOP
should be replaced as soon as possible after exposure to H2S under pressure. This is
required because nitrite elastomer material life shortened at temperature above 200F and
on sour (H2S) service.
C.
Recommendations for Vertical Well Testing
a)
Plans should be prepared in advance for the vertical well test so the following are
considered:
day time test only

define area H2S concentration will reach 10 ppm and above and mark this with signs
or rope-off people without fresh air breathing equipment
b)
Workers conducting test at the wellhead should

(raincoats/helmet) and fresh air breathing equipment.
c)
H2S measuring instrument should be available for continuously monitoring the fringes of
hazardous H2S concentration.
D.
Recommendation for Horizontal Well Testing
a)
H2S measuring instruments should be available to monitor H2S concentration of the area
around the well being tested to ensure H2S concentration prediction are not exceeded.
b)
Should H2S concentration approach 10 ppm, an alarm should be issued to take action to
terminate testing and schedule this when wind and stability conditions become favorable.
E.
Recommendations for Well Bleeding
a)
Design/construct the well pads deep cellars with good drainage and provisions to allow
continuous draft to induce air movements at the base. A natural through ventilation effect
ca be achieved by making air entry points on the deep cellar; such as open ends and
moderate slope steps toward each or group of well heads.
b)
Route ends of sample line flushing and gas bleed lines away from the deep cellar to
ensure H2S released do not settle in the low areas.
Provide caution signs around well heads/deep cellars to make workers aware of the H2S
danger.
c)
wear
protective
clothing
d)
Provide H2S meter(s)/instruments for use of plant personnel t monitor level of H2S
concentration at the low-lying areas.
e)
Provide personal protective equipment (PPE) for use when workers are required to work
in the deep cellars when found to have high level of H2S concentration. Use of gas mask
must be avoided at all times. Only self-contained breathing apparatus must be used in
such cases.
F.
Recommendation for Separator Station
a)
Discharge pipings of pressure release valves should be piped to a common blow-down

drum with vent extended upwards. This is to prevent direct flow discharge to workers in
the area and allow plume rise and dispersion of H2S.
p. 4- 73
b)
Provide separator station with fresh air breathing apparatus for use in case of
emergencies - such as when a pressure release valve gets stuck-open and continuously
discharge even when pressure is restored to normal.
c)
Provide separator station with H2S measuring instruments to monitor the area for
abnormal GLC.
d)
Provide warning sign near pressure release valve outlets to atmosphere.
G.
Recommendation for Power Plant
a)
Provide fresh air breathing equipment for workers who are to work around the NCG
ejectors during turbo-generator start-up.
b)
Provide H2S measuring instruments at the power plant to monitor ground level
concentration in and around the plant.
c)
Make a thorough study in considering an H2S treatment facility between the discharge of
NCG blower extract and cooling tower stack. Although the H2S dispersed at the cooling
tower stack do not occupational hazard except for obnoxious smell this design provision
should be closely studied.
d)
Reduction of H2S emissions can be done by ducting of ejector discharges to the cooling
towers. The large volumetric flow rates at the cooling towers could reduce the emissions
by 99% due to dilution. This also results in a higher buoyancy flux and greater plume rise
and lower ground level concentrations.
H2S scrubbers should also be installed at NCG ejector and cooling water drafts.
e)
f)
Drilling and well testing crew and plant personnel should be provided with adequate
protective devices and monitoring equipment to prevent their unnecessary exposures to
harmful levels of H2S.
g)
Regular monitoring of H2S levels in the facility area and immediate environment should be
done coupled with a warning system in case concentration levels exceed tolerable limits.
This is especially true during gas bleeding of production wells while awaiting tapping
where H2S is released very close to the ground (about 2-m height) resulting to high
ground level concentration (>200 ppm) which are beyond tolerable limits.
h)
Proper maintenance and regular check of the piping valving system where H2S might leak
and is normally allowed to be discharged should be strictly observed.
4.5.2.2 Management of Risks from Noise

The overall control of noise as a health risk in the workplace is the establishment of a hearing
conservation program. The design and the implementation of the hearing conservation program
is a joint effort of the safety practitioner, industrial hygienist, and the occupational health
physician. The components of a hearing conservation program are as follows:
a)
b)
Acceptance of recommended noise standards in the workplace;

Assessment of noise levels and noise dose leading to the development of noise maps in
critical areas of the workplace;
p. 4- 74
c)
Establishment of noise control (engineering and administrative strategies)
control of the noise at source

control of noise at the path
enclosures
vibration isolation
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
Personal protective equipment program

Hearing Surveillance of exposed workers: Routine pure tone audiometry
Records and reporting systems
Information, instruction and training
Proper maintenance of project vehicles to minimize noise emissions; and,
Road paving and asphalting.
A.
Recommendations
a)
b)
c)
f)
Vertical flow test and quarry rock blasting should be done during daytime only
Silencers should be installed for wells on heavy gas bleed
Workers in high noise areas such as during vertical flow test of wells or rock blasting at
quarry areas should wear earmuffs as their personnel protective equipment. No one
should be permitted/exposed to continuous, intermittent, or impact noise in excess of a
peak @ weighted level of 140 dBA with an unprotected ear.
Workers should wear ear protection to prevent exposure to sound levels above 90 dBA.
A hearing conservation program with all its elements including audiometric testing is
necessary for workers exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels.
Workers should be guided in getting exposed to noise levels as follows:
B.
Threshold Limit Values for Noise
d)
e)
Duration per day
Sound level dBA
Hours
24
16
8
4
2
1
30
15
7.5
3.75
1.88
0.94
80
82
85
88
91
94
97
100
103
106
109
112
28.12
14.6
7.03
3.52
1.76
0.88
115
118
121
124
127
130
Minutes
Seconds
p. 4- 75
4.5.2.3 Management of Risks from Heavy Metals

Considering the unavoidable generation of these hazards and evaluation of the risks they pose
to the identified receptors, the incident potential (exposure) ratings for these hazards are
considered all very high, while the severity or consequence ratings are deemed critical.
Consequently, the determination of the risk index shows high priority rankings (RI = 3) for these
hazards. This means priority action is needed and in no circumstances would the intentional
disposal of these hazardous materials into the environment be allowed. The use of a threestage sumps and recycling of the drilling fluids appear to be an adequate method of containing
these materials. However, these sumps should be properly sited and constructed and
maintained to prevent and minimize overflow and seepage. It should be sited where soil
leaching or seepage is minimal, otherwise plastic or concrete lining should be provided. During
rainy days, surface water must be prevented from entering the sump to avoid unnecessary
overflow. This can be done by constructing a ring drainage canal around the drilling rig and
sump. Moreover, contingency plans should be prepared in the event of sump leakage or
collapse.
a)
Incorporate the heavy metal concern on the information campaign directed towards
community residents; and,
b)
routine monitoring of heavy metals on the various rivers and streams of Tanawon.
4.5.2.4 Management of Risks from Explosions

A.
Recommendation for Development Drilling
a)
The blow-out preventor should be in good operating condition at all times for the duration
of the drilling activity.
b)
The drill crew should be vigilant at all times to sense an impending well blow-out so they
can take immediate corrective measure.
c)
The drill crew should be trained to act accordingly to carryout emergency measures in
controlling a gas-encounter kick as well as a well blow-out.
d)
Adequate PPE self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBAs) should be stationed and in

good operating condition for immediate use in case of emergencies.
e)
Should there be a well blow-out encountered, the elastomer parts of the spherical BOP
should be replaced as soon as possible after exposure of this equipment to H2S under
pressure. This is required because the life of nitrite elastomer material is shortened at
temperature above 200oF and on sour (H2S) service.
f)
Provide warm up facilities for long pipelines and vessels such as steam out points at start
of pipe runs, low point drains and vents.
g)
Develop standard start-up procedures and conduct training on the proper start-up
methods/steps to take to prevent mistakes/errors that will result in sudden change in
temperature of equipment being commissioned.
p. 4- 76
4.5.2.5 Management of Risks from Extremes of Temperatures

a)
Health information, instruction and training program to inform workers on the nature and
consequence of heat hazards as well as preventive measures available;
b)
Proper consideration of heat hazard in the choice of personal protective equipment to be

worn by workers;
c)
Introduction of appropriate breaks and rest periods during the 8 hour- work day;
d)
Provision of adequate and clean water supply to replenish water lost during the working
day. The supply must be easily accessible to workers specially during clearing and
construction operations where worksites may be distant from the water supply;
e)
Provision of shower facilities at the end of the day to enable core body temperature to go
down to normal levels in the shortest possible time.
f)
Training of first-aid personnel including nurses on the proper management of the health
effects of working in a warm environment; and
g)
Acquisition of appropriate medical equipment and supplies for the clinic to manage heat
related adverse health outcomes.
A.
Recommendation for Piping System
a)
Periodic on-stream inspection of the piping should be conducted to ensure the minimum
allowable thickness (MAT) of the pipe metal detected before failure occurs. Ultrasonic
inspection method for on-stream inspection testing should be considered.
b)
An effective security force should be maintained to patrol the area to ensure outsiders are
not permitted to roam the project area. This is to preclude possibility of sabotage.
c)
Periodic inspection of the area and equipment should be made to identify abnormal soil
movements that can become sources of landslide and to make the necessary remedial
measures to prevent this. Provision for ripraps, benching of slopes around pipe runs
should be made if required.
B.
Recommendation for Power Plant
a)
Keep clear of vegetation the area around fuel storage; at least 200 ft radius clear from
sabotage
b)
Install main bulk fuel storage tanks at a distance away from other installations.
c)
Provide drainage system around the storage tanks to route draining and run-off away from
the storage tank into an impounding pond sized to accommodate volume of fuel storage.
Impounding pond should be located at least 200 ft away from the storage tank.
C.
Recommendation for Burns
a)
Safety procedures and engineering designs as well as appropriate use of PPEs;
p. 4- 77
b)
Information instruction and training of first-aiders and other workers on treatment of minor
burns;
c)
Training of health personnel on the proper emergency management of burn victims;
d)
Establishment of clinic facilitates with supplies and equipment to handle burn

emergencies;
Design of a medical emergency response strategy to bring severely burned workers to
tertiary medical care facilities.
4.5.3
RISK MANAGEMENT MEASURES FOR OTHER HAZARDS

Risk management measures for the less significant hazards were also formulated. These are
presented here as lists of recommended actions or instruments that will reduce the occurrence
of the hazards, the exposure of the humans or natural resources that are threatened, and the
recovery of the victims of any technological or natural accidents that may occur.
This section describes the requirements that are to be met to ensure that the implementation of
the Tanawon Geothermal Project will not pose any uncontrolled and unacceptable risks to its
surroundings.
4.5.3.1 Management of Risks from Oxygen-Deficient Work Areas

The hazard of oxygen deficiency is common in facilities where fluids are transported in largediameter pipes, particularly during the maintenance and inspection/repair of the interiors of
these pipes.
A standard work permit system should be adopted and religiously followed requiring before entry
and work inside vessels that all concerned adhere to the following:
a)
Positive isolation blinds are installed in all vessel connections.
b)
Air moving equipment installation should remain in operation for the duration of work.
c).
Air inside vessel is monitored/measured for O2 content as well as NCG fraction to ensure
normal oxygen level and NCG are not present. The company standard should mandate a
minimum of 19.5% oxygen in air in all confined space work.
d)
Worker-watch are assigned outside the vessel to ensure workers are in normal work
condition during the duration of confined space work.
Develop and conduct regular training programs to ensure awareness of workers to confined
space work, its dangers and the precautions to take.
4.5.3.2 Management of Risks from Vibrations

The vibration hazards are common in any operation, which involve the use of heavy equipment,
and not confined to geothermal facilities.
a)
Maintenance of tools and equipment at its best status to minimize the generation of
vibration.
p. 4- 78
b)
Administrative control such as work planning, increased breaks and job rotation to
minimize whole body vibration exposure specially during drilling and power plant
operations.
c)
Continuing improvement and maintenance of both the road network and the vehicles of
PNOC-EDC to minimize exposure to body vibration during the course of transport.
d)
Provision of appropriate medications in the medical clinic for the mitigation of bodily aches
and pains.
e)
Equipment subjected to continuous vibration like vessels, pipelines, turbine casings, etc.
should be regularly inspected for cracks in addition to their check up for abnormal
corrosion. Metal cracks or metal grain failure may be detected before the crack gives way
through a rigid inspection procedure such as:
f)
magnetic particle & dye method

x-ray method
hydrostatic test during shutdowns and turn-arounds
In drilling operation, vibration control should be followed religiously to reduce magnitude of

mechanical vibration, which are:
change of natural frequency

change of forcing frequency
increase or apply mechanical dampening
eliminate source of excitation to vibrate
4.5.3.3 Management of Risks from Ultraviolet Radiation

The hazards of UV radiation present in any work where arc welding is employed, and not
confined to geothermal facilities.
The adverse health effects of UV radiation are readily preventable. Appropriate eye protection
(goggles or face shields) eliminates acute and chronic sequelae. Because of poor penetrating
ability of UV radiation, light clothes serve as shield against skin injury associated with UV
radiation. Bystanders to the UV process should also be protected.
a)
Welders must be required to use full-face welder mask and wear long-sleeve jackets to
prevent direct exposure to body skin.
b)
Welding work sites such as fabrication shops where other workers can be easily exposed
to UV radiation within 50 ft are to be roped off and fence covered all-around at head level
height.
4.5.3.4 Management of Risks from Fuel Oils

These hazards are not found only in geothermal facilities. Any work involving the use of motor
vehicles generates the hazards from fuel oils.
All disorders resulting from oil exposure are preventable by appropriate skin protection.
a)
Substitution and/or dilution of products if products are found to be too irritating.
p. 4- 79
b)
Appropriate work practices, work equipment and the utilization of appropriate PPEs.
c)
Personal hygiene (e.g. showering with soap and water) at the end of the working day.
d)
Workers information, instruction and training program.
e)
Continuous monitoring of water bodies for lubricants and fuel oil.
Oil and diesel wastes, which constitute the main hazards should be collected and not be allowed
to find their way into the waterways and natural ecosystems. One way to dispose them is by
incineration in small and regulated amounts in an area where the emission of noxious gases
would have minimal effect on the immediate receptors there.
4.5.3.5 Management of Risks from Electricity and Electromagnetic Energy

All industrial operations, which utilize electricity introduce hazards from electricity and
electromagnetic energy. This hazard is not confined to geothermal facilities.
a)
Work on electrical equipment must be strictly covered by electrical-work permit to ensure

such equipment are de-energized, locked-out to prevent placing in service while work is in
progress.
b)
Protection guards and metal cladding must be restored on switchgears and high voltage
conductor runs after work on these equipment to prevent physical contact.
c)
Substation facilities where high voltage transformers and pot-head terminals are located
should be fenced and locked with strict access regulations.
4.5.3.6 Indirect Health Determinants

Health hazards are common in all parts of society. These recommendations are applicable to all
types of industries and employment, and not only to geothermal operations.
a)
Strengthening of the health care delivery system in the communities around Tanawon
through inputs of resources both from the National government (DOH) and the Local
Government Units (LGUs) with support from Tanawon.
b)
Establishment of a health monitoring system by the Municipal Health Offices of the LGUs
to monitor health trends during project operation.
4.5.3.7 Management of Risks to Natural Resources

a)
For agriculture, there are H2S-tolerant crops that can be promoted to mitigate the adverse
impacts on farmers incomes. Forest-tree species are also available to curb the effect of
air pollution.
b)
For endemic and economically useful plants that can be damaged inevitably by any of the
activities of the PNOC-EDC, selective transfer of these should be done to area(s) within
the project area where they can be nurtured. The PNOC-EDC should establish or
maintain, if already it has one in the project area, a botanical garden and hortorium and its
present nursery.
p. 4- 80
c)
Provision of livelihood opportunities for farmers displaced due to the various activities of
geothermal development.
Compensation and relocation should be the ultimate
alternatives.
d)
At the community level, appropriate education and awareness campaigns should be

conducted on the possible disastrous outcomes due to the development of Tanawon. A
common natural resource that should be managed and protected jointly by the community
and PNOC-EDC is the remaining forest resources in the watershed. Preservation of the
resource is a must for both for PNOC-EDC and the communities as such resource will
provide all the benefits associated with good environment.
e)
The following are some actions that need to be implemented to enable monitoring of
hazards and risks, and in reducing the threats to the environment:
Updated aerial photographs and/or satellite images from land use maps must be
used within the geothermal block to serve as a basis for detecting any change.
Based on watershed plan and EIA study, baseline data have been recorded.
Monitoring to prevent environmental degradation should be done.
Historical trend of various parameters particularly those rated highly in the present
ERA must be analyzed.
An environmental network of concerned groups, that includes GOs, LGU, NGOs,

the public and the academe must be formed to monitor the environmental
conditions in and around the site, and to appropriately investigate and ensure that
these issues are appropriately addressed to whenever they occur.
A sufficient amount of funds should be made available to implement proposals

that address critical risk-related problems through the Environmental Guarantee
Fund.
4.5.3.8 Hazards that are nonexistent or insignificant to Tanawon

There are some hazard items that have to be discussed for completeness of this report, not
because these hazard items are significant, but rather because these have been raised before
in PNOC-EDC geothermal projects, and can be raised in public-participated risk identification
meetings.
A.
Hazards from earthquakes induced by geothermal exploitation.
The hazard from earthquakes induced by geothermal fluid extraction and reinjection is minimal,
because earthquakes that are induced during geothermal operations are only of small
magnitudes. Based on records of seismicity at the Tiwi, Mak-Ban and Tongonan geothermal
facilities, the events induced during the reinjection process never exceeded magnitude 2. This
is because the seismicity in any reinjection fluid injection process is caused by the resistance
and sudden yielding of the rocks to fluid injection (Francois Cornet, oral communications, 1996).
The experiences of geothermal fluid reinjection has proven that in most cases, the rocks
penetrated by the wells do not resist any reinjection, but on the contrary, many of these wells in
fact require no pumping to force the geothermal fluids into the rocks. This indicates that the
rocks underground do not offer any resistance to reinjection of the fluids, and thus the conditions
do not lead to any seismicity of large magnitude. The range of intensities that may be caused
by earthquakes of magnitude up to 2 can be from Intensity I to IV, all depending on the distance
to the focus of the earthquake. This range of intensity is considered non-destructive and
therefore does not pose any hazards to the surroundings.
p. 4- 81
B.
Hazards from volcanic eruptions.
There is no likelihood that geothermal operations will result to volcanic activity. This is because
the depths at which geothermal fluids are exploited rarely exceed 3 km depth. In contrast, the
sources of magma under volcanoes range in depths from at least 10 to 30 km. This means that
the geothermal fluids being extracted for power are confined to the shallow level waters, often
originating from rain and surface waters that make their way to the heated rocks underground.
More significantly for Mount Pocdol, the rocks around this volcano do not show any eruption
younger than hundreds of thousand years ago, indicating that the volcano is inactive and has
been that way for a long time now. No amount of human activity will cause this volcano to
generate magma and lead to an explosive eruption.
C.
Hazards of diminishing water flow in rivers.
The geothermal project will not in anyway affect the quantity of surface water. The production
wells which will extract steam from the ground will tap fluids from 2 to 3 km underground. These
water resources are entirely separate from the recharge zones which feed the streams and
rivers.
D.
Hazards of affecting ground water quantity and quality.
Two features of geothermal wells prevent these from affecting the groundwater: depth and
construction. The geothermal fluids that are tapped for steam are at least 2 km below the
ground while the wells that are tapped for domestic or commercial water do not exceed 400 m.
This indicates that the geothermal resources and the groundwater resources are separated by
at least 1.5 km of rocks, and these two systems are usually distinctly separate except when
natural hotsprings exist, and thus the geothermal circulation leaks naturally to the surface.
Geothermal fluids and groundwater are therefore two separate and distinctly different systems,
and tapping the deeper geothermal system does not influence the character of the shallower
groundwater system.
Geothermal wells are also designed to prevent contamination of the groundwater. The concrete
and steel linings that extend from the surface to depths of about 2 km ensures that the drilling
and geothermal fluids circulating in the wells are isolated from the groundwater. The style of
construction of the well pads, cellars and the sump ponds are all designed to prevent the
accidental spillage of geothermal fluids on the surface and into the groundwater.
4.5.4 MITIGATION OF MEASURES FOR NATURAL HAZARDS

4.5.4.1 Mitigation for Landslide
Landslide is commonly regarded as one of the most predictable of geological hazards. Three
parameters are particularly important for monitoring all kinds of mass movements:
1. Ground cracks indicate a variety of mass movements. In plan, these are commonly
concentric or parallel, with widths of a few centimeters and lengths of several meters.
These dimensions distinguish them from the much shorter desiccation cracks [observed in
drying up sediments]. The formation of cracks and any increase in their rate of widening is a
common measure of impending slope failure.
p. 4- 82
2. The appearance of and increases in rate of ground subsidence (usually in the crown of the
sliding surface) or uplift (usually in the toe of the sliding block) are indicators of impending
failure.
3. The area of slope failure is a measure of the extent of landslide effect.
The highest part (crown) of landslides/slope failures is generally the most important place for
monitoring cracks, subsidence and sagging. Upheaval or buckling generally begins in the toe
area. As failure progresses cracks may form at any point including the toe. When areas are
identified as having the signs for future landslides, surface methods for measuring the
development of cracks, subsidence and uplift can be made, such as repeated conventional
surveying and installation of various instruments to measure movements directly. The
frequency of monitoring will depend on rate of crack propagation and ground deformation and
on the degree of potential damage if the slope fails. Areas of low risk and very slow
development of cracks and ground deformation can be examined much less frequently. Critical
periods for monitoring are during and immediately after intense rains, or after fires, deforestation
or human activities that extensively modify the land surface. One limitation of monitoring is that
cracks often form and are followed by landslide within seconds, and will not help in warning local
residents. Other landslides may form cracks, subside or buckle over long periods of time and
then fail suddenly with little warning.
Other common mitigating measures adopted are provisions for an effective drainage system,
interceptor canals, slope protections, retaining structures and implementation of revegetation
works.
On top of these, PNOC-EDC creates a task force composed of civil, environmental, and
geotechnical engineers to continuously oversee, evaluate, and address the risk of slope failure
within the project site and reduce, if not prevent, the effect of landslides to lives and property.
4.5.4.2 Monitoring and Mitigation for Seismicity

The PNOC-EDC has a strong policy for proper design and construction of its facilities. It should
be noted that in most of its construction projects, the qualification requirements for contractors
are very stringent due to the safety requirements of the organization. Related to protection from
shaking caused by tectonic earthquakes, the compliance to existing laws and requirements for
civil works and construction is necessary to minimize damage during large magnitude tectonic
earthquakes. The existing rules and practice in construction and site development suffice to
mitigate any effect of small earthquakes induced by the geothermal operations.
The PNOC-EDC also maintains seismographs that can be deployed for monitoring the seismic
activity at the project site. This system may be utilized by PNOC-EDC to detect both the
regional tectonic events and local earthquakes, including those induced by the geothermal
operations. The assessment of progress of fluid extraction and re-injection should incorporate
regular analysis and interpretation of the seismic data gathered by the seismographs.
4.5.4.3 Monitoring and Mitigation for Subsidence and other Forms of Surface
Displacement
Monitoring of subsidence can be made by repeated precise leveling and ground surveys, gravity
determinations, and in coastal zones, by tide-gauge records. Standard geodetic techniques,
especially using GPS and laser range finders can also be utilized. The frequency of
measurement depends on the movement taking place, and for the Tanawon, since no
subsidence has been detected, occasional surveys with a frequency of at least once every five
years to once every three years is sufficient.
p. 4- 83
Mitigation methods may include reinjection of fluids to replace the volume of materials extracted
from the ground. Likewise, the distribution of production wells over a large area, in contrast to
concentrating withdrawal from a few wells, can be practiced in order to spread out the
deformation over a large area while minimizing the amount of vertical displacement.
4.5.4.4 Mitigation for Volcanic Unrest

In order understand the history of volcanic eruptions of Pocdol, geological mapping and dating
studies must aim to reconstruct histories of high-risk eruptions. Ground-based seismic and
deformation monitoring approaches have proven to be the most reliable and diagnostic in early
detection and tracking of volcanic unrest. The system of constant monitoring of the
surroundings, by regular seismic monitoring and ground deformation surveys at the Tanawon
site will provide information about possible impending unrest of the volcano. This can be
supplemented by a system of recording any unusual geologic events that may be observed on
the slopes of the volcano, and constant interaction with the government agency in charge of
studies on volcanic activityPHIVOLCS..
To mitigate the hazards from hydrothermal explosions, the land use in the areas, which are
possible to have explosions should be regulated. These are mostly within the Tanawon
jurisdiction, and away from the public population. The employees at the Bacon-Manito area
would need to be made aware of the hazards and potential sites of these events. During such
hydrothermal explosion events, the site around the active crater where explosions and mud
fountaining occur should be kept off limits to people, farm animals and equipment.
4.5.4.5 Mitigation for Floods

PNOC-EDC has instituted drainage management measures along the banks of the rivers in the
project site. These drainage management measures ensure that the hillslopes and river
channels regain their natural vegetation and that landslides and erosion is minimized. Such
measures are also designed to reduce the occurrence of accidental damming of the river
channels, and the increased runoff during rainfall. In the downstream areas where the rivers
drain (outside of the jurisdiction of PNOC-EDC), no drainage management measure is being
implemented except by the local government. It is suggested that a flooding hazard assessment
and mapping be made in these low-lying areas in order to guide the development and disaster
management of the communities near the coastal areas south of the project site.
4.5.5 ASSESSMENT OF RISK MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES

There are five areas wherein the various sectors concerned in the welfare of people and natural
resources can improve survival in the event that natural hazards occur in and around the site.
These are:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Hazards mapping and hazards awareness

Warning and communications
Evacuation
Rescue, relief and rehabilitation
Zoning and relocation
Natural hazards usually impose long-term threats of repeated occurrence over a wide area. The
need for hazards mapping and awareness is more needed for natural hazards that are large
scale in effect and for those whose destructive potential are uncontrollable. This is the case for
earthquake, flooding, volcanic and typhoon hazards.
Landslide hazards maps can be
constructed to determine sites susceptible to catastrophic slope failure. Since there is
p. 4- 84
insignificant volcanic hazard in the site, the long-term preparedness for seismic, flooding and
typhoon hazards should therefore be a high priority for the communities surrounding Tanawon.
Hazards mapping for seismic shaking should be implemented to determine the seismic
acceleration values that should be imposed for construction of buildings and for delineating the
areas that are susceptible to liquefaction and fault rupture. The mandate is incorporated into the
tasks of the Bureau of Mines or the Department of Environment and Natural Resources, and the
PHIVOLCS. Some capability can be developed in the provincial and municipal levels,
particularly in mapping flooding hazard areas.
For monitoring natural processes that may lead to hazards, seismic, meteorologic, hydrological,
geologic monitoring and recording systems are needed. In order to detect earthquakes and
volcanic activity, seismic stations must be continuously in operations at selected sites.
Meteorological and hydrological observation stations are needed to record rainfall, river flows
and other significant parameters useful for warning against flooding and typhoons.
4.5.5.1 Assessment of PNOC-EDCs Risk Management Capability at Tanawon Site

This ERA was conducted while the PNOC-EDC is still at its exploratory drilling stage. The
facilities needed by PNOC-EDC for the development and operation of the Tanawon Geothermal
Project are not yet installed. BGPF however has existing installations, geothermal facilities,
support facilities and operating groups maintaining the 150-MWe capacity of BGPF. The
presently available facilities include PNOC-EDCs field facilities for reforestation, slope control
and forest protection. A watershed management plan is also available and is being
implemented.
Moreover, PNOC-EDC has an existing BacMan Emergency Response Plan (BERP), a result of
the implementation of PNOC-EDCs Safety Policy and Environmental Management Policy (refer
to the EIA report). The BGPF is also a licensee of the International Safety Rating System
(ISRS) from 1997 to the present, implementing a continuous program of improvement on safety,
which it reports annually to the Department of Energy (DOE). Further assessment shows that
PNOC-EDC has a strong policy to protect the environment from any adverse effects that
geothermal exploitation may create. This policy is embodied in three concrete ways. One is the
companys commitment to implement the reinjection of all the geothermal fluids that are
extracted in the course of Tanawon development and operations. Two, is the massive and
systematic effort on the part of PNOC-EDC to implement a slope control program in areas
where roadcuts and landslides render the hillsides susceptible to landslides and erosion. The
third way is the Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) to be entered into by PNOC-EDC with the
DENR for the establishment of an Environmental Guarantee Fund and Environmental
Monitoring Plan, wherein the BGPF multi-sectoral monitoring team will ensure that Tanawon
does not cause any detrimental changes to the surroundings. These three reasons signify the
high priority and serious attention that PNOC-EDC adopts for environmental protection and risk
management.
4.5.5.2 Assessment of the Governments and the Communities Risk Management

Capability
The responsibility to protect people, the environment and natural resources around the site from
any harm is a collective responsibility of the government, the residents of the communities
downstream of the project site, and of PNOC-EDC. The government is represented in their
responsibility mainly by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources whose tasks
include the regulatory functions for protecting the environment, and by the local governments,
which provide services to sustain the residents of the various communities.
Warning systems have to be installed for flooding hazards, particularly along the large river
watersheds like those of Rizal River. Since the success of all warning systems relies on
p. 4- 85
dependable communications infrastructure, there is a need for a good communications system

linking on one hand the upstream rainfall and flood sensors, PNOC-EDC, and on the other
hand, the communities at risk.
The facilities and properly trained personnel for conducting evacuation and for the short-term
sustenance of evacuees is required to meet the seasonal threat of typhoon and floods. The
transportation needs during emergencies can be met since the communities are lined along the
national road. There is a need to plan for the sustenance of the hazard-displaced population.
Traditionally, the local public schools have served the purpose, although there is a need to
improve the sanitation facilities in these schools in order to assure the safety and comfort of the
potential victims.
Facilities and trained personnel are required for conducting rescue, relief and rehabilitation
operations during the advent of a disaster. The need for such rescue and relief capability is
broad-ranging, and can be applied to the occurrence of natural hazards, such as during
devastating earthquakes, typhoons, etc., and during the occurrence of man-made calamities.
The long-term solution to threats of flooding hazard is in zoning and relocation. The areas
threatened by these hazards can be defined, and the high-risk areas can be dedicated to open
or agricultural use. Moderate risk areas can be devoted to low-density habitation.
There is no existing formal disaster recovery system among the local residents. No volunteerbased rescue and response system was observed in any of the communities surrounding
Tanawon site. This absence of a formal organization is compensated by the Filipinos closelyknit family and neighborhood relationships, however. Recent disasters have shown that kinship
and neighborhood affiliation have helped in making disaster victims survive and recover and in
the process reduce the assistance required from the government. The government on the other
hand uses all available resources, be these dedicated for emergency use or not, whenever
disasters occur. The emergency facilities and health workers data are presented in the Socioeconomic baseline section.
General guidelines have been recommended based on the results of the Environmental Risk
Assessment. The results of this Environmental Risk Assessment for the Tanawon Sector of the
BGPF will be most useful if converted into a detailed Environmental Risk Reduction Action Plan.
The formulation of this plan will have to be conducted by a team of experts whose main task is to
define the various activities, materials, facilities and manpower needed to implement the barriers
and the control measures presented in the bow-tie analysis shown in Tables 4.5.1-1 to 4.5.1-4.
In brief, the following thrusts of the Environmental Risk Reduction Action Plan are recommended:
1.
Focus on the high risk situations. The Environmental Risk Reduction Action Plan will have to
address the major hazards as its priority since these events will have the most significant
effect on the items at risk if left uncontrolled.
2.
Employ a total approach in the Environmental Risk Reduction Action Plan. This means that
the risk reduction measures will be implemented in three areas:
a)
b)
c)
3.
in the reduction of the causes of the hazards

in the reduction of factors that make the effects of the hazards worse, and
in the correction of the factors that deter fast accident recovery
Develop a good environmental risk communication practice. This thrust is meant to help both
the PNOC-EDC and the public to maintain a good appreciation of the environmental risks,
improve hazards awareness and preparedness of the public, and will definitely enhance
public relationship on the part of PNOC-EDC.
p. 4- 86
Table 4.4.4-1. Risk Assessment Scores of Hazards to Workers*

Heat
PNOC Activities
1. Excavation
2. Construction
3. Transportation
4. Drilling
5. Well Testing
6. Well Bleeding
7. Fluid Extraction
8. FluidTransport
9. Fluid Re-injection
10. Power Plant Operation
11. Maintenance
PNOC-EDC Facilities
1. Wells
2. Pipes
3. Sump/Thermal Pond
4. Power Plant
5. Power Lines
Noise
Vibration
Radiation
Electricity
Shock
Explosion
H2S
6
7
3-5
6
6
6
5
4-5
4-5
Fuels
Heavy
metals
5
5
5
3-4
4
34
3
45
45
5
5
3
3
* Physical, Chemical, and Natural Hazards as applicable

** For specific work/work areas
p. 4- 87
Table 4.4.4-2. Risk Assessment Scores of Hazards to Flora and Fauna *

Heat
PNOC Activities
1. Excavation
2. Construction
3. Transportation
4. Drilling
5. Well Testing
6. Well Bleeding
7. Fluid Extraction
8. FluidTransport
11. Maintenance
PNOC-EDC Facilities
1. Wells
2. Pipes
4. Power Plant
5. Power Lines
Noise
5
5
Vibration
Radiation
Electricity
Shock
5
5
6
6
H2S
6
6
5
5
Heavy metals
4
5
5
5
Fuel s
5
5
5
5

** For receptors near hazard/hazard area
p. 4- 88
Table 4.4.4-3. Risk Assessment Scores of Health Hazards to Residents/community areas*

Heat
Noise
PNOC Activities
1. Excavation
2. Construction
3. Transportation
4. Drilling
5. Well Testing
6. Well Bleeding
7. Fluid Extraction
8. FluidTransport
11. Maintenance
PNOC-EDC Facilities
1. Wells
2. Pipes
4. Power Plant
5. Power Lines
Vibration
Radiation
Electricity
Shock
H2S
Fuels
Heavy metals
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
6
7
p. 4- 89
Table 4.4.4-4. Risk Assessment for PNOC Facilities*

Heat
PNOC Activities
1. Excavation
2. Construction
3. Transportation
4. Drilling
5. Well Testing
6. Well Bleeding
7. Fluid Extraction
8. FluidTransport
11. Maintenance
PNOC-EDC Facilities
1. Wells
2. Pipes
3. Sump/Thermal pond
3. Power Plant
4. Power Lines
Vibration
Landslide
35
3-5
Seismicity
7
7
7
7
7
Volcanism
8
8
8
8
8
* Natural Hazards as applicable
p. 4- 90
Table 4.5.1-1 BOWTIE ANALYSIS OF HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) RELEASE
--------- PRE-EVENT STAGE ---------TOP EVENT

HYDROGEN
SULFIDE
RELEASE
THREATS/
CAUSES
WELL
DRILLING:
- Well blowout
- Faulty
equipment
used at well
head
BARRIER
- Observe
standard
procedure
- Keep
blowout
preventor in
good
operating
condition
WELL TESTING
- Vertical
discharge
direct to
atmosphere
- A required
activity
(Short-term)
- Horizontal
discharge from
silencer
- A required
activity
(short-term)
OPERATION
- Well gas
- Discharge
bleeding/sampl
to silencer
ing of NCG in
away from
steam
well pad
- Safety valve
popping
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- Human error
- Poor/inadequate
drilling procedure
- Defective BOP
- Drilling crew
training program
- Improper
engineering/
purchasing
practices
- Company policy
on safety and
good engineering
practice
- Management
attitude/safety not
given priority
- Lack of inspection
equipment
- Lack of inspection
technician
- Earthquake
- Fire
- Use
corrosion
inhibitor
- Landslide
- Steam pipe
failure/
rupture
- Employ onstress
inspection
to strictly
monitor
corrosion
- No qualified
expert
- Condenser
NCG
extractorejectors
- A required
activity
(short term)
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Employee
selection
program
- Adherence to
preventive
maintenance
program
- Emergency
response
planning
- Establish a
competent
inspection
department
----------- POST EVENT STAGE ----------RECOVERY

- Provide
adequate PPEs
- Provide firstaid/Medical
Emergency
response
strategy
- Establish
monitoring of
H2S dispersion
- Set warning
system to
trigger drastic
corrective
measures when
H2S GLC
reach dangerous
level
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- Lack of money
- Poor
prioritization
- Lack of trained
personnel
- Lack of
emergency/
disaster plan
- Poor PPE
selection
- Lack of
training in use
of PPE
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Review annual
budget preparation
- Provide continuing
plant training
program
- Management
awareness/policy
review
- Company policy to
address
preparedness to
natural and manmade disaster/
emergency
CONSEQUENCE
Worker:
- Intoxication
- Nuisance smell
Community:
- Nuisance smell
Plants:
- defoliation
Animals:
- tend to stay
away from the
area
Property:
- tin roof corrosion
due to brine spray
- Lack of
shutdown
procedure
- Provide H2S
monitoring
instrument to
monitor well
heads and low
lying areas
- Labor dispute
- Take
emergency
action to
shutdown plant
p. 4- 91
discharge
during
generator startup
- Cooling tower - Scrubbing
stack
facility
dispersion of
before NCG
NCG from
is
condenser
discharged
to cooling
tower
Table 4.5.1-2 BOWTIE ANALYSIS FOR LANDSLIDE

LANDSLIDE
THREATS/
CAUSES
- slope cutting
- Tree cutting
- Earthquakes
- Vibration
- Heavy rains
BARRIER
- Adequate
forest/plant
cover
- Engineering
slope
stabilization
- Appropriate
road design
- Typhoons
- Improved
drainage
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- Logging/kaingin
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Annual review of
budget
- Low budget
- Lack of good
design and
engineering
practices

- Evacuation Plan
- Warning system
- Employee
selection
program
- Periodic audit
review of terrain
and slope
stabilization
program
- Check dams
- Reforestation/
re-vegetation
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- Lack of
emergency
/disaster plan
- Lack of
specialized
personnel/
training
program
- Slope
stabilization
- Hazard
mapping
and zoning
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Company policy to
address
preparedness to
natural and manmade disaster/
emergency
CONSEQUENCE
- Erosion/siltation
- Destruction of
road, properties,
etc.
- Covering injury
or death to
people, animals
- Damming of
rivers with
flooding as
secondary
consequence.
p. 4- 92
Table 4.5.1-3 BOWTIE ANALYSIS FOR RELEASE OF HEAVY METALS
RELEASE
OF HEAVY
METALS
THREATS/
CAUSES
- Thermal
pond/sump
failure/wall
collapse
- Water pond
overflow
- Prolonged
maintenance
schedule
BARRIER
- Pond
location
away from
critical
slope
- Good pond
design
- Good lining
specification
- Heavy rains
- Typhoons
- Spare
injection
well
----------- POST EVENT STAGE -----------
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- Poor quality
control
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Annual review of
budget
RECOVERY
- Lack of good
purchasing/engg
practices
- Adherence to PM
program
- Regular
monitoring
system for early
detection of
lining failure
- Re-vegetation
around the pond
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- Low budget
- People factor
- Stop operation
- Low budget
- Poor maintenance
- Lack of
training
- Information
dissemination
- Very poor terrain

- Diversion/
reserve pond
availability
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Prioritize health and
safety vis-a vis
other business
activity
CONSEQUENCE
- Company policy to
indicate
commitment to
clean environment
People:
- Heavy metal
poisoning (acute
and chronic)
- Budget annual
review
Animal:
- Contamination
of their drinking
water
- Revegetation
Environment:
- Increased
concentration of
heavy metals
Plant:
- Boron toxicity to
rice and other
crops.
- Ring
drainage
around pond
to prevent
ingress of
runoff
- Reforestatio
n to
decrease
runoff
- Regular
monitoring
- Protection
from
sabotage
p. 4- 93
Table 4.5.1-4 BOWTIE ANALYSIS OF HIGH NOISE LEVEL
HIGH
NOISE
LEVEL
THREATS/
CAUSES
SITE
PREPARATION
- Heavy
Equipment
operation
- Poor
maintenance
- Very old
equipment
- Absence of
noise standard
WELL
DRILLING
- Drill
equipment
operation (a
required
activity)
WELL TESTING
- Steam release
(a required
activity)
BARRIER
- Replacement
of old
equipment
- Observe PM
program
- Use of
mufflers/
shock
absorbers
- Reforestatio
n of bare
areas
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- No equipment
replacement
program
- Low budget
- Poor equipment
inspection/
maintenance
- Poor attitude of
workers
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Training
programs
- Annual review of
budget
- Adherence to PM
program
- Employee
selection

- Monitoring of
high noise
equipment
- Audiometric
exam of
workers
ESCALATION
FACTOR
- Lack of
awareness
- Lack of hearing
conservation
program
ESCALATION
CONTROL
- Training Program
- Conduct regular
abatement audit
- Provision in annual
budget
CONSEQUENCE
People:
- Temporary
noise-induced
hearing loss
- Permanent
noise-induced
hearing loss
- No budget
- Use PPE during
testing
- Compensation
of workers with
adverse health
due to
workplace
- Management
awareness/company
policy review
- Irritation
(nuisance)
Animal:
Disturbance
- Use of
earmuffs/
PPE
- Workers
awareness
POWER PLANT
OPERATION
- Ejectors
- Turbogenerators
- Pumps
- Compressors
p. 4- 94
Figure 4.1.6.2-1 Geomorphic features of the region around the project site. (Shaded relief map of 1km gridded topography data, thin line are
bathymetric contours (in m) of the seafloor)
Figure 4.1.6.2-2 Tectonic features of the region around the project site
Figure 4.1.6.3-1 Epicenter of earthquakes from 1907 to 1998. (Coastline is blue, colored thin lines are bathymetric contours)
Figure 4.1.6.3-2
Number of events of each Voronoi polygon. (Coastline is blue, colored thin line are bathymetric contours)
Figure 4.1.6.3-3
Largest earthquake magnitude for each Voronoi polygon. (Coastline is blue, colored thin line are bathymetric contours)
Figure 4.3.2.3-1 Gemographic features of the Project site. The Pocdol Mountains is an east-west volcanic system.
Figure 4.3.2.3-2 Landslide susceptibility in the project area.
Figure 4.3.2.3-3 Seismic acceleration for soft soil with 90% of non-exceedance. (Labeled green line = seismic acceleration in g)
Figure 4.3.2.3-4 Seismic acceleration for medium soil with 90% of non-exceedance. (Labeled green lines = seismic acceleration in g)
Figure 4.3.2.3-5 Seismic acceleration for rock with 90% of non-exceedance. (Labeled green lines = seismic acceleration in g)
Figure 4.3.2.3-6 Annual frequency of typhoons and storms in the project area
This section covers three plans, namely the Impacts Mitigation / Enhancement Plan,
Environmental Monitoring Plan, and Institutional Plan. Most of the plans described herein have
since been implemented in existing PNOC-EDC project sites in Leyte, Mindanao, Southern
Negros, Northern Negros, and BacMan.
5.1
IMPACTS MITIGATION / ENHANCEMENT PLAN

After identifying the potential adverse impacts of the Tanawon Geothermal Project on the
environment, the following environmental management strategies are recommended to minimize
if not prevent potential detrimental effects of the project during its different stages of
development. Table 3.2-1 earlier presented the environmental management matrix, showing the
potential impacts and the proposed management measures to mitigate or enhance these.
5.1.1
PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Way before project start-up, involvement of the local host communities is ensured through
various avenues. These have been started even before the EIA process commenced.
A.
Conduct of Information Drives
Since the concerns raised during the past information drives were generally due to lack of
knowledge on the project, information campaigns will go a long way in improving public attitudes
and perceptions about the project. If the public understood the project well, there will be little
room for rumors and speculations. Aside from the usual explanation of the nature and processes
involved the geothermal project, the information drive shall also be focused on four fundamental
concerns: (1) host community benefits from geothermal project and, (2) PNOC-EDCs social and
environmental management programs as proposed in the EIS, (3) effects of geothermal steam
production on the ground water supply, (4) the clarification of the old issues of flooding in Rizal
and skin diseases in Cawayan and Osiao Rivers, and perhaps (5) power rates.
B.
Early Involvement of NGOs and POs
Soliciting the involvement of non-government organizations (NGOs) and peoples organizations

(POs) prior to the commencement of the construction activities helps create a friendly political
climate for the project. Since under the DOE Law, PNOC-EDC is mandated to put up funds for
various social and environmental programs (i.e. the livelihood development fund and the
environmental, public health and watershed management fund), early contacts with groups with
developmental interests should prove to be fruitful. In particular, NGOs and POs can be
involved in the following:
Social and Environmental Programs. The new Department of Energy (DOE) Law or Energy
Regulation No. 1-94 entitled Benefits to Communities Hosting Energy Projects requires the
geothermal resource developer to set up (a) Livelihood Development Fund and (b) Reforestation
and Watershed Management Fund.
Multisectoral Monitoring Team. The Multisectoral Monitoring Team (MSMT) is mandated
under the DENR Administrative Order No. 37 series of 1996. The MSMT shall be composed of,
among others, representatives from LGUs and an NGO or PO. There is an existing Provincial
Section 5.0: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT & MONITORING
p. 5 - 1
Environmental Monitoring Task Force (PEMTF) monitoring the operations of the BGPF; perhaps
their role will include monitoring of Tanawon Geothermal Project as it falls within the same area.
The role of the PEMTF is spelled out in an existing memorandum of agreement (Appendix T
Annex 1).
C.
Securing Endorsements from Local Government Units (LGUs)
Most of the endorsements from the LGUs heve been secured early on. These official
endorsements will boost public support to the project. Experience in other projects suggests that
this will also proved to be useful later on with regulatory agencies and multilateral financing
agencies.
5.1.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

This phase involves civil, mechanical, electrical and structural works for the various project
facilities.
Earthmoving activities comprise the major source of impacts during this phase. As most of the
facilities will be sited within Public Land, the necessary forestry permits (Special Land Use, Tree
Cutting Permit and Road-Right-of-Way) shall be secured from the DENR Region-5 Office prior
to any opening or earthworks activity. Environmental permits such as the Authority to Construct
and Permit to Operate shall likewise be secured for air and water pollution control facilities.
Also, prior to any civil works or construction activity, a Civil Works Committee composed of
various department representatives will be formed. The committee shall use the internal PNOCEDC guidelines for geothermal exploration and development projects as a general guide.
Among their tasks include siting of facilities in least critical areas and discussion/agreements on
the work/construction plan, the corresponding environmental protection and enhancement
measures to be ensured during actual implementation, and the responsible group. During
actual site construction, the group will ensure avoidance of unnecessary vegetation clearings,
ensure maintenance of vegetation buffer along slopes, and identify risk areas for immediate
stabilization. This has been a common practice of the PNOC-EDC in all its geothermal fields.
Environmental concerns will be handled by the Pollution Control Officer (PCO), supported by a
watershed management team, various technicians, and supervised by an Environmental
Superintendent.
5.1.2.1 Measures for the Physical Environment

A. Geotechnical Hazard Studies to Identify Critical Slopes/ Areas
In the selection of development schemes for the project, the following concerns are given
attention considering that the project site is located in a mountainous area.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Engineering/geological aspects as it affects stability

Allowable soil bearing capacities at recommended foundation levels
Potential magnitude of settlement of footings / foundations
Stability of slopes proximate to the facilities
Ground permeability at the sumps and thermal pond sites
Flash flooding during severe storms
Potential siltation of streams during construction
p. 5 - 2
Further comprehensive geotechnical engineering studies will be conducted within the Tanawon
area once the specific location of facilities are identified, and prior to the commencement of
detailed engineering design. The main features of the geotechnical engineering exploration
program are as follows:
1. Comprehensive study of the geology of Tanawon area and its implications to the
geotechnical aspects of the project
2. Subsurface investigations involving foundation drilling, boring and test pitting to obtain
data for the establishment of detailed soil/rock stratification
3. Field and laboratory testing (a major feature of the study) to determine the properties of
soil/rock encountered in the area
One of the most critical design considerations in the geotechnical engineering exploration is the
stability of the slopes along the Fluid Collection and Reinjection System (FCRS) pipelines and
the power plant. The morphology of the terrain and the engineering properties of the soil at
subsurface could combine to adversely create the conditions for slope failure. Subsurface data
help design engineers evaluate potential slope failures and advance measures to avoid its
occurrence. Another equally important design factor is the bearing capacity of the soil
foundations at various points, e.g., at the crest of slopes, where pipes are to be anchored and
the location upon which the separators are founded. Bearing capacity, as determinant of
foundation stability is an important factor because of the presence of heavy vessels like
separators and large pipelines carrying geothermal fluids. Also of critical importance in design
is settlement especially along the pipeline routes and at the power plant. The expansion of
pipes due to the hot fluid contained within could cause stress to effect perceptible consolidation
of the soil. The differential settlement between adjacent supports is significant to the alignment
of the entire pipeline.
At the thermal ponds, the water tightness of the underlying core and stability of the impounding
dikes are crucial to the proper containment of geothermal fluids resulting from the processing of
steam from the well. The study/investigation will include in-situ permeability testing of the drilled
boreholes.
Although not part of the geotechnical engineering exploration studies to be conducted, the
hydrology of the area will also be considered as an input to the overall project design.
B. Slope-Risk Assessment and Mitigation

Slopes within the project site shall be evaluated for their stability in more detail as soon as
location of project facilities is finalized. Together with geotechnical investigations, slope risk
assessment will be conducted relative to the defined wellpads, pipe corridors, road network,
and power plant. Pilot roads which would be used as pipe corridors or permanent access to
facilities would be trimmed down to the designed slopes and provided with appropriate
mitigating measures to address the risk of possible slope failure.
C. Civil Works Rehabilitation/ Slope Stabilization

During and after earthmoving activities, slope stabilization and rehabilitation of civil works areas
will immediately be implemented to prevent massive erosion from occurring. Erosion control of
civil works will be done through a combination of engineering/mechanical and biological means.
1. Mechanical Stabilization
Common slope mitigation measures to be adopted depending on site-specific conditions
are among the following which have been tested and continuously improved in the other
geothermal projects of the company:
p. 5 - 3
a. provision of well-defined drainage system within the project site

b. provision of interceptor canals along slopes to prevent surface run-offs from
draining directly on slope lines
c. establishment of stable fills
d. compaction of back slopes
e. rounding of corners
f. terracing
g. benching of high and steep slopes
h. trenching
i. stakes
j. provision of grouted riprap slope protection
k. shotcrete
l. installation of silt barriers or checkdams
m. installation of gabions
n. provision of retaining structures and barriers
o. protection of slopes with rock support
p. construction of pipe shelters
q. coco fiber netting/ blanketing
Silt traps can also be placed along ditches or canals to minimize sedimentation. Ring drains
around the drilling pad shall be constructed and properly maintained to divert surface water
run-off.
These will significantly reduce the siltation problem and at the same time increase the
stability of open slopes which cannot be immediately protected by biological means (Figure
5.1-1 and Plates 5.1-1 to 5.1-2).
2. Vegetative Stabilization and Rehabilitation

This approach includes the maintenance of riparian vegetation buffers and the planting of
vegetative cover on erodible surfaces to reduce transport of soil into the river systems.
Vegetation restoration and road stabilization work commence after leveling of the road
surface to its standard grade and after compacting of the soil to avoid damage to heavy
surface run-off during rainy days.
Another purpose of revegetation of opened-up areas is to enhance the water-bearing
capacity of groundwater sources.
Methods. The stabilization and rehabilitation program for Tanawon will involve seeding of
cover crops, planting of grasses/brushes/shrubs, germination and outplanting of deeprooted and fast-growing indigenous tree species (Plate 5.1-3) and the installation of
checkdams along erosion-prone sections of opened-up areas. Wattling/staking of fastgrowing indigenous species will be intensively undertaken to buffer the impact of rain and to
filter the sediments.
Choice of Species. When available, species tolerant to heat and exhaust gases will be
used as planting materials in areas proximate to wellpads and power plant. The same
species will likewise be considered in the rehabilitation of opened-up areas. Some of the
species found possessing such characteristics as heat tolerant and good absorbers of
nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide are Agoho, Mollucan Sau, Yemane and other endemic
species occurring near natural vents/springs.
p. 5 - 4
PNOC-EDC has a central nursery to meet the needs for stabilization and restoration
requirements, as well as for its reforestation programs as further discussed in Appendix N
of this report.
D. Prevention And Control Of Erosion And Surface Water Siltation

Management measures for civil works center on the prevention and control of soil erosion.
These management measures begin from site selection, excavation, to post-excavation stage.
River sedimentation, vegetation clearing and crop damage will be kept to a minimum with the
proper management of earth spoils and use of remedial engineering, if necessary.
The conduct of topographical and biological resources survey prior to any activity is critical in
delineating the extent of earthworks activities. Soil erosion prevention measures during the
siting stage include selection of areas for facilities along the existing road network, in less steep
slopes, at reasonable distances from the river channel, and in areas of minimum vegetation
clearing.
As activities progress to soil excavation stage, it is important to avoid unnecessary removal of
vegetation. Whenever possible, cut earth material will be used as backfilling materials in other
areas. Otherwise, excess earth spoils will be hauled to a nearby-designated Spoil Disposal
Area (SDA). These schemes could successfully reduce the volume of soil exposed to erosion.
During road construction, the drainage system will be considered carefully. Roadside canals
and culvert crossings will be designed to accommodate maximum storm water levels to avoid
clogging. Water run-off will be properly discharged to nearby gullies and rivers to protect the
roadway from erosion. Riprap protection, installation of drains and weepholes to release
entrapped water, and vegetation of exposed areas will also be necessary at sensitive areas to
protect side slopes from land slips. Drainage canals and similar stormwater conveying systems
will be provided along roads, pipelines and well platforms to further prevent soil slips and
erosion.
Landslide prevention structures are important in large unstable road cuts. Various slope
stabilization measures, erosion control measures and maintenance of riparian vegetation would
also reduce transport of soil into the river system (refer again to Figure 5.1-1 and Plates 5.1-1
to 5.1-3). These stabilization measures may vary depending on slope, soil type, elevation, and
consist of either vegetative or mechanical means. Priority schemes will be vegetative means in
order to enhance aesthetics in the area. Mechanical measures are adopted usually when the
open slope is critical.
After excavation and earthmoving activities are completed, the newly established vegetative
stabilization measures shall be enhanced by planting of deep-rooted fast-growing indigenous
tree species to further stabilize open slopes and at the same time improve aesthetics.
Replanting of open spaces will also be undertaken to restore greenery in the area.
As a contingency measure, heavy equipment will be utilized in cases of landslides to remove
debris.
E. Spoil Disposal Area (SDA)

Stripped topsoil and other spoils from opened-up and excavated areas will be hauled to
designated spoil disposal sites, if not utilized for in-fill areas and road surfacing. The use of an
SDA shall significantly reduce the volume of spoils exposed to erosion.
p. 5 - 5
Spoil Disposal Areas will be selected on the basis of ground stability, distance from waterways,
adequacy and with no run-off from the disposal area and beyond. Other selection criteria
include holding capacity of the SDA, topography, and transportation accessibility.
After use of the SDA, appropriate restoration / rehabilitation (biological or mechanical), will be
undertaken.
F.
Multi-wellpad Strategy
To limit the number of wellpads to be opened, multi-wellhead pads which can host two or more
wells shall be adopted. Such a scheme shall be pursued through directional drilling of wells.
G. Prevention Of Temporary And Localized Changes In Soil Quality Of

Irrigated Farmlands
Temporary and localized changes in soil quality of irrigated farmlands will be prevented and/or
minimized following same management measures mentioned in items B to E above.
H. Dust Suppression
Part of the road network leading to the work area is concreted with suitable drainage canals.
Dust generation will be minimal in these concreted sections.
To reduce dust emissions related to traffic during dry months in the non-concreted sections,
access roads will be sprinkled with water when necessary. Due to the large number of rainy
days in the area, natural suppression of dust is provided by rain washout. As the soil type of the
area is basically Annam clay loam, dust generation is expected to be minimal. Moreover, no
residents abound within the construction area or within the block, thus this may not be of great
concern.
Removal of vegetation will be minimized. The presence of multi-layered vegetation will be
enough to serve as buffer such that the dust is localized in the vicinity of the work area. Where
these are absent, planting of adequate buffer trees along the roadsides will be done for the longterm control of dust generated from the use of roads. Imposing of a speed limit could also
minimize dust generation.
I. Traffic Plan
Part of the road network leading to the work area is concreted with suitable drainage canals.
These sections are often those with steeper gradients. This will minimize stalling of transport
vehicles during hauling of materials and equipments.
The increase in traffic associated with the transport of project personnel and supplies, as well as
movement of heavy equipment within the project may be minimized by centralized scheduling of
trips through a dispatching officer, or in coordination with the contractor. Installation of radios in
service vehicles allow greater flexibility in scheduling and avoiding unnecessary trips.
J. Measures to Address Noise

Workers in areas with sound levels exceeding 85 dB(A) (e.g., those using jack hammers) will be
provided with ear muffs.
p. 5 - 6
Rock blasting, if necessary, will be controlled by using proper amount of explosives. Rock
blasting can be avoided through proper site selection during the planning stage. Rock blasting
activities, if scheduled, shall be timed close to knock-off time
Impact pile drivers will be avoided. Traffic-related noise will be minimized by avoiding
overspeeding and proper maintenance of mufflers/ silencers. Movement of heavy equipment
will be limited to daytime.
K.
Alternative to the Use of Explosives
An alternative to blasting is being considered, that is, the use of a non-blast demolition agent.
The chemical is in powder form and is mixed with water and poured into previously drilled blast
holes. The solid rock material is allowed to expand until it becomes loose and ready for hauling.
The cost and application is presently under study for implementation in the geothermal projects.
L. Transport of Heavy Equipment

The public road to the project site is with load height, width and carrying capacity limitations.
Bridges have a limit of 10 tons load. Company and contractors transporting large and heavy
components should comply with these limitations. Where unavoidable, temporary beachheads
and access road shall be designed and constructed at Brgy. Rizal with the necessary
coordination, permits and fees.
5.1.2.2 Measures for the Biological Environment

A.
Prevention Of Vegetation Damage
To limit the effect on vegetation clearing, opened-up areas will be maximized using a multi-well
pad and directional drilling technology. Existing roads will be utilized and improved to minimize
clearing. Establishment of road alignment on the ground must avoid existing large trees to
provide slope stability and prevent loss of mother trees. For endemic, rare and endangered
species that will be affected, representative wildlings will be tended in the nursery and will be
outplanted in the field to conserve forest genetic resources in the area.
Any cutting of trees will be subjected to forestry permit applications with the DENR Regional
Office. The process usually requires a joint tree inventory as part of the permit application.
Those inventoried along the proposed facility will be marked for cutting. Logs shall be turned
over to the DENR for disposition. Strict adherence to this will be monitored by the existing
BGPF environmental personnel.
B.
Reforestation Activities To Mitigate Reduction Of Recharge Areas
The reduction in the amount of recharge to groundwater sources due to the increase in openedup spaces and accelerated overland flow may lead to slight lowering of the water table in
shallow aquifers. Although the recharge area available for the infiltration of groundwater will be
reduced, this can be mitigated by reforesting other areas already denuded thereby enhancing
the existing forest cover and increasing potential recharge.
As a contingency measure, existing drinking groundwater sources will be replaced with
alternative sources of domestic water, if proven to be affected by the construction works.
p. 5 - 7
C.
Protection of Faunal Habitats
Reforestation activities will continue within the existing BacMan Geothermal Reservation of
which Tanawon is part of. Trees such as balete (Ficus benjamina), tibig, and aratiles or
datiles (Muntingia calabura) will be considered for reforestation. Bananas can also be planted
and bamboos along streams, not only to stabilize the stream banks but also, to provide food for
nectar-feeding bats and birds. Bananas are not seasonal plants and fruit all year round
providing continuous supply of nectar to pollinator species such as sun birds (Nectarinia spp.
and Aethopyga spp.) and long-tongue fruitbat (Macroglossus minimus). Bamboo may also be
used for reforestation as bamboo seeds are important food sources to the rare green parrot
finches (E. viridifacies), which are present in the area.
D.
Compensation Of Crop Damages
Agricultural areas at the southern portion of the Tanawon geothermal block are generally
comprised of coconut and abaca plantations. Crops affected due to opening up of project
facilities will be properly compensated as discussed in detail in 5.1.2.3.C below.
E.
Measures for Protection of Freshwater and Marine Biota
Measures to prevent erosion and siltation as earlier presented in the previous paragraphs are
sufficient to protect the upper stretch of the rivers, if not the entire river. As such, the freshwater
and marine environment are sufficiently protected from any adverse effects of siltation as a
direct result of opening up. Should turbidity of the river occur, it will be minimal and short-term
as turbidity is largely triggered by rainfall.
Based on the surveys and observations, the mid to lower stretch of the rivers in the area
normally experience turbidity especially after a heavy rainfall, perhaps due to scouring of open
riverbanks, compounded by run-off from agricultural areas. Biological stabilization of river
embankments, especially in A and D lands, will be done after coordination by the LGUs with the
landowners.
5.1.2.3 Measures for the Socio-Economic Environment

A.
Priority Hiring of Local Residents
The Department of Energy (DOE) Law or Energy Regulation No. 1-94 entitled Benefits to
Communities Hosting Energy Projects requires the giving of preference to local residents for
jobs in the project. This is to be implemented in accordance with the procedure set in R.A. No.
6685 and the applicable provisions of the DPWHs DAO No. 51 series of 1990.
The sourcing of a significant number of workers from within the local population had been
achieved in similar projects. A list of bonafide residents shall be secured before the company
enters the community for prequalification into a manpower pool. Company and contractors shall
be provided this manpower pool and will be required to give preference to qualified bonafide
residents. The manpower requirements shall be filled-up in a radiating manner from the impact
areas. Only when this process has been exhausted can the company and contractors avail of
non-local personnel.
B.
Watershed Management Program
PNOC-EDC has an existing watershed management plan being implemented in the existing 25,000
hectare BacMan Geothermal Reservation where the Tanawon Geothermal Project is part of. The
geothermal reservation was created by Presidential Proclamation No. 2036-A and management of this
p. 5 - 8
reservation was delegated to PNOC by Executive Order No. 223. Appendix N presents the integrated
watershed management plan in effect since 1986 and covers five components: (1) Forest Protection, (2)
Nursery and Reforestation, (3) Alternative Livelihood, (4) Information Education and (5) Community
Organization. Plates 5.1-4 5.1-9 present some of the watershed watershed management activities that
have been accomplished within the BacMan geothermal reservation. Among these accomplishments
include agroforestry projects, social forestry projects and mangrove rehabilitation/ reforestation at
Manitohan, the latter of which is programmed for further expansion.
The project is expected to improve access to the remote areas within the geothermal block.
This might result to (1) increased encroachment in the remaining public forest and (2) the
resurgence of kaingin farming. These will be addressed by the aforementioned comprehensive
management plan through forest protection and alternative livelihood components. (ER 1-94
cannot be tapped as this is yet in the construction stage.)
To show its commitment in its reforestation works, PNOC-EDC has replanted about 9 times
more than the actual area cleared for project facilities in the existing BacMan Geothermal
Production Field, and even up to 29 times greater in other project sites (refer again to Table
1.7-3 of section 1.0).
The central nursery for BacMan will also be utilized for the implementation of the reforestation
program. When necessary, a satellite nursery will also be established near Tanawon area to
facilitate handling and transport of seedlings. Indigenous species, particularly endangered and
those with commercial value, will be given high priority in the reforestation program.
C.
Land/ Crop Damage Compensation
The lands within the geothermal block are public land, except for the southern portion of the
Tanawon geothermal block which is under CARP (Comprehensive Agrarian Reform Program).
PNOC-EDC will be prepared to deal with these tenurial situations in order to minimize right-ofway problems and avoid dissatisfaction of the affected parties in case development proceeds.
Negotiation for the use of lands will be made only with legitimate CARP beneficiaries and
coordinated with the Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR). Applicable CARP regulations will
be complied with.
The standard company procedure for assessing and processing crop damage compensation will
be adopted. Negotiations for the amount of compensation will be made only with the rightful
owners. In case of tenanted croplands, negotiation will be made with both the landlords and the
tenants. The terms of compensation will depend on the tenurial arrangements entered into by
the tenant and the landlord. In the case of squatters or illegal occupants, they will receive only
compensation for their crops. The compensation will be based on the prevailing market rates, or
in the absence of such, the municipal assessors rate, or estimates from the Department of
Agriculture.
D.
Livelihood Assistance
PNOC-EDC has established 16 forestry / farmers associations during the past 17 years since its
inception as geothermal administrator (Figure 5.1-2). This will be expanded in the impact areas
to potentially accommodate low income families and those unqualified for employment by
PNOC-EDC or its contractors. These associations will provide livelihood assistance to help
alleviate poverty incidence which has been found to be high in the communities potentially
hosting the project.
E.
Community Medical Outreach Program
p. 5 - 9
This is a standard community relations activity of the company. The company periodically
conducts medical outreach to the host and neighboring barangays. The medical outreach
program shall be conducted in collaboration with the LGUs, the Department of Health, NGOs
and, possibly, with a hospital in Sorsogon.
F.
Health and Safety of Workers
BGPF is equipped with a clinic to look into health concerns of its employees. All employees
(PNOC-EDCs and contractors) are subjected to an annual physical check-up to ensure their
overall fitness. During construction at the Tanawon sector, the workers camps will be provided
with medical support services.
Safety requirements as to personnal protective equipment (PPE), working conditions and
training shall be complied with by all workers (PNOC-EDCs and contractors). Regular
inspection and maintenance of PPEs and working conditions shall be implemented by PNOCEDC, as well as the DOE and DOLE. Regular training such as First Aide, Hazards, Fire
Fighting, etc., shall be compulsory for all workers and will be under the supervision and
monitoring of DOE, DOLE, DOH and Red Cross.
The BacMan Emergency Response Team shall be made available in cases of emergencies
requiring their expertise.
G.
Coordination with LGUs and DPWH for the Maintenance of Roads
The transport of heavy machinery and equipment may contribute to the normal rate of wear and
tear of public roads, especially during the delivery of the construction materials and equipment.
Coordination by project management with the local government units and the Department of
Public Works and Highways (DPWH) on the use of public roads shall be undertaken.
PNOC-EDC is already responsible for the maintenance of the road from Tublijon to project site,
as well as the baranggay and municipal roads to Manito (town found northwest of Tanawon) via
Barangay Nagotgot.
H.
Vehicular Accidents Prevention
Vehicular accidents will be minimized through preventive measures such as regular inspection
and preventive maintenance of mobile equipment, the imposition of speed limits and installation
of appropriate road signs and warnings. Regular defensive driving seminars shall be conducted
for all drivers and heavy equipment operators.
I.
Participation of Project Personnel in Socio-cultural Affairs of the

Community
To enhance the integration and acceptance of the project to the host community, project
personnel including contractors shall be encouraged to actively participate in the socio-cultural
affairs of the community. The project management, through the Community Relations (ComRel)
Officer shall also coordinate with major contractors to ensure the widest participation of all those
who are involved in the project.
J.
Project Tours, Open House and Eco-Tourism
p. 5 - 10
It is important that the host communities, as well as those which are potentially affected, are
constantly updated of the activities in the project. This will reduce rumors and speculations
about the real effects of the project and help secure a sense of partnership with the community
(after all, the success of the project will be the benefit of the community in terms of royalty
payments and host community benefits). Information drives or update meetings may be
conducted regularly with host community residents, especially local government officials.
Milestone events such as spudding or vertical well discharges are also good opportunities to
invite residents to see for themselves what actually happens. Guided tours for visitors and
excursionists are also very effective. In addition, the Mapaniki Falls (Botong Twin Falls) has
been included as a component of the Sorsogon City eco-tourism destination.
5.1.3 WELL DRILLING

Drilling entails the use of a rotary drilling rig, such as one used in drilling of oil wells, to bore a
hole up to about 2,800 meters beneath the earths surface. The following mitigation measures
during this phase are standard operating procedures in all PNOC-EDC geothermal projects and
will be adopted for Tanawon.

A.
Directional Drilling and Multi-wellpad Strategy
Directional drilling is undertaken from a multi-wellpad. Meaning, several wells (about 2 to 5

wells) will be drilled from a single pad, each well having different targets directionally accessed
underneath. This scheme minimizes surface clearings, as opposed to single pads each with
one vertical well, and thus lessens stresses on forested areas or other environmentally critical
areas.
B.
Selection of Drilling Mud Components
Drilling mud components/additives were tested to ensure utilization of non-toxic chemicals which
comply with TCLP (Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure) standards. These mud
components have been registered in the PICCS (Philippine Inventory of Chemicals and
Chemical Substances) in 1994 and are not included in the PCL (Priority Chemicals List) and
CCO (Chemical Control Order) list of chemicals. All purchases of chemicals will adhere to the
environmental specifications indicated in the Technical Evaluation Criteria of the requisition.
C.
Containment Of Mud And Drill Cuttings
Drilling mud, additives, drill cuttings and cement will not be disposed into the waterway. The
drilling fluids will pass the three-stage sump where the very fine drill cuttings can settle and the
reusable drilling fluid can be recycled back to the system until these are fully spent into the well
(Figure 5.1-3)
After completion of well drilling, proper housekeeping around the rig will be observed, while
proper clean-up procedures will be done is cases of chemical spills.
D.
Prevention of Run-off Water into the Sump
p. 5 - 11
The construction of a ring drain canal or levee along the pad perimeter and around the sump is
necessary to prevent clean run-off water from going into the sump especially during a heavy
downpour. This measure will prevent unnecessary overflowing of the sump.
Another measure that can be applied is providing oil and silt traps along the pad drains and
between the sump stages.
E.
Protection Of Groundwater Aquifers
The shallow groundwater system and the geothermal reservoir are two separate systems. The
geothermal reservoir is accessed between 2,000 3,000 meters below the ground while water
wells are usually drilled to 100 meters wherein the groundwater table is usually encountered.
Between the two systems is a distinct layer of relatively impermeable rocks which act as a
natural sealant of the geothermal resource effectively encapsulating the geothermal system.
(Refer again to Figure 1.5-2 in Project Description).
Cold groundwater will quench the hot geothermal fluids; conversely, leakage of geothermal
fluids into the aquifer will result in the loss of energy available for power production. In the upper
section of conventional wells, interaction between the two systems is prevented by the insertion
of several steel casings and grouting (cementing) these casings into the rock structure and inbetween casings. This procedure effectively protects the groundwater system.
The groundwater is protected from fluids contained in the sumps by adopting the following: (a)
proper selection of sump site on original ground as much as possible, (b) compaction of soil at
the sump bottom followed by lining with impermeable material, and (c) conduct of leakage tests.
Monitoring of the sump status will also be a regular activity.

A.
Maintenance of Vegetation Buffer Around the Wellpad
Vegetation buffer around the drillsite will be maintained and further enhanced through
revegetation / slope stabilization. Doing so would create a buffer which will prevent noise from
attenuating further and thus protecting wildlife from noise disturbance.
5.1.3.3 Measures for the Socio-economic Environment

Although no significant negative impacts are foreseen on the socio-economic environment
during the drilling stage, watershed protection measures continue to ensure that forest
protection and alternative livelihood programs are underway for those engaged in illegal forest
activities.
5.1.4 WELL TESTING
p. 5 - 12

A.
Prevention of Groundwater Contamination Due to Potential Seepage

From Holding Ponds
The same sump used in drilling will also be used to temporarily impound fluids generated during
well testing if the temporary injection system becomes unavailable, and only up to sump
capacity. Thereafter, well testing will only commence upon the availability of the injection
system. These sumps have been designed as outlined in Section 5.1.3.1 E and will prevent the
fluids from interacting with the groundwater.
In the event that any drinking water source is proven to be affected by geothermal activities, an
alternative drinking water source shall be provided.
B. Containment / Temporary Reinjection of Geothermal Brine

The wells are tested at various valve openings in order to find out the physical and chemical
characteristics of the well. Typically, at fully open valve conditions, a large volume of brine is
generated; conversely, at the smallest possible valve opening, the brine produced is small. In
the Tanawon project, a temporary injection system consisting of portable silencers, pipes and a
designated well will be used to bring back the brine to the subsurface.
In case the temporary injection system becomes unavailable at any stage of the well testing and
cannot be restored within a reasonable amount of time, the sump used for drilling will be used to
temporarily impound the brine (refer again to Figure 5.1-3). In this case, testing at the current
valve opening can only proceed until sump capacity, after which testing shall proceed to smaller
valve openings. The impounded brine will then have to be disposed of by regulated discharge.
Regulated discharge in geothermal exploration areas has been approved by the DENR-EMB in
February 9, 2000 through a Water Quality Variance for Geothermal Exploration (Appendix O),
and Section 21 of approved Senate Bill no. 2115 entitled Philippine Clean Water Act of 2002.
The regulated discharge shall comply with the DENR water quality standards to protect the
beneficial use (e.g., standards for fisheries, for drinking, for irrigation, etc.) of the water bodies
downstream of the geothermal project. The surface disposal will be temporary in nature and
would last for about one to three months per exploratory well.
Water quality shall be monitored at an established station immediately downstream of the
wellpad and at other sections of the river with a critical usage. The parameters for water quality
monitoring include pH, temperature, boron, arsenic and other heavy metals.
C.
Noise Reduction
Geothermal wells are opened by initially flowing vertically the fluids before being diverted
horizontally. Vertical flow raises the potential of the well to successfully discharge. This phase
generates high noise levels. Once the well is deemed to have a successful discharge, the flow
is diverted to horizontal separators that also act as silencers. Physical and chemical testing of
the well then proceeds at various valve openings.
Vertical testing will be done during daytime and for a very limited duration of 30 minutes,
as much as possible.. The average horizontal well testing duration is for 3 months, but this may
be shortened as long as the well has shown stability for well parameters to be defined.
Workers in the vicinity will be required to wear proper and appropriate PPEs.
p. 5 - 13
D.
Protection Of Workers From Noise And Gas Emissions
During well testing, potential health hazards come from noise and hydrogen sulfide emissions.
Control of industrial noise is essential to avoid its deleterious effects on hearing. Generally,
control of industrial noise consists of:
1. defining permissible sound levels;
2. measuring noise and its components, including background noise; noise at the
workplace and noise at source;
3. reducing noise at source;
4. engineering remediation, possibly through acoustic zoning to prevent air-borne
propagation of noise or propagation of noise through solids; and
5. providing, where necessary, personal protection devices.
During well testing, workers can be protected from the noise through the use of discharge
silencers or mufflers and PPEs.
The use of SCBAs and portable H2S level monitors by workers in the immediate vicinity shall be
implemented. Regular calibration of monitoring equipment will be done to assure accuracy of
readings. Safety and medical personnel will be available on-site.

A.
Prevention Of Vegetation Damage
To minimize defoliation of surrounding vegetation as a result of geothermal sprays, each

episode of vertical discharge shall be limited to an average of 30 minutes.
During horizontal well testing, the well silencers will be positioned such that air emissions will be
directed away from critical areas (in terms of forest or wildlife habitat) and where wind condition,
and consequently air dispersion, is favorable.
When feasible, well testing can be scheduled during rainy periods so that the rain would serve
as a natural washout of the emission droplets.
B.
Minimizing Effects of Noise and H2S on Wildlife
Noise is relatively significant on wildlife. Trees around the drill pads will be maintained to serve
as physical barriers to muffle the sound. This is also true during vertical discharge where the
sound is relatively high-pitched and can impair hearing if animals are exposed for a long period
of time. However since vertical discharge only lasts about 30 minutes or less, the impact is said
to be short-term. Such tests are normally conducted between 10:00 AM to 3:00 PM, which is
fortuitious as foraging activity of birds is at a minimum. During horizontal testing of about 3
months or less, silencers are installed to reduce the noise significantly.
To reduce the effect of H2S, vertical and horizontal discharge will be done preferably during
rainy days as rain can dilute the effect of the gas. Aside from this, wildlife activity is very
minimal during this time.
To attract back wildlife species such as birds and bats which have migrated to unaffected and/or
refuge areas, planting of feed trees such as fruit trees will be done.
p. 5 - 14
C.
Measures to Prevent or Address Crop Damage
As much as possible, total injection or full containment of geothermal fluid will be

undertaken. In the unlikely event that sump fluids find their way into the rivers unregulated or if
the variances are shown to have been exceeded, both resulting to crop damage, compensation
will be given to affected farmers following standard company procedures. Also, alternative
sources of irrigation, such as spring or groundwater, may be developed for farmers which draw
irrigation water from affected rivers until the unregulated flow or exceedances are corrected.
D.
Prevention Of Deterioration of River Water Quality And Aquatic Biota
In the long-term, protection of water quality and aquatic life during well testing phase are
ensured through two measures: direct piping of separated brine into injection wells and full
containment of separated brine in holding ponds (sumps) prior to injection.
E.
Measures During Well Bleeding
After well testing is completed, a pressurized well may be put on bleed through a small-diameter
pipe in order to relieve pressure. For wells with high power potential, the bleed opening may be
large. Conversely, weak wells may have to be left open to prevent steam collapse. In both
instances, this will result in elevated noise emissions at the well vicinity. Mini silencers will be
installed to reduce noise levels. The bleedline and mini silencer will also be directed away from
densely vegetated areas.
5.1.5 OPERATIONS PHASE

The 25 to 30-year operations of the geothermal project will adopt a closed system as a matter of
standard practice. Since the facilities involve steam/ hot fluid production from wells which are
conducted in closed pipelines to the power plant, potential adverse environmental impacts on
water, air and vegetation/ wildlife are prevented.

A.
Measures For Geologic Hazards
Having identified the potential hazards of earthquakes, volcanic eruption and seismicity pursuing
the BacMan Geothermal Production Field, appropriate measures are planned and will be
adopted to minimize their probable adverse effects during steamfield operations. Acceptable
levels of protection against earthquake, volcanic eruptions and ground subsidence are under
three general headings, namely (1) avoidance, where possible of the hazardous circumstances,
(2) design to resist the effects of unavoidable circumstances, and (3) preparedness to undertake
necessary and timely remedial action.
1.
Earthquake Hazard
Considering the historical record of natural earthquake activities within a 100-km radius
from the project site, the highest probable magnitude is 6.9 to 7.9 (Richter scale). A
design acceleration of 0.38 g will be used for medium soils and 0.24 g for rocks. For a
remote possibility of a stronger earthquake, the structures will be checked dynamically for
higher acceleration. These values are useful in estimating the possible Richter magnitude
of damaging earthquakes from standard curves that relate fault rupture to magnitude.
p. 5 - 15
During the development phase, structures at the site such as power plant, fluid collection
and injection system , transmission towers, and other major structures will be based on a
design acceleration of 0.24 g. The design acceleration is based on geological,
seismological and soils engineering inputs. The parameters that were considered include
the structural geology around the site with attention to rock types, surface structures and
local faults; earthquake history, magnitude, and epicentral distance; and physical
properties of soils (surface strata) and slope stability. The adoption of engineering and
architectural planning can minimize earthquake damages to structures. Also, geothermal
activity tends to slowly release pressures which avoid build-up of tension which would
other otherwise cause destructive earthquake. Injection also tends to lubricate faults to
avoid friction and tension build-up.
During the simultaneous operations of the different BGPF plants, detailed seismological
studies will be conducted to locate areas with incidental seismic events. As a contingency
measure, the power plant facilities are designed to shut off automatically during
occurrence of earthquake with intensities of 4.0 and above (Modified Mercalli Scale).
Simultaneously, the isolation valves/pressure reducing valves near the interphase will be
closed and the relief/safety valve and blow-off valve down the line will release the steam
into the atmosphere to prevent pressure build-up.
2. Volcanic Eruption Hazards
Two (2) of the most destructive and far-reaching effects of volcanism are debris flows and
tephra fallout. However, since the numerous volcanic centers and craters in the area are
extinct, the possibility of occurrence of such hazards is almost nil. The nearest active
volcanoes, Mt. Mayon and Mt. Bulusan, may pose hazard in the area in the form of
volcanic ash fall depending on the prevailing wind direction during the volcanic activity.
Potential problems in the event of significant ash fall will be addressed in the detailed
engineering design of infrastructures. The engineering design will include provisions for
additional loading on non-vertical surfaces such as roofs and pipelines where ash may
accumulate. The convenient means of immediate cleaning, washing and removing the
ash materials will also be done to prevent collapse of structures under the increased load,
particularly when the ash becomes water-saturated by rain. Temporary shut down of the
power plant may also be considered when necessary.
3. Ground Subsidence
Depletion of hot water from a geothermal reservoir over a number of years of production
can probably cause local and limited subsidence at the surface if the reservoir structure is
too weak to support the overburden without help from the buoyancy effect of water. This
may affect the geothermal reservoir in sedimentary rocks like sand/shale reservoirs but is
unlikely to cause serious damage at the project site where the reservoir consists mostly of
andesitic lavas and volcanic deposits. In the geothermal areas maintained by PNOCEDC, geothermal fluids pass through interconnected fissures in the subsurface. These
fluids are within a reservoir system consisting of a recharge area, an upwelling zone, and
an outflow zone. The fluids are tapped in the upwelling zone and are balanced properly
against the recharge and outflow characteristics of the reservoir. Ground subsidence can
be minimized or prevented by injecting the separated geothermal waters back to the
geothermal reservoir. This practice assists in maintaining the geothermal reservoir
pressure and prevents pore collapse and fracture closing, thus totally averting subsidence
due to fluid extraction.
Regular precise leveling surveys for the purpose of detecting relative vertical and
horizontal movements at an early stage could be conducted so that modifications on the
p. 5 - 16
surface civil structures can be made to avoid long shut down periods. In the unlikely
event that long-term exploitation causes ground surface deformation and may affect
access roads and pipeline system, remedial work may easily be undertaken on these
affected structures.
B. Contingency for Landslips Knocking Over Pipelines

In the event of a land slip knocking down the pipelines, affected wells shall be shut or bled and
the corresponding FCRS section shall be isolated until remedial measures are undertaken.
Debris shall be disposed in the identified SDA. Damaged landforms shall be rehabilitated and
reinforced by the appropriate/applicable bioengineering or geotechnical methods. Where
necessary, engineering structures shall be constructed to protect the pipelines from future
landslips.
C.
By-Products and Waste Management
A summary of the geothermal by-products and waste management schemes for both preoperations and operations phases are presented in Figure 5.1-4.
The separated brine is not technically considered as waste as it still contains heat, but because
of the current state of technology, it cannot be converted into electricity. By injecting the brine
back into the reservoir, and along with the cold condensates and impounded brine, this will (1)
provide fluids for recycling that can mine the heat of the rocks and be extracted again for
production, (2) minimize the stress on the natural recharge to the reservoir, (3) provide reservoir
pressure support, and (4) minimize the potential of subsidence and seismicity.
The condensates produced at the steamlines and cooling tower, as well as the separated hot
and impounded cold brine are by-products of the geothermal process for electricity generation.
Other geothermal by-products include cooling tower sludge and mineral scales. The sludge
forms at the cooling towers where, by the nature of its design, dust and foreign matter are easily
collected. The cooling towers shall be well operated and maintained to eliminate accumulation
of sludge in the cooling tower basin. This will also minimize the use of biocides as organic
blooms will not have the chance to proliferate with the absence of sludge.
Mineral scales form in injection pipelines, wells and turbine. These are typically salts, oxides
and rarely silicates and are formed in response to oversaturated conditions in the presence of a
liquid. The entire system shall be operated and maintained properly in order to eliminate scale
formation.
In the event that sludge and scales are found, these be collected, dried and eventually
disposed-off by cement fixing in designated sludge cellars according to RA 6969.
D. Utilization of a Thermal Pond

A holding pond with adequate capacity will also be provided to temporarily contain the brine
during emergency situations and to cover the repair and maintenance of the FCRS. Should the
system require more time for repair, the FCRS and power plant shall be shut down.
Maintenance of the thermal pond shall involve dredging of silt which will then be properly
disposed in designated pits.
E.
Prevention Of Seepage From Holding Ponds And Leakage From

Pipelines
p. 5 - 17
Possible groundwater contamination from seepage of geothermal fluids beneath the holding
pond can be avoided by properly selecting the site for pond construction, provision of adequate
liners and leak testing.
In the event that any drinking water source is proven to be contaminated by geothermal
activities, an alternative source will be provided until the situation is rectified.
Pipeline leaks are avoided by conducting regular inspection and maintenance throughout the
entire pipeline. Should any leak be observed, immediate repair shall be undertaken.
F.
Management of Air Quality

1.
Compliance to PCCA Procedures for Geothermal
PNOC-EDC will comply with the detailed Philippine Clean Air Act (PCAA) rules for the
geothermal sector developed by the DOE and DENR Task Force issued as MC 2002-13.
2.
Non-Condensable Gas (NCG) Ducting
Ducting of non-condensable gases to the cooling tower is an alternative for diluting H2S,
and will result in an acceptable impact on the environment. This scheme of inducing a
wider plume spread and gas buoyancy decreases the H2S concentration just above the
cooling tower and at the ground level. The reduction of concentration is attributed by the
effect of high mass flow rate of induced air from the cooling tower as it mixes at the upper
portion of the stack. The projected hydrogen sulfide emission concentration from the
steam ejector when ducted to the cooling tower is expected to be reduced by about 99
percent.
H2S ducting as a means to reduce the effects of H2S will remain an option for the
presently available technology. The scheme may be modified depending on updated
technological requirements or constraints.
3.
Adequate Ventilation in the Power Plant
Adequate ventilation will be provided in the Tanawon power plant.

4.
Protection of Personnel from Gaseous Emissions
Personnel who may be subjected to long-term exposure in areas suspected to have high
H2S gas concentration shall be provided with SCBAs and portable H2S gas monitors.
These areas include the vicinities of wells during testing, wells on heavy bleed, separator
stations, pressure release valves and rock mufflers.
Work areas shall be specially located so that they are upwind of H2S sources and
designed to be provided with a regular supply of fresh air.
5.
H2S Monitoring
Regular monitoring of H2S gas levels will be done following MC 2002-13 monitoring
prescriptions and to ensure compliance to ambient environmental standards. For this
purpose, H2S monitoring devices will be used. It is important that the monitoring
equipment is regularly calibrated to ensure accuracy of readings.
6.
Protection of Personnel from Noise
p. 5 - 18
To protect personnel from excessive noise exposures, noise emission sources shall be
controlled by silencers and enclosures, as well as with the proper choice of equipments
that generate the least noise. Control rooms and offices inside the power plant building
will be provided with noise insulation and air conditioning systems. In areas where sound
level could not be reduced below occupational standard of 85 dB(A), workers will be
provided with ear muffs protection. Prolonged and high frequency level of sound may
cause damage to the middle ear thus workers are made to follow a shifting schedule to
avoid long-term exposure.
7.
CO2 Absorption by Vegetation
Although a geothermal power plant releases minimal CO2 emissions, the existing forest/
vegetation within the geothermal reservation of 25,000-ha. will serve as a CO2 sink at an
absorption rate of 6 tons/ha of CO2 or more. Thus it is important that forest management
activities be continued and complemented by forest protection.
G.
System Maintenance
To ensure that steam is sufficiently and efficiently produced from the field, converted into
electricity and transmitted, routine inspection and scheduled maintenance activities shall
be strictly conducted for the FCRS, power plant and transmission lines. Since most of
these facilities are installed along the road, such regular activity is attainable.
Maintenance guarantees sustained field operation and overall safety of these facilities,
both of the working personnel and the environment. Furthermore, system design and
materials selection should consider maintainability, or ease of maintenance, and
maintenance prevention, or elimination of certain maintenance activities without sacrificing
operational needs.
Maintenance guarantees sustained field operation and overall safety of the project
components, of the working personnel, and the environment.
1.
To ensure that safety devices are in good condition, periodic inspection and on-line testing
will be conducted. During such test, the condition at which the safety device must operate
is simulated. This will determine if the particular safety device is functioning properly.
Adjustments are effected as necessary based on results of this test.
An emergency holding pond will be provided to cover the scheduled and unscheduled
repairs and maintenance of the FCRS. The holding pond will have a capacity equivalent to
around four hours of normal operation. Should the system require more time for repair or
replacement, the power plant will be shut down. Fluids contained in the thermal pond will
be diverted to a nearby reinjection well.
Bulk of the amorphous silica scales are formed in the re-injection pipelines. Removal of
these scales is done manually for maintenance purposes.
Measures for a Well Blowout. Scheduled regular inspection and maintenance

of the wellhead assemblies and immediate corrective measures, if necessary, shall be
undertaken to prevent the occurrence of a wellhead damage or blowout. Other possible
preventive measures for a well blowout as prescribed by the Environmental Management
p. 5 - 19
Associates (EMA) in its February 16, 1991 letter has earlier been presented in Appendix
L, and these shall be considered by PNOC EDC depending on actual site conditions. In
the unlikely event of a well blowout, contingency measures shall be implemented
immediately. Several options may be considered, among these include drilling of a kill
well to quench the runaway well. Released water shall be diverted to the sump found
beside each pad.
2.
Power Plant
Power plants are being maintained based on their operation regimes. PNOC-EDCs
experience in its BOT Power Plants in Leyte and Mindanao, being base-load plants are
being scheduled annually for PMS (Preventive Maintenance System) Shutdown, typically
as follows:
Within the first year of operation:
Warranty Inspection for 7-20 days
Within the second year of operation: Non-overhaul PMS for 6-14 days
Within the third year of operation: Overhaul PMS for 14-21 days
Within the fourth year of operation: Non-overhaul PMS for 6-14 days
Thereafter, each plant are programmed for PMS Shutdown for overhaul every other year
or more than after two consecutive non-overhaul years. The schedule for the Tanawon
power plant(s) may be similar or modified as appropriate depending on operational
requirements.
Warranty Inspection. The main purpose of this maintenance activity is to assure
PNOC-EDC that all major equipment of the power plant are in good running condition
prior to
the expiration of the warranty period provided by the equipment
supplier/contractor. Major equipment include the steam turbines, generators, hotwell
pumps, condensers, cooling towers, compressors, etc.
Non-overhaul PMS. This involves a technical inspection (i.e., with the use of a
boroscope) and check-up of the turbine and other plant equipment. It shall determine
the need for a non-overhaul or overhaul the following year.
Overhaul PMS. This major plant maintenance shutdown activity involves opening the
entire turbine casing in order to conduct anticipated repairs and other corrective and
preventive measures on the internal components of the equipment as a result of the
wear and tear effect of operating the unit. At the same time, if necessary, major
maintenance is also scheduled for other plant equipment.
The objective of
overhauling is to restore the equipment as close as possible to its designed or original
status.
All maintenance and operating personnel are provided with protective paraphernalia while
inside the power plant.
3.
Switchyard and Transmission Line
Regular maintenance is conducted at the switchyard, towers, and along the cables to
ensure maximum efficiency and safety along the entire system.
For any problems encountered along the line, e.g., accidental failure or any fault
occurrence on the power lines,
sophisticated protection relays are provided to
instantaneously isolate the affected area, until immediate repairs are undertaken.
p. 5 - 20
H.
Pollution Control Research/Studies
An important dimension of the environmental management program is the development of

appropriate waste management measures that are both efficient and cost-effective. PNOC-EDC
has undertaken pollution control research/studies to address specific environmental-related
problems arising from project operations. Such studies that have been undertaken in the past,
ranging from physico-chemical characterization of pollutants and their effects on biological
forms, to determination of an appropriate scheme for waste handling and management.
Conduct of these research studies are necessary in order to quantify environmental impacts of
operating power plants and to come up with engineering or other environmental management
measures.

A.
Use Of Tolerant And Resistant Plants To Air Pollution
Tree species presumably tolerant to geothermal gas emissions that have been planted in
existing geothermal project sites such as Gmelina arborea, Acacia mangium, A. confusa,
Casuarina equisitifolia, and C. montana among others, will be considered for planting in the
buffer zone of the project area. Trial planting of endemic and indigenous tree species in all
habitat types shall be conducted once the project is already operational to identify additional air
pollution-tolerant species.
The mentioned mitigating measures will be considered as partial remedy to alleviate air pollution
in the area. Still, the main focus of mitigating measure is the reduction of emissions to noninjurious levels as prescribed by the DENR standard.
B. Protection Of Existing Vegetation And Wildlife

1. Vegetation
Reduction of H2S emissions, adequate heat dispersion and reinjection of geothermal waters
will prevent possible damage to vegetation within the project. Planting of suitable species
within 1 km radius from the power plant shall be undertaken to create a buffer zone
Existing forest protection programs, such as foot patrols, shall be continued to deter illegal
forest activities such as timber poaching, and kaingin, among others.
During operational phase, dipterocarp and other indigenous species will be planted to
enhance the population and diversity of vegetation in the Tanawon area whenever available.
2. Wildlife
Regular inventory through sightings and recording of wildlife activities such as calls,
nestings, tracks, faecal droppings, diggings, and their foraging activities shall be pursued
during the operation of the geothermal power plant.
To prevent collection of wildlife, patrolling of the area shall be continued to deter poachers
from entering the area. The reforestation program within the BacMan Geothermal
Reservation shall continue to be undertaken to attract back fruit-eating birds and mammals
such as bats.
Reforestation activities will continue. Trees such as balete (Ficus benjamina), tibig, and
aratiles or datiles (Muntingia calabura) will be considered for planting. Bananas can also
p. 5 - 21
be planted and bamboos along streams, not only to stabilize the stream banks but also, to
provide food for nectar-feeding bats and birds. Bananas are not seasonal plants and fruit all
year round providing continuous supply of nectar to pollinator species such as sun birds
(Nectarinia spp. and Aethopyga spp.) and long-tongue fruitbat (Macroglossus minimus).
Bamboo may also be used for reforestation as bamboo seeds are important food sources to
the rare green parrotfinches (E. viridifacies), which are present in the area.
C.
Watershed Protection And Management
The implementation of the existing comprehensive watershed management plan for the
watersheds of BGPF plan shall be continued. The plan addresses impacts on the watershed
components such as soil, water, wildlife (flora and fauna) and people. Details have earlier been
presented in section 5.1.2.3 item B and Appendix N.
D.
Crop Damage Measures
Irrigated lowland rice farms and other crops which may be proven to be affected by unmitigated
discharge activities will be properly assessed and compensated based on prevailing market
rates or as prescribed by the Assessors office. Following standard compensation guidelines of
the company, a team composed of PNOC, the landowner and a third party will jointly assess the
damage and agree on the terms of payment.
5.1.5.3 Measures for the Socio-economic Environment

A. Provision of Medical Services and Facilities
There is an existing medical health unit at the BGPF Administration Building that is provided with
basic diagnostic and laboratory equipment and ambulance that can serve the employees in
cases of emergency medical problems. The existing medical staff includes a physician and
nurses.
Emergency first aid kits will be accessible in all work areas and, if possible, extended first aid
stations in strategic areas near the power plant.
Personnel injured in the work areas are given immediate attention as efficient communication
are in-place and an ambulance or stand-by field vehicles are readily available.
Almost all field employees have undergone First Aid training with semi-annual refreshers
conducted by the Philippine National Red Cross. Certified First Aiders comprising a majority
population of the various groups undergo annual refreshers also conducted by the PNRC.
Annual check-up of employees is a regular activity to assess the employees health and fitness.
B.
Skills Development
The implementation of the DOE Law-mandated Skills Development Program will help cushion
the impact of the sudden loss of jobs and other ancillary livelihood sources during the
termination of construction activities. The project can tap the services of the vocational schools
in the area for possible retraining of the laid-off workers. Other options could be considered
depending on site-specific needs and available resources.
p. 5 - 22
C.
Livelihood Development Assistance
The livelihood development assistance is also a requirement under the DOE Law along with the
reforestation, watershed management and health programs. The livelihood development
assistance could be integrated into the companys watershed management program whereby a
combination of forest-based and fishery-based livelihood will be promoted for the disadvantaged
sectors of the community.
Traditionally, PNOC-EDCs watershed management program has focused mainly on forestbased alternative livelihood extended through company organized farmers organizations or
cooperatives.
D.
Measures For Layed-Off Workers
Those short-term personnel who used to work with PNOC-EDC may avail of alternative
livelihood activities provided by the company. Together with the community members, they
may be given priority in contract reforestation projects and in social forestry programs as
an option. Coordination with the local Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) office could
be undertaken for trainings on handicraft and food processing. Training of farmers in
the formation of
community organizations such as consumer and credit cooperatives
could also form part of the program. Moreover, the previous laborers may participate in
apprenticeship for mechanical works. Other options may be available depending on site-specific
needs.
E.
Measures For Public Health And Safety
PNOC-EDC will also assist in promoting the health and safety of the neighboring community
through the following activities:
1. Conduct of Medical Outreach Programs:
As part of the Community Relations
(ComRel) activities, medical and dental outreach
programs to
benefit nearby
communities shall be scheduled. All residents of the target communities are eligible for
medical and dental consultation, and sometimes for minor surgery if possible.
2. Monitoring of leading causes of Morbidity/Mortality: Leading causes of
morbidity and mortality will be gathered in barangay health stations near the Tanawon
Geothermal Project every two years, or as necessary, to determine if there are
changes in the prevalence of diseases in the area which may be due to project
operations. Although residential areas are found about 5 to 6 kilometers away,
communities are well protected from emissions through the following:
a. Maintenance of Vegetation Buffer: The vegetation buffer surrounding
project will be maintained to prevent further dispersion of emissions.
the
b. Warning Systems for Emergency Situations: In some areas in the

Philippines, there are existing alarm systems such as those installed by the
Phivolcs (Philippine Institute of Volcanology) to warn residents during critical
situations. A similar system is still being under study to fit the needs of PNOC.
5.1.6 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS PROGRAM
p. 5 - 23
Environmental and safety provisions will be incorporated in contract documents of contractors.

These provisions will be patterned after PNOC-EDCs recent contract in the Leyte Geothermal
Production Field. Appendix P shows selected environmental provisions picked out from the
contract. Briefly, these include environmental requirements to ensure minimal damage to
existing vegetation, maintenance of haul roads, care of water systems during construction,
hauling of spoils to designated areas, cut and fill methods, blasting methods, other earthworks
related activities and safety requirements. It also includes a list of environmental laws to be
observed.
Compliance by the contractor to environmental provisions shall be part of the monitoring activity.
5.1.7 LOSS CONTROL AND SECURITY PLAN

Consistent with its Corporate Safety Policy (Appendix G), and as a responsible corporate
citizen, PNOC-EDC complies with the safety rules and regulations promulgated by concerned
governmental regulatory bodies and prescribed by laws, including commitments entered into
with communities, government agencies, and other stakeholders of its projects.
PNOC-EDC regards the promotion and maintenance of a sound environment, industrial safety,
and hygiene in its energy projects as an integral part of its responsibilities; and considers its
attainment as a mutual objective of all management and employees. Hence, it is the policy of
the company to do all that is reasonable to protect and safeguard its employees, properties, the
project environment, assets, as well as the general public, in so far as they come in contact with
the company or its products, through the implementation of an aggressive, comprehensive,
effective and continuing program designed to prevent accidents and incidents which can
interfere with the accomplishment and attainment of the companys corporate and national
objectives.
The companys current annual safety and health/loss control plans and programs identify a
minimum of 15 elements or field of acivities that should be addressed by field location or
projects. These 15 elements are essentially based from the 20 elements of the International
Safety Rating System (Sixth Edition) that the company is adopting at present. These are:
ISRS Element No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
16
17
18
19
Element Title
Leadership and Administration
Leadership Training
Planned Inspections and Maintenance
Critical Tasks Analysis and Procedures
Accident / Incident Investigation
Emergency Preparedness
Rules and Work Permits
Accident / Incident Analysis
Knowledge and Skill Training
Personal Protective Equipment
Health and Hygiene Control
Personal Communication
Group Communication
General Promotion
Hiring and Placement
Materials and Services Management
The Companys Safety Management Office (SMO) spearheads the development, synthesis and
sustenance of the safety and health / loss control management program of PNOC Energy Group
of Companies. The SMO, in support to line management, ensure the effective and timely
p. 5 - 24
monitoring, analysis and evaluations of all safety management systems, conditions and practices
according to applicable national and international standards in order to prevent accidents,
incidents and related losses that can affect the corporate and national objectives of the
company, clients and community.
In support to the companys Corporate Safety Policy, PNOC-EDC believes in the following
principles:
1. Managers are responsible and accountable for identifying and addressing the health,
environmental and safety risks of their operations.
2. Injuries, occupational, illnesses, damage to environment, fires and other hazardous events
can be prevented.
3. Workplace hazards can be controlled.
4. Working safety is a condition of employment.
5. Improving safety, health and environment performance is good business.
The security of Tanawon Geothermal Project will be undertaken alongside with the present
security activities in BGPF. In place are the blue guards on a three-shift schedule with one (1)
additional roving guard in the evening. In addition to the standard blue guard posting, the project
site will be included in the routine patrols conducted by the PNP-Task Group Bacman to ensure
its physical and personnel security. The possibility of dedicating a team of military or police
personnel will be considered if the situation requires.
5.1.8 COMMUNITY RELATIONS (ComRel) PROGRAM

PNOC-EDC believes that a harmonious relation with the communities is essential to the
projects operations In line with PNOC-EDCs social responsibility, vision and mission, the
company, through its ComRel programs, aims to empower communities and assist them in their
development plans through proper interaction, information dissemination, training and
education, community organization/mobilization, resources development and participation in
community socio-cultural and civic affairs..
Objectives:
1. To help develop self-reliant communities;
2. To elevate peoples awareness, consciousness and participation in community
building.
3. To inform the community about the companys projects and strengthen companycommunity relations
Part of the Comrel activities are the companys Information, Education and Communication
(IEC) programs. The programs are as follows:
1. Constant communication with government officials, both at the national and local levels,
and non-government organizations (NGOs)
2. Public participations, and/or presentations to civic, professional, trade groups, and
other interested parties
3. Preparation of school information materials (e.g., charts, graphs, exhibits)
4. Distribution of geothermal-related brochures and comics
5. Preparation of related articles in company publications
6. Organizing, training and education, development of cooperatives as part of the
Integrated Social Forestry project
p. 5 - 25
7. Coordinate plant visits/site ecotourism tours

Typical projects are farming/reforestation, handicrafts,
manufacturing, masonry, carpentry, and basic electricity.
food
technology,
garments
Todate, PNOC-EDC BGPF has already organized 16 farmers associations . The people are
trained on nursery operations, plantation establishment, and maintenance.
Typical plantations in the reservations include tree plantation with abaca, coffee and black
pepper for agroforestry, mangrove plantation, rattan plantation established within natural/mixed
dipterocarp forest, orchards, and pure plantation of Acacia mangium and Gmelina arborea.
Infrastructure projects such as community water systems, footbridges, and concrete pathways
and pavements are some of PNOC-EDCs contributions. Medical missions such as free
vaccinations and dental check-ups are also held whenever possible.
These programs are complementary to the benefits that will be received by nine (9) host
barangays like royalty shares and the DOE-administered benefits fund. The target barangays
are as follows: Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol, Basud, Guinlajon, San Juan and
Osiao, all of which fall within Sorsogon City. The Project Management Community Relations
and the Watershed Management Extension Officers jointly and separately implement these
programs.
5.1.9 CONTINGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

Similar to its other geothermal energy projects, PNOC-EDC will apply its standard operating
procedures (SOPs) to the Tanawon Geothermal Project during emergency situations. These
SOPs are contained in the Emergency Response Plan (ERP) initially prepared for BacMan I and
II.
The ERP is intended to provide a common framework to project personnel involved in
implementing appropriate and effective emergency response procedures. Its primary objectives
are as follows:
1. Protect and preserve human lives of personnel and community residents;
2. Protect the environment and downstream communities from the effects of any harmful
geothermal by-product spillage.
3. Protect company equipment and materials from further damage.
4. Control and containment of any emergency situation.
5. Implementation of post-emergency actions.
Moreover, since the first concern of any emergency plan is the protection of the people, the ERP
is designed to prioritize saving of lives and alleviation of discomfort during the crisis. There are
SOPs for evacuation/escape routes, assembly points/safe briefing areas, head count and
registration of personnel, search and rescue operation, and medical care of the injured.
Common elements among the different projects emergency response plans (ERPs) are the
existence of the Project Emergency Response Team (PERT), Fire Fighting Teams, Evacuation
Teams, Salvage Teams, Medical Team and the Special Advisory Group (SAG); Evacuation
p. 5 - 26
Procedures; Communication, Warning and Notification Procedures; Search and Rescue

Operations, and other project emergency protocols.
The in-house project Emergency Response Team (ERT) is tasked to assist the company in
responding to life-, environment- and property-threatening emergencies. PERT members are
given training so they can better deliver their tasks. Typical seminars are on the proper use of
Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs), specialized equipment such as SCBA/OBA, Advanced
First Aid, BLS-CPR, and specialized training on handling of injured,, mountain search and
rescue, and environmental rescue.
During an emergency, the timely dissemination of accurate information is essential in effectively
controlling the situation. As an SOP, authorized project personnel will report any emergency
event which may affect the personnel, the surrounding community or the environment to either
the DENR, DOLE, DOE, DOH Regional Offices and the concerned LGUs, depending on the
type of emergency. Reporting should be done within 24 hours, reckoned from the occurrence of
the event per PD 984 and DAO 29.
In all its operating projects, PNOC-EDC also has other typical contingency response plans as
follows.
1. Laboratory Health and Safety Plan
The laboratory supervisor is the emergency team leader. He leads in the implementation of
the plan which deals with acids, alkalis, metals and organics. Included in the Plan are
accident preventive measures such as the use of face shields and fume hoods, accident
contingency measures in case of spills on the body, and eyes, and explosion of toxic gases,
cleaning of chemical spills, storage of laboratory wastes, and SOPs on chemical waste
disposal.
2. Medical Response Plan
The Medical Officer acts as the team leader, with project nurses as assistants. A First Aid
Station is set up. The Medical Officer will ensure that all necessary medical supplies,
medicines and first aid equipment like oxy-viva, stretchers and bandages are available. A
nurse and a first aide will man the ambulance. It should be positioned near or at the scene
of the accident so that the victims could easily be transported to the first aid station or
hospital for treatment.
First Aide/BLS-CPR basic and advanced trainings are conducted, along with certifications
issued by the Philippine National Red Cross. All employees shall attend refresher courses
on a bi-annual basis. Employees who are certified shall attend annual refresher courses.
PNOC-EDC has set-up first aide teams composed of certified first aiders among
workgroups/work areas and have ensured their presence at any given time.
3. Traffic and Security Response Plan
The manager of each affected workplace will serve as the Emergency Team Leader (ETL).
He should immediately instruct and deploy the necessary traffic and security personnel
within the immediate perimeter of the affected work area. The traffic guards will ensure that
the roadway leading to the affected area is clear and unobstructed to allow the responding
teams immediate and unhampered access. He will direct the responding units into the
affected area. Unauthorized persons will strictly be prohibited from entering the affected
area at all times.
4. Fire Emergency Plan
p. 5 - 27
Classification of fires, fire alarms/signals, fire fighting/escape procedures are discussed in

the plan. Fire Brigades have been set-up and each includes the fire marshal (resident
manager), deputy fire marshal (safety officer), fire fighting and evacuation team. Upon
notification or knowledge of the fire occurrence, the team shall rush to the fire scene and
initiate fire control measures using all available fire fighting equipment. The team shall
control and put out the fire, provide the necessary action in preventing injury to personnel,
and take proper steps to minimize damage to property. Team members should ensure that
everyone gets out of the fire scene if the fire becomes out of control, or if the fire fighters
escape route is blocked by debris or dense smoke.
5. Typhoon Emergency Plan
The following are discussed in the plan: public storm warnings, guidelines on alert
procedures to employees, typhoon detection/monitoring, procedures in dealing with
typhoons, deployment of necessary heavy equipments at strategic areas, food, medicine
and supplies stocking and post-storm checks.
6. Earthquake Emergency Plan
What to do before, during, and immediately after an earthquake are discussed.
PNOC-EDCs emergency plans have been enhanced through the years; the most recent
development is the incorporation of RA6969- related plans (contingency plans in case of spills
and accidents involving toxic chemical substances and hazardous wastes) to the standard plans
such as fire and earthquake contingency plans. Included RA 6969-related contingency plans
are for the following:
1. Separated geothermal brine and blowdown/condensate spills
The plan focuses on the control response activities within the affected area by the Spill
Control Team. The Spill Control Team is responsible for the immediate rectification and/or
containment of the spill to prevent its spread and subsequent migration to other areas. The
team is directly under the supervision of the Project Emergency Coordinator (PEC). The
key personnels role are discussed in the plan.
2. Chemical and oil spills
The Material Safety and Data Sheet (MSDS) is used as reference for the proper
containment procedures. In the absence of the MSDS, the Environmental and/or Safety
Officers are contacted.
The plan discusses further what needs to be done. Drums, berms or canals are used to
contain the liquid spill. Oil spills are managed through oil traps, and oil-absorbing materials
such as rice husks and baggasse.
3. Spills of well acidizing chemicals at the rig site
The Rig Toolpusher will act as the Rig Emergency Coordinator (REC) for the Rig
Emergency Response Team (RERT). He will assess the situation and issue an evacuation
order and/or a temporary rig operations shutdown as necessary. In his absence or
incapacity, the Rig Maintenance Supervisor or the Drilling Superintendent/Engineer will act
as the REC. The roles of other RERT members are discussed in the plan.
p. 5 - 28
4. Spills during the hauling/transport of well acidizing chemicals

The drilling or reservoir engineer will serve as the Hauling Emergency Coordinator (HEC).
Upon occurrence or detection of the accident, the HEC will immediately assess the existing
situation and inform the PEC through the Communications Assistant (CA) stationed at the
Administration Complex. He will assume overall command in the implementation of
emergency control procedures, and the setting up of the command and evacuation center.
Details of his tasks are given in the plan. Other tasks discussed are for the tanker truck
driver, driver of the escort vehicles, and escort PNOC-EDC crew.
5.1.10 ABANDONMENT/ REHABILITATION PLAN

A.
Abandonment
Development)
During
Pre-Operational
Phase
(Exploration
or
If during the exploration or development stage, the wells prove to be non-commercial or further
development of the project will be economically unviable, a decision may be reached to
abandon the project. The following standard procedures will be undertaken.
1. The sump shall be backfilled with stripped top soil previously reserved. This shall be
followed by planting of indigenous grass/ shrubs/trees.
2. The pad shall be maintained as the well(s) will initially be used for monitoring purposes.
Where the wells are unsafe to maintain, they may be cement-plugged and the wellhead
assembly stripped. Where no more wells are available for monitoring in a certain pad,
mechanical rehabilitation shall be implemented to include leveling and then plowing with
a ripper and reforested.
3. Solid wastes such as empty cement sacks, scrap wood, used wire, damaged culverts,
and others shall be collected and hauled to designated garbage disposal areas for
recycling or burying.
4. Excess cement, chemicals, drilling materials and equipment used during well testing will
be properly transported out of the pad for use in other areas of the project.
5. Pipelines for drilling water supply and transport of geothermal fluids will be disconnected
and piled in a designated safe area or hauled out of the pad for use in other areas of the
project.
B. Abandonment After Operational Life of the Power Plant

If the reservoir fails to sustain power plant operations, the following shall be undertaken by
PNOC -EDC prior to abandonment:
1. The suitability of project equipment, and buildings shall be assessed for further
rehabilitation/operation, reuse elsewhere, or turned-over to the community;
2
Reusable equipment, building parts, and/or facilities shall be removed from the site for
transfer to other project/plant sites and condemned structures shall be demolished;
p. 5 - 29
Biological rehabilitation/restoration of the sites will be undertaken to as close as possible

to its original characteristics before project construction; with due consideration to
reusable buildings/facilities, and
4. Turnover of reusable buildings/facilities not used by PNOC-EDC to the community upon

their request or concurrence.
5.1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COSTS

Table 5.2-1 presents the cost for the environmental management measures and monitoring
program for a 50-80 MW Tanawon project. The total cost during pre-operations phase is
estimated at PhP4.3 to PhP 6.5 billion for a 3 to 5-year period, while the cost during operations
phase is approximately PhP4.7 to PhP 7.6 million for a 30-year operational period. Costs are
higher during the construction phase due to costs for installing reinjection and other major
measures.
p. 5 - 30
5.2
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ACTION PLAN

The monitoring plan for the Tanawon Geothermal Project is designed to determine the extent to
which selected parameters get altered as a result of the various project activities or other
contributing sources. Project and non-project activities will be related to any observed or
measured impacts on the receiving environment, using the baseline data as reference for
validating or assessing the impacts.
A long-term Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) is proposed since the Tanawon Geothermal
Project is expected to operate for 25-30 years. Monitoring will cover the project activities and
all aspects of the physical, biological and socio-economic environment.
Tables 5.2-1 to 5.2-3 present the detailed monitoring program for the pre-operational and
operational phases of the project, while Figure 2.1.3-1 under section 2.0 (Baseline Profile)
presents the location of environmental monitoring stations for the project. As the project
progresses, the program may be revised depending on the extent of project activities.
The cost of implementing the monitoring plan will depend on the final development scheme and
the specific receiving environment. Table 5.2-4 is an initial cost for management and monitoring
activities, the actual cost of which may be determined as development schemes are made
available.
5.2.1
Project Monitoring
5.2.1.1 Pre-Operational Phase

A. Civil Works/ Construction Phase
PNOC-EDC will monitor the earthmoving and other engineering activities during construction of
the various project facilities. At several points along the receiving river nearest the construction
area, total suspended solids (TSS) will be regularly monitored to assess the performance or
efficiency of erosion/siltation control measures, and to ensure that TSS levels do not exceed
allowable limits.
Noise levels within the work areas and buffer zones will also be monitored for compliance to the
ambient standard.
B. Well Drilling
Various structures to be monitored include the status of sumps (i.e., leakage, water level, etc.),
oil traps, rain drains, water lines and recycling unit. Compliance to full containment of excess
drilling fluids will be monitored. Characterization of the drilling fluids contained in the sump will
be done.
C. Well Testing
Sampling and analysis of geothermal brine contained in the sump will be conducted. If
reinjection is a constraint, regulated discharge of effluent-complying brine may be inevitable
during the exploration stage (per DENR-approved Water Quality Variance for Geothermal
Exploration as previously presented in Appendix O). The quantity and chemical characteristics
of the brine shall be considered in order for PNOC-EDC to allocate the volume, duration and
p. 5- 31
scheduling of brine discharges so as to maintain the overall ambient water quality standard of
the receiving river. Monitoring for compliance of the waste to effluent guidelines and the
contribution of the brine to the total load of each river system will be undertaken. Monitoring the
affected mixing zones in the river for compliance with ambient water quality standards shall also
be pursued.
5.2.1.2 Operational Phase

During the operations phase, reinjection of the geothermal brine and condensate is the
standard operating procedure of PNOC-EDC. These FCRS and power plant liquid discharges
are not technically considered as waste as they are to be injected back into the geothermal
reservoir for immediate recharge and pressure maintenance. Project implementation of said
zero waste shall be monitored.
The thermal pond is provided to contain the geothermal brine and condensate prior to injection.
Cooling tower sludge and machinery scales is for entombment in sludge pits. Monitoring of the
integrity of the thermal pond and sludge pit will be undertaken. The chemical composition of
thermal pond fluids and sludge will be analyzed as a regular waste characterization activity.
The status of emission sources and their compliance to the Philippine Clean Air Act (PCAA)
guidelines for the geothermal sector (currently under review by DOE/DENR) shall likewise be
monitored.
5.2.2
Tables 5.2-1 to 5.2-3 present the Environmental Monitoring Program for the various physical,
chemical, biological and socio-economic components of the environment. The methods and
techniques to be applied will be the same as those undertaken during the baseline data
gathering (Plates 5.2-1 to 5.2-9).
Specific areas of monitoring will become definite upon identification of areas for development.
These monitoring stations are often areas with direct significance to pollution control such as
sources of effluents, unaffected areas which serve as control stations, and the impact stations
which are influenced by project activities. The establishment of more stations during the project
implementation will be determined as necessary.
Monitoring shall be conducted by the in-house environmental personnel of PNOC-EDC.
Separate monitoring shall also be performed by the multi-sectoral monitoring team (MSMT) for
Tanawon.

A.
Seismicity
A seismic monitoring station will be set up at the project site prior to the operations of the
steamfield to establish the baseline seismic occurrences, if there are any. Continuous
monitoring of the seismograph during the operations phase will detect if fluid extraction or
reinjection is generating seismic events with their corresponding intensities.
p. 5- 32
B.
Potential Subsidence
It has already been established that repetitive precise leveling and tiltmeter measurements are
same useful techniques for monitoring subsidence. However, there is another supplemental
technique that is less costly but equally reliable, namely, precise repetitive surface microgravity
observations. Other approaches are the use of permanent compaction recorders, or vertical
extensometers, and the use Interferometric Synthetic Aperture Radar (INSAR).
Gravity meters are used to monitor mass changes in geothermal reservoir, and this is
accompanied by precise leveling measurements to eliminate the effects of altitude variation in
the gravity measurements. Two types of gravity meters are currently being used by PNOC-EDC:
a) extremely precise meters which are monitored continuously in one particular location, and
exemplified by cryogenic gravity meters; and b) less precise but portable mechanical meters
which are used for monitoring multiple stations at regular time intervals.
A baseline microgravity and precise leveling survey was established by Los Baos and Olivar
(1997) within BGPF including Tanawon sector. This method was designed for the monitoring of
possible movements of masses (geothermal fluids) and possible subsidence. However,
subsequent gravity and precise leveling measurements have not been programmed to date.
Based on ocular observations within the BGPF and the Cawayan sector adjacent to Tanawon
sector, there is no physical manifestation of subsidence in the field. Continuous injection of
separated brine and prudent geothermal resource management may have minimized the
possible effects of geothermal production within the field and surrounding areas (e.g. Manito,
Sorsogon, Bacon).
C.
Hydrology
During the various project phases, the groundwater sources surrounding the project will be
monitored. The average discharge will be measured in liters per second for both springs and
well sources since it is impossible to measure depths to water table in existing wells equipped
with jetmatic pumps. Water samples from the same sources will also be collected.
Since the river discharge measurements done during the survey were true only at the time
they were taken, regular river flow monitoring will be undertaken at selected impact and control
stations. The stations for flow monitoring shall be consistent with the water quality stations.
Monitoring will commence once civil works activities start.
D.
Water Quality
Before any project impact is expected occurs, more sampling is necessary to augment the
baseline data presented in this report. Such sampling activity aims to establish seasonal
variations in water quality and river flowrates.
During project operations, water quality monitoring will cover the same areas according to
general types of waterbodies such as surface water and groundwater and sediments. Surface
water includes rivers, estuary and marine environment. Groundwater refers to coldsprings, water
wells and hotsprings.
The same monitoring stations established during the baseline surveys shall be sampled. More
frequent sampling will be undertaken in stations with direct relation to project activities.
Selection of parameters depend on the physical characteristics of effluent and the nature of
impact. However, in most stations, the parameters would include pH, water temperature,
p. 5- 33
dissolved oxygen, turbidity, conductivity and mass flow. For civil works, the important parameter
is the total suspended solids. During drilling, the parameters to be monitored are oil, color of
water and chromium. During well testing and power plant operations, boron, arsenic, chloride,
mercury, lead and other trace elements are monitored.
The frequency of monitoring predominantly depends on the purpose of sampling, importance of
the parameter, trends in the concentration of pollutants, and operational feasibility. In practice,
analysis of boron and chloride is more frequent than the other parameters due to the lower
cost of analysis. Correlation technique provides information on other parameters although there
is also a need for a constant validation. When regulated discharge of geothermal brine is
undertaken during the exploration stage when no injection well is available, monitoring will cover
sources of effluents on a more frequent basis. However, large fluctuations in the chemistry and
flowrate of geothermal brine could require a closer time interval of sampling. During regulated
discharge, daily monitoring of the impact station is important considering the possible
fluctuations in the river flowrate.
E.
Meteorology
The various meteorological parameters to be monitored on a regular basis include: rainfall, rain
pH, temperature, wind, and wind direction.
F.
Air Quality Monitoring
During construction works, air quality parameters to be monitored include total suspended
particulates (TSP) and noise. Noise and H2S are monitored for compliance with occupational
and ambient standards during well drilling and testing. During operations phase, monitoring will
focus onH2S and noise.

A.
Land Use And Forest Cover Monitoring
The proposed land use and forest cover monitoring program shall be undertaken every five
years to assess whether forest protection programs, complemented by alternative livelihood
programs have been efficient in reducing illegal forestry activities. Monitoring for changes in
actual land use will be undertaken every five years through the use of updated aerial
photographs or radar imagery, or satellite imagery, validated by ground truthing. The results
will be basis for prioritizing reforestation areas or forest protection areas.
B.
Terrestrial Flora
Inasmuch as actual data on population decline and loss of plant biodiversity as a result of
construction and actual operations of geothermal power plants in the Philippines have not yet
been fully documented, periodic monitoring of vegetation population and diversity will be
undertaken. Monitoring plots will be established in strategic locations within the watershed area
of Tanawon. Monitoring plots will be established per vegetation type (e.g., grassland, forest) and
within the power plants buffer zone.
C.
Terrestrial Fauna
Wildlife monitoring in the primary areas, as well as, in secondary impact areas, especially the
existing primary lowland dipterocarp forest in the vicinity of Taguman-Mt. Rock Dome and
p. 5- 34
Cawayan river headwater will be considered for monitoring. Wildlife density will be monitored
every 3 to 5 years.
D.
Agriculture
An impact evaluation of the ricefields irrigated by rivers emanating from the Tanawon block may
be conducted periodically or as needed. This shall include data from the city and/or provincial
agricultural offices or the Provincial Irrigation Office. Parameters shall include crops grown, farm
size, production levels, and problems encountered. As necessary, said cultivated farms will be
sampled for nutrient and heavy metal analysis of soils, irrigation water and plant tissue (if
available).
E.
Freshwater Biology
Except in the estuary, the following biological parameters will be collected in the identified
monitoring stations: species composition, density and diversity of phytoplankton and benthic
fauna and the Average Score Per Taxon (ASPT) values of benthos.
As water quality standards have beeen strictly followed by PNOC-EDC, it is expected that there
will be no significant changes nor adverse effects in the freshwater biota. Water quality
monitoring, which is conducted more frequently, will reflect if the standards have been
exceeded. Thus, the conduct of biological monitoring may not be as frequent as the water
quality monitoring.
Biological sampling will be done two years to 3 years or as situations necessitate, e.g.
environmental standards have been exceeded
Heavy metal contents in fish, shrimp and mollusc collected in the estuary and other selected
stations will also be analyzed to detect if there is possible accumulation of heavy metals in the
aquatic biota.
F.
Marine Ecology
Fixed stations will be established following an environmental gradient from the point of
discharge, upstream of the river downstream and from the river mouth to at least two km
towards (left, right and directly in front of the river mouth) the open bay area to determine the
extent of influence. Extra emphasis will be placed on areas along
the river capable of
temporarily holding water (deeper parts, sidepockets) for significant periods. Flashfloods
common during the rainy season could wash out the accumulated effluents which could lead to
sudden abnormal increases in total concentrations of chemical effluents to the marine
environment. Distances between stations could be determined within reason by consideration of
practical field conditions.
The actual parameters to be measured based on the identified existing community types with
baseline data are, as follows: (1) meiofauna, (2) benthic fauna, (3) fishes.
5.2.2.3 Socio-Economic Environment

A.
Implementation of the Social Programs
The detailed plans for the above socio-economic measures shall be drafted by PNOC-EDCs
Environmental Management Division as soon as the geothermal resource development plan is
p. 5- 35
finalized. The detailed plans which shall contain objectively verifiable targets will be used to
monitor the status and progress of the implementation the programs.
B.
Socio-economic and Health Conditions
An impact evaluation of socio-economic indicators and health indicators in the host communities
may be conducted periodically or as necessary. It shall provide objective bases for judging the
effectiveness of the socio-economic measures. It will also alert the project management of any
serious or adverse impacts. Table 5.2-3 lists a minimum set of socio-economic indicators to be
evaluated. For demographic and economic indicators, the impact evaluation will cover only the
host barangays. However, health conditions and nutrition status shall also cover the indirectly
affected barangays (i.e., Nagotgot in Manito and Guinlajon and Basud in Sorsogon).
p. 5- 36
5.3
INSTITUTIONAL PLAN
The Company has shown its commitment towards sound environmental management and
safeguarding the health of its employees and community through its Corporate Environmental
Policy of the PNOC-Energy Group of Companies is shown in Appendix Q signed by the
Companys top management in 1994.
The effective implementation of the Tanawon Geothermal Project, especially the mitigative
measures depends, to a large extent, on the commitment and capabilities of the implementing
organization.
The PNOC-EDC, through its Environmental Management Department (EMD), is mandated to
protect and manage the quality of the environment around PNOCs energy projects, specifically
in the watershed geothermal reservations (see Appendix R for the institutional plan and
organizational set-up). The legal basis of these commitments have been vested under several
Presidential Decrees.
EMD has extensive experience in carrying out the environmental impact studies, environmental
monitoring, watershed services, pollution control research and laboratory services for the
purpose of protecting and upgrading the environments resources. Appendix S presents the
environmental track record of PNOC-EDCs Environmental Management Department.
The division is staffed by more than 178 personnel of diverse expertise which include a core of
chemists, chemical engineers, botanists, biologists, hydrogeologist, socio-economist, and
foresters . The technical staff is supported by technicians and other personnel in various PNOCEDC energy projects. The inter-disciplinary composition of the group allows all environmental
aspects to be considered during project planning up to implementation.
Two (2) departments compose the EMD, the Environmental Planning and Control Department
(EP & C) and the Field Operations Department (FOD). The EP & C department designs
environmental monitoring and watershed programs. It also undertakes laboratory services for
the physico-chemical analysis of water, soil, sediment, and biological samples collected during
the baseline data gathering and monitoring activities. The FOD is in charge of program
implementation in the project sites.
Since its establishment in 1978, EMD has extensively undertaken baseline characterization and
environmental impact assessment studies for its various projects, among which are: geothermal,
coal mining, coal terminal, oil and gas, wind power and mineral exploration in the different parts
of the country.
To illustrate the commitment of PNOC-EDC in the protection and enhancement of the
environment, it may be worthwhile to cite the experience in the BacMan Geothermal Production
Field in Albay/ Sorsogon. PNOC was entrusted the administration of the 25,100-hectare
BacMan Geothermal Reservation by virtue of PD 1112 in conjunction with PD 1515 as amended
by PD 1749 and Executive Order 223. In response to this mandate, PNOC has implemented
reforestation programs, forest patrols, and extension services. The later includes provision of
alternative livelihoods, information drives, medical outreach programs and other social services.
The success of these can be proven by the 73 associations established by the company in its
four geothermal reservations.
In the existing BGPF, there is an existing environmental unit which shall include Tanawon
Geothermal Project in their scope of work as it falls within the same BacMan Geothermal
Reservation. The BGPF environmental personnel is comprised of an Environmental
Superintendent, Environmental Officer, Extension Officer, Nursery Overseer, Environmental
Technician, Environmental Aide, Forest Guards (12), Watershed Technician, Social Forestry
p. 5- 37
Aide, Nursery Aide, clerk and driver. The company also has a Community Relations (ComRel)
Officer to ensure that the company exists harmoniously within the community where it operates.
Safety of the working personnel is ensured by the Safety Officer.
The environmental division works in very close coordination with other functional groups of
PNOC-EDC namely: geothermal operations, geoscientific, reservoir management, drilling,
engineering and construction departments. This ensures environmental concerns
are
incorporated in the overall project plan and mitigating measures are properly implemented.
p. 5- 38
Table 5.2 -1
Pre-Operational And Operational Monitoring Program For Tanawon Geothermal Project:
Water, Sediment, Soil And Biological Parameters
SAMPLE TYPE
MONITORED
River Water/
Hydrology
PROJECT
ACTIVITY
Civil Works
Power Plant &
FCDS construction
Well Drilling
IMPACT MONITORED
PARAMETERS
MONITORED
MONITORING FREQUENCY
STATIONS / AREA MONITORED
Possible siltation of receiving

river; area stabilized
TSS, area opened up,

volume of spoils &
volume hauled
TSS, pH, As, Hg, Cr,
Cd, Pb, Oil / Grease
Weekly
River stations immed. downstream of individual

project activities
Weekly
River stations immediately downstream of well

pads
Complete chemical
analysis
Once during and after drilling
Mud / Fluid
As, Hg, Pb, Cd, Cr
Once (before drilling)
Drilling chemicals
Daily or as necessary
Sump Water
Surface water contamination

from geothermal well waters
Vol. of waste in Sump

vs. Sump Capacity
Temp, pH, B, Cl, As,
flowrate
Weekly
Designated mixing zones of the sump outfall (if

brine will be discharged in a regulated manner
during explo phase)
Once or 2x a week
per well
As necessary such as during
regulated discharge only
Weirbox

Complete chemical
analysis
pH, B, Cl, As
flowrate
pH, B, Cl, As, flowrate
Weekly
Upstream / Downstream impact stations of river

& headwaters
Complete chemical
analysis*
Annual
Geothermal brine
pH, B, As, Cl
flowrate
Weekly
River station immediately downstream of

blowdown outfall / sampling point before outfall

from discharge of excess
drilling fluids
Characterization of drilling
chemicals
Well Testing
Bore output
measurements
(BOM)
Steamfield
Operation
Power plant
operation

during FCRS / PMS / repair

from cooling tower blowdown
Geothermal brine; upstream / downstream of

impact stations of well pads
Geothermal brine
Annual
Complete chemical
analysis*
*-pH, temperature, conductivity, D. O., turbidity, B, TSS, As, Hg, Cl, SO4, Fe, Mn, Cr, Cu, Zn, Pb, Li, Cd, Mg, Na, K
p. 5- 39
Table 5.2 -1 Continuation

Water, Sediment, Soil And Biological Parameters
SAMPLE TYPE
MONITORED
PROJECT
ACTIVITY
Groundwater
Well Testing/
Operations
Marine water
Well Testing /
Operations
River / Marine
Sediments
Well Testing /
Operations
Aquatic biota
Well Testing/
Operations
IMPACT MONITORED
PARAMETERS
MONITORED
MONITORING
FREQUENCY
STATIONS MONITORED
Contamination from
geothermal brine contained in
thermal ponds & sludge in
sludge pits; and other
accidental spills
from cooling tower blowdown
& geothermal brine
Increase in chemical levels of
sediments
Complete chemical
analysis *
Annual
Groundwater stations downstream of waste

disposal facilities
Complete chemical
analysis *
Annual
Coastal area (Sorsogon Bay, Poliqui Bays or Albay

Gulf) where activity is undertaken upstream
Complete chemical
analysis *
Annual
Accumulation of toxic metals

in freshwater & marine
organisms
Complete chemical and

biological analysis
After two years or as

necessary
Upstream / downstream / rivermouth impact

stations of Manitohan, Menito, Rizal,
Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy. Ticol, cawayan,
Anahaw, and Osiao rivers where activity ahs been
undertaken
Upstream / downstream impact stations of impact
rivers
Species composition
density and diversity of
benthic fauna and
phytoplankton
Soil
Well Testing/
Operations
Contamination from brine

contained in thermal ponds
and sludge in sludge pits
Complete chemical
analysis
Every 3-5 years
Soil stations downslope of waste disposal facilities
Land Use/ Flora
After Construction;
Operations
After Construction;
Well Testing
Operations
Well testing /
Operations
Change in land use, forest

cover
Effect of project activities on
migration
Land use types, forest

area; flora diversity/density
Diversity and density
Every 5 years
Land use within entire Tanawon block; selected

flora stations within the block
Selected Fauna stations established for Tanawon
Contamination from
geothermal well testing/ plant
operation
Complete chemical
analysis; Plant tissue
analysis ( for heavy metals
as well as B and Cl );
Crops grown & yield
Wildlife
Agricultural water,
soil and crops
Every 3-5 years
Every 3-5 years
p. 5- 40
Selected stations established at irrigated farms

utilizing waters from impact rivers
Table 5.2 -2
Air Quality and Meteorological Parameters
SAMPLE TYPE
MONITORED
PROJECT ACTIVITY
STATIONS / LOCATIONS
STANDARD
MONITORED
INSTRUMENT / METHOD OF
SAMPLING
FREQUENCY
H2S Gas
a)
Well drilling
Well Pad
Occupational
H2S gas analyzer
Weekly
b)
Well testing
Well Pad
Occupational
H2S gas analyzer
Weekly
c)
FCRS / Power Plant Operations
FCRS Work Areas
Occupational
H2S gas analyzer
Weekly
Power Plant
Occupational
H2S gas analyzer
Weekly
PNOC Admin Complex
Occupational
H2S gas analyzer
Weekly
Immediate barangays;
basecamp
Ambient
H2S gas analyzer
Weekly
Air particulates
Civil works / construction
Work areas
Occupational
High Volume Air Sampler
Monthly or as necessary
during dry season for the
duration of the activity
Noise
a) Construction/ Drilling/ Well Testing
Work areas
Occupational
Noise Meter
Monthly or weekly as
necessary
b) FCRS / Power Plant Operations
Same station as H2S
Occupational
Noise Meter
Rain pH
FCRS/ Power Plant Operations
Tanawon Geothermal
Block
Acidity
pH meter or WQC
Weekly
Meteorological
parameters
FCRS/ Power Plant Operations
Tanawon Geothermal
Block
Wind speed/ direction, temperature, pH;

rainfall and frequency
Daily/ Weekly
p. 5- 41
Table 5.2 -3
Socio-economic Parameters
MODULE
Socioeconomics
SOCIOECONOMIC PARAMETERS
Population Size
AREA COVERAGE
Host Barangays
SOURCE OF DATA
Barangay Capt.
Source of Livelihood
% of households engaged in farming
% of households with employed members
% of households engaged in businesses
Host Barangays
HH Survey
Average Annual Family Income

No of Households Below Poverty Threshold
Total Area of Croplands Affected
No. of Farms Affected
No. of New Settlements
Health Indices:
Rate and Leading Causes of Mortality
Rate and Leading Causes of Morbidity
Rate and Leading Causes of Infant Mortality
% of Malnourished Children
Perception:
Awareness to Social Program
Approval to PNOC-EDCs Social Programs
Host Barangays
Host Barangays
Geo Block
Indirectly Affected Area
Road Routes and Geo Block
Host and Indirectly Affected
Barangays
HH Survey
HH Survey
Project Ops
Project Ops
Barangay Capt.
Barangay Health Stations
Host Barangays
HH Survey
p. 5- 42
Table 5.2-4:
Environmental Management and Monitoring Costs

(Costs in Million Pesos or MMP)
ITEM
A.Special studies on Environment

B. Environmental/Forestry Permit
Acquisition / Renewal/Rental
SLUP/TCP/RRW/AC/PO
C. Environmental Mitigation Measures
1. Civil Works Committee
2. Spoil Hauling to SDA
3. Stabilization/Rehabilitation of Opened
Areas
4. Provision of Silencers
5. Zero Discharge Program
a. Reinjection
b. Sumps and Thermal Ponds
c. Sludge Pit
6. H2S
a. H2S Monitoring Equipment
(3 units in 30 years)
7. Directional Drilling
D. Watershed Management Plan
1. Flora & Fauna Inventory
2. Reforestation / Livelihood Program
3. Patrol
4. Info Education
E. ComRel and Information, Education
and Communication (IEC), Campaign,
Medical Outreach
F. Community Assistance Projects
G. Environmental Monitoring
1. PEMTF Formation
2. PEMTF Monitoring / Environmental
Monitoring Fund (EMF)
3.Self Monitoring
I. Environmental Guarantee Fund (EGF)
J. Pollution Control Officer
K. Safety Equipment
TOTAL
Construction /
development
(Total for 3-5
years)
0.5
Operations
(Total for 30 years)
1.2
5.1
0.24
14.0
2.0 - 4.5
1.5-3.0
Abandonment
0.5
2.2 2.5
4.0
540.0
13.0
0.5
Operating cost
1.8
21.3
0.6
1.0
Replacement
Refo:
1.4 2.8
Livelihood:
37.0
Maintenance:
8.3 16.7
60.0
0.4
1.5
0.62
15.0
(none; tap existing)

0.25
1.5
3.7
20.0
1.0
2.1
0.5
12.6
1.0
MMP 604.3
MMP 607.1
MMP 168.6
MMP 179.9
0.4
(1.0)
MMP 6.22MMP 8.45
p. 5- 43
Figure 5-1: Road/ slope stabilization techniques
p. 5-44
Figure 5.1-2 Location of Social Forestry Projects organized by PNOC-EDC within the Bacman Geothermal Reservation
p. 5-45
Figure 5.1-3: Geothermal Waste Management during

Construction, Well Drilling and Testing
Activities
Type of Waste
Civil Works
Cut Soil
Well Drilling
Drilling Mud
Handling
Management/Receptor
Spoil Disposal Area
Confined in Sump
Rig Washings
Rock Cuttings
Reinjection Well
Not Available
Well Testing
Separated Brine
Vertical (30 mins)
Reinjection Line
Horizontal (3 mos)
Atmosphere
Gaseous
Emission
Geothermal
Reservoir
p. 5-46
Figure 5.1-4: Geothermal Waste Management during

Steam Field and Power Plant Operations
Sources
Separator Stations
Waste
Separated Brine
Handling
Management/Receptor
Reinjection Line
Atmosphere
Power Plant Stacks
Gaseous
Emissions
Geothermal
Reservoir
Cooling Tower
Well Maintenance
(BOM)
Steam
Blowdown Water
Reinjection Line
CT Sludge
Stored in Drums
Separated Brine
Reinjection Line
Analysis
Gaseous
Emissions
FCRS Maintenance
Spoil Disposal
Area
Pipeline Scales
Stored in Drums
Insulation Materials
Recyclable
Non-Recyclable
Cement-Fixed
and Entombed
in Designated
Cellars
Analysis
Manufacturer
Analysis
p. 5-47
Plate 5.1-1:
Silt barriers are
constructed along slopes
during road opening
Plate 5.1-2:
A
method
of
slope
stabilization
using
a
combination of coco-fiber
matting
and
slope
terracing. The planted
Agoho
will
grow
intermingling with the mat
to result in greater stability.
Plate 5.1-3:
Biological
stabilization
(using Agoho spp.) at open
slopes proved to be
successful at the existing
Cawayan sector within the
Tanawon
development
block
p. 5- 48
Plate 5.1-4:
Azupre/ Tublijon
Agroforestry
Project
Plate 5.1.5:
Manito mangrove
rehabilitation
Plate 5.1.6:
Seedlings for
outplanting at
PNOC-EDCs
nursery
p. 5- 49
Plate 5.1 -7:

A billboard at the entrance
of the BacMan Geothermal
Reservation informing the
public that illegal tree
cutting is punishable by
law
Plate 5.1.8:
A 30-ha. reforestation area
at Rizal watershed
Plate 5.1-9:
PNOC-EDC has
undertaken Social
Forestry Projects within
the BacMan Geothermal
Reservation
p. 5-50
Plate 5.2 1:
Water Quality Monitoring
Plate 5.2 3:
Air quality monitoring
Plate 5.2 2:
Ground water monitoring
p. 5- 52
Plate 5.2 4:
Forest cover &
biodiversity
monitoring
Plate 5.2 5:
Terrestrial fauna
monitoring
Plate 5.2 6:
Agricultural soil/
water/plant quality
monitoring
p. 5- 53
Plate 5.2 7:
River biota
monitoring
Plate 5.2 8:
Marine biota
monitoring
Plate 5.2 9:
Multi- Sectoral
Monitoring
p. 5- 54
REFERENCES
GENERAL/ PROJECT DESCRIPTION/ IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT PLAN
Department of Energy. Philippine Energy Plan 2002-2011. DOE Energy Planning and Monitoring Bureau, Energy
Center, Merritt road, Ft. Bonifacio, Makati City.
Department of Energy. Philippine Energy Plan 2003-2012(Draft). DOE Energy Planning and Monitoring Bureau,
Energy Center, Merritt road, Ft. Bonifacio, Makati City.
Hunt, Trevor, 2001. Five Lectures on Environmental Effects of Geothermal Utilization. Institute of Geological and
Nuclear Sciences, Taupo, New Zealand. Reports 2000 Number 1: Lectures on Environmental Studies given Sep
2000, UN University, Geothermal Training Programme, Reykjavik, Iceland.
PNOC-EDC, 1993. Environmental Impact Assessment of the Leyte A Geothermal Power Project (670-700 MW).
PNOC-EDC, 1996. Environmental Impact Statement for the So. Leyte Geothermal Project.
PNOC-EDC, 1985. Environmental Impact Assessment of the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Project.
Peralta, T. P and J. R. D. Garcia, 2002. Innovating Programmatic Compliance Procedures in the Philippine
Environmental Impact Statement System for the Energy Sector: The PNOC-EDC Geothermal Experience. A
paper presented during the PNOC-EDC Annual Geothermal Conference, Hotel Inter-Continental, Manila, 2002.
____. Provincial Profile of Sorsogon Province
Sorsogon City Planning Development Office, 2002. Profile of the City of Sorsogon (Draft)
GEOLOGY
Allis, R.G., 1987. Precise Gravity Change Over Exploited Geothermal Fields. Proceedings from N.Z.-M.F.A.
Geothermal Seminar in Indonesia.
Balce, G.R., Magpantay, A.L. and Zanoria, A.S., 1979. Tectonic Scenarios of the Philippines and Northern Indonesian
Region. Presented at the ESCAP CCOP-IOC Ad Hoc Working Group on the Geology and Tectonics of Eastern
Indonesia, Bandung, Indonesia.
Bixley, P.F., 1977. Case History no. 9.9. The Weirakei Geothermal Field, New Zealand. Ministry of Works and
Development, Wairakei, New Zealand. At http://wwwrcamnl.wr.usgs.gov/rqws/Unesco/PDF-Chapters.
Bien, O.C., 1999. Landslide Risk Assessment of BGPF. PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
Bloomer, A., 2001?. Kawerau Geothermal Development: A Case Study. At http://geoheat.oit.edu/bulletin/bull193/art72
Bowles, J.E., 1982. Foundation Analysis and Design. Cacho Hermanos, Inc., Philippines with permission from
McGraw-Hill International Book Company. 816 p.
Bowles, J. E. (1988), Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill International, 1004 pp.
Bromley, C.J., Pearson, C.F., Rigor Jr., D.M. and PNOC-EDC, 1987. Microearthquakes at the Puhagan Geothermal
Field, Philippines A case of Induced Seismicity. Journal of Volcanology and Geothermal Research, 31. Pp 293311. Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Brown, R.W., 1995. Practical Foundation Engineering Handbook. McGraw-Hill Companies, USA.
Bruinsma, J.W., 1983. Results of Potassium-Argon Dating on Twenty rock samples from the Pinatubo, Southeast
Tongonan, Bacon-Manito, Southern Negros and Tongonan, Leyte, Philippines. PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 1
Davenport, C., Fonseca, L., Puente Cruz, I., and De La Pena, A., 2001?. Cerro Prieto Geothermal Field, CFEs
Geophysical Studies. At http://www.terraplus.com.
De Leon, M.M., Lawless, J.V. and Licup, A.C., 1983. Structures and Stratigraphy of Bacon-Manito Geothermal Area.
PNOC-EDC internal report, 56 pp.
Delfin, F.G. and Tebar, H.J., 1986. Geologic Structures of the Mahiao, Sambaloran and Malitbog Sectors of the
Tongonan Geothermal Field, Leyte, Philippines. Proceedings from 8th New Zealand Geothermal Workshop.
Ferrer, H.P., Bate, E.S., Guerero, D.R., and Ferrer, A.P., 1986. LANDSAT-assisted Geostructural Analysis of the
Bacon-Manito Geothermal Field, Southeastern Luzon, Philippines. Geotherm. Res. Council Bull., May Issue.
Gelt, J., 2001?. Land Subsidence, Earth Fissures Change Arizonas Landscape. At http://ag.arizona.edu.
Gill, J.B., 1981. Orogenic Andesites and Plate Tectonics. Springer Verlag, 390 pp.
Golla, G.U., , Abrigo, F.V., Alarcon, B.O., Molling, P.A. and Stimac, J.A., 2001. The Bulalo Geothermal Field,
Philippines: Conceptual Model of a Prolific Geothermal System. Proceedings from the 22nd Annual PNOC-EDC
Geothermal Conference. pp 123-132.
Grannel, R.B., Whitcomb, J.H., Aronstam, P.S. and Clover, R.C., 1981. An Assessment of Precise Surface Gravity
Measurements for Monitoring the Response of a Geothermal Reservoir to Exploitation. Lawrence Berkeley,
Laboratory. UC Berkeley, CA.
nd
Grant, M.A., 2000. Predicted Subsidence at Tauhara. Proceedings from the 22
New Zealand Geothermal Workshop.
Hayashi, M., 1997. Otake-Hatchobaru Geothermal Field in Japan in Relation to the Thermoluminescence Index (TI).
Proceedings from the 18th Annual PNOC-EDC Geothermal Conference, pp 29-35.
Hunt, T.M., 1987. Recharge at Broadlands Field 1967-1983 Determined from Repeat Gravity Measurements. Res.
Rep. No. 216, Geophysics Division, dept. of Sci. and Ind. Res., Wellington, New Zealand.
Jakes, P. and Gill, J.B., 1970. Rare Earth Elements and the Island Arc Tholeiitic Series. Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 9,
17-28.
Kasagi, J., Saito, H., Honda, M., Haruguchi, K. and Tsukamoto, S., 2000. Study on Reservoir Behavior from Gravity
st
Changes and Density Modeling Analysis in the Hatchobaru Geothermal Field. Proceedings from 21 Annual
PNOC-EDC Geothermal Conference, pp 85-91.
Layugan, D.B., 1986. Resistivity Measurements Over the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Area. PNOC-EDC Internal
report, 70 pp.
Layugan, D.B. and Los Baos, C.F., 1993. Vertical Electrical Sounding Measurements in Bacon-Manito for Shallow
Reinjection, Groundwater and Exploration Investigations. PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
Leake, S.A., 2001?.
Land Subsidence from Groundwater
http://geochange.er.usgs.gov/sw/changes/anthropogenic/subside.
Pumping.
U.S.
Geological
Survey.
At
Leonards, G.A. (Editor), 1962. Foundation Engineering. McGraw-Hill Civil Engineering Series. 1136 p.
Los Baos, C.F., Apuada, N.A., Layugan, D.B., Maneja, F.C. Olivar, R.E.R. and Rigor Jr., D.M., 2000. Magnetotelluric
st
survey at Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field, Southern Luzon, Philippines. Proceedings from 21 Annual
Los Baos, C.F. and Olivar, R.E.R., 1997. Regional Gravity, Microgravity and Precise Levelling Surveys of BaconManito Geothermal Production Field, Southern Luzon, Philippines. PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
Maturgo, O.O., Solis, R.P., See F.S., Panem, C.C., Ramos, S.G., and Fragata, J.J., 2000. Reservoir response to
pressure drawdown in Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production Field, Philippines. Proceedings of the 21st Annual
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 2
Maturgo, O.O., 1999. Evaluation of reservoir processes using enthalpy trends: Bacon-Manito Geothermal Production
th
Field, Philippines. Proceedings of the 20 Annual PNOC-EDC Geothermal Conference, pp 171-180.
Neall, V.E., 1976. Lahars Global Occurrence and Annotated Bibliography. Pub. No. 5, Geology Department,
Victoria University, New Zealand.
Obusan, R.O., 1979. The Potential of the Manito Geothermal System, Southern Luzon, Philippines.
Diploma in Energy Technology (Geothermal) Report, New Zealand.
Project for
Panem, C.C. and Alincastre, R.S., 1985. Surface Geology of the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Reservation. PNOC-EDC
Internal report.
Panem, C.C., 1999. Structural Features of Rangas Tanawon Area, BGPF. PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
Peck, R. B., Hanson, W. E., and T. H. Thornburn (1973), Foundation Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 514 pp.
PHIVOLCS, 1997. Map showing
http://www.phivolcs.dost.gov.ph
the
Spatial
Distribution
of
Seismicity
in
the
Philippines.
At
PNOC-EDC, 1989. Bacman II Resource Assessment. PNOC-EDC Internal Report.

PNOC-EDC, 1985. A review of the 110 MWe Bacman I Development Strategy, PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
PNOC-EDC, 1985. A resource Assessment of the Proposed 110 MWe Bacman I Geothermal Power Plant, Volume I.
PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
Protacio, J.A.P., Cumming, W.B., Nordquist, G.A. and Parini, M., 2001. Precision Gravity Monitoring for Reservoir
Management At Tiwi Geothermal Field, Philippines 1979-1998. Proceedings from the 22nd Annual PNOC-EDC
Geothermal Conference. pp 149-154.
Protacio, J.A.P., Golla G.U., Nordquist G.A, Acuna, J. and San Andres, R.B., 2000. Gravity and Elevation Changes at
the Bulalo Geothermal Field, Philippines: Independent Checks and Constraints on Numerical Simulation.
Proceedings from the 2000 New Zealand Geothermal Workshop and Geocon2000 Workshop.
Ramos, E. 1996?. Ground Subsidence in Muntinlupa City. At http://www.phivolcs.dost.gov.ph.
Ravaska, O., Vepslinen, P., Lojander, M., _____.
http://www.ins.itu.edu.tr/2001.
On Stress Dependency of Consolidation Parameters. At
Reyes, A.G., 1985. A Comparative Study of acid and neutral pH hydrothermal Alteration in the Bacon-Manito
Geothermal Area, Philippines. Unpublished MSc. Thesis, Auckland University, New Zealand.
Rigor Jr., D.M., and Los Baos, C.F., 1995. Seismic Response to Initial Exploitation of the Bacon-Manito Geothermal
System. PNOC-EDC Internal Report.
Rigor Jr., D.M. and Maneja, F.C., 1996. Microearthquake activity at the Southern Negros Geothermal Field. PNOCEDC Internal Report.
Rossell, J.B. and Ramos, S.G., 1997. Origin of acid fluids in the Cawayan sector, Bacman Geothermal Production
th
Field, Philippines. Proceedings of the 18 Annual PNOC-EDC Geothermal Conference, pp 151-180.
Saito, H., Tagomori, K., Honda, M. and Nagano, N., 1998. Geothermal Structures in the Hatchobaru Geothermal Field
th
Derived from Detailed Gravity and Resistivity Surveys. Proceedings from the 19 Annual PNOC-EDC Geothermal
Conference, pp 221-228.
San Andres, R.B., Morillo, A.P. and Carbonel, L.V.C., 1997?. Modeling a Gravity Profile in the Mindoro Strait. Short
Communication.
Solis, R.P., Maturgo, O.O., See, F.S., Panem, C.C., Ramos, S.G., and Fragata, J.J., 1999. Chemical changes in the
Bacman Geothermal Production Field during six years of exploitation. PNOC-EDC internal report.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 3
Solis, R.P., Cabel Jr., A.C., See, F.S., Candelaria, M.N.R., Buenviaje, M.M. and Garcia, S.E., 1994. Bacon-Manito
Geothermal Production Field pre-exploitation baseline geochemistry data. PNOC-EDC internal report.
Stagpoole, V.M., 1995. Interpretation of Refraction Seismic and Gravity Data Across the Eastern Margin og the Taupo
Volcanic Zone, New Zealand. Geothermics Vol. 23, No 5/6, pp 501-510.
Stanley, W.D, and Blakely, R.J., 1995. The Geysers Clear Lake Geothermal Area, California An Updated
Geophysical Perspective of Heat Sources. Geothermics Vol. 24, No. 2, pp 187-221.
Tagomori, K., Saito, H. and Honda, M., 1997. Study on Reservoir Behavior from Microgravity Changes Monitored in
the Hatchobaru Geothermal Field, Japan. Proceedings from the 18th Annual PNOC-EDC Geothermal
Conference, pp 280-287.
Tebar, H., 1988. Petrology and Geochemistry of Volcanic Rocks from Pocdol Mountains, Bicol Arc, Philippines. MSc
Thesis, University of Canterburry, New Zealand.
Teng, W.C, 1962. Foundation Design, Special Philippine Edition. Prentice-Hall, Inc., USA. 466 p.
Thenhaus, P.C, Hanson, S.L. and Algermissen, S.Y., Bautista, B.C., Bautista, L.P., Punongbayan, B.J., Rasdas, A.R.,
Nillos, J.T.E. and Punongsbayan, R.S., 1995. Estimates of the Regional Ground-Motion Hazard in the
Philippines. Proceedings from the Professional Journal of the Earthquake Engineering Research Institute.
Travaglia, C. and Baes, A.F., 1979. Geology of Sorsogon Province, Soil and Land Resources Appraisal and Training
Project, Philippines. Bureau of Soils, UNDP/FAO Programme, Manila, 87 pp.
Villarosa, H.A. and Ramos, S.G., 1996. Petrologic indicators of permeable structures in the Botong sector of the
th
Bacman Geothermal Production Field. Proceedings from the 17 Annual PNOC-EDC Geothermal Conference, pp
49-55.
Wallace, R.E., 1977. Profiles and Ages of Young Fault Scarps, North Central Nevada. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., 88.
Wolkersdorfer and Thiem, 1987?. Groundwater Withdrawal and Land Subsidence in Northern Saxony (Germany). At
http://geo.tu-freiberg.de/~cwolke/publication/IMWACHRI.htm.
Yasuhara, K. and Murakami, S., 2001?. GIS for Seismic Risk Evaluation of Piole Foundations in Land Subsidence
Area. At http://www.ins.itu.edu.tr/2001.
Yoshiyama, H., Fujino, T and Kumagai, I., 1996. A reconstruction of the Geothermal Structures in the Hatchobaru
th
Geotheral Area. Proceedings from 17 Annual PNOC-EDC Geothermal Conference, pp. 69-76.
Case Number 182, Geysers and energy (GEYSER). At http://www.american.edu.ted
PEDOLOGY
ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials
Aubert, H. and M. Pinta, 1977. Trace Elements in Soils. Developments in Soil Science., Elsevier Publishing
Company, Amsterdam.
ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials
Bowles, J. E. (1988), Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill International, 1004 pp.
Peck, R. B., Hanson, W. E., and T. H. Thornburn (1973), Foundation Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 514 pp.
Pierzynski, G. M., and J. Thomas Sims, 1994. Soils and Environmental Quality. Lewis Publishers, USA.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 4
HYDROLOGY
LWUA-SWECO, 1997. Water Supply Improvement and Expansion of Sorsogon Water District, Final Report.
NWRB, 1982. Rapid Assessment of Water Supply Sources of the Province of Sorsogon..
NWRB. NWRB River Flow of Cawayan Data (1957-1970).
PNOC-EDC. EMD historical river flow data from 1997-2000. PNOC-EDC internal data.
PNOC-EDC, 1988. Water Sources Inventory of BGPF and Surrounding Areas. Internal PNOC-EDC report.
PNOC-EDC, 1993. Vertical Electrical Sounding Measurements in BGPF. Internal PNOC-EDC report.
PNOC-EDC, 1998. Post-sampling Report on Selected Groundwater Sources. Internal PNOC-EDC report.
PNOC-EDC, 1999. Hydrogeology of BGPF. Internal PNOC-EDC report.
Sorsogon Water District, 1997. Groundwater Resources Development Plan, 1997-2030. Test Consultants, Inc.
OCEANOGRAPHY
CERC, 1984. Shore Protection Manual. Volume 2. U.S. Army Coastal Engineering Research Center. Washington
D.C.
Koutitas, C.G., 1988. Mathematical Models in Coastal Engineering. 155 p. Pentech Press. London.
MIKE 21. Hydrodynamic and Water Quality Modules - A Short Description. Danish Hydraulic Institute. Denmark.
NAMRIA, 2000. Tide and Current Tables. Oceanography Division. Coast and Geodetic Survey Department. Manila.
PAGASA, 1991. Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration. Climatological
Normals.
Rivera, P.C., 1997. Hydrodynamics, Sediment Transport and Light Extinction Off Cape Bolinao, Philippines. 244 p.
Balkema Press, The Netherlands.
AIR, METEOROLOGY AND WATER QUALITY

American Public Health Association. 1992. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewaters (18th
ed).
Goddard, W.B. et.al., 1989. Future Air Quality Maintenance and Improvements - An Opportunity for Geothermal
Energy Use Expansion. Geothermal Resources Council, Vol 13, p.27.
Philippine Congress. 1999. Republic Act 8749: Philippine Clean Air Act of 1990.
Philippine Department of Environment and Natural Resources. 1990. Administrative Order 90-34: Revised Water
Usage and Classification/Water Quality Criteria Amending Section Nos. 68 and 69, Chapter III of the 1978 NPCC
Rules and Regulations.
Philippine Department of Environment and Natural Resources. 1990. Administrative Order 90-35: Revised Effluent
Regulations of 1990, Revising and Amending The Effluent Regulations of 1982.
Philippine Department of Health. 1993. Philippine National Standards for Drinking-Water.
Philippine Official Gazette. 1978. Rules and Regulations of the National Pollution Control Commission (1978). Vol 74.
No. 23. pp. 4453-4487.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 5
PNOC Energy Development Corporation. 1987. Bacman Environmental Impact Statement.

PNOC Energy Development Corporation. Mt. Labo Environmental Impact Statement.
PNOC Energy Development Corporation. Risk Assessment for the Leyte Geothermal Power Project.
PNOC Energy Development Corporation. 1996-1999 Bacman Geothermal Production Field Meteorological Data.
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services. Climatological Normals, 1961-1995, Legaspi City
Synoptic Station.
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services. Cyclone Map of the Philippines.
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services. Climatological Extremes Table as of 1999, Legaspi
City Synoptic Station.
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services. Monthly Wind Speed and Direction Table 19611995, Legaspi City Synoptic Station.
Rockwell International, Sept 1980. Effects of Hydrogen Sulfide on Human Health. Spill Contingency Planning Guide,
Specific Material: Hydrogen Sulfide.
AIR QUALITY
Beychok, Milton R., 2001. Error Propogation in Air Dispersion Modeling. Irvine, California, USA, 1994. Newport
Beach, California,USA.
Forte, Alfredo A., Gonzales, Marlon G., McCarthy, Matthew W., and Simon Conrad, 1990. Air and Waste
Management Division. US. Environmental Protection Agency. Pp. 67-102.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, 1992. Protocol for Determining the Best Performing Model, EPA454/R-92-025, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
World Bank Group, 1998. Airshed Models, Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook. World Bank Group.
Bulletin of American Meteorological Society, 1978. Accuracy of Dispersion Models: A Position Paper of the AMS
1977 Committee on Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion. Journal of Applied Meteorology, Volume 59, No. 8,
August 1978.
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR), 2000. Implementing Rules and Regulation (IRR) of the
Philippine Clean Air Act. DAO 2000-Republic Act No. 8749, An Act Providingfor a Comprehensive Air Pollution
Control Policy and for Other Purposes. Philippine Clean Act of 1999, July 27, 1999. Eleventh Congress. First
Regular Session. Metro Manila.
Irwin, John S., 1999. Statistical Evaluation of Centerline Concentration Estimates by Atmospheric Dispersion
Models, International Journal of Environment and Pollution, Atmospheric Sciences Modeling Division, Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina, USA.
Pahunang, R. S., 2002: Intercomparison of Selected Point-Source Air Pollution Dispersion Models, A Masters Thesis
submitted to College of Science, University of the Philippines, Diliman, Quezon City.
Paine, Robert J., 1988. Users Guide to the CTDM Meteorological Preprocessor (METPRO) Program, United States
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), EPA/600/8-88/004), Atmospheric and Exposure Assessment
Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, U.S.EPA, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711.
Perry, Steven G., Burns, Donnna J., and Cimorelli, Alan, J, et. al., 1989. Users Guide to the Complex Terrain
Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Conditions (CTMPLUS) Volume 1: Model Description and User
Instructions, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA/600/8-89/041, Atmospheric and Exposure Assessment
Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, U.S.EPA, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27711.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 6
Perry, Steven G., Burns, Donnna J., and Cimorelli, Alan, J., 1990. Users Guide to CTDMPLUS: Volume 2 - The
Screening Mode (CTSCREEN), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1990), (EPA/600/8-90/087), Atmospheric
and Exposure Assessment Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina, 27711.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1985. Guideline for Determination of Good Engineering Practice Stack Height
(Technical Support Document For the Stack Height Regulations (Revised), EPA-450/4-80-023R, Office of Air and
Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711, pp. 1-9.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992a. Screening Procedures for Estimating the Air Quality Impact of
Stationary Sources, Revised, EPA-454/R-92-019, Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27711.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, 1992b. Protocol for Determining the Best Performing Model, EPA454/R-92-025, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1995c. SCREEN3 Model Users Guide, EPA-454/B-95-004, Office of Air
Quality Planning and Standards, Emissions, Monitoring, and Analysis Division, Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina, 27711, pp. 2-11.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2001b. Guideline on Air Quality Models, Appendix W to Part 51, 40
Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter 1 (7-1-01 Edition).
Wilson, Charles E., 1989: Noise Control: Measurement, Analysis, and Control of Sound and Vibration, Harper & Row,
Publishers, New York.
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
Kennedy, R. S., P. C. Gonzales, E. C. Dickinson, H. C., Miranda Jr., and T. H. Fischer, 2000. A Guide to the Birds of
the Philippines. Oxford University Press, UK.
Odum, E. P., 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. WB Sanders Company, Philadelphia.
Alcasid, G. L., 1965. Catching Birds at Night. Conservation in Tropical S. E. Asia. IUCN Publication., New Series No.
10:315-330.
Hampson, K. et al., 2000. Wildlife of Polillo Island: Final report. University of Oxford University of the Philippines
Los Banos. Polillo 99 Project. Viper Press, Great Britain.
AGRICULTURE
Municipal Profiles, Provincial Profile, BOS data, Soil Books
Aubert, H. and M. Pinta, 1977. Trace Elements in Soils. Developments in Soil Science., Elsevier Publishing
Company, Amsterdam.
Pierzynski, G. M., and J. Thomas Sims, 1994. Soils and Environmental Quality. Lewis Publishers, USA.
PNOC-EDC, 1985. Environmental Impact Assessment of the Bacon-Manito Geothermal Project.
____. Provincial Profile of Sorsogon Province
Sorsogon City Planning Development Office, 2002. Profile of the City of Sorsogon (Draft)
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 7
FRESHWATER BIOLOGY
Ludwig, J. A. and J. F. Reynolds. (1988). Statistical Ecology: A Primer on Methods and Computing. John Wiley and
Sons, New York, USA. 399 pp.
Martinez-Goss, M. R. (2000). The biology of Nitzchia and Tryblionella (Class Bacillariophyceae) in the Philippines.
Asia Life Sciences 9(1):17-40.
Payne, A. I. (1986). The Ecology of Tropical Lakes and Rivers. John Wiley and Sons, UK, 301 pp.
MARINE BIOLOGY
Carpenter, K.E. 1977. Philippine Coral Reef Fisheries Resources. Philipp. J. Fish. 15:95-125.
DENR. 1994. Status of Coral Reefs and Seagrasses Resources in Pujada Bay, Mati, Davao Oriental. In: Ecosystems
Research Digest Maiden Issue. 28p.
English, S., C. Wilkinson and V. Baker. 1994. Survey Manual for Tropical Marine Resources. ASEAN-Australia Marine
Science Project: Living Coastal Resources, Australian Institute of Marine Science, PMB No. 3, Townsville Mail
Centre, Australia 4810, 368 p.
FARMC. 2000. Secondary Data from FARMC Office, Sorsogon, Sorsogon.
FishBase. 1998. FishBase 98 CD-ROM. ICLARM, Manila, Philippines.
Fishery Sector Program. 1994. Coastal Marine Communities of Ormoc Bay Volume 4. In: resource Ecological
Asessment of ormoc Bay. Up, Visayas, Iloilo. 201 p.
Gomez, E.D. and A.C. Alcala. 1978. Status of Philippine Coral Reefs.
Kulbicki, M., G. Mou-Tham, P. Thollot and L. Wantiez. 1993. Length-weight Relationships of Fish from the Lagoon of
New Celedonia. Naga, the ICLARM Q. 16:26-30.
Letourneur, Y., M. Kulbicki and P. Labrosse. 1998. Length-weight relationship of fish from coral reefs and lagoons of
New Celedonia an update. Naga, the ICLARM Q. 34-46.
McAllister, D.E. and A. Ansula. 1993. Save our Coral Reefs. Ocean Voice International, Inc., Canada. 126 p.
Murdy, E.O. and C.J. Ferraris. 1980. The contribution of coral reef fisheries to Philippine fisheries production. ICLARM
Newsletter (Jan.) 80:21-22.
Myers, R.F. 1989. Micronesian Reef Fishes. Coral Graphics, Guam. 298 p.
Randall, J.E., G.R. Allen and R.C. Steene. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Crawford House
Publishing, Bathurst, Australia. 557 p.
Reish, D. J. and J. L. Barnard. 1979. Amphipods (Arthropoda: Crustacea: Amphipoda) In: C. W. Hart & S. L. H. Fuller
(eds.). Pollution ecology of estuarine invertebrates. New York: Academic Press, p 345-370.
Veron, J.E.N. 1986. Corals of Australia and the Indo-Pacific. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu.
SOCIO-ECONOMICS
Balicasan, A. M., 2001. Poverty Comparison in the Philippines: Is What We Know about the Poor Robust? Paper
delivered at the Asia and Pacific Forum on Poverty: Reforming Policies and Institutions for Poverty Reduction at
Asian Development Bank, Manila, 5-9 February 2001.
Barcia R. B., 2000. Insurgency triggers malnutrition in Bicol. The Manila Times December 9, 2000 issue, Internet
Edition. http://www.manilatimes.net/ 2000/dec/09/provincial/20001209pr61.htm
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 8
st
CDS, 2002. Sorsogon City Presentation: Overview of the City-City Profile. Presented during the 1 City Development
Strategy Cluster Consultation (CDS) held on April 18-19, 2002 in Marikina City. Webpage:
http://www.cdsea.org/content/cds2 /cluster1/luzon/sorsogoncty.htm
CPDO, 2002. Profile of the City of Sorsogon. Draft Version. City Planning and Development Office, City of Sorsogon.
DOH,
2002.
Field
Health
Units
Directory
http://www.doh.gov.ph/fhud/rhu/fhud_r05.htm
(RHU-MHCS).
Department
of
Health
Website:
MPDO-Bacon (n.d.). Profile of Bacon. mimeographed, 3 pp.

MPDO-Sorsogon, 1996. 1996 Sorsogon Municipal Profile Volume 1 Main Report. Municipal Planning and
Development Office, Municipality of Sorsogon.
MPDO-Sorsogon, 2000. Municipality of Sorsogon 2000-2009 Comprehensive Land Use Plan: Summary Briefing
Material. Municipal Planning and Development Office, Municipality of Sorsogon.
NSCB, 1999. Philippine Statistics in CD ROM, 1999 Edition. National Statistical Coordination Board, Makati City.
NSCB,
2000a.
Poverty
Statistics.
in
http://www.nscb.gov.ph/sectdata/d_prize.htm.
National
Statistical
Coordination
Board
Website:
NSCB, 2000b. Countryside in Figures: Agricultural Indicators for the Province of Sorsogon. in National Statistical
Coordination Board Website: http://www.nscb.gov.ph/countryside/agriculture.
NSCB, 2001. 2001 Philippine Statistical Yearbook, National Statistical Coordination Board, Makati City, Philippines.
pp. 1-6,1-7 and 1-11.
NSCB-V, 1999. Fact Sheet: RV-FS#10, Series of 1999. in National Statistical Coordination Board Region V
Webpage: http://www.cats.edu.ph/~nscb5/infosheets/Is10s99.htm
NSCB-V, 2000a. Poverty Threshold and Poverty Incidence of Families by Region 1994 and 1997. in Poverty
Statistics, NSCB, Regional Unit V, 2000, Webpage: http://www.members.cats.edu.ph~nscb/ stats/poverty.htm
NSCB-V, 2000b. Fact Sheet: Four out of ten Bicolano children below 7 years old are underweight. Webpage:
http://members.cats.edu.ph/~nscb5/.
NSCB-V, 2002. Human Development Index. in National Statistical Coordination Board Region V Website:
http://www.nscb.gov.ph/ru5/updates/hdi/comparison.html
NSO, 1990a. 1990 Census of Population and Housing, Report No. 2-5E (Albay), Population by City, Municipality and
Barangay. Manila, December 1990.
NSO, 1990b. 1990 Census of Population and Housing, Report No. 2-87E (Sorsogon), Population by City, Municipality
and Barangay. Manila, December 1990.
NSO, 1999a. 1999 Annual Poverty Indicators Survey Table: Table 6, Table 10 and Table 16. In National Statistics
Office Website: http://www.census.gov.ph/data/sectordata/1999/ ap9910rp16.htm
NSO, 1999b. 1995 Census-Based City/Municipality Population Projections, National Census Office, Manila.
NSO, 2001. 2000 Census of Population Highlights. in
http://www.census.gov.ph/census2000/h050000.htm, April 2001.
National
Statistics
Office,
Website:
PNOC EDC (n.d.) Benefits to Communities Hosting Energy Projects, Energy Regulations No. 1-94 Rules and
Regulations Implementing Section 5(i) of Republic Act No. 7638, Otherwise known as the Department of Energy
Act of 1992, published by the Philippine National Oil Company Energy Development Corporation in behalf of the
Department of Energy, Manila.
PPDO, 2000. Brief Socio-Economic Profile, Province of Sorsogon, Provincial Planning and Development Office,
Province of Sorsogon, Sorsogon City.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 9
Vanzi S. J., 2000. Bicol Malnutrition Traced to Insurgency. Philippine Headline News Online. December 9, 2000.
http://www.newsflash.org
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT

Acharya, H. K. 1979. Regional Variations in Rupture Length-Magnitude Relationships and their Dynamical
Significance. Seismological Society of America Bulletin 69: 2063-2084.
Asian Development Bank. Environmental Risk Assessment: Dealing with Uncertainty in Environmental Impact
Assessment. 1990. Manila. 182p.
Asian Development Bank, 1992. Guidelines for the Health Impact Assessment of Development Projects. ADB
Environment Paper No. 11. Office of the Environment. ADB.
Armstead, H., Christopher, H, 1978. Geothermal Energy: Its Past, Present and Future Contribution to the Energy
Needs of Man. London: E & F. N. Spon Ltd.357p.
Aurelio, M., 2001. Tectonics of the Philippines revisited, Journals of the Geological Society of the Philippines, v. 55,
no. 3&4, p. 119-183
Aurelio, M. A., E. Barrier, C. Rangin, And C. Muller, 1991. The Philippine Fault in the Late Cenozoic Evolution of the
Bondoc-Masbate-N. Leyte area, Central Philippines, J. SE Asian Earth Science v. 6 no. . P. 221-238.
Belshaw, C. S., 1965. Traditional Exchange and Modern Markets. Prentice-Hall. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
Canadian Environmental Pollution Act. 1993. Arsenic And Its Compounds. Priority Substances List Assessment
Report.
Cola, R. M., 1994. Managing Interactive Hazards: Institutional Risk-Reduction Measures In Mayon Volcano Area.
Philippine Institute Of Volcanology And Seismology.
Cola, R. M., 1993. Harnessing the community in Emergency Response and Recovery: Lessons from the July 1990
Philippine Earthquake. Proceedings of the 1993 National Earthquake Conference, Vol.1. Memphis, Tennessee.
Cola, R. M., 1987. Socio-Economic Survey Of Northern Samar: Unpublished Report, Ateneo De Manila University,
Institute Of Philippine Culture. Quezon City.
Covello, V. T., Sandman, P. M. & Slovic, P, 1988. Risk Communication, Risk Statistics And Risk Comparisons: A
Manual For Plant Managers. Chemical Manufacturer Association. Washington, D.C.
Convello, V. T. Et Al, 1987. Uncertainty In Risk Assessment, Risk Management And Decision-Making. N.Y. Plenum
Press. 538p.
Curtis, M. W., Copeland, T. L. And Ward, C. H., 1979. Acute Toxicity Of 12 Industrial Chemicals To Freshwater And
Saltwater Organisms. Water Research, 13:137-141.
Cushman, R. M., Barnes, D. W. And Craig, R. B., 1980. Effects Of Geothermal Effluents On Aquatic Ecosystems.
Environmental International, 4: 209-216.
Denr. Procedural Manual For DAO 96-37. Philippine EIS System Procedure.
Forsberg, C., Jinnerot, D. And Davidson, L., 1967. The Influence Of Synthetic Detergents On The Growth Of Algae.
Valten, 23 (1), 2-16.
Fukushima, Y. And Tanaka, T., 1990. A New Attenuation Relation For Peak Horizontal Acceleration Of Strong
Earthquake Ground Motion In Japan. Seismological Society Of America Bulletin. P. 757-783.
Garg, O. K., Trivari, B., 1971. Studies On The Physiological Significance Of Boron In Rice Plants. Labdev. J. Sci.
Tech., 98 (20).
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 10
Glickman, T. And Gough, M., 1990. Reading In Risk. Resources For The Future. Washington , D.C.
Government Institutes, Inc., 1988. EPA Risk Assessment Guidelines And Information Directory. Goret Matitutes, Inc.
Rockvukke, Maryland.
Hallenback W. H. And K.M. Kunninghan, 1986. Quantitative Risk Assessment For Environmental Occupation Health.
Lewis Publishers. Cholsea, Michigan.
Hubert, P., 1987. Risk Assessment And Risk Management For Accidents Connected With Industrial Activities.
Organization For Economic Cooperation And Development. Paris.
International Labor Organization, 1983. Encyclopedia Of Occupational Health And Safety. Ilo. Vienna.
International Labor Organization Programme On Chemical Safety. 1993. Safety And Health In The Use of Chemicals
at Work.
J.C. Consultancy, Ltd. 1986. Risk Assessment for Hazardous Installations. Pergamon Press. Oxford.
IWSA, 1994. International Water Supply Association Yearbook Annuaire de L Aide. Association Internationale des
distribution d Eau.
Johnson, W.G., 1987. Risk Assessment. Management Oversight And Risk Tree. Chapter 7. Published In Cooperation
nd
With National Safety Council. 2 Edition.
Journal America Water Works Association, 1994. International Flotation Conference.
Lantin, R. S., 1980. Field Studies Of Boron Toxicity In Rice. International Rice Research Institute Seminar Paper, 32
7(9). Philippines.
Lockard, R. G., Sallaux, J.C And Liongson, E.A., 1970. Response Of Rice Plants Grown In Four Potted Luzon Soils
To Additions Of Boron, Arsenic, And Zinc. Philippine Agriculturist, 54 (144).
Lopez-Gonzaga, V., 1989. The Social-Politics of Sugar; Wealth, Power Formation and Change in Negros (1899/85).
University of St La Salle Social Research Center. Bacolod City.
th
National Safety Council, 1993. Accident Prevention Manual For Business And Industry. 10 Edition. Vol. 1 And 2.
National Statistical Coordination Board, 2000. Philippine Statistical Yearbook, Sorsogon.

National Water Resources Council, 1980. UNDP Assistance to the National Water Resource Council. Eastern Visayas
Leyte Basins.
NEDA Philippines, 1993. Philippine National Standards For Drinking Water. Doh.
Niosh, 1989. National Institute For Occupational Safety And Health Criteria For A Recommended Standard For
Welding Brazing And Thermal Cutting. Abridged Edition.
nd
Pearce, D.W.1983. Cost-Benefit Analysis. 2
Edition. St. Martins Press. New York.
Philphos/Pasar Association-DKK Water. Ormoc City Water Supply Improvement Study Report. Unpublished.
PAGASA. Undated. Tropical Typhoon Summaries (1978/2000). Compiled Raw Computer First Data. Philippine
Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomic Services Administration. Quezon City.
PNOC. Undated. Emergency Response Plans for Maniguin Oil and Gas Drilling in Culasi Antique. Philippine National
Oil Corporation-Exploration Corporation. Loose Document.
PNOC. 1994. Corporate Environmental Policy. Loose Paper. Philippine National Oil Company-Energy Development
Corporation.
PNOC-Energy Development Corporation, 1998. Bac-Man Emergency Response Plan.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 11
PNOC-Energy Development Corporation, 1996. Environmental Risk Assessment of the Mt. Labo Geothermal
Development Project.
PNOC-Energy Development Corporation, 1995. General Safety and Health Rules and Regulations.
PNOC-Energy Development Corporation, 1995. Risk Assessment Study for Leyte Geothermal Project.
Ponnamperuma, F. N. And Yuan, W. L. 1956. Toxicity Of Boron To Rice. Nature, 5050: 781.
Provincial Areas Water Supply Project. Final Feasibility Studies and Detailed Design Report. Technical Report No.
LMWD-4. Leyte Metropolitan Water District. Tacloban City.
Rodgers, E.M, 1969. Modernization Among The Peasants. Holt, Rinchart And Winston, Inc., New York.
Rowlett, H. And Kelleher, J., 1976. Evolving Seismic And Tectonic Patterns Along The Western Margin Of The
Philippine Sea Plate. Journal Of Geophysical Research. 81: 3518-3524.
Sinclair Knight Merz, 1996. Ecological And Human Health Risk Assessment, Toxicity Training Materials For PNOC.
Thanh, N. C.And Bisiwas, A. K. 1990. Environmentally Sound Water Management. Oxford University Press.
Thenhaus, P. C., Hanson, S. L., Algernuissen, S. T., Bautista, B., Bautista, L., Punongbayan, B. J., Rosdas, A., Nillos,
J. Punongbayan, R. S.1993. Estimates Of The Regional Groundmotion Hazard In The Philippines.
The Institution Of Chemical Engineers Symposium. 1982. The Assessment of Major Hazards. Series No. 71.
UNDRO, 1980. Natural Disasters and Vulnerability Analysis. Geneva: Office of the United Nations Disasters Relief
Coordinator. 48p.
United Nations Disaster Relief Office, 1991. Mitigating Natural Disasters: Phenomena: Effects And Options. Geneva.
United Nations Disaster Relief Office. 1984. Disaster Prevention And Mitigation Preparedness Aspect. Vol. 11.
Geneva.
United Nations Environment Programme, 1988. Awareness and Preparedness at Local Level: A Process for
Responding to Technical Accidents. New York.
nd
WHO, 1993. Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. 2
Edition.
WHO. 1993. Principles for Evaluating Chemical Effects on the Aged Population. Environmental Health Criteria 144.
,IPCS.
WHO. 1992. Dimethylarsenic Acid, Methanearsenic Acid, and Salt Health and Safety Guide. Health and Safety Guide
,No. 69.
WHO, 1992. Inorganic Arsenic Compounds other than Arsine Health and Safety Guide. Health and Safety Guide No.
70. IPCS.
WHO, 1990. Ammonia Health and Safety Guide. Health and Safety Guide No 37
WHO, 1984. Health Criteria and Supporting Information. Guidelines for Drinking water Quality, Vol. 2.
WHO, 1981. International Programme on Chemical Safety. Environmental Health Criteria 19, Hydrogen Sulfide. IPCS.
Whyte, A. V. And Buston, I., 1980. Environmental Risk Assessment. John Willy And Sons. New York.
Wilcox, L. V., 1958. Water Quality From The Standpoint Of Irrigation. J. Am. Water Wks. Assn., 50:650-654.
Wolf, E., 1969. On Peasant Rebellions. International Social Science Journal, 21.
Wolf, E. Types of Latin American Peasantry: A Preliminary Discussion. American Anthropologist, 57: 453-469.
LIST OF REFERENCES
p. 12
PNOC- Energy Development Corporation

Environmental Management Department
Merritt Road, Fort Bonifacio, Makati City
December 2002
Info Drive at Bgy. Rizal, Sorsogon (Nov. 15, 2000 AM) with 49 attendees
Info Drive at Bgy. Bucalbucalan, Sorsogon (Nov. 15, 2000 PM) with 48 attendees
Info Drive at Bgy. Bulabog, Sorsogon (Nov. 16, 2000 AM) with 88 attendees
Info Drive at Bgy. Capuy, Sorsogon (Nov. 16, 2000 PM) with 75 attendees
Info Drive at Bgy. Ticol, Sorsogon (Nov. 17, 2000 AM) with 51 attendees
Info Drive at Bgy. Basud, Sorsogon (Nov. 16, 2000 PM) with 59 attendees
Second level scoping for the Tanawon Geothermal Project

Dec. 11, 2000
Acacia Grille, Sorsogon
BacMan Geothermal Production Field:
TANAWON SECTOR (50 MW)
BASIC FEATURES OF A GEOTHERMAL SYSTEM
THE CIRCUM-PACIFIC BELT OF FIRE
1848
The Energy Company
TOTAL
6,046
The Energy Company
BacMan Geothermal Production Field: Tanawon Sector (50 MW)
PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT

This non-oil-based indigenous project shall contribute to
3.
4.
5.
6.
meeting additional electricity demand for Luzon beyond 2005 or earlier

reduction of imported fuel (US$ 21M savings/yr)
replacement of old power plants for decommissioning in 1999-2010
displacement of fossil-fired power plan
(thus reducing greenhouse emissions by
>851 kilotons CO2/yr)
CO2 EMISSION REDUCTION OF EDC'S GEOTHERMAL PROJECTS

AS COMPARED TO FOSSIL (OIL)-FIRED PLANTS
PROJECT
TGP
M1GP
BMGP
SNGP
GEOTHERMAL FIELD
CONV.
FOSSIL FIRED PLANT
CO2 Reduction
FACTOR 1(of the same setting as geothermal)
Capacity of Existing Total Emission
CO2
Total
Emission
Vegetation
Emission
Absorption
Emission
Reduction
Rate 2
(kiloton/yr)
(kiloton/yr)
(kiloton/yr)
149
2
44
141
644
32
412
170
23%
6%
11%
83%
19.15
19.15
19.15
19.15
12,341
613
7,891
6,259
TOTAL
Note
1. From Scientific Literature: Goddard, "Energy Fuel Sources and Their Contribution to Recent Global Air Pollution.
0.318 tons/year of uncontrolled CO2 emissions produced from geothermal as against 6.09 from oil
2. Absorption rate is the same for geothermal and fossil
3. Emission reduction of geothermal fields as against fossil fuel plants
2,855
35
851
2,710
EMISSION
REDUCTION 3
(kiloton/yr)
11,845
583
7,523
3,230
23,181
SCOPE OF APPLICATION
h Exploration, development, & operations
of 50 MW
h 1,112-ha geothermal development
block vs. 60-ha
geothermal power project
surface development
LOCATION MAP
PROJECT LOCATION
Sorsogon , Sorsogon Province (Region V)
Bgy. Rizal
Bgy. Bucalbucalan
Bgy. Bulabog
Bgy. Capuy
Bgy. Ticol
PROJECT COMPONENTS
A. Fluid Collection & Disposal System (FCDS)
B.
Power Plant & Control Center
C. Switchyard & Transmission Line

D. Waste Management Facilities & Other
Support Facilities
PROJECT COMPONENTS
A. FLUID COLLECTION & DISPOSAL SYSTEM (FCDS)
1.
2.
Steam Gathering
i Wells (production, M & R)
i Pipelines (steam, water, 2-phase)
i Separator stations
i Rock muffler
Reinjection
i Reinjection wells,M & R
i Reinjection lines
i Sumps/ thermal pond
ZERO DISPOSAL SYSTEM (ZDS)
GEOTHERMAL POWER PLANT
B. POWER PLANT AND CONTROL CENTER
PROJECT COMPONENTS (CONTN)

C. SWITCHYARD & TRANSMISSION LINE (on-site)
PROJECT COMPONENTS (CONTN)

D.
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES & OTHER
SUPPORT FACILITIES
Spoil Disposal Areas (for excess earth spoils)

Solid Waste Management Pits (toxic & non-toxic waste)
Access roads
Housing & office buildings
Storage areas
Stockyard
Warehouse
DOLC (Drilling, Operations, Logistic Center)
Temporary Facilities (TemFacil) such as staging areas, laydown
areas, camps, etc.
PROJECT PHASES
A. PRE-OPERATIONAL PHASE (EXPLO &DEVT) 3-5 years
1. Civil Works for Exploration & Development Drilling
2. Well Drilling,Testing, Resource Assessment
3. Civil Works, Construction, Installation &
FCDS, Power Plant &
Transmission Line
B. OPERATIONAL PHASE
C. ABANDONMENT
30 years
Commissioning of the
PROJECT PHASES
A. Pre-operational Phase
1.
CIVIL WORKS FOR EXPLORATION & DEVELOPMENT DRILLING

Construction of access roads, wellpads and sumps
ROAD CONSTRUCTION WITH SILT BARRIER
RIP RAPPING
PROJECT PHASES (CONTN)

A.
2.
Pre-operational Phase
WELL DRILLING, TESTING, RESOURCE
ASSESSMENT
2.1. Drilling
a. Types
i Exploratory drilling to determine extent &
geothermal reservoir
i Development drilling to define /delineate
boundaries of the geothermal resource
characteristics of
DRILLING RIG

b. Average Depth
2.8 km deep
c. Average Drilling Period
75 days/well
d. Vertical & Directional Drilling
2.2 Well Testing

a. Vertical Testing
b. Horizontal Testing through silencer
2.3 Resource Assessment
APPROX. 3.0 km
APPROX. 1.5 km
GEOTHERMAL WELL TESTING
PRODUCTION WELL WITH SILENCER

A.
Pre-operational Phase
3.
CIVIL WORKS, CONSTRUCTION,
COMMISSIONING OF THE
INSTALLATION &
FCDS,POWER PLANT & TRANSMISSION LINE
Project Facilities to be sited after development

criteria
drilling, following siting
MULTI-WELL PAD STRATEGY

B.
OPERATIONAL PHASE (30 years)

i Conversion of steam to electrical power
i Power generation
i Power transmission
i Maintenance of geothermal reservoir
i Environmental & watershed management
POWER PLANT OPERATION
PNOC-EDC Geothermal Waste Management

Development Phase
Source
Waste
Civil Works
Cut Soil
Drilling Rig
Drilling Waste
Handling
Disposal
Designated
Disposal Area
Confined in
Sumps
Well Testing
Geothermal Water
RI Well
Available?
Reinjection Line
Atmosphere
(With Buffer
Zone for
Residents)
Operation Phase
Gaseous
Emissions
Separator Stations
Geothermal Water
Power Plant Stacks
Gaseous
Emissions or Gas
Abatement, if
needed
Cooling Tower
Reinjection Line
Emergency Holding
(Thermal) Pond
Geothermal
Reservoir
Steam
thru Reinjection
Wells
CT Blowdown
CT Sludge
Reinjection Line
Stored in
Drums
Lab
Analysis
Toxic?
Cement-Fixed
and Entombed
in Designated
Cellars
FULL BRINE/ CONDENSATE INJECTION

C.
ABANDONMENT
h Decommissioning and rehabilitation per
DENR guidelines
IMPACT AREAS
CATCHMENTS
PRIMARY IMPACT AREAS
Rizal River
Cawayan
Manitohan River
Sorsogon Bay
Sorsogon Bay
Poliqui Bay
SECONDARY IMPACT AREAS

Bucalbucalan
Sorsogon Bay
IMPACT AREAS
PRIMARY (WITHIN THE BLOCK)
Bgys. Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol in Sorsogon
SECONDARY
ALONG EXISTING ACCESS ROAD
Bgy. San Isidro, Sorsogon
ALONG CAWAYAN & MANITO RIVERS
Brgy. Basud, Sorsogon
Bgys. Banban & Balabas in Manito, Albay
PROJECT COST
Total Construction Cost

US$ 95.7 119 Million
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
1. Air Quality Monitoring
2. Water Quality Monitoring
3. Biological Monitoring
4. Multi-sectoral Monitoring
AIR QUALITY MONITORING
WATER QUALITY MONITORING
RIVER BIOTA SAMPLING
MARINE SAMPLING
FOREST COVER & BIODIVERSITY
MULTI-SECTORAL MONITORING
WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
h Forest Protection
h Reforestation
h Alternative Livelihood
h Info Education
h Community Organization
FOREST PATROL
NURSERY
Stocks of rattan seedlings intended for replanting during of

plantation maintenance activities of TOFA
AZUPRE/ TUBLIJON AGROFORESTRY PROJECT
MANITO MANGROVE REHABILITATION PROJECT
REPLACEMENT PLANTING
(TOTAL COMPANY)
Project
Capacity
(Mwe)
Clearing
(Has.)
Replacement
(Has.)
Leyte
729
185
564
So. Negros
193
60
1,749
Bacon-Manito 110
105
963
104
66
778
26
278
579
4,147
Mt. Apo
No. Negros
Total
1,840
ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOOD
Women members of BFA during marketing in Dauin

Public Market area
INFO DRIVES
ORGANIZED COMMUNITIES
COMMUNITY RELATIONS THRUSTS

& PROGRAMS
HEALTH AND SANITATION
EDUCATION, TRAINING AND SPORTS
LIVELIHOOD AND SKILLS ENHANCEMENT
INFRASTRUCTURE PROGRAM
SOCIO-CULTURAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
BENEFITS
1.
Royalty from natural wealth

a. Province 20%
b. Town/City 45%
c. Barangay 35%
2. DOE benefits fund

3. Community Relations Program
80 % OF ROYALTY FOR ELECTRICITY PRICE

REDUCTION
SOCIAL FORESTRY PROJECT
PROJECT ACTIVITIES
h
COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION
h TECHNICAL TRAINING
OPERATIONS
MAINTENANCE
h ENTREPRENEURAL TRAINING
h MARKETING
h PHASE OUT
h SUPPORT FUND
Build-Up (CBU)
h MONITORING AND EVALUATION
NURSERY
PLANTATION ESTABLISHMENT
Capital
DOE Benefits Fund
SUMMARY OF PROJECT ENDORSEMENTS SECURED

(As of Nov. 25, 2002)
ENTITY
DATE ISSUED
A.
Sorsogon Provincial Council

(Sangguniang Panlalawigan)
May 27, 2002
B.
Sorsogon City Council

(Sangguniang Panlunsod)
C.
BARANGAYS
1. Brgy. Rizal, Sorsogon City
2. Brgy.Bulabog, Sorsogon City
3. Brgy. Bucalbucalan, Sorsogon City
4. Brgy. Capuy, Sorsogon City
5. Brgy. Ticol, Sorsogon City
6. Brgy. Basud, Sorsogon City
7. Brgy. Guinlajon, Sorsogon City
8. Brgy. San Juan, Sorsogon City
9. Brgy. Osiao, Sorsogon City
Jun. 14, 2002

Jun. 16, 2002
Jul. 3, 2002
Apr. 28, 2002
Jun. 7, 2002
Aug. 17, 2002
Jun. 22, 2002
Dec. 10, 2002
Jun. 22, 2002
PEOPLES ORGANIZATION
1. Tulungan Farmers Association
2. Rangas Farmers Association
3. Osiao Farmers Association, Inc.
Jul 12, 2002

May 26, 2002
Jul. 16, 2002
D.
REMARKS
Deferred action pending
submission of EIA per
attached certificate
Currently being secured
SITING CRITERIA FOR

TANAWON GEOTHERMAL PROJECT FACILITIES
1. Drilling Targets
The following shall serve as basis for location of drilling targets:
a. Target permeable geologic structures
b. The production wells required should be distributed so as to balance production while
maximizing output.
c. Injection wells should be strategically located to provide adequate reservoir pressure
in support of natural recharge, thus maintaining well productivities.
2. Civil works areas
The following factors should be taken into account in the final selection of the civil work
areas (roads, pads, quarry sites, support facilities such as camps, offices, staging areas,
etc.):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Natural drainage systems

Geomorphic conditions
Pedologic characteristics
Vegetation
Land use regulations
Public health and safety
3. Spoil Disposal Areas

Below should be considered in the selection of spoil disposal areas (SDAs):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Topographic depressions
Capacity
Accessibility and hauling distance
Vegetation
Restoration / rehabilitation
Old quarry sites can be reclaimed through its utilization as an SDA.

4. Holding Pond Area (Sumps and Thermal Ponds)
For holding pond areas, the following should be taken into account:
a. Original and stable ground. away from water bodies
b. Adequate area and capacity to include high rainfall scenarios and emergency
situations.
c. Proximity and elevation relative to wells and FCRS.
5. Fluid Collection and Reinjection/ Recycling System (FCRS)

a. Production and injection pads should consider proximity to the known targets, area,
ground stability, geologic structures, elevation and topography..
b. The pipeline should consider geologic structures, length and routing, topography,
ground and slope stability, vegetation and accessibility during construction and
maintenance.
c. Separator vessels / stations should consider space, ground stability, elevation,
proximity to well platforms / pads and waterways, and accessibility during
construction and maintenance.
d. Blow-off stations should consider ground stability, elevation, wind direction, noise
levels, surrounding vegetation, accessibility during construction and maintenance and
proximity to the pipeline routes.
e. Pad silencers should consider proximity to well pads, ground stability, elevation, wind
direction, noise levels, surrounding vegetation and accessibility during construction
and maintenance.
f. Control centers should consider proximity to power plant, FCRS, wind direction, noise
levels and space requirements.
6. Power Plant
The following will be the basis for power plants:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Available area, cost and ease of development

Proximity to FCRS.
Located away from geologic structures, altered grounds and on stable ground.
Least environmental impact of development and with due consideration to wind
direction, air dispersion modeling, noise levels, vegetation, population centers and
proximity to existing electrical systems.
e. Availability of water supply for cooling towers.
7. Switchyard and Transmission Line

In determining the location of the switchyard and transmission line tower sites, the following
should be considered:
a.
b.
f.
g.
h.
i.
stability of the ground and area requirements

accessibility during construction and maintenance
vegetation.
Proximity to power plant and existing electrical systems
Distance from pad silencers, blow-off stations and cooling towers
Population centers and agricultural lands
PRELIMINARY GLOBAL SLOPE STABILITY ANALYSIS

SLOPE 1:1 @ H=10m
FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 14.30 M
T
0.53
1.56
1.57
1.83
4.02
3.33
Hn
Zs
2.36 0.00 0.00
0.00
1.56
1.65
2.47 0.00 0.00
0.00
5.52
1.75
2.62 0.00 0.00
4.78
6.06
1.91
5.70
5.44
3 70
3.70
1.14
21.01
Ht
ZqtanO
1.09
0.06
0.19
1.50
1.05
0.08
0.23
1.48
1.04
4.02
2.82
0.22
0.48
3.81
2.66
0.27
0.60
3.75
2.63
0.00
5.52
3.87
0.40
0.66
5.13
3.59
0.50
0.83
5.03
3.52
2.87 0.00 0.00
0.00
6.06
4.24
0.57
0.73
5.49
3.84
0.72
0.91
5.34
3.74
2.18
3.28 0.00 0.00
0.00
5.44
3.81
0.68
0.65
4.76
3.33
0.85
0.82
4.59
3.21
5.28
5 28
2.71
2 71
4.07
4 07 0.00
0 00 0.00
0 00
0.00
0 00
5.28
5 28
3.70
3 70
0.44
0 44
0.63
0 63
4.84
4 84
3.39
3 39
0.55
0 55
0.79
0 79
4.73
4 73
3.31
3 31
1.33
2.55
3.83 0.00 0.00
0.00
1.33
0.93
0.14
0.16
1.19
0.83
0.17
0.20
1.15
0.81
FACTOR OF SAFETY
A. STATIC CONDITION (Effective Stresses)
FS 2.00 (SAFE)
3.51
18.70
Enq
Zq
Zp
20.46
ZptanO
Etq
Etp
0.00
ZstanO
1
------------
Enp
21.50
TRIAL
4.38
B. PSEUDOSTATIC CONDITION
FS
1.64 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
1.57 at 0.15g (SAFE)
18.26

SLOPE 1:1 @ H=10m
FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 16.60 M
T
0.71
3.32
2.04
2.97
8.92
Ht
Hn
Zs
3.06 0.00
0.00
0.00
3.32
2.10
3.16 0.00
0.00
0.00
10.28 19.51
3.39
5.09 0.00
0.00
17.45 20.80
3.94
5.91 0.00
11 17
11.17
5 45
5.45
8 18 0.00
8.18
0 00
42.58
8 60
8.60
25.39
Zq
ZqtanO
Zp
2.33
0.09
0.40
3.24
2.27
0.11
0.50
3.22
2.25
8.92
6.25
0.36
1.07
8.56
6.00
0.45
1.34
8.47
5.93
0.00
19.51
13.66
1.23
2.34
18.27
12.80
1.54
2.93
17.96
12.58
0.00
0.00
20.80
14.56
2.09
2.50
18.70
13.10
2.62
3.12
18.18
12.73
0 00
0.00
0 00
0.00
8 60
8.60
6 03
6.03
1 34
1.34
1 03
1.03
7 26
7.26
5 09
5.09
1 68
1.68
1 29
1.29
6 93
6.93
4 85
4.85
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS 1.60 (SAFE)
7.34
39.24
Enq
Etq
Etp
42.82
ZptanO
2
-------------
Enp
0.00
ZstanO
TRIAL
9.17
FS
1.29 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
1.23 at 0.15g (SAFE)
38.35

SLOPE 1:1 @ H=10m
FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 10.45 M
T
Hn
Zs
2.34
1.85
2.78 0.00 0.00
0.00
2.34
4.62 17.40
3.10
4.66 0.00 0.00
0.00
14.74 23.51
3.56
5.35 0.00 0.00
11.83
5.67
8.50 0.00 0.00
0.08
31.27
9.94
21.28
Ht
0.00
ZstanO
Etq
Zq
ZqtanO
Etp
Zp
1.64
0.01
0.28
2.33
1.63
0.01
0.35
2.33
1.63
17.40
12.18
0.55
2.09
16.84
11.79
0.69
2.61
16.71
11.70
0.00
23.51
16.46
1.77
2.82
21.74
15.23
2.21
3.53
21.30
14.92
0.00
9.94
6.96
1.42
1.19
8.52
5.97
1.77
1.49
8.17
5.72
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS 1.87 (SAFE)
6.38
34.62
Enq
3
-------------
Enp
37.24
ZptanO
TRIAL
7.98
FS
1.48 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
1.41 at 0.15g (SAFE)
33.96
LOCAL SLOPE STABILITY ANALYSIS

TANAWON PAD C1 SLOPE
FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 19.30 M
T
2.63
2.16
3.29
5.87
6.28
6.51
Ht
Hn
Zs
11.51 0.00
0.00
0.00
2.16
2.76
9.66 0.00
0.00
0.00
9.11
2.47
8.63 0.00
0.00
5.75 10.53
2.28
7.98 0.00
4 36 10.75
4.36
10 75
2 16
2.16
2.74
9.62
1.30
0.29
29.46
ZqtanO
1.51
0.32
0.26
1.84
1.29
0.39
0.32
1.76
1.23
6.28
4.40
0.70
0.75
5.58
3.91
0.88
0.94
5.40
3.78
0.00
9.11
6.38
0.78
1.09
8.33
5.83
0.98
1.37
8.14
5.70
0.00
0.00
10.53
7.37
0.69
1.26
9.84
6.89
0.86
1.58
9.67
6.77
7 57 0.00
7.57
0 00
0 00
0.00
0 00
0.00
10 75
10.75
7 53
7.53
0 52
0.52
1 29
1.29
10 22
10.22
7 16
7.16
0 65
0.65
1 61
1.61
10 09
10.09
7 07
7.07
2.08
7.27 0.00
0.00
0.00
9.62
6.73
0.33
1.15
9.29
6.50
0.41
1.44
9.21
6.45
7.49
2.03
7.11 0.00
0.00
0.00
7.49
5.24
0.16
0.90
7.33
5.13
0.19
1.12
7.29
5.11
3.99
2.50
8.76 0.00
0.00
0.00
3.99
2.79
0.04
0.48
3.95
2.77
0.04
0.60
3.95
2.76
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS 3.75 (SAFE)
7.19
39.49
Enq
Zq
Zp
41.96
ZptanO
Etq
Etp
0.00
ZstanO
1
-------------
Enp
68.49
TRIAL
8.99
FS
2.95 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
2.79 at 0.15g (SAFE)
38.87

FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 22.00 M
T
Ht
Hn
Zs
ZstanO
Enp
Etp
Zp
ZptanO
Enq
TRIAL
2
-------------
Etq
Zq
ZqtanO
0.71 12.46
4.81
16.83 0.00
0.00
0.00
12.46
8.72
0.09
1.50
12.37
8.66
0.11
1.87
12.35
8.65
3.75 18.22
3.06
10.72 0.00
0.00
0.00
18.22
12.76
0.45
2.19
17.77
12.44
0.56
2.73
17.66
12.36
7.96 22.32
3.19
11.15 0.00
0.00
0.00
22.32
15.63
0.96
2.68
21.37
14.96
1.19
3.35
21.13
14.79
12.14 22.77
3.41
11.92 0.00
0.00
0.00
22.77
15.94
1.46
2.73
21.31
14.92
1.82
3.42
20.95
14.67
14 34 18.87
14.34
18 87
3 79
3.79
13 25 0.00
13.25
0 00
0 00
0.00
0 00
0.00
18 87
18.87
13 21
13.21
1 72
1.72
2 26
2.26
17 15
17.15
12 01
12.01
2 15
2.15
2 83
2.83
16 72
16.72
11 71
11.71
4.52
15.83 0.00
0.00
0.00
7.49
5.24
0.93
0.90
6.56
4.59
1.17
1.12
6.32
4.43
79.71
0.00
7.78
46.67
7.49
71.51
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS
3.24 (SAFE)
12.26
67.59
15.32
FS
2.50 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
2.36 at 0.15g (SAFE)
66.61

FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 13.60 M
T
Ht
Hn
Zs
ZstanO
Enp
Etp
Zp
ZptanO
TRIAL
3
------------ZqtanO
Enq
Etq
Zq
-1.11 11.35
4.06
14.21 0.00
0.00
0.00
11.35
7.94
-0.13
1.36
11.48
8.04
-0.17
1.70
11.51
8.06
2.52 21.30
3.02
10.58 0.00
0.00
0.00
21.30
14.92
0.30
2.56
21.00
14.70
0.38
3.20
20.92
14.65
8.97 25.47
3.19
11.17 0.00
0.00
0.00
25.47
17.83
1.08
3.06
24.39
17.08
1.35
3.82
24.12
16.89
15.14 22.72
3.62
12.67 0.00
0.00
0.00
22.72
15.91
1.82
2.73
20.90
14.64
2.27
3.41
20.45
14.32
4 87
4.87
17 03 0.00
17.03
0 00
0 00
0.00
0 00
0.00
8 95
8.95
6 26
6.26
1 16
1.16
1 07
1.07
7 78
7.78
5 45
5.45
1 46
1.46
1 34
1.34
7 49
7.49
5 25
5.25
65.66
0.00
9 71
9.71
35.22
8 95
8.95
62.86
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS 3.65 (SAFE)
10.77
59.90
13.47
FS
2.73 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
2.56 at 0.15g (SAFE)
59.16

TANAWON ROAD TO C-1
FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 20.70 M
T
Hn
Zs
4.13
2.49
8.70 0.00 0.00
0.00
4.13
10.26 10.67
2.76
9.67 0.00 0.00
0.00
26.12 19.17
5.20
18.20 0.00 0.00
17.59
5.85
20.47 0.00 0.00
3.16
57.13
7.19
57.04
Ht
0.00
ZstanO
Etq
Zq
ZqtanO
Etp
Zp
2.89
0.38
0.50
3.75
2.63
0.47
0.62
3.66
2.56
10.67
7.47
1.23
1.28
9.43
6.61
1.54
1.60
9.13
6.39
0.00
19.17
13.42
3.13
2.30
16.03
11.23
3.92
2.88
15.25
10.68
0.00
7.19
5.04
2.11
0.86
5.08
3.56
2.64
1.08
4.55
3.19
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS 1.50 (SAFE)
4.94
24.02
Enq
1
-------------
Enp
28.82
ZptanO
TRIAL
6.17
FS
1.31 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
1.26 at 0.15g (SAFE)
22.82

TANAWON ROAD TO C-1
FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 23.30 M
T
Ht
Hn
Zs
ZstanO
Enp
Etp
Zp
ZptanO
Enq
TRIAL
2
-------------
Etq
Zq
ZqtanO
12.01 21.24
4.53
15.84 0.00 0.00
0.00
21.24
14.87
1.44
2.55
19.80
13.86
1.80
3.19
19.44
13.61
59.77 66.62
6.71
23.47 0.00 0.00
0.00
66.62
46.64
7.17
7.99
59.44
41.62
8.97
9.99
57.65
40.37
46.67 32.20
5.45
19.07 0.00 0.00
0.00
32.20
22.54
5.60
3.86
26.60
18.62
7.00
4.83
25.20
17.64
13.08
6.06
21.21 0.00 0.00
0.00
5.52
3.86
1.57
0.66
3.95
2.76
1.96
0.83
3.55
2.49
131.54
5.52
79.59
0.00
87.92
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS 1.27 (UNSAFE)
15.07
76.87
18.84
FS
1.07 at 0.12g (UNSAFE)
FS
1.02 at 0.15g (UNSAFE)
74.11

TANAWON ROAD TO C-1
FELLENIUS METHOD
RADIUS, R = 19.50 M
T
Ht
Hn
Zs
ZstanO
Enp
Etp
Zp
ZptanO
Enq
3
-------------
Etq
Zq
ZqtanO
1.63
10.35
7.25
3.62 10.89
2.67
9.35 0.00
0.00
0.00
10.89
7.63
0.43
1.31
10.46
7.32
41.12 70.08
5.77
20.18 0.00
0.00
0.00
70.08
49.07
4.93
8.41
65.15
45.62
6.17 10.51
63.91
44.75
63.76 59.92
7.72
27.03 0.00
0.00
0.00
59.92
41.96
7.65
7.19
52.27
36.60
9.56
8.99
50.36
35.26
10.42
5.56
19.45 0.00
0.00
0.00
4.86
3.41
1.25
0.58
3.61
2.53
1.56
0.73
3.30
2.31
76.01
0.00
118.92
4.86
102.06
FACTOR OF SAFETY
FS
1.497 (UNSAFE)
17.49
92.07
0.54
TRIAL
21.86
FS
1.23 at 0.12g (SAFE)
FS
1.18 at 0.15g (SAFE)
89.57
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-1: INVENTORY OF PLANTS WITHIN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 1
LOCATED AT 780m ASL, S53oE FROM DOTC TOWER, CAWAYAN
Q1 NE SLOPE
510
HABIT
USES
COT
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
27
FAMILY
Graminae
EC
Lycopodium cernum
17
Lycopodiaceae
COT
Imperata cylindrica
87
Graminae
Machaerina sp.
Cyperaceae
Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
COT
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
15
FAMILY
Graminae
EC
Lycopodium cernum
17
Lycopodiaceae
COT
Imperata cylindrica
35
Graminae
Q3 SW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
FAMILY
MT
TM
Casuarinaceae
COT
42
Graminae
OR
Nephentes ventricoza
Nepenthaceae
EC
Lycopodium cernum
23
Lycopodiaceae
COT
Imperata cylindrica
102
Graminae
Machaerina sp.
10
Cyperaceae
Q4 NW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
FAMILY
EC
Polygala sp.
12
Polyaeaceae
EC
Lycopodium cernum
36
Lycopodiaceae
ST
TM
Acacia mangium
Minosaceae
Machaerina sp.
Cyperaceae
COT
17
Graminae
ST
LA
COT
ST
LA
Melastomataceae
Imperata cylindrica
56
Graminae
Eurya nitida
Theaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-2 INVENTORY OF PLANTS WITHIN SAMPLE PLOT NO. 2
LOCATED AT 735m, S60oW FROM DOTC TOWER, CAWAYAN
Q1 NE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
MT
LA
ST
ST
248
DENSITY
DIA
MH
TH
Palaquium sp.
30
12
Sapotaceae
LA
Sterculia oblongata
13
Sterculiaceae
LA
Sterculia oblongata
14
TL
OR
Palmae
LA
Rubiaceae
ST
LA
Acer laurianum
Aceraceae
TL
LA
Pandanaceae
MT
CO
Cinnamomum mercadoi
Lauraceae
LA
COT
SCIENTIFIC NAME
FAMILY
Sterculiaceae
Araceae
Lygodium merrillii
Schizaeaceae
TL
LA
Pinanga insignis
Palmae
LA
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
LI
SEC
Dalbergia ferruginea
Popilionaceae
LI
SEC
Schozostachyum diffusum
Graminae
EC
Selaginellaceae
MT
LA
Rubiaceae
OR
Phaius sp.
Orchidaceae
EC
Selaginellaceae
MED
Smilax branchiata
Liliaceae
LA
Languas haenkei
Zingiberaceae
LI
COT
Calamus resitatus
Palmae
LI
LA
Fissistigma rufum
Annonaceae
LI
LA
Pandanaceae
OR
Melastomataceae
LI
COT
Calamus ornatus
Palmae
ST
LA
Sterculia oblongata
Sterculiaceae
MT
TM
Decaspermum frunticosum
Myrtaceae
OR
Asplenium tenerum
Aspleniaceae
EC
Procris frutescens
Cecropiaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-2 cont.
Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
MT
LT
LT
ST
F
MT
F
MT
ST
G
MT
TL
LT
ST
H
H
TL
F
LI
ST
F
MT
ST
F
F
H
LI
MT
TM
TM
TM
LA
LA
TM
OR
TM
LA
COT
LA
LA
TM
LA
LA
OR
OR
OR
SEC
LA
OR
LA
LA
LA
LA
W
LA
LA
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Syzygium nitidum
Syzygium nitidum
Sterculia oblongata
Cyathea collasa
Dipteris conjugata
Eurya nitida
Acer laurianum
Pandanus basiculasis
Shorea negrosensis
B
Begonia
i aequata
t
Symplocos polyandra
Neolitsea villosa
Cyathea contaminans
Cyathea callosa
Ficus subulata
Homalanthus alpinus
DENSITY
DIA
MH
TH
1
1
1
3
5
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
5
1
2
1
2
6
2
1
3
1
2
1
2
5
1
2
24
16
18
4
3
6
12
8
9
17
14
10
7
1
10
5
APPENDIX I-1
FAMILY
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Sterculiaceae
Cyatheaceae
Myrtaceae
Dipteridaceae
Myrtaceae
Theaceae
Graminae
Aceraceae
Pandanaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Melastomataceae
Araceae
B
Begoniaceae
i
Palmae
Gleicheniaceae
Graminae
Symplocaceae
Athyriaceae
Lauraceae
Araliaceae
Cyatheaceae
Cyatheaceae
Cyperaceae
Moraceae
Euphorbiaceae
TABLE 2.2.1-2 cont.
Q3 SW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
MT
LT
MT
ST
LI
F
H
MT
LT
TL
F
F
ST
H
LI
LI
MT
LI
MT
LI
S
H
ST
ST
TM
TM
LA
LA
COT
OR
OR
LA
TM
LA
LA
OR
LA
W
PO
PO
LA
OR
TM
LA
EC
LA
LA
FI
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Syzygium sp.
Syzygium nitidum
Astronia cumingiana
Sterculia oblongata
Calamus ornatus
Dicronapteris linearis
Syzygium nitidum
Pinanga insignis
Cyathea contaminans
Sterculia oblongata
Derris scandens
H
Homalanthus
l th alpinus
l i
Uncaria velutina
Procris frutescens
Languas haenkei
Guioa koelrenteria
Phaleria sp.
DENSITY
DIA
MH
TH
1
1
1
1
2
8
3
1
1
4
1
3
1
6
2
1
2
5
1
1
1
2
1
1
14
15
14
13
4
3
1
2
10
6
5
5
10
70
2
5
8
12
APPENDIX I-1
FAMILY
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Melastomataceae
Sterculiaceae
Palmae
Gleicheniaceae
Araceae
Mimosaceae
Myrtaceae
Palmae
Cyatheaceae
Davalliaceae
Sterculiaceae
Cyperaceae
Papilionaceae
Papilionaceae
E
Euphorbiaceae
h bi
Pandanaceae
Meliaceae
Rubiaceae
Cecropiaceae
Zingiberaceae
Sapindaceae
Thymelaeaceae
TABLE 2.2.1-2 cont

Q4 NW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
DIA
MH
TH
ST
LT
ST
MT
MT
ST
ST
MT
ST
TL
H
TL
F
F
ST
MT
F
TL
F
S
ST
LT
MT
MT
LT
F
MT
LT
LT
LT
MT
ST
MT
MT
MT
LT
MT
LI
LT
MT
MT
TL
LT
LA
TM
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
OR
EC
LA
LA
OR
LA
LA
OR
LA
LA
LA
LA
TM
TM
LA
TM
OR
TM
TM
TM
TM
LA
LA
LA
TM
LA
TM
LA
OR
TM
TM
LA
LA
TM
Sterculia oblongata
Shorea negrosensis
Sterculia oblongata
Sterculia oblongata
Sterculia oblongata
Heterosphathe philippinensis
Selaginella finixii
Cyathea callosa
Sphaerostephanos heterocarpus
Acer laurianum
Pinanga insignis
C th philippinensis
Cyathea
hili i
i
Guioa koelreuteria
Shorea negrosensis
Syzygium sp.
Acer laurianum
Shorea negrosensis
Arachniodes amabilis
Shorea negrosensis
Syzygium nitidum
Syzygium nitidum
Astronia cumingiana
Sterculia oblongata
Adina multiflora
Canarium barnesii
Syzygium nitidum
Litsea luzonica
Shorea negrosensis
Adina multiflora
Adinanthera intermedia
Pinanga insignis
Shorea negrosensis
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
2
6
2
1
3
3
3
2
4
3
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
14
16
13
10
18
10
32
15
12
30
2
3
3
4
8
8
8
10
40
17
50
39
14
12
18
16
29
14
16
17
8
5
5
6
2
2
4
4
5
4
2
8
16
10
15
11
6
7
12
9
10
8
8
11
19
14
2
2
7
8
12
10
FAMILY
Sterculiaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Araliaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Mimosaceae
Sterculiaceae
Sterculiaceae
Sapindaceae
Sterculiaceae
Palmae
Selaginellaceae
Palmae
Cyatheaceae
Thelypteridaceae
Melastomataceae
Aceraceae
Dovalliaceae
Palmae
C
Cyatheaceae
th
Melastomataceae
Sapindaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Myrtaceae
Aceraceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Dryopteridaceae
Myrtaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Melastomataceae
Sterculiaceae
Cunorriaceae
Rubiaceae
Burseraceae
Myrtaceae
Lauraceae
Pandanaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Rubiaceae
Mimosaceae
Palmae
Dipterocarpaceae
APPENDIX I-1
LOCATED AT 850m, N29oE DOTC TOWER, CAWAYAN
Q1 NE SLOPE
321
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA
MH
TH
MT
TM
Palaquium batanensis
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
LT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
ST
LA
Clethra lancifolia
MT
TM
FAMILY
18
10
Sapotaceae
30
Lauraceae
20
Lauraceae
30
Myrtaceae
12
Clethraceae
Syzygium calubcob
40
Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Astronia nolfei
23
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
23
Lauraceae
MT
LA
Neolitsea villosa
14
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
18
Myrtaceae
Rutaceae
MT
LA
Eudia sp.
13
MT
TM
Calophyllum blancoi
19
LA
12
Hypoxidaceae
Guttiferae
LA
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
Carex filicina
f
Cyperaceae
ST
LA
Melastomataceae
ST
LA
Symplocos polyandra
Symplocaceae
Sauramiaceae
MT
LA
OR
Asplenium indus
Aspleniaceae
ST
LA
Clethra lancifolia
Clethraceae
LI
OR
Pandanaceae
OR
Begonia oxysperma
Begoniaceae
LA
Cyrtandra humilis
Gesneriaceae
OR
Melastomataceae
LI
LA
Uvaria rufa
Annonaceae
OR
Nephrolipis biserrata
Dovalliaceae
11
Cyperaceae
Blumea reparia
Compositae
Cyatheaceae
LA
Cyathea contaminans
LI
SEC
Schizostachyum diffunum
Graminae
EC
Piper interruptum
Piperaceae
MT
TM
Calophyllum blancoi
Guttiferae
OR
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-3 cont.
Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
LT
MT
H
H
ST
MT
V
LI
MT
F
S
MT
F
F
H
H
LI
H
S
LI
F
LI
TL
F
H
F
TM
TM
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
SEC
LA
OR
MED
LA
OR
LA
EC
OR
COT
LA
OR
LA
LA
LA
LA
OR
OR
OR
Litsea luzonica
Languas musaefolia
Zingiber sylvaticum
Astronia discolor
Neolitsea villosa
Alyxia concatenata
Araiostigia hymenophylloides
Sarcandra globra
Astronia rolfei
Selaginella finixii
El t t
Elatostema
podophyllum
d h ll
Calamus ornatus
Begonia incisa
Cyathea contaminans
Ficus subulata
DENSITY DIA
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
2
2
4
2
5
1
3
7
1
12
1
3
7
5
1
4
5
1
82
17
MH
TH
4
1
10
4
FAMILY
Magnoliaceae
Lauraceae
Zingiberaceae
Zingiberaceae
Melastomataceae
Lauraceae
Apocynaceae
Graminae
Sauraniaceae
Dovalliaceae
Chloranthaceae
Melastomataceae
Thelypteridaceae
Marattiaceae
Selaginellaceae
U
Urticaceae
ti
Palmae
Hypoxidaceae
Begoniaceae
Pandanaceae
Cyatheaceae
Moraceae
Pandanaceae
Dryopteridaceae
Araceae
Aspidiaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-3 cont.
Q3 SW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
ST
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
ST
LT
MT
MT
LT
H
TL
F
H
H
MT
V
F
MT
F
F
H
H
ST
H
TL
H
MT
LA
LA
LA
TM
LA
TM
LA
LA
TM
LA
LA
TM
OR
LA
LA
OR
OR
LA
EC
OR
LA
LA
LA
EC
EC
LA
LA
LA
OR
LA
Melicope triphylla
Cleistanthus sp.
Astronia rolfei
Syzygium calubcob
Cleistanthus sp.
Adina multiflora
Litsea albayana
Schefflera sp.
Syzygium nitidum
Cleistanthus sp.
Syzygium calubcob
Shorea negrosensis
Alocasia zebrina
Dicsonia mollis
P th rumphii
Pothos
hii
Astronia rolfei
Alyxia concatenata
Astronia cumingiana
Cyathea contaminans
Cyathea callosa
Symplocos polyandra
Amydrium magnificum
DENSITY DIA
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
9
1
2
6
2
3
3
15
3
1
6
1
2
1
12
30
18
13
17
13
17
60
16
23
21
MH
TH
1
2
3
6
3
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
5
9
10
8
8
8
10
11
8
12
FAMILY
Rutaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Melastomataceae
Myrtaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Rubiaceae
Lauraceae
Araliaceae
Myrtaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Myrtaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Araceae
Palmae
Cyatheaceae
A
Araceae
Araceae
Melastomataceae
Apocynaceae
Polypodiaceae
Melastomataceae
Cyatheaceae
Cyatheaceae
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Symplocaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Pandanaceae
Araceae
Meliaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-3 cont.
Q4 NW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
MT
LT
MT
MT
MT
F
MT
TL
ST
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
ST
ST
V
F
H
TL
F
V
LI
H
MT
F
S
LI
S
MT
ST
F
TM
TM
TM
TM
TM
OR
LA
LA
LA
TM
LA
TM
TM
TM
LA
LA
LA
EC
LA
OR
OR
OR
OR
SEC
EC
TM
OR
LA
LA
OR
LA
MED
LA
Syzygium calubcob
Hopea sp.
Hopea sp.
Litsea luzonica
Syzygium calubcob
Canarium barnesii
Adina multiflora
Euodia sp.
Adina multiflora
Syzygium calubcob
Litsea perrototii
B l i d d
Boerlagiodendron
ttrilobatum
il b t
Astronia discolor
Piper arborescens
Cyathea callosa
Medinilla trianae
Cyrtandra humilis
Leea philippinensis
DENSITY DIA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
6
11
2
3
1
2
11
1
6
3
2
2
2
1
1
MH
TH
10
20
19
13
24
2
4
6
4
4
6
9
9
7
10
13
17
17
20
19
20
17
1
3
4
5
3
5
6
10
10
9
6
10
FAMILY
Myrtaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Lauraceae
Myrtaceae
Aspidiaceae
Burseraceae
Palmae
Caprifoliaceae
Rubiaceae
Rutaceae
Rubiaceae
Myrtaceae
Lauraceae
Sauraniaceae
A li
Araliaceae
Melastomataceae
Piperaceae
Cyatheaceae
Araceae
Palmae
Dryopteridaceae
Melastomataceae
Graminae
Selaginellaceae
Myrtaceae
Polypodiaceae
Gesneriaceae
Pandanaceae
Melastomataceae
Sauraniaceae
Leeaceae
Marattiaceae
APPENDIX I-1
LOCATED AT 865m ASL, N48oE DOTC TOWER, CAWAYAN
Q1 NE SLOPE
213
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
13
Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
40
Guttiferae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
10
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
25
10 Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
11
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
11
Clethraceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
17
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
12
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Litsea albayana
11
Lauraceae
ST
LA
Ficus obscura
21
Moraceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
11
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
15
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
19
Lauraceae
MT
LA
Astronia rolfei
14
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
Palaquium sp.
20
Sapotaceae
MT
LA
Astronia rolfei
10
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
29
10 Rubiaceae
MT
TM
Aglaia sp.
13
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
15
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Euodia sp.
17
Rutaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
18
Guttiferae
MT
TM
Palaquium sp.
18
Sapotaceae
MT
TM
Palaquium sp.
16
Sapotaceae
MT
TM
20
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
17
Elasocarpaceae
MT
TM
Palaquium sp.
13
Sapotaceae
LA
Cyatheaceae
LI
LA
Pandanaceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
Lauraceae
TL
OR
Palmae
Melastomataceae
Myrtaceae
Meliaceae
ST
LA
OR
Mapania cuspidata
Cyperaceae
ST
LA
Symplocos polyandra
Symplocaceae
LA
Cyathea integra
Cyatheaceae
TL
LA
Palmae
LA
Hypoxidaceae
EC
Selaginella finixii
Selaginelllaceae
OR
Amydrium magnificum
Araceae
OR
Melastomataceae
LI
COT
Calamus merrillii
Palmae
EC
Tetrastigma loheri
Vitaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-4 cont.

Q1 NE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
OR
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
Araceae
EP
OR
Archidaceae
OR
Asplenium nidus
Aspleniaceae
TL
OR
Palmae
LA
Dicsonia mollis
Cyatheaceae
MT
TM
Calophyllum blancoi
Guttiferae
MT
LA
Astronia cumugiana
Melastomataceae
Cyperaceae
OR
Araceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-4 cont.

Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
10
Clethraceae
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
36
Elaeocarpaceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
10
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
16
Elaeocarpaceae
MT
TM
Polaquium sp.
16
Sapotaceae
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
18
Elaeocarpaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
14
Guttiferae
MT
TM
11
Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
10
Guttiferae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
11
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Polaquium sp.
12
Sapotaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
12
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
15
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
12
Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cuminguana
13
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
36
Elaeocarpaceae
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
12
Elaeocarpaceae
MT
TM
Polaquium sp.
12
Sapotaceae
MT
LA
24
10 Magnoliaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
13
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
12
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
10
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Polaquium sp.
18
Sapotaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
16
EC
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
20
10 Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
16
Rubiaceae
Selaginellaceae
Myrtaceae
LA
Cyatheaceae
EC
Smilax bracteata
Liliaceae
OR
Gesneriaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-4 cont.
Q3 SW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
TM
Palaquium sp.
20
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
24
10 Rubiaceae
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
11
10 Clethraceae
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
14
MT
TM
20
10 Sapotaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
15
Melastomataceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
13
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
11
Rubiaceae
MT
LA
Cleistassthus sp.
17
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
15
Clethraceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
10
Melastomaceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
14
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
17
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
11
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
15
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
12
Rubiaceae
LA
Cyatheaceae
LA
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
Sapotaceae
Clethraceae
LA
Cyathea integra
Cyatheaceae
EC
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
Zingiberaceae
OR
Zingiber sylvaticum
LI
EC
Gnetum latifolium
Gnetaceae
LI
SEC
Graminae
EC
Tetrastigma loheri
Vitaceae
LA
Cyrtandra humilis
Gesneriaceae
OR
Araceae
OR
Alocasia zebrina
Araceae
TL
OR
Palmae
TL
OR
Palmae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-4 cont.
Q4 NW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
18
Elaeocarpaceae
MT
TM
Elaeocarpus sp.
14
Elaeocarpaceae
LT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
16
Myrtaceae
ST
LA
Helicia cumingiana
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
16
Clethraceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
29
10 Myrtaceae
MT
TM
30
10 Rubiaceae
MT
TM
42
MT
TM
26
10 Cunoviaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
13
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
35
Rubiaceae
MT
TM
Litsea albaya
20
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Litsea albaya
10
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Syzygium calubcob
16
LI
EC
Uncaria velutina
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
14
Clethraceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
13
Lauraceae
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
15
Clethraceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
16
Lauraceae
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
10
Clethraceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
13
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
12
Lauraceae
MT
LA
Clethra lancifolia
16
11 Clethraceae
MT
LA
Homolanthus alpinus
20
Euphorbiaceae
MT
TM
Litsea albaya
15
Lauraceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
19
11 Rubiaceae
LA
Cyatheaceae
EC
Smilax bracteta
Liliaceae
Gesneriaceae
Proteceae
Rubiaceae
Myrtaceae
Mrytaceae
Rubiaceae
OR
Dichrotrichum chrorisephalum
LA
Hypoxidaceae
LA
Zingiber sylvaticum
Zingiberaceae
LI
SEC
Graminae
ST
LA
Ficus ampelos
Moraceae
EC
Anyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
LI
LA
Pandanaceae
EP
OR
Eria philippinensis
Orchidaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
ST
MED
Ficus septica
Moraceae
LI
COT
Calamus merrillii
Palmae
LA
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
TL
LA
Palmae
EC
Rubus pectinellus
Rosaceae
ST
LA
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
OR
Alocasia zebrina
Araceae
OR
Araceae
OR
Araceae
LEGEND:
HABIT
LT
MT
ST
ST
H
F
LI
V
EP
TL
G
USES
Large tree
Medium tree
Small tree
Shrub
Herb
Fern
Lliana
Vine
Ephiphytic
Palm, Pandan
Grass
LA
OR
MED
CO
PO
SEC
FI
COT
EC
W
FC
GM
Landscaping
Ornamental
Medicinal
Condoment
Poison
Soil erosion control
Fiber
Cottage industry
Ecological
Weed
Fruit crop
Green manured
APPENDIX I-1
LOCATED AT 850m, N30oE DOTC TOWER, CAWAYAN
Q1 NE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
MED
342
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Sarcandra glabra
DENSITY DIA MH TH
2
FAMILY
Chloranthaceae
OR
Melastomataceae
TL
OR
Palmae
LA
Coleus igolotorum
Labiatae
OR
Amydrium magnificum
Araceae
OR
Davalliaceae
LA
Discocalyx montana
Myrsinaceae
OR
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
LI
OR
Pandanaceae
OR
10
MT
TM
Neonauclea nitida
26
Hypoxidaceae
ST
LA
Clethra lancifolia
10
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
11
10 Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
16
11 Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Clethra lancifolia
16
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
26
20 Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
11
12 Rubiaceae
Clethraceae
Clethraceae
Melastomataceae
TL
LA
Pandanus sp.
ST
LA
Clethra lancifolia
11
Clethraceae
Pandanaceae
ST
LA
Polyosma sp.
13
Saxifragaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
15
Guttiferae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
12
Rubiaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
16
Guttiferae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
20
11 Rubiaceae
MT
TM
12
12 Sapindaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
16
12 Melastomataceae
MT
TM
15
16 Magnoliaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
27
10 Rubiaceae
MT
LA
14
11 Cunoniaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
21
11 Rubiaceae
ST
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
10
13 Euphorbiaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
16
13 Rubiaceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
11
10 Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
15
13 Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
19
12 Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Clethra lancifolia
12
12 Clethraceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
11
11 Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
15
12 Euphorbiaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
14
11 Rubiaceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
13
12 Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
14
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
14
11 Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-5 cont.
Q1 NE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
LA
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
OR
Araceae
OR
Selaginellaceae
OR
Selaginellaceae
ST
LA
Guiao koelrenteria
Sapindaceae
OR
Dichrotrichum chroisephalum
Gesneriaceae
OR
Languas haenkei
Zingiberaceae
LI
COT
Calamus merrillii
Palmae
MED
Smilax bracheata
Liliaceae
OR
Orchidaceae
ST
LA
Eurya nitida
Theaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-5 cont.
Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
LA
13
MT
TM
25
12 Elaeocarpaceae
MT
TM
30
15 Magnoliaceae
MT
LA
Litsea luzonica
10
12 Lauraceae
MT
LA
Palaqium philippense
13
10 Sapotaceae
MT
TM
40
16 Elaeocarpaceae
FI
Musa textilis
OR
MT
LA
Palaqium botanensis
50
15 Sapotaceae
MT
TM
Neonauclea calycina
60
19 Rubiaceae
MT
LA
Astronia meyeri
19
16 Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
Euphorbiaceae
OR
Begonia aequata
Begoniaceae
EP
OR
Dendrochilum tenellum
Ordridaceae
OR
Scleroglossum sp
sp.
Grammitidaceae
MED
OR
ST
MED
LT
LA
ST
LA
ST
MED
MT
LA
Palaqium tenuipetiolatum
19
MT
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
21
13 Euphorbiaceae
MT
TM
23
17 Elaeocarpaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
16
13 Rubiaceae
19
13 Rubiaceae
Meliaceae
Musaceae
Dryopteridaceae
Sarcandra glabra
Chloranthaceae
Dovalliaceae
Ficus septica
Moraceae
Palmae
Discocalyx montana
Myrsinaceae
Ficus septica
Moraceae
Cyperaceae
14 Sapotaceae
MT
TM
Neonauclea nitida
OR
Lindsaea merrillii
MT
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
13
10 Euphorbiaceae
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
16
10 Rubiaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
10
ST
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
11
Euphorbiaceae
ST
TM
Syzygium sp.
11
Myrtaceae
ST
TM
Syzygium sp.
10
Myrtaceae
12
Myrtaceae
Lindsaeaceae
Guttiferae
MT
LA
Dillenia philippinensis
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
Dilleniaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
32
12 Mytraceae
ST
LA
10
Meliaceae
OR
Melastomataceae
OR
Selaginellaceae
OR
Selaginella finixii
Selaginellaceae
OR
Lindsaea merrillii
Lindsaeaceae
OR
Lomariopsidaceae
OR
Hypoxidaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-5 cont.
Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
LA
Neolitsea villosa
Lauraceae
MED
Sarcandra glabra
10
Chloranthaceae
OR
Catimbium speciosum
Zingiberaceae
OR
Asplenium nidus
Aspleniaceae
TL
LA
Palmae
OR
Begonia sp.
12
Begoniaceae
EC
Rubus pectinellus
Rosaceae
LI
OR
Pandanaceae
LI
COT
Calamus merrillii
Palmae
OR
Araceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-5 cont.
Q3 SW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
LA
14
11 Meliaceae
MT
TM
20
14 Magnoliaceae
OR
Melastomataceae
ST
LA
Discocalyx montana
Myrsinaceae
MT
TM
Mecihelia platyphylla
30
Magnoliaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
11
Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
11
13 Euphobiaceae
MT
TM
17
12 Magnoliaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
40
14 Guttiferae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
12
Euphobiaceae
MT
TM
Neonauclea calycina
25
Rubiaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
25
10 Myrtaceae
OR
TL
LA
Hypoxidaceae
Palmae
OR
Mapania cuspidata
10
Cyperaceae
LI
OR
Pandanaceae
MT
TM
MED
Smilax bracheata
45
13 Magnoliaceae
Liliaceae
OR
Lindsaea obtusa
Lindsaeaceae
OR
Lindsaeaceae
OR
Selaginellaceae
OR
Selaginellaceae
ST
LA
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
OR
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
LA
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
MT
LA
Combretaceae
MT
LA
Sapotaceae
LA
Cyatheaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-5 cont.
Q4 NW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
FAMILY
MT
LA
Euodia sp.
36
Rutaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
11
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
12
11 Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
17
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
14
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
14
12 Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
13
12 Euphorbiaceae
15
13 Euphorbiaceae
OR
Mapania cuspidata
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
Cyperaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
25
14 Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
16
13 Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
sp
15
10 Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
13
13 Guttiferae
MT
LA
11
10 Mimosaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
19
10 Guttiferae
MT
LA
MT
LA
Astronia meyeri
16
11 Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Cleistanthus sp.
14
15 Euphorbiaceae
TL
LA
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
10
13 Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
23
10 Guttiferae
MT
LA
15
11 Mimosaceae
OR
Melastomataceae
OR
Oleandra colubrina
Oleandraceae
Cyatheaceae
Cunoviaceae
Palmae
OR
Cyathea callosa
LA
Alyxia concatenata
Apocynaceae
LI
OR
Pandanaceae
OR
Davalliaceae
OR
Gesneriaceae
LA
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
OR
Selaginellaceae
OR
Selaginellaceae
OR
Araceae
ST
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
Sapindaceae
EP
OR
Orchidaceae
ST
LA
Helicia cumingiana
Proteaceae
LA
Coleus igolotorum
Lobiatae
EC
Rubus pectinellus
Rosaceae
OR
Asplenium nilus
Aspleniaceae
LI
SEC
Graminae
OR
Catimbium speciosum
Zingiberaceae
OR
Lomariopsidaceae
OR
Crypsinus taeniatus
Polypodiaceae
EC
Psychotria diffusa
Rubiaceae
OR
Begonia sp.
Begoniaceae
APPENDIX I-1
LOCATED AT 867m, S34oE DOTC TOWER, CAWAYAN
Q1 NE SLOPE
214
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
OR
Amydrium magnificum
LA
Cyathea callosa
OR
Lindsaea merrillii
EP
OR
Eria philippinensis
OR
MT
LA
Neolitsea villosa
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
12
12
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
20
11
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
19
13
MT
TM
40
14
MT
LA
Neolitsea villosa
14
11
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
18
13
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
18
10
MT
LA
Helicia cumingiana
13
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
22
11
MT
LA
Helicia cumingiana
13
MT
TM
18
13
MT
TM
14
11
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
25
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
19
MT
TM
Syzygium sp.
25
11
ST
LA
Sterculia oblongata
15
11
15
12
10
10
55
11
MT
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
OR
ST
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
MT
TM
EP
OR
Schefflera sp.
OR
Rhaphidophora monticula
MT
TM
Decaspernum fruticosum
LI
OR
Medinilla trianae
OR
Mapania cuspidata
LI
LA
Alyxia concatenata
LI
SEC
LA
LA
OR
Elaphoglossum lozunicum
MT
LA
EP
OR
OR
Oleandra colubrina
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-6 cont.
Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
LI
COT
Calamus merrillii
MT
LA
14
10
MT
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
12
12
10
MT
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
12
MT
TM
10
11
MT
TM
18
12
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
27
11
16
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
29
15
LI
OR
Medinilla trianae
OR
Diplozium cumingii
MT
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
16
11
MT
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
13
12
MT
LA
20
10
MT
LA
Astronia rolfei
10
MT
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
11
MT
LA
11
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
10
MT
TM
14
MT
LA
Litsea luzonica
16
MT
LA
Litsea luzonica
13
10
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
14
12
MT
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
17
MT
TM
20
13
MT
LA
Garcinia dulcis
15
12
MT
LA
Guioa koelreuteria
17
12
MT
TM
20
10
MT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
11
MT
TM
13
MT
TM
12
10
MT
TM
15
10
ST
LA
Itea macrophylla
ST
LA
Ardisia sp.
1
1
ST
LA
Clethra lancifolia
MT
LA
Helicia cumingiana
LI
COT
Calamus arnatus
ST
OR
LI
OR
ST
MED
ST
F
Sarcandra glabra
LA
11
LA
EC
Tetrastigma loheri
OR
Amydrium magnificum
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-6 cont.
Q2 SE SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
EC
OR
Asplenium tenerum
OR
Dryopteris sparsa
ST
LA
MT
TM
ST
LA
Eurya nitida
MED
ST
LA
Smilax orachiata
Psychotria sp.
LI
COT
LA
Languas haenkei
1
2
TL
OR
Pinanga geonomoeformus
MT
TM
OR
Medinilla clementis
EP
OR
Eria philippinensis
TL
OR
OR
Alocasia zebrina
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-6 cont.
Q3 SW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
19
10
MT
TM
25
12
MT
LA
Litsea luzonica
24
19
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
11
MT
LA
Polyosma sp.
15
11
ST
LA
Sterculia oblongata
ST
LA
Discocalyx montana
MT
TM
Neonauclea calycina
14
MT
LA
Polyosma sp.
14
OR
Medinilla clementis
EP
OR
Eria philippinensis
LT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
13
LT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
16
10
MT
LA
Litsea luzonica
12
MT
LA
Polyosma sp.
10
LT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
23
10
32
LT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
MT
TM
Calophyllum blancoi
MT
TM
Dysoxylum grandiflorum
EC
Selaginella finixii
LI
EC
Alyxia concatenata
EC
Tetrastigma loheri
TL
OR
TL
OR
Pinanga geonomoeformis
MT
LA
Neolitsea villosa
ST
OR
LA
Languas haenkei
OR
Amydrium magnificum
OR
Crypsinus taeniatus
ST
LA
Itea macrophylla
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-6 cont.
Q4 NW SLOPE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DIA MH TH
MT
TM
45
10
MT
TM
14
OR
Asplenium nidus
2
1
OR
MT
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
14
MT
LA
Homalanthus alpinus
13
MT
TM
28
10
ST
LA
Sterculia oblongata
20
12
MT
TM
10
EC
Piper interruptum
MT
TM
12
10
MT
TM
12
10
MT
TM
13
10
MT
TM
30
16
LT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
19
11
OR
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
18
12
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
11
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
15
10
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
16
11
MT
TM
Adina multiflora
12
10
OR
OR
LA
Psychotria sp.
OR
Oleandra colubrina
Sarcandra glabra
MED
OR
EC
Rubus pectinellus
OR
Amydrium magnificum
OR
FAMILY
Araceae
Cyatheaceae
Lindsaeaceae
Orchidaceae
Thelypteridaceae
Lauraceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Lauraceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Proteaceae
Rubiaceae
Proteaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Myrtaceae
Rubiaceae
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Sterculiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Sapindaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Araliaceae
Cyperaceae
Araceae
Myrtaceae
Melastomataceae
Cyperaceae
Apoaynaceae
Graminae
Melastomataceae
Cyatheaceae
Lomariopsidaceae
Cunoviaceae
Orchidaceae
Oleandraceae
FAMILY
Palmae
Meliaceae
Sapindaceae
Sapindaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Myrtaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Melastomataceae
Athyriaceae
Sapindaceae
Sapindaceae
Sapotaceae
Melastomataceae
Euphorbiaceae
Meliaceae
Rubiaceae
Myrtaceae
Lauraceae
Lauraceae
Guttiferae
Sapindaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Guttiferae
Sapindaceae
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Sapotaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Sapotaceae
Saxifragaceae
Myrsinaceae
Clethraceae
Proteaceae
Palmae
Araliaceae
Pandanaceae
Chloranthaceae
Acanthaceae
Cyatheaceae
Vitaceae
Araceae
FAMILY
Selaginellaceae
Aspleniaceae
Dryopteridaceae
Melastomataceae
Myrtaceae
Theaceae
Liliaceae
Rubiaceae
Pandanaceae
Zingiberaceae
Palmae
Sapotaceae
Melastomataceae
Orchidaceae
Palmae
Araceae
FAMILY
Rubiaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Lauraceae
Rubiaceae
Saxifragaceae
Sterauliaceae
Myrsinaceae
Rubiaceae
Saxifragaceae
Melastomataceae
Orchidaceae
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Lauraceae
Saxifragaceae
Myrtaceae
Myrtaceae
Guttiferae
Meliaceae
Selaginellaceae
Apocynaceae
Vitaceae
Palmae
Palmae
Lauraceae
Araliaceae
Zingiberaceae
Araceae
Polypodiaceae
Saxifragaceae
FAMILY
Myrtaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Aspleniaceae
Dryopteridaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Myrtaceae
Sterculiaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Piperaceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Elaeocarpaceae
Sapotaceae
Myrtaceae
Aspleniaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Melastomataceae
Hypoxidaceae
Rubiaceae
Oleandraceae
Chloranthaceae
Araceae
Rosaceae
Araceae
Gesneriaceae
APPENDIX I-1
LOCATED AT 265m, HYDRO, CAWAYAN, SORSOGON
278
HABIT
USES
ST
ST
ST
ST
LT
LT
LT
H
MT
ST
LT
ST
LI
ST
MT
MT
H
F
F
H
MT
H
MT
F
G
LT
ST
H
ST
LI
H
H
H
MT
G
MT
H
H
LA
LA
MED
LA
LA
FC
MED
LA
LA
GM
TM
LA
SEC
LA
TM
TM
LA
OR
OR
EC
LA
MED
LA
LA
LA
TM
LA
W
LA
EC
MED
W
MED
LA
W
LA
MED
W
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
FAMILY
Crypteroniaceae
Ficus obscura
Moraceae
Ficus septica
Moraceae
Acalypha amentacea
Euphorbiaceae
Artocarpus sericarpus
Moraceae
Mangifera indica
Anacardiaceae
Apocynaceae
Costus speciosus
Zingiberaceae
Euodia confusa
Rutaceae
Mimosaceae
Pterocarpus indicus
Papilionaceae
Rubiaceae
Graminae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Guttiferae
10
Araceae
Davalliaceae
Christella arida
Thelypteridaceae
Selaginellaceae
Macaranga hispida
Euphorbiaceae
Compositae
Astronia meyeri
Melastomataceae
Maratthiaceae
Paspalum conjugotum
12
Graminae
Shorea contorta
Dipterocarpaceae
Micromelon minutum
Rutaceae
Ludwigia octavalvis
Inagraceae
Euphorbiaceae
Icacinaceae
Moraceae
Inagraceae
Ageratum conyzoides
Compositae
Canarium hirsutum
Burseraceae
Eragrostis pilosa
Graminae
Macaranga bicolor
Euphorbiaceae
Composite
Lythraceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-7 cont.
HABIT
USES
H
ST
V
ST
LI
ST
MT
H
F
MT
MT
ST
F
G
G
LI
MT
F
V
F
MT
ST
G
MT
H
MT
H
H
F
H
F
F
F
ST
MT
LT
V
H
MT
MT
MED
LA
PO
LA
EC
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
COT
COT
LA
LA
LA
EC
LA
TM
LA
W
TM
EC
LA
EC
MED
LA
W
LA
LA
LA
LA
TM
TM
OR
LA
LA
LA
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
FAMILY
Mimosa pudica
Mimosaceae
Ficus cumingii
Moraceae
Papilionaceae
Breynia cernua
Euphorbiaceae
Tetracera scandens
Dilleniaceae
Ficus pseudopalma
Moraceae
Apocynaceae
Araceae
Cyathea integra
Cyatheaceae
Myristicaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Melastomataceae
Blechnum orientale
Blechnaceae
Graminae
Thysonalaena maxima
Graminae
Pandanaceae
Guioa diptera
Sapindaceae
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
Dioscoreaceae
Asplenium nidus
Aspleniaceae
Casuarinaceae
Urticaceae
Centotheca lappacea
Graminae
Toona calantas
Meliaceae
Selaginellaceae
Turpinia pomifera
Staphyllaceae
Musa acuminata
Musaceae
Verbenaceae
Polypodiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Christella dendata
Thelypteridaceae
Sphaerostephanos unitus
Thelypteridaceae
Thelypteridaceae
Ficus sp.
Moraceae
Bignoniaceae
Samanea saman
Mimosaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Kolowratia elegans
Zingiberaceae
Astronia cumingiana
Melastomataceae
Acer laurianum
Aceraceae
OR
Araceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-7 cont.
HABIT
USES
TL
ST
H
MT
G
H
ST
ST
MT
MT
S
S
F
MT
LI
ST
M
MT
MT
LT
F
ST
MT
H
LT
V
LA
LA
W
TM
COT
EC
FI
LA
TM
TM
LA
FI
COT
LA
LA
PO
TM
LA
LA
MED
LA
LA
LA
OR
MED
PO
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
1
FAMILY
Pandanaceae
Melicope triphylla
Rutaceae
Cyperaceae
Litsea perrotettii
Lauraceae
Imperata cylindria
31
Graminae
Selaginellaceae
Colona serratifolia
Tiliaceae
Agavaceae
Neonauclea vidalii
Rubiaceae
Hedyotis prostrata
Rubiaceae
Hedyotis prostrata
Rubiaceae
Wilksroemia lanceolata
Thymelaeaceae
Lygodium cercinatum
Schizaeaceae
Guioa koelrenteria
Sapindaceae
Papilionaceae
Anacardiaceae
Artocarpus ovatus
Moraceae
Ficus minahassae
Moraceae
Cassia fistula
Caesalpiniaceae
Alstonia scholaris
Apocynaceae
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
Melastomataceae
Polyscias nudosa
Araliaceae
Campanulaceae
Apocynaceae
Dioscorea hispida
Dioscoreaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-8 INVENTORY OF PLANTS WITHIN SAMPLE PLOT
LOCATED AT 630m PAD A - BOTONG
PLOT II - QI NE
136
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DBH MH
MT
TM
Neonauclea calycina
23
MT
TM
12
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
18
ST
PO
14
ST
TM
Syzygium simile
13
MT
TM
15
MT
TM
38
12
MT
LA
17
MT
TM
Terminalia nitens
38
ST
PO
14
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
13
MT
TM
14
MT
TM
Neonauclea calycina
y
15
MT
LA
13
MT
TM
14
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
12
MT
TM
24
MT
TM
24
12
MT
LA
40
10
MT
TM
Terminalia nitens
14
MT
TM
30
15
MT
TM
25
15
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
15
MT
TM
Neonauclea calycina
23
10
MT
TM
20
15
MT
LA
16
TL
LA
LI
COT
Calamus discolor
ST
H
LA
Euonynus javanicus
LA
Phynuim philippinense
LA
Moleneria capitulota
OR
ST
LA
Helicia cumingiana
LI
LA
Freycinetia Vidalii
OR
Asplenuim tenerum
OR
Sellaginella finixis
16
OR
Mapania cuspidata
OR
Cositus speciosus
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-8 cont.
PLOT II - Q2 SE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DBH MH
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
30
MT
TM
14
MT
TM
32
20
MT
TM
23
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
18
MT
TM
24
20
MT
TM
30
20
ST
LA
Ficus botryocarpa
13
MT
TM
18
12
MT
TM
24
MT
TM
Neonauclea Vidalii
14
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
12
ST
LA
Ficus benguetensis
14
MT
TM
13
MT
TM
Dysoxylum
grandifolium
y y
g
12
MT
LA
Ficus irisana
14
MT
TM
Neonauclea Vidalii
24
10
MT
TM
Neonauclea Vidalii
12
MT
TM
25
MT
TM
36
12
MT
TM
26
10
ST
PO
19
MT
TM
26
20
12
MT
TM
COT
Musa textilis
TL
LA
Caryota rumphiana
TL
LA
Pinanga maculata
TL
LA
OR
Selaginella finixis
LA
LA
LA
Molinenia capitulata
OR
Boerlagiodendron trilobotum
OR
Mapania cuspidata
LI
LA
Freycinetia vidalii
OR
Lindsaea merrillii
LI
OR
Medinilla trianae
OR
Cyrtandra humilis
LI
COT
Calamus discolor
OR
OR
Itea macrophylla
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-8 cont.
PLOT II - Q3 SW
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
MT
LA
Dithecellobium clypeoria
MT
TM
MT
LA
MT
MT
DENSITY DBH MH
1
16
24
10
32
TM
Litsea luzonica
13
TM
20
MT
LA
12
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
25
14
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
19
MT
TM
15
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
30
MT
TM
16
MT
LA
Polyscias nodosa
15
12
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
30
MT
TM
Dillenia sp.
19
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
g
14
MT
TM
Neonauclea vidalii
25
12
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
25
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
21
MT
TM
40
20
ST
MED
Cinnamomum mercadoi
14
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
12
MT
TM
Neonauclea vidalii
14
MT
TM
Diospyrus ahernii
16
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
13
MT
TM
Phynium philippense
LT
TM
Shorea palosapis
OR
Mapania cuspidata
LA
LA
Selaginella finixis
13
ST
LA
Iteamacrophylla
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-8 cont.
PLOT II - Q4 NW
HABIT
USES
MT
TM
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY
DBH
MH
48
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
24
ST
LA
Ficus botryocarpa
11
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
14
MT
TM
11
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
17
MT
LA
32
MT
LA
30
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
22
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
22
MT
TM
Dillenia sp.
20
MT
LA
Ficus nota
60
MT
TM
Litsea luzonica
19
MT
TM
20
10
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
g
17
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
24
MT
TM
19
LT
TM
Shorea squamata
16
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
13
OR
ST
LA
Helicia cumingiana
LA
Zingeber sylvaticum
COT
Donax cannaeformis
OR
Selaginella finixis
16
LI
OR
Medinilla trianae
MED
Chloranthus elatios
MED
Sarcandra glabua
LA
Phrynuim philippense
LA
16
OR
Mapania cuspidata
FAMILY
Rubiaceae
Myrtaceae
Lauraceae
Anacardiaceae
Myrtaceae
Meliaceae
Guttiferae
Saurauiaceae
Combretaceae
Urticaceae
Melastomataceae
Myrtaceae
Rubiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Myrtaceae
Melastomataceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Sapotaceae
Combretaceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Melastomataceae
Rubiaceae
Guttiferae
Saurauiaceae
Palmae
Palmae
Celastraceae
Marantaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Saxifragaceae
Proteaceae
Pandanaceae
Aspleniaceae
Selaginellaceae
Cyperaceae
Zingiberaceae
FAMILY
Melastomataceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Meliaceae
Melastomataceae
Guttiferae
Guttiferae
Moraceae
Guttiferae
Meliaceae
Rubiaceae
Melastomataceae
Moraceae
Combretaceae
Meliaceae
Moraceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Sapotaceae
Anacardiaceae
Sapotaceae
Sapotaceae
Musaceae
Palmae
Palmae
Palmae
Selaginellaceae
Acanthaceae
Marantaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Araliaceae
Cyperaceae
Pandanaceae
Lindsaeaceae
Melastomataceae
Gesneriaceae
Palmae
Lomariopsidaceae
Saxifragaceae
FAMILY
Mimosaceae
Sapotaceae
Apocynaceae
Lauraceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Mimosaceae
Lauraceae
Lauraceae
Sapindaceae
Melastomaceae
Dilleniaceae
Araliaceae
Melastomaceae
Dilleniaceae
Melastomaceae
Rubiaceae
Lauraceae
Melastomaceae
Sapotaceae
Lauraceae
Melastomaceae
Rubiaceae
Ebenaceae
Lauraceae
Marantaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Cyperaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Selaginellaceae
Saxifragaceae
FAMILY
Sapotaceae
Melastomataceae
Moraceae
Melastomataceae
Elaeocarpaceae
Melastomataceae
Apocynaceae
Saurauiaceae
Melastomataceae
Melastomataceae
Dilleniaceae
Moraceae
Lauraceae
Guttiferae
Melastomataceae
Melastomataceae
Myrtaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Melastomataceae
Escaloniaceae
Proteaceae
Zingibraceae
Marantaceae
Silaginellaceae
Melastomataceae
Chloranthaceae
Chloranthaceae
Marantaceae
Hypoxidaceae
Cyperaceae
APPENDIX I-1
LOCATED AT 530m PAD B - CAWAYAN
46
PLOT I - QI NE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DBH MH
FAMILY
ST
LA
13
Ulmaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
40
Sterculiaceae
MT
LA
17
MT
TM
10
1.5 Saurauiaceae
2
Sapotaceae
MT
TM
20
Myrtaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
17
Sterculiaceae
MT
TM
22
Sapotaceae
MT
TM
12
Sapotaceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
20
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
22
Guttiferae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
16
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
12
Euphorbiaceae
MT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
20
Myrtaceae
ST
LA
12
Rubiaceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
14
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
12
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Ficus nota
14
Moraceae
MT
TM
Syzygium nitidum
17
Myrtaceae
MT
TM
17
Sapotaceae
ST
COT
18
Olacaceae
MT
TM
40
Elaeocarpaceae
OR
Asplenium persicifolium
15
Aspleniaceae
OR
Bolbitis senuata
Lomariopsidaceae
TL
LA
Palmae
TL
LA
Caryota rumphiana
Palmae
LI
COT
Calamus ornatus
Palmae
LA
16
Araceae
RC
Dioscorea elmeri
Dioscoreaceae
LA
Cyrtandra humilis
Gesneriaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-9 cont.
PLOT I - Q2 SE
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DBH MH
FAMILY
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
24
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
19
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
Ficus minlahassae
24
Moraceae
MT
LA
Polyscias nodosa
15
Araliaceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
23
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
20
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
24
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
18
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
13
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
16
Euphorbioceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
60
Sterculiaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
20
Sterculiaceae
MT
LA
Macaranga hispida
23
Euphorbioceae
MT
LA
Ficus irisana
18
Noraceae
MT
LA
Ficus irisana
18
Noraceae
MT
LA
Ficus irisana
18
Noraceae
MT
LA
Ficus irisana
18
Noraceae
COT
Donax eannaeformis
Marantaceae
LA
Marantaceae
LA
Phrynium philippense
Marantaceae
OR
Forrestia hispida
Commelinaceae
ST
PO
Anacardiaceae
LA
Araceae
OR
Asplenium persicifolum
Aspleniaceae
OR
Bolbitis sinuata
Lomariopsidaceae
TL
LA
Areca camarenensis
Plamae
OR
Lomariopsidaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-9 cont.
PLOT I - QI SW
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DBH MH
FAMILY
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
15
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Astronia cumingiana
17
Melastomataceae
MT
LA
Ficus irisana
16
Moraceae
ST
LA
21
Urticaceae
ST
LA
14
Urticaceae
ST
LA
15
Urticaceae
ST
LA
16
Urticaceae
MT
LA
Polycias nodosa
12
Araliaceae
ST
LA
14
Urticaceae
ST
LA
12
Urticaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
10
Sterculiaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
29
Sterculiaceae
ST
LA
12
Urticaceae
ST
PO
10
Anacardiaceae
ST
LA
13
Urticaceae
MT
TM
13
Sapotaceae
MT
TM
19
Sapotaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
30
OR
Pectaria decurrens
Aspidiaceae
LA
Marattiaceae
LI
LA
Ficus subulata
Moraceae
TL
LA
Palmae
Sterculiaceae
TL
LA
Caryota rumphiana
Palmae
OR
Rhaphidophova pinnata
Araceae
ST
LA
Chisocheton cumingianus
Meliaceae
ABACA
Musa textilis
Musaceae
LA
Cyathea callosa
Cyatheaceae
MT
TM
Neonauclea calycina
Rubiaceae
OR
Cyrtandra humilis
Geeneriaceae
MED
Sarcandra glabra
Chloranthaceae
APPENDIX I-1
TABLE 2.2.1-9 cont.
PLOT I - Q4 NW
HABIT
USES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
DENSITY DBH MH
FAMILY
MT
LA
Macauanga hispida
19
Euphorbiaceae
ST
LA
12
Ulmaceae
ST
PO
13
Anacardiaceae
LT
TM
Shorea palosapis
34
Dipterocarpaceae
MT
TM
18
Myrtaceae
MT
LA
Macauanga hispida
20
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
13
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
39
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
50
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
18
Euphorbiaceae
MT
LA
35
Euphorbiaceae
MT
TM
33
Sapotaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
12
Sterculiaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
12
Sterculiaceae
MT
FI
Kleinhovia hospita
12
Sterculiaceae
OR
Forrestia hispida
Commelinaceae
LA
Saurauia copelandii
Saurauiaceae
LI
COT
Calamus ornatus
Palmae
OR
Bolbitis sinuata
Lomariopsidaceae
LI
LA
Freycinetia vidalii
Pandanaceae
LI
LA
Cecropiaceae
MT
LA
Acer laurianum
Aceraceae
LA
Tetrastegma loheri
Vitaceae
OR
Blechnum orientale
Plechnaceae
LA
Cyathea contaminans
Cyatheaceae
APPENDIX I-2
Table 2.2.2-1: Species Accounts of Wildlife Observed in Tanawon Geothermal Project Site
SPECIES
COMMON NAME
ECOLOGICAL STATUS
CLASS: AMPHIBIA- Amphibians

ORDER: ANURA - Frogs and Toads
FAMILY: RANIDAE - True Frogs
1. Occidozyga laevis Common Puddle Frog
2. Platymantis corrugatusCommon Forest Frog
3. Rana signata Variable-backed Frog
4. Rana woodworthi Woodworths Frog
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Common Resident
Uncommon Endemic
FAMILY: RHACOPHORIDAE - Tree Frogs

5. Polypedates leucomystax Common Tree Frog
6. Rhacophorus pardalis Gliding Tree Frog
Common Resident
Common Resident
FAMILY: MICROHYLIDAE - Narrow-mouthed Frogs

7. Kaloula conjuncta Common Narrow-mouthed Frog
Common Endemic
CLASS: REPTILIA Reptiles

ORDER: SQUAMATA - Scaled Reptiles
SUB-ORDER: SAURIA - Lizards
FAMILY: GEKKONIDAE -Geckoes and House Lizards
1. Cosymbotus platyurus Flat-tailed House Lizard
2. Gehyra mutilata Tender-skinned House Lizard
3. Gekko gecko Towkay Gecko
4. Hemidactylus frenatus Spiny-tailed House Lizard
Common Resident
Common Resident
Common Resident
Common Resident
FAMILY: SCINCIDAE - Skinks

5. Lamprolepis smaragdina Green Tree Skink
6. Mabuya multifasciata Common Ground Skink
7. Sphenomorphus steeri Dwarf Ground Skink
8. Tropidophorus grayi Spiny Waterside Skink
Common Resident
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
FAMILY: VARANIDAE - Monitor Lizards

9. Varanus salvator Malay Monitor Lizard
Protected Resident
SUB-ORDER: SERPENTES - Snakes

FAMILY: PYTHONIDAE - Pythons
10. Python reticulatus Reticulated Python
Protected Resident
FAMILY: COLUBRIDAE - Non-Venomous Snakes

11. Ahaetulla prasina Common Vine Snake
12. Chrysopelea paradisi Paradise Snake
13. Dendrelaphis pictus Bronze-backed Snake
14. Gonyosoma oxycephala Green Arboreal Snake
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Common Resident
Common Resident
FAMILY: VIPERIDAE - Vipers and Pit Vipers

15. Trimeresurus flavomaculatus Philippine Pit Viper
Rare Endemic
CLASS: AVES Birds

ORDER: FALCONIFORMES - Diurnal Birds of Prey or Raptors
FAMILY: ACCIPITRIDAE - Buzzards, Eagles, Hawks, and Kites
1. Accipiter soloensis
Chinese Goshawk
Common Migrant
2. Accipiter virgatus Philippine Sparrow-Hawk
Common Endemic
3. Spilornis holospilus Philippine Serpent Eagle
Common Endemic
ORDER: GALLIFORMES - Gallinaceous Birds

FAMILY: PHASIANIDAE - Pheasants, Quails, and Wild Fowls
4. Gallus gallus gallus Red Jungle Fowl
Common Resident
ORDER: COLUMBIFORMES - Pigeons and Allies
FAMILY: COLUMBIDAE - Doves and Pigeons
5. Chalcophaps indica Emerald Dove
6. Ducula aenea Green Imperial Pigeon
7. Gallicolumba luzonica Luzon Bleeding-heart Pigeon
8. Geoplelia striata
Zebra Dove
9. Macropygia phasianella Philippine Cuckoo Dove
10. Phapitreron leucotis Brown Fruit Dove
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Threatened Endemic
Common Resident
Common Endemic
ORDER: PSITTACIFORMES - Parrots and Allies

Common Endemic
11. Treron vernans Pink-necked Green Pigeon
Common Resident
FAMILY: PSITTACIDAE - Cockatoos, Lorikeets, Parrots, and Parakeets
12. Cuculus fugax
Hodgsons Hawk
Common Resident
13. Bolbopsittacus lunulatus Guiabero
Common Endemic
14. Loriculus philippensis Philippine Hanging Parakeet
Threatened Endemic
15. Tanygnathus lucionensis Blue-naped Parrot
Threatened Endemic
ORDER: CUCULIFORMES - Cuckoos and Allies
FAMILY: CUCULIDAE - Cuckoos and Coucals
16. Centropus bengalensis Lesser Coucal
17. Cacomantis merulinus
Plaintive Cuckoo
18. Centropus viridis Philippine Coucal
19. Phoenicophaeus cumingi
Scale-feathered Malkoha
20. Phoenicophaeus superciliosusRough-crested Cuckoo
Common Resident
Common Migrant
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
ORDER: STRIGIFORMES- Owls and Allies

FAMILY: STRIGIDAE - Owls
21. Bubo philippensis Philippine Horned Owl
22. Otus megalotis Philippine Screech Owl
Threatened Endemic
Common Endemic
ORDER: APODIFORMES - Swifts and Allies

FAMILY: APODIDAE - Swifts and Swiftlets
23. Apus affinis Common House Swift
24. Apis pacificus White-Rumped Swift
25. Chaetura picina Philippine Needle-tail Swift
26. Collocalia esculentaPhilippine Glossy Swiftlet
27. Collocalia troglodytes Pygmy Swiftlet
28. Hirundapus giganteus Malaysian Needle-tail Swift
Common Resident
Common Resident
RareEndemic
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
Rare Resident
ORDER: CORACIIFORMES - Rollers and Allies

FAMILY: ALCEDINIDAE - Kingfishers
29. Actenoides lindsayi Forest Kingfisher
30. Alcedo atthis River Kingfisher
31. Ceyx melanurus Dwarf River Kingfisher
32. Halcyon chloris collaris White-collared Kingfisher
Rare Endemic
Common Migrant
Common Endemic
Common Resident
FAMILY: BUCEROTIDAE - Hornbills

33. Buceros hydrocorax Rufous Hornbill
34. Penelopides panini Tarictic Hornbill
Threatened Endemic
Threatened Endemic
ORDER: PICIFORMES - Woodpeckers and Allies

FAMILY: PICIDAE - Woodpeckers
35. Chrysocolaptes lucidus Crimson-backed Woodpecker
36. Dendrocopus maculatus
Philippine Pygmy Woodpecker
37. Dryocopus javensis
White-bellied Woodpecker
38. Mulleripicus funebris Sooty Woodpecker
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Common Resident
Common Endemic
ORDER: PASSERIFORMES - Passerines or Perching Birds

FAMILY: HIRUNDINIDAE - Swallows
39. Hirundo daurica Mosque Swallow
40. Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow
41. Hirundo tahitica Pacific Swallow
Common Resident
Common Migrant
Common Resident
FAMILY: CAMPEPHAGIDAE - Cuckooshrikes

42. Coracina striata Barred Cuckooshrikes
Common Endemic
FAMILY: DICRURIDAE - Drongoes

43. Dicrurus balicassius Balicassiao
Common Endemic
FAMILY: ORIOLIDAE - Orioles

44. Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole
Common Resident
FAMILY: PARIDAE - Titmice

45. Parus elegans Elegant Titmouse
Common Endemic
FAMILY: SITTIDAE - Nuthatches

46. Sitta frontalis Velvet-fronted Nuthatches
Common Endemic
FAMILY: TIMALIIDAE - Babblers

47. Stachyris whiteheadi Common Tree-Babbler
Common Endemic
FAMILY: PYCNONOTIDAE - Bulbuls

48. Hypsipetes philippinus Philippine Bulbul
49. Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul
50. Pycnonotus plumosus Wattled Bulbul
Common Endemic
Common Resident
Uncommon Endemic
FAMILY: IRENIDAE - Fairy Bluebirds

51. Irena cyanogaster Philippine Fairy Bluebird
Rare Endemic
FAMILY: TURDIDAE - Shamas and Thrushes

52. Copsychus luzoniensis Luzon Shama
53. Monticola solitaria Blue Rock Thrush
54. Saxicola caprata Pied Chat
55. Turdus obscurus Dusky Thrush
56. Turdus poliocephalus
Island Thrush
Rare Endemic
Common Migrant
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Common Resident
FAMILY: SYLVIIDAE - Old World Warblers

57. Locustella lanceolata Streaked Grashopper Warbler
58. Megalurus palustris Striated Canegrass Warbler
59. Megalurus timoriensisLesser Canegrass Warbler
60. Orthotomus castanieceps Philippine Tailor-bird
61. Orthotomus derbianus Luzon Tailor-bird
62. Phylloscopus borealis Arctic Leaf Warbler
Rare Migrant
Common Endemic
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
Common Migrant
FAMILY: MUSCICAPIDAE - Old World Flycatchers

63. Muscicapa gresiesticta Gray-spotted Flycatcher
64. Rhipidura cyaniceps Blue-headed Fantail
65. Rhipidura javanica Malaysian Fantail
Common Migrant
Common Endemic
Common Resident
FAMILY: MONARCHIDAE - Blue Monarchs and Leaf Birds

66. Hypothymis azurea Black-naped Blue Monarch
Common Endemic
FAMILY: MOTACILLIDAE - Pipits and Wagtails

67. Anthus novaeseelandiae Richards Pipit
68. Motacilla cinerea Yellow Wagtail
Common Endemic
Common Migrant
FAMILY: ARTAMIDAE - Woodswallows

69. Artamus leucorhynchus
Common Woodswallow
Common Resident
FAMILY: LANIIDAE - True Shrikes

70. Lanius cristatus Brown Shrikes
Common Migrant
FAMILY: STURNIDAE - Starlings and Mynas

71. Acridotheres cristatellus Crested Myna
72. Aplonis panayensis Philippine Glossy Starling
73. Sarcops calvus Bald-headed Starling or Coleto
Introduced
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
FAMILY: NECTARINIIDAE - Sunbirds and Spider-hunters

74. Aethopyga flagrans Flaming Sunbird
75. Arachnothera longirostra Lesser Spider-hunter
76. Nectarinia jugularis Olived-backed Sunbird
77. Nectarinia sperata Van Hasselts Sunbird
Common Endemic
Common Resident
Common Resident
Common Endemic
FAMILY: DICAEIDAE - Flowerpeckers

78. Dicaeum australe
Philippine Flowerpecker
79. Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-breasted Flowerpecker
Common Endemic
Common Resident
FAMILY: ZOSTEROPIDAE - White-eyes

80. Zosterops meyeni
Lowland White-eye
81. Zosterops montanus Mountain White-eye
82. Zosterops nigrorum Yellow White-eye
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
Common Endemic
FAMILY: ESTRILDIDAE - Munias, Parrotfinches, and Waxbills

83. Erythrura viridifaces Green-faced Parrot Finch
84. Lonchura malacca Chestnut Munia
Rare Endemic
Common Endemic
FAMILY: PLOCEIDAE Old World Sparrows, Weavers

85. Passer montanus
Eurasian Tree Sparrow
Common Resident
FAMILY: CORVIDAE - Crows

86. Corvus macrorynchus
Common Resident
Large-billed Crow
CLASS: MAMMALIA - Mammals

ORDER: CHIROPTERA - Bats
FAMILY: PTEROPODIDAE - Fruitbats
1. Acerodon jubatus Golden-capped Flying Fox
2. Cynopterus brachyotis Malaysian Fruitbat
3. Ptenochirus jagori Jagors Fruitbat
4. Rousettus amplexicaudatusDog-faced Fruitbat
Threatened Endemic
Common Resident
Common Endemic
Common Resident
ORDER: PRIMATES - Apes, Gibbons, Langurs, Lorises, Monkeys, and Tarsiers

FAMILY: CERCOPITHECIDAE - Monkeys
5. Macaca fascicularis Long-tail Macaque
Protected Resident
ORDER: RODENTIA - Rodents
FAMILY: MURIDAE - Rats and Mice
6. Rattus everetti Everetts Forest Rat
7. Rattus tanezumi Oriental House Rat
Common Endemic
Common Resident
ORDER: CARNIVORA - Carnivores

FAMILY: VIVERRIDAE - Civet Cats and Mongoose
8. Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Palm Civet Cat
9. Viverra tangalunga Malay Civet Cat
Common Resident
Common Resident
ORDER: ARTIODACTYLA - Even-toed Ungulates

FAMILY: SUIDAE - Wild Pigs
10. Sus philipinensis Philippine Warty Pig
Threatened Endemic
APPENDIX I 2
Table 2.2.2- 2. Bird Transects
Transect 1. C - 1 Drill Pad, Tanawon, Sorsogon - 13 01.81North, 123 56. 48East
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ni/N
( ni /N )2
ni /N ln ni / N
Species
ni
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. Collocalia esculenta
12
0.23529
0.05536
-0.34045
2. Hirundo tahitica
10
0.19608
0.03845
-0.31946
3. Apus affinis
8
0.15686
0.02461
-0.29057
4. Hypsipetes philippinus
6
0.11765
0.01384
-0.25178
5. Chaetura picina
4
0.07843
0.00615
-0.19965
6. Zosterops montana
4
0.07843
0.00615
-0.19965
7. Monticola solitaria
2
0.03922
0.00154
-0.12702
8. Motacilla cinerea
2
0.03922
0.00154
-0.12702
9. Orthotomus castanieceps
2
0.03922
0.00154
-0.12702
10. Phoenicophaeus superciliosus
1
0.01961
0.00038
-0.07710
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 51
= 0.14956
= -2.05972
H = 2.05972
C = 0.14956
e = 0.89452
Transect 2. Site - 5, Tanawon - 13 01.59 North, 123 56.43 East

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ni / N
(ni/ N)2
n i / N ln n i / N
Species
ni
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. Hypsipetes philippinus
10
0.23256
0.05408
-0.33921
8
0.18605
0.03461
-0.31289
3. Collocalia esculenta
6
0.13953
0.01947
-0.27480
4. Rhipidura cyaniceps
5
0.11628
0.01352
-0.25021
5. Loriculus philippensis
4
0.09302
0.00865
-0.22092
6. Macropygia phasianella
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
8. Phapitreron leucotis
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
9. Chalcophaps indica
1
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08748
10. Parus elegans
1
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08748
11. Sitta frontalis
1
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08748
12. Stachyris whiteheadi
1
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08748
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 43
= 0.13897 =-2.17605
H = 2.17605
C = 0.13879
e = 0.87571

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni / N
(ni /N)2
ni /N ln ni / N
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. Hirundo tahitica
12
0.24000
0.05760
-0.34251
2. Apus pacificus
11
0.22000
0.04840
-0.33311
10
0.20000
0.04000
-0.32189
6
0.12000
0.01440
-0.25443
5. Erythrura viridifacies
4
0.08000
0.00640
-0.20206
6. Rhipidura javanica
4
0.08000
0.00640
-0.20206
2
0.04000
0.00160
-0.12875
1
0.02000
0.00040
-0.07824
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 50
= 0.17520
= -1.86305
H = 1.86305
C = 0.17520
e = 0.89594
Transect 4. RI Site - 2, Azupre - 13 01.70North, 123 55.53 East

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
29
0.35802
0.12818
-0.36775
11
0.13580
0.01844
-0.27113
3. Zosterops nigrorum
8
0.09876
0.00975
-0.22864
7
0.08642
0.00747
-0.21160
5. Apus affinis
4
0.04938
0.00244
-0.14854
6. Dicaeum australe
4
0.04938
0.00244
-0.14854
7. Orthotomus derbianus
3
0.03704
0.00137
-0.12207
8. Centropus viridis
2
0.02469
0.00061
-0.09139
9. Copsychus luzoniensis
2
0.02469
0.00061
-0.09139
10. Nectarinia jugularis
2
0.02469
0.00061
-0.09139
11. Parus elegans
2
0.02469
0.00061
-0.09139
12. Lonchura malacca
2
0.02469
0.00061
-0.09139
13. Turdus obscurus
2
0.02469
0.00061
-0.09139
1
0.01234
0.00015
-0.05423
1
0.01234
0.00015
-0.05423
1
0.01234
0.00015
-0.05423
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 81
= 0.17420
= -2.20928
H = 2.20928
C = 0.17420
e = 0.79683
Transect 5. Secondary Forest, Lower Sulphatara - 13 01.64North, 123 55.59East

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
( ni/N )2
ni/N ln ni/N
21
0.33871
0.11472
-0.36669
2. Pycnonotus goiavier
10
0.16129
0.02601
-0.29428
6
0.09277
0.00936
-0.22057
4. Dicaeum trigonostigma
4
0.06452
0.00416
-0.17683
3
0.04839
0.00234
-0.14655
6. Coracina striata
3
0.04839
0.00234
-0.14655
7. Dicrurus balicassius
3
0.04839
0.00234
-0.14655
8. Chrysocolaptes lucidus
2
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
2
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
2
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
11. Sitta frontalis
2
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
12. Irena cyanogaster
1
0.01613
0.00026
-0.06657
1
0.01613
0.00026
-0.06657
14. Pycnonotus plumosus
1
0.01613
0.00026
-0.06657
1
0.01613
0.00026
-0.06657
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 62
= 0.16674
= -2.20742
H = 2.20742
C = 0.16674
e = 0.81513
Transect 6. RI Site - 1, Azupre - 13 01.87 North, 123 55.58 East

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2
ni/N ln ni/N
Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)
6
0.26087
0.06805
-0.35034
5
0.21739
0.04726
-0.33175
3. Hirundo rustica
4
0.17391
0.03025
-0.30421
3
0.13043
0.01701
-0.26567
2
0.08696
0.00756
-0.21238
1
0.04348
0.00189
-0.13633
7. Megalurus palustris
1
0.04348
0.00189
-0.13633
1
0.04348
0.00189
-0.13633
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 23
= 0.17580
= -1.87334
H = 1.87334
C = 0.17580
e = 0.90089
Transect 7. Waste Disposal Area, Cawayan - 13 01.94 North, 123 55.62 East
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
12
0.27907
0.07788
-0.35617
10
0.23256
0.05408
-0.33921
3. Apus affinis
5
0.11628
0.01352
-0.25021
4
0.09302
0.00865
-0.22092
3
0.06977
0.00487
-0.18577
6. Lanius cristatus
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
1
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08748
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 43
= 0.16818
= -2.01056
H = 2.01056
C = 0.16818
e = 0.87317
Transect 8. Site - 2, Cawayan - 13 02.05 North, 123 55.78 East

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
8
0.33333
0.11111
-0.36620
2. Apus affinis
6
0.25000
0.06250
-0.34657
3. Hirundo tahitica
3
0.12500
0.01562
-0.25993
2
0.08333
0.00694
-0.20707
1
0.04167
0.00174
-0.13243
1
0.04167
0.00174
-0.13243
7. Locustella lanceolata
1
0.04167
0.00174
-0.13243
8. Megalurus timoriensis
1
0.04167
0.00174
-0.13243
1
0.04167
0.00174
-0.13243
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 24
= 0.20487
= -1.84192
H = 1.84192
C = 0.20487
e = 0.83829

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
10
0.19608
0.03845
-0.31946
9
0.17647
0.03114
-0.30611
3. Apus affinis
6
0.11765
0.01384
-0.25178
6
0.11765
0.01384
-0.25178
5. Apus pacificus
5
0.09804
0.00961
-0.22769
6. Hirundo daurica
4
0.07843
0.00615
-0.19965
3
0.05882
0.00346
-0.16665
2
0.03922
0.00154
-0.12702
2
0.03922
0.00154
-0.12702
1
0.01961
0.00038
-0.07710
11. Lanius cristatus
1
0.01961
0.00038
-0.07710
12. Sarcops calvus
1
0.01961
0.00038
-0.07710
13. Spilornis holospilus
1
0.01961
0.00038
-0.07710
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 51
= 0.12109
= -2.28556
H = 2.28556
C = 0.12109
e = 0.89107

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2 ni/N ln ni/N
12
0.29268
0.08566
-0.35961
8
0.19512
0.03807
-0.31885
3. Hirundo tahitica
5
0.12195
0.01487
-0.25660
4
0.09756
0.00952
-0.22705
5. Collocalia troglodytes
3
0.07317
0.00535
-0.19134
6. Erythrura viridifacies
3
0.07317
0.00535
-0.19134
7. Apus affinis
2
0.04878
0.00238
-0.14734
2
0.04878
0.00238
-0.14734
1
0.02439
0.00059
-0.09057
1
0.02439
0.00059
-0.09057
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 41
= 0.16476
= -1.89027
H = 1.89027
C = 0.16476
e = 0.82093
Transect 11. Cawayan Acidic River - 13 02.28 North, 123 56.66 East
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2
ni/N ln ni/N
Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. Penelopides panini
20
0.21978
0.04830
-0.33299
13
0.14286
0.02041
-0.27799
3. Buceros hydrocorax
10
0.10989
0.01208
-0.24267
4. Zosterops nigrorum
8
0.08791
0.00773
-0.21375
6
0.06593
0.00435
-0.17927
6. Sarcops calvus
5
0.05494
0.00302
-0.15941
7. Tanygnathus lucionensis
4
0.04396
0.00193
-0.13735
8. Treron vernans
4
0.04396
0.00193
-0.13735
9. Bolbopsittacus lunulatus
3
0.03297
0.00109
-0.11594
3
0.03297
0.00109
-0.11594
11. Dicaeum australe
3
0.03297
0.00109
-0.11594
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
13. Gallus gallus gallus
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
14. Hirundapus giganteus
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
16. Mulleripicus funebris
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
2
0.02198
0.00048
-0.08391
20. Actenoides lindsayi
1
0.01099
0.00012
-0.04957
21. Centropus bengalensis
1
0.01099
0.00012
-0.04957
22. Ceyx melanurus
1
0.01099
0.00012
-0.04957
1
0.01099
0.00012
-0.04957
24. Otus megalotis
1
0.01099
0.00012
-0.04957
1
0.01099
0.00012
-0.04957
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 91
= 0.10323
= -2.99733
H = 2.99733
C = 0.10323
e = 0.93117

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
18
0.26866
0.07218
-0.35310
8
0.11940
0.01426
-0.25376
6
0.08955
0.00802
-0.21608
4
0.05970
0.00356
-0.16826
4
0.05970
0.00356
-0.16826
6. Penelopides panini
3
0.04478
0.00200
-0.13909
7. Aethopyga flagrans
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
9. Coracina striata
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
12. Hypothymis azurea
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
13. Nectarinia sperata
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
15. Sarcops calvus
2
0.02985
0.00089
-0.10482
16. Aracnothera longirostra
1
0.01493
0.00022
-0.06277
1
0.01493
0.00022
-0.06277
18. Muscicapa gresiesticta
1
0.01493
0.00022
-0.06277
19. Parus elegans
1
0.01493
0.00022
-0.06277
1
0.01493
0.00022
-0.06277
1
0.01493
0.00022
-0.06277
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N= 67
= 0.11292
= -2.61855
H = 2.61855
C = 0.11292
e = 0.86009
Transect 13. Drill Site - B, Tanawon, Sorsogon - 13 01.89 North, 123 56.33 East
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
12
0.27907
0.07788
-0.35617
10
0. 23256
0.05408
-0.33921
6
0.13953
0.01947
-0.27480
4
0.09302
0.00865
-0.22092
4
0.09302
0.00865
-0.22092
3
0.06977
0.00487
-0.18577
2
0.04651
0.00216
-0.14270
1
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08748
9. Muscicapa gresiesticta
1
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08748
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 43
= 0.17684
= -1.91545
H = 1.91545
C = 0.17684
e = 0.87176

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. Zosterops nigrorum

10
0.32258
0.10406
-0.36497
8
0.25806
0.06660
-0.34956
4
0.12903
0.01665
-0.26422
2
0.06452
0.00416
-0.17684
2
0.06452
0.00416
-0.17684
6. Parus elegans
1
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
1
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
8. Phylloscopus borealis
1
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
9. Pycnonotus plumosus
1
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
1
0.03226
0.00104
-0.11078
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 31
= 0.20073
= -1.88633
H = 1.88633
C = 0.20073
e = 0.81922
Transect 15. Taguman/Mt. Rock Dome Forest - 13 03.71 North, 123 57.55 East
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. Penelopides panini
25
0.17730
0.03144
-0.30671
15
0.10638
0.01132
-0.23837
12
0.08511
0.00724
-0.20969
4. Gallicolumba luzonica
10
0.07092
0.00503
-0.18767
5. Hirundo tahitica
10
0.07092
0.00503
-0.18767
9
0.06383
0.00407
-0.17563
6
0.04255
0.00181
-0.13433
8. Ducula aenea
5
0.03546
0.00126
-0.11841
9. Aplonis panayensis
4
0.02837
0.00080
-0.10107
10. Gallus gallus gallus
4
0.02837
0.00080
-0.10107
11. Oriolus chinensis
4
0.02837
0.00080
-0.10107
12. Sarcops calvus
4
0.02837
0.00080
-0.10107
13. Treron vernans
4
0.02837
0.00080
-0.10107
3
0.02128
0.00045
-0.08193
3
0.02128
0.00045
-0.08193
3
0.02128
0.00045
-0.08193
3
0.02128
0.00045
-0.08193
2
0.01418
0.00020
-0.06035
2
0.01418
0.00020
-0.06035
20. Halcyon chloris collaris
2
0.01418
0.00020
-0.06035
2
0.01418
0.00020
-0.06035
22. Megalurus palustris
2
0.01418
0.00020
-0.06035
2
0.01418
0.00020
-0.06035
24. Accipiter virgatus
1
0.00709
0.00005
-0.03509
25. Alcedo atthis
1
0.00709
0.00005
-0.03509
26. Bubo philippinensis
1
0.00709
0.00005
-0.03509
27. Otus megalotis
1
0.00709
0.00005
-0.03509
1
0.00709
0.00005
-0.03509
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 141
= 0.07445
= -2.92910
H = 2.92910
C = 0.07445
e = 0.87903
Transect 16. Cawayan Site B - 13 01.90 North, 123 57.32 East

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. Zosterops meyeni
15
0222727
0.05165
-0.33673
11
0.16667
0.02778
-0.29863
6
0.09091
0.00826
-0.21799
4
0.06061
0.00367
-0.16990
4
0.06061
0.00367
-0.16990
4
0.06061
0.00367
-0.16990
3
0.04545
0.00207
-0.14050
3
0.04545
0.00207
-0.14050
9. Aethopyga flagrans
2
0.03030
0.00092
-0.10595
2
0.03030
0.00092
-0.10595
2
0.03030
0.00092
-0.10595
2
0.03030
0.00092
-0.10595
13. Phaenicophaeus cumingi
2
0.03030
0.00092
-0.10595
14. Tanygnathus lucionensis
2
0.03030
0.00092
-0.10595
15. Actenoides lindsayi
1
0.01515
0.00023
-0.06348
16. Chalcopaps indica
1
0.01515
0.00023
-0.06348
17. Hypothalmis azurea
1
0.01515
0.00023
-0.06348
18. Sitta frontalis
1
0.01515
0.00023
-0.06348
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N =66
= 0.10927
= -2.53370
H = 2.53370
C = 0.10927
e = 0.87660
Transect 17. Cawayan Site B - 13 01.99 North, 123 57.15 East

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
18
0.20930
0.04381
-0.32734
12
0.13953
0.01947
-0.27481
10
0.11628
0.011352
-0.25020
4. Apus affinis
6
0.06977
0.00487
-0.18576
5. Orthotomus astrogularis
6
0.06977
0.00487
-0.18576
6. Hirindo rustica
5
0.05814
0.00338
-0.16540
5
0.05814
0.00338
-0.16540
8. Lanius cristatus
3
0.03488
0.00122
-0.11706
3
0.03488
0.00122
-0.11706
3
0.03488
0.00122
-0.11706
11. Ducula aenea
2
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08747
12. Dryocopus javensis
2
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08747
13. Geopelia striata
2
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08747
2
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08747
15. Sarcops calvus
2
0.02326
0.00054
-0.08747
1
0.01163
0.00014
-0.05179
17. Cuculus fugax
1
0.01163
0.00014
-0.05179
1
0.01163
0.00014
-0.05179
1
0.01163
0.00014
-0.05179
1
0.01163
0.00014
-0.05179
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N =86
= 0.10032
= -2.60219
H = 2.60219
C = 0.10032
e = 0.86863
Transect 18. Botong Site R.I. - 13 02.42 North, 123 57.88 East
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
18
0.22500
0.05063
-0.33562
2. Zosterops montanus
6. Hirundo rustica
9. Dendrocopus maculates
12. Parus elegans
16
12
8
6
4
4
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
0.20000
0.15000
0.10000
0.07500
0.05000
0.05000
0.03750
0.02500
0.02500
0.02500
0.01250
0.01250
0.01250
0.04000
0.02250
0.01000
0.00536
0.00250
0.00250
0.00141
0.00063
0.00063
0.00063
0.00016
0.00016
0.00016
-0.32189
-0.28457
-0.23026
-0.19427
-0.14979
-0.14979
-0.12313
-0.09222
-0.09222
-0.09222
-0.05478
-0.05478
-0.05478
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 80
= 0.13750
= -2.23030
H = 2.23030
C = 0.13750
e = 0.84511
Transect 19. Botong Site R.I. - 13 02.20 North, 123 57.94 East
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Species
ni
ni/N
(ni/N)2
ni/N ln ni/N
12
0.30769
0.09467
-0.36266
6
0.15385
0.02367
-0.28797
4
0.10256
0.01052
-0.23357
4
0.10256
0.01052
-0.23357
5. Lanius cristatus
3
0.07692
0.00592
-0.19730
6. Dendrocopus maculatus
2
0.05128
0.00263
-0.15233
2
0.05128
0.00263
-0.15233
8. Accipiter soloensis
1
0.02564
0.00066
-0.09394
9. Cacomantis merulinus
1
0.02564
0.00066
-0.09394
1
0.02564
0.00066
-0.09394
11. Otus megalurus
1
0.02564
0.00066
-0.09394
12. Phaenicophaeus cumingi
1
0.02564
0.00066
-0.09394
13. Turdus poliocephalus
1
0.02564
0.00066
-0.09394
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N = 39
= 0.15450
= -2.18335
H = 2.18335
C = 0.15450
e = 0.82153
Appendix J - Table 2.2.5-1.

Phytoplankton
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at nearshore stations along Manito, Poliqui Bay.
Nacio
Pinaculan
Balabag
Asias
Mean Density
Relative
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
Abundance (%)
Diatoms (PHYLUM HETEROKONCOPHYTA)

Stephanopyxis
429.72
238.73
10.61
Skeletonema
397.89
360.37
657.25
79.58
373.77
0.10
15.92
0.00
10.61
10.61
9.28
0.00
0.00
0.00
88.42
118.15
51.64
0.01
Melosira
Leptocylindricus
Guinardia
Thalassiosira
Coscinodiscus
Asteromphalus
0.00
169.76
0.05
31.83
32.89
10.61
100.80
44.03
0.01
448.82
543.78
2373.53
893.49
1064.90
0.29
27552.84
3036.37
3357.69
2257.24
9051.03
2.44
2223.92
435.97
1134.83
233.64
1007.09
0.27
Rhizosolenia
42591.89
8863.32
13980.02
5878.96
17828.55
4.81
Bacteriastrum
292766.42
71480.41
53396.48
30034.17
111919.37
30.21
Chaetoceros
35.14
291061.35
107156.54
73625.26
48854.46
130174.40
Biddulphia
98.68
0.00
32.89
0.00
32.89
0.01
Hemiaulus
530.52
377.08
334.81
203.72
361.53
0.10
1526.82
276.66
121.31
195.76
530.14
0.14
Ditylum
Eucampia
Asterionella
Thalassionema
0.00
10.61
0.00
98.52
27.28
0.01
397.89
0.00
10.61
10.61
104.78
0.03
20723.52
12648.01
14197.30
9961.64
14382.62
3.88
0.04
Diatoma
530.52
0.00
0.00
0.00
132.63
Rhabdonema
198.94
227.36
168.59
10.61
151.38
0.04
1265.28
113.68
0.00
0.00
344.74
0.09
Licmophora
Coconeis
114.59
249.65
472.87
88.60
231.42
0.06
Navicula
33.42
496.33
334.81
79.58
236.04
0.06
Diploneis
98.68
113.68
79.58
72.98
0.02
Pleurosigma
Nitzchia
Amphora
613.28
113.68
295.32
159.15
295.36
0.08
125565.00
28037.58
27334.86
25055.23
51498.17
13.90
265.79
113.68
1021.89
101.86
375.80
0.10
p. 2.2.5-- 1
Appendix J Table 2.2.5-1.

Phytoplankton
Bacillaria
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at nearshore stations along Manito, Poliqui Bay (cont'n).
Nacio
Pinaculan
Balabag
Asias
Mean Density
Relative
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
Abundance (%)
47.75
Surirellla
0.00
0.00
10.61
14.59
0.00
47.75
227.36
0.00
0.00
68.78
0.02
809578.98
235153.76
192970.56
124516.54
340554.96
91.93
15.92
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
159.15
39.79
0.01
148.01
16.71
280.35
176.13
155.30
0.04
Ornithocercus
33.42
0.00
10.61
0.00
11.01
0.00
Amphisolenia
15.92
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.98
0.00
Noctiluca
15.92
121.64
572.60
0.00
177.54
0.05
0.00
22.28
176.84
90.19
72.33
0.02
subtotal
Dinoflagellates (PHYLUM DINOPHYTA)

Dictyocha
Prorocentrum
Dinophysis
Pyrophacus
Ceratocorys
0.00
65.25
0.00
0.00
90.19
38.86
0.01
Ceratium
8669.68
1306.85
817.23
458.95
2813.18
0.76
Peridinium
7619.79
403.87
1219.24
672.16
2478.77
0.67
Podolampas
subtotal
612.75
48.81
22.28
0.00
170.96
0.05
17196.65
1920.16
3099.15
1646.77
5965.68
1.61
Blue-green algae (PHYLUM CYANOPHYTA)

Trichodesmium (strand)
39978.57
8638.15
17880.96
14823.23
20330.23
5.49
Trichodesmium (bundle)
0.00
113.68
0.00
0.00
28.42
0.01
Richelia
0.00
0.00
0.00
413.80
103.45
0.03
39978.57
8751.83
17880.96
15237.03
20462.10
5.52
subtotal
Protozoa (PHYLUM CILIATA)
Tintinnopsis
Codonellopsis
Epiplocyclis
283.30
359.61
66.84
196.66
226.60
0.06
2597.93
63.13
10.61
276.24
736.98
0.20
745.37
18.57
169.65
79.58
253.29
0.07
p. 2.2.5-- 2

Phytoplankton
Protorhabdonella
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at nearshore stations along Manito, Poliqui Bay (cont'n).
Nacio
Pinaculan
Balabag
Asias
Mean Density
Relative
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
Abundance (%)
4837.77
Undella
Tintinnus
460.11
533.23
190.45
1505.39
0.41
0.00
0.00
0.00
9.02
2.25
0.00
1067.93
166.20
421.46
99.21
438.70
0.12
Dadayiella
530.52
0.00
10.61
0.00
135.28
0.04
Amphorellopsis
530.52
10.61
31.83
90.19
165.79
0.04
10593.33
1078.23
1244.24
941.35
3464.29
0.94
subtotal
TOTAL
877,347.53
246,903.99
215,194.90
142,341.69
370,447.03
100.00
p. 2.2.5-- 3

Zooplankton
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of zooplankton in Poliqui Bay.
Nacio
(indv/m3)
Balagbag
(indv/m3)
Pinaculan
(indv/m3)
Asias
(indv/m3)
Mean Density
(indv/m3)
Rel. Abundance
(%)
Adult Forms
Hydromedusae
Scyphomedusae
Polychaetes
Calanoids
Cyclopoids
Harpacticoids
Mysids
Decapod shrimps
Chaeotognaths
Larvaceans
Subtotal
Larval forms
1.41
0.00
0.71
326.36
254.38
116.18
0.18
0.00
2.83
0.27
702.31
25.60
0.13
0.62
229.67
216.72
120.60
0.00
2.21
6.90
0.04
602.49
3.78
0.00
0.49
40.02
45.29
18.84
0.00
0.04
0.93
0.49
109.89
11.36
0.00
0.44
32.94
21.22
21.40
0.00
0.00
0.04
0.00
87.40
10.54
0.03
0.56
157.24
134.40
69.26
0.04
0.56
2.68
0.20
375.52
0.80
0.00
0.04
11.95
10.22
5.26
0.00
0.04
0.20
0.02
28.55
Gastropod
Bivalve
Cephalopod
Polychaete
Copepod nauplii
Copepod copepodite
Decapod shrimp
Porcellanid zoea
Brachyuran zoea
Holothuroid
Eggs
Subtotal
Grand Total
129.53
1.77
50.84
5.75
1013.64
241.21
14.50
6.63
0.53
0.00
242.18
1706.58
52.92
0.00
8.93
13.79
1096.44
211.50
21.57
0.18
0.09
0.00
47.22
1452.64
12.24
0.31
1.96
5.13
242.47
42.55
1.74
0.00
0.00
0.54
33.61
340.56
9.11
0.00
0.57
0.88
219.99
14.94
0.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
14.37
259.95
50.95
0.52
15.58
6.39
643.13
127.55
9.48
1.70
0.15
0.13
84.34
939.93
3.87
0.04
1.18
0.49
48.89
9.70
0.72
0.13
0.01
0.01
6.41
71.45
2408.89
2055.13
450.44
347.35
1315.45
100.00
p. 2.2.5-- 4

Phytoplankton
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at nearshore along Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay.
Cawayan
Gimaloto
Capuy
Ticol
Bulabog
Bucalbucalan
Rizal
Menilo
Mean Density
Rel. Abundance
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(%)
Diatoms (PHYLUM HETEROKONCOPHYTA)

Stephanopyxis
445.63
Skeletonema
Melosira
Leptocylindricus
887.55
15.92
31.83
0.00
21.22
0.00
0.00
175.27
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
221.05
0.00
0.00
265.26
60.79
0.00
4461.10
729.46
82.76
2199.16
690.38
574.02
76.39
861.56
1209.35
0.02
23.87
15.92
0.00
176.84
31.83
0.00
0.00
265.26
64.21
0.00
Guinardia
1257.32
265.26
101442.73
0.00
670.57
32.89
275.87
0.00
12993.08
0.17
Thalassiosira
8984.28
10777.59
1054904.11
4443.07
2511.99
2064.77
6097.74
3212.80
136624.54
1.83
Coscinodiscus
15593.96
5953.97
1268217.13
4957.13
2819.51
2169.81
3102.45
4474.37
163411.04
2.19
Rhizosolenia
12663.93
8812.74
203068.48
4985.96
1907.56
2191.03
2599.52
4943.34
30146.57
0.40
Bacteriastrum
39521.26
25431.49
6664340.02
12627.85
5189.32
7652.15
4411.76
45217.94
850548.98
11.39
Chaetoceros
335967.34
121603.82
31390457.67
93719.94
253203.96
202279.09
146257.75
152504.03
4086999.20
54.75
Hemiaulus
23.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.98
0.00
Eucampia
795.77
0.00
0.00
0.00
268.79
0.00
275.87
10.61
168.88
0.00
Strepthotheca
795.77
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
99.47
0.00
0.00
418.93
202869.54
0.00
252.88
21.22
1766.62
832.91
25770.26
0.35
0.00
Thalassionema
Licmophora
0.00
0.00
15.92
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.99
Coconeis
49.34
281.17
15.92
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
43.30
0.00
Navicula
843.52
2912.17
65.25
0.00
862.79
0.00
265.26
0.00
618.62
0.01
0.00
Diploneis
100.27
822.30
63.66
369.59
0.00
0.00
0.00
265.26
202.63
Pleurosigma
795.77
265.26
15.92
226.18
353.68
0.00
298.15
341.65
287.08
0.00
3319.96
9145.38
1369360.65
2863.54
3153.91
275.87
855.19
4776.76
174218.91
2.33
Amphora
504.52
1428.68
33.42
772.78
0.00
0.00
579.32
1655.21
621.74
0.01
Bacillaria
222.82
0.00
0.00
15.92
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
29.84
0.00
Surirellla
0.00
0.00
15.92
176.84
176.84
0.00
0.00
0.00
46.20
0.00
426370.32
189751.68
42254985.01
127566.63
272315.06
217282.06
166861.90
219626.94
5484344.95
73.47
Nitzchia
subtotal
p. 2.2.5-- 5

Phytoplankton
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of phytoplankton at nearshore along Sorsogon, Sorsogon Bay (cont'n).
Cawayan
Gimaloto
Capuy
Ticol
Bulabog
Bucalbucalan
Rizal
Menilo
Mean Density
Rel. Abundance
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(%)
Dinoflagellates (PHYLUM DINOPHYTA)

Dictyocha
397.89
265.26
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
10.61
10.61
85.55
0.00
Mesocena
0.00
15.92
0.00
0.00
176.84
0.00
0.00
10.61
25.42
0.00
Prorocentrum
Dinophysis
Noctiluca
Ceratocorys
Ceratium
Peridinium
subtotal
0.00
47.75
0.00
176.84
397.89
32.89
551.74
578.26
223.17
0.00
868.98
841.40
101442.73
968.90
176.84
0.00
320.43
10.61
13078.74
0.18
21188.25
60340.98
14374070.13
22056.88
9093.21
7957.73
7364.61
5584.20
1813457.00
24.29
0.00
1226.90
49.34
181.44
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
182.21
0.00
1.30
17317.61
5876.69
740614.68
5899.33
1269.17
1197.90
818.05
1677.49
96833.87
4023.43
2071.49
101541.40
2568.93
1194.37
2603.77
1821.79
1006.92
14604.01
0.20
43796.15
70686.38
15317718.28
31852.31
12308.31
11792.29
10887.23
8878.70
1938489.96
25.97
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
265.26
33.16
0.00
265.26
33.16
0.00
Blue-green algae (PHYLUM CYANOPHYTA)

Trichodesmium (strand)
0.00
subtotal
Protozoa (PHYLUM CILIATA)
Tintinnopsis
Tintinnus
12815.13
8771.89
314454.95
2069.89
208.67
10.61
275.87
10.61
42327.20
0.57
15.92
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.99
0.00
subtotal
12831.04
8771.89
314454.95
2069.89
208.67
10.61
275.87
10.61
42329.19
0.57
GRAND TOTAL
482997.52
269209.96
57887158.24
161488.84
284832.04
229084.97
178025.00
228781.51
7465197.26
100.00
p. 2.2.5-- 6

Zooplankton
Density (indv/m3) and abundance (%) of zooplankton in Sorsogon Bay.
Cawayan
Gimaloto
Capuy
Ticol
Bulabog
Bucalbucalan
Rizal
Menito
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
(indv/m3)
Mean Density Rel. Abundance

(indv/m3)
(%)
Adult Forms
Siponophores
Polychaetes
0.00
0.00
44.21
106.10
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
18.79
0.05
291.78
888.91
44.21
436.20
356.03
192.75
281.17
679.06
396.27
0.99
Ostracods
5.31
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
44.21
6.19
0.02
Calanoids
19696.26
11595.29
8528.92
11271.68
3394.71
3708.30
2871.86
1602.16
7833.65
19.53
Cyclopoids
6085.01
6162.23
1540.26
1612.77
1334.54
2069.01
2380.25
1423.55
2825.95
7.04
47.75
781.63
258.18
215.74
246.39
10.61
125.56
109.64
224.44
0.56
0.00
0.00
0.00
64.84
324.20
0.00
0.00
0.00
48.63
0.12
0.00
0.00
44.21
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
5.53
0.01
58.36
21.22
10.61
61.30
141.47
54.82
81.35
104.33
66.68
0.17
Harpacticoids
Mysids
Decapod shrimps
Chaeotognaths
Larvaceans
subtotal
433.25
471.57
198.06
412.62
117.89
153.85
175.07
2608.37
571.34
1.42
26617.72
19920.85
10668.66
14181.26
5915.24
6189.34
5915.24
6571.32
11997.45
29.91
Larval Forms
Planulae
Gastropod
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
44.21
0.00
0.00
5.53
0.01
37.14
202.77
15.92
103.75
232.84
10.61
125.56
463.32
148.99
0.37
Bivalve
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
5.31
0.00
0.00
0.66
0.00
Nauplii
38428.76
14375.78
10636.83
14038.02
7276.90
9627.08
8948.02
12956.95
14536.04
36.23
2937.29
2336.04
1197.20
1688.81
576.49
629.54
615.40
808.15
1348.61
3.36
0.00
0.00
0.00
35.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.42
0.01
Copepod Copepodite
Porcenallid zoea
Holothuroid
0.00
0.00
0.00
35.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
88.42
15.47
0.04
498.68
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
62.34
0.16
subtotal
41901.86
16914.59
11849.94
15901.31
8086.23
10316.75
9688.98
14316.84
16122.06
40.19
Grand Total
68519.58
36835.44
22518.60
30082.57
14001.48
16506.10
15604.22
20888.15
40116.97
100.00
Eggs
p. 2.2.5-- 7
Population Density of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay.
Station
Bucalbucalan
Suhi
Capuy
Rizal
Ticol
Bulabog
Gimaloto
TAXONOMIC GROUPS
PHYLUM PROTISTA
FORAMINIFERA
Amphisteginidae
88.89
14.81
Peneroplidae
29.63
29.63
PHYLUM NEMATODA
118.52
281.48
88.89 74.07
251.85
340.74
PHYLUM PLATYHELMINTHES
CLASS TURBELLARIA
14.81
PHYLUM NEMERTEA
Rhynchocoela
14.81
14.81
44.44
29.63
PHYLUM MOLLUSCA
CLASS GASTROPODA
Bulliminidae
14.81
14.81
Nudibranchia
CLASS PELECYPODA
Tellinidae
29.63
29.63
14.81
PHYLUM ANNELIDA
CLASS POLYCHAETA
Orbiniidae
44.44
29.63
44.44
14.81
Psammodrillidae
14.81
Cossuridae
44.44
Spionidae
296.30
118.52
74.07
88.89
44.44
Magelonidae
Chaetopteridae
14.81
Capitellidae
29.63
44.44
29.63
14.81
14.81
Arenicolidae
44.44
Maldanidae
14.81
14.81
14.81
Phyllodocidae
14.81
14.81
Population Density of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay (contn).
Cawayan 1
59.26
Cawayan 2
74.07
Cawayan 3
696.30
Cawayan 4
14.81
Mean
10.77
14.81
6.73
518.52
227.61
44.44
148.15
29.63
14.81
14.81
29.63
9.43
29.63
18.86
14.81
13.47
29.63
6.73
1.35
14.81
16.16
14.81
2.69
14.81
59.26
14.81
1.35
14.81
2.69
14.81
13.47
14.81
5.39
4.04
4.04
14.81
118.52
4.04
p. 2.2.5-- 8
74.07
Station
Sigalionidae
Hesionidae
Pilargiidae
Syllidae
Nereidae
Glyceridae
Gonianidae
Nephthyidae
Amphinomidae
Onuphidae
Eunicidae
CLASS POLYCHAETA
Lumbrineridae
Arabellidae
Dorvilleidae
Histriobdellidae
Sternaspidae
Sabellidae
Protodrilidae
PHYLUM ARTHROPODA
SUBPHYLUM CRUSTACEA
CLASS CIRRIPEDIA
Balanus
CLASS MAXILLOPODA
Subclass Ostracoda
Myodocopa
Subclass Copepoda
Harpacticoidea
CLASS MALACOSTRACA
Bucalbucalan
Suhi
Capuy
44.44
44.44
44.44
29.63
14.81
14.81
251.85
29.63
44.44
44.44
14.81
44.44
14.81
-
Rizal
74.07
29.63
Ticol
Bulabog
355.56
29.63
14.81
Cawayan 4
29.63
-
14.81
Cawayan 3
8.08
22.90
44.44
44.44
63.30
10.77
29.63
13.47
1.35
59.26
9.43
14.81
1.35
14.81
2.69
14.81
1.35
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
-
14.81
Mean
12.12
14.81
Cawayan 2
14.81
103.70
29.63
14.81
Cawayan 1
59.26
44.44
14.81
Gimaloto
14.81
6.73
14.81
1.35
1.35
1.35
2.69
14.81
29.63
29.63
59.26
14.81
1.35
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
p. 2.2.5-- 9
8.08
5.39
4.04
5.39

Station
Order Amphipoda
Gammaridae
Population Density of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay (contn).
Urothoe
Polycheria
Ampelisca
Paramoera
Caprellidae
Order Isopoda
Order Cumacea
Order Decapoda
Section Caridea
Alpheidae
Section Penaeidea
Penaeidae
Section Brachyura
Megalopa stage
Portunidae
Pinnotheridae
PHYLUM SIPUNCULA
PHYLUM BRACHIOPODA
Lingula
PHYLUM ECHINODERMATA
CLASS OPHIUROIDEA
PHYLUM CHORDATA
SUBPHYLUM CEPHALOCHORDATA
Amphioxus
TOTAL
Bucalbucalan
Suhi
Capuy
Rizal
Ticol
Bulabog
Gimaloto
Cawayan 1
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
29.63
2.69
1.35
29.63
6.73
1.35
1.35
14.81
8.08
14.81
14.81
2.69
44.44
14.81
14.81
14.81
Mean
1.35
1.35
14.81
1.35
1.35
2.69
88.89
29.63
29.63
13.47
44.44
29.63
33.67
740.74
355.56
340.7
44.44
370.37
14.81
14.81
14.81
14.81
281.48
1,629.63
14.81
Cawayan 4
29.63
14.81
14.81
Cawayan 3
14.81
Cawayan 2
14.81
874.07
666.67
429.63
192.59
1,140.74
14.81
44.44
1,007.41
p. 2.2.5-- 10
8.08
9.43
704.38
Relative abundance of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui

Bay
Sipuncula
4%
Crustacea
16%
Foraminifera
16%
Others [N=2]
1%
Nematoda
29%
Polychaeta
32%
Mollusca
2%
Figure 2.2.5-2. Relative abundance of soft bottom benthos in Poliqui Bay
p. 2.2.5-- 11
Relative abundance of polychaete fauna in Poliqui

Bay
Others
[N=12]
23%
Orbiniidae
9%
Spionidae
16%
Capitellidae
29%
Syllidae
23%
Figure 2.2.5-3. Relative abundance of polycahete fauna in Poliqui Bay
p. 2.2.5-- 12
Relative abundance of crustacean fauna in Poliqui

Bay
Penaeidae
13%
Paguridae
3%
Harpacticoidea
5%
Alpheidae
12%
Cumacea
2%
Isopoda
5%
Figure 2.2.5-4.
Gammaridae
60%
Relative abundance of crustacean fauna in Poliqui Bay
p. 2.2.5-- 13

1.20
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
Nacio
Cauit
Pinakulan
Balagbag
Asias
Manito
Station
Figure 2.2.5-5.
p. 2.2.5-- 14
Others [N=4]
8%
Foraminifera
2%
Echinodermata
5%
Crustacea
7%
Nematoda
32%
Mollusca
2%
Sipuncula
1%
Polychaeta
43%
Figure 2.2.5-6.
p. 2.2.5-- 15
Relative abundance of polychaete fauna in Sorsogon

Bay
Spionidae
25%
Others [N=21]
27%
Capitellidae
5%
Glyceridae
5%
Sigalionidae
4%
Syllidae
21%
Pilargidae
8%
Orbiniidae
5%
Figure 2.2.5-7.
Relative abundance of polychaete fauna in Sorsogon Bay
p. 2.2.5-- 16

Sorsogon Bay
Brachyura
11%
Penaeidae
3%
Harpacticoidea
11%
Alpheidae
3%
Cumacea
6%
Gammaridae
26%
Isopoda
17%
Others [N=3]
23%
Figure 2.2.5-8.
Relative abundance of crustacean fauna in Sorsogon Bay
p. 2.2.5-- 17
Figure 2.2.5-4. Diversity Index of soft bottom benthos in

Sorsogon Bay
1.20
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
an
C
aw
ay
ay
C
aw
ay
C
aw
ay
aw
C
an
2
an
an
ot
im
al
G
bo
Bu
la
Ti
co
l
iz
al
R
ap
uy
C
Su
h
Bu
c
al
bu
ca
la
n
0.00
Station
Figure 2.2.5-9.
Diversity Index of soft bottom benthos in Sorsogon Bay
p. 2.2.5-- 18
Appendix K-1. Profiles of Host Barangays

Parameters
Barangay
Officials:
Capitan
Barangay
Councilors:
Rizal
Reynaldo
Juadines
Bucalbucalan
Renato L.
Lachica
Bulabog
Antonio L.
Lasala
Capuy
Edgar Bonos
Ticol
Rolando Jardin
Basud
Juan Jintalan
Guinlajon
Elsa F. Jolloso
San Juan
Manuel Don
Osiao
Joel Tayam
William Aguirre
Danilo L.
Lebrias
Ireneo T.
Jesalva
Jessica Bobier
Esperidion
Magas
Angeles Apin
Manuel Olavere
Lolita L. Agnote
Daniel L.
Peralta
Remedios L.
Del Rosario
Roberto Ladub
Amelita L.
Peralta
Rosa Nolsol
Romualdo
Laceda
Edwin Bonos
Joel Valladolid
Wenny
Valladolid
Antonio Dollente
Teresita Deuda
Feloa Laureta
Oscar Labayo
Rodolfo
Caubang Sr
Alano
Balanoyos
Alicia Diaz
Ronaldo
Oliquino
Martin Dogillo
Joselito
Manjares
Rodolfo
Caubang Jr.
Renato Jolo
Leonida
Dioneda
Diosdado
Bersabal
Alan Abano
Marilou Yuzon
Jose Lasala, Jr
Reynaldo
Galido
Aurora Lasala
Danilo Jeresono
Angeles Largo
Arturo Dieste
Celso Lagadia
Arnulfo Jroano
Nestor Lademo
Alejandro
Deocareza
Alfonso Diones
Pio Domer
Roger Requijo
Lily Occidental
Melchor
Dongsao
Geraldine
Despabiladeras
Nancy
Deocareza
Nenita Diaz
Rafael Dogayo
Vida Tayam
Rolando Tayam
Lope Dio
Ely Doctor
Nardo de los
Angeles
Serafin Diolata
Total Land
Area
Name of
Rivers/ Creeks
1,117 hectares
375 hectares
Imelda C.
Ravanilla
Roger B.
Legaspi
Ronaldo L.
Sesbreno
Religiosa V.
Jepsani
Domingo F.
Felonia
Eduardo S.
Lasanas
Raul L. Galace
894 hectares
768 hectares
594 hectares
698 hectares
1,506 hectares
760 hectares
1,016 hectares
Tublijon River
and Tributaries
Bagacay River,
Palapay Centro
River
Bulabog River,
Maganso
Spring, Sog-ong
River, Sog-ong
Spring
Ticol River,
Capuy River
Ticol River
Cawayan River
Cawayan River
Alinao R, Liday
R, Milabiga R,
San Juan R and
Sibulan R.
Danao Lake,
Osiao River
1.2 km
0.3 km+6 km
TublijonBacMac I Road
1 km
11 km
2 km
1 km
2 km
2 km
1.5 km
0.5 km
6.0 km
6.3km
5.0km
6.0km
3.5km
0.5km
None
10 km Trails
Piped water
from Rizal
Spring,
Nabongayon
Spring, Lipata
Spring
Tublijon River
and Piped water
Bucalbucalan
Spring
Sagurong
Spring, Lipata
Spring
Maganzo Spring
(for Rehab)
Ticol Spring,
Palje Spring,
Punong Bulod
Ticol Spring
Burabod Spring
and Water
Pumps (4 units)
Water Pump
Spring
Spring
Springs
Bagacay Open
Well
Bucalbucalan
Spring
None
Bulabog River
Ticol Spring,
Palhi Spring,
Punong Bulod
Spring, River,
Water Pump
Cawayan River,
Spring and
Water Pumps
Cawayan,
Ronggas,
Ganlana Rivers
Spring
Springs
250
320
400
500
No data
419
Roads
Highway:
Barangay
Road:
Sources of
Water:
Drinking:
Washing
No. of
households
with piped
water
212
Parameters
Barangay
Officials:
Capitan
Electricity:
Houses with
Electricity:
No. of Outages
Low Voltage
Problem
Schools
No. of
classrooms
No. of
teachers
Recreational
Facilities
Agricultural
Support
Facilities
Irrigation
systems:
Postharvest,
drying
Plants,
storage:
Milling
processing:
Where to sold
Farm
Products:
Health
Facilities
Hospitals:
Rural Health
Center:
Private Clinics:
Sewerage
Garbage
Disposal
System
Rizal
Reynaldo
Juadines
Bucalbucalan
Renato L.
Lachica
Bulabog
Antonio L.
Lasala
Capuy
Edgar Bonos
Ticol
Rolando Jardin
Basud
Juan Jintalan
Guinlajon
Elsa F. Jolloso
San Juan
Manuel Don
Osiao
Joel Tayam
341
312
265
350
210
248
620
240
400
10 times/month
SORECO II
None observed
Streetlights/Oth
er houses
2 times/day
115-170 volts
during night
time
10 times/month
During peak
hours
No data
Every 6 -9PM
No data
5pm-9pm
6/month
1:00pm-6:00pm
No data
No data
No data
No data
29, incl. 10
H.School
39, incl 17
H.School
Basketball Court
6
8
13
14
12
12
9
9
15
15
Elem-13 HS-12
Elem-16 HS-17
No data
Elem-17 HS 7
Elem-17 HS 5
Basketball
Court, Public
Park, Cockpit
Basketball Court
and Pepita Park
3 Basketball
Courts
Basketball Court
2 Billiard Tables
Volleyball Court
Basketball Court
3 Basketball
Courts
Basketball Court
Municipal
Covered Court
Basketball Court
None
None
None
None
Sorsogon,
Capuy
None
None
None
None
Sorsogon Public
Market
None
None
None
None
Sorsogon Public
Market
In Existence
3 Dryers,
Private Storage,
Warehouse
4 Rice Mills
NFA, Private
Buyers, Market
TCPC, BGTP
Pavement for
Sun Drying
None
Rice Mill
NFA, Market
BGTP (Basud,
Gimaloto, Ticol,
Pukdul)
Irrigation Assn.
BGTP Irrigation
No data
2 Rice Mills
4 Treshers
None
1
None
None
1 in Barangay
Hall
None
None
1
None
None
1
None
1 Rural Health
Center
1 Rural Health
Center
Barangay
Health Center
10 Barangay
Health Stations
None
Collected by
Garbage
Collectors once
a week for
dumping at the
Municipal
Dumpsite in
Brgy Buenavista
None
Composting and
Burning
None
-
None
Individual
household
disposal system
Sor. Provincial
Hosp
1 Brgy Health
Center
Sor Docs, SPP
Hosp
None
Composting and
Burning
None
None
None
None
No data
Burning and
Composting
None
Burning,
Dumping
3 Rice Mills
Parameters
Barangay
Officials:
Capitan
Housing
Types of
Houses:
Total
Populations
1980:
1990:
1995:
2000
Livelihood
Sources
Fishing:
Coconut:
Rice:
Others
Active
Community
Organizations
Churches/Reli
gion
Influential
Families
Rizal
Reynaldo
Juadines
Bucalbucalan
Renato L.
Lachica
Bulabog
Antonio L.
Lasala
Capuy
Edgar Bonos
Ticol
Rolando Jardin
Basud
Juan Jintalan
Guinlajon
Elsa F. Jolloso
San Juan
Manuel Don
Osiao
Joel Tayam
Concrete, Light
Materials
Semi
permanent
Permanent ,
Semipermanent
Structures
Bungalows,
Semipermanent,
Nipa
Concrete, Wood
and Nipa and GI
sheets roofs,
Permanent
97%,
Semipermanent
3%
Perm 90%
Semi 10%
Imperial Sub
Sacred Heart
Subdivision
No data
No data
3,270
2,555
2,596
-
1,818
1,662
2,047
-
1,723
-
1,744
1,936
-
873
1,275
1,328
-
1,800
2,041
3,449
1868
-
2583
50%
10%
2%
38%
Rizal SelfEmployment
Assoc.
Kaunlaran
(SEAK),
Tublijon
Farmers Assoc.,
Womens
Group,
Brgy Fisheries
and Acquatic
Resources
Management
Council
(BFARMC)
R. Catholic
80%
Dating Daan
5%
Iglesia Ni
Cristo5 %
80%
10%
5%
Social Action
Center
BUKAS
(Political)
BALIKATAN
(Civic)
65%
25%
7%
Senior Citizen
Assoc.
Youth
Organization
20%
15%
60%
CABSIMUCO
(Cooperative),
BGTP- Farmers,
Irrigators
Association,
SEAK
(Cooperative)
BYM (Youth
Organization)
BPC (Religious)
SAMACA
(Fishermens
Cooperative)
5%
30%
60%
5%
Senior Citizen
Assoc.
Ticol Womens
Assoc.
Balikatan
Assoc.
Rural
Improvement
Club
10%
30%
50%
10%
BGTP Irrigation
Assn.
Sr. Citizen
Samahan ng
mga
Kababaihan
0%
Abaca 40%
50%
10%
Balikatan sa
Kaunlaran
Kalingap
Sr. Citizen
Guinlajon Youth
Org.
BGTP Irrigators
Assoc.
Fishing 50%
Coconut--30%
Rice 10%
Others 10%
No data
R. Catholic
R. Catholic
75%
R. Catholic
80%
Iglesia Ni
Cristo10%
Baptist4%
Others4%
R. Catholic
98%
R. Catholic
90%
Assemblies of
God 5%
Others 5%
Lachica,
Jayona, Peralta
Lasala, Delgado
Bonos,
Valladolid,
Tabuena
Lavadia,
Caubang
R. Catholic 70%
Iglesia NI
Cristo-15%
Baptist 3%
Jehova
Wintness 2%
Other
protestants 10%
Tabueno
Relices
Jamoralin
R. Catholic
98%
Others 2%
Juadines,
Jesalva,
Aguirre, Munoz,
Olevere,
R. Catholic90%
Jehova
Witness- 3%
Iglesia Ni Cristo3%
Other
protestants -3%
Uy
Doot
No data
Tayam, Diaz,
Diolata,
Dioquino, Pura
Fishing 30%
Coconut 75%
Abaca 50%
Rice-40%
Others 32%
Barangay
Agrarian Reform
Council
Osiao Farmers
Association
Irrigators
Association
Samahang
Nayon
Samahang
Pangkabuhayna
Ng Osia, Inc.
Parameters
Barangay
Officials:
Capitan
Commercial
Establishment
s
Annual
Barangay
Income
Existing
Projects
Planning and
Zoning
Initiatives
Quarterly
Royalty
Payments
from Cawayan
Power Plant of
BacMan II
Peace and
Order
Situation
Rizal
Reynaldo
Juadines
Bucalbucalan
Renato L.
Lachica
Bulabog
Antonio L.
Lasala
Capuy
Edgar Bonos
Ticol
Rolando Jardin
Basud
Juan Jintalan
Guinlajon
Elsa F. Jolloso
San Juan
Manuel Don
Osiao
Joel Tayam
Talugsud,
Levantino
Sari-sari stores,
Flea Market
Eatery Houses,
Tournament
None
Rice-Mill
Sari-sari store
Rice Mill
Sari-sari Store
Copra Trading
Hemp Trading
Ag/Feeds
Trading
Trading
Bakeries,
Parlors etc.
Variety stores
Motorboat
Transport
P15,000
P13,000
P15,000 to
P20,000
P691,644
P35,000
P900,000
No data
P678,516
Street Lights,
Pathway, Foot
Bridge, Water
System, Free
Electric Meters,
Power Subsidy
None
Pathways
Street Lights,
River Control,
Pathways, Brgy
Road
Pathways,
Completion of
Pocdol Farm-toMarket Road
Brgy. Pathways,
Foot Bridge,
Day Care
Center
P650,000
including PNOC
Royalty
Barangay Road
Water System
Barangay Road
Parish Church
No data
Street Lighting
Water System
None
None
None
None
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
No data
None
P232,000
P160,737
P150,000
P172,911
P143,000
P68,000 to
P84,000
None
None
No data
Generally
peaceful
Sept. 6, 2000 Massacre in

Purok 3
Generally
peaceful
Generally
Peaceful
Petty crimes
Generally
peaceful
Generally
Peaceful
No data
Peaceful
Appendix K-2. Calculation of Projected Amount of Local Spending to be Generated from the Project
and the Multiplier Effect to the Local Economy
A.
Total Investment (P)
B.
Total Material Purchases (0.75x A)
C.
Total Wages and Salaries (0.25 x A)
D.
Local Material Purchases (0.005 x B)
E.
Wages and Salaries of Site-based Labor (0.3 x C)
F.
Wages and Salaries of Local Hires (0.5 x E)
G.
Wages and Salaries of Outside Hires (0.5 x E)
H.
Local Spending by Local Hires (0.7 x F)
I.
Local Spending by Non-Local Hires (0.25 x G)
J.
Total Local Spending (D + H + I)
K.
Income Multiplier (1/(1-0.7))
Total Incremental Income due to Multiplier Effect
Total
Million Pesos
6,558.66
4,919.00
1,639.67
24.59
491.90
245.95
245.95
172.16
61.49
258.25
3.33
Ist Year
2nd Year
3rd Year
Million Pesos Million Pesos Million Pesos
2,186.22
2,186.22
2,186.22
1,639.67
1,639.67
1,639.67
546.56
546.56
546.56
8.20
8.20
8.20
163.97
163.97
163.97
81.98
81.98
81.98
81.98
81.98
81.98
57.39
57.39
57.39
20.50
20.50
20.50
86.08
86.08
86.08
3.33
3.33
3.33
286.94
286.94
286.94
Assumptions
Materials is 75% of the project cost
Labor and services is 25% of the project cost
Local material purchases is 0.5% of the total material purchases
Site-based labor is 30% of the total labor and services
Locally hired labor is 50% of site based labor
Local spending rate by locally hired labor is 70% of wages/salaries earned
Local spending rate by outside hired labor is 25% of the wages earned
Local spending propensity is 70%
FIGURE 1
ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SECTION
BACMAN GEOTHERMAL PRODUCTION FIELD
ENVIRONMENTAL
SUPERINTENDENT
1 GEN. CLERK
3 DRIVERS
ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICER/
POLLUTION CONTROL OFFICER
1 SAMPLER
1 LAB. TECHNICIAN
FORESTER FOR
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
FORESTER FOR PROTECTION/

LAW ENFORCEMENT
NURSERY OPERATIONS
OVERSEER
EXTENSION SERVICES
OFFICER
1 WATERSHED TECH.
1 WATERSHED TECHNICIAN
12 FOREST GUARDS
2 NURSERY AIDES
5 SOCIAL FORESTRY AIDES/

PROJECT LEADERS
WATERSHED MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR TANAWON GEOTHERMAL PROJECT
An integrated forest resource management and protection program similar to that implemented
for BACMAN I & II projects shall be adopted for the watershed areas embraced by the Tanawon
Geothermal Project. PNOC-EDC/BACMAN shall undertake the management and protection of
the watershed areas in coordination with the DENR and LGU-Sorsogon.
1.
FOREST PROTECTION PLAN

The forest protection program shall be implemented to protect the watersheds from both
illegal forestry activities and natural calamities. The program shall also cover soil erosion
prevention and control measures. It shall be jointly undertaken by PNOC, DENR and LGUSorsogon.
Forest protection shall be complemented with an effective monitoring and intelligence
gathering system. The system shall be implemented through the enhancement of public
participation in forest protection by information dissemination, formation of multi-sectoral
monitoring communities and the actual enforcement of forestry laws, rules and regulations
thru the conduct of surveillance and foot patrol all over the watershed areas. Forest
occupancy will not be much of a problem as there are no upland dwellers observed
throughout the entire project area and the watersheds. However, illegal forest occupancy
and kaingin making shall be strictly prohibited in the same manner as illegal forest products
and wildlife gathering and collection.
1.1
RECRUITMENT AND HIRING OF FOREST PROTECTION OFFICERS

PNOC-EDC will no longer hire additional forest protection officers as the current manpower
complement of the Environmental Management Section/Watershed Management Unit of
BACMAN is sufficient enough to implement the watershed management program for the
entire BACMAN project. Figure 1 shows the organizational chart of the Environmental
Management Section of BACMAN.
1.2
FORMATION OF MULTI-SECTORAL TEAM

A multi-sectoral team will be organized consisting of one representative each from DENRCENRO and LGU-Sorsogon and the forest protection officers of BACMAN. They will strictly
enforce forest laws and regulations with assistance from the members of the Philippine
National Police (PNP) or the military as the case maybe, who will serve as escorts. The
teams activities shall consist of forest patrol, apprehension of forestry law violators,
confiscation of forest products and conveyances, case filing in court and attendance in
litigation. Strategies include inventory and guarding/surveillance of entry and exit points of
illegal forest products and census of forest occupancy status (occupant, land status, kaingin
size, etc). Protection and monitoring of the existing wildlife in the area shall be included in
the conduct of forest protection activities.
1.3
ROLES OF
PROTECTION
THE
DIFFERENT
AGENCIES/INSTITUTIONS
IN
WATERSHED
The following are the roles and responsibilities of concerned agencies:

a. DENR-CENRO
1. Lead the team in implementing and enforcing forestry laws, rules and regulations;
2. Facilitate deputization of all members of the team;
3. Provide baseline forest data (occupancy, forest cover, forestry projects, wildlife
inventory, etc.) for monitoring and updating;
4. Conduct forest protection and conservation education campaigns and information

drives;
5. Provide resource speakers/facilitators in the training and orientation of team members
on forest protection and conservation; and
6. Assist in the preparation of quarterly reports of the team for submission to DENR
Region V.
b.
PNOC-EDC
1. Assist in the enforcement of forest laws, rules and regulations;

2. Assist in updating forestry data (occupancy, flora/wildlife inventory) in areas located in
its work areas;
3. Initiate and facilitate the conduct of watershed/forest protection and conservation
education campaigns and information drives;
4. Assist in the conduct of training and orientation on forest protection and conservation;
5. Provide transportation to and from areas of responsibility to the members of watershed
protection teams; and
6. Draft and consolidate quarterly reports for submission to DENR Region V.
c. LGU-Sorsogon
1. Act as member of the watershed protection team and assist in the implementation of
forest laws, rules and regulations;
2. Assist in updating forestry data (occupancy, flora/wildlife inventory) in areas located in
its work areas;
3. Participate in the conduct of watershed protection and conservation education
campaigns/information drives;
4. Provide inputs to the quarterly reports; and
5. Facilitate the assistance of other government agencies in support of the project covered
in the plan.
d. PNP-MILITARY
1. Act as escorts during the conduct of foot patrols and surveillance operations; and
2. Assist in the apprehension of forestry law violators.
1.4
FOREST PROTECTION ORIENTATION AND TRAINING DESIGN

Training/workshops will be conducted to enhance the capability of the multi-sectoral
watershed team. Logistics requirements will be provided by PNOC-EDC.
TOPICS
a. Forest laws
b. Strategies and Procedures on detection,
confiscation, and disposal of illegally harvested
forest products and court litigation.
c. Monitoring of wildlife population and forest flora
RESOURCE PERSON
DENR/PNOC
DENR/PNOC
DENR/PNOC
The forest protection officers and LGU representative to the multi-sectoral forest
protection team will be required to attend seminars and trainings to orient and
familiarize them with the various aspects of forest protection. They shall be introduced
to different effective forest protection strategies. Technical support shall be provided by
the PNOC-EDC and the DENR.
1.5
FIELD ASSIGNMENT
The team composed of the PNOC-EDC/BACMAN forest protection officers, and one
representative each from DENR-CENRO and LGU-Sorsogon, together with members of
the PNP, or the military as the case maybe, will be assigned to patrol the watershed
areas embraced by the project, namely; Rizal, Bucalbucalan, Bulabog, Capuy, Ticol and
Cawayan. The conduct of every activity shall always be cleared with the Security Officer
of PNOC-EDC/BACMAN. Foot patrols shall be conducted regularly. Important entry/exit
points will also be identified and guarded against illegal forest products and wildlife
gatherers.
1.6
ENFORCEMENT OF ENVIRONMETAL AND FOREST PROTECTION LAW

a. Formulation of a detailed implementation plan
A more detailed implementing plan shall be formulated annually, which shall form the
basis of the annual operating budget, field implementation and operation. It shall set
specific targets for the year, manpower and logistical requirements and the strategies
as well as the responsibilities of the members of the multi-sectoral team.
The DENR and PNOC-EDC foresters shall coordinate in the formulation of a patrol
map which shall be the basis of deployment in the field and delineation of areasectors of responsibility.
The area-sector of operation shall be based on the following criteria:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.
Location of PNOC-EDC pad sites

Frequency and extent of forestry violations
Terrain
Accessibility
Vegetation
Safety
ENDANGERED WILDLIFE SPECIES PROTECTION PLAN

The proposed project will aid the current efforts of DENR-Region V to protect whatever
endangered species (e.g. Philippine hanging parakeet, Serpent Eagle, Wild Boar, etc.) that
maybe found in Tanawon Geothermal Project area.
Initial work will concentrate on establishing baseline data on the population, distribution,
feeding habits and other biological characteristics of whatever endangered species found in
the area. Strengthening the current linkage of PNOC-EDC/BACMAN
personnel with
LGUs, GOs, community and other entities, as appropriate, will maximize resources and
generating broader participation.
2.1
INVENTORY AND MAPPING

A survey for any endangered wildlife species will be undertaken in the areas covered by
the Tanawon Geothermal Project. Mapping of nesting areas and territories will be
established using the data from EIA study and survey.
2.2
SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION

Secondary data will be collected through interviews with the local community and DENR
units. Hunting practices of the local community and wildlife protection program/s of the
DENR will be gathered to further assist the protetion program of PNOC-EDC.
All data gathered will be used as bases in designating action plan/s on how to
prevent/control illegal activities in the area. The following will be the minimum data to be
collected from the local community and DENR;
a.
Local Community
2. Methods used to trap birds, bats and other ground animals

3. Time of trapping (specific month and season)
4. Frequency of trapping
5. Majority of animals trapped as pets, for food or sold as delicacies
6. Trading methods and local prices of the animals sold as pets or food.
b.
DENR
1. Present Wildlife Protection Program/s of the local DENR units,

2. Update on the program/s, DENR program/s will serve as one of the foundation of this
project.
3.
L AND SLOPE STABILIZATION PLAN

Soil and slope stabilization shall be implemented in areas to be opened up by PNOCEDC. This shall be implemented right after the civil work activities had been undertaken.
Civil work activities include the construction and rehabilitation of roads, well pads and
other temporary facilities.
The soil and slope stabilization shall include both the biological and structural measures.
3.1
BIOLOGICAL MEASURE
3.1.1
NURSERY ESTABLISHMENT
The existing central nursery facility of BACMAN shall provide all the required planting
materials for soil/slope stabilization activities for ease of seedling transport and to
minimize damage on seedlings during transit.
3.1.2
VEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT
3.1.2.1 Choice of Species

Species to be used shall depend on the outplanting phase in soil stabilization. The initial
phase of outplanting shall include creeping cover crop types, clump type grasses, and
woody coppice species to provide immediate vegetation cover. Species representatives
for the initial outplanting include yellow alder, flamengia and kakawate. In the secondary
outplanting, medium sized tree species shall be used. Medium sized trees include Acacia
mangium, Acacia auriculiformis. Agoho and Agoho del Monte shall also be planted which
will serve as one of the climax species in the area.
3.1.2.2 Plantation Lay-out

The area to be stabilized shall be planted with grasses/cover crops, cuttings and medium
sized trees. Grasses/cover crops shall be evenly distributed on the whole target area
while the cuttings and tree seedlings shall be planted in strips. Strips of cuttings shall be
established parallel to contour line from upper to lower slope while the trees shall be
planted on the slope one meter from the road side.
3.1.2.3 Site Preparation

Since the target areas is an open slope, site preparation activity shall only involve
staking/poling to serve as guide during planting.
3.1.2.4 Outplanting
Grasses and cuttings shall be outplanted immediately after collection/harvest of the
materials to avoid water stress. Seeding can be done during or after completion of
planting of grasses/cuttings. Outplanting of tree seedlings will be undertaken when
planting of grass/cuttings is completed.
3.1.2.5 Maintenance
Weeding, cultivation and fertilization shall be applied only to the outplanted seedlings.
However, replanting shall be applied when the mortality of each species exceeds 20%.
3.2
STRUCTURAL MEASURE
Structures such as ripraps and checkdams shall be constructed on steep slope areas and
where excessive soil erosion is observed. Riprap structure shall be constructed on
landslide prone areas to provide immediate mechanical support to the soil. This will avoid
destruction of road and occurrence of heavy siltation.
Checkdams, if necessary , shall be constructed in series formation on main flood path
along the slope to reduce the acceleration of flood flow and down stream siltation and to
avoid rill/gully formation.
4.
REFORESTATION PLAN
The total target area for reforestation will at least be equivalent to the total area to be
opened up by PNOC-EDC for the project. On an annual basis, the target area will be
based on the size of opened-up areas in the proceeding year. Reforestation shall ensure
replacement of the trees that may be affected by the geothermal operations.
Whenever applicable, Assisted Natural Regeneration (ANR) shall be implemented as one
of the strategies in reforestation.
4.1
NURSERY ESTABLISHMENT
The existing Central Nursery facility for BACMAN shall serve all the seedling requirement
necessary for soil/slope stabilization and reforestation efforts for the project.
4.2
PLANTATION ESTABLISHMENT
4.2.1
CHOICE OF SPECIES
Leguminous tree species shall be introduced to contribute in the fertility improvement.
Since one of the major purposes of this project is to improve soil fertility, the species to be
planted shall include Acacia mangium and Acacia auriculiformis. Agoho and Agoho del
Monte which are indigenous in the project area shall be planted as the climax species.
4.2.2
SOURCE OF MATERIALS
Seed requirement shall be provided by PNOC-EDC through purchase from
government/private nurseries such as DENR/Manila Seedlings/PICOP/PTFI among
others.
4.2.3
PLANTING MATERIALS
The planting materials, whenever seeds are available, will be in the form of seedlings to
ensure production of high seedling quality. Plantable size of the materials shall have a
minimum height of 15 cm. and maximum of 30 cm from the root collar to the shoot tip.
4.2.4
PLANTATION LAY-OUT
The targeted plantation area shall follow the blocking system implemented by DENR, with
a dimension of 200m running EW and 500m running NS directions.
4.2.5
SPACING
The seedlings/wildlings which shall be planted at 2m x 3m spacing will require 1666
seedlings per hectare. The 2m x 3m spacing to be adopted in this project will induce
early development of close canopy plantation which will eliminate narrow leafed
grasses (Cogon/miscanthus) that pose nutrient competition and grassland fire.
4.2.6
SITE PREPARATION
Strip brushing shall be undertaken during the site preparation activity. The activity will
also include staking to ensure implementation of the prescribed space and stocking
density per hectare.
4.2.7
HOLE DIGGING
Hole digging shall be undertaken as an activity separate from outplanting to ensure
implementation of the prescribed hole size. The holes shall be 30 cm deep with 30cm
diameter.
4.2.8
SEEDLING TRANSPORT
Seedling box or improvised basket/bag carrier shall be utilized during transport to avoid
damage on seedlings. During loading of seedlings into the vehicle at the nursery,
seedlings box shall be used. Basket/bag shall be used in the distribution of seedlings
from the depot/unloading point to the planting site.
4.2.9
OUTPLANTING
Outplanting shall be undertaken at the start of rainy season in the locality. Potting bags
shall be removed to facilitate root development and the seedlings shall be firmed upright
by pressing the soil filled into the planting hole.
4.3
PLANTATION MAINTENANCE
4.3.1
WEEDING
Manual weeding of the planting strips shall be undertaken to reduce competition and
incidence of pest infestation. Weeding shall be undertaken at least 2x per year for the
first 3 years.
4.3.2
CULTIVATION
Deep cultivation of each planting hill is necessary to improve soil aeration which will
induce fast growth and development of planted seedlings. Cultivation will also retard the
regrowth of weeds. The area to be cultivated shall have a minimum radius of 50cm from
the planted seedling. This activity shall be implemented 2x per year during the first 2
years of plantation establishment.
4.3.3
FERTILIZATION
Each planting hill/seedling shall be fertilized for the first 2 years of plantation
establishment at a frequency of at least 2x per year. Fertilization shall be done
immediately after cultivation is completed. Fertilization rate shall be 10 grams and 15
grams per hill in the first and second application respectively during the first year. In the
second year, the rate shall increase to 20 grams and 25 grams for first and second
application. The type of fertilizer to be used shall depend on the quality of soil in the
reforestation site.
4.3.4
REPLANTING
Replanting shall be done when the plantation mortality exceeds 20% (survival is lower
the 80%).
4.4
PLANTATION PROTECTION
Regular foot patrol in the vicinity of/within the plantation shall be undertaken by the multisectoral protection team to address the potential problem on stray animals and grassland
fire. Information drive through meetings and dialogues with the settlers within and around
the plantation area if there is any, shall be conducted as part of protection activity.
4.5
WATERSHED MONITORING (HYDRO-ECOLOGICAL)

Monitoring of several hydro-ecological parameters shall be done to determine the short
term and long term impacts of the geothermal development activities. In addition, the
corresponding mitigating measures shall be adopted for all phases of geothermal
development. Specifically, periodic measurements shall be done on stream flow
discharge and water quality.
4.5.1
STREAM FLOW DISCHAGE

Stream flow discharge shall be measured using a current meter. Measurement of stream
flow shall be done simultaneously with water quality sampling at designated monitoring
stations along Rizal and Cawayan Rivers.
The current meter set-up includes a wheel which is made to rotate about its axis by the
force of the water current. The speed of the rotation depends on the velocity of water. In
measuring stream flow discharge, the cross sectional area of the stream is divided into a
number of vertical sections. The stream flow velocity is then estimated by measuring the
average velocity of each station with the current meter.
4.5.2
WATER QUALITY
Water quality refers to the physical characteristics, dissolved chemical constituents, and
bacteriological quality of water with reference to a specific use. For the hydro-ecological
monitoring, the following parameters will be monitored; pH, temperature, conductivity,
turbidity, Dissolve Oxygen (DO), Total Suspended Solids (TSS), and Total Dissolve
Solids (TDS).
TSS monitoring is critical in determining the contribution of civil work activities to siltation
events in the area. The sediments yield is defined as the total sediments outflow from
the watershed. It is determined by relating the measured TSS concentration with the
stream flow discharge.
Water quality shall be monitored in the same stations where discharge measurement will
be conducted and will be done in accordance with the methodologies prescribed in the
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) report.
INFORMATION EDUCATION CAMPAIGN PLAN

The project will tap other agencies in its efforts in educating and organizing local
community on environmental concerns for the forest and wildlife protection.
Information and education material will be developed by PNOC-EDC in cooperation with
LGUs, GOs and other vital organizations to promote further public awareness on wildlife
and watershed conservation in the whole region.
Vital to forest protection operation is an efficient information gathering system and
immediate reporting of same to DENR. A staff from DENR as the lead agency shall be
designated to process gathered information from field staff and other sources.
PROJECT ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION

The Environmental Management Section (EMD) of PNOC-EDC/BACMAN is composed of
the following personnel:
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
2
1
1
2
5
Environmental Superintendent
Forester for Resource Management
Forester for Protection and Law Enforcement
Environmental Chemist/Pollution Control Officer
Extension Services Officer
Nursery Overseer
Forest Guards
Watershed Technicians
Sampler
Laboratory Technician
Nursery Aides
Social Forestry Aides
The Environmental Superintendent (EFOS) shall be responsible in the overall

environmental/watershed function of the section. He shall be responsible in coordinating
with the DENR/LGU/NGO/PO and other outside agencies.
The Site Foresters together with the Extension Services Officer and the Nursery Overseer
shall report to the EFOS and shall be responsible in the implementation of watershed
projects. The Forest Protection Officers/Forest Guards and Social Forestry Aides shall
assist in all watershed activities apart from the law enforcement function and will report to
the Foresters.
The Environmental Chemist who is the Pollution Control Officer (PCO) for the entire
BACMAN project shall report to the EFOS and shall undertake environmental monitoring.
The Environmental Technician and the sampler shall assist in environmental monitoring
and shall report to the Environmental Chemist/PCO.
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
Watershed Projects such as soil/slopes stabilization, reforestation and enrichment
planting to be undertaken by the company may be contracted out to the local community
farmers association organized by EMD who shall be known as the Contractor. The
Contractor shall be responsible in the administration and supervision of project

implementation.
The contract can be directly awarded to the capable community farmers association who
is directly affected by the project. However, if there are more than one (1) capable
community farmers association, the standard bidding adopted by PNOC-EDC shall be
observed.
Watershed monitoring and seedling dispersal shall be under the direct supervision of
EMD/PNOC-EDC.
Forest protection and IEC shall be implemented with the
DENR/LGU/other concerned groups.
PROJECT DURATION
Environmental monitoring and watershed project activities involving forest protection,
soil/slope stabilization, reforestation, information and education campaign and watershed
monitoring are continuing activities of PNOC-EDC in all of its energy projects.
PROJECT MONITORING AND EVALUATION AND REPORTING

Monitoring and evaluation (M&E) tool will be formulated for each different watershed
project. For reforestation, the DENR guideline on M&E will be adopted. Reports will
include but not limited to:
a. Comparison between Target and Accomplishment;
b. Problems encountered; and
c. Solution implemented.
PNOC-EDC will prepare and submit a quarterly report to DENR/LGU and to the financing
institution of the Tanawon Geothermal Project. For contracted out watershed projects,
the contractor will prepare a monthly report to be submitted to PNOC-EDC. Contractors
reports shall be integrated into a quarterly report and to be submitted to the concerned
agencies (DENR-RED Region V/LGU).
LPGF STEAMLINE INTERCONNECTION

Technical Specifications
GENERAL REV. 1
GEN.9.0
EXISTING VEGETATION
GEN.9.1
The Contractor shall carry out and confine his activities in a manner that shall cause
minimum damage to existing vegetation. Clearing and stripping shall only be carried out
where strictly necessary for construction operations. Unnecessary removal and damage
to foliage and root system of those areas of vegetation to be retained and otherwise
unaffected by the works shall be avoided.
GEN.9.2
To minimize erosion, stripping shall proceed only just ahead of main earth works.
GEN.9.3
Where in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor has unnecessarily
removed or damaged vegetation, the Contracting Officer shall require the Contractor to
carry out remedial and restoration work at the contractor's expense.
TS. CAW CARE OF WATER DURING CONSTRUCTION
CAW.2.1
The Contractor shall be required to organize, construct and provide temporary facilities to
effect erosion and storm water control throughout the contract.
CAW2.3
The system used for dewatering shall not cause any damage to the permanent works.
All temporary diversion works shall be designed to carry storm water of sufficient volume
of a ten year flood. Before dewatering works are commenced, the Contractor shall
submit to the Contracting Officer the details of equipment, methods, layouts, and
schedule of works for approval.
CAW.3.0
EXISTING WATERWAYS
The Contractor shall be required to organize construction of new works so that an
adequate channel is maintained for existing waterways or the flow is diverted in such a
way as to avoid disturbance of existing structures and new works. The Contractor shall
be solely responsible for any damage resulting from the action of water and debris.
TS. EWK EARTHWORKS
EWK.3.1
The contractor shall perform clearing and/or grubbing on designated construction and
work areas in the project site. These areas shall be cleared and/or grubbed of all surface
objects and all trees, stumps, roots, brush and other protruding obstructions, not
designated to remain, except particular trees which may be retained by the Contracting
Officer for preservations. Particular trees to be left in place shall be protected from
scarring and/or other injuries during clearing and/or grubbing works and all other
construction operations.
EWK.3.3
Timber cut from the site, meeting the specification requirements, may be used by the
Contractor for construction works in the project provided the Contracting Officer
approves it, in writing. Downed timber, which may ordered saved by the Contracting
Officer for future use, shall be cut into logs as directed and neatly piled in a place
designated by the Contracting Officer, otherwise they shall be disposed of as noted
above.
EWK.3.4
If perishable material is burned, it shall be burned thoroughly permitting no logs,
branches, stumps, roots or charred pieces to remain and it shall be under a constant
care of a competent watchmen at such times and in such a manner that the surrounding
vegetation, other adjacent property, or anything designated to remain will not be
jeopardized. If permitted, burning shall be done in accordance with applicable laws,
ordinances, and regulations.
EWK.3.5
The Contractor shall use high intensity burning procedures, (i.e. incinerators, high
stacking or pit and ditch burning with forced air supplements) that procedure intense
burning with little or no visible smoke emission during the burning process. At the end of
each burning session, the fire shall be extinguished so that smoldering debris remains.
EWK.3.6
If disposal is by burying, the debris shall be placed in layers with the material so
disturbed to avoid nesting. Each layer shall be covered or mixed with earth material by
land-fill method to fill all voids. The top layer of material buried shall be covered with at
least 300 mm of earth or other approved material and shall be graded, shaped, and
compacted to present a pleasing appearance.
EWK.3.7
All clearing and grubbing operations shall be conducted so that no damage will occur to
structures and installations both existing and under construction, and no obstruction will
occur to the flow of natural drainage channels like creeks and canals.
EWK.5.0 EXCAVATION
EWK.5.1.1
All excavation works shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces and
slopes. No material shall be wasted without authority of the Contracting Officer.
Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes
will not be disturbed. Prior to excavation, all necessary clearing and grubbing in that
area shall have been performed in accordance with EWK.3.0, Clearing and Grubbing.
EWK.5.1.2
Excavation shall be carried out in such a manner that free drainage is maintained at all
times and nowhere shall pondage be found in any part of the work.
EWK.5.2.2
Blasting shall not be employed unless a crawler bulldozer cannot rip the rock or similar
equipment fitted with hydraulic rippers having a bare slipping mass of at least twenty two
tons or whenever other ripping methods are impracticable.
EWK.5.3.1
When the use of explosives is necessary in earthworks and structure foundation

excavations, blasting shall be done only to the depth, amount and in such locations as
will neither crack nor damage the rock outside of the prescribed limits for excavation.
The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer a plan showing his proposed
blasting procedure, including size, depth and spacing of holes and amount of explosives.
Approval of such plan shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the safety of
the works, persons and property.
EWK.5.3.2
Excavation by blasting shall be performed only under the personal supervision of a

competent, trained and licensed blaster, and only when proper standard safety
precautions have been taken for the protection of works, persons and property. All
existing regulations prescribed by the Philippine Government regarding the possession,
handling, transporting, storing and use of explosives must be strictly followed and
complied with by the Contractor. Location of explosives storage shall be subjected to the
approval of the Contracting Officer.
Blasting within fifteen (15) meters of concrete structures or fill shall not be allowed
without prior approval in writing from the Contracting Officer.
EWK.5.3.3
EWK.5.5.1
Suitable topsoil encountered in excavation shall be removed to such extent and to such
depth as directed by the Contracting Officer. The removed suitable topsoil shall be
transported and deposited in stockpiles at locations approved by the Contracting Officer.

EWK.5.5.2
EWK.5.6.1
The suitable topsoil shall be completely removed to the required depth prior to beginning
of regular excavation and shall be kept separate from other excavated materials for later
use.
All suitable excavated materials as determined by the Contracting Officer, shall be used
in the construction and development of fill, subgrade, slopes, bedding, and backfill for
structures, and for other purposes as directed. It shall be stockpiled where directed and
left in a neat-looking condition and sloped to drain.
EWK.5.8
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall have the complete responsibility for the safety of the excavations
and the existing structures and shall therefore provide at his own expense such supports
as are necessary to prevent any damage. Should the Contracting Officer deem it
necessary, he can require additional supports without additional cost to the Corporation.
Such requirement shall not be held to relieve the Contractor of any part of his
responsibility for the safety of the excavations.
EWK.5.9
SOIL INVESTIGATION AND TESTING

Soil investigation shall be carried out on the pipeline route and separator station for the
purpose of establishing foundation design criteria. The Contractor shall secure the
approval of the Contracting Officer before final preparation of foundation level for
subsequent concreting works. Such work must be coursed by working permit duly
approved by the Contracting Officer to ensure that the design criteria for the soil bearing
capacity, elevation requirements and other parameters for the foundation stability have
been satisfied.
The Contracting Officer May Direct the Contractor in writing, to conduct appropriate soil
test, where he deems it necessary, to confirm the bearing capacity of the soil. The
Standard Penetration Test (SPT), in accordance with ASTM D 1586-84 (1992), may be
utilized by the Contracting Officer. Such test shall include laboratory test analysis and
results, as required.
EWK.6.0
FILL
EWK.6.1
Fill construction shall include preparation of the areas upon which they are placed
;placing and compacting of approved material where unsuitable material have been
removed; and the placing and compacting of fill material in holes, pits, and other
depressions within the designated work area.
EWK.6.2.2
The surface of the stockpiles shall be rolled to minimize intrusion of rainwater. Surface
drainage upstream of stockpiles shall be constructed as directly by the Contracting
Officer.
EWK.6.3
FILL MATERIALS
EWK.6.3.1
Fill materials shall consist of suitable materials from excavation or from sources
approved by the Contracting Officer. No fill materials shall be placed until the surface to
be filled has been approved by the Contracting Officer. Fill shall be constructed of
suitable materials, in accordance with the following definitions:
(1) Suitable material material which is acceptable in accordance with the contract and
which can be compacted in the manner specified in this item. It can be common
material or rock.
Selected borrow, for topping soil of such gradation that all particles will pass a sieve
with 75 mm (3inches) openings and not more than 15 mass percent will pass the 0.075
mm (No. 200) sieve, as determined by AASHTO 11. The material shall have a plasticity
index of not more than 6 as determined by AASHTO 90 and a liquid limit of not more
than 30 as determined by AASHTO 89.
(2) Unsuitable material material other than suitable material such as :

(a) Materials containing detrimental qualities of organic material, such as grass, roots
and sewage.
(b)Highly organic soils such as peat and muck
(c)Exceeding 80 and/or plasticity index exceeding 55.
(d)Soils with a natural water content exceeding 100%
(e)Soils with a very low natural density, 800 kg/m3 or lower.
(f)Soils that cannot be properly compacted as determined by the Contracting Officer.
EWK.6.4.8
In the event that construction of concrete footings or other concrete foundations is on fill,
the fill shall be compacted efficiently and thoroughly so that when the fill at the required
foundation elevation for the structure is tested for compaction, the required bearing
capacity of the fill foundation is attained but in no case be less than 100Kpa. In no case
shall filling and compaction work be done without the presence of the Corporation
Inspector. The Contractor shall be held liable for any structural instability or damage that
might result in consequence to non-compliance for this requirement. The Contractor
shall institute corrective measures to bring the foundation to a condition or state that will
conform the required bearing capacity ; and also to repair and make good any damage
on the structure to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer, all at no cost to the
Corporation.
EWK.6.5.3
Throughout the periods when compaction of earthwork is in progress, the Contractor

shall adhere to the compaction procedures found from compaction trials for each type of
material being compacted, each type of compaction equipment employed and each
degree of compaction specified.
EWK.6.8.1
The Contractor shall maintain any filled place in a condition satisfactory to the
Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall take necessary steps to avoid ponding of water
on the fill or contamination of the fill by traffic or other causes, and shall at all times keep
the surface and slopes of the fill free from rubbish, reject or unsuitable fill or waste or
excess materials
EWK.6.9
ROUNDING AND WARPING SLOPES

Except in solid rock, the tops and bottoms of all slopes shall be rounded. A layer of earth
overlying a rock shall be rounded above the rock as done in earth slopes. Adjustment of
slopes shall be made to avoid injury in standing trees or marring of weathered rock or to
harmonize with existing landscape features, and the transition to such adjusted slopes
shall be gradual. At intersections of cuts and fills, slopes shall be adjusted and warped
to flow into each other or into the natural ground surfaces without noticeable break.
EWK.6.10
In the event of slipouts in any part of the earthworks fill prior to final acceptance,
Contractor shall rebuild such portion of the fill. The Contractor at no extra cost to
Corporation shall perform the rebuilding of the fill. If occurrence of such slipouts
caused by forces beyond the control of the Contractor, time extension may
the
the
are
be
acknowledged but at no additional cost to the Corporation in accordance with GC.35

Delays and Extensions of Time.
EWK.7.0
DISPOSAL
All excess or unsuitable materials from earthworks shall be disposed of by the Contractor
in the disposal areas shown in the drawing or as directed by the Contracting Officer
where such will not interfere harmfully with the natural flow of streams nor affect the
surrounding properties, nor detract from appearance of the completed project nor
interfere with the accessibility of the structure for operation. Disposed materials shall be
evenly spread in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 200 mm in loose depth for
the full width of each cross-section by means of a bulldozer, the size and power of which
shall be sufficient to spread the materials to the required depth. The area shall finally be
leveled, trimmed and rolled to reasonable regular lines.
EWK.10.0
TOPSOIL, GRASSING AND PLANTING
EWK.10.1.1
Topsoil from the stockpiles or approved borrow areas shall be evenly spread and
trimmed over the final batters and other areas to the slopes and levels shown on the
drawings or ordered by the Contracting Officer. The depth after spreading and trimming
shall be 150 mm unless otherwise directed, measured perpendicularly to the surface. All
clods and lumps shall be broken up and any rubbish, large stones, roots and weeds shall
be removed.
EWK.10.1.2
Apply manure evenly over the entire area at the rate of 2.60 m3 of manure to every 100
m2 of the area. Mix thoroughly to a depth of 100 mm by harrowing or other means
approved by the Contracting Officer. Bring to a smooth and uniform grade with the top
50 mm brought to a fine tilt. Carry out sodding as soon as practicable but not more than
15 days after completion of manuring, having regard to the season and weather
conditions. If ordered by the Contracting Officer, apply ground lime and fertilizer.
Fertilizer shall be wellrotted, unleashed, ground, cotton-seed free stockyard (not cattle)
manure reasonably free from sawdust, shavings, refuse and harmful chemicals. All
manure delivered shall be free from any stage of fly manifestation. All manure fertilizer
shall be spread and mixed with topsoil within 48 hours after arrival on the site. Excessive
fly breeding shall be controlled through the use of insecticides and/or larvaecides. All
slopes in excess of 20 degrees are to be sowed by hydroseeding.
EWK.10.2.1
Seed sowing shall commence as soon as possible and not later than fifteen days after
completion of each section of the earthworks, unless otherwise approved by the
Contracting Officer. Any damage to earthworks due, in the opinion of the Contracting
Officer, to unnecessary delays in the application of the seed sowing mix, shall be made
good at the Contractors expense.
EWK.10.2.2
The Contractor shall guarantee a successful strike of the grass which shall be taken at
any 3m x 3m square of planted ground having at least 80% grass cover in a healthy and
vigorous condition, thirty days after seeding. Any bare patches in excess of the above
20% allowance shall be replanted and maintained for a further thirty days. In addition,
the Contractor shall maintain the grass banks for a period of six months after sowing or
after re-sowing as above any 3m x 3m area not having 80% grass cover shall be re-sown
and the conditions for a successful strike and six months maintenance period shall apply.
EWK.10.3
GRASS BUSH TYPES

The grass Bush types listed below are to be planted in the areas shown on the grassing
lay-out drawing. The contractor is to pre-check the growth suitability of each type in plots
as required by the Contracting Officer. If in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, the
types as listed are unsuitable, the Contractor is required to lease with the Contracting
Officer to test another species:
(a)
Under the pipeline routes for a distance of 3 meters outside the centerline of the
outermost pipe each side of the route - Paspalum conjugatum Berg. (Kauatkuat,
Bis.)
(b)
Thermal pond dam inside Lantana Camara L. (Marigold) outside as per remaining
areas.
( c) Thermal pond perimeter Lantana Camara L. (Marigold) to act as a barrier to avoid

ingress of animals.
d) Remaining areas Choomolaena Ordorata (l) R.M. King and H. Robinson Shrubs..
EWK.10.4.1
The contractor is to excavate to a depth sufficient to accommodate the root structure of

the plant materials without cramping or bending of the roots. Fill around plant roots with
topsoil and compact firmly. Bring areas to a smooth and uniform grade and water with a
fine spray, satisfactory to the Contracting Officer.
EWK.10.4.2
All ground covers shall be guaranteed up to the completion of the contract and shall be
healthy and in a vigorous condition. In any 3m x 3m square at least 80% covered by
grass or plants. Any bare patches in excess of the above 20% allowance will be
replanted.
INSTITUTIONAL PLAN
The success in the implementation of the Tanawon Geothermal Project rests largely on
the extensive experience of PNOC-EDC in energy development. Just like the BaconManito Geothermal Production Field (BGPF), it will benefit from an entire
environmental organization, the Environmental Management Division (EMD), which is
part of the PNOC-EDC organization. EMD is committed to the companys thrust of
promoting sustainable energy development in its projects.
1. Environmental Management Division (EMD)
PNOC-EDC has a complete multi-disciplinary environmental organization under the
Environmental Management Department (EMD). EMD is manned by nearly 200
professional staff with the technical expertise and field experience in various aspects of
environmental and watershed management, as well as laboratory services, to meet the
needs of the most discriminating project development. Many of the staff have been
trained in the USA, New Zealand, Italy, United Kingdom, Australia, Austria, Japan,
Belgium, Netherlands and Thailand.
EMD is divided into two groups: namely, the Environmental Planning and Control
Department (EPCD) and the Environmental Field Operations Department (EFOD). The
EPCD holds office in Manila and has three sections handling concerns on environmental
management, watershed management and laboratory services. The EFOD, on the other
hand, has individual environmental units in each project site to implement EMDs
environmental programs and measures.
The Table of Organization (TO) of EMD is shown in Figure 1.
1.1 Environmental Technical Services
Because it is a multi-disciplinary team with vast experience in the environmental
management field, EMD is capable of providing high quality environmental technical
services such as the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Formulation of Environmental Management Systems, Policies, Plans and Programs

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Environmental and Health Risk Assessment
Environmental Audit
Conflict Management/Social Acceptability
Environmental Licensing
Researches and Special Studies
1.Formulation of Environmental Management Systems, Policies, Plans and Programs

PNOC-EDCs plans and programs have served as models to other companies, and were
adopted by DENR as guidelines and procedures in its various administrative orders and
policies such as the MC 29 Implementing Guidelines and the Philippine EIS System
Procedures (DAO 96-37). A concrete example is EMDs pioneering consultation
initiatives which have become a guide to other project developers. The policies on public
consultation of the Congress and DENR were finalized in 1995 utilizing PNOC-EDCs
experience.
Doing EIAs has paved way to the enhancement of EMDs capabilities in related
endeavors such as monitoring and auditing. EMD has formulated its monitoring
guidelines and standard operating procedures (SOPs), created databases for preservation
of historical data and facility of retrieval of current data, and streamlined its monitoring
operation.
EMD has helped in the formulation and review of legislation through its networking
efforts. It initiates drafting of policy proposals to respond to gaps in the law. It has
actively participated in both the Senates and Congress Technical Review Committees
for the Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999, and is doing the same now for the Clean Water
Act. Moreover, EMD supported the establishment of the multi-sectoral monitoring of
projects and formulated the mechanics and procedures for it in 1993. DENR adopted
these methods and are now an integral part of DAO 96-37.
Due to constant exposure and continuous skills enhancement programs, the staff are upto-date and well-versed on current environmental regulations. Coupled with their
extensive expertise, the group can tackle a wide range of environmental concerns like
environmental set-up/organization, waste management, monitoring and planning to come
up with cost-efficient, legally compliant, realistic and responsive plans and programs.
These skills have been utilized in preparing special studies for PNOC-EDC such as
relocation programs that have already found application in its Mindanao and Leyte
Geothermal Projects, social cost-benefit analyses, and economic valuation of
environmental attributes.
2. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
One of EMDs expertise is the conduct of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).
Through the EIA, EMD characterizes the past and present environment through baseline
studies, and identifies and evaluates the probable beneficial and adverse impacts of the
project. EMD then recommends preventive and mitigating measures, and implements
environmental management plans. To date, EMD has completed 32 EIAs, with a
remarkable record of 100% Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) issuance.
EMDs advantage as an EIA preparer stems from its familiarity with the EIS system as
embodied in DENR Administrative Order 96-37 and other relevant environmental laws,
and more importantly, its hands-on experience in the full spectrum of EIA services.
EMD handles information drives, scoping sessions, acquisition of endorsements, baseline

surveys, environmental analyses and public hearings. The staffs experience was further
enriched when accredited in 1997 by DENR to be EIA reviewers. As both EIA
preparers and reviewers, EMD staff have that unique dual perspective and holistic
approach when handling projects.
3. Environmental and Health Risk Assessment
For years of experience, EMD practically engages in risk assessment works in their
environmental planning, formulation of internal and external policies and resolution of
environmental issues. The group is prepared to apply the knowledge it has acquired on
the risk assessment techniques and guidelines of the Asian Development Bank. EMD
actively interfaced with the risk assessment experts in the comprehensive risk assessment
studies for geothermal projects in Leyte, Mt. Labo, Mt. Apo and Northern Negros. EMD
provides expertise on Health Risk Assessment Initiatives of the Energy Sector
participated by the DENR, DOH, NPC, DOE, among others.
4. Environmental Monitoring
EMD designs water quality monitoring programs to ascertain that levels of pollutants
remain within acceptable environmental standards through waste characterization
periodic sampling of river and groundwater on designated stations, river system
assessment, pollution control. The knowledge of the group on geothermal operations and
environmental laws enables the geothermal projects to operate within environmental
standards.
EMD regularly monitors potential gaseous chemical pollutants and noise level within the
project site to safeguard the health of workers and employees.
5. Environmental Audit
EMD has designed and implemented an ISO-14001-based environmental audit system for
its field operation. A pilot run was conducted in the Southern Negros Geothermal Project
(SNGP). Based on its assessment, similar audits will be conducted in other PNOCEDCs energy projects.
The staffs training on audit is continuous as EMD works towards their accreditation as
environmental auditors. It is expected that in due time, more comprehensive and
outstanding audits can be conducted by the group.
EMD conducts periodic environmental audit to ensure that the commitments in the EIA
are followed and determine what changes, if any, have deviated from the baseline.
Monitoring protocols had been instituted for timely implementation of mitigating
measures in case of exceedances on standards.
6. Conflict Management/Social Acceptability

EMDs more than 15 years of experience in community-based management laid the
foundation for the extension of its service to assist clients in managing or resolving
conflicts and attaining social acceptability among stakeholders of development projects.
For new projects, the most effective interventions of EMD are those that are interlinked
but precede the EIA process. EMD has specialized in and successfully applied the
following processes:
Social preparation before the conduct of the EIA surveys/studies, or if not

covered by the EIS System, before any construction activity is initiated at the
project location (inventory of stakeholders and their respective perception and
positions about the project proposal; information drives; dialogues;
dissemination of information sheets, comics, and other info-educationcommunication materials; presentations/consultations with the local
governments from the barangays to the provincial levels to secure
endorsements; multi-media IEC)
Participative Scoping of issues and concerns with stakeholders in both public
and private sectors;
Participative conduct of the EIA surveys and studies (includes tapping of local
expertise and working with them through their innate knowledge of the
practices of the communities);
Community validation meetings to consult with the various sectors the
adequacy and accuracy of the impact assessment and measures in the draft
EIS prior to its finalization;
Public Hearings, if needed, to transparently address the residual orpending
concerns of the public which have not been resolved earlier in the process;
Intensive program of sectoral consultations and negotiations, focused group
discussions with selected sectors or key individuals respected by stakeholders
towards reaching common grounds for further discussions or final resolution
of concerns;
Multi-sectoral Monitoring for transparency in the conduct of operations and
continuing improvement of the projects programs to protect the environment
and the people; and
Facilitating the delivery of services and other committed benefits to the
communities by networking among the concerned government agencies and
the beneficiaries.
7. Environmental Licensing
EMD handles the licensing requirements of PNOC projects from the national and local
levels such as Initial Environmental Examination (IEE), Engineers Report are handled
by the group. Various permits such as Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC),
Authority to Construct and Permit to Operate Pollution Control Facilities (AC/PO), Tree
Cutting Permit (TCP) and Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR) for quarrying have
been timely secured.
8. Researches and Special Studies

EMD has conducted researches in highly specialized fields such as biodiversity,
bioindicators, and aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. Its researches include drafting
modern approaches to pollution control and risk assessment, among others. The groups
composition, mainly scientists and engineers, makes it possible to prepare these
programs. The staff undergo both local and foreign trainings to support their quest for
knowledge. This results to highly analytical and comprehensive outputs that serve well
the companys needs, and stand to benefit other clients, as well.
1. 2. Watershed Management Services
EMD has a pool of multi-disciplinary experts that manages four geothermal reservations
in Negros, Leyte, Sorsogon and Cotabato covering a total land area of 266,326 hectares
following the multiple-use management approach. The following watershed management
strategies are adopted:
1. Formulation of Watershed Management Systems, Policies, Plans and Programs
2. Watershed Resource Management
3. Forest Protection
4. Reforestation and Plantation Management
5. Extension services
6. Community Organizing
8. Watershed Monitoring and Evaluation
9. Special Forestry Projects
1. Formulation of Watershed Management Systems, Policies, Plans and Programs
PNOC-EDC has successfully nurtured a healthy habitat within the geothermal
environment through EMDs ability to formulate the ideal watershed management
program for specific projects. Its geothermal projects have been recognized as Model for
Greening by the National Economic and Development Authority (NEDA) and Model
for Environmental Sustainability by the Department of Environment and Natural
Resources (DENR) and United Nations Development Program (UNDP).
EMDs expertise in this area includes:
Formulation of system to integrate watershed management in the general

operations from exploratory to development phase.
Formulation of watershed management program with details on forest resource
management, forest protection, reforestation, forestry extension and community
organizing.
Formulation of evaluation and monitoring program and procedures
Advisory on critical legislations to ensure compliance
2. Watershed Resource Management

In the area of forest resource management, EMD is capable of providing the following
services:
Preparation of an environmental impact assessment study

Watershed policy formulation
Vegetation profiling and mapping
Watershed status monitoring
GIS-assisted land use planning and zoning
Formulation of timber/plantation and wildlife management programs
Project feasibility development for forest-based enterprises (e.g. tree plantation,
rattan, agroforestry, orchards and development of minor forest products)
3. Forest Protection
EMD has developed the expertise in strategizing forestry law enforcement to ensure
confiscation of illegally acquired forest products and implements, filing of cases against
perpetrators and mobilizing the communities in protecting the forest.
Forest protection is an integral component of EMDs watershed management program.
The companys forest rangers patrol and protect residual forests at a ratio of one forest
guard per 2,000 hectares to meet the national standard of one forest guard per 5,00010,000 hectares. EMD also conducts the following for upland communities and other
interested groups:
Forestry law enforcement seminars

Formulation of specific strategies and counter measures to forest violations
forest-fire control planning
4. Reforestation and Plantation Management

The EMD staffs first hand experience in reforestation has enabled them to master the
skills for all aspects of nursery operations, plantation establishment and management for
various types of crops and trees. Established types of plantation within the energy
watershed reservations include tree plantation cum abaca, coffee and black pepper for
agroforestry, mangrove plantation, rattan plantation established within natural/mixed
dipterocarp forest, orchards, and pure plantation of Acacia mangium and Gmelina
arborea.
EMDs expertise in reforestation include the following:
Preparation of different plantation designs and budget

Implementation of reforestation projects/plantation establishment
Technology on rattan propagation and nursery management
Preparation of plantation growth and yield monitoring program
Soil analysis
Plantation inventory and evaluation
Seed generation of rare and endemic species
Road and slope stabilization (slope stability assessment; preparation of design and
implementation of stabilization projects)
Soil erosion control
EMD has established around 5,000 hectares of reforestation projects within the 4
geothermal reservations through the 75 organized farmers associations. EMD trained the
community on nursery operations, plantation establishment and maintenance.
5. Extension Services
PNOC-EDC prides itself for having transformed former slash-and burn farmers into
green activists through its creative and comprehensive extension program. To date, the
company has already organized and provided livelihood to a total of 75 communities with
23,700 people or 4,737 households as beneficiaries. These communities act as the
companys co-managers of geothermal watershed areas. Over the years, they have
become staunch environmentalists and strong social fences to forest stands, thus
emerging as PNOC-EDCs most effective partners in forest protection. Three of these
associations have distinguished themselves as the best in their regions as evidenced by
their awards from prestigious institutions (See awards).
EMDs forestry extension services have facilitated the implementation of the whole
watershed program through effective communication and education of the multi-sectoral
watershed clientele. The extension program is mainly focused on developing the peoples
awareness and appreciation of forest resources through community organizing and
information campaign. The extension services staff is adept in the following areas:
Socio-economic data gathering and analysis

Preparation of community organizing activity plan and program
Conduct of community organizing including seminars/workshops on selfawareness, value formation, team-building, organizational strengthening and rural
leadership
Design and implementation of sustainable livelihood programs for forest
communities
Monitoring and evaluation of community based forestry projects
Preparation and design of monitoring and evaluation tools
Preparation and design of resettlement program
Watershed stakeholders conflict resolution
6. Community Organizing
EMD is extensively involved in community organizing, conducting social development
seminars, implementation and monitoring of livelihood and resettlement projects. To
date, it has organized and regularly monitors 75 farmers associations and 2 resettlement
projects in the four (4) geothermal reservations.
EMD handles acquisition of forestry permits such as road right-of-way, tree-cutting and
special land use permits before the start of any civil works activities. Preparation of
permit requirements such as tree inventory, stand and stock table and maps are handled
by the group.
8. Watershed Monitoring and Evaluation
In the geothermal reservations, various land uses compatible with geothermal
development are allowed thus EMD allocated the various land uses into a comprehensive
watershed management plan and continuously monitor its implementation. It maintains
various instruments necessary for watershed monitoring such as Geographic Positioning
System (GPS), rain gauges, river flow meters, compass, CO2 analyzers and computers.
9. Special Forestry Projects
EMD is implementing several special forestry projects in PNOC-EDC geothermal
reservation areas foremost of which are the social forestry project and the study of CO2
absorption in forests. The companys social forestry project is one of the most successful
in the country. The project aims not only to preserve geothermal watershed areas but also
improve the welfare of upland communities by enhancing their environment and
providing them with sustainable livelihood projects. It is a holistic package with the
plantation as the focal point but branching out to other livelihood projects such as
consumer stores, cutflower, establishment of abaca, coffee, black pepper and fruit
plantations.
The study of Carbon Dioxide (CO2) absorption in forests is another pioneering effort by
the company. Undertaken through the World Banks Global Environment Facility
(GEF), the study established the absorption index and the amount of carbon sequestered
by the different vegetative cover in the Leyte geothermal reservation.
1.3 Laboratory Services
The EMD Laboratory Analytical Services of PNOC-EDC has been existent since 1983.
We have at least seventeen years of experience in laboratory analytical and related works.
The laboratory analytical team is composed of highly qualified, trained and experienced
chemist and technicians with average laboratory working experience of fourteen years.
The facility is equipped with instrument and equipment to complement EMDs laboratory
services. The laboratory makes use of conventional and new methods and techniques to
meet and satisfy the standards of the services required from us. The activities are carried
out in accordance with nationally and internationally accepted methods and procedures.
EMD maintains a laboratory per project site for accurate and timely data analysis. The
Chemists and Laboratory Technicians ensure quality results using national and
international standard procedures from sample handling, coding, preservation, treatment
and analysis to sample disposal and proper laboratory waste management. Results are
carefully recorded, processed, reported and stored. Quality control and assurance are
maintained through cross checking of results, internal inter-laboratory testing, regular
calibration of equipment and strict adherence to standards.
The group coordinates with government and private agencies to keep updates of laws and
regulations and latest trend in the laboratory and related fields.
Most of the data generated have become public documents contained in Environmental
Impact Statements (EIS) and technical and scientific reports.
In the Participatory Monitoring Manual prepared by the DENR-EMB (Department of
Environment and Natural Resources Environment Management Bureau) and ADB
(Asian Development Bank).
The laboratory is an active member of the Geothermal Task Force Laboratory Working
Group spearheaded by the Department of Energy and chaired by DENR-EMD. The group
conducts inter-laboratory calibration exercises on various procedures.
Lastly, the EMD laboratory is a DENR-EMD recognized laboratory, accredited on
September 25, 2000. Its case activities include:
1. Formulation of Laboratory Management System
2. Field Sampling
3. Physico-Chemical Biological Analyses
4. Laboratory Audit
5. Training
6. Laboratory Research and Development
1. Formulation of Laboratory Management System
Formulation of laboratory management system activities include:
Setting-up of the laboratory

Laboratory manual preparation
2. Field Sampling
The EMD laboratory conducts field sampling of:
Water
Wastewater
Sediment
Soil
Biota
Sludge
Air
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
freshwater, marine, estuarine, groundwater

industrial, effluents, blowdown, condensate
river, marine
forest, agricultural, built-up areas
plant and animal species
power plant
suspended particulates
The samples address requirements for EIA/reconnaissance surveys, operational controls,

pollution prevention and control, groundwater monitoring, point-source characterization,
fixed-station network monitoring, and special monitoring.
3. Physico-Chemical Biological Analyses
The Laboratory Analytical Services conducts various physico-chemical analysis of
different kinds of samples. It is equipped with equipment and instruments to complement
the services being offered. Conventional and new methods and techniques of analysis are
being employed to meet and satisfy the standards of required services. The activities are
conducted in accordance with nationally and internationally accepted methods and
procedures.
Sample type:
water, wastewater, sediment, soil, sludge, biota
Physical analysis: Color, conductivity, total dissolved solids, total suspended

soils, temperature, others
Chemical analysis; Arsenic, boron, chloride, sulfate, heavy metals, others
Biological analysis, Taxonomy, density counts (benthic fauna including mollusks,
zooplankton, macrophytes) density counts
4. Laboratory Audit
Audit is conducted in compliance with:
DAO 98-63: Guidelines for the Designation of DENR-Recognized

Environmental Laboratories
ISO/IEC Guide 25: General requirements for the competence of calibration

and testing laboratories.
5. Training
Trainings are conducted on the following:
Sampling and sample management: Preparation of sampling program, site

selection, method of sampling, collection of representative sample, quality
assurance, sample preservation and handling and chain-of custody
Quality control and assurance
Laboratory techniques
Instrument principles and operation: Atomic absorption

spectrophometer,
UV-Vis spectrophotometer, Ion Chromatograph, Polarograph
Basic laboratory statistical methods
6. Laboratory Research and Development

Laboratory research and development activities include:
Development and modification of analytical methods

Pollution control and waste management researches
ENVIRONMENTAL TRACK RECORD
In the field of environmental management, EMD has 23 years of reputable green record
not only strictly adhering to government regulations and standards but oftentimes setting
the pace in corporate environmentalism. The group pioneered in the adoption and
implementation of several environmental strategies for geothermal projects such as the
participatory environmental impact assessment; zero discharge system; multi-sectoral
monitoring; CO2 uptake study (greenhouse gas indicator) and biodiversity monitoring.
Some of these initiatives have become the standards for the industry.
Since 1983, EMD through its Watershed Technical Services Section and Environmental
Field Operations Department has been managing four major geothermal watershed
reservation areas in Palinpinon, Negros Oriental; Tongonan, Leyte; Albay and Sorsogon
in Bicol; and Kidapawan, North Cotabato covering a total of 266,326 hectares. It has
successfully enhanced not only the geothermal reservoir recharge areas but the
communities environment as well. Its social forestry program is widely acknowledged
as a model project not only for environmental protection but for community
development.
EMD has a Laboratory and Analytical Services (LAS) section composed of chemists and
technicians capable of performing various environmental laboratory analytical and
related works. Its laboratory is DENR-EMB-recognized since September 2000.
EMD has obtained a total of 372 environmental licenses for PNOC EDCs projects
which include Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECCs), waste management
facilities permits and forestry permits. It has organized and provided livelihood to a total
of 75 communities with 23,700 people or 4,737 households as beneficiaries. Massive
reforestation and rehabilitation as well as vigilant forest protection at a ratio of one forest
guard per 2,000 hectares (compared with 1:5,000-10,000 national standard) resulted in
the significant decline of illegal forest activities in its geothermal reservations. Since
1983, EMD has already reforested a total of 5,212 hectares.
EMDs experience and expertise in environmental and watershed management are tapped
in formulating major national environmental policies. Some of its environment staff are
now accredited reviewers of the DENR EIA Review Committee and members of the
technical committees of various regulating and legislative bodies. PNOC-EDC is called
upon to sit in the technical committees of Senate, Congress, DENR and the Department
of Energy (DOE).
Furthermore, PNOC-EDCs environmental and watershed management programs have
become models and case studies not only for DENR, but for other agencies also such as
the Development Academy of the Philippines (DAP), Department of Health (DOH),
United States Assistance for International Development (USAID), World Health
Organization (WHO) and the International Labor Organization (ILO).
1. CLIENTS/PROJECT COMPLETED
CLIENTS NAME
PROJECT/SERVICES
A. LOCAL
1. PNOC EDC
IEE/EIS/ECC (GEO/MINEX)
Training
Permits
2. PNOC-EC
Fuga Island Oil and Gas Drilling Project
IEE/EIS/ECC
Training
Permits
3. PNOC-COAL Corporation
IEE/EIS/ECC
Training
Permits
4. PNOC Malangas Coal Corporation
ECC
Permits
5. PNOC Petrochemical Development Corporation

(PPDC)
Laboratory Analysis of
Environmental Samples
6. Development Academy of the Philippines (DAP)
Training
7. Philippine Association of Environmental Assessment

Professionals (PAEAP)
Training
B. INTERNATIONAL
8. Kenya Electricity Generating Company
Consultancy on Environment
(Geothermal Sector)
9. World Bank Operations Evaluation Department
Consultancy on Cultural
Heritage Study
10. Senga Philippines, Incorporated
Laboratory Analysis
11. JICA/BOI
Training
12. Kyushu Electric Power Co., Inc. (KYUDEN)
EIS/ECC
2. COMPLETED EIS PROJECTS

Projects
Nature of
Report
Date Report
Submitted
Date of ECC
Issuance
EIA
ECC
Exemption
EIA
EMR
EIA
EIA
PD/ECR
EIA
EIA
EIA
ECC
Exemption
EIA
1983
N.A.
Apr. 29,1986
Feb. 1987
Aug. 1988
Jun. 1989
Nov. 1989
Jun. 1990
Jul. 1990
Jul. 1990
Jun. 1993
Sep. 20, 1993
Apr. 1, 1987
Sept. 9, 1988
Jan. 4, 1990
Feb. 14, 1990
Dec. 20, 1990
Sept. 11, 1990
Sept. 17, 1990
Dec. 1, 1993
Sept. 29, 1993
(Appeal Letter)
Exemption
Jan. 24, 1997
Jun. 1985
Jul. 7, 1994
(Appeal Letter)
Mar. 1991
Jan. 1991
Aug. 1991
Jan. 1993
Oct. 1994
Jan. 1995
Aug. 21, 1987

Nov. 17, 1995
(Block
Confirmation)
Sept. 5, 1991
Jan. 14, 1992
May 19, 1992
May 20, 1993
Aug. 9, 1995
Dec. 5, 1995
EIA
Aug. 1989
Mar. 1995
Oct. 25, 1989

May 5, 1995
PD/ECR
PD/ECR
PD/ECR
May 1990
Mar. 1994
Mar. 25, 1996
Jun. 14, 1990

Jun. 14, 1994
May 7, 1996
PD/ECR
IEE/CNC
Apr. 1995
March 19, 1999
Jun. 14, 1995

March 23, 1999
A. Geothermal Exploration
1. Southern Negros Geothermal
2. Tongonan Geothermal Project
3. Mindanao I Cotabato
4. Mt. Natib, Bataan
5. Mt. Cagua, Cagayan
6. Mt. Labo, Camarines Sur
7. Sta. Lourdes, Palawan
8. Mahagnao, Leyte
9. Alto Peak, Leyte
10. Northern Negros
Project
12.So. Leyte Geothermal Project
B.
Geothermal Development
13. Bacon Manito
Bacon Manito-ECC Coverage
Amendment
14. Upper Mahiao/Malitbog
15. Mindanao 1, (Mt. Apo)
16. Mahanagdong
17. Leyte (670-700 Mwe)
18. Mt. Labo
19. Northern Negros Geothermal
Development Project
C. Oil & Gas Drilling
20. Malabuyoc/Alegria
Alegria,South Cebu- Expansion
21. San Antonio, Isabela
22. Maniguin, Antique-2 wells
23. Maniguin, Antique-new
ECC; proposed well #3, 4 & 5
24. Sultan sa Barongois,
Maguindanao
25. Fuga Island Aparri, Cagayan
EIA
EIA
EIA
EIA
EIA
EIA
EIA
Projects
Nature of
Report
Date Report
Submitted
Date of ECC
Issuance
D. Oil & Gas (Power Plant)

26. San Antonio, Isabela
E.
PD/ECR
PD/ECR
PD/ECR
PD/ECR
Jun. 1990
Nov. 1990
Dec. 20, 1990

Jan 17, 1994
Apr. 17, 1991
Apr. 16, 1995
Coal Mining
29. Malangas Coal Corporation
G.
Apr. 21, 1992

(Exemption
Confirmation)
Mineral Exploration
27. Anapugan/Siaton
Anapugan/Siaton-Expansion
28. Payongan
Payongan-Expansion
F.
ECC
Exemption
ECC
Exemption
Sept. 16, 1994
Coal Briquettes
30. Bauan Batangas, Bgy. San
Manuel
PD/ECR
Feb. 21, 1996
Jun. 13, 1996
PD/ECR
Apr. 2, 1996
Apr. 23, 1996
IEE
IEE
April 2000
Sept 2000
May 5, 2000
Oct. 2, 2000
H. Coal Terminal Expansion

31. Poro Point, San Fernando,
La Union
I. Wind Farming
32. Northern Luzon
33. Northern Luzon T/L
J. Sand Gravel Rock Quarry
Project
35. Bacon Manito Geothermal
Project
Project
IEE
Apr. 20, 1992
IEE
May 22, 1992
IEE
Dec. 8, 2000
3. AWARDS AND RECOGNITIONS

For its environmental and watershed management initiatives and programs, PNOC-EDC
has reaped awards, among them:
1.
1993
Outstanding Corporate Environmental Program from the

Personnel Management Association of the Philippines (PMAP)
2. 1995
Gawad Kalikasan Award for Most Outstanding Achievement in

EIA for Mt. Apo given by DENR, NGO, Senate and Phil.
Association of Environmental Professional Inc.
3. 1995
First Runner Up for Best EIA Study for Leyte Geothermal

Project given by DENR, NGO, Senate and Phil. Association of
Environmental Professional Inc.
4.
1995
Chi Rho Award from the Miriam College on Environmental

Education
5.
1995
Cited for environmental measures in the book Sustainable

Development A Philippine Perspective by Soriano, L; Claudio, C;
and Fansler, L.
6.
1995-present
Outstanding Firm Award Bacon-Manito Geothermal Project

from DENR-Region V
7.
1996
Model for the Environment Sustainability study of DENR and

the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)
8.
1996
Model for Greening study of the National Economic and

Development Authority (NEDA)
9.
1996
Award for Integration of Environmental Program in Operations

from the De La Salle University
10. 1996-1998
Outstanding Family Welfare Program for Workers of Leyte

Geothermal Project and Bacon-Manito Geothermal Project from
Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE)
11. 1997
Community-based Environmental Impact Assessment Handbook

by DENR-Guerrero citing PNOCs Northern Negros & Labo
Projects as model on process
12. 1997-1999
Most Outstanding Rural Organization in Region 8 given by the

Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) to the Tongonan
Farmers Association (TOFA), a community organized/assisted by
EMD in Leyte
13. 1998
Filipina First: Centennial Salute to Filipina Community Leaders

for Ma. Romula Regal (TOFA) given by Philippine American
Foundation (PAF)
14. 1999
ABS-CBN Bayaning Pilipino Award for Tongonan Farmers

Association (TOFA), a community organized/assisted by EMD
Leyte
15. 2000
ABS-CBN Bayaning Pilipino Regional Award for Tublijon

Upland Farmers Association (TULUNGAN), a community
organized/assisted by EMD in Bicol
16. 2000
ABS-CBN Bayaning Pilipino Award Regional Award for Ga-as

Farmers Association (GAFA), a community organized/assisted by
EMD in Leyte
17. 2000
Best Practices on Royal Dutch Webpage; sdvillage.ph
PNOC EDC Position Paper on the Establishment of Environmental Monitoring Fund

(EMF) and the Environmental Guarantee Fund (EGF) and the Creation of Multipartite
Monitoring Team (MMT) and EGF Committee
for the 80 MW Tanawon Geothermal Project
The following are the PNOC EDCs proposed changes and modifications of the initial draft
MMT/EMF/EGF MOA by DENR-EMB:
A.
1.
The Creation of Multipartite Monitoring Team (MMT) and the Environmental

Monitoring Fund (EMF)
On the formation of Multipartite Monitoring Team (MMT) for Tanawon, we propose to
tap the existing Provincial Environmental Monitoring Task Force (PEMTF) of Albay and
Sorsogon. The PEMTF was jointly organized for both provinces to serve as the MMT for
all the geothermal projects in the area. This is in line with the DAO 96-37 criteria and
guidelines for MMT creation (DAO 96-37 Procedural Manual, page 8-7), which states
that:
MMT integration should be encouraged. For projects located in the contiguous
area, only one (1) MMT should be created
and,
Whenever possible MMT should be merged at the provincial or regional
levels.
The existing MOA among the DENR, LGUs, PNOC EDC, NPC, DOH, DA, DPWH,
NIA, DECS, KBP and SAC signed on August 30, 1996 would still be applicable and
valid to cover the Tanawon project (Annex 1). No new MOA need to be drafted and
signed.
2.
On the establishment of Environmental Monitoring Fund (EMF), we propose to retain the

present arrangement with the PEMTF wherein the annual expenses of the monitoring
team is charged to Companys annual operating expenses. The PEMTF has successfully
operated under this arrangement.
The present arrangement is advantageous to the government as the cost of money is
avoided. Also, as a government corporation, PNOC EDC would be accountable for all the
expenses that it disburses from company funds. Thus, for proper accounting of these
disbursements, EDC should be in direct control of all these expenses.
3.
On the membership of the MMT, we propose to retain existing members of the PEMTF.
A request may be made with the PEMTF to provide adequate representation, under the
LGU, for the involvement of barangays Osiao, Sto. Nino, Manito, Rizal, Bucalbucalan,
Bulabog, Capuy, Basud, Ticol and Guinlajon.
4.
B.
1.
The members of the MMT should not receive honoraria as this would reflect on their
image as an independent body. This is also in line with the DAO 96-37 provision that
membership in the MMT should be considered a civic duty not a source of income.
Moreover, the payment of honoraria to government officials who are part of the team
would be difficult to justify as services rendered by these government officials are done
during official time and are part of their regular responsibilities as public servants.
The Environmental Guarantee Fund and the EGF Committee

The following should be considered in the establishment of the EGF Cash Fund and Trust
Fund for the Tanawon Sector:
a.
The PNOC EDCs financial capacity relative to the potential environmental

liabilities has already been demonstrated in its 25-year operation of geothermal
projects nationwide. A financial test mechanism similar to the Southern Leyte
Geothermal Project (Annex 2) would easily show the sound financial situation of
the company.
b.
Being a government corporation, the company is unlikely to renege on its

financial obligation to the environment and to aggrieved parties, whenever it is
proven to be liable.
c.
The multiple redundant controls measures that the company has developed during
its 25 years of operation and adopted as part of its standard control measures have
already minimized if not eliminated the risk of environmental damage. In a 1995
seminar on EGF, it was resolved that EGF can be reduced if controls are strict.
d.
Based on historical data, environmental accidents/catastrophes are very rare in

geothermal energy development projects, both in PNOC EDCs four (4) existing
geothermal production fields (Mindanao, Leyte, Southern Negros and Bacman)
and in other geothermal fields all over the world.
Table 1 examines the purported environmental risks in geothermal energy development

in terms of actual occurrences within EDC and elsewhere. In EDCs 25 years of
operation, only the siltation of rice fields during construction and one well blow-out,
resulting in defoliation of surrounding vegetation have actually occurred. Estimated cost
of damages in both type of incidents have been minimal. The costs of rehabilitation were
only in the order of 100MP per incident. Giving it an uncertainty factor of 10, we thus
believe that 1000MP would be a reasonable amount for the EGF to be divided into100MP
as cash fund and 900MP as Trust Fund.
Table 1. Purported Environmental Risks in Geothermal Development, PNOC EDC Control Measures, Actual Occurrences and Cost of Damage.
Events
Extenuating Characteristics of the Tanawon

Field and Standard EDC Control Measures
Observed
frequency in
PNOC EDC*
Yes
(1 in10 years)
Non-PNOC EDC
Geothermal Fields
Landslide/Silting of Rice
Paddies
Slope stabilization
Well Blow-out, causing

massive defoliation of
surrounding vegetation
Strict adherence to Standard Well Drilling Practices

and Safety Procedures
Yes
(1 in 25
years)
Well Blow-out Releasing

Elevated Levels of H2S,
harming nearby residents
Uncontrolled Emission of
Elevated H2S Levels
Causing Injury to
Residents
Strict adherence to Standard Well Drilling Practices

and Safety Procedures. Prospective well sites are
located more 2km from nearest residential area.
Proper siting Power Plant. Relocation of residents
to safe zones.
Accidental, uncontrolled
and massive brine
discharge, contaminating
surface waters and
irreversibly damaging
aquatic ecosystems
The Sumps and Thermal Pond can contain up to 24

hours of discharge in case of failure of the Reinjection System. If re-injection is not repaired in
24 hours the Plant can be shutdown to avoid
discharge. The valves in the FCRS automatically
close in case of pipe ruptures. Production wells can
be shutdown at wellheads as last resort. In case of
blow-out, wells can quenched following proven
and tested procedures, thus preventing prolonged
uncontrolled discharges.
Cement-lining and steel-casing of wells up to a
depth of 1.5 km.
No
(Not observed
in 25 yrs
operation)
Re-injection of brine and spent geothermal fluids

back into the reservoir.
Unlike the New Zealand and Tiwi fields, PNOC
EDCs fields including Bacman are situated in
mountainous areas where the dominant lithography
are volcanics and the resources are located very
deep underground.
No
Groundwater
Contamination
Ground Subsidence
Presence of
Environmental
Receptors
Yes
(Rice Paddies)
Presence
of Risk
Yes
Cost of Damage
Rehabilitation
Per Incident
MP100
Yes
Yes
(Forest)
Yes
MP100
No
Yes
No
Nil
No
(Not observed
in 25 yrs
operation)
No
(Not observed in other
fields during
the 98 years**
geothermal history)
No
fields during the 98
years** of geothermal
history)
None
(Residents are >2km
away)
None
(Residents > 2km
from plant)
No
Nil
Yes
(Ticol and Cawayan
River, Irrigated Rice
Fields)
No
Nil
Yes
(Domestic Water
System)
No
Nil
None
(The field will be in
the mountains. Only
geothermal
structures/facilities
will be located in
the project area)
No
Nil
No
(Not observed
in 25 years
operation)
Yes
No
fields during the 98
years** of geothermal
history)
Yes
(New Zealand, PGI in
Tiwi)
*Average frequency of occurrence in all four geothermal fields of PNOC EDC during 25 years of operations
**The first geothermal plant was installed in 1904 in Larderello, Italy.
2.
Responsibilities of the EGF Committee and PNOC EDC

The power/responsibilities of the EGF Committee should be limited to the following:
a.
b.
c.
Determine if the company is liable to a particular environmental damage

or impact;
Determine the validity of claims for compensation from the project; and,
Determine other activities that the company should pursue (e.g. studies,
preventive measures, social equity, etc).
The EGF Committee should not have the authority to also allocate and disburse funds
from the EGF because, technically, this would put the entire financial resources of the
company at the disposal of the EGF Committee. Even though the initial EGF amount will
be fixed, the company is required to automatically replenish the fund once the amount
falls below 50%. We therefore propose instead that:
a.
The responsibility of compensating the claimants and implementing the

actual rehabilitation works, study or other measures as determined by the
EFG Committee should lie solely with the proponent. The proponent has
the option to draw from the EGF fund or to use its own fund to finance
rehabilitation works or compensate validated claims.
This is in line with the spirit and intent of the EGF as a guarantee against
any environmental damage that the project may cause but that which it
may not be able to pay. The section title in the Procedural Guidelines
(Page 9-11) also indicates that the proponent will be the ones to draw from
the EGF, not the Committee.
b.
The expenses of the EGF committee shall be charged to PNOC EDC

annual operating expenses. To minimize expenses, the EGF Committee
should be convened only when there is valid or meritorious complaint, or
when there is a risk situation needing EGF action, as may be determined
by DENR Region V or EMB.
3.
On the representation of the EGF Committee, we agree with the composition prescribed
under DAO 96-37 and additionally propose that these be taken from the existing PEMTF.
4.
Lastly, we would like to include a provision in the MOA declaring that the company
(PNOC EDC) shall reserve the right to contest any decision by the EGF Committee
regarding the validity and amount of claims in any court of law.
ACCOUNTABILITY STATEMENT OF EIA PREPARERS

This is to certify that all the data or information contained in the enclosed Environmental
Impact Statement (EIS) are true to the best of our knowledge and information, and that an
objective and thorough assessment of the project was undertaken in accordance with the
dictates of reasonable and sound judgment. Should we learn of any information which would
make the enclosed EIS inaccurate, we shall bring said information to the attention of the
Environmental Management Bureau (EMB) or the Environmental Management and Protected
Areas Sector (EMPAS) of the appropriate DENR Regional Office.
We hereby bind ourselves jointly and solidarily to answer any penalties that may be
imposed for any misrepresentations or failure to state material information in the enclosed EIS.
In witness whereof, we hereby set our hands this
_______________________ at ____________________________.
______
day
of
Agnes C. de Jesus
TEAM LEADER
Name
Esperanza C. Lee (Project Leader)
Teresa P. Peralta (EIA Coordinator)
Signature
_________________________
_________________________
Specialists in Physical Aspects:

Lauro F. Bayrante (Geology)
Joeffrey A. Caranto (Geology)
Ernesto R. Gagto, Jr. (Geotechnicall Engg.)
Teresa P. Peralta (Pedology)
Regina Victoria J. Pascual (Hydrology)
Vanderleaf C. Capalungan (Water Quality)
Leonora S. Santos (Water Quality)
Nick S. Rubio (Water Quality)
Engellau F. Flores (Meteorology/Air Qlty)
Dr. Paul C. Rivera (Oceanography)
Ronald S. Pahunang (Air Quality)
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Specialists in Biological Aspects:

Erlito P. del Rosario (Terrestrial Flora)
Pedro L. Alviola (Terrestrial Fauna)
Henry P. Roy (Terrestrial Fauna)
Teresa P. Peralta (Agriculture)
Josefo B. Tuyor (Freshwater Biology)
Norreen T. Gerona (Marine Biology)
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Specialist in Socio-economic Aspects:
_________________________
Jonas G. Bautista
Specialists in Environmental Risk Assessment:

Dr. Emmanuel G. Ramos
Engellau F. Flores
_________________________
_________________________
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN

to before me this _____ day of
____________________, affiants exhibiting to me their Community Tax Certificate (CTC),
the number, date and issuance of which are set forth beside their names as herein
enumerated:
Name
Agnes C. de Jesus
Esperanza C. Lee
Teresa P. Peralta
Lauro F. Bayrante
Joeffrey A. Caranto
Ernesto G. Gagto, Jr.
Regina V. J. Pascual
Van C. Capalungan
Leonora S. Santos
Nick S. Rubio
Engellau F. Flores
Paul C. Rivera
Ronald S. Pahunang
CTC No.
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
Issued at
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
Issued on
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
_________________
Name
Erlito P. del Rosario

Pedro L. Alviola
Henry P. Roy
Norreen T. Gerona
Jonas G. Bautista
CTC No.
13596159
11920693
11952207
11952206
02855805
Issued at
Issued on
Quezon City
Los Banos, Laguna
Makati City
Makati City
Mandaluyong City
Jan. 14, 2002

Feb. 21, 2002
Mar. 14, 2002
Mar. 14, 2002
June 10, 2002
_____________________________
Notary Public
Doc. No.
________________
Page No.
________________
Book No.
________________
Series of 2002.
ACCOUNTABILITY STATEMENT OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

This is to certify that all the information contained in the enclosed Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) are true, accurate, and complete. Should we learn of any information which
would make the enclosed EIS inaccurate, we shall bring said information to the attention of the
Environmental Management Bureau (EMB).
We hereby bind ourselves jointly and solidarily with the preparers for any penalties that
may be imposed from any misrepresentations or failure to state material information in the
enclosed EIS.
In witness whereof, we hereby set our hands this 10th day of January 2003, at Makati
City.
______JOSE JESUS G. LAUREL________

Project Proponent
Vice-President for Corporate Affairs__

Title / Designation
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this 10th day of January, 2003, affiant
exhibiting to me his Tax Identification Number (TIN) and Community Tax Certificate (CTC)
no. 02077118 issued on January 11, 2002 at Makati City.
_____________________________
Notary Public
Doc. No.
________________
Page No.
________________
Book No.
________________
Series of 2003.

Eis en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eis en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PNOC- Energy Development Corporation

Environmental Management Department

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

A Background on Geothermal Resources

Process Documentation Summary

Major Impacts, Mitigation Measures and Management Plan

EIA PROCESS DOCUMENTATION

Philippine EIA Process

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

Basic Project Information

Introduction on the Existing BacMan Geothermal

Background on the Geothermal Resources

Definition of Geothermal Energy

Project Purpose and Background

Alternative Energy Resources

Description of Project Phases

Pre-Operations Phase (Exploration and Development)

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

Well Drilling Phase

Project Operations Schedule

Facilities to be abandoned, decommissioned, demobilized

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Summary of Results and Conclusions

Summary of Results and Conclusions

Summary of Conclusions and Findings

Summary of Findings and Conclusions

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

Summary of findings and Conclusions

Summary of Findings and Conclusions

Summary of findings and Conclusions

Summary of Results and Conclusions

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

A. EIA Study Team

Summary of Findings and Conclusions

Summary of Finding and Conclusions

Freshwater Flora and Fauna

Summary of Findings and Conclusions

Marine Flora and Fauna

Summary of Findings and Conclusion

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

Socio-economic Conditions in the Host Province

Baseline Socio-economic Conditions

Baseline Socio-Economic Conditions of the Host Province

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND

Future Environmental Conditions Without the

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

Socio- Economic Environment Without the Project

Future Environmental Conditions With The Project

Royalty and Benefit Sharing Issues

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

Impact on Livelihood Sources

Well Drilling (Exploratory And Development)

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

N. Rise in Relative Humidity

ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND

Description of Physical Environment

Identification of Sources of Hazards

Tanawon Geothermal Project (BGPF)

C. Biological Health Hazards

Identification of Items at Risk

Risk Management Planning

Hazard Monitoring and Intervention